diff --git a/bibtex/bib/biblatex/biblatex-examples.bib b/bibtex/bib/biblatex/biblatex-examples.bib deleted file mode 100644 index cdacbc0..0000000 --- a/bibtex/bib/biblatex/biblatex-examples.bib +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1294 +0,0 @@ -@PREAMBLE{ "\RequireBiber[2]" } -@STRING{anch-ie = {Angew.~Chem. Int.~Ed.} } -@STRING{cup = {Cambridge University Press} } -@STRING{dtv = {Deutscher Taschenbuch-Verlag} } -@STRING{hup = {Harvard University Press} } -@STRING{jams = {J.~Amer. Math. Soc.} } -@STRING{jchph = {J.~Chem. Phys.} } -@STRING{jomch = {J.~Organomet. Chem.} } -@STRING{pup = {Princeton University Press} } - -@InCollection{westfahl:space, - crossref = {westfahl:frontier}, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Westfahl, Gary}, - indextitle = {True Frontier, The}, - title = {The True Frontier}, - subtitle = {Confronting and Avoiding the Realities of Space in American Science Fiction - Films}, - pages = {55--65}, - annotation = {A cross-referenced article from a \texttt{collection}. This is an - \texttt{incollection} entry with a \texttt{crossref} field. Note the - \texttt{subtitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Set{set, - entryset = {herrmann,aksin,yoon}, - annotation = {A \texttt{set} with three members} -} - -@Set{stdmodel, - entryset = {glashow,weinberg,salam}, - annotation = {A \texttt{set} with three members discussing the standard model of - particle physics} -} - -@Article{aksin, - author = {Aks{\i}n, {\"O}zge and T{\"u}rkmen, Hayati and Artok, Levent and - {\k{C}}etinkaya, Bekir and Ni, Chaoying and B{\"u}y{\"u}kg{\"u}ng{\"o}r, Orhan - and {\"O}zkal, Erhan}, - indextitle = {Effect of immobilization on catalytic characteristics}, - title = {Effect of immobilization on catalytic characteristics of saturated - Pd-N-heterocyclic carbenes in Mizoroki-Heck reactions}, - journaltitle = jomch, - volume = {691}, - number = {13}, - date = {2006}, - pages = {3027--3036} -} - -@Article{angenendt, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Angenendt, Arnold}, - indextitle = {In Honore Salvatoris}, - title = {In Honore Salvatoris~-- Vom Sinn und Unsinn der Patrozinienkunde}, - shorttitle = {In Honore Salvatoris}, - journaltitle = {Revue d'Histoire Eccl{\'e}siastique}, - volume = {97}, - date = {2002}, - pages = {431--456, 791--823}, - annotation = {A German article in a French journal. Apart from that, a typical - \texttt{article} entry. Note the \texttt{indextitle} field} -} - -@Article{baez/article, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Baez, John C. and Lauda, Aaron D.}, - title = {Higher-Dimensional Algebra V: 2-Groups}, - journaltitle = {Theory and Applications of Categories}, - volume = {12}, - version = {3}, - date = {2004}, - pages = {423--491}, - eprinttype = {arxiv}, - eprint = {math/0307200v3}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} with \texttt{eprint} and \texttt{eprinttype} fields. Note - that the arXiv reference is transformed into a clickable link if - \texttt{hyperref} support has been enabled. Compare \texttt{baez\slash online}, - which is the same item given as an \texttt{online} entry} -} - -@Article{bertram, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Bertram, Aaron and Wentworth, Richard}, - title = {Gromov invariants for holomorphic maps on Riemann surfaces}, - shorttitle = {Gromov invariants}, - journaltitle = jams, - volume = {9}, - number = {2}, - date = {1996}, - pages = {529--571}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with a \texttt{volume} and a \texttt{number} field} -} - -@Article{gillies, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Gillies, Alexander}, - title = {Herder and the Preparation of Goethe's Idea of World Literature}, - journaltitle = {Publications of the English Goethe Society}, - volume = {9}, - series = {newseries}, - date = {1933}, - pages = {46--67}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with a \texttt{series} and a \texttt{volume} field. - Note that format of the \texttt{series} field in the database file} -} - -@Article{glashow, - author = {Glashow, Sheldon}, - title = {Partial Symmetries of Weak Interactions}, - journaltitle = {Nucl.~Phys.}, - volume = {22}, - date = {1961}, - pages = {579--588} -} - -@Article{herrmann, - author = {Herrmann, Wolfgang A. and {\"O}fele, Karl and Schneider, Sabine K. and - Herdtweck, Eberhardt and Hoffmann, Stephan D.}, - indextitle = {Carbocyclic carbene as an efficient catalyst, A}, - title = {A carbocyclic carbene as an efficient catalyst ligand for C--C coupling - reactions}, - journaltitle = anch-ie, - volume = {45}, - number = {23}, - date = {2006}, - pages = {3859--3862} -} - -@Article{kastenholz, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Kastenholz, M. A. and H{\"u}nenberger, Philippe H.}, - indextitle = {Computation of ionic solvation free energies}, - title = {Computation of methodology\hyphen independent ionic solvation free energies - from molecular simulations}, - subtitle = {I. The electrostatic potential in molecular liquids}, - journaltitle = jchph, - volume = {124}, - eid = {124106}, - date = {2006}, - doi = {10.1063/1.2172593}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with an \texttt{eid} and a \texttt{doi} field. Note - that the \textsc{doi} is transformed into a clickable link if \texttt{hyperref} - support has been enabled}, - abstract = {The computation of ionic solvation free energies from atomistic simulations is - a surprisingly difficult problem that has found no satisfactory solution for - more than 15 years. The reason is that the charging free energies evaluated from - such simulations are affected by very large errors. One of these is related to - the choice of a specific convention for summing up the contributions of solvent - charges to the electrostatic potential in the ionic cavity, namely, on the basis - of point charges within entire solvent molecules (M scheme) or on the basis of - individual point charges (P scheme). The use of an inappropriate convention may - lead to a charge-independent offset in the calculated potential, which depends - on the details of the summation scheme, on the quadrupole-moment trace of the - solvent molecule, and on the approximate form used to represent electrostatic - interactions in the system. However, whether the M or P scheme (if any) - represents the appropriate convention is still a matter of on-going debate. The - goal of the present article is to settle this long-standing controversy by - carefully analyzing (both analytically and numerically) the properties of the - electrostatic potential in molecular liquids (and inside cavities within - them).} -} - -@Article{murray, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Hostetler, Michael J. and Wingate, Julia E. and Zhong, Chuan-Jian and Harris, - Jay E. and Vachet, Richard W. and Clark, Michael R. and Londono, J. David and - Green, Stephen J. and Stokes, Jennifer J. and Wignall, George D. and Glish, Gary - L. and Porter, Marc D. and Evans, Neal D. and Murray, Royce W.}, - indextitle = {Alkanethiolate gold cluster molecules}, - title = {Alkanethiolate gold cluster molecules with core diameters from 1.5 to 5.2~nm}, - subtitle = {Core and monolayer properties as a function of core size}, - shorttitle = {Alkanethiolate gold cluster molecules}, - journaltitle = {Langmuir}, - volume = {14}, - number = {1}, - date = {1998}, - pages = {17--30}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with \arabic{author} authors. By default, long author - and editor lists are automatically truncated. This is configurable} -} - -@Article{reese, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Reese, Trevor R.}, - title = {Georgia in Anglo-Spanish Diplomacy, 1736-1739}, - journaltitle = {William and Mary Quarterly}, - volume = {15}, - series = {3}, - date = {1958}, - pages = {168--190}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with a \texttt{series} and a \texttt{volume} field. - Note the format of the series. If the value of the \texttt{series} field is an - integer, this number is printed as an ordinal and the string \enquote*{series} - is appended automatically} -} - -@Article{shore, - author = {Shore, Bradd}, - title = {Twice-Born, Once Conceived}, - subtitle = {Meaning Construction and Cultural Cognition}, - journaltitle = {American Anthropologist}, - volume = {93}, - series = {newseries}, - number = {1}, - date = {1991-03}, - pages = {9--27}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with \texttt{series}, \texttt{volume}, and - \texttt{number} fields. Note the format of the \texttt{series} which is a - localization key} -} - -@Article{sigfridsson, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Sigfridsson, Emma and Ryde, Ulf}, - indextitle = {Methods for deriving atomic charges}, - title = {Comparison of methods for deriving atomic charges from the electrostatic - potential and moments}, - journaltitle = {Journal of Computational Chemistry}, - volume = {19}, - number = {4}, - date = {1998}, - doi = {10.1002/(SICI)1096-987X(199803)19:4<377::AID-JCC1>3.0.CO;2-P}, - pages = {377--395}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with \texttt{volume}, \texttt{number}, and - \texttt{doi} fields. Note that the \textsc{doi} is transformed into a clickable - link if \texttt{hyperref} support has been enabled}, - abstract = { Four methods for deriving partial atomic charges from the quantum chemical - electrostatic potential (CHELP, CHELPG, Merz-Kollman, and RESP) have been - compared and critically evaluated. It is shown that charges strongly depend on - how and where the potential points are selected. Two alternative methods are - suggested to avoid the arbitrariness in the point-selection schemes and van der - Waals exclusion radii: CHELP-BOW, which also estimates the charges from the - electrostatic potential, but with potential points that are Boltzmann-weighted - after their occurrence in actual simulations using the energy function of the - program in which the charges will be used, and CHELMO, which estimates the - charges directly from the electrostatic multipole moments. Different criteria - for the quality of the charges are discussed.} -} - -@Article{spiegelberg, - hyphenation = {german}, - sorttitle = {Intention und Intentionalitat in der Scholastik, bei Brentano und Husserl}, - indexsorttitle = {Intention und Intentionalitat in der Scholastik, bei Brentano und Husserl}, - author = {Spiegelberg, Herbert}, - title = {\mkbibquote{Intention} und \mkbibquote{Intentionalit{\"a}t} in der Scholastik, - bei Brentano und Husserl}, - shorttitle = {Intention und Intentionalit{\"a}t}, - journaltitle = {Studia Philosophica}, - volume = {29}, - date = {1969}, - pages = {189--216}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields and the markup of the quotes in the database file} -} - -@Article{springer, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Springer, Otto}, - title = {Mediaeval Pilgrim Routes from Scandinavia to Rome}, - shorttitle = {Mediaeval Pilgrim Routes}, - journaltitle = {Mediaeval Studies}, - volume = {12}, - date = {1950}, - pages = {92--122}, - annotation = {A plain \texttt{article} entry} -} - -@Article{weinberg, - author = {Weinberg, Steven}, - title = {A Model of Leptons}, - journaltitle = {Phys.~Rev.~Lett.}, - volume = {19}, - date = {1967}, - pages = {1264--1266} -} - -@Article{yoon, - author = {Yoon, Myeong S. and Ryu, Dowook and Kim, Jeongryul and Ahn, Kyo Han}, - indextitle = {Palladium pincer complexes}, - title = {Palladium pincer complexes with reduced bond angle strain: efficient catalysts - for the Heck reaction}, - journaltitle = {Organometallics}, - volume = {25}, - number = {10}, - date = {2006}, - pages = {2409--2411} -} - -@Book{aristotle:anima, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Aristotle}, - editor = {Hicks, Robert Drew}, - title = {De Anima}, - publisher = cup, - location = {Cambridge}, - date = {1907}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with an \texttt{author} and an \texttt{editor}} -} - -@Book{aristotle:physics, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Aristotle}, - translator = {Wicksteed, P. H. and Cornford, F. M.}, - title = {Physics}, - shorttitle = {Physics}, - publisher = {G. P. Putnam}, - location = {New York}, - date = {1929}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with a \texttt{translator} field} -} - -@Book{aristotle:poetics, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Aristotle}, - editor = {Lucas, D. W.}, - title = {Poetics}, - shorttitle = {Poetics}, - series = {Clarendon Aristotle}, - publisher = {Clarendon Press}, - location = {Oxford}, - date = {1968}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with an \texttt{author} and an \texttt{editor} as well as - a \texttt{series} field} -} - -@Book{aristotle:rhetoric, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {british}, - sorttitle = {Rhetoric of Aristotle}, - author = {Aristotle}, - editor = {Cope, Edward Meredith}, - commentator = {Cope, Edward Meredith}, - indextitle = {Rhetoric of Aristotle, The}, - title = {The Rhetoric of Aristotle with a commentary by the late Edward Meredith Cope}, - shorttitle = {Rhetoric}, - volumes = {3}, - publisher = cup, - date = {1877}, - annotation = {A commented edition. Note the concatenation of the \texttt{editor} and - \texttt{commentator} fields as well as the \texttt{volumes}, \texttt{sorttitle}, - and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Book{augustine, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Augustine, Robert L.}, - title = {Heterogeneous catalysis for the synthetic chemist}, - shorttitle = {Heterogeneous catalysis}, - publisher = {Marcel Dekker}, - location = {New York}, - date = {1995}, - annotation = {A plain \texttt{book} entry} -} - -@Book{averroes/bland, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Averroes}, - editor = {Bland, Kalman P.}, - translator = {Bland, Kalman P.}, - indextitle = {Epistle on the Possibility of Conjunction, The}, - title = {The Epistle on the Possibility of Conjunction with the Active Intellect by Ibn - Rushd with the Commentary of Moses Narboni}, - shorttitle = {Possibility of Conjunction}, - series = {Moreshet: Studies in Jewish History, Literature and Thought}, - number = {7}, - publisher = {Jewish Theological Seminary of America}, - location = {New York}, - date = {1982}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with a \texttt{series} and a \texttt{number}. Note the - concatenation of the \texttt{editor} and \texttt{translator} fields as well as - the \texttt{indextitle} field} -} - -@Book{averroes/hannes, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {german}, - sorttitle = {Uber die Moglichkeit der Conjunktion}, - indexsorttitle = {Uber die Moglichkeit der Conjunktion}, - author = {Averroes}, - editor = {Hannes, Ludwig}, - translator = {Hannes, Ludwig}, - annotator = {Hannes, Ludwig}, - indextitle = {{\"U}ber die M{\"o}glichkeit der Conjunktion}, - title = {Des Averro{\"e}s Abhandlung: \mkbibquote{{\"U}ber die M{\"o}glichkeit der - Conjunktion} oder \mkbibquote{{\"U}ber den materiellen Intellekt}}, - shorttitle = {{\"U}ber die M{\"o}glichkeit der Conjunktion}, - publisher = {C.~A. Kaemmerer}, - location = {Halle an der Saale}, - date = {1892}, - annotation = {An annotated edition. Note the concatenation of the \texttt{editor}, - \texttt{translator}, and \texttt{annotator} fields. Also note the - \texttt{shorttitle}, \texttt{indextitle}, \texttt{sorttitle}, and - \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields} -} - -@Book{averroes/hercz, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {german}, - indexsorttitle = {Drei Abhandlungen uber die Conjunction}, - author = {Averroes}, - editor = {Hercz, J.}, - translator = {Hercz, J.}, - indextitle = {Drei Abhandlungen {\"u}ber die Conjunction}, - title = {Drei Abhandlungen {\"u}ber die Conjunction des separaten Intellects mit dem - Menschen}, - subtitle = {Von Averroes (Vater und Sohn), aus dem Arabischen {\"u}bersetzt von Samuel Ibn - Tibbon}, - shorttitle = {Drei Abhandlungen}, - publisher = {S.~Hermann}, - location = {Berlin}, - date = {1869}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry. Note the concatenation of the \texttt{editor} and - \texttt{translator} fields as well as the \texttt{indextitle} and - \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields} -} - -@Book{cicero, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Cicero, Marcus Tullius}, - editor = {Blank-Sangmeister, Ursula}, - translator = {Blank-Sangmeister, Ursula}, - afterword = {Thraede, Klaus}, - indextitle = {De natura deorum}, - title = {De natura deorum. {\"U}ber das Wesen der G{\"o}tter}, - shorttitle = {De natura deorum}, - language = {langlatin and langgerman}, - publisher = {Reclam}, - location = {Stuttgart}, - date = {1995}, - annotation = {A bilingual edition of Cicero's \emph{De natura deorum}, with a German - translation. Note the format of the \texttt{language} field in the database - file, the concatenation of the \texttt{editor} and \texttt{translator} fields, - and the \texttt{afterword} field} -} - -@Book{coleridge, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Coleridge, Samuel Taylor}, - editor = {Coburn, Kathleen and Engell, James and Bate, W. Jackson}, - indextitle = {Biographia literaria}, - title = {Biographia literaria, or Biographical sketches of my literary life and - opinions}, - shorttitle = {Biographia literaria}, - maintitle = {The collected works of Samuel Taylor Coleridge}, - part = {2}, - volume = {7}, - series = {Bollingen Series}, - number = {75}, - publisher = {Routledge and Kegan Paul}, - location = {London}, - date = {1983}, - annotation = {One (partial) volume of a multivolume book. This is a \texttt{book} entry with - a \texttt{volume} and a \texttt{part} field which explicitly refers to the - second (physical) part of the seventh (logical) volume. Also note the - \texttt{series} and \texttt{number} fields} -} - -@Book{companion, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {LaTeX Companion}, - author = {Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Frank and Samarin, Alexander}, - indextitle = {LaTeX Companion, The}, - title = {The LaTeX Companion}, - shorttitle = {LaTeX Companion}, - edition = {1}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1994}, - pagetotal = {528}, - annotation = {A book with three authors. Note the formatting of the author list. By default, - only the first name is reversed in the bibliography} -} - -@Book{cotton, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Cotton, Frank Albert and Wilkinson, Geoffrey and Murillio, Carlos A. and - Bochmann, Manfred}, - title = {Advanced inorganic chemistry}, - edition = {6}, - publisher = {Wiley}, - location = {Chichester}, - date = {1999}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with \arabic{author} authors and an \texttt{edition} - field. By default, long \texttt{author} and \texttt{editor} lists are - automatically truncated. This is configurable} -} - -@Book{gerhardt, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Federal Appointments Process}, - author = {Gerhardt, Michael J.}, - indextitle = {Federal Appointments Process, The}, - title = {The Federal Appointments Process}, - subtitle = {A Constitutional and Historical Analysis}, - shorttitle = {Federal Appointments Process}, - publisher = {Duke University Press}, - location = {Durham and London}, - date = {2000}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{book} entry. Note the format of the \texttt{location} field - as well as the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Book{gonzalez, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Ghost of John Wayne and Other Stories}, - author = {Gonzalez, Ray}, - indextitle = {Ghost of John Wayne and Other Stories, The}, - title = {The Ghost of John Wayne and Other Stories}, - shorttitle = {Ghost of John Wayne}, - publisher = {The University of Arizona Press}, - location = {Tucson}, - date = {2001}, - isbn = {0-816-52066-6}, - annotation = {A collection of short stories. This is a \texttt{book} entry. Note the - \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields in the database file. There's - also an \texttt{isbn} field} -} - -@Book{hammond, - hyphenation = {british}, - sorttitle = {Basics of crystallography and diffraction}, - author = {Hammond, Christopher}, - indextitle = {Basics of crystallography and diffraction, The}, - title = {The basics of crystallography and diffraction}, - shorttitle = {Crystallography and diffraction}, - publisher = {International Union of Crystallography and Oxford University Press}, - location = {Oxford}, - date = {1997}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} - fields as well as the format of the \texttt{publisher} field} -} - -@Book{iliad, - hyphenation = {german}, - sorttitle = {Ilias}, - author = {Homer}, - translator = {Schadewaldt, Wolfgang}, - introduction = {Latacz, Joachim}, - indextitle = {Ilias, Die}, - title = {Die Ilias}, - shorttitle = {Ilias}, - edition = {3}, - publisher = {Artemis \& Winkler}, - location = {D{\"u}sseldorf and Z{\"u}rich}, - date = {2004}, - annotation = {A German translation of the \emph{Iliad}. Note the \texttt{translator} and - \texttt{introduction} fields and the format of the \texttt{location} field in - the database file. Also note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1984-0}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting}, - indexsorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - title = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volumes = {5}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1984/1986}, - annotation = {A five-volume book cited as a whole. This is a \texttt{book} entry, note the - \texttt{volumes} field} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct:a, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1984-1}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting A}, - indexsorttitle = {The TeXbook}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - indextitle = {\TeX book, The}, - title = {The \TeX book}, - shorttitle = {\TeX book}, - maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volume = {A}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1984}, - annotation = {The first volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this volume to be listed after the entry - referring to the entire five-volume set. Also note the \texttt{indextitle} and - \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct:b, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1986-1}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting B}, - indexsorttitle = {TeX: The Program}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - title = {\TeX: The Program}, - shorttitle = {\TeX}, - maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volume = {B}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1986}, - annotation = {The second volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{sortyear} fields. Also note the \texttt{indexsorttitle} field} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct:c, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1986-2}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting C}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - indextitle = {METAFONTbook, The}, - title = {The METAFONTbook}, - shorttitle = {METAFONTbook}, - maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volume = {C}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1986}, - annotation = {The third volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{sortyear} fields as well as the \texttt{indextitle} field} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct:d, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1986-3}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting D}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - title = {METAFONT: The Program}, - shorttitle = {METAFONT}, - maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volume = {D}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1986}, - annotation = {The fourth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{sortyear} fields} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct:e, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1986-4}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting E}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - title = {Computer Modern Typefaces}, - maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volume = {E}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1986}, - annotation = {The fifth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{sortyear} fields} -} - -@Book{malinowski, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Malinowski, Bronis{\l}aw}, - title = {Argonauts of the Western Pacific}, - subtitle = {An account of native enterprise and adventure in the Archipelagoes of - Melanesian New Guinea}, - shorttitle = {Argonauts}, - edition = {8}, - publisher = {Routledge and Kegan Paul}, - location = {London}, - date = {1972}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{book} entry. Note the format of the \texttt{publisher} and - \texttt{edition} fields as well as the \texttt{subtitle} field} -} - -@Book{maron, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Maron, Monika}, - translator = {Brigitte Goldstein}, - title = {Animal Triste}, - shorttitle = {Animal Triste}, - publisher = {University of Nebraska Press}, - location = {Lincoln}, - date = {2000}, - origlanguage = {german}, - annotation = {An English translation of a German novel with a French title. In other words: a - \texttt{book} entry with a \texttt{translator} field. Note the - \texttt{origlanguage} field which is concatenated with the \texttt{translator}} -} - -@Book{massa, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Werner Massa}, - title = {Crystal structure determination}, - edition = {2}, - publisher = {Spinger}, - location = {Berlin}, - date = {2004}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with an \texttt{edition} field} -} - -@Book{nietzsche:ksa, - hyphenation = {german}, - sortyear = {1988-00-000}, - sorttitle = {Werke-00-000}, - indexsorttitle = {Samtliche Werke}, - author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - editor = {Colli, Giorgio and Montinari, Mazzino}, - title = {S{\"a}mtliche Werke}, - subtitle = {Kritische Studienausgabe}, - volumes = {15}, - edition = {2}, - publisher = dtv # { and Walter de Gruyter}, - location = {M{\"u}nchen and Berlin and New York}, - date = {1988}, - annotation = {The critical edition of Nietzsche's works. This is a \texttt{book} entry - referring to a 15-volume work as a whole. Note the \texttt{volumes} field and - the format of the \texttt{publisher} and \texttt{location} fields in the - database file. Also note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields - which are used to fine-tune the sorting order of the bibliography. We want this - item listed first in the bibliography} -} - -@Book{nietzsche:ksa1, - hyphenation = {german}, - sortyear = {1988-01-000}, - sorttitle = {Werke-01-000}, - indexsorttitle = {Samtliche Werke I}, - author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - bookauthor = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - editor = {Colli, Giorgio and Montinari, Mazzino}, - indextitle = {S{\"a}mtliche Werke I}, - title = {Die Geburt der Trag{\"o}die. Unzeitgem{\"a}{\ss}e Betrachtungen I--IV. - Nachgelassene Schriften 1870--1973}, - shorttitle = {S{\"a}mtliche Werke I}, - maintitle = {S{\"a}mtliche Werke}, - mainsubtitle = {Kritische Studienausgabe}, - volume = {1}, - edition = {2}, - publisher = dtv # { and Walter de Gruyter}, - location = {M{\"u}nchen and Berlin and New York}, - date = {1988}, - annotation = {A single volume from the critical edition of Nietzsche's works. This - \texttt{book} entry explicitly refers to the first volume only. Note the - \texttt{title} and \texttt{maintitle} fields. Also note the \texttt{sorttitle} - and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this entry to be listed after the entry - referring to the entire edition} -} - -@Book{nussbaum, - keywords = {secondary}, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Aristotle's De Motu Animalium}, - indexsorttitle = {Aristotle's De Motu Animalium}, - author = {Nussbaum, Martha}, - title = {Aristotle's \mkbibquote{De Motu Animalium}}, - publisher = pup, - location = {Princeton}, - date = {1978}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indexsorttitle} - fields and the markup of the quotes in the database file} -} - -@Book{piccato, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Piccato, Pablo}, - title = {City of Suspects}, - subtitle = {Crime in Mexico City, 1900--1931}, - shorttitle = {City of Suspects}, - publisher = {Duke University Press}, - location = {Durham and London}, - date = {2001}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{book} entry. Note the format of the \texttt{location} field - in the database file} -} - -@Book{vangennep, - options = {useprefix}, - hyphenation = {french}, - sorttitle = {Rites de passage}, - author = {van Gennep, Arnold}, - indextitle = {Rites de passage, Les}, - title = {Les rites de passage}, - shorttitle = {Rites de passage}, - publisher = {Nourry}, - location = {Paris}, - date = {1909}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry. Note the format of the printed name and compare the - \texttt{useprefix} option in the \texttt{options} field as well as - \texttt{brandt} and \texttt{geer}} -} - -@Book{vazques-de-parga, - hyphenation = {spanish}, - sorttitle = {Peregrinaciones a Santiago de Compostela}, - author = {V{\'a}zques{ de }Parga, Luis and Lacarra, Jos{\'e} Mar{\'i}a and Ur{\'i}a - R{\'i}u, Juan}, - indextitle = {Peregrinaciones a Santiago de Compostela, Las}, - title = {Las Peregrinaciones a Santiago de Compostela}, - shorttitle = {Peregrinaciones}, - volumes = {3}, - publisher = {Iberdrola}, - location = {Pamplona}, - date = {1993}, - note = {Ed. facs. de la realizada en 1948--49}, - annotation = {A multivolume book cited as a whole. This is a \texttt{book} entry with - \texttt{volumes}, \texttt{note}, \texttt{sorttitle}, and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Book{worman, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Cast of Character}, - author = {Worman, Nancy}, - indextitle = {Cast of Character, The}, - title = {The Cast of Character}, - subtitle = {Style in Greek Literature}, - shorttitle = {Cast of Character}, - publisher = {University of Texas Press}, - location = {Austin}, - date = {2002}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} - fields} -} - -@Collection{britannica, - options = {useeditor=false}, - label = {EB}, - hyphenation = {british}, - sorttitle = {Encyclop{\ae}dia Britannica}, - editor = {Preece, Warren E.}, - indextitle = {Encyclop{\ae}dia Britannica, The New}, - title = {The New Encyclop{\ae}dia Britannica}, - shorttitle = {Encyclop{\ae}dia Britannica}, - volumes = {32}, - edition = {15}, - publisher = {Encyclop{\ae}dia Britannica}, - location = {Chicago, Ill.}, - date = {2003}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{collection} entry for an encyclopedia. Note the - \texttt{useeditor} option in the \texttt{options} field as well as the - \texttt{sorttitle} field. We want this entry to be cited and alphabetized by - title even though there is an editor. In addition to that, we want the title to - be alphabetized under \enquote*{E} rather than \enquote*{T}. Also note the - \texttt{label} field which is provided for author-year citation styles} -} - -@Collection{gaonkar, - hyphenation = {american}, - editor = {Gaonkar, Dilip Parameshwar}, - title = {Alternative Modernities}, - publisher = {Duke University Press}, - location = {Durham and London}, - date = {2001}, - isbn = {0-822-32714-7}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{collection} entry. Note the format of the \texttt{location} - field in the database file as well as the \texttt{isbn} field} -} - -@Collection{jaffe, - editor = {Jaff{\'e}, Philipp}, - editora = {Loewenfeld, Samuel and Kaltenbrunner, Ferdinand and Ewald, Paul}, - editoratype = {redactor}, - indextitle = {Regesta Pontificum Romanorum}, - title = {Regesta Pontificum Romanorum ab condita ecclesia ad annum post Christum natum - \textsc{mcxcviii}}, - shorttitle = {Regesta Pontificum Romanorum}, - volumes = {2}, - edition = {2}, - location = {Leipzig}, - date = {1885/1888}, - annotation = {A \texttt{collection} entry with \texttt{edition} and \texttt{volumes} fields. - Note the \texttt{editora} and \texttt{editoratype} fields} -} - -@Collection{westfahl:frontier, - hyphenation = {american}, - editor = {Westfahl, Gary}, - title = {Space and Beyond}, - subtitle = {The Frontier Theme in Science Fiction}, - booktitle = {Space and Beyond}, - booksubtitle = {The Frontier Theme in Science Fiction}, - publisher = {Greenwood}, - location = {Westport, Conn. and London}, - date = {2000}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{collection} entry. Note the format of the \texttt{location} - field as well as the \texttt{subtitle} and \texttt{booksubtitle} fields} -} - -@InBook{kant:kpv, - shorthand = {KpV}, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Kant, Immanuel}, - bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel}, - title = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, - shorttitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, - booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, - maintitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, - volume = {5}, - publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, - location = {Berlin}, - date = {1968}, - pages = {1--163}, - annotation = {An edition of Kant's \emph{Collected Works}, volume five. This is an - \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique of Practical - Reason} only, not to the entire fifth volume. Note the \texttt{author} and - \texttt{bookauthor} fields in the database file. By default, the - \texttt{bookauthor} is omitted if the values of the \texttt{author} and - \texttt{bookauthor} fields are identical} -} - -@InBook{kant:ku, - shorthand = {KU}, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Kant, Immanuel}, - bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel}, - title = {Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, - booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, - maintitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, - volume = {5}, - publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, - location = {Berlin}, - date = {1968}, - pages = {165--485}, - annotation = {An edition of Kant's \emph{Collected Works}, volume five. This is an - \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique of Judgment} - only, not to the entire fifth volume} -} - -@InBook{nietzsche:historie, - hyphenation = {german}, - sortyear = {1988-01-243}, - sorttitle = {Werke-01-243}, - indexsorttitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie fur das Leben}, - author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - bookauthor = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - editor = {Colli, Giorgio and Montinari, Mazzino}, - indextitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie f{\"u}r das Leben}, - title = {Unzeitgem{\"a}sse Betrachtungen. Zweites St{\"u}ck}, - subtitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie f{\"u}r das Leben}, - shorttitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie}, - booktitle = {Die Geburt der Trag{\"o}die. Unzeitgem{\"a}{\ss}e Betrachtungen I--IV. - Nachgelassene Schriften 1870--1973}, - maintitle = {S{\"a}mtliche Werke}, - mainsubtitle = {Kritische Studienausgabe}, - volume = {1}, - publisher = dtv # { and Walter de Gruyter}, - location = {M{\"u}nchen and Berlin and New York}, - date = {1988}, - pages = {243--334}, - annotation = {A single essay from the critical edition of Nietzsche's works. This - \texttt{inbook} entry explicitly refers to an essay found in the first volume. - Note the \texttt{title}, \texttt{booktitle}, and \texttt{maintitle} fields. Also - note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this entry to - be listed after the entry referring to the entire first volume} -} - -@InCollection{brandt, - options = {useprefix=false}, - hyphenation = {german}, - indexsorttitle = {Nordischen Lander von der Mitte des 11. Jahrhunderts bis 1448}, - author = {von Brandt, Ahasver and Erich Hoffmann}, - editor = {Ferdinand Seibt}, - indextitle = {Nordischen L{\"a}nder von der Mitte des 11.~Jahrhunderts bis 1448, Die}, - title = {Die nordischen L{\"a}nder von der Mitte des 11.~Jahrhunderts bis 1448}, - shorttitle = {Die nordischen L{\"a}nder}, - booktitle = {Europa im Hoch- und Sp{\"a}tmittelalter}, - series = {Handbuch der europ{\"a}ischen Geschichte}, - number = {2}, - publisher = {Klett-Cotta}, - location = {Stuttgart}, - date = {1987}, - pages = {884--917}, - annotation = {An \texttt{incollection} entry with a \texttt{series} and a \texttt{number}. - Note the format of the printed name and compare the \texttt{useprefix} option in - the \texttt{options} field as well as \texttt{vangennep}. Also note the - \texttt{indextitle, and \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields}} -} - -@InCollection{hyman, - keywords = {secondary}, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Arthur Hyman}, - editor = {O'Meara, Dominic J.}, - indextitle = {Aristotle's Theory of the Intellect}, - title = {Aristotle's Theory of the Intellect and its Interpretation by Averroes}, - shorttitle = {Aristotle's Theory of the Intellect}, - booktitle = {Studies in Aristotle}, - series = {Studies in Philosophy and the History of Philosophy}, - number = {9}, - publisher = {The Catholic University of America Press}, - location = {Washington, D.C.}, - date = {1981}, - pages = {161--191}, - annotation = {An \texttt{incollection} entry with a \texttt{series} and \texttt{number} field} -} - -@InCollection{pines, - keywords = {secondary}, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Pines, Shlomo}, - editor = {Twersky, Isadore}, - indextitle = {Limitations of Human Knowledge According to Al-Farabi, ibn Bajja, and - Maimonides, The}, - title = {The Limitations of Human Knowledge According to Al-Farabi, ibn Bajja, and - Maimonides}, - shorttitle = {Limitations of Human Knowledge}, - booktitle = {Studies in Medieval Jewish History and Literature}, - publisher = hup, - location = {Cambridge, Mass.}, - date = {1979}, - pages = {82--109}, - annotation = {A typical \texttt{incollection} entry. Note the \texttt{indextitle} field} -} - -@InProceedings{moraux, - keywords = {secondary}, - hyphenation = {french}, - indexsorttitle = {De Anima dans la tradition grecque}, - author = {Moraux, Paul}, - editor = {Lloyd, G. E. R. and Owen, G. E. L.}, - indextitle = {\emph{De Anima} dans la tradition gr{\`e}cque, Le}, - title = {Le \emph{De Anima} dans la tradition gr{\`e}cque}, - subtitle = {Quelques aspects de l'interpretation du trait{\'e}, de Theophraste {\`a} - Themistius}, - shorttitle = {\emph{De Anima} dans la tradition gr{\`e}cque}, - booktitle = {Aristotle on Mind and the Senses}, - booktitleaddon = {Proceedings of the Seventh Symposium Aristotelicum}, - eventdate = {1975}, - publisher = cup, - location = {Cambridge}, - date = {1979}, - pages = {281--324}, - annotation = {This is a typical \texttt{inproceedings} entry. Note the \texttt{booksubtitle}, - \texttt{shorttitle}, \texttt{indextitle}, and \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields. - Also note the \texttt{eventdate} field.} -} - -@InProceedings{salam, - author = {Salam, Abdus}, - editor = {Svartholm, Nils}, - title = {Weak and Electromagnetic Interactions}, - booktitle = {Elementary particle theory}, - booksubtitle = {Relativistic groups and analyticity}, - booktitleaddon = {Proceedings of the Eighth Nobel Symposium}, - eventdate = {1968-05-19/1968-05-25}, - venue = {Aspen{\"a}sgarden, Lerum}, - publisher = {Almquist \& Wiksell}, - location = {Stockholm}, - date = {1968}, - pages = {367--377} -} - -@Manual{cms, - label = {CMS}, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Chicago Manual of Style}, - indextitle = {Chicago Manual of Style, The}, - title = {The Chicago Manual of Style}, - subtitle = {The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors, and Publishers}, - shorttitle = {Chicago Manual of Style}, - edition = {15}, - publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, - location = {Chicago, Ill.}, - date = {2003}, - isbn = {0-226-10403-6}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{manual} entry without an \texttt{author} or \texttt{editor}. - Note the \texttt{label} field in the database file which is provided for - author-year citation styles. Also note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{indextitle} fields. By default, all entries without an \texttt{author} - or \texttt{editor} are alphabetized by \texttt{title} but we want this entry to - be alphabetized under \enquote*{C} rather than \enquote*{T}. There's also an - \texttt{isbn} field} -} - -@Online{baez/online, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Baez, John C. and Lauda, Aaron D.}, - title = {Higher-Dimensional Algebra V: 2-Groups}, - version = {3}, - date = {2004-10-27}, - eprinttype = {arxiv}, - eprint = {math/0307200v3}, - annotation = {An \texttt{online} reference from arXiv. Note the \texttt{eprint} and - \texttt{eprinttype} fields. Compare \texttt{baez\slash article} which is the - same item given as an \texttt{article} entry with eprint information} -} - -@Online{ctan, - label = {CTAN}, - hyphenation = {american}, - title = {CTAN}, - subtitle = {The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network}, - date = {2006}, - url = {http://www.ctan.org}, - urldate = {2006-10-01}, - annotation = {This is an \texttt{online} entry. The \textsc{url}, which is given in the - \texttt{url} field, is transformed into a clickable link if \texttt{hyperref} - support has been enabled. Note the format of the \texttt{urldate} field - (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}) in the database file. Also note the \texttt{label} field - which may be used as a fallback by citation styles which need an \texttt{author} - and\slash or a \texttt{year}} -} - -@Online{itzhaki, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Itzhaki, Nissan}, - title = {Some remarks on 't Hooft's S-matrix for black holes}, - version = {1}, - date = {1996-03-11}, - eprinttype = {arxiv}, - eprint = {hep-th/9603067}, - annotation = {An \texttt{online} reference from arXiv. Note the \texttt{eprint} and - \texttt{eprinttype} fields. Also note that the arXiv reference is transformed - into a clickable link if \texttt{hyperref} support has been enabled}, - abstract = {We discuss the limitations of 't Hooft's proposal for the black hole S-matrix. - We find that the validity of the S-matrix implies violation of the - semi-classical approximation at scales large compared to the Planck scale. We - also show that the effect of the centrifugal barrier on the S-matrix is crucial - even for large transverse distances.} -} - -@Online{markey, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Tame the Beast}, - author = {Markey, Nicolas}, - title = {Tame the BeaST}, - subtitle = {The B to X of BibTeX}, - version = {1.3}, - date = {2005-10-16}, - url = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf}, - urldate = {2006-10-01}, - annotation = {An \texttt{online} entry for a tutorial. Note the format of the \texttt{date} - field (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}) in the database file.} -} - -@Online{wassenberg, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Wassenberg, Jan and Sanders, Peter}, - title = {Faster Radix Sort via Virtual Memory and Write-Combining}, - version = {1}, - date = {2010-08-17}, - eprinttype = {arxiv}, - eprintclass = {cs.DS}, - eprint = {1008.2849v1}, - annotation = {A recent \texttt{online} reference from arXiv using the new (April 2007 onward) - identifier format. Note the \texttt{eprint}, \texttt{eprinttype}, and - \texttt{eprintclass} fields. Also note that the arXiv reference is transformed - into a clickable link if \texttt{hyperref} support has been enabled}, - abstract = {Sorting algorithms are the deciding factor for the performance of common - operations such as removal of duplicates or database sort-merge joins. This work - focuses on 32-bit integer keys, optionally paired with a 32-bit value. We - present a fast radix sorting algorithm that builds upon a - microarchitecture-aware variant of counting sort} -} - -@Patent{almendro, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Almendro, Jos{\'e} L. and Mart{\'i}n, Jacinto and S{\'a}nchez, Alberto and - Nozal, Fernando}, - title = {Elektromagnetisches Signalhorn}, - number = {EU-29702195U}, - location = {countryfr and countryuk and countryde}, - date = {1998}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{patent} entry with a \texttt{location} field. The number is - given in the \texttt{number} field. Note the format of the \texttt{location} - field in the database file. Compare \texttt{laufenberg}, \texttt{sorace}, and - \texttt{kowalik}} -} - -@Patent{kowalik, - hyphenation = {french}, - author = {Kowalik, F. and Isard, M.}, - indextitle = {Estimateur d'un d{\'e}faut de fonctionnement}, - title = {Estimateur d'un d{\'e}faut de fonctionnement d'un modulateur en quadrature et - {\'e}tage de modulation l'utilisant}, - type = {patreqfr}, - number = {9500261}, - date = {1995-01-11}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{patent} entry for a French patent request with a full date. - The number is given in the \texttt{number} field. Note the format of the - \texttt{type} and \texttt{date} fields in the database file. Compare - \texttt{almendro}, \texttt{laufenberg}, and \texttt{sorace}} -} - -@Patent{laufenberg, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Laufenberg, Xaver and Eynius, Dominique and Suelzle, Helmut and Usbeck, Stephan - and Spaeth, Matthias and Neuser-Hoffmann, Miriam and Myrzik, Christian and - Schmid, Manfred and Nietfeld, Franz and Thiel, Alexander and Braun, Harald and - Ebner, Norbert}, - holder = {{Robert Bosch GmbH} and {Daimler Chrysler AG} and {Bayerische Motoren Werke - AG}}, - title = {Elektrische Einrichtung und Betriebsverfahren}, - type = {patenteu}, - number = {1700367}, - date = {2006-09-13}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{patent} entry with a \texttt{holder} field. Note the format - of the \texttt{type} and \texttt{location} fields in the database file. Compare - \texttt{almendro}, \texttt{sorace}, and \texttt{kowalik}}, - abstract = {The invention relates to an electric device comprising a generator, in - particular for use in the vehicle electric system of a motor vehicle and a - controller for controlling the generator voltage. The device is equipped with a - control zone, in which the voltage is controlled and zones, in which the torque - is controlled. The invention also relates to methods for operating a device of - this type.}, - file = {http://v3.espacenet.com/textdoc?IDX=EP1700367} -} - -@Patent{sorace, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Sorace, Ronald E. and Reinhardt, Victor S. and Vaughn, Steven A.}, - holder = {{Hughes Aircraft Company}}, - title = {High-Speed Digital-to-RF Converter}, - type = {patentus}, - number = {5668842}, - date = {1997-09-16}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{patent} entry with a \texttt{holder} field. Note the format - of the \texttt{type} and \texttt{date} fields in the database file. Compare - \texttt{almendro}, \texttt{laufenberg}, and \texttt{kowalik}} -} - -@Report{chiu, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Hybrid Hierarchical Model of a Multiple Virtual Storage (MVS) Operating - System}, - author = {Chiu, Willy W. and Chow, We Min}, - indextitle = {Hybrid Hierarchical Model, A}, - title = {A Hybrid Hierarchical Model of a Multiple Virtual Storage (MVS) Operating - System}, - institution = {IBM}, - type = {resreport}, - number = {RC-6947}, - date = {1978}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{report} entry for a research report. Note the format of the - \texttt{type} field in the database file which uses a localization key. The - number of the report is given in the \texttt{number} field. Also note the - \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Report{padhye, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {A Stochastic Model of TCP Reno Congestion Avoidance and Control}, - author = {Padhye, Jitendra and Firoiu, Victor and Towsley, Don}, - indextitle = {Stochastic Model of TCP Reno Congestion Avoidance and Control, A}, - title = {A Stochastic Model of TCP Reno Congestion Avoidance and Control}, - institution = {University of Massachusetts}, - type = {techreport}, - number = {99-02}, - location = {Amherst, Mass.}, - date = {1999}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{report} entry for a technical report. Note the format of the - \texttt{type} field in the database file which uses a localization key. The - number of the report is given in the \texttt{number} field. Also note the - \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields}, - abstract = {The steady state performance of a bulk transfer TCP flow (i.e. a flow with a - large amount of data to send, such as FTP transfers) may be characterized by - three quantities. The first is the send rate, which is the amount of data sent - by the sender in unit time. The second is the throughput, which is the amount of - data received by the receiver in unit time. Note that the throughput will always - be less than or equal to the send rate due to losses. Finally, the number of - non-duplicate packets received by the receiver in unit time gives us the goodput - of the connection. The goodput is always less than or equal to the throughput, - since the receiver may receive two copies of the same packet due to - retransmissions by the sender. In a previous paper, we presented a simple model - for predicting the steady state send rate of a bulk transfer TCP flow as a - function of loss rate and round trip time. In this paper, we extend that work in - two ways. First, we analyze the performance of bulk transfer TCP flows using - more precise, stochastic analysis. Second, we build upon the previous analysis - to provide both an approximate formula as well as a more accurate stochastic - model for the steady state throughput of a bulk transfer TCP flow.}, - file = {ftp://gaia.cs.umass.edu/pub/Padhey99-markov.ps} -} - -@Thesis{geer, - options = {useprefix=false}, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {de Geer, Ingrid}, - title = {Earl, Saint, Bishop, Skald~-- and Music}, - subtitle = {The Orkney Earldom of the Twelfth Century. A Musicological Study}, - institution = {Uppsala Universitet}, - type = {phdthesis}, - location = {Uppsala}, - date = {1985}, - annotation = {This is a typical \texttt{thesis} entry for a PhD thesis. Note the - \texttt{type} field in the database file which uses a localization key. Also - note the format of the printed name and compare the \texttt{useprefix} option in - the \texttt{options} field as well as \texttt{vangennep}} -} - -@Thesis{loh, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Loh, Nin C.}, - title = {High-Resolution Micromachined Interferometric Accelerometer}, - institution = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, - type = {mathesis}, - location = {Cambridge, Mass.}, - date = {1992}, - annotation = {This is a typical \texttt{thesis} entry for an MA thesis. Note the - \texttt{type} field in the database file which uses a localization key} -} diff --git a/bibtex/bst/biblatex/biblatex.bst b/bibtex/bst/biblatex/biblatex.bst deleted file mode 100644 index 6c5cf43..0000000 --- a/bibtex/bst/biblatex/biblatex.bst +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2659 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: biblatex.bst,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -% Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Philipp Lehman. -% -% Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this -% software under the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License -% (LPPL), version 1.3. -% -% The LPPL maintenance status of this software is -% 'author-maintained'. -% -% This software is provided 'as is', without warranty of any kind, -% either expressed or implied, including, but not limited to, the -% implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a -% particular purpose. - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -% Initialization -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ENTRY { - % special fields - entryset - entrysubtype - execute - hyphenation - keywords - label - options - presort - shorthand - sortkey - sortname - sorttitle - sortyear - xref - % data fields - abstract - addendum - address - afterword - annotation - annote - annotator - author - authortype - bookauthor - booksubtitle - booktitle - booktitleaddon - chapter - commentator - date - doi - edition - editor - editora - editorb - editorc - editortype - editoratype - editorbtype - editorctype - eid - eprint - eprintclass - eprinttype - eventdate - eventtitle - file - foreword - gender - howpublished - indexsorttitle - indextitle - institution - introduction - isan - isbn - ismn - isrn - issn - issue - issuetitle - issuesubtitle - iswc - journal - journaltitle - journalsubtitle - language - library - location - bookpagination - mainsubtitle - maintitle - maintitleaddon - month - nameaddon - note - number - organization - origlanguage - origlocation - origpublisher - origtitle - origdate - pages - pagetotal - pagination - part - pdf - pubstate - reprinttitle - holder - publisher - school - series - shortauthor - shorteditor - shorthandintro - shortjournal - shortseries - shorttitle - subtitle - title - titleaddon - translator - type - url - urldate - venue - version - volume - volumes - year - % aliases - archiveprefix - primaryclass - % custom fields - namea - nameb - namec - nameatype - namebtype - namectype - lista - listb - listc - listd - liste - listf - usera - userb - userc - userd - usere - userf - verba - verbb - verbc - } - { skipbib skiplos skiplab useauthor useeditor usetranslator useprefix singletitle } - { entryoptions labelhash namehash fullhash dateyear dateendyear extrayear labelalpha extraalpha - sortinit label.name label.year sortkey.nosort sortkey.name sortkey.year - sortkey.title sortkey.alpha sort.year sort.alph warningmsg } - -INTEGERS { ctrl.debug ctrl.bibtex8 ctrl.maxline ctrl.sorting ctrl.cssort ctrl.sortlos - ctrl.maxnames ctrl.minnames ctrl.useauthor ctrl.useeditor ctrl.usetranslator - ctrl.useprefix ctrl.terseinits ctrl.labelalpha ctrl.singletitle - ctrl.labelyear citecount - tempctra tempctrb tempctrc resvctra resvctrb resvctrc - last.extra.num } - -STRINGS { ctrl.alphaothers templist tempstrga tempstrgb resvstrga - last.name last.hash last.year last.extra } - -FUNCTION {initialize} { - "$Revision: 1.7 $" - #12 entry.max$ substring$ - #-3 entry.max$ substring$ - "Biblatex version: " swap$ * top$ - #0 'ctrl.terseinits := - #0 'ctrl.debug := - #0 'ctrl.labelalpha := - #0 'ctrl.labelyear := - #0 'ctrl.singletitle := - #0 'ctrl.sorting := - #0 'ctrl.sortlos := - #1 'ctrl.useauthor := - #1 'ctrl.useeditor := - #0 'ctrl.usetranslator := - #0 'ctrl.useprefix := - #1 'ctrl.minnames := - #99 'ctrl.maxnames := - #79 'ctrl.maxline := - "+" 'ctrl.alphaothers := -} - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -% Strings -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -MACRO {jan} { "01" } -MACRO {feb} { "02" } -MACRO {mar} { "03" } -MACRO {apr} { "04" } -MACRO {may} { "05" } -MACRO {jun} { "06" } -MACRO {jul} { "07" } -MACRO {aug} { "08" } -MACRO {sep} { "09" } -MACRO {oct} { "10" } -MACRO {nov} { "11" } -MACRO {dec} { "12" } - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -% Generic functions -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -FUNCTION {and} { - 'skip$ - { pop$ #0 } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {or} { - { pop$ #1 } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {not} { - { #0 } - { #1 } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {ctrl:control} { - type$ "control" = -} - -FUNCTION {ctrl:set} { - type$ "set" = -} - -FUNCTION {ctrl:skiplos} { - ctrl:control skiplos or - ctrl:set not - and -} - -FUNCTION {ctrl:skiplab} { - ctrl:control skiplab or - ctrl:set not - and -} - -FUNCTION {ctrl:labelalpha} { - ctrl.labelalpha ctrl:skiplab not and - shorthand empty$ - and -} - -FUNCTION {ctrl:labelyear} { - ctrl.labelyear - ctrl:skiplab not - and -} - -FUNCTION {wrap:braces} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "{}" } - { "{" swap$ * "}" * } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {delimiter.1} { - ctrl.bibtex8 - { "0" } - { " " } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {delimiter.2} { - ctrl.bibtex8 - { "1" } - { " " } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {delimiter.3} { - ctrl.bibtex8 - { "2" } - { " " } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {open.ended} { - "9999" -} - -FUNCTION {maxline} { - duplicate$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { #1 ctrl.maxline substring$ } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {truncate} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { #1 entry.max$ substring$ } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {purify} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { purify$ - ctrl.bibtex8 - ctrl.cssort - and - 'skip$ - { "l" change.case$ } - if$ - truncate - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {normalize} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { ctrl.bibtex8 - ctrl.cssort - and - 'skip$ - { "l" change.case$ } - if$ - truncate - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {enquote} { - "'" swap$ * "'" * -} - -FUNCTION {bol.to.int} { - "true" = - { #1 } - { #0 } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {str.to.int} { - 'resvstrga := - resvstrga text.length$ 'resvctra := - #1 'resvctrb := - #0 - { resvctrb resvctra > not } - { 'resvctrc := - resvstrga resvctrb #1 substring$ - chr.to.int$ "0" chr.to.int$ - - #0 - { resvctrc #0 > } - { resvctrc #1 - 'resvctrc := - #10 + - } - while$ - + - resvctrb #1 + 'resvctrb := - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {andothers} { - duplicate$ num.names$ "{ff}{vv}{ll}{jj}" format.name$ "others" = -} - -FUNCTION {push} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { truncate } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {push:cite} { - cite$ empty$ - { "Missing citation key" warning$ "" } - { cite$ } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {push:presort} { - presort empty$ - { "mm" } - { presort purify - #1 #2 substring$ - "l" change.case$ } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {push:fullname} { - author empty$ not - useauthor - and - { author } - { editor empty$ not - useeditor - and - { editor } - { translator empty$ not - usetranslator - and - { translator } - { "" } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {push:shortname:translator} { - translator empty$ not - usetranslator - and - { translator } - { "" } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {push:shortname:editor} { - useeditor - { shorteditor empty$ - { editor empty$ - { push:shortname:translator } - { editor } - if$ - } - { shorteditor } - if$ - } - { push:shortname:translator } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {push:shortname} { - useauthor - { shortauthor empty$ - { author empty$ - { push:shortname:editor } - { author } - if$ - } - { shortauthor } - if$ - } - { push:shortname:editor } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {push:sorttitle} { - sorttitle empty$ - { title empty$ - { "" } - { title } - if$ - } - { sorttitle } - if$ - push -} - -FUNCTION {shortname:hash} { - 'tempctrc := - 'templist := - #1 'tempctra := - templist num.names$ 'tempctrb := - templist andothers - { tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := } - 'skip$ - if$ - tempctrc #0 = - { tempctrb 'tempctrc := } - { tempctrb tempctrc > - { ctrl.minnames 'tempctrc := } - { ctrl.maxnames 'tempctrc := } - if$ - } - if$ - "" - { tempctra tempctrc > not - tempctrb #0 > - and } - { templist tempctra "{vv{}}{ll{}}{ff{}}{jj{}}" format.name$ * - tempctra #1 + 'tempctra := - tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := - } - while$ - templist andothers - tempctrb #0 > - or - { "+" * } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {push:name:namehash} { - push:shortname duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ push:sorttitle duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ push:cite purify } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - { ctrl.maxnames shortname:hash } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {push:name:fullhash} { - push:fullname duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ push:sorttitle duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ push:cite purify } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - { #0 shortname:hash } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {check:sortname} { - sortname empty$ - 'skip$ - { pop$ sortname } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {warning} { - "\item " swap$ * - warningmsg empty$ - 'skip$ - { warningmsg " " * swap$ * } - if$ - 'warningmsg := -} - -FUNCTION {warning:invalid} { - "Invalid format of field " swap$ enquote * warning -} - -FUNCTION {warning:duplicate} { - "Can't use " swap$ enquote * " + " * swap$ enquote * warning -} - -FUNCTION {pad.number} { - 'tempctra := - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - 'skip$ - if$ - { duplicate$ text.length$ tempctra < } - { "0" swap$ * } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {extract.number} { - purify$ 'tempstrga := - "" - { tempstrga empty$ not } - { tempstrga #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.int$ duplicate$ - #47 > swap$ - #58 < and - { tempstrga #1 #1 substring$ * } - 'skip$ - if$ - tempstrga #2 global.max$ substring$ 'tempstrga := - } - while$ - #1 #9 substring$ -} - -FUNCTION {format.range} -{ 'tempstrga := - "" - { tempstrga empty$ not } - { tempstrga #1 #1 substring$ "-" = - { "\bibrangedash " * - tempstrga #2 global.max$ substring$ 'tempstrga := - { tempstrga #1 #1 substring$ "-" = } - { tempstrga #2 global.max$ substring$ 'tempstrga := } - while$ - } - { tempstrga #1 #1 substring$ * - tempstrga #2 global.max$ substring$ 'tempstrga := - } - if$ - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {is.number} { - #1 - { #0 > } - { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ chr.to.int$ - duplicate$ #47 > - swap$ #58 < - and - { #2 global.max$ substring$ - duplicate$ empty$ - { #0 } - { #1 } - if$ - } - { #0 } - if$ - } - while$ - empty$ -} - -FUNCTION {split.date:invalid} { - #0 'tempctra := -} - -FUNCTION {split.date:check.day} { - duplicate$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { duplicate$ is.number - { duplicate$ str.to.int - duplicate$ #0 > - swap$ #32 < - and - { duplicate$ text.length$ #2 < - { "0" swap$ * } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - { pop$ "" split.date:invalid } - if$ - } - { pop$ "" split.date:invalid } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {split.date:check.month} { - duplicate$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { duplicate$ is.number - { duplicate$ str.to.int - duplicate$ #0 > - swap$ #13 < - and - { duplicate$ text.length$ #2 < - { "0" swap$ * } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - { pop$ "" split.date:invalid } - if$ - } - { pop$ "" split.date:invalid } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {split.date:check.year} { - duplicate$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { duplicate$ is.number - { duplicate$ "0" = - 'skip$ - { duplicate$ - duplicate$ str.to.int #0 > - swap$ text.length$ #5 < - and - 'skip$ - { pop$ "" split.date:invalid } - if$ - } - if$ - } - { pop$ "" split.date:invalid } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {split.date:check.date} { - duplicate$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { duplicate$ - duplicate$ text.length$ #0 > - swap$ text.length$ #11 < - and - 'skip$ - { pop$ "" split.date:invalid } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {split.date:check.range} { - duplicate$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { duplicate$ - duplicate$ text.length$ #0 > - swap$ text.length$ #22 < - and - 'skip$ - { pop$ "" split.date:invalid } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {split.date:date:part} { - 'tempstrgb := - "" - { tempstrgb #1 #1 substring$ - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ #0 } - { "-" = not } - if$ - } - { tempstrgb #1 #1 substring$ * - tempstrgb #2 global.max$ substring$ 'tempstrgb := - } - while$ - tempstrgb #2 global.max$ substring$ -} - -FUNCTION {split.date:date} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" "" "" } - { split.date:date:part swap$ split.date:check.year swap$ - split.date:date:part swap$ split.date:check.month swap$ - split.date:date:part pop$ split.date:check.day - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {split.date:range} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" "" } - { 'tempstrgb := - "" - #0 'tempctrb := - { tempstrgb #1 #1 substring$ - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ #0 } - { "/" = - { #1 'tempctrb := - #0 - } - { #1 } - if$ - } - if$ - } - { tempstrgb #1 #1 substring$ * - tempstrgb #2 global.max$ substring$ 'tempstrgb := - } - while$ - split.date:check.date - tempstrgb #2 global.max$ substring$ - duplicate$ empty$ - tempctrb #1 = - and - { pop$ open.ended } - 'skip$ - if$ - split.date:check.date - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {split.date} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ "" "" "" "" "" "" } - { swap$ 'templist := - #1 'tempctra := - split.date:check.range - split.date:range swap$ 'tempstrga := - split.date:date tempstrga - split.date:date - tempctra - 'skip$ - { pop$ pop$ pop$ pop$ pop$ pop$ "" "" "" "" "" "" - templist warning:invalid - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -% Sorting -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -FUNCTION {sortkey:name:format} { - 'templist := - #1 'tempctra := - templist num.names$ 'tempctrb := - templist andothers - { tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := } - 'skip$ - if$ - tempctrb ctrl.maxnames > - { ctrl.minnames 'tempctrc := } - { ctrl.maxnames 'tempctrc := } - if$ - "" - { duplicate$ text.length$ entry.max$ #50 - < - tempctra tempctrc > not and - tempctrb #0 > and - } - { useprefix - { templist tempctra "{vv}" format.name$ - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ - delimiter.3 * } - if$ - templist tempctra - "{ll}{" delimiter.3 * - "ff}{" delimiter.3 * * - "jj}" * - format.name$ * - } - { templist tempctra - "{ll}{" delimiter.3 * - "ff}{" delimiter.3 * * - "vv}{" delimiter.3 * * - "jj}" * - format.name$ } - if$ - tempctra #1 > - { delimiter.2 swap$ * } - 'skip$ - if$ - * - tempctra #1 + 'tempctra := - tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := - } - while$ - templist andothers - tempctrb #0 > - or - { delimiter.2 * "zzzz" * } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {sortkey:init:label} { - push:shortname duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ push:sorttitle } - { check:sortname sortkey:name:format } - if$ - purify 'sortkey.name := - sortyear empty$ - { dateyear - dateendyear empty$ - 'skip$ - { dateyear dateendyear = - 'skip$ - { dateendyear open.ended = - 'skip$ - { "-" * dateendyear * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - { sortyear } - if$ - purify 'sortkey.year := - push:sorttitle purify 'sortkey.title := -} - -FUNCTION {sortkey:init:main} { - push:fullname duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ push:sorttitle } - { check:sortname sortkey:name:format } - if$ - purify 'sortkey.name := -} - -FUNCTION {sortkey:main:string} { - duplicate$ #1 = - { pop$ - sortkey.name delimiter.1 * - sortkey.title * delimiter.1 * - sortkey.year * delimiter.1 * - volume purify #4 pad.number * delimiter.1 * - } - { duplicate$ #2 = - { pop$ - sortkey.name delimiter.1 * - sortkey.year * delimiter.1 * - sortkey.title * delimiter.1 * - volume purify #4 pad.number * delimiter.1 * - } - { #3 = - { sortkey.name delimiter.1 * - sortkey.year * delimiter.1 * - volume purify #4 pad.number * delimiter.1 * - sortkey.title * - } - { "" } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {sortkey:main:date:year} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ } - { extract.number #1 #4 substring$ - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ } - { swap$ pop$ } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {sortkey:main:date} { - duplicate$ #1 = - { pop$ - sortyear empty$ - { "9999" dateyear sortkey:main:date:year } - { sortyear purify } - if$ - } - { #2 = - { sortyear empty$ - { "0" dateyear sortkey:main:date:year } - { sortyear purify } - if$ - str.to.int #9999 swap$ - int.to.str$ - } - { "" } - if$ - } - if$ - sortkey.name * delimiter.1 * - sortkey.title * delimiter.1 * - volume purify #4 pad.number * delimiter.1 * -} - -FUNCTION {sortkey:main} { - ctrl.sorting #0 = - { sortkey.nosort } - { sortkey:init:main - "" - ctrl.sorting #10 < - { sortkey empty$ - { ctrl.sorting sortkey:main:string } - { sortkey } - if$ - } - { ctrl.sorting #20 < - { shorthand empty$ - { sortkey.alpha * } - { shorthand purify * } - if$ - delimiter.1 * - ctrl.sorting #10 - sortkey:main:string - } - { ctrl.sorting #30 < - { sortkey empty$ - { ctrl.sorting #20 - sortkey:main:date } - { sortkey } - if$ - } - { push:cite purify } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - * - duplicate$ #1 text.prefix$ "u" change.case$ 'sortinit := - push:presort delimiter.1 * swap$ * - } - if$ - truncate -} - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -% Output -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -FUNCTION {output:indent:field} { - duplicate$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { " " swap$ * write$ newline$ } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:indent:subfield} { - duplicate$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { " " swap$ * write$ newline$ } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:field} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ } - { swap$ "\field" swap$ wrap:braces * - swap$ wrap:braces * output:indent:field } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:year} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ } - { duplicate$ open.ended = - { pop$ "" } - 'skip$ - if$ - swap$ "\field" swap$ wrap:braces * - swap$ wrap:braces * output:indent:field - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:multi} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ } - { swap$ "\field" swap$ wrap:braces * "{%" * output:indent:field - "%" * output:indent:field - "}" output:indent:field - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:bool} { - #0 > - { "\true" } - { "\false" } - if$ - swap$ wrap:braces * output:indent:field -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:count} { - int.to.str$ swap$ "\count" swap$ wrap:braces * - swap$ wrap:braces * output:indent:field -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:string} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ } - { swap$ "\strng" swap$ wrap:braces * - swap$ wrap:braces * output:indent:field } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:range} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ } - { format.range output:write:field } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:number} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ } - { duplicate$ is.number - 'skip$ - { swap$ warning:invalid "" } - if$ - output:write:field - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:gender} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ } - { 'tempstrga := - tempstrga "sf" = - tempstrga "sm" = or - tempstrga "sn" = or - tempstrga "pf" = or - tempstrga "pm" = or - tempstrga "pn" = or - tempstrga "pp" = or - { tempstrga output:write:field } - { warning:invalid } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:verb} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ } - { 'tempstrga := - "\verb" swap$ wrap:braces * output:indent:field - { tempstrga empty$ not } - { "\verb " tempstrga #1 ctrl.maxline #8 - substring$ * output:indent:field - tempstrga ctrl.maxline #7 - global.max$ substring$ 'tempstrga := - } - while$ - "\endverb" output:indent:field } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:name:last} { - templist tempctra "{ll}" format.name$ - duplicate$ 'tempstrga := - wrap:braces - templist tempctra - ctrl.terseinits - { "{l{}}" format.name$ } - { "{l.}" format.name$ - duplicate$ tempstrga "." * = - { duplicate$ text.length$ #1 - text.prefix$ } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - wrap:braces * -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:name:first} { - templist tempctra "{ff}" format.name$ - duplicate$ 'tempstrga := - wrap:braces - templist tempctra - ctrl.terseinits - { "{f{}}" format.name$ } - { "{f.}" format.name$ - duplicate$ tempstrga "." * = - { duplicate$ text.length$ #1 - text.prefix$ } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - wrap:braces * -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:name:prefix} { - templist tempctra "{vv}" format.name$ - duplicate$ 'tempstrga := - duplicate$ duplicate$ text.length$ duplicate$ substring$ "'" = - { #1 'tempctrc := } - { #0 'tempctrc := } - if$ - wrap:braces - templist tempctra - ctrl.terseinits - { "{v{}}" format.name$ } - { "{v.}" format.name$ - tempctrc - { duplicate$ text.length$ #1 - text.prefix$ "'" * } - { duplicate$ tempstrga "." * = - { duplicate$ text.length$ #1 - text.prefix$ } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - wrap:braces * -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:name:suffix} { - templist tempctra "{jj}" format.name$ - duplicate$ 'tempstrga := - wrap:braces - templist tempctra - ctrl.terseinits - { "{j{}}" format.name$ } - { "{j.}" format.name$ - duplicate$ tempstrga "." * = - { duplicate$ text.length$ #1 - text.prefix$ } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - wrap:braces * -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:name} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ } - { 'templist := - 'tempstrga := - #1 'tempctra := - templist num.names$ 'tempctrb := - templist andothers - { tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := - "more" tempstrga * #1 output:write:bool - } - 'skip$ - if$ - "\name" tempstrga wrap:braces * - tempctrb int.to.str$ wrap:braces * - "" wrap:braces * - "{%" * output:indent:field - { tempctrb #0 > } - { "{{}%" output:indent:subfield - " " output:write:name:last * "%" * output:indent:subfield - " " output:write:name:first * "%" * output:indent:subfield - " " output:write:name:prefix * "%" * output:indent:subfield - " " output:write:name:suffix * "}%" * output:indent:subfield - tempctra #1 + 'tempctra := - tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := - } - while$ - "}" output:indent:field - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:write:list} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pop$ } - { 'templist := - 'tempstrga := - templist num.names$ 'tempctra := - templist andothers - { tempctra #1 - 'tempctra := - "more" tempstrga * #1 output:write:bool - } - 'skip$ - if$ - "\list" tempstrga wrap:braces * - tempctra int.to.str$ wrap:braces * - "{%" * output:indent:field - #1 'tempctra := - #1 'tempctrb := - #0 'tempctrc := - { templist purify tempctrb global.max$ substring$ num.names$ #0 > } - { templist tempctrb #1 substring$ "{" = - { tempctrc #1 + 'tempctrc := - tempctrb #1 + 'tempctrb := } - { templist tempctrb #1 substring$ "}" = - { tempctrc #1 - 'tempctrc := - tempctrb #1 + 'tempctrb := } - { templist tempctrb #5 substring$ - duplicate$ " AND " = - swap$ " and " = - or - tempctrc #1 < - and - { templist tempctra tempctrb tempctra - substring$ - wrap:braces "%" * output:indent:subfield - tempctrb #5 + duplicate$ - 'tempctra := - 'tempctrb := - } - { tempctrb #1 + 'tempctrb := } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - while$ - templist tempctra global.max$ substring$ - duplicate$ "others" = - { pop$ } - { wrap:braces "%" * output:indent:subfield } - if$ - "}" output:indent:field - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:specials} { - entryset empty$ - 'skip$ - { ctrl:set - { "\set" } - { "\inset" } - if$ - entryset wrap:braces * output:indent:field - } - if$ - xref empty$ - 'skip$ - { "\xref" xref wrap:braces * output:indent:field } - if$ - keywords empty$ - 'skip$ - { "\keyw" keywords wrap:braces * output:indent:field } - if$ - "entrysubtype" entrysubtype output:write:field - "crossref" crossref output:write:string - "execute" execute output:write:field - "namehash" namehash output:write:string - "fullhash" fullhash output:write:string - "gender" gender output:write:gender - "shorthand" shorthand output:write:field - shorthand empty$ - { label } - { shorthand } - if$ - "label" swap$ output:write:field - ctrl.labelalpha - { "labelalpha" labelalpha output:write:field - "extraalpha" extraalpha output:write:field - } - 'skip$ - if$ - ctrl:labelyear - dateyear empty$ not - and - { "labelyear" - dateyear - dateendyear empty$ - 'skip$ - { dateyear dateendyear = - 'skip$ - { dateendyear open.ended = - 'skip$ - { "\bibdatedash " * dateendyear * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - output:write:field - "extrayear" extrayear output:write:field - } - 'skip$ - if$ - "sortinit" sortinit output:write:field - singletitle - { "singletitle" #1 output:write:bool } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:names} { - "author" author output:write:name - "authortype" authortype output:write:field - "shortauthor" shortauthor output:write:name - "bookauthor" bookauthor output:write:name - "editor" editor output:write:name - "editortype" editortype output:write:field - "editora" editora output:write:name - "editoratype" editoratype output:write:field - "editorb" editorb output:write:name - "editorbtype" editorbtype output:write:field - "editorc" editorc output:write:name - "editorctype" editorctype output:write:field - "shorteditor" shorteditor output:write:name - "translator" translator output:write:name - "annotator" annotator output:write:name - "commentator" commentator output:write:name - "introduction" introduction output:write:name - "foreword" foreword output:write:name - "afterword" afterword output:write:name - "holder" holder output:write:name -} - -FUNCTION {output:lists} { - "language" language output:write:list - "organization" organization output:write:list - "origlocation" origlocation output:write:list - "origpublisher" origpublisher output:write:list - "publisher" publisher output:write:list -} - -FUNCTION {output:fields.1} { - "abstract" abstract output:write:multi - "addendum" addendum output:write:field - "bookpagination" bookpagination output:write:field - "booksubtitle" booksubtitle output:write:field - "booktitleaddon" booktitleaddon output:write:field - "booktitle" booktitle output:write:field - "chapter" chapter output:write:field - "doi" doi output:write:verb - "edition" edition output:write:field - "eid" eid output:write:field - "eprint" eprint output:write:verb - "eventtitle" eventtitle output:write:field - "howpublished" howpublished output:write:field - "hyphenation" hyphenation output:write:field - "indexsorttitle" indexsorttitle output:write:field - "indextitle" indextitle output:write:field - "isan" isan output:write:field - "isbn" isbn output:write:field - "ismn" ismn output:write:field -} - -FUNCTION {output:fields.2} { - "isrn" isrn output:write:field - "issn" issn output:write:field - "issue" issue output:write:field - "issuesubtitle" issuesubtitle output:write:field - "issuetitle" issuetitle output:write:field - "iswc" iswc output:write:field - "journalsubtitle" journalsubtitle output:write:field - "library" library output:write:field - "mainsubtitle" mainsubtitle output:write:field - "maintitleaddon" maintitleaddon output:write:field - "maintitle" maintitle output:write:field - "nameaddon" nameaddon output:write:field - "note" note output:write:field - "number" number output:write:field - "origlanguage" origlanguage output:write:field - "origtitle" origtitle output:write:field - "pages" pages output:write:range - "pagetotal" pagetotal output:write:range - "pagination" pagination output:write:field - "part" part output:write:range -} - -FUNCTION {output:fields.3} { - "pubstate" pubstate output:write:field - "reprinttitle" reprinttitle output:write:field - "series" series output:write:field - "shorthandintro" shorthandintro output:write:field - "shortjournal" shortjournal output:write:field - "shortseries" shortseries output:write:field - "shorttitle" shorttitle output:write:field - "subtitle" subtitle output:write:field - "titleaddon" titleaddon output:write:field - "title" title output:write:field - "url" url output:write:verb - "venue" venue output:write:field - "version" version output:write:field - "volumes" volumes output:write:field - "volume" volume output:write:field -} - -FUNCTION {output:dates.1} { - "date" date split.date - "day" swap$ output:write:field - duplicate$ empty$ - { month empty$ - 'skip$ - { month is.number - { month str.to.int - duplicate$ #0 > - swap$ #13 < - and - { pop$ month #2 pad.number } - { "month" warning:invalid } - if$ - } - { "month" warning:invalid } - if$ - } - if$ - } - { month empty$ - 'skip$ - { "month" "date" warning:duplicate } - if$ - } - if$ - "month" swap$ output:write:field - duplicate$ empty$ - { year empty$ - 'skip$ - { pop$ year } - if$ - } - { year empty$ - 'skip$ - { "year" "date" warning:duplicate } - if$ - } - if$ - "year" swap$ output:write:field - "endday" swap$ output:write:field - "endmonth" swap$ output:write:field - "endyear" swap$ output:write:year -} - -FUNCTION {output:dates.2} { - "origdate" origdate split.date - "origday" swap$ output:write:field - "origmonth" swap$ output:write:field - "origyear" swap$ output:write:field - "origendday" swap$ output:write:field - "origendmonth" swap$ output:write:field - "origendyear" swap$ output:write:year - "eventdate" eventdate split.date - "eventday" swap$ output:write:field - "eventmonth" swap$ output:write:field - "eventyear" swap$ output:write:field - "eventendday" swap$ output:write:field - "eventendmonth" swap$ output:write:field - "eventendyear" swap$ output:write:year - "urldate" urldate split.date - "urlday" swap$ output:write:field - "urlmonth" swap$ output:write:field - "urlyear" swap$ output:write:field - "urlendday" swap$ output:write:field - "urlendmonth" swap$ output:write:field - "urlendyear" swap$ output:write:year -} - -FUNCTION {output:user} { - "namea" namea output:write:name - "nameatype" nameatype output:write:field - "nameb" nameb output:write:name - "namebtype" namebtype output:write:field - "namec" namec output:write:name - "namectype" namectype output:write:field - "lista" lista output:write:list - "listb" listb output:write:list - "listc" listc output:write:list - "listd" listd output:write:list - "liste" liste output:write:list - "listf" listf output:write:list - "usera" usera output:write:field - "userb" userb output:write:field - "userc" userc output:write:field - "userd" userd output:write:field - "usere" usere output:write:field - "userf" userf output:write:field - "verba" verba output:write:verb - "verbb" verbb output:write:verb - "verbc" verbc output:write:verb -} - -FUNCTION {output:warning} { - warningmsg empty$ - 'skip$ - { "\warn" warningmsg wrap:braces * output:indent:field } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:compat.1} { - "location" location - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ address } - { address empty$ - 'skip$ - { "address" "location" warning:duplicate } - if$ - } - if$ - output:write:list - "institution" institution - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ school } - { school empty$ - 'skip$ - { "school" "institution" warning:duplicate } - if$ - } - if$ - output:write:list - "file" file - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ pdf } - { pdf empty$ - 'skip$ - { "pdf" "file" warning:duplicate } - if$ - } - if$ - output:write:verb -} - -FUNCTION {output:compat.2} { - "type" type - duplicate$ empty$ - { type$ "patent" = - type$ "techreport" = or - type$ "phdthesis" = or - { pop$ type$ } - { type$ "mastersthesis" = - { pop$ "mathesis" } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - } - 'skip$ - if$ - output:write:field - "journaltitle" journaltitle - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ journal } - { journal empty$ - 'skip$ - { "journal" "journaltitle" warning:duplicate } - if$ - } - if$ - output:write:field - "annotation" annotation - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ annote } - { annote empty$ - 'skip$ - { "annote" "annotation" warning:duplicate } - if$ - } - if$ - output:write:multi -} - -FUNCTION {output:compat.3} { - "eprinttype" eprinttype - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ archiveprefix } - { archiveprefix empty$ - 'skip$ - { "archiveprefix" "eprinttype" warning:duplicate } - if$ - } - if$ - output:write:field - "eprintclass" eprintclass - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ primaryclass } - { primaryclass empty$ - 'skip$ - { "primaryclass" "eprintclass" warning:duplicate } - if$ - } - if$ - output:write:field -} - -FUNCTION {output:debug} { - "% sort.key$ = " sort.key$ * maxline write$ newline$ - sort.year empty$ - 'skip$ - { "% sort.year = " sort.year * maxline write$ newline$ } - if$ - sort.alph empty$ - 'skip$ - { "% sort.alph = " sort.alph * maxline write$ newline$ } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:entry} { - 'tempstrga := - newline$ - ctrl.debug - { output:debug } - 'skip$ - if$ - "\entry" - push:cite wrap:braces * - tempstrga wrap:braces * - entryoptions wrap:braces * - write$ newline$ - output:names - output:lists - output:specials - output:fields.1 - output:fields.2 - output:fields.3 - output:compat.1 - output:compat.2 - output:compat.3 - output:dates.1 - output:dates.2 - output:user - output:warning - "\endentry" write$ newline$ -} - -FUNCTION {control} { skip$ } -FUNCTION {set} { type$ output:entry } - -FUNCTION {article} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {bibnote} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {book} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {mvbook} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {inbook} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {bookinbook} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {booklet} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {collection} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {mvcollection} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {incollection} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {manual} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {misc} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {online} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {patent} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {periodical} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {proceedings} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {mvproceedings} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {inproceedings} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {reference} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {mvreference} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {inreference} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {report} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {suppbook} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {suppcollection} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {suppperiodical} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {thesis} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {unpublished} { type$ output:entry } - -FUNCTION {artwork} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {audio} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {commentary} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {image} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {jurisdiction} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {legal} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {legislation} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {letter} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {movie} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {music} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {performance} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {review} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {software} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {standard} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {video} { type$ output:entry } - -FUNCTION {customa} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {customb} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {customc} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {customd} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {custome} { type$ output:entry } -FUNCTION {customf} { type$ output:entry } - -FUNCTION {conference} { "inproceedings" output:entry } -FUNCTION {electronic} { "online" output:entry } -FUNCTION {mastersthesis} { "thesis" output:entry } -FUNCTION {other} { "misc" output:entry } -FUNCTION {phdthesis} { "thesis" output:entry } -FUNCTION {techreport} { "report" output:entry } -FUNCTION {www} { "online" output:entry } -FUNCTION {default.type} { "misc" output:entry } - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -% Input -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -FUNCTION {input:control:parse} { - 'tempstrga := - "" 'tempstrgb := - #1 'tempctra := - { tempstrga empty$ not - tempctra and } - { tempstrga #1 #1 substring$ ":" = - { #0 'tempctra := } - { tempstrgb tempstrga #1 #1 substring$ * 'tempstrgb := } - if$ - tempstrga #2 global.max$ substring$ 'tempstrga := - } - while$ - tempstrga - tempstrgb -} - -FUNCTION {input:control:options} { - input:control:parse str.to.int -} - -FUNCTION {input:control:version} { - input:control:parse - "$Revision: 1.7 $" - #12 entry.max$ substring$ - #-3 entry.max$ substring$ - 'tempstrga := - duplicate$ tempstrga = - { pop$ } - { "Version mismatch: biblatex.bst=" tempstrga * - ", biblatex.sty=" * swap$ * warning$ - pop$ "" } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {input:control} { - options empty$ - 'skip$ - { options input:control:version - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ } - { input:control:options 'ctrl.debug := - input:control:options 'ctrl.bibtex8 := - input:control:options 'ctrl.cssort := - input:control:options 'ctrl.terseinits := - input:control:options 'ctrl.useprefix := - input:control:options 'ctrl.useauthor := - input:control:options 'ctrl.useeditor := - input:control:options 'ctrl.usetranslator := - input:control:options 'ctrl.labelalpha := - input:control:options 'ctrl.labelyear := - input:control:options 'ctrl.singletitle := - input:control:options 'ctrl.sorting := - input:control:options 'ctrl.sortlos := - input:control:options 'ctrl.maxnames := - input:control:options 'ctrl.minnames := - input:control:options 'ctrl.maxline := - 'ctrl.alphaothers := - } - if$ - ctrl.maxline #49 < - { #49 'ctrl.maxline := } - { ctrl.maxline #79 > - { #79 'ctrl.maxline := } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {input:options:add} { - entryoptions empty$ - 'skip$ - { entryoptions ", " * 'entryoptions := } - if$ - entryoptions swap$ * 'entryoptions := - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ } - { "=" swap$ * entryoptions swap$ * 'entryoptions := } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {input:options:known} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { tempstrgb input:options:add - #1 } - { duplicate$ "true" = - { pop$ "" tempstrgb input:options:add - #1 } - { duplicate$ tempstrgb input:options:add - bol.to.int - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {input:options:parse} { - 'tempstrgb := - tempstrgb "useprefix" = - { input:options:known 'useprefix := } - { tempstrgb "useauthor" = - { input:options:known 'useauthor := } - { tempstrgb "useeditor" = - { input:options:known 'useeditor := } - { tempstrgb "usetranslator" = - { input:options:known 'usetranslator := } - { tempstrgb "skipbib" = - { input:options:known 'skipbib := } - { tempstrgb "skiplos" = - { input:options:known 'skiplos := } - { tempstrgb "skiplab" = - { input:options:known 'skiplab := } - { tempstrgb "dataonly" = - { input:options:known - duplicate$ 'skipbib := - duplicate$ 'skiplos := - 'skiplab := - } - { tempstrgb input:options:add } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {input:options:extract} { - 'tempstrgb := - #1 'tempctrb := - { tempstrgb text.length$ #0 > } - { tempstrgb tempctrb #1 substring$ "=" = - { tempstrgb tempctrb #1 + global.max$ substring$ - tempstrgb #1 tempctrb #1 - substring$ - input:options:parse - "" 'tempstrgb := - } - { tempstrgb text.length$ tempctrb = - { "" tempstrgb input:options:parse - "" 'tempstrgb := - } - { tempctrb #1 + 'tempctrb := } - if$ - } - if$ - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {input:options} { - options 'tempstrga := - #1 'tempctra := - { tempstrga text.length$ #0 > } - { tempstrga tempctra #1 substring$ "," = - { tempstrga #1 tempctra #1 - substring$ input:options:extract - tempctra #1 + 'tempctra := - { tempstrga tempctra #1 substring$ " " = - tempctra tempstrga text.length$ > not - and - } - { tempctra #1 + 'tempctra := } - while$ - tempstrga tempctra global.max$ substring$ 'tempstrga := - #1 'tempctra := - } - { tempstrga text.length$ tempctra = - { tempstrga input:options:extract - "" 'tempstrga := - } - { tempctra #1 + 'tempctra := } - if$ - } - if$ - } - while$ -} - -FUNCTION {input:iterate} { - ctrl:control - { input:control } - { citecount #1 + 'citecount := - citecount int.to.str$ #9 pad.number 'sortkey.nosort := - ctrl.useprefix 'useprefix := - ctrl.useauthor 'useauthor := - ctrl.useeditor 'useeditor := - ctrl.usetranslator 'usetranslator := - ctrl.singletitle - { #1 'singletitle := } - 'skip$ - if$ - options empty$ - 'skip$ - { input:options } - if$ - ctrl:set entryset empty$ or - 'skip$ - { #1 'skipbib := - #1 'skiplos := - #1 'skiplab := - } - if$ - "date" date split.date - pop$ pop$ 'dateyear := - pop$ pop$ 'dateendyear := - dateyear empty$ - { year empty$ - 'skip$ - { year 'dateyear := } - if$ - } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ -} - -READ - -EXECUTE {initialize} - -ITERATE {input:iterate} - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -% Generate labels -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -FUNCTION {makelabel:name:format} { - 'templist := - #1 'tempctra := - templist num.names$ 'tempctrb := - templist andothers - { tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := } - 'skip$ - if$ - tempctrb ctrl.maxnames > - { ctrl.minnames 'tempctrc := } - { ctrl.maxnames 'tempctrc := } - if$ - "" - { duplicate$ text.length$ entry.max$ #50 - < - tempctra tempctrc > not and - tempctrb #0 > and - } - { useprefix - { templist tempctra "{vv}" format.name$ - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ - delimiter.3 * } - if$ - } - { "" } - if$ - templist tempctra "{ll}" format.name$ * - tempctra #1 > - { delimiter.2 swap$ * } - 'skip$ - if$ - * - tempctra #1 + 'tempctra := - tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := - } - while$ - templist andothers - tempctrb #0 > - or - { delimiter.2 * "zzzz" * } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {makelabel:name:full} { - duplicate$ num.names$ #1 = - { #1 - "{ll}{" delimiter.3 * - "ff}{" delimiter.3 * * - "vv}{" delimiter.3 * * - "jj}" * - format.name$ - } - { pop$ "" } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {makelabel:alpha:format} { - duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "" } - { 'templist := - #1 'tempctra := - templist andothers - { templist num.names$ #1 - 'tempctrb := } - { templist num.names$ 'tempctrb := } - if$ - tempctrb ctrl.maxnames > - { ctrl.minnames 'tempctrb := } - 'skip$ - if$ - tempctrb #1 > - { "" - { tempctrb #0 > } - { templist tempctra "{l{}}" format.name$ * - tempctra #1 + 'tempctra := - tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := - } - while$ - } - { templist #1 "{l{}}" format.name$ } - if$ - duplicate$ text.length$ #2 < - { pop$ - useprefix - { templist #1 "{v{}}" format.name$ #2 text.prefix$ - templist #1 "{ll}" format.name$ * - } - { templist #1 "{ll}" format.name$ } - if$ - #3 text.prefix$ - } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - templist num.names$ ctrl.maxnames > - templist andothers - or - { ctrl.alphaothers * } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {makelabel:alpha:year} { - dateyear purify - #1 #4 substring$ - #-1 #2 substring$ -} - -FUNCTION {makelabel:hash:format} { - 'templist := - #1 'tempctra := - templist num.names$ 'tempctrb := - templist andothers - { tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := } - 'skip$ - if$ - tempctrb ctrl.maxnames > - { ctrl.minnames 'tempctrc := } - { ctrl.maxnames 'tempctrc := } - if$ - "" - { tempctra tempctrc > not - tempctrb #0 > - and } - { templist tempctra - useprefix - { "{v{}}{l{}}{j{}}{f{}}" } - { "{l{}}{j{}}{f{}}{v{}}" } - if$ - format.name$ purify$ * - tempctra #1 + 'tempctra := - tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := - } - while$ - templist andothers - tempctrb #0 > - or - { "+" * } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {makelabel:hash:format:full} { - 'templist := - #1 'tempctra := - templist num.names$ 'tempctrb := - templist andothers - { tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := } - 'skip$ - if$ - "" - { tempctrb #0 > } - { templist tempctra - useprefix - { "{v{}}{l{}}{j{}}{f{}}" } - { "{l{}}{j{}}{f{}}{v{}}" } - if$ - format.name$ purify$ * - tempctra #1 + 'tempctra := - tempctrb #1 - 'tempctrb := - } - while$ - templist andothers - { "+" * } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {makelabel:ctrl:alpha} { - ctrl:labelalpha - { label empty$ - { push:cite purify #1 #3 substring$ - "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ } - { label makelabel:alpha:year * } - if$ - } - { "" } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {makelabel:ctrl:alpha:format} { - ctrl:labelalpha - { label empty$ - { makelabel:alpha:format } - { pop$ label } - if$ - makelabel:alpha:year * - } - { pop$ "" } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {makelabel:label} { - push:shortname empty$ - { push:sorttitle 'label.name := - makelabel:ctrl:alpha 'labelalpha := - } - { push:shortname - duplicate$ makelabel:name:format 'label.name := - duplicate$ makelabel:hash:format 'namehash := - makelabel:ctrl:alpha:format 'labelalpha := - } - if$ - push:fullname empty$ - 'skip$ - { push:fullname makelabel:hash:format:full 'fullhash := } - if$ -} - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -% Sort labels -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -FUNCTION {labelsort:label} { - sortkey:init:label - makelabel:label -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:main} { - ctrl:skiplab not - ctrl.singletitle ctrl.labelyear or - and - { label.name purify delimiter.1 * - sortkey.year * delimiter.1 * - push:presort * delimiter.1 * - sortkey empty$ - { sortkey.name * delimiter.1 * sortkey.title } - { sortkey } - if$ - * - truncate - } - { "" } - if$ - duplicate$ - 'sort.key$ := - 'sort.year := -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:alph} { - ctrl:labelalpha - { labelalpha normalize delimiter.1 * - push:presort * delimiter.1 * - sortkey empty$ - { ctrl.sorting #10 > - ctrl.sorting #20 < - and - { ctrl.sorting #10 - } - { #2 } - if$ - sortkey:main:string - } - { sortkey } - if$ - * - truncate - } - { "" } - if$ - duplicate$ - 'sort.key$ := - 'sort.alph := -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:hash} { - ctrl:control - namehash empty$ - or - { "zzzz" 'sort.key$ := } - { namehash purify delimiter.1 * - push:shortname duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "zzzz" * } - { sortkey:name:format purify * } - if$ - truncate 'sort.key$ := - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:fullhash} { - ctrl:control - fullhash empty$ - or - { "zzzz" 'sort.key$ := } - { fullhash purify delimiter.1 * - push:shortname duplicate$ empty$ - { pop$ "zzzz" * } - { sortkey:name:format purify * } - if$ - truncate 'sort.key$ := - } - if$ -} - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -FUNCTION {labelsort:init} { - "" 'last.name := - "" 'last.year := - "" 'last.hash := - "" 'last.extra := - #1 'last.extra.num := -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:main:init} { - "" 'last.name := -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:hash:init} { - "" 'last.name := - #1 'last.extra.num := -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:namehash:iterate} { - ctrl:control - namehash empty$ - or - 'skip$ - { namehash last.hash = - { push:name:namehash last.name = - 'skip$ - { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := } - if$ - last.extra.num int.to.str$ 'labelhash := - } - { #1 'last.extra.num := - "1" 'labelhash := - } - if$ - namehash 'last.hash := - push:name:namehash 'last.name := - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:namehash:reverse} { - ctrl:control - namehash empty$ - or - 'skip$ - { push:name:namehash last.name = - { last.extra "1" = - { "1" 'labelhash := } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - { last.extra "2" = - { "1" 'labelhash := } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - labelhash 'last.extra := - push:name:namehash 'last.name := - namehash labelhash * 'namehash := - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:fullhash:iterate} { - ctrl:control - fullhash empty$ - or - 'skip$ - { fullhash last.hash = - { push:name:fullhash last.name = - 'skip$ - { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := } - if$ - last.extra.num int.to.str$ 'labelhash := - } - { #1 'last.extra.num := - "1" 'labelhash := - } - if$ - fullhash 'last.hash := - push:name:fullhash 'last.name := - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:fullhash:reverse} { - ctrl:control - fullhash empty$ - or - 'skip$ - { push:name:fullhash last.name = - { last.extra "1" = - { "1" 'labelhash := } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - { last.extra "2" = - { "1" 'labelhash := } - 'skip$ - if$ - } - if$ - labelhash 'last.extra := - push:name:fullhash 'last.name := - fullhash labelhash * 'fullhash := - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:main:singletitle} { - ctrl.singletitle - { label.name last.name = - { #0 'singletitle := } - 'skip$ - if$ - label.name 'last.name := - } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:main:year:iterate} { - ctrl:labelyear - { label.name - dateyear empty$ - 'skip$ - { " " * dateyear * - dateendyear empty$ - 'skip$ - { dateyear dateendyear = - 'skip$ - { dateendyear open.ended = - 'skip$ - { "-" * dateendyear * } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - } - if$ - 'label.year := - label.year last.year = - { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := - last.extra.num int.to.str$ 'extrayear := - } - { #1 'last.extra.num := - "" 'extrayear := - label.year 'last.year := - } - if$ - } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:main:year:reverse} { - ctrl:labelyear - { last.extra "2" = - { "1" 'extrayear := } - 'skip$ - if$ - extrayear 'last.extra := - } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:main:iterate} { - ctrl:skiplab - 'skip$ - { labelsort:main:singletitle - labelsort:main:year:iterate - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:main:reverse} { - ctrl:skiplab - 'skip$ - { labelsort:main:singletitle - labelsort:main:year:reverse - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:alph:iterate} { - ctrl:labelalpha - { labelalpha last.year = - { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num := - last.extra.num int.to.str$ 'extraalpha := - } - { #1 'last.extra.num := - "" 'extraalpha := - } - if$ - labelalpha 'last.year := - } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {labelsort:alph:reverse} { - ctrl:labelalpha - { last.extra "2" = - { "1" 'extraalpha := } - 'skip$ - if$ - extraalpha 'last.extra := - labelalpha empty$ - 'skip$ - { extraalpha empty$ - { labelalpha normalize 'sortkey.alpha := } - { labelalpha normalize extraalpha #4 pad.number * 'sortkey.alpha := } - if$ - } - if$ - } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -ITERATE {labelsort:label} - -EXECUTE {labelsort:init} - -ITERATE {labelsort:hash} - -SORT - -EXECUTE {labelsort:hash:init} - -ITERATE {labelsort:namehash:iterate} - -EXECUTE {labelsort:hash:init} - -REVERSE {labelsort:namehash:reverse} - -EXECUTE {labelsort:init} - -ITERATE {labelsort:fullhash} - -SORT - -EXECUTE {labelsort:hash:init} - -ITERATE {labelsort:fullhash:iterate} - -EXECUTE {labelsort:hash:init} - -REVERSE {labelsort:fullhash:reverse} - -EXECUTE {labelsort:init} - -ITERATE {labelsort:main} - -SORT - -EXECUTE {labelsort:init} - -EXECUTE {labelsort:main:init} - -ITERATE {labelsort:main:iterate} - -EXECUTE {labelsort:main:init} - -REVERSE {labelsort:main:reverse} - -EXECUTE {labelsort:init} - -ITERATE {labelsort:alph} - -SORT - -ITERATE {labelsort:alph:iterate} - -REVERSE {labelsort:alph:reverse} - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- -% Sort bibliography, write .bbl file -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- - -FUNCTION {mainsort} { - ctrl:control - { "" } - { sortkey:main } - if$ - 'sort.key$ := -} - -FUNCTION {lossort} { - ctrl.sortlos - { shorthand empty$ - ctrl:skiplos or - { "" } - { shorthand } - if$ - truncate - 'sort.key$ := - } - 'skip$ - if$ -} - -ITERATE {mainsort} - -SORT - -FUNCTION {output:main:begin} { - "% $ biblatex auxiliary file $" write$ newline$ - "% $ biblatex version " "$Revision: 1.7 $" - #12 entry.max$ substring$ #-3 entry.max$ substring$ * " $" * write$ newline$ - "% Do not modify the above lines!" write$ newline$ - "%" write$ newline$ - "% This is an auxiliary file used by the 'biblatex' package." write$ newline$ - "% This file may safely be deleted. It will be recreated as" write$ newline$ - "% required." write$ newline$ - "%" write$ newline$ - "\begingroup" write$ newline$ - "\makeatletter" write$ newline$ - "\@ifundefined{ver@biblatex.sty}" write$ newline$ - " {\@latex@error" write$ newline$ - " {Missing 'biblatex' package}" write$ newline$ - " {The bibliography requires the 'biblatex' package.}" write$ newline$ - " \aftergroup\endinput}" write$ newline$ - " {}" write$ newline$ - "\endgroup" write$ newline$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:main:preamble} { - preamble$ empty$ - 'skip$ - { newline$ - "\preamble{%" write$ newline$ - preamble$ write$ newline$ - "}" write$ newline$ - } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:main:end} { - newline$ - "\endinput" write$ newline$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:los:begin} { - newline$ - "\lossort" write$ newline$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:los:iterate} { - shorthand empty$ - ctrl:skiplos or - 'skip$ - { " \key{" push:cite * "}" * write$ newline$ } - if$ -} - -FUNCTION {output:los:end} { - "\endlossort" write$ newline$ -} - - -EXECUTE {output:main:begin} - -EXECUTE {output:main:preamble} - -ITERATE {call.type$} - -ITERATE {lossort} - -SORT - -EXECUTE {output:los:begin} - -ITERATE {output:los:iterate} - -EXECUTE {output:los:end} - -EXECUTE {output:main:end} - -% ------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1.csf deleted file mode 100644 index f7dc353..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,263 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1) -% -% ISO 8859-1 is the system character set used by Unix/X Windows and -% MS Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Latin countries -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε Δ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ε δ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Φ Ψ - o ς σ τ υ φ ψ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S - s ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ - y ύ - Z - z -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_at.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_at.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 5d7ff64..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_at.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,270 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1) -% -% ISO 8859-1 is the system character set used by Unix/X Windows and -% MS Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Austrian -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε - Δ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ε - δ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ - Φ Ψ - o ς σ τ υ - φ ψ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S - s - ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ - ά - u ω ϊ ϋ - ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ - y ύ - Z - z -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_de.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_de.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 8c8cf93..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_de.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,270 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1) -% -% ISO 8859-1 is the system character set used by Unix/X Windows and -% MS Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: German -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε - Δ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ε - δ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ - Φ Ψ - o ς σ τ υ - φ ψ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S - s - ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ - ά - u ω ϊ ϋ - ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ - y ύ - Z - z -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_dk.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_dk.csf deleted file mode 100644 index d2498be..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_dk.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1) -% -% ISO 8859-1 is the system character set used by Unix/X Windows and -% MS Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Danish/Norwegian -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Δ - a ΰ α β γ δ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Φ - o ς σ τ υ φ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S - s ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ - y ύ - Z - z - Ζ - ζ - Ψ - ψ - Ε - ε -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_fi.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_fi.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 0d2942b..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_fi.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,240 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1) -% -% ISO 8859-1 is the system character set used by Unix/X Windows and -% MS Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Finnish -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε Δ Ζ a ΰ α β γ ε δ ζ - B b - C Η c η - D Π d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ e θ ι κ λ - F f - G g - H h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο i μ ν ξ ο - J j - K k - L l - M m - N Ρ n ρ - O Σ Τ o ς σ τ - P p - Q q - R r - S s ί - T ή t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ u ω ϊ ϋ - V v - W w - X x - Y έ ά y ύ ό - Z z - Ε ε - Δ δ - Φ Υ Ψ φ υ ψ -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_no.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_no.csf deleted file mode 100644 index d2498be..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_no.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1) -% -% ISO 8859-1 is the system character set used by Unix/X Windows and -% MS Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Danish/Norwegian -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Δ - a ΰ α β γ δ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Φ - o ς σ τ υ φ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S - s ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ - y ύ - Z - z - Ζ - ζ - Ψ - ψ - Ε - ε -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_se.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_se.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 6702fcc..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin1_se.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1) -% -% ISO 8859-1 is the system character set used by Unix/X Windows and -% MS Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Swedish -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Ψ - o ς σ τ υ ψ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S - s ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ - y ύ - Z - z - Ε - ε - Δ - δ - Φ - φ -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 90e3648..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,266 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9) -% -% ISO 8859-15 is a character set used by Unix/X Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Latin countries -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ¨ ¦ % ^^a8 \v{\s} ^^a6 \v{S} - Έ ΄ % ^^b8 \v{\z} ^^b4 \v{Z} - ½ Ό % ^^bd \oe ^^bc \OE - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ύ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^be \"{Y} -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε Δ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ε δ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Φ Ψ Ό - o ς σ τ υ φ ψ ½ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S ¦ - s ¨ ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ύ - y ύ - Z ΄ - z Έ -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_at.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_at.csf deleted file mode 100644 index d1dfaea..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_at.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9) -% -% ISO 8859-15 is a character set used by Unix/X Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Austrian -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ¨ ¦ % ^^a8 \v{\s} ^^a6 \v{S} - Έ ΄ % ^^b8 \v{\z} ^^b4 \v{Z} - ½ Ό % ^^bd \oe ^^bc \OE - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ύ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^be \"{Y} -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε - Δ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ε - δ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ - Φ Ψ Ό - o ς σ τ υ - φ ψ ½ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S ¦ - s ¨ - ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ - ά - u ω ϊ ϋ - ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ύ - y ύ - Z ΄ - z Έ -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_de.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_de.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 388012d..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_de.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9) -% -% ISO 8859-15 is a character set used by Unix/X Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: German -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ¨ ¦ % ^^a8 \v{\s} ^^a6 \v{S} - Έ ΄ % ^^b8 \v{\z} ^^b4 \v{Z} - ½ Ό % ^^bd \oe ^^bc \OE - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ύ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^be \"{Y} -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε - Δ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ε - δ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ - Φ Ψ Ό - o ς σ τ υ - φ ψ ½ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S ¦ - s ¨ - ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ - ά - u ω ϊ ϋ - ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ύ - y ύ - Z ΄ - z Έ -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_dk.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_dk.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 3dbf0e9..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_dk.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9) -% -% ISO 8859-15 is a character set used by Unix/X Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Danish/Norwegian -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ¨ ¦ % ^^a8 \v{\s} ^^a6 \v{S} - Έ ΄ % ^^b8 \v{\z} ^^b4 \v{Z} - ½ Ό % ^^bd \oe ^^bc \OE - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ύ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^be \"{Y} -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Δ - a ΰ α β γ δ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Φ Ό - o ς σ τ υ φ ½ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S ¦ - s ¨ ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ύ - y ύ - Z ΄ - z Έ - Ζ - ζ - Ψ - ψ - Ε - ε -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_fi.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_fi.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 00b56c9..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_fi.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,243 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9) -% -% ISO 8859-15 is a character set used by Unix/X Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Finnish -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ¨ ¦ % ^^a8 \v{\s} ^^a6 \v{S} - Έ ΄ % ^^b8 \v{\z} ^^b4 \v{Z} - ½ Ό % ^^bd \oe ^^bc \OE - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ύ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^be \"{Y} -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε Δ Ζ a ΰ α β γ ε δ ζ - B b - C Η c η - D Π d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ e θ ι κ λ - F f - G g - H h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο i μ ν ξ ο - J j - K k - L l - M m - N Ρ n ρ - O Σ Τ Ό o ς σ τ ½ - P p - Q q - R r - S ¦ s ¨ ί - T ή t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ u ω ϊ ϋ - V v - W w - X x - Y έ Ύ ά y ύ ό - Z ΄ z Έ - Ε ε - Δ δ - Φ Υ Ψ φ υ ψ -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_no.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_no.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 3dbf0e9..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_no.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9) -% -% ISO 8859-15 is a character set used by Unix/X Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Danish/Norwegian -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ¨ ¦ % ^^a8 \v{\s} ^^a6 \v{S} - Έ ΄ % ^^b8 \v{\z} ^^b4 \v{Z} - ½ Ό % ^^bd \oe ^^bc \OE - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ύ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^be \"{Y} -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Δ - a ΰ α β γ δ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Φ Ό - o ς σ τ υ φ ½ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S ¦ - s ¨ ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ύ - y ύ - Z ΄ - z Έ - Ζ - ζ - Ψ - ψ - Ε - ε -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_se.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_se.csf deleted file mode 100644 index c2605ef..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/latin9_se.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9) -% -% ISO 8859-15 is a character set used by Unix/X Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Swedish -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - ¨ ¦ % ^^a8 \v{\s} ^^a6 \v{S} - Έ ΄ % ^^b8 \v{\z} ^^b4 \v{Z} - ½ Ό % ^^bd \oe ^^bc \OE - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ύ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^be \"{Y} -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Ψ Ό - o ς σ τ υ ψ ½ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S ¦ - s ¨ ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ύ - y ύ - Z ΄ - z Έ - Ε - ε - Δ - δ - Φ - Φ -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 843d8e2..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,267 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: MS CP-1252 (Windows Ansi) -% -% MS CP-1252 is a character set used by Microsoft Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Latin countries -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - š Š % ^^9a \v{\s} ^^8a \v{S} - œ Œ % ^^9c \oe ^^8c \OE - ž Ž % ^^9e \v{\z} ^^8e \v{Z} - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ÿ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^9f \"{Y} - -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε Δ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ε δ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Φ Ψ Œ - o ς σ τ υ φ ψ œ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S Š - s š ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ÿ - y ύ - Z Ž - z ž -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_at.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_at.csf deleted file mode 100644 index bf31edc..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_at.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,274 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: MS CP-1252 (Windows Ansi) -% -% MS CP-1252 is a character set used by Microsoft Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Austrian -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - š Š % ^^9a \v{\s} ^^8a \v{S} - œ Œ % ^^9c \oe ^^8c \OE - ž Ž % ^^9e \v{\z} ^^8e \v{Z} - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ÿ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^9f \"{Y} - -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε - Δ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ε - δ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ - Φ Ψ Œ - o ς σ τ υ - φ ψ œ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S Š - s š - ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ - ά - u ω ϊ ϋ - ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ÿ - y ύ - Z Ž - z ž -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_de.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_de.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 453a33b..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_de.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: MS CP-1252 (Windows Ansi) -% -% MS CP-1252 is a character set used by Microsoft Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: German -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - š Š % ^^9a \v{\s} ^^8a \v{S} - œ Œ % ^^9c \oe ^^8c \OE - ž Ž % ^^9e \v{\z} ^^8e \v{Z} - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ÿ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^9f \"{Y} -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε - Δ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ε - δ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ - Φ Ψ Œ - o ς σ τ υ - φ ψ œ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S Š - s š - ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ - ά - u ω ϊ ϋ - ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ÿ - y ύ - Z Ž - z ž -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_dk.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_dk.csf deleted file mode 100644 index fec6517..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_dk.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: MS CP-1252 (Windows Ansi) -% -% MS CP-1252 is a character set used by Microsoft Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Danish/Norwegian -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - š Š % ^^9a \v{\s} ^^8a \v{S} - œ Œ % ^^9c \oe ^^8c \OE - ž Ž % ^^9e \v{\z} ^^8e \v{Z} - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ÿ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^9f \"{Y} - -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Δ - a ΰ α β γ δ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Φ Œ - o ς σ τ υ φ œ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S Š - s š ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ÿ - y ύ - Z Ž - z ž - Ζ - ζ - Ψ - ψ - Ε - ε -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_fi.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_fi.csf deleted file mode 100644 index e12f607..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_fi.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,243 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: MS CP-1252 (Windows Ansi) -% -% MS CP-1252 is a character set used by Microsoft Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Finnish -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - š Š % ^^9a \v{\s} ^^8a \v{S} - œ Œ % ^^9c \oe ^^8c \OE - ž Ž % ^^9e \v{\z} ^^8e \v{Z} - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ÿ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^9f \"{Y} -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ε Δ Ζ a ΰ α β γ ε δ ζ - B b - C Η c η - D Π d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ e θ ι κ λ - F f - G g - H h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο i μ ν ξ ο - J j - K k - L l - M m - N Ρ n ρ - O Σ Τ Œ o ς σ τ œ - P p - Q q - R r - S Š s š ί - T ή t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ u ω ϊ ϋ - V v - W w - X x - Y έ Ÿ ά y ύ ό - Z Ž z ž - Ε ε - Δ δ - Φ Υ Ψ φ υ ψ -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_no.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_no.csf deleted file mode 100644 index fec6517..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_no.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: MS CP-1252 (Windows Ansi) -% -% MS CP-1252 is a character set used by Microsoft Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Danish/Norwegian -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - š Š % ^^9a \v{\s} ^^8a \v{S} - œ Œ % ^^9c \oe ^^8c \OE - ž Ž % ^^9e \v{\z} ^^8e \v{Z} - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ÿ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^9f \"{Y} - -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Δ - a ΰ α β γ δ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Φ Œ - o ς σ τ υ φ œ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S Š - s š ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ÿ - y ύ - Z Ž - z ž - Ζ - ζ - Ψ - ψ - Ε - ε -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_se.csf b/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_se.csf deleted file mode 100644 index 6b46be7..0000000 --- a/bibtex/csf/biblatex/winansi_se.csf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% CHARACTER SET: MS CP-1252 (Windows Ansi) -% -% MS CP-1252 is a character set used by Microsoft Windows. -% -% SORTING ORDER: Swedish -% -% Alphabetical sorting order of Aa..Zz (including accented characters). -% -% This is a BibTeX Codepage and Sort definition file (CSF). It is -% used to define the 8-bit character set used by BibTeX and the -% order in which those characters should be sorted. The file -% format is documented below this header section. -% -% This file will only work with the 8-bit implementation of BibTeX -% written by Niel Kempson and Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra: -% -% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/ -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% FILE FORMAT -% -% The codepage and sorting order (CS) file defines how BibTeX will treat an -% 8-bit character set, specifically which characters are to be treated as -% letters, the upper/lower case relationships between characters, and the -% sorting order of characters. -% -% The CS file may contain a number of sections, each presented in the -% form of a TeX macro: -% -% \section-name{ -%
-% } -% -% Four sections are currently supported: \lowupcase, \lowercase, \uppercase -% and \order. The syntax of the four supported sections is summarised below. -% -% 8-bit characters may be entered naturally, but to avoid problems with -% character set translation or corruption, they can also be entered using -% the TeX-style portable notation for character codes, i.e. ^^XX, where XX -% is the hexadecimal value ofthe character code. -% -% Reading of the sections ends when the first '}' character is reached, so -% '}' can't be included in a section. You can't use ^^7d either. -% -% The percent sign ('%') is used to introduce a trailing comment - it and -% all remaining characters on a line are ignored. ^^25 has the same effect. -% -% -% \lowupcase section -% -% The \lowupcase section of the CS file is used to define the lower -% /upper and upper/lower case relationship of pairs of specified -% characters. It is only used if the relationship is symmetrical - use -% \lowercase or \upcase if it isn't. -% -% The syntax of the \lowupcase section is: -% -% \lowupcase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% equivalent of is *and* the lower case equivalent of -% is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower or upper case equivalent of an ASCII -% character (code < 128), so all instances of and -% (i.e. both sides of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \lowercase section -% -% The \lowercase section of the CS file is used to define the lower case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \lowercase section is: -% -% \lowercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the lower case -% equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the lower case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \uppercase section -% -% The \uppercase section of the CS file is used to define the upper case -% equivalent of specified characters. It should normally only be used -% if the relationship isn't symmetrical - use \lowupcase if it is. -% -% The syntax of the \uppercase section is: -% -% \uppercase{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% -% ... -% -% } -% -% Each pair of characters defines that the upper case -% case equivalent of is . -% -% You cannot redefine the upper case equivalent of an ASCII character -% (code < 128), so all instances of (i.e. the left hand side -% of the relationship) must have codes > 127. -% -% -% \order section -% -% The \order section of the CS file is used to define the order in which -% characters are sorted. -% -% The syntax of the \order section is: -% -% \order{ -% % Comment begins with a percent sign -% % whitespace between the chars -% - % a hyphen between the chars -% _ % an underscore between the chars -% ... -% -% } -% -% All characters on the same line are given the same sorting weight. -% -% The construct is used to denote that -% all characters in the range to should be given the -% same sorting weight. For example, "A _ Z" would cause all ASCII -% upper case alphabetical characters to have the same sorting weight -% and would be equivalent to placing all 26 characters on the same line. -% -% The construct is used to denote that all -% characters in the range to should be given an -% ascending set of sorting weights, starting with and ending -% with . For example, "A - Z" would cause all upper case ASCII -% alphabetical characters to be sorted in ascending order and would be -% equivalent to placing 'A' on the first line, 'B' on the second, -% through to 'Z' on the 26th line. -% -% The characters at the beginning of the order section are given a lower -% sorting weight than characters occuring later. When sorting -% alphabetically, characters with the lowest weight come first. -% -% All characters not in the \order section (including ASCII characters) -% are given the same very high sorting weight to ensure that they come -% last when sorting alphabetically. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -% CHARACTER SET - -\lowupcase{ % Lowercase Uppercase - % Code TeX Code TeX - % - š Š % ^^9a \v{\s} ^^8a \v{S} - œ Œ % ^^9c \oe ^^8c \OE - ž Ž % ^^9e \v{\z} ^^8e \v{Z} - ΰ ΐ % ^^e0 \`{a} ^^c0 \`{A} - α Α % ^^e1 \'{a} ^^c1 \'{A} - β Β % ^^e2 \^{a} ^^c2 \^{A} - γ Γ % ^^e3 \~{a} ^^c3 \~{A} - δ Δ % ^^e4 \"{a} ^^c4 \"{A} - ε Ε % ^^e5 \aa ^^c5 \AA - ζ Ζ % ^^e6 \ae ^^c6 \AE - η Η % ^^e7 \c{c} ^^c7 \c{C} - θ Θ % ^^e8 \`{e} ^^c8 \`{E} - ι Ι % ^^e9 \'{e} ^^c9 \'{E} - κ Κ % ^^ea \^{e} ^^ca \^{E} - λ Λ % ^^eb \"{e} ^^cb \"{E} - μ Μ % ^^ec \`{\i} ^^cc \`{I} - ν Ν % ^^ed \'{\i} ^^cd \'{I} - ξ Ξ % ^^ee \^{\i} ^^ce \^{I} - ο Ο % ^^ef \"{\i} ^^cf \"{I} - π Π % ^^f0 \dh ^^d0 \DH - ρ Ρ % ^^f1 \~{n} ^^d1 \~{N} - ς % ^^f2 \`{o} ^^d2 \`{O} - σ Σ % ^^f3 \'{o} ^^d3 \'{O} - τ Τ % ^^f4 \^{o} ^^d4 \^{O} - υ Υ % ^^f5 \~{o} ^^d5 \~{O} - φ Φ % ^^f6 \"{o} ^^d6 \"{O} - ψ Ψ % ^^f8 \o ^^d8 \O - ω Ω % ^^f9 \`{u} ^^d9 \`{U} - ϊ Ϊ % ^^fa \'{u} ^^da \'{U} - ϋ Ϋ % ^^fb \^{u} ^^db \^{U} - ό ά % ^^fc \"{u} ^^dc \"{U} - ύ έ % ^^fd \'{y} ^^dd \'{Y} - ώ ή % ^^fe \th ^^de \TH - Ÿ % ^^ff \"{y} ^^9f \"{Y} - -} - -% SORTING ORDER - -\order{ - 0-9 - A ΐ Α Β Γ Ζ - a ΰ α β γ ζ - B - b - C Η - c η - D Π - d π - E Θ Ι Κ Λ - e θ ι κ λ - F - f - G - g - H - h - I Μ Ν Ξ Ο - i μ ν ξ ο - J - j - K - k - L - l - M - m - N Ρ - n ρ - O Σ Τ Υ Ψ Œ - o ς σ τ υ ψ œ - P - p - Q - q - R - r - S Š - s š ί - T ή - t ώ - U Ω Ϊ Ϋ ά - u ω ϊ ϋ ό - V - v - W - w - X - x - Y έ Ÿ - y ύ - Z Ž - z ž - Ε - ε - Δ - δ - Φ - φ -} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% END OF FILE %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/README b/doc/latex/biblatex/README deleted file mode 100644 index b85f5e9..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -$Id: README,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -ABOUT - -The biblatex package is a complete reimplementation of the -bibliographic facilities provided by LaTeX in conjunction with -BibTeX. It redesigns the way in which LaTeX interacts with BibTeX at -a fairly fundamental level. With biblatex, BibTeX is only used to -sort the bibliography and to generate labels. Instead of being -implemented in BibTeX's style files, the formatting of the -bibliography is entirely controlled by TeX macros. Good working -knowledge in LaTeX should be sufficient to design new bibliography -and citation styles. There is no need to learn BibTeX's postfix -stack language. Just like the bibliography styles, all citation -commands may be freely (re)defined. - -Apart from the features unique to biblatex, the package also -incorporates core features of the following packages: babelbib, -backref, bibtopic, bibunits, chapterbib, cite, citeref, inlinebib, -mlbib, multibib, natbib, splitbib. There are also some conceptual -parallels to the amsrefs package. The biblatex package supports -split bibliographies, multiple bibliographies within one document, -and separate lists of bibliographic shorthands. Bibliographies may -be subdivided into parts (by chapter, by section, etc.) and/or -segmented by topics (by type, by keyword, etc.). The package is -fully localized and can interface with the babel package. - -LICENSE - -Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Philipp Lehman. Permission is granted to -copy, distribute and/or modify this software under the terms of the -LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), version 1.3. This package is -author-maintained. This software is provided 'as is', without -warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but -not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and -fitness for a particular purpose. - -FEEDBACK - -Please use the biblatex project page on SourceForge to report bugs -or submit feature requests: - - http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex/ - -There are two trackers on this page, 'Bugs' for bug reports and -'Features' for feature requests: - - http://sourceforge.net/tracker2/?group_id=244752 - -Select a tracker, then click on "Add new" to submit your report or -request. If you do not want to report a bug or request a feature but -are simply in need of assistance, you might want to consider posting -your question on the comp.text.tex newsgroup. I can not provide any -end-user support by email or via the project page. - -REQUIREMENTS - -Strictly required: - -- e-TeX -- BibTeX, bibtex8, or Biber -- etoolbox 2.1 or later -- logreq 1.0 or later -- keyval -- ifthen -- url - -Strongly recommended: - -- Biber -- babel -- csquotes 4.4 or later - -Biber is available from CTAN or: - -http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex-biber/ - -AUTOMATIC INSTALLATION - -TeX Live: The biblatex package is included in TeX Live. - Use the TeX Live package manager to install it. - Biber can also be installed with the package manager. - -MiKTeX: The biblatex package is included in MiKTeX. - Use the MiKTeX package manager to install it. - Biber can also be installed with the package manager. - -SEMI-AUTOMATIC INSTALLATION - -1. Get the file biblatex-.tds.zip from - - http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex/files/ - - or download the file - - http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/install/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex.tds.zip - -2. Unpack the archive in the root directory of the local TeX - installation tree, for example - - /usr/local/share/texmf/ - or - /usr/share/texmf-local/ - or - C:\Local TeX Files\ - -3. Update the file hash tables (also known as the file name - database). - - On teTeX and TeX Live systems, run texhash as root ('sudo - texhash'). On MiKTeX, run 'initexmf --update-fndb' in a command - window or use the 'Refresh FNDB' button of the MiKTeX Options - window. - -MANUAL INSTALLATION - -1. Get the file biblatex-.tar.gz from - - http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex/files/ - - or download the file - - http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex.zip - -2. Unpack the archive in a temporary working directory. - -3. Copy all files and subdirectories in the 'latex' directory to: - - /tex/latex/biblatex/ - - where denotes the root of the local TeX installation - tree, for example - - /usr/local/share/texmf/ - or - /usr/share/texmf-local/ - or - C:\Local TeX Files\ - -4. Copy all files in the 'bibtex/bst' subdirectory to: - - /bibtex/bst/biblatex/ - -5. Copy all files in the 'bibtex/bib' subdirectory to: - - /bibtex/bib/biblatex/ - -6. If you are using bibtex8, copy all files in the 'bibtex/csf' - subdirectory to: - - /bibtex/csf/biblatex/ - -7. The manual and example files in 'doc' subdirectory go to - - /doc/latex/biblatex/ - -8. Update the file hash tables (also known as the file name - database). - - On teTeX and TeX Live systems, run texhash as root ('sudo - texhash'). On MiKTeX, run 'initexmf --update-fndb' in a command - window or use the 'Refresh FNDB' button of the MiKTeX Options - window. - -Note that you may have to create some or all of the above -directories if this is the first package you're installing locally -(as opposed to via a package manager). - -ADDITIONAL RESOURCES - -latin1.csf - -A codepage and sort definition file for the 8-bit implementation of -BibTeX. This file adds support for ISO 8859-1 (Latin 1). It is a -modified and expanded version of the 88591lat.csf file that ships -with bibtex8. latin1.csf implements a generic sorting order; the -latin1_*.csf files are optimized for specific languages. - -latin9.csf - -A codepage and sort definition file for the 8-bit implementation of -BibTeX. This file adds support for ISO 8859-15 (Latin 9). latin9.csf -implements a generic sorting order; the latin9_*.csf files are -optimized for specific languages. - -winansi.csf - -A codepage and sort definition file for the 8-bit implementation of -BibTeX. This file adds support for Microsoft Codepage 1252 (Windows -Ansi). winansi.csf implements a generic sorting order; the -winansi_*.csf files are optimized for specific languages. - -USAGE - -Refer to biblatex.pdf for a systematic reference manual and to the -'doc/examples' subdirectory for usage examples. - -CHANGES - -A list of changes relevant to users of this package is included at -the end of 'biblatex.pdf'. See also the release notes in 'RELEASE'. diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/RELEASE b/doc/latex/biblatex/RELEASE deleted file mode 100644 index 1b0989f..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/RELEASE +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3755 +0,0 @@ -$Id: RELEASE,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 1.7 - -* Biber update, new features - - Biblatex 1.7 requires Biber 0.9.6. Biber is now based on Perl 5.14 - with full Unicode 6.0 support. There's a bunch of other - improvements -- see the Biber manual for details. - -* XDATA containers [Biber only] - - This release introduces the new @xdata entry type and the - corresponding xdata field. Essentially, the idea is that you can - dump frequently used data into an @xdata entry and reference that - where needed. It's a bit like crossref but doesn't imply any - logical (parent/child) relation. Or, to put it differently, it's a - bit like @string but covers more than one field. See the changelog - for pointers. - -* Extended option scoping [Biber only] - - The package options related to name/list truncation and name - disambiguation are now conveniently settable globally/per-type/ - per-entry. See the changelog for details. There's also a new - appendix with an overview of the scope of all options. - -* Field formats for dates - - \printdate and friends now support 'virtual' field formats for all - dates. So, even though there is no 'date' field on the LaTeX end - of the workflow (only year/month/day and endyear/endmonth/endday), - you may now say: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{date}{\textbf{#1}} - - to print the date in boldface, for example. Technically, this is - equivalent to: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{date}{\textbf{#1}} - \printtext[date]{\printdate} - - except that it is readily built into \printdate. - -* Last-resort breakpoints for \url - - URLs and DOIs consisting mostly or entirely of letters and numbers - may run into the margin if the \url command can't find suitable - breakpoints. I've introduced additional breakpoints after all - numbers and letters in the previous biblatex release in order to - deal with particularly nasty DOIS, but this turned out to be to - brute a solution. - - To provide the best of both worlds, this release adds counters - which control the penalties associated with the additional - breakpoints. They are disabled by default but may be helpful (as a - last resort) if you need to deal with long and/or tricky DOIs. See - 'biburlnumpenalty' etc. in the manual for details. If you want to - enable the additional breakpoints, use high penalties; e.g.: - - \setcounter{biburlnumpenalty}{9000} - -* Language support - - Oleg Domanov contributed support for Russian. Note that the - Russian module requires UTF-8. Pieter Belmans updated the Dutch - language module. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 1.6 - -* Biber update, new mapping feature - - Biblatex 1.6 requires Biber 0.9.4. It will not work with any - previous release. Biber now supports user-space field mapping. - This means that you can set up mapping rules in the Biber - configuration file to deal with non-standard field names in .bib - files by mapping them to known field names. - -* Revised maxnames/minnames options - - Biber now supports max/mincitenames and max/minbibnames as - separate values. This improvement has prompted a refactoring of - the corresponding package options. In previous versions, there - were three sets of values: - - max/minnames -> backend+frontend default - max/mincitenames -> frontend only - max/minbibnames -> frontend only - - The backend would get max/minnames, the other values were only - used on the LaTeX end, defaulting to max/minnames. Depending on - the citation style, this could lead to ambiguous citations if - max/minnames was out of sync with max/mincitenames. (This wasn't - really obvious from reading the manual.) - - This can no longer happen. The new solution is simpler and - error-proof in this respect. The max/mincitenames and - max/minbibnames options do what their name indicates and are fully - supported by Biber. The max/minnames options now serve as master - options which set both max/minbibnames and max/mincitenames: - - max/minnames -> max/mincitenames - -> max/minbibnames - max/mincitenames -> frontend+backend - max/minbibnames -> frontend+backend - - We didn't bother to update the BibTeX backend as it is due to be - discontinued this fall anyway. The BibTeX backend will get the - max/mincitenames values only. - -* [CAVEAT] Removed local max/minnames and max/minitems options - - As part of the above change, I've removed the local max/minnames - and max/minitems options from \printbibliography and friends to - enforce consistency. Please use the global options instead. - -* Added maxalphanames/minalphanames [Biber only] - - With Biber, the 'labelalpha' field may now be configured - independently of max/mincitenames with the newly introduced - package options max/minalphanames. - -* MD5 hashes, per-name hashes [Biber only] - - With Biber, the hashes provided in the namehash/fullhash fields - are now standard MD5 hashes. This means that they are stable - across multiple runs, multiple refsections, and multiple - documents. - - We've also added per-name hashes. Every name in every name list - gets an MD5 hash, which is available in the 'hash' field. Note - that this field is only available locally in name formatting - directives. - -* Range compression/truncation - - This release features a new command for range compression (i.e., - format "123-128" as "123-8"). The command is configurable, can - handle lists of ranges separated by commas and/or semicolons, and - also normalizes the dashes. Note that combining this with - \mkpageprefix requires the field format to be set up in a specific - way. See \mkcomprange in the manual for details. - - I've also overhauled the command which truncates ranges by only - printing the starting page of the range. The original - \mkpagefirst has been removed because of its awkward syntax. It is - superseded by \mkfirstpage. Note that this change is not - backwards-compatible because the syntax of the new command is - slightly different. You may need to update some format - definitions. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 1.5 - -* Biber update - - Biblatex 1.5 requires Biber 0.9.3. It will not work with any - previous release. - -* More name disambiguation modes [Biber only] - - We've added some additional modes to the 'uniquename' and - 'uniquelist' options. Roughly speaking, the new 'min*' modes aim - for unambiguous citations (mainly author-year) rather than - disambiguating names in a strict way. There's a section in the - manual which discusses all the details. See the changelog for - pointers to the relevant parts of the manual. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 1.4 - -* Biber update - - Biblatex 1.4 requires Biber 0.9 or higher. It will not work with - any previous release. - -* Advanced name disambiguation in citations [Biber only] - - Name disambiguation in citations has been greatly improved and - extended in this release. We're pretty excited about this feature - because it has been in the pipeline for such a long time and - because Biblatex/Biber is, to the best of my knowledge, the only - bibliographic tool providing fully automated disambiguation of - names in citations. - - There are now two options controlling name disambiguation, - 'uniquename' and 'uniquelist'. You can use either option - stand-alone or combine both. This is best explained by way of - example. Consider the following data: - - John Smith/John Doe 2011 - John Smith/Jane Doe 2011 - John Smith/Edward Doe 2011 - - Let's assume we're using the standard 'authoryear' style and set - uniquename=false. In this case, we would get the following - citations: - - Smith and Doe 2011a - Smith and Doe 2011b - Smith and Doe 2011c - - The extra letter appended to the year (that's the automatically - generated 'extrayear' field provided by the 'labelyear' option) - disambiguates the citations. Many style guides, however, mandate - that the extra letter be used to disambiguate works by the same - author(s) only, not works by different authors with the same last - name. In order to disambiguate the author's last name, you're - expected to add additional parts of the name, either as initials - or in full. This is what the 'uniquename' option does. Here are - the same citations with uniquename=init: - - Smith and J. Doe 2011a - Smith and J. Doe 2011b - Smith and E. Doe 2011 - - 'uniquename=init' restricts name disambiguation to initials. Since - the first two Does are still ambiguous at that point, we need to - fall back to 'extrayear'. With uniquename=full, names are printed - in full where required: - - Smith and John Doe 2011 - Smith and Jane Doe 2011 - Smith and E. Doe 2011 - - In the past, this feature was of limited use since it only worked - for entries with a single author/editor. It now works for any name - at any point in the list. Since this is only possible with Biber, - the feature has been removed entirely from the BibTeX backend. - - When it comes to lists of names, there's another aspect to - ambiguity. Let's call it list ambiguity. Consider the following - data: - - Doe/Jones/Smith 2011 - Smith/Johnson/Doe 2011 - Smith/Doe/Edwards 2011 - Smith/Doe/Jones 2011 - - Most author-year and author-title styles will truncate long - author/editor lists in citations. For example, with maxnames=1 - we'd get: - - Doe et al. 2011 - Smith et al. 2011a - Smith et al. 2011b - Smith et al. 2011c - - Since the author lists are ambiguous after truncation, the - 'extrayear' marker is added by the style in order to ensure unique - citations. Here again, many style guides mandate that the extra - letter be used to disambiguate works by the same authors only. In - order to disambiguate author lists, you're typically required to - add more names, exceeding the maxnames/minnames truncation point. - The new 'uniquelist' feature introduced in this release does that - automatically. With maxnames=1 and uniquelist=true, we get: - - Doe et al. 2011 - Smith, Johnson et al. 2011 - Smith, Doe and Edwards 2011 - Smith, Doe and Jones 2011 - - As seen above, the 'uniquelist' option overrides the 'maxnames' - setting on a per-entry basis. Essentially, what happens is that - the "et al." parts of the citations get expanded to the point of - no ambiguity -- but no further than that. - - 'uniquename' and 'uniquelist' may also be combined. Consider the - following data: - - John Doe/Jane Smith/William Jones 2011 - John Doe/John Smith/William Jones 2011 - John Doe/Edward Smith/William Jones 2011 - John Doe/John Edwards/William Jones 2011 - John Doe/John Edwards/Jack Johnson 2011 - - With maxnames=1: - - Doe et al. 2011a - Doe et al. 2011b - Doe et al. 2011c - Doe et al. 2011d - Doe et al. 2011e - - With maxnames=1, uniquename=true, uniquelist=true: - - Doe, Jane Smith et al. 2011 - Doe, John Smith et al. 2011 - Doe, E. Smith et al. 2011 - Doe, Edwards and Jones 2011 - Doe, Edwards and Johnson 2011 - - If multiple disambiguation options are active, names are - disambiguated first and works last. The order is as follows: - - 1. uniquename - 2. uniquelist - 3. extrayear, singletitle - - Adding this feature to existing styles is simple. The 'uniquename' - information needs to be evaluated in the name formatting directive - which controls the formatting of the 'labelname' list. The default - definition in biblatex.def is responsive to the 'uniquename' - option. If you're using that, just enable the package option and - that's it. If you're using a different format, check biblatex.def - on how to incorporate the 'uniquename' feature. - - Adding support for 'uniquelist' is also trivial. If the second - optional argument of \printnames is omitted (i.e., no explicit - range is specified), \printnames{labelname} will print the - 'labelname' list up to the truncation point defined with the - 'maxnames'/'minnames' package options. If 'uniquelist' is enabled, - it will simply override 'maxnames' on a per-entry basis, i.e., - \printnames will print the 'labelname' list up to point of no - ambiguity. Unless you're specifying explicit ranges, all you need - to do is enable the 'uniquelist' package option. - -* Name disambiguation in standard styles [Biber only] - - All standard author-year and author-title styles now enable - uniquename/uniquelist disambiguation. Of course this only works - when using Biber. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 1.3 - -The list of changes in Biblatex is fairly short this time. Most of -the big feature improvements are found in Biber. - -* Biber 0.8.3, Biber in TeX Live main. - - Update Biber to version 0.8.3 when upgrading to biblatex 1.3. Note - that Biber is now available from the main TeX Live repository. - This means that you don't need to point tlmgr to TLContrib any - more. It also implies that more architectures are supported. - -* Experimental Zotero and EndNote import [Biber only] - - Biber now features import support for the Zotero RDF/XML and - EndNote XML formats. See the Biber manual for details and caveats. - -* Fine-grained name delimiter/spacing controls [Biber only] - - The spacing between name parts and line breaks in names can now be - customized in great detail, especially with Biber. With BibTeX, - customization is much more limited but still possible to some - extent. See the manual for details. - -* Added citation counter - - As its name suggests, the new 'citecounter' feature counts - citations, i.e., it indicates how many times an entry is cited in - a reference section. The value of the 'citecounter' counter refers - to the total per-entry/per-refsection citation count. - - The counter works much like the citation trackers. It is useful - for styles which handle initial and repeated citations - differently. For example, you may want to suppress the - introduction of a shorthand of an entry in the initial citation if - it is cited only once anyway. - -* Added \smartcite command - - I've added a new citation command called \smartcite (along with - \Smartcite, \smartcites, etc.). Essentially, this is a \footcite - command which behaves like \parencite when used in a footnote. - It's particularly useful in conjunction with autocite=footnote as - it makes \autocite even more versatile. - - Style authors should note that the default setup for - autocite=footnote has been modified and now uses \smartcite - instead of \footcite. Providing a \smartcite command is - straightforward. In most cases, all you need to do in your style - is duplicate the definition of \footcite and adapt the wrapper - code like so: - - \DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite} - [\iffootnote{\mkbibparens}{\mkbibfootnote}] - {...} - {...} - {...} - {...} - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 1.2 - -* Remote resources, experimental RIS import [Biber only] - - Biber 0.8 features support for remote .bib files (HTTP/FTP) and - experimental RIS file import. See the Biber manual and - \addbibresource in the biblatex manual for details. - -* \bibliography superseded by \addbibresource - - As Biber development opens new possibilities, I've refactored the - user interface for specifying bibliographic resources. - \bibliography is superseded by \addbibresource. There are two - differences when using \addbibresource: - - 1) Always give the full file name, do not omit the .bib extension. - 2) No comma-separated lists, use one \addbibresource per bib file. - - For example, the old form: - - \bibliography{file1,file2} - - is superseded by: - - \addbibresource{file1.bib} - \addbibresource{file2.bib} - - \addbibresource also supports options: - - \addbibresource[location=local,type=file,datatype=bibtex]{file1.bib} - - You only need to specify options which differ from the defaults - (local/file/bibtex), e.g.: - - \addbibresource[datatype=ris]{file.ris} - \addbibresource[location=remote]{ftp://192.168.3.57/~fred/file1.bib} - - The change is fully backwards compatible since \bibliography is - still available. There is no need to update existing files but - \addbibresource is the recommended way for new files. - -* Smart/customizable 'crossref' data inheritance [Biber only] - - Biber has been supporting 'crossref' customization for some time - but the biblatex user interface was still missing. This release - finally adds a user interface. This means that you may configure - how the data is inherited from the entry the 'crossref' field - refers to. The manual has all the details, including the default - settings. - - If you're using the 'crossref' field, this change is a significant - one since the smart data inheritance is set up by default. By - 'smart' I mean a sensible parent/child field mapping which - replaces BibTeX's symmetric mapping. There is no need any more to - duplicate fields. - - BibTeX crossref: - - book -> inbook - ----------------------------------- - title -> title - booktitle -> booktitle - - Biber crossref: - - book -> inbook - ----------------------------------- - title -> booktitle - -* New multi-volume entry types - - There are four new entry types in this release: mvbook, - mvcollection, mvproceedings, mvreference. They are similar to the - established types without the 'mv' prefix but indicate a - multi-volume work explicitly. - - This difference is crucial of you want to leverage Biber's - 'crossref' support because titles are inherited differently in - this case: - - book -> inbook - ----------------------------------- - title -> booktitle - subtitle -> booksubtitle - titleaddon -> booktitleaddon - - mvbook -> inbook - ----------------------------------- - title -> maintitle - subtitle -> mainsubtitle - titleaddon -> maintitleaddon - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 1.1 - -Starting with this release, we'll leverage the possibilities of Biber -to support features not possible with BibTeX. That's why most major -new features in this release are 'Biber only'. - -* Biber update - - Update Biber to version 0.7 when installing Biblatex 1.1. The - latest Biber is available from this location: - - http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex-biber/files/ - biblatex-biber/current/ - - Ready-to-run binaries are here: - - http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex-biber/files/ - biblatex-biber/current/binaries/ - -* Configurable sorting schemes [Biber only] - - This release introduces configurable sorting schemes. With Biber, - you may now set up arbitrary sorting specs. The new custom sorting - specs are very powerful and come with a flexible user interface. - See \DeclareSortingScheme, \DeclareSortExclusion, and - \DeclarePresort in the manual for details. Like the predefined - sorting specs, new ones are activated with the 'sorting' option. - - If you are using Biber, all known sorting schemes are still - available by default, but they are now defined in biblatex.def - instead of being hard-coded in the backend. - - If you are using BibTeX, note that the old hard-coded schemes in - biblatex.bst have not been altered. They continue to work as they - did before, but you can't modify them or define new ones. - -* Configurable 'labelname'/'labelyear' [Biber only] - - The special fields 'labelname'/'labelyear' may now be customized - by style authors. In conjunction with the configurable sorting - schemes, this dramatically increases biblatex's flexibility, - especially with author-year, author-title, and verbose styles. See - \DeclareLabelname and \DeclareLabelyear in the manual for details. - -* Introducing per-type package options - - Starting with this release, certain package options may be set on - a per-type basis. Use the new optional argument of - \ExecuteBibliographyOptions to specify the type. Note that most - per-type options are 'Biber only'. For details, see the rather - lengthy list of per-type options in the changelog. - -* Improved static entry sets [Biber only] - - Static entry sets (i.e., @set entries in the bib file) are now - natively supported by Biber. This means that instead of the rather - convoluted old setup: - - @Set{set1, - entryset = {key1,key2,key3}, - crossref = {key1}, - } - @Article{key1, - entryset = {set1}, - author = {...}, - title = {...}, - ... - } - @InCollection{key2, - entryset = {set1}, - author = {...}, - title = {...}, - ... - } - @Article{key3, - entryset = {set1}, - author = {...}, - title = {...}, - ... - } - - defining a static set is now as simple as this: - - @Set{set1, - entryset = {key1,key2,key3}, - } - - The 'crossref' in the @set head entry and the 'entryset' pointers - in the member entries are no longer required. Defining a static - set is now as simple as adding a @set entry with an 'entryset' - field specifying the set. That's all. - - Since there are no 'entryset' pointers in the member entries, the - members may be part of a set in one document/refsection and - stand-alone references in another one, depending on the presence - of the @set entry. If the @set entry is cited, the set members are - grouped automatically. If not, they behave like regular entries. - -* Introducing dynamic entry sets [Biber only] - - Dynamic entry sets are a new way of grouping entries. They differ - from static ones in that they are not defined in the bib file but - declared in the document, i.e., they work on a per-document/ - per-refsection basis. Instead of defining a set in the bib file: - - @Set{set1, - entryset = {key1,key2,key3}, - } - - you declare it like that in the document: - - \defbibentryset{set1}{key1,key2,key3} - - This works anywhere in the document, including the document body. - Apart from that, dynamic entry sets work exactly like static ones. - See the manual for more information. - -* mcite/mciteplus-like citation commands [Biber only] - - Users of the mcite/mciteplus packages are already familiar with - the concept of a dynamic entry set. With mcite/mciteplus, sets are - defined as they are cited. To facilitate migration to biblatex, - this release comes with a special citation module which provides - mcite/mciteplus-like citation commands on top of the commands - provided by the main citation style. For example, the following - command: - - \mcite{setA,*keyA1,*keyA2,*keyA3} - - is equivalent to this: - - \defbibentryset{setA}{keyA1,keyA2,keyA3}\cite{setA} - - Note that there is a syntactical difference between biblatex's - dynamic entry sets and the citation grouping of mcite/mciteplus. - With mcite/mciteplus, the first set member plays double-duty as - group identifier. With biblatex, an entry set is an entity in its - own right which requires a unique entry key. - - For example, an mcite citation group is declared like this: - - \cite{keyA1,*keyA2,*keyA3} - - In contrast to that, a dynamic entry set defined with one of the - commands provided by biblatex's 'mcite' package option is set up - like that: - - \mcite{setA,*keyA1,*keyA2,*keyA3} - - Note the extra identifier 'setA': this is the entry key assigned - to the set. See the manual for further details. - -* Low-level bibliography filters - - The \defbibfilter command and the 'filter' option of - \printbibliography are now supplemented by \defbibcheck and the - corresponding 'check' option. - - Conceptually, a 'check' is like a filter controlling which entries - are included in a certain (sub-)bibliography. In contrast to - filters, however, the checks don't use a high-level syntax. Checks - are macros which directly employ the low-level conditionals of - biblatex's data interface. Here's an example 'check' which tests - if an entry has an abstract: - - \defbibcheck{hasabstract}{% - \iffieldundef{abstract}{\skipentry}{}% - } - ... - \printbibliography[check=hasabstract] - - This will only print entries with an 'abstract' field. More complex - checks are possible as well. For example, this check will exclude - all entries published prior to the year 2000: - - \defbibcheck{recent}{% - \iffieldint{year} - {\ifnumless{\thefield{year}}{2000} - {\skipentry} - {}} - {\skipentry}} - - See the manual for further details. - -* More flexible 'maxnames'/'minnames' controls - - I've added some additional package options related to 'maxnames'/ - 'minnames'. See 'maxbibnames'/'minbibnames' and 'maxcitenames'/ - 'mincitenames' in the manual. - - The new options don't introduce entirely new functionality. They - are rather convenience options which allow setting 'maxnames'/ - 'minnames' in a more flexible way. For example, setting the - 'maxbibnames' option like this: - - \usepackage[maxnames=3,maxbibnames=99]{biblatex} - - is equivalent to: - - \usepackage[maxnames=3]{biblatex} - \begin{document} - ... - \printbibliography[maxnames=99] - - 'maxcitenames' does the same for all citations. - -* Defining and resetting per-type formats - - \DeclareFieldFormat and related commands support per-type - formatting directives. By default, biblatex uses this feature to - format the 'title' field depending on the entry type. For example, - book titles are printed in italics, article titles use quotes - instead. In previous releases, lines like the following ones were - found in biblatex.def: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}} - \DeclareFieldFormat[article]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}} - \DeclareFieldFormat[inbook]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}} - ... - - This release brings two new features related to that. - - 1) \DeclareFieldFormat and related commands now support a - comma-separated list of entry types. This facilitates the - definition of per-type formats: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}} - \DeclareFieldFormat[article,inbook,...]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}} - - 2) \DeclareFieldFormat and friends now come with a starred variant - which resets all type-specific formats. With previous releases, - removing or modifying the formatting could be tedious if you - didn't make that book/article distrinction. You had to change the - default plus all type-specific formats: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{title}{#1} - \DeclareFieldFormat[article]{title}{#1} - \DeclareFieldFormat[inbook]{title}{#1} - ... - - The new starred commands do that in one shot: - - \DeclareFieldFormat*{title}{#1} - - Note that the default formatting has not been altered. It's just a - bit easier to modify it now. - -* New option 'mergedate' (authoryear style) - - By popular request, I've added a 'mergedate' option to the - 'authoryear' bibliography style. The option controls whether or - not the date label is merged with the date specification in the - bibliography. - - For example, while mergedate=false outputs: - - Doe, John (2008a). Article. In: Journal 23.5 (May 2008), - pp. 5-24. - - mergedate=true will print: - - Doe, John (May 2008a). Article. In: Journal 23.5, pp. 15-34. - - Note that 'mergedate=true' is in fact the old behavior (and the - default setting). 'mergedate=false' is the new feature! - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 1.0 - -Here it finally is, the long-awaited first stable release of -biblatex. As the 0.9* releases have proven to be very mature and -reliable, this release is essentially 0.9e with some localization -updates and minor tweaks. It concludes the 0.9 development cycle -rather than introducing completely new features. - -The stable status basically has two consequences. 1) We'll try to be -more cautious in terms of backwards compatibility in the future and -2) Biblatex moves to a different location on CTAN. See below for -details. - -* Development Roadmap - - Over the course of the 1.x development cycle, you'll increasingly - see new features being added which are tagged as 'Biber only' in - the manual. The BibTeX backend of Biblatex will be maintained for - some more time but it won't receive any feature updates. There is - a simple reason for that: the kind of features we'll introduce - can't be handled by BibTeX (that's why we have Biber, after all). - - While you can stay with the BibTeX backend for some more time, - it's highly advisable to switch to Biber fairly soon as BibTeX - support will be discontinued at some point. To give you an idea - of the timescale: we're talking months rather than years. - -* New location on CTAN - - The package moves from - - tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/ - to - tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/ - - The pre-bundled TDS archive moves from - - tex-archive/install/macros/latex/exptl/ - to - tex-archive/install/macros/latex/contrib/ - -* New contrib location on CTAN - - There's also a new location for contributed styles: - - tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex-contrib/ - - The old exptl/biblatex-contrib/ directory is still available and - will keep being available as a staging area for styles which are - work in progress. If your style is considered stable, you may - want to move it to contrib/biblatex-contrib/. If it's - experimental, you may prefer exptl/biblatex-contrib/. - -* Biber update - - When updating Biblatex, make sure you also get the latest Biber - from this location: - - http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex-biber/files/ - biblatex-biber/current/ - - Ready-to-run binaries are here: - - http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex-biber/files/ - biblatex-biber/current/binaries/ - -* Modified 'bibencoding' package option, new default - - I've renamed 'bibencoding=inputenc' to 'bibencoding=auto' to make - it clear that this option is not specific to the inputenc package - and also works with XeTeX/LuaTeX in native UTF-8 mode. - bibencoding=inputenc is still supported as an alias. - - 'bibencoding=auto' is the new package default. This means that - biblatex by default assumes that the workflow is transparent, - i.e., that the .bib files use the same encoding as the .tex file. - Note that it is the input encoding of the .tex (!) file which is - detected automatically. If the .bib files use a different - encoding, you always need to specify it explicitly. - - If you prefer the old default, you can easily restore it by - adding the following like to your biblatex.cfg file: - - \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{bibencoding=ascii} - - The new default setting may trigger some warnings which have not - been triggered before. Consider this case: - - \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} - \usepackage{biblatex} - - This will trigger a warning instructing you to switch to bibtex8 - or Biber. That's because the defaults are 'backend=bibtex' and - 'bibencoding=auto'. The latter implies that the .bib files are - Latin1 encoded but traditional BibTeX can't handle that, hence - the warning. If the .bib files do in fact use Latin1 encoding it's - a good idea to heed the advice: - - \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} - \usepackage[backend=bibtex8/biber]{biblatex} - - If they're Ascii, set the encoding explicitly: - - \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} - \usepackage[bibencoding=ascii]{biblatex} - - On the other hand, you may delete all old 'bibencoding=inputenc' - options as this is the default setting now. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.9e - -* Biber update, options 'sortupper', 'sortlocale' - - Biber has been updated to version 0.5.7. There are ready-to-run - binaries for the latest version. If you're using Biber, upgrade - to 0.5.7 or later when upgrading to biblatex 0.9e. - - Biblatex now offers two package options which correspond to - Biber's command line options --sortupper and --sortlocale, the - point being that you can set them on a per-document basis. I've - also added some explanations concerning encodings and locale - settings. See the changelog for pointers. - -* Improved backrefs for @set entries, 'backrefsetstyle' option - - I've revised and improved the handling of back references related - to entry sets. Biblatex is now capable of tracking the @set head - entry and the set members separately, if so desired. - - The new package option 'backrefsetstyle' controls the tracking - mode. By way of example, consider a set ("set1") with three - members ("memA", "memB", "memC") and the following input: - - on page 1: \cite{set1} - on page 2: \cite{memA} - on page 3: \cite{memB} - on page 4: \cite{memC} - - With backrefsetstyle=setonly, this will generate the following back - references: - - set1: 1, 2, 3, 4 - memA: - - memB: - - memC: - - - With backrefsetstyle=memonly: - - set1: - - memA: 1, 2 - memB: 1, 3 - memC: 1, 4 - - With backrefsetstyle=setormem: - - set1: 1 - memA: 2 - memB: 3 - memC: 4 - - With backrefsetstyle=setandmem: - - set1: 1, 2, 3, 4 - memA: 2 - memB: 3 - memC: 4 - - With backrefsetstyle=memandset: - - set1: 1 - memA: 1, 2 - memB: 1, 3 - memC: 1, 4 - - With backrefsetstyle=setplusmem: - - set1: 1, 2, 3, 4 - memA: 1, 2 - memB: 1, 3 - memC: 1, 4 - - To take advantage of that in custom styles, only a minor update - is required. Supporting the @set entry and the set members - separately is pretty intuitive. Any \printlist command in the - @set entry will see the 'pageref' list of the @set entry; the - \printlist commands in the regular drivers (which handle the set - members) will see the 'pageref' list of the respective member: - - \DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% - \entryset{}{}% - \newunit\newblock % <- NEWLY ADDED - \printlist{pageref}% <- NEWLY ADDED - \finentry} - - \DeclareBibliographyDriver{}{% - ... - \printlist{pageref}% - ... - } - - There are some bibmacros as well as a new \bibpagerefpunct - separator to help with that, hence the actual code in the - standard styles works like this: - - \DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% - \entryset{}{}% - \newunit\newblock % <- NEWLY ADDED - \usebibmacro{setpageref}% <- NEWLY ADDED - \finentry} - - \DeclareBibliographyDriver{}{% - ... - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock % <- MODIFIED - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - ... - } - - That's all. This will ensure that all tracking modes are - supported. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.9d - -* Date formatting options - - I've removed all '=none' options as this feature seems to - be causing some confusion. Setting '=none' was not - sufficient to suppress a certain date in all cases because date - specifications may also incorporate elements such as the 'issue' - field, be tied to the 'url' in a way that leads to erroneous - formatting if there is no date, etc. I'm afraid selectively - omitting dates really needs to be handled on the style level. - - There's a new set of '=iso8601' options which print - extended-format ISO-8601 dates. Not all of ISO-8601 is - implemented, only the core elements of the extended format which - are also used in .bib files, i.e., "yyyy-mm-dd" for individual - dates and "yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd" for ranges. Full-scale ISO-8601 - date/time specs like "2005-08-09T18:31:42P3Y6M4DT12H30M17S" - wouldn't make much sense in a bibliography anyway. Note that - these options are language agnostic. They will override any - region-specific settings provided by .lbx files. That's the - whole point of ISO-8601, after all. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.9c - -* Improved reencoding support - - Biber 0.5.5 is capable of reencoding the data in bib files on the - fly. This solution is more robust than biblatex's macro-level - reencoding with inputenc. With 'backend=biber', biblatex will now - use Biber instead of inputenc. In addition to that, the biblatex - code which detects if the bib data needs to be reencoded to match - the encoding of the tex file is smarter now and should work - smoothly. - - In practice, this simply means that you may always use the - 'bibencoding' option to specify the encoding of your bib files - (there was some potential for spurious reencoding steps in - previous versions), with any backend. It is in fact highly - recommended to do so for two reasons: 1) the default value is - 'ascii', and 2) biblatex will warn you if the bib encoding can't - be handled by the backend you selected. - - You may put your platform default in biblatex.cfg; there is no - need to do that in each and every preamble (you may still - override all biblatex.cfg settings on a per-document basis in the - preamble, if required). - -* UTF-8 encoded entry keys and bib filenames - - Biber 0.5.5 supports UTF-8 encoded entry keys. Biblatex will work - with UTF-8 keys and filenames when running on an engine with - native UTF-8 support (i.e., XeTeX or LuaTeX). Macro-level UTF-8 - support with inputenc/inputenx will not do. - -* Improved arXiv support - - I've added an additional eprint-related field plus two aliases to - better support arXiv references. The changelog includes pointers - to the relevant sections of the manual. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.9b - -* Extended Biber interface - - If you're using Biber as backend, make sure you update Biber as - well (to version 0.5.4 or higher) because the Biblatex -> Biber - interface has been extended. - - The most obvious effect of this improvement is that Biber is now - capable of handling multiple refsections in a single pass. If you - have any 'refsection' environments in a document, you only need to - run Biber once. - -* New dependency: logreq package - - Starting with this release, biblatex will use the logreq package - to write machine-readable messages to an auxiliary log file. When - installing biblatex 0.9b, make sure to install the logreq package - as well. It is available from CTAN: - - http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/logreq/ - - A TDS archive is available as well: - - http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/install/macros/latex/logreq.tds.zip - -* Modified \defbibfilter syntax - - I've modified \defbibfilter such that it uses \ifboolexpr (from - etoolbox.sty) instead of \ifthenelse (from ifthen.sty) - internally. \ifboolexpr uses a slightly different syntax. - For example, this definition: - - \defbibfilter{example}{% - \( \type{book} \or \type{inbook} \) - \and \keyword{abc} - \and \not \keyword{x y z} - } - - becomes: - - \defbibfilter{example}{% - ( type=book or type=inbook ) - and keyword=abc - and not keyword={x y z} - } - - There is no need to update existing files since the old - \ifthenelse syntax is still supported. \defbibfilter will - implicitly 'translate' at definition time, if required. - -* Renamed option 'defernums' to 'defernumbers' - - The package option 'defernums' has been renamed to - 'defernumbers'. - -* Prefixed numerical citations, improved 'numeric' styles - - I've added three options to \printbibliography which are related - to numerical citation schemes. They are called 'prefixnumbers', - 'resetnumbers', and 'omitnumbers'. Note that these options - require that 'defernumbers' be set globally since they assign the - numeric labels as the bibliography is generated (as opposed to at - the beginning of the document body, as the data is read in). - - The new options enable the numeric styles to support prefixed - numerical citations. The following may be accomplished by setting - 'prefixnumbers' for each prefixed subbibliography: - - REFERENCES - Printed References - [A1] ... - [A2] ... - Online References - [B1] ... - [B2] ... - - It is also possible to mix one non-prefixed subbibliography with - one or more prefixed ones (set 'prefixnumbers' for each prefixed - subbib and 'resetnumbers' for the non-prefixed one) or even to - mix numerical citations with author-year or author-title - citations (set 'omitnumbers' for all non-numerical subbibs). - - See the files '16-numeric-prefixed-1', '17-numeric-prefixed-2', - and '18-numeric-hybrid' in the 'examples' subdirectory for - practical examples. - - Adding support for prefixed numerical citations to existing - numeric styles is trivial. The prefixes set in the argument to - \printbibliography are available in the 'prefixnumber' field. If - no prefix has been set, the field is undefined. Hence, in the cbx - file, simply replace: - - \printfield{labelnumber} - - with: - - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelnumber} - - In the bbx file, the prefix needs to be incorporated in the - definition of the bibliography environment. Replace: - - \defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {\printfield[labelnumberwidth]{labelnumber}} - {...} - {\endlist} - {\item} - - with: - - \defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {\printtext[labelnumberwidth]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelnumber}}} - {...} - {\endlist} - {\item} - - The numeric styles which ship with biblatex support prefixed - labels out of the box. - -* New author-title style - - There's a new style which rounds off the selection of - author-title styles which ship with biblatex. It's called - 'authortitle-ticomp' and, as you can tell by the name, it's a - variant of the 'authortitle-tcomp' style with an 'ibidem' - feature. - -* Improved verbose styles, added 'citepages' option - - By popular request, all verbose styles now offer a 'citepages' - option which deals with the 'pages' field in citations, in - particular in cases in which the postnote is numerical. - - Note that style specific options are only mentioned briefly in - the manual. They are discussed in greater details in the example - file for the style (in the 'examples' subdirectory). - -* Long + short bibliography strings available - - Previous biblatex releases used to pick the long or the short - version of the strings in the lbx files at file load time, - depending on the setting of the global 'abbreviate' option. - Starting with this release, both versions are kept in memory. - - In addition to \bibstring and friends, which print the long or - the short version of the string (depending on the 'abbreviate' - option), there are now commands like \biblstring and \bibsstring, - which force the long or the short version, respectively. - - Note that the auxiliary macro \lbx@fromlang, which is used in lbx - files, has been split up into \lbx@lfromlang and \lbx@sfromlang. - -* Automatically omit redundant language specifications - - Some style guides require that authors indicate the language of all - foreign-language items in the bibliography. Biblatex's 'language' - field (which is in fact a list) helps to deal with this - requirement. If you are writing in more than one language and - reuse the same set of bib files in different contexts, it is - convenient to include this information whenever you add a new - entry to a bib file. However, this leads to redundant - information. It is rather odd to indicate "English" in the - reference to an English book cited in an English article. - - The 'clearlang' option and \DeclareRedundantLanguages avoid such - redundant language specifications. \DeclareRedundantLanguages - maps languages as indicated in the 'language' field to the - language identifiers of the babel package. Given this - information, biblatex can omit the language if it matches the - language of the document. Technically, this means that the - 'language' field will appear as undefined to styles, so it is - safe to simply use '\printlist{language}' in styles and let - biblatex sort out the rest. - - The 'clearlang' option controls this feature globally. - \DeclareRedundantLanguages mappings are typically included in lbx - files (but may also be given on a per-document basis in the - preamble). All standard lbx files which ship with biblatex now - include such mappings and 'clearlang' is enabled by default. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.9a - -This release adds a few changes and improvements which were -originally scheduled for biblatex 0.9 but somehow got lost in the -release process or didn't make it in time. Pay attention to all -changes tagged as "CAVEAT". - -* [CAVEAT] Prenote placement with \cite, \textcite [numeric/alphabetic] - - The placement of the prenote in all numeric and alphabetic styles - has been modified. - - Old format: - - \cite[see][15]{key} -> see [1, p. 15] - \parencite[see][15]{key} -> [see 1, p. 15] - \textcite[see][15]{key} -> see Doe [1, p. 15] - - New format: - - \cite[see][15]{key} -> [see 1, p. 15] - \parencite[see][15]{key} -> [see 1, p. 15] - \textcite[see][15]{key} -> Doe [see 1, p. 15] - - As seen in the above examples, the new format places the prenote - inside the brackets. If you want the prenote outside of the - brackets, you can simply use: - - see \cite[15]{key} -> see [1, p. 15] - see \textcite[15]{key} -> see Doe [1, p. 15] - - which is similar to the old format. - -* [CAVEAT] Prenote placement with \textcite [authoryear/authortitle] - - The placement of the prenote in all authoryear and authortitle - styles has also been modified. - - Old format: - - \cite[see][15]{key} -> see Doe 2010, p. 15 - \parencite[see][15]{key} -> (see Doe 2010, p. 15) - \textcite[see][15]{key} -> see Doe (2010, p. 15) - - New format: - - \cite[see][15]{key} -> see Doe 2010, p. 15 - \parencite[see][15]{key} -> (see Doe 2010, p. 15) - \textcite[see][15]{key} -> Doe (see 2010, p. 15) - - The new format places the prenote inside the brackets. If you - want the prenote outside of the brackets, you can simply use: - - see \textcite[15]{key} -> see Doe (2010, p. 15) - - which is similar to the old format. - -* [CAVEAT] Introducing \defbibenvironment - - I'm phasing out the thebibliography/theshorthands environments - and the corresponding commands \thebibitem and \thelositem. - Essentially, the old way of controlling the (high-level) layout - of the bibliography and the list of shorthands is replaced by a - new mechanism based on \defbibenvironment. It's not radically - different. For example, where a style has code like this: - - \renewenvironment*{thebibliography} - {\list{}{...}} - {\endlist} - \renewcommand*{\thebibitem}{\item} - - \renewenvironment*{theshorthands} - {\list{}{...}} - {\endlist} - \renewcommand*{\thelositem}{\item} - - replace it with: - - \defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list{}{...}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - - \defbibenvironment{shorthands} - {\list{}{...}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - - The new system is similar to \defbibheading: you use - \defbibenvironment to define the environment and the new 'env' - option of \printbibliography and \printshorthands to select it. - The point of the new system is that you can have different styles - for different (partial) bibliographies in a document. It's also - conceptually in line with \defbibheading now. - - I've added some compatibility code to biblatex. Older styles - using thebibliography/thebibitem and theshorthands/thelositem - will continue to work until you use \defbibenvironment for the - first time to modify the default definition. From that point on, - the old environment will be ignored. - - Updating old styles is of course highly recommended. The - compatibility code may be removed from biblatex after 1.0. The - standard styles have been updated to use the new syntax. They - will ignore any changes based on the old definitions. - -* Added \printbibheading - - \printbibheading is the heading part of \printbibliography. This - is useful for subdivided bibliographies. E.g., instead of - - \chapter{\bibname} - \printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,type={...},...] - \printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,type={...},...] - ... - - you use: - - \printbibheading % = \printbibheading[heading=bibliography] - \printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,type={...},...] - \printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,type={...},...] - ... - - The point is that the overall heading is in sync with the - subheadings. - -* Smart parentheses and brackets - - This release adds a new 'parenthesis tracker', i.e., if - parentheses and/or brackets are nested, biblatex alternates - between parentheses and brackets, depending on the nesting level. - E.g.: - - \mkbibparens{text \mkbibparens{text} text} - \mkbibbrackets{text \mkbibbrackets{text} text} - - yields - - (text [text] text) - [text (text) text] - - This also works with \bibopenparen + \bibcloseparen and - \bibopenbracket + \bibclosebracket as well as the new citation - commands \parentext and \brackettexts. - -* Open ended date ranges - - There's one thing I forgot to mention when introducing the new - date fields in the previous release. It is possible to specify an - open ended range by leaving the end date blank: - - 1988/1992 = 1988-1992 - 1988/ = 1988-today - 1988 = 1988 - - Open ended ranges are represented by a defined but empty - "endyear" component on the level of the style interface: - - date = {1988} -> day = undefined - month = undefined - year = "1988" - endday = undefined - endmonth = undefined - endyear = undefined - - date = {1988/} -> day = undefined - month = undefined - year = "1988" - endday = undefined - endmonth = undefined - endyear = EMPTY - - date = {1988/1992} -> day = undefined - month = undefined - year = "1988" - endday = undefined - endmonth = undefined - endyear = "1992" - - All high-level date commands like \printdate detect and handle - open ended ranges autoamtically. Use - - \iffieldequalstr{endyear}{} - {true} - {false} - - if you want to test for open ended ranges explicitly. - -* Extended language support: Finnish - - This release comes with a finnish.lbx file. The translations - have been contributed by Hannu V\"ais\"anen. - -* Updated language support: Greek - - This release comes with an updated greek.lbx file contributed - by biblatex user Prokopis. - -* Updated examples, some updates in the manual - - Some of the examples which ship with biblatex were not completely - up to date in the 0.9 release. They have been updated now. I've - also corrected/added a few minor points in the manual. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.9 - -Several features on my 'to do' list have been deferred because they -introduce backwards compatibility issues. I wanted to implement them -all in one shot so that style authors only need to update their -styles once. This release finally takes that step. In other words: - - THIS VERSION IS NOT FULLY BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE! - -Style authors will most likely need to update their styles to make -them work with this release. You will find detailed hints about what -needs to be updated in the release notes below. Changes which raise -backwards compatibility issues are tagged as "CAVEAT". Users who -rely on styles found in: - - macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/ - -on CTAN are advised to stick with biblatex 0.8 for the time being -and defer the upgrade to 0.9 until the styles they use have been -updated. If you have accidentally installed this release and find -out that you need to downgrade, you can get the previous biblatex -release from the project page on Sourceforge: - - http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex/files/ - -CTAN always carries the latest version. - -I have received many inquiries about why biblatex is not yet -included in TeX Live and MikTeX and why I was maintaining that nasty -do-not-distribute clause. There seems to be some confusion about -what the term 'stable' means. The point typically brought up was -that biblatex runs well and is thus 'stable'. Well, in that sense, -biblatex has been pretty stable since version 0.1. However, it has -not been stable in the sense of maintaining backwards compatibility -since version 0.1. This release, however, is finally considered -suitable for wider distribution. - -* Distributing biblatex - - This release should be a reasonable target for TeX distributions, - even though biblatex is still tagged as 'beta' and located in the - experimental branch on CTAN. I will make the move to the stable - branch when it hits 1.0. Given the number of changes and new - features in this release, it's quite possible that some bugs - slipped in. If you start packaging biblatex now, be prepared for - some maintenance releases (i.e., 0.9a, 0.9b, etc.) in the - upcoming weeks. - - A few more notes to distributors: - - - See the README file for requirements and dependencies. - - - The *.csf files in doc/resources go into TEXMF/bibtex/csf/. - The names will not conflict with the *.csf files shipping with - biblatex8. Biblatex uses names like latin1.csf while biblatex8 - uses 88591lat.csf. - - - It would be nice to have two copies of biblatex-examples.bib - installed, one in TEXMF/doc for users looking for documentation - in the usual place and a second copy in TEXMF/bibtex/bib/. - Since users are encouraged to use this database in minimal - examples, it's handy to have it readily available. - - - Biber is the next-generation backend of biblatex. It would be - very welcome to have a Biber package as well. See the project - page on http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/ for details. - Note that biblatex currently supports three backends: BibTeX - (i.e., traditional 7-bit BibTeX), bibtex8, and Biber. - BibTeX/bibtex8 support will be discontinued in biblatex 2.x. - - - A package for the contributed styles found in - - macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/ - - is also welcome because some of these styles are already very - popular. However, wait for the styles in to be updated to - biblatex 0.9 before packaging them. - -* Contributing to biblatex - - Localizing biblatex heavily depends on user contributions. I've - added a new tracker named 'Contrib' to the project page which - will hopefully help to organize this process: - - http://sourceforge.net/tracker2/?group_id=244752 - - There is one item for each language supported by biblatex. The - status of the item reflects the localization status of the - corresponding language. If the status is "open", the localization - module is incomplete or in need of peer review by a native - speaker. If the status is "closed", the module is complete and - there are no known issues (you can still post comments to closed - items and upload files if you want to suggest improvements). - - If you have updates for a language module, upload the updated - *.lbx file in the appropriate thread. If you want to contribute - support for a new language, simply open a new tracker item. - -* Updating existing biblatex styles - - As usual, the full list of changes is found in the biblatex - manual. The release notes you are just reading mention all - changes which are not backwards compatible. Pay attention to all - "CAVEAT" points. - - When you update your style, it may be a good idea to add some - code which checks that the style is running under biblatex 0.9 or - later. You can use the standard LaTeX \@ifpackagelater test for - this purpose. Here's some sample code (where 'YYYY/MM/DD' needs - to be replaced with the real release date of biblatex 0.9 and - 'MYSTYLE' with the name of your style): - - \@ifpackagelater{biblatex}{YYYY/MM/DD} - {} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Outdated 'biblatex' package} - {The 'MYSTYLE' style requires biblatex v0.9 or later.\MessageBreak - You are using: '\csuse{ver@biblatex.sty}'.\MessageBreak - This is a fatal error. I'm aborting now.}% - \endinput} - - Since \@ifpackagelater is in fact a 'greater than or equal' test, - you can simply replace YYYY/MM/DD with the date found in the - \ProvidesPackage declaration at the top of biblatex.sty. - -* New Biber interface - - Biber is the next-generation database backend of biblatex. It is - available from: - - http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/ - - If you decide to use Biber, set 'backend=biber' (preferably in - biblatex.cfg) and upgrade to Biber 0.5 or higher. Biblatex 0.9 - uses a new interface to talk to Biber hence you must specify - backend=biber and use the latest Biber version. - - Note that biblatex and Biber use separate bug trackers. If you're - using Biber and find a bug, try your example with a different - backend. If the problem persists, report it as a biblatex bug. If - not, report it as a Biber bug. - -* [CAVEAT] Revised and expanded date fields - - All date fields have been expanded such that they support ranges - in 'start/end' format. Of course it is still possible to specify - a single date and you may also truncate dates at the end. In sum, - the following examples are all valid date specifications: - - 1850 - 1967-02 - 2009-01-31 - 1988/1992 <- this is a range (from 1988 until 1992) - 2002-01/2002-02 - 1995-01-31/1995-02-05 - - This format is supported by the following fields: 'date', - 'origdate', 'eventdate', 'urldate' (for the sake of consistency - in the case of 'urldate'). I have also removed or modified some - of the fields for date components (e.g., 'day', 'urlday', etc.): - - * [CAVEAT] The field 'day' has been removed. Use the 'date' field - instead to specify full dates. - - * [CAVEAT] The field 'year' is no longer a range field but a - literal field. Year ranges should be given in the 'date' field - instead. - - * [CAVEAT] I've removed the field 'origyear' and added 'origdate' - as a replacement. 'origdate' is similar to 'date', i.e., it - takes a date specification in 'yyyy-mm-dd' format and supports - date ranges in 'start/end' format. - - * [CAVEAT] The fields 'urlday', 'urlmonth', 'urlyear' have been - removed. Use 'urldate' instead. - - * I've added an 'eventdate' field. This is also a date range - field. - - USERS: You will probably need to update your bib files. The - changes which are most likely to cause incompatibilities are the - removal of the 'day' field and the modification of 'year'. Use - 'date' instead were required. The removal/renaming of 'origyear' - may also require a few changes. I doubt than many users are - specifying access dates using urlday+urlmonth+urlyear. Since - 'urldate' has been extended but not modified in an incompatible - way, this change should be fairly transparent. - - AUTHORS: The way the date components are made available to styles - has not changed. For example, the components of the publication - date are available as day/month/year no matter whether they were - given in the 'date' field or in 'year' and 'month'. In sum, - 'date'-like fields are split up as follows: - - *.bib file style interface - ------------------ ------------------ - - date day - month - year - endday - endmonth - endyear - - origdate origday - origmonth - origyear - origendday - origendmonth - origendyear - - eventdate eventday - eventmonth - eventyear - eventendday - eventendmonth - eventendyear - - urldate urlday - urlmonth - urlyear - urlendday - urlendmonth - urlendyear - - Fields related to date components which are not available are - undefined. E.g.: - - date = {1988} -> day = undefined - month = undefined - year = "1988" - endday = undefined - endmonth = undefined - endyear = undefined - - urldate = {2009-01-31} - -> urlday = "31" - urlmonth = "01" - urlyear = "2009" - urlendday = undefined - urlendmonth = undefined - urlendyear = undefined - - origdate = {2002-01/2002-02} - -> origday = undefined - origmonth = "01" - origyear = "2002" - origendday = undefined - origendmonth = "02" - origendyear = "2002" - - eventdate = {1995-01-31/1995-02-05} - -> eventday = "31" - eventmonth = "01" - eventyear = "1995" - eventendday = "05" - eventendmonth = "02" - eventendyear = "1995" - - If there is no 'date' field, biblatex will consider the legacy - fields 'month' and 'year'. E.g.: - - year = {1988} -> day = undefined - month = undefined - year = "1988" - endday = undefined - endmonth = undefined - endyear = undefined - - year = {1993} -> day = undefined - month = {5} month = "05" - year = "1993" - endday = undefined - endmonth = undefined - endyear = undefined - - When printing a single date component in a style, use the field - names listed in the 'style interface' column above (e.g., - "\printfield{origmonth}"). There is no 'date' field on the style - level. However, there is normally no need to fiddle with the date - component fields directly. See the next point for details. - -* [CAVEAT] Modified date interface - - The high-level date interface has been revised. The commands - \bibdate and \biburldate have been renamed and improved. Here's a - list of the new high-level commands: - - \printdate - \printurldate - \printorigdate - \printeventdate - - These commands print the respective date, handle ranges, and - localize the output format. For example, if the publication date - is a plain year, then \printdate will only print the year. If - it's a full date, it will print all date components which are - available. If it's a range, it will format the range. The - high-level commands need not be wrapped in a \printtext command. - - USERS: The change is relevant for style authors only. The standard - styles have been updated. - - AUTHORS: Where your style has code like: - - \bibdate - or \printtext{\bibdate} - - and - - \biburldate - or \printtext{\biburldate} - - use - - \printdate - - and - - \printurldate - - instead. Use \printorigdate and \printeventdate to handle the new - 'origdate' and 'eventdate' fields. - -* [CAVEAT] Modified 'labelyear' - - Adding support for date ranges has prompted a refactoring of the - 'labelyear' mechanism. Essentially, I've renamed the existing - 'labelyear' field to 'extrayear' and re-added a new 'labelyear' - field with a different role. The 'maxlabelyear' counter has been - renamed to 'maxextrayear'. The new mechanism is consistent with - labelalpha/extraalpha, e.g., 'labelyear' holds the bare year (or - year range) and 'extrayear' indicates the extra letter used for - disambiguation (as an integer). - - The new 'labelyear' field holds the year components of the 'date' - field, readily formatted using \bibdatedash as a range separator. - Identical year components in a date range are detected - automatically. If there is no 'date' field, the 'year' field will - be considered instead. Here are some examples: - - date = {2003} - -> labelyear = "2003" - - date = {1995-01-31/1995-02-05} - -> labelyear = "1995" - - date = {1995/1998} - -> labelyear = "1995\bibdatedash 1998" - - date = {1998-12-27/1999-01-03} - -> labelyear = "1998\bibdatedash 1999" - - year = {2005} - -> labelyear = "2005" - - If there is neither a 'date' nor a 'year' field then 'labelyear' - will be undefined. - - USERS: The change is relevant for style authors only. The standard - styles have been updated. - - AUTHORS: Where your style has code like: - - \printfield{year}% - \printfield{labelyear}% - - use this: - - \printfield{labelyear}% - \printfield{extrayear}% - - instead. If you want to concatenate 'extrayear' and the (full) - publication date in the bibliography, use: - - \printdateextra - - \printdateextra is similar to \printdate but incorporates the - 'extrayear' in the date specification. - -* [CAVEAT] Revised date localization - - The way date specifications are localized in lbx files has been - refactored. Only \DeclareBibliographyExtras declarations in *.lbx - files are affected by this change. - - Basically, the commands: - - \bibdatelong - \bibdateshort - \biburldatelong - \biburldateshort - - have been removed and are replaced by the generic commands: - - \mkbibdatelong - \mkbibdateshort - - The new commands take three arguments (three field names) and - arrange them as required by the respective language/locale. The - new system is more easily extensible. - - USERS: The change is relevant for style authors only. The standard - styles have been updated. - - AUTHORS: Even though this point is tagged as 'caveat', it's - rather unlikely that it will cause any trouble. The change is - only relevant for style authors who a) ship custom lbx files (or - users who have adapted some of the stock lbx files) and b) have - modified the 'extras' (as opposed to inheriting them form the - stock modules). - -* Added/extended package options for date formats - - There are now four date formats to choose from: short, long, - terse, comp. terse and comp are like short and long but render - date ranges in a more compact format. - -* Support for multiple editorial roles - - This release adds three additional fields (data type: name list) - for secondary editors: 'editora', 'editorb', 'editorc'. There are - also matching 'editor*type' fields. Biblatex now supports up to - four distinct editoral roles, e.g.: - - editor = {Eddy Editor} - editora = {Freddy Founder} - editoratype = {founder} - editorb = {Cory Continuator} - editorbtype = {continuator} - editorc = {Rudy Redactor} - editorctype = {redactor} - - USERS: The new fields are fully supported by the standard styles. - - AUTHORS: The catch-all 'byeditor+others' macro in biblatex.def - has been updated to incorporate the new fields. The 'byeditor' - macro will consider them as well. There's also a dedicated - 'byeditorx' macro which processes the 'editor[a-c]' lists. In - other words: if your style relies of the ready-made macros in - biblatex.def, it will consider the new fields automatically. If - not, have a look at biblatex.def to get an idea of how to - incorporate them in your style. - -* [CAVEAT] 'redactor' now an editorial role - - The field 'redactor' has been removed because the redactor is now - an editorial role, i.e.: - - editor = {Eddy Editor} - redactor = {Rudy Redactor} - - becomes: - - editor = {Eddy Editor} - editora = {Rudy Redactor} - editoratype = {redactor} - - USERS: You may need to update some of your bib files. - - AUTHORS: The 'byredactor' macro has been removed from - biblatex.def because this role is now handled by the - editor-related macros mentioned above. - -* [CAVEAT] Revised lbx files, simplyfied role concatenation - - I've simplyfied the role concatenation somewhat. Concatenation is - now only supported if the primary role is 'editor' (i.e., if the - 'editortype' field is undefined or holds the string 'editor'). It - turned out to be too painful to support concatenation for all - kinds of editorial roles (compiler, redactor, founder, etc.) in - all languages. This will also make the lbx files much more - readable and the whole apparatus easier to understand. - - It's all a bit difficult to describe but fairly easy to grasp if - you take a look at the strings in the lbx files. Essentially, - biblatex 0.8 would define fragmentary type* and bytype* snippets: - - typeeditor = {{editor}{...}}, - typecompiler = {{compiler}{...}}, - bytypeeditor = {{edited}{...}}, - bytypecompiler = {{compiled}{...}}, - - The full strings would then be assembled by auxiliary macros - which insert the type* and bytype* snippets into the string - definitions: - - editor = {{\lbx@typeeditor}{...}}, - editortr = {{\lbx@typeeditor\ and translator}{...}}, - byeditor = {{\lbx@bytypeeditor\ by}{...}}, - byeditortr = {{\lbx@bytypeeditor\ and translated \lbx@fromlang\ by}{...}}, - - These are the simplified strings in biblatex >=0.9: - - editor = {{editor}{...}}, - compiler = {{compiler}{...}}, - editortr = {{editor and translator}{...}}, - byeditor = {{edited by}{...}}, - bycompiler = {{compiled by}{...}}, - byeditortr = {{edited and translated \lbx@fromlang\ by}{...}}, - - The old scheme was admittedly more elegant but it simply didn't - work quite right in all languages. - -* Notes on the basic structure of role processing in biblatex.def - - The following hints may help you to find your way around the - ready-made macros and definitions in biblatex.def. - - Essentially, a role like 'editor' may be expressed as a function - or as an action, e.g.: - - Bernard Bookmaker, editor, Title, ... [function] - ... Title, edited by Bernard Bookmaker [action] - - Roles which are related to supplementary material in a book, such - as a commentary or annotations, may also be expressed as an - object: - - ... Title, annotated by Edward Expert [action] - ... Title, with annotations by Edward Expert [object] - - In biblatex.def, the names of the ready-made macros correspond to - name formats and localization keys: - - Macros like editor/translator print a role as a function. - They use - - name formats like editor/translator and - - strings like editor/translator. - - Macros like byeditor/bytranslator print a role as an action. - They use - - name formats like byeditor/bytranslator and - - strings like byeditor/bytranslator. - - Macros like withcommentator/withannotator print a role as an - object. They use - - name formats like withcommentator/withannotator and - - strings like withcommentator/withannotator. - - For example, the bibmacro 'editor' essentially boils down to the - following code: - - \printnames{editor} = \printnames[editor]{editor} - \bibstring{editor} - - The 'byeditor' macro boils down to: - - \bibstring{byeditor} - \printnames[byeditor]{editor} - - and the 'withannotator' macro to: - - \bibstring{withannotator} - \printnames[withannotator]{annotator} - - The real code is more complex because it needs to take - punctuation and additional parameters into account (such as the - 'editortype' field, role concatenation, etc.) but this is the - basic idea. - -* [CAVEAT] Revised indexing controls - - The way the indexing facilities are configured has been revised - and modified. In previous releases, the 'indexing' option would - enable and disable commands like \indexfield on a low level. - Starting with this release, the indexing commands are always - operational. The 'indexing' option controls two new tests called - \ifciteindex and \ifbibindex which should be used as explicit - tests. - - In the standard styles, indexing is handled by two bibmacros - called 'citeindex' and 'bibindex'. The old definition was: - - \newbibmacro*{citeindex}{% - \indexnames{labelname}% - \indexfield{indextitle}} - - \newbibmacro*{bibindex}{% - \indexnames{labelname}% - \indexfield{indextitle}} - - The new one is: - - \newbibmacro*{bibindex}{% - \ifbibindex - {\indexnames{labelname}% - \indexfield{indextitle}} - {}} - - \newbibmacro*{citeindex}{% - \ifciteindex - {\indexnames{labelname}% - \indexfield{indextitle}} - {}} - - The point of this change is to make commands like \indexfield - useable in a more flexible way, regardless of the setting of the - 'indexing' option. Since they are always operational now, you can - use them for tasks which require access to the bibliographic data - but do not print anything, such as setting page headers or - writing data to some external file. - - It is not advisable to use commands like \printfield for this - purpose because they interface with the punctuation tracker. Use - \printfield if you really want to print a field and \indexfield - for other tasks, indexing obviously being the most common - application. - - USERS: From a user's point of view, the new mechanism works like - the old one. - - AUTHORS: Standard citation commands like \cite should always use - the above bibmacros (citeindex/bibindex) anyway so no change is - required. You may need to incorporate the \ifciteindex and - \ifbibindex tests into text citation commands (i.e., commands - like \citeauthor and \citetitle) if you have redefined the - standard ones or provide additional ones. All predefined commands - in biblatex.def have been updated. - -* Fallback drivers - - Biblatex now supports the fallback entry type "*". If you use the - asterisk as the type argument of \DeclareBibliographyDriver or - \DeclareBibliographyAlias, the driver or alias will be used as a - fallback if no specific driver for a certain type has been - defined. E.g.: - - \DeclareBibliographyDriver{*}{} - \DeclareBibliographyAlias{*}{misc} - -* Manual language selection - - By default, biblatex detects the babel package if it is loaded - and can adjust to the selected babel language automatically. - Using the new 'language' package option, you can now force - biblatex to load support for a certain language. This will - implicitly disable babel support and on-the-fly language - switching. The 'babel' package option is ignored in this case. - - This is mainly useful if you can't use babel for some reason. - Using the automatic babel interface is usually preferable. - -* Improved \defbibheading, introducing 'title' option - - I've extended \defbibheading and added a 'title' option to - \printbibliography and \printshorthands. These extensions are - mainly useful for subdivided bibliographies. - - This is best explained by example. With previous biblatex - releases, subdivided bibliographies required one heading - definition for each subsection since the heading definition - included both the format and the text of the heading: - - \defbibheading{books}{\section*{Books}} - \defbibheading{articles}{\section*{Articles}} - \defbibheading{online}{\section*{Online Resources}} - - \chapter{\bibname} - \printbibliography[type=book,heading=books] - \printbibliography[type=article,heading=articles] - \printbibliography[type=online,heading=online] - - When using the extended syntax of \defbibheading, the heading - definition only controls the format but the title may be - specified by using the 'title' option of \printbibliography and - \printshorthands. The value of this option will be passed to the - heading definition as paramater #1. The new optional argument of - \defbibheading defines the default text which is passed as #1 if - there is no 'title' option. - - \defbibheading{subdiv}[\bibname]{\section*{#1}} - - \chapter{\bibname} - \printbibliography[type=book,heading=subdiv,title={Books}] - \printbibliography[type=article,heading=subdiv,title={Articles}] - \printbibliography[type=online,heading=subdiv,title={Online Resources}] - - Since biblatex provides a predefined heading called - 'subbibliography' you don't even need \defbibheading in this - case. You can simply use 'heading=subbibliography', specify - 'title={...}', and rely on the predefined heading definitions - provided by biblatex which support the standard LaTeX classes, - the KOMA-Script classes, and the memoir class automatically. - - The extensions are backwards-compatible. It is still possible to - use the parameterless form of \defbibheading. Such headings will - work as expected but the 'title' option of \printbibliography and - \printshorthands will obviously be ignored in this case. - -* More options for \printshorthands, subdivided LOS - - I've added more options to \printshorthands. It now supports the - same options as \printbibliography. This is useful for a - subdivided list of shorthands. - -* Improved author-title and author-year citation styles - - I've improved the compact citation styles authortitle-comp, - authortitle-icomp, authortitle-tcomp, and authoryear-comp. The - compact format is now supported in multicite commands as well. - -* New verbose-trad3 style - - This style is similar in concept to verbose-trad2 with a slightly - different treatment of ibidem and op. cit. - -* Eprint support for Google Books/JSTOR/PubMed - - I've added eprint handlers for Google Books, JSTOR, and PubMed. - This means that, instead of - - url = {http://books.google.com/books?id=XXu4AkRVBBoC}, - - you may also use: - - eprint = {XXu4AkRVBBoC}, - eprinttype = {googlebooks}, - - PubMed support is similar. Instead of specifying the full URL - (where is the unique and stable PubMed ID): - - url = {http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/}, - - you may also say: - - eprint = {}, - eprinttype = {pubmed}, - - By default, this will be printed as "PMID: " in the - bibliography. If hyperref support is enabled, the will be - a clickable link to PubMed. - - JSTOR support works exactly like PubMed. When using JSTOR's - export feature to export citations in BibTeX format, JSTOR uses - the 'url' field by default (where is a unique - and stable identifier): - - url = {http://www.jstor.org/stable/} - - While this will work as expected, full URLs tend to clutter the - bibliography. You may also use: - - eprint = {}, - eprinttype = {jstor}, - - to get the more readable "JSTOR: " format which also - supports hyperlinks (the becomes a clickable link). - -* More styles for compressed back references - - See 'backrefstyle' in the changelog. - -* Improved endnotes, added \pagenote support - - The \pagenote command, which is provided by the pagenote package - and the memoir class, is now supported by \mkbibendnote. - \mkbibendnote prioritizes as follows: - - 1) check for \endnote and use it if available - 2) check for \pagenote and use it if available - 3) issue a warning and fall back to \footnote - - There is also a new 'notetype' option which you may use to - convert footnotes to endnotes and vice versa (provided that - they are generated with \mkbibfootnote and \mkbibendnote, - respectively; the standard \footnote and \endnote commands will - not be modified). - -* Compatibility with UCS package - - Previous releases of biblatex were comptabile with inputenc's - standard UTF-8 module but wouldn't work with the ucs package. This - release also supports ucs. XeLaTeX's native UTF-8 support should - also work fine. If you're using UTF-8 encoding you should be - using Biber instead of BibTeX as a backend. - -* Dutch support - - This release comes with a dutch.lbx file. The translations have - been contributed by Alexander van Loon. - -* Greek support - - As of this release, biblatex speaks Greek, too. The translations - have been contributed by Apostolos Syropoulos. Note that the - greek.lbx file requires UTF-8 support. Biblatex generally works - with - - 1) LaTeX and inputenc: - - \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} - - 2) LaTeX and inputenc+ucs: - - \usepackage{ucs} - \usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc} - - 3) XeLaTeX - - Since inputenc's standard utf8 module has no glyph mappings for - Greek, this leaves Greek users with a choice of 2) or 3). If you - choose 2), make sure to preload the Greek Unicode range: - - \usepackage{ucs} - \usepackage[utf8x]{inputenc} - \PreloadUnicodePage{3} - - You may also use \PrerenderUnicode if you prefer that. See the - section about "Known problems" in the UCS (!) manual for - explanation. You may also need to load additional packages which - set up Greek fonts. As a rule of thumb, any setup which works with - regular Greek documents should also work with biblatex. - - However, there is one fundamental limitation. As of this writing, - biblatex has no support for mixing scripts. Bibliographies in - Greek should work fine, provided that you use Biber as a backend, - but English and other titles in the bibliography may be rendered - in Greek letters. - - The problem with using LaTeX and macro-level UTF-8 support via - inputenc/ucs is that processing still happens in an 8-bit - environment. The inputenc/ucs packages can decode all of UTF-8, - but in order to typeset Unicode all input needs to be mapped to - segments of 256 glyphs each because LaTeX only supports 8-bit - output encodings. If you need multi-script bibliographies, - XeLaTeX is the only sensible choice since XeTeX uses Unicode all - the way from input to output. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.8i - -This is a bug fix release. There are no new features and the manual -has not been updated. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.8h - -This is a bug fix release. There are no new features and the manual -has not been updated. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.8g - -This is a bug fix release. There are no new features and the manual -has not been updated. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.8f - -This is a bug fix release. There are no new features and the manual -has not been updated. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.8e - -* Improved concatenation of roles - - The standard styles (and the ready-made macros in biblatex.def) - have been supporting the concatenation of (editorial and other) - roles for some time. For example, if the editor and the - translator of a book are the same person, the roles are - concatenated and the name is given only once: - - Author, Title, ed. and trans. by Editor, ... - - However, if there is no author and the editor moves to the first - position, the name was, until now, printed twice: - - Editor, ed., Title, trans. by Editor, ... - - The improved bibliography styles now support concatenation in - this case as well: - - Editor, ed. and trans., Title, ... - - Since the macros which handle the concatenation are defined in - biblatex.def, adding this feature to existing styles is simple. - Where your style has code like: - - \usebibmacro{editor} - \usebibmacro{author/editor} - - simply replace that with: - - \usebibmacro{editor+others} - \usebibmacro{author/editor+others} - - The improvements also cover additional roles of the translator. - To take advantage of that, replace code like: - - \usebibmacro{translator} - \usebibmacro{author/translator} - \usebibmacro{author/editor/translator} - - with: - - \usebibmacro{translator+others} - \usebibmacro{author/translator+others} - \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others} - - On a related note, it is safe to use code like this: - - \usebibmacro{editor+others}% - \newunit - \printfield{title}% - \newunit - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - - because macros like 'editor+others' macro will use \clearname to - clear all name lists already processed. For example, if the - 'editor+others' macro prints 'ed. and trans.', it locally clears - the 'editor' and 'translator' lists afterwards. The - 'byeditor+others' macro will not print them a second time. It - simply takes care of any names/roles not covered yet - (commentator, annotator, etc.), if there are any left. - -* Added some new localization keys, removed some existing ones - - The above concatenation requires a whole set of new localization - keys (see the manual for details). These keys are initialized by - default. English and German translations are already available, - the other localization modules need an update. - - The new strings are also useful for styles which use the 'first - position' format in all cases, i.e., styles which print: - - Editor, ed. and trans., Title, ... - Author, Title, in: Editor, ed. and trans., Book, ... - - instead of: - - Editor, ed. and trans., Title, ... - Author, Title, in: Book, ed. and trans. by Editor, ... - - Since the number of localization keys keeps increasing, I've - removed some of the rarely used 'country...', 'patent...', and - 'patreq...' keys. Only about half a dozen keys in each of these - groups is left, mainly to illustrate the underlying scheme. - -* New auxiliary macros for ordinals - - In the past, some localization modules have been redefining the - field formats 'edition' and 'series' because they require - ordinals and need to be adapted to use either \mkbibmascord or - \mkbibfemord if ordinals are gender specific in the respective - language. However, having lbx files redefine field formats is - rather intrusive. - - Starting with this release, there's a new, non-intrusive - solution. Biblatex provides two new macros, \mkbibordedition and - \mkbibordseries, which should be used in the respective field - formats. Where required (typically in Romanic languages), these - macros are redefined by localization modules such that they point - to \mkbibmascord or \mkbibfemord. - -* Extended language support: Brazilian Portuguese, Swedish revised - - This release adds support for Brazilian Portuguese and - preliminary support for Portuguese/Portugal. The translations - have been contributed by Augusto Ritter Stoffel. - - The Portuguese support in portuguese.lbx is mostly inherited from - brazilian.lbx. This file needs review by a native speaker from - Portugal. - - I've also added some revised Swedish translations which Per - Starb\"ack sent in some time ago to the Swedish module. - -* German localization now using "Hrsg." - - By popular request, the German module now uses the abbreviations - "Hrsg./hrsg. von" instead of "Hg./hg. von". Both forms are valid, - but most users seem to prefer the more traditional "Hrsg". - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.8d - -* Biber beta release - - Biber is a BibTeX replacement written in Perl. It features - Unicode support and has been designed with the requirements of - biblatex in mind. See: - - http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/ - - for details. Beta testers are invited to try it out and report - any bugs on Biber's SourceForge project page. - -* Package option 'bibtex8' superseded by 'backend' - - The package option 'bibtex8' is superseded by a new option called - 'backend'. The old option is not mentioned in the manual any - more, but it is still supported for the sake of backwards - compatibility. In new documents, however, replace it as follows: - - bibtex8=false -> backend=bibtex (default setting, omissible) - bibtex8=true -> backend=bibtex8 - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.8c - -* Added 'idem' tracker - - I've added an 'idem' tracker which is similar in concept to the - 'ibidem' tracker except that it checks for recurrent author/ - editor names. See the 'idemtracker' package option and the - \ifciteidem test in the manual. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.8b - -* Added 'usetranslator' option - - The 'usetranslator' option is similar in concept to 'useauthor' - and 'useeditor' hence usage should be fairly obvious. Style - authors should note that styles derived from the standard ones - will support this option if you replace - - \usebibmacro{author} - \usebibmacro{author/editor} - - with - - \usebibmacro{author/translator} - \usebibmacro{author/editor/translator} - - in all relevant drivers. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.8a - -* SourceForge bug/feature trackers - - The user base of biblatex has been growing steadily, reaching a - point where managing bug reports and feature requests by a - combination of private email messages and Usenet postings has - become impractical. I've therefore set up a project page on - SourceForge: - - http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex/ - - There's no code on that site and most tools offered by - SourceForge (like cvs/subversion, web-based forums, etc.) are - currently disabled. The interesting thing are the trackers: - - http://sourceforge.net/tracker2/?group_id=244752 - - I've set up two trackers, 'Bugs' for bug reports and 'Features' - for feature requests. Please use these trackers to report bugs - and submit feature requests. - - I've also added all open bug reports and feature requests sitting - in my email inbox but I may have missed some messages posted in - public forums. If you've reported anything which doesn't show up - on the project page, you can now add it yourself by selecting the - appropriate tracker and clicking on "Add new artifact". - -* Custom localization modules - - This release adds support for custom localization modules. The - point is that styles may ship modified lbx files. See - \DeclareLanguageMapping and the changelog for further hints. - -* Configurable punctuation tracker - - The behavior of punctuation commands like \addcomma is now - configurable. See \DeclarePunctuationPairs in the manual. - -* Improved 'American-style' punctuation - - I've improved the 'American-style' punctuation feature. - american.lbx now uses \DeclarePunctuationPairs to adapt the - punctuation tracker and \mkbibquote supports nested quotes even - if American punctuation is enabled. - -* Sentence case vs. title case - - By popular request, I've added a macro which converts a string to - sentence case. See \MakeSentenceCase, \MakeSentenceCase*, and - \DeclareCaseLangs in the manual. \MakeSentenceCase supports the - BibTeX convention that anything wrapped in braces is not altered - when changing the case. - - Style authors who make use of the bibmacros in biblatex.def should - note the following. Saying: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\MakeSentenceCase{#1}} - - will not work as expected. That's because biblatex uses macros - like this one by default: - - \newbibmacro*{title}{% - \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{subtitle}} - {} - {\printtext[title]{% - \printfield[noformat]{title}% - \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% - \printfield[noformat]{subtitle}}% - \newunit}% - \printfield{titleaddon}} - - The 'title' format is applied by a \printtext command which - encloses both the title and the subtitle. \MakeSentenceCase would - therefore see \printfield commands rather than the field - contents. If you want to convert all titles to sentence case, - \MakeSentenceCase must be applied on the inner level, by the - \printfield commands. To facilitate that, I've modified this and - similar bibmacros slightly: - - \newbibmacro*{title}{% - \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{title}\AND\iffieldundef{subtitle}} - {} - {\printtext[title]{% - \printfield[titlecase]{title}% - \setunit{\subtitlepunct}% - \printfield[titlecase]{subtitle}}% - \newunit}% - \printfield{titleaddon}} - - Instead of 'noformat', the nested \printfield commands now use - 'titlecase' on the inner level. These formats are defined like - this: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{titlecase}{#1} - \DeclareFieldFormat{noformat}{#1} - - In other words, the default behavior remains unchanged but - converting all titles to sentence case is as easy as saying: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{titlecase}{\MakeSentenceCase{#1}} - - You can apply additional formats on a higher level as usual: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\mkbibemph{#1}} - \DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}} - - Just make sure that \MakeSentenceCase always hooks in on the - innermost level such that it sees the raw field contents rather - then data commands or other formatting commands. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.8 - -As usual, the full changelog is included in biblatex.pdf. What -follows are comments concerning changes 'under the hood' which are -not mentioned in the changelog, things which may break backwards -compatibility, improvements which may not be immediately obvious -from looking at the changelog, and new major features which pertain -to a set of entries in the changelog rather than a single one. - -The changelog and the release notes include changes made in the -0.7a-g maintenance releases. If you have been tracking the -development closely, some things may sound familiar. - -Note that there have been changes in the LaTeX<->BibTeX data -interface. You may want to delete all the old *.bbl and --blx.bib files before you start using the new version. In -fact biblatex should be able to handle the update on its own but -this will require an additional LaTeX+BibTeX cycle. In other words, -you need to go through one LaTeX/BibTeX/LaTeX cycle to update all -auxiliary files. You can ignore any warnings printed in this -process. After that, the output should stabilize as usual. - -* Hints for style developers - - I'm delighted to see that the first custom biblatex styles start - showing up on CTAN. - - One general note to style authors: unless your style is only a - minor modification of one of the standard styles which ship with - biblatex, it's a good idea to make sure it's self-contained, - i.e., that it doesn't employ \RequireCitationStyle and/or - \RequireBibliographyStyle to load code from the default styles - (but feel free to incorporate code by copying it to your style). - - While the core of biblatex is stable by now, there's still - potential for modifications in the standard styles (see below for - examples). Having said that, loading standard.bbx should be a - safe thing to do and you can also rely on code in biblatex.def - because this file is part of the core of biblatex. - -* New citation and bibliography styles - - I've added some new styles: 'authoryear-ibid' (an author-year - style with an 'ibidem' feature), 'draft' (which is a, well, draft - style), and 'reading' (a style for annotated bibliographies and - personal reading lists with abstracts, annotations, etc.). - -* Overhaul of all citation and bibliography styles - - I've overhauled all styles such that they use LaTeX (=etoolbox) - rather than plain TeX syntax for the boolean switches. E.g., - instead of: - - \newif\ifcbx@bool - \cbx@booltrue - \ifcbx@bool ...\else ...\fi - - they now use: - - \newbool{cbx:bool} - \booltrue{cbx:bool} - \ifbool{cbx:bool}{...}{...} - - This LaTeX frontend is provided by the etoolbox package. - -* Improved authoryear styles - - The authoryear styles have been improved such that they will - consider the '(short)title' field if the author/editor is - missing (or useauthor/useeditor=false is set). Note that these - styles also consider the 'label' field, if available. In sum, - the fallback chain in citations used to be: - - author -> editor -> label -> [issue warning] - - and the new chain works as follows: - - author -> editor -> label -> shorttitle -> title - - The 'shorthand' field, if defined, always takes precedence over - any other data. - -* Improved verbose-note styles - - The styles verbose-note and verbose-inote can now add a page - number to the reference pointing to the initial, full citation. - There is a style option named 'pageref' which enables this - feature. The page reference is only printed if the initial - citation is located on a different page or page spread (depending - on the setting of the 'pagetracker' option). - -* Improved numeric styles - - The numeric styles now support citations referring to set - members. See the note about reference sets below, the manual, and - the examples for details. - -* Introducing reference sets - - This release introduces the concept of a reference or entry set. - A reference set is a group of entries which are cited as a single - reference and listed as a single item in the bibliography. I'm - told that this is a matter of particular interest for users in - physics, chemistry, and possibly some other fields. See the 'set' - type, the 'entryset' field, and the special field 'entrysetcount' - in the manual. Also see \entryset and the pointers in the - changelog. - - If you are familiar with this concept, you may have used the - mcite or the mciteplus package before. The mcite and mciteplus - manuals call this type of reference a "collapsed citation". They - also talk about "grouping citations". The biblatex manual calls - it "reference set" and "entry set". It's the same thing but note - that the approach is different. With mcite(plus), sets are - defined as they are cited for the first time. Essentially, a - citation like - - \cite{key1,*key2,*key3} - - defines a set consisting of three entries (key1, key2, key3). The - first entry key serves as identifier of the entire set, which may - subsequently be cited as \cite{key1}. With biblatex, you declare - sets in the bib file using the @set type, the 'entryset' field, - and 'entryset' reverse pointers in the child entries: - - @Set{set1, - entryset = {key1,key2,key3}, - crossref = {key1}, - } - @Article{key1, - entryset = {set1}, - ... - } - @InCollection{key2, - entryset = {set1}, - ... - } - @InProceedings{key3, - entryset = {set1}, - ... - } - - See the pointers in the changelog for further explanation. - -* Support for electronic publishing information (eprint) - - See the 'eprint' and 'eprinttype' fields and related pointers in - the manual. Support for electronic publishing information has - been added to all standard bibliography styles. - - This release comes with dedicated support for arXiv references - which is usable out of the box and also serves as a model for - adding support for other resources and online archives. - -* Modified 'labelyear' field - - The 'labelyear' field is no longer a string but an integer. The - conversion of the integer to a string now takes places on the - LaTeX side of the workflow, i.e., you'll usually have a - formatting directive like this: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{labelyear}{\mknumalph{#1}} - - The \mknumalph command takes an integer in the range 1-702 as - its argument and converts it to a string as used in author-year - citations like "Jones 1995a". The format is: - - \mknumalph{1} -> a - \mknumalph{26} -> z - \mknumalph{27} -> aa - \mknumalph{702} -> zz - - There is also a 'maxlabelyear' counter which holds the highest - number found in any 'labelyear' field. This may be useful if you - want to print the 'labelyear' field as a number and pad it out - with leading zeros. - -* Modified 'labelalpha' field - - There is a similar change concerning the 'labelalpha' field, - which has been split up into 'labelalpha' and 'extraalpha'. With - a label like "Jon95a", 'labelalpha' holds "Jon95" while the extra - letter is handled by 'extraalpha'. 'extraalpha' is similar to - 'labelyear' in that it holds an integer. The conversion of the - integer to a string takes places on the LaTeX side of the - workflow, i.e., you'll usually have a formatting directive like - this: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{extraalpha}{\mknumalph{#1}} - - There is also a 'maxextraalpha' counter which holds the highest - number found in any 'extraalpha' field. - -* Modified/extended name hashes - - Starting with this release, there are two name hash fields, - 'namehash' and 'fullhash'. See the manual for details. - Essentially, the difference is that the 'namehash' is derived - from the visible 'labelname' list (subject to the 'maxnames' and - 'minnames' options) whereas 'fullhash' is always derived from the - full list. - - Note that the original behavior of 'namehash' in previous - releases used to be similar to the current behavior of - 'fullhash'. This has caused some confusion. The 'namehash' should - now be in line with the expectations of most users and style - authors. Those who actually want the original behavior may still - use the 'fullhash' field. - -* 'edition' field now more flexible/controllable by styles - - In previous biblatex releases, 'edition' was an integer-only - field. The integer test was performed on the BibTeX side of the - workflow, in biblatex.bst. Starting with this release, the test - is performed on the LaTeX side, i.e., in the format definition: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{edition}{% - \ifinteger{#1} - {\mkbibordinal{#1}~\bibstring{edition}} - {#1}% - } - - As you can see, the edition is printed as "Nth edition" if the - edition field holds an integer, and as a literal string if not. - This means that you can now put things like "5th, revised and - expanded edition" in the 'edition' field without having to resort - to the 'note' field. It also implies that styles get full control - over the 'edition' field. - - Style authors who adapt this formatting directive should note - that ordinals are gender-specific in Romanic languages ('edition' - is a feminine noun in French, Italian, and Spanish, hence the - ordinal must be feminine as well). In addition to the default - definition in biblatex.def, the 'edition' field is therefore - adapted in french.lbx, italian.lbx, and spanish.lbx. - -* Support for bibliographic data in external TeX files - - This release add a \printfile command which is similar to - \printtext but gets the text from an external file, i.e., - \printfile{file.tex} boils down to \printtext{\input{file.tex}} - but does nothing if the file does not exist. The point of all - this is that styles which print the fields 'abstract' and/or - 'annotation' may support an alternative way of adding abstracts - or annotations to the bibliography. biblatex.def provides the - following code for that: - - \newcommand*{\bibabstractprefix}{bibabstract-} - \newcommand*{\bibannotationprefix}{bibannotation-} - - \newbibmacro*{annotation}{% - \iffieldundef{annotation} - {\printfile[annotation]{\bibannotationprefix - \thefield{entrykey}.tex}}% - {\printfield{annotation}}} - - \newbibmacro*{abstract}{% - \iffieldundef{abstract} - {\printfile[abstract]{\bibabstractprefix - \thefield{entrykey}.tex}}% - {\printfield{abstract}}} - - Instead of including the text in the bib file, it may now be - stored in an external LaTeX file. For example, instead of saying - - @Article{key1, - abstract = {This is an abstract of entry `key1'.} - ... - - in the bib file, you create a file named 'bibabstract-key1.tex' - and put the abstract in this file. The name of the external file - must be the entry key prefixed with 'bibabstract-' or - 'bibannotation-', respectively. The 'reading' style makes use of - this. Also note that, when using the reference code above, a field - in the bib file takes precedence over external files. E.g., the - 'reading' style will not look for 'bibabstract-key1.tex' if the - 'key1' entry in the bib file has an 'abstract' field. - - Note that this feature needs to be enabled explicitly by setting - the package option 'loadfiles'. The option is disabled by default - for performance reasons. Using external files is strongly - recommended if you have long abstracts or a lot of annotations - since this may increase memory requirements significantly. See - the changelog for more pointers. - -* Support for 'American-style' punctuation - - Biblatex finally supports 'American-style' punctuation, i.e., - certain punctuation marks placed after a closing quote can be - moved inside the quotes automatically. - - See \DeclareQuotePunctuation and \mkbibquote in the manual. The - 'american' and 'canadian' localization modules enable this - feature for periods and commas. See the hints in the manual for - details. - -* \DeclareCapitalPunctuation replaces \(Enable|Disable)CapitalAfter - - The configuration commands \EnableCapitalAfter and - \DisableCapitalAfter have been removed and are superseded by - \DeclareQuotePunctuation. - - \DeclareQuotePunctuation works like \EnableCapitalAfter except - that it takes a list of characters as its argument. The function - of \DisableCapitalAfter is now implicit (all characters not - included in the list will not trigger capitalization). - - The change affects the configuration interface only. The default - user-level behavior of biblatex has not changed (capitalization - after periods, exclamation marks, questions marks; with the - '(n)german' and '(n)austrian' localization modules also after - colons). - -* Hyphenation exceptions in bibliography strings - - This release adds an interface for definining hyphenation - exceptions in lbx files and/or the document preamble. See - \DeclareHyphenationExceptions and \DefineHyphenationExceptions - in the manual. - -* Configurable number tests - - The number tests \ifnumeral and \ifnumerals, which are also used - by \mkpageprefix and \mkpagetotal, may be adapted. See the - commands \DeclareNumChars, \DeclareRangeChars, and - \DeclareRangeCommands for details. - -* Added 'firstinits' package option - - By popular request, I've added a package option which switches - all first names to initials. Use the \iffirstinits test to query - its state. The test has already been incorporated into the - formatting directives in biblatex.def. However, authors of custom - styles using redefined name formatting directives may want to - incorporate it into their style, too. - -* Added high-level '\bibpagespunct' macro - - \bibpagespunct is a high-level user macro similar to - \labelnamepunct and \subtitlepunct. As with the 'firstinits' - package option, it's incorporated in the standard styles so you - may want to do the same in custom styles. - -* Added some expert entry options - - See the entry options 'skipbib', 'skiplos', 'skiplab', and - 'dataonly' in the manual. - - Note that 'skiplab' and 'dataonly' are intended for hacking only! - -* Improved KOMA-Script and Memoir support - - The headings 'bibliography' and 'shorthands' are responsive to - the 'bibtotoc' and 'bibtotocnumbered' class options of the 'KOMA' - classes now. See also \ifkomabibtotoc, \ifkomabibtotocnumbered, - and \ifmemoirbibintoc. - -* Improved natbib compatibility style - - I've added some missing features to the natbib compatibility - style. Most notably, citation aliasing is now possible. Note that - this is intended for legacy files only. In newly created files, - it is preferable to use biblatex's 'shorthand' field. - -* Spaces in file names - - Whether file names may or may not contain spaces generally - depends on whether or not the underlying TeX binary supports - that. This is beyond biblatex's control. If the underlying engine - supports it, biblatex should not have any problems with spaces in - a file name. - - However, neither traditional BibTeX nor bibtex8 seem to be - capable of handling .bib files with spaces in their name. For - .bib files which supply bibliographic data, there is no fix short - of avoiding spaces in the file name. For the auxiliary .bib file - automatically generated by biblatex this release adds a - workaround. Spaces in the name of this file, which is only used - internally, will be converted to underscores. - -* New language-specific csf files for bibtex8 - - I've added some csf file for use with bibtex8 to the 'resources' - subdirectory. They implement the proper sorting order for German, - Danish, Norwegian, and Swedish in Latin 1, Latin 9, and Windows - Ansi encoding. - - German users should note that even bibtex8 is not able to handle - the German letter \ss properly. You may need to resort to fields - like 'sortname' and 'sorttitle' even when using these csf files. - -* Extended manual - - In addition to the usual manual updates related to new features, - I've also added some new material to the 'hints and caveats' - section in the author guide of the manual. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.7 - -The changelog of this release is the longest list of changes in any -biblatex release so far. Skimming the full list in biblatex.pdf is -highly recommended. In the following, I will focus on changes 'under -the hood' which are not mentioned in the changelog, point out things -which may break backwards compatibility, and comment on some -improvements which may not be immediately obvious from looking at -the changelog because they pertain to a set of changes rather than a -single one. - -* User and author interface stable - - Starting with this release, the user and author interface of this - package may be considered as stable. This means that I will try - to refrain from making syntactically or functionally incompatible - changes to the core package, unless I'm forced to do so because - of a bug or because one of the most recently added features turns - out to be really awkward. Essentially, citation and bibliography - styles written for this version should work with biblatex 1.0 - with no or at most minor modifications. - - Please note that this is a development aim, but there is no - guarantee. Also note that the definitions in biblatex.def (mainly - the formatting directives) are not guaranteed to be stable at - this point. In other words: if you use the default definitions, - your style will inherit possible improvements in future versions. - If you use modified formatting directives, you may need to update - them to integrate new functions. That should be fairly easy, - though. - -* CTAN staging area for biblatex styles - - There's a new location for contributed biblatex styles, it's: - - macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/ - - Contributed styles should go into a subdirectory of the above - location. E.g., a style called 'MLA' would go into: - - macros/latex/exptl/biblatex-contrib/mla/ - - Note that the exptl/ subtree is intended for experimental or beta - code. As soon as biblatex hits 1.0 and moves out of exptl/ to - - macros/latex/biblatex/ - - there's be a corresponding biblatex-contrib. At this point, all - contributed styles should be considered experimental because the - core package is still in beta. - -* Removed biblatex.cbx and biblatex.bbx - - I've removed the files biblatex.cbx and biblatex.bbx from the - distribution. The code formerly found in biblatex.cbx has been - moved to biblatex.def. The code formerly found in biblatex.bbx - has been split up. The most generic parts have been moved to - biblatex.def. The less generic parts, which are closely tied to - biblatex's standard bibliography style, are now part of - standard.bbx. - - I've also rearranged some of the bibmacros formerly found in the - above files and renamed some of them. If you have been using some - of that code in a custom bibliography style, don't worry, all the - code is still there, but parts of it may be arranged differently - (e.g., a bibmacro may have been split up into two macros or two - macro may have been merged into one) and the names of some - bibmacros may have changed. - - Note that biblatex.def is always loaded, but standard.bbx is not. - If you have been using code which is now part of standard.bbx in - a custom bibliography style, you need to copy the relevant parts - to your style. - -* New dependency on etoolbox.sty - - Some of the most generic parts of biblatex.sty have been moved to - an independent package called 'etoolbox', which is now required. - The package is available from CTAN and may also be useful for - style authors. - -* Type-specific formatting directives - - All formatting directives may now be defined on a per-type basis; - e.g.: - - \DeclareFieldFormat[article]{title}{\mkbibquote{#1}} - - would define the format of the 'title' field of @article entries - only. The fallback mechanism for formats now works as follows. - The command \printfield{title}, when used in an @article driver, - would check for the following formats (in this order): - - title [article] - title - default - - This also applies to cases where a specific formatting directive - is requested explicitly, i.e. \printfield[myformat]{title}, would - check for these formats: - - myformat [article] - myformat - default - - The point is that you can override formats on a per-type basis - without having to hack any drivers. - -* Truncation with 'and others' now supported by literal lists - - Truncating a list with 'and others' in the .bib file is now - supported by both name lists and literal lists. This used to be - specific to name lists. See \ifandothers and \ifmoreitems as well - as \finallistdelim and \andmoredelim for details. - -* Introducing entry options and style-specific options - - This release introduces the concept of an entry option and a new - 'options' field. The 'useprefix' field has been replaced by an - entry option. Instead of: - - useprefix = {true} - - you now use - - options = {useprefix=true} - - There are two more predefined entry options called 'useauthor' and - 'useeditor'. These options may still be used globally to set the - default behavior. - - In addition to that, Bibliography and citation styles may define - additional package and entry options. See \DeclareEntryOption and - \DeclareBibliographyOption for details. - -* Introducing multicite commands - - This release introduces an entirely new class of citation - commands called 'multicite' commands. The point of a multicite - command is that its argument may be a fully qualified list of - citations where each key has its own pre- and postnote. The syntax - is straightforward. Instead of: - - \cite[See][55]{key1}; \cite[12]{key2}; \cite[93]{key3} - - you can now say: - - \cites[See][55]{key1}[12]{key2}[93]{key3} - - This is particularly useful with parenthetical citations and - citations given in footnotes. It's also possible to assign a pre- - and/or postnote to the entire list. These global notes are given - in parentheses: - - \footcites(See)(and chapter 3)[55]{key1}[12]{key2}[93]{key3} - - See \cites, \parencites, \footcites, etc. in the manual. There is - also an \autocites command (a multicite version of \autocite). - - Defining new multicite commands is very easy because they are - based on the regular citation commands. See the documentation of - \DeclareMultiCiteCommand for details. - -* Improved trackers and tracking control - - The 'trackers' provided by biblatex have been greatly improved - and extended. This release also adds new trackers which - correspond to the requirements of some common citation styles. - See the package options 'pagetracker', 'citetracker', - 'ibidtracker', 'opcittracker', and 'loccittracker' for all the - gory details. Also see \ifciteibid, \ifopcit, and \ifloccit. - It's possible to control tracking in the document, see - \pagetrackertrue/false and \citetrackertrue/false for details. - Note that text commands like \citetitle are now exluded from - tracking by default. See also the point below. - -* Tracker reset support - - It's possible to reset trackers and citation styles and several - different levels. For the built-in trackers, see the package - option 'citereset' as well as the user-level command \citereset. - For style-specific reset support, see \InitializeCitationStyle, - \InitializeBibliographyStyle, \OnManualCitation, and the - user-level command \mancite. - -* New entry types, more custom entry types - - This release adds the entry types 'periodical' and 'patent', - which are fully supported by the standard styles. Several new - custom types have also been added. The custom types are not - supported by default, but they may be useful in custom styles. - -* New field/list subtype: key field/list - - I've introduced a new field/list data subtype called key - field/key list. They may hold printable data or localization keys - and work as follows: A test is performed to determine whether the - value of the field is a known localization key. If so, the - localized string is printed. If not, the value is printed as is. - -* Improved postnote handling, alternative pagination schemes - - The handling of page numbers in the 'pages' field and in the - postnote argument to citation commands has been improved - significantly. Biblatex does range detection now and recognizes - Roman numerals as numbers. It also supports alternative - 'pagination' schemes (columns, line or verse numbers, etc.). - - See the fields 'pagination' and 'bookpagination' and related - pointers in the changelog. See also \mkpageprefix, \ppspace, - \pno, \ppno, \nopp, \psq, \psqq. - -* Support for unique names in citations - - This release introduces support for unique names in citations. - Some author-year and author-title citation styles require - unambiguous names in citations. For example, with entries such as - - John Smith 1995 - Edward Smith 1995 - - citations would be rendered as - - J. Smith 1995 - E. Smith 1995 - - rather than - - Smith 1995a - Smith 1995b - - See the package option 'uniquename' and the special counter - 'uniquename' for details. Note that this feature is now enabled - by default in the following styles: authoryear, authoryear-comp, - authortitle-terse, authortitle-tcomp. - -* Improved support for numeric labels - - The 'defernums' package option addresses the problem of - discontinuous numbering when using a numeric style in combination - with bibliography filters. If this option is enabled, the numeric - labels are assigned the first time an entry is printed in any - bibliography. This is similar to the traditional algorithm used - by LaTeX to assign numeric labels. - -* Alternative, non-inheriting cross-referencing mechanism - - This release introduces an alternative cross-referencing - mechanism which does not inherit any data. It's useful in styles - which format cross-referenced entries differently. See the - description of the field 'xref' and related pointers in the - manual. - -* Support for different encodings - - Biblatex is now capable of handling .bib files with an encoding - which is different from the encoding of the .tex file. See the - 'bibencoding' package option for details. - -* More robust handling of citation keys - - This release adds some normalization code which deals with - special characters in citation keys. A typical example are keys - which contain an underscore. This should be much more robust now. - -* Renamed fields - - The 'journal' field has been renamed to 'journaltitle' but the - old name is still supported as an alias. There's also a - 'journalsubtitle' field and fields for the title and the subtitle - of a single issue. In other words, article entries now support a - complete set of titles similar to inbook-like entry types: - journaltitle/issuetitle/title essentially correspond to - maintitle/booktitle/title. - - The field name 'id' turned out to be incompatible with JabRef. - Apart from that, the name is a bit too generic for what this - field holds anyway. It's called 'eid' now (electronic ID) and - holds an article ID used by online journals or journals which are - also available online. - -* 'labelctitle' replaced by 'singletitle' - - The 'labelctitle' field has removed in favor of a different - mechanism using a test called \ifsingletitle. The package option - 'labelctitle' has also been renamed to 'singletitle'. - -* Alphabetic label now configurable - - The alphabetic label provided in the 'labelalpha' field is now - configurable to a certain extend. It is responsive to the global - package options 'maxnames' and 'minnames'. It's also possible to - influence the handling of truncated labels by redefining - \labelalphaothers. - -* Name types - - This release introduces the concept of a name type. This is best - explained by example. Suppose a book has a compiler rather than - an editor. In previous versions of this package, there was no way - to override the string 'editor' and 'edited by'. Starting with - this release, you may specify 'compiler' as an editor type: - - @book{..., - editor = {...}, - editortype = {compiler}, - - Supported editor types are 'editor' (the default) and 'compiler'. - Note that this mechanism is hooked up to bibliography strings - hence it may be extended. See the fields 'authortype', - 'editortype', and 'name[a-c]type' in the manual. - -* Consistent set of wrappers - - I've completed the generic wrapper commands provided by biblatex - so that they form a complete set. Instead of using the solution - in the left column of the following list, use the wrapper in the - right column: - - (...) -> \mkbibparens{...} - [...] -> \mkbibbrackets{...} - \footnote{...} -> \mkbibfootnote{...} - \textsuperscript{...} -> \mkbibsuperscript{...} - \emph{...} -> \mkbibemph{...} - \enquote{...} -> \mkbibquote{...} - ``...'' -> \mkbibquote{...} - - The wrappers integrate much better with biblatex and they also - provide additional features. - -* New citation styles, some styles renamed - - I've renamed all verbose citation styles from 'authortitle-*' to - 'verbose-*' and added some new styles. See the changelog for - details. - -* natbib compatibility style - - To facilitate the move from natbib to biblatex, this release adds - a special natbib compatibility style which maps natbib's core - citation commands to equivalent biblatex commands. See the - package option 'natbib' for details. - -* All citation commands scan ahead for punctuation - - Starting with this release, all citation commands scan ahead for - punctuation to avoid double punctuation at the end of a citation. - This used to be a feature exclusive to \autocite. The 'autopunct' - package option and the \DeclareAutoPunctuation command will now - affect all citation commands, not only \autocite. - -* Support for font style adaptation of punctuation - - This release implements an alternative way of dealing with - punctuation after a field printed in a different font (for - example, a title printed in italics). The standard (La)TeX way of - dealing with this problem is to add a small amount of space (the - so-called italic correction) to avoid clashes between the final - letter of a word in italics and the following (upright) - punctuation mark. - - Biblatex is now capable of adapting the punctuation to the font - of the preceeding field. See '\mkbibemph' and '\setpunctfont' for - details. Note that this feature is experimental. It may very well - have a few quirks. Also note that it is disabled by default. Use - the 'punctfont' package option to enable it. - -* Extended language support: Norwegian, Danish - - This release comes with a norsk.lbx and a danish.lbx file. The - translations have been contributed by Johannes Wilm. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.6 - -* Style-independent citations - - This release introduces a special command for style-independent - citations. The idea behind the \autocite command is to provide - higher-level citation markup which makes global switching from - inline citations to citations given in footnotes (or as - superscripts) possible. - - The \autocite command is built on top of lower-level commands - like \parencite and \footcite. The citation style provides an - \autocite definition by way of \DeclareAutoCiteCommand. This - definition may be activated by way of the 'autocite' package - option. See the documentation of \autocite in the manual for - further details. - -* Forcing capitalized name prefixes - - One thing that's been on my personal wishlist for some time is an - equivalent to natbib's \Citet command. This release finally - introduces additional citation commands which force capitalized - name prefixes (provided that there is a prefix and that it is to - be printed as part of the citation, i.e. the 'useprefix' option - is enabled). The new citation commands are defined as follows in - biblatex.cbx: - - \newcommand*{\Cite}{\bibsentence\cite} - \newcommand*{\Textcite}{\bibsentence\textcite} - \newcommand*{\Parencite}{\bibsentence\parencite} - \newcommand*{\Footcite}{\bibsentence\footcite} - \newcommand*{\Citeauthor}{\bibsentence\citeauthor} - - Here's how it works. Biblatex's punctuation tracker is based on - TeX's space factor. All the \bibsentence command does is setting - the space factor to a special sentinel value which is detected by - \bibstring. The name formatting directive used by all citation - commands now incorporates the new \ifcapital test. This test is - true if the punctuation tracker would capitalize a bibliography - string at this point. If the formatting directive detects the - sentinel value, it will capitalize the name prefix (if - applicable). A handy side-effect of this approach is that a - possible 'prenote' argument is taken into account automatically. - For example: - - '\cite{vandoren}' prints 'van Doren 1995' - - and - - '\Cite{vandoren}' prints 'Van Doren 1995' - - but - - '\Cite[See]{vandoren}' prints 'See van Doren 1995'. - - This also works in conjunction with bibliography strings. For - example, if the citation style replaces the standard citation by - something like '\bibstring{ibid}', then - - '\cite{vandoren}' prints 'ibid.' - - but - - '\Cite{vandoren}' prints 'Ibid.'. - - In other words, unless the citation style is doing something very - unusual, there is no need to define \Cite et al. explicitly with - \DeclareCiteCommand. The default definitions should work fine in - all normal cases. If the style doesn't print any names but rather - numerical or alphabetic citations then nothing is capitalized, so - that's no problem either. - -* Custom filters for \printbibliography - - See \defbibfilter and the 'filter' option of \printbibliography - in the manual. - -* Support for unsorted bibliographies - - See the package option 'sorting=none'. - -* Automatic truncation of literal lists - - This release introduces the package options 'maxitems' and - 'minitems' which are similar to 'maxnames' and 'minnames' but - affect literal lists. There are also corresponding (local) - options for \printbibliography, \printshorthands, and so on. - -* Improved support for corporate authors and editors - - There are two new name lists ('shortauthor' and 'shorteditor') - which may be helpful when dealing with corporate authors and - editors. Basically, 'author' and 'editor' are used in the - bibliography whereas 'shortauthor' and 'shorteditor' are used in - citations. The point is that you can give a short form of the name - for use in citations. For example: - - @Type{key, - author = {{National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA)}}, - shortauthor = {NASA}, - ... - } - - This will print "NASA" in citations but "National Aeronautics and - Space Administration (NASA)" in the bibliography. Note that - 'shortauthor' and 'shorteditor' are name lists, not literal - fields. This means that corporate names must be wrapped in an - additional pair of curly braces. - -* Improved support for articles: journal series and electronic ID - - Journal series and article IDs are now catered for by the - standard styles (entry type 'article'). Note that the 'articleid' - field has been renamed to 'eid'. See the annotated bibliography - in the 'examples' directory for examples. - -* DOI support - - The 'doi' field is now catered for by the standard styles - (complete with hyperlinks). See the annotated bibliography in the - 'examples' directory for examples. - -* Fine-grained control of title formatting - - Previous versions of this package provided two formatting - directives for the title field: 'title' (for entry types like - 'book', 'collection', etc.) and 'titlein' (for 'article', - 'inbook', 'incollection', etc.). I've enhanced this scheme such - that the format of the title may be defined on a per-type basis. - In biblatex.def you'll find the following directives for the - bibliography: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{title:book}{\emph{#1}\isdot} - \DeclareFieldFormat{title:inbook}{\enquote{#1}\midsentence} - ... - - as well as dedicated directives for the titles in citations: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{citetitle:book}{\emph{#1}\isdot} - \DeclareFieldFormat{citetitle:inbook}{\enquote{#1}\midsentence} - ... - - and in the list of shorthands: - - \DeclareFieldFormat{lostitle:book}{\emph{#1}\isdot} - \DeclareFieldFormat{lostitle:inbook}{\enquote{#1}\midsentence} - ... - - I've updated all generic definitions in biblatex.cbx, - biblatex.bbx, and standard.bbx accordingly. Note that the - 'title:type' directives are used for both the 'title' and the - 'subtitle' field (which are wrapped in a \printtext command - controlling the formatting, see the 'title+stitle' bibmacro in - biblatex.bbx for an example of how it works). In other words: - redefining the 'subtitle' field formatting directive has no - effect. - -* Rearranged localization keys - - I've rearranged and extended the localization keys quite a bit. - This also implies several changes in biblatex.bbx. - -* Support for KOMA-Script and Memoir - - The default definitions of the bibliography headings (as defined - in biblatex.def) are now automatically adapted for the - KOMA-Script classes and the Memoir class. - -* Improved Spanish support - - The Spanish localization module now handles the Spanish word - 'and' properly ('y' or 'e', depending on the context). - -* Italian support - - This release comes with a new italian.lbx file. The translations - have been contributed by Enrico Gregorio. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.5 - - My original plan for 0.5 was to make minor changes only and focus - on fixing bugs. Since only a few issues turned up (memory issues - in biblatex.bst), I ended up implementing new things from the - wishlist. Please note that the wishlist is closed until after - version 1.0. - -* New author-title citation styles - - I've added some verbose author-title styles which may be of - interest for users in the humanities. The styles are called - 'authortitle-verb' and 'authortitle-cverb'. The 'traditional - style has been renamed to 'authortitle-trad' and there is an - additional new style called 'authortitle-strad'. The styles - support shorthands and are fully hyperlinked. The links point to - the first, verbose citation instead of the bibliography so these - styles may be used without a bibliography, if desired. - - I've also added a matching 'dummy' bibliography style for every - citation style. The dummy style will simply load one of the more - generic backend styles. For example, the 'authortitle-verb' style - loads the 'authortitle' style. The point is that you may simply - use the 'style' package option instead of 'citestyle' plus - 'bibstyle'. - -* Conditional special fields, optimizations in biblatex.bst - - The special fields 'labelalpha', 'labelctitle', 'labelnumber', - and 'labelyear' are conditional now. If a style requires one of - those fields, it needs to request them by setting the - corresponding package option. E.g., all numeric styles include - the line - - \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelnumber} - - This will instruct biblatex to provide the 'labelnumber' field - which is undefined by default now. Making these fields - conditional allows for some memory-related optimizations in - biblatex.bst. - -* Author-level support for full citations - - This version adds an author-level command which makes it possible - to execute a bibliography driver in a citation command. See - '\rundriver' in the manual. - -* Page tracker - - I've implemented a page tracker. The page tracker records the - real page on which citations, entries in the bibliography, and - entries in the list of shorthands end up. It can work on a per - page basis or per double page spread. The page tracker is - disabled by default. See the package option 'pagetracker' and the - commands '\iffirstonpage' and '\ifsamepage' in the manual. - -* Unique indentification of reference instances - - Every 'instance' of a reference is now uniquely identified by a - value of the 'citecount' counter. In other words: this counter is - incremented for every key processed by any citation command, for - every item in the bibliography and for every item in the list of - shorthands. This is required by the page tracker but it's also - useful if you need to generate a unique anchor name for - hyperlinks. - -* Extended support for hyperlinks - - I've renamed '\bibhyperlink' to '\bibhyperref' and added generic - '\bibhypertarget' and '\bibhyperlink' commands. '\bibhyperref' - creates a link from a citation to the corresponding item in the - bibliography. '\bibhypertarget' and '\bibhyperlink' are more - generic and correspond to the '\hypertarget' and '\hyperlink' - commands of the hyperref package. The point here is that you - don't need an explicit '\ifhyperref' check. If hyperlinks are - disabled, these wrappers will simply pass on their text argument. - - As an additional benefit, they also provide better anchor - placement. The anchors created by '\hypertarget' seem to be - located at the baseline, i.e. if you click on a link you get the - impression that your PDF viewer jumps to the line of text just - below the one you mean. - -* More name lists - - See the 'annotator', 'commentator', 'introduction', 'foreword', - and 'afterword' lists in the annotated example. - -* Special fields for indexing - - See the 'indextitle' and 'indexsorttitle' fields in the annotated - example and the indexing examples. - -* Spanish support - - This release comes with a preliminary spanish.lbx file. The - translations have been contributed by Ignacio Fern\'andez - Galv\'an. Some advanced features are missing from this file - because they are still under scrutiny but it should nevertheless - be perfectly funtional. - -* Examples - - I've added a biblatex showcase with some example files in the - 'examples' subdirectory. There's an example for every citation - style and some generic examples demonstrating multiple - bibliographies, split bibliographies, indexing, and so on. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.4 - -* Wishlist closed - - As of this release, the wishlist is closed until after version - 1.0. There are already more wishes in the pipeline than I can - implement in time for 1.0... - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.3 - - The changelog for this release is shockingly long so I'll just - point out the general developments behind the individual entries - in the changelog. See the full changelog for all the gory - details. Note that styles written for version 0.2 will not work - with 0.3. - -* New data type: literal list - - This release introduces a new data type for literal lists. The - point of a literal list is that the list is split up at the 'and' - but the individual items are not dissected further. This is - intended for fields such as 'location' and 'publisher' since they - may contain a list of items but these items are not personal - names. - - I have modified the macro names of the entire data interface for - lists to match the change. All macros with the term 'list' in - their name are renamed such that 'list' is replaced by 'name(s)'. - For example, \printlist is now \printnames, \DeclareListFormat is - \DeclareNameFormat, and so on. The old names are used for new - macros which deal with literal lists. The complete list of - affected macros is given in the changelog. Note that the names of - the macros which dump the unformatted data have changes as well - (\biblist -> \thename; \thelist (new); \bibfield -> \thefield). - - These changes will require updates to all custom citation and - bibliography styles. However, the changes are only a matter of - some search & replace commands. I'm sorry about the inconvenience - but I think the new naming scheme is better than having macro - names like \printliterallist. I've decided to go for it now since - biblatex is still in beta. - - As part of these changes, the data type of the following fields - has been changed from 'literal field' to 'literal list': - location, origlocation, publisher, institution, organization. - -* Support for hyperref - - Hyperref support is available now. This means that citations may - be transformed into links pointing to the bibliography. All - standard citation styles support that out of the box, custom - styles need to use the new hyperref interface. It works like - this: the anchor (i.e. the target of the link) is set - automatically by biblatex hence the bibliography style does not - need to do anything special. The citation style is responsible - for marking the link area. This is just a matter of passing the - relevant part of the citation to a special macro or formatting - directive doing the low-level work. See the changelog for - pointers to the relevant sections of the manual. - -* Support for back references - - I've added support for back references. The page numbers are - provided in the 'pageref' field which uses the new literal list - data type. Printing them is just a matter of \printlist{pageref}. - Note that you need to enable the 'backref' package option to get - any back reference data. There is also a bibmacro called - 'pageref' in biblatex.bbx which adds a label. Bibliography styles - should print the list via \usebibmacro{pageref}. There are two - related list formatting directives in biblatex.def. The default - directive just prints the list as is, using a comma as a - separator. The directive 'pageref:comp' prints a sequence of more - than two consecutive pages as a range. The easiest way to try it - out is: \DeclareListAlias{pageref}{pageref:comp}. - - The references are restricted to page numbers, back references to - sections are not supported. This is a deliberate decision. I - haven't bothered implementing back references to sections because - LaTeX's referencing mechanism is notoriously unreliable in this - respect. It essentially provides two pieces of information: the - formatted value of the last counter incremented by way of - \refstepcounter and the page number. The latter value is usually - unambiguous but the former could refer to just about everything. - The implications of this become obvious when you're using the - backref package with its 'ref' option (rather than 'pageref') and - put \cite commands in footnotes. The bibliography will then - include something like 'sections 1, 2, 3', but these numbers do - not refer to sections, these are footnote numbers! - - Getting back references to sections right would require - reimplementing LaTeX's entire referencing mechanism (or - interfacing with a package doing that) and I don't want to get - into that business just yet. I may look into support for the zref - package later, but that's something for a post-1.0 release of - biblatex. - -* Rearranged author-title citation styles - - I've rearranged the author-title citation styles because most - people seem to expect the behavior of the old 'authortitle-verb' - style from the plain 'authortitle' style. So 'authortitle-verb' - is the plain 'authortitle' style now. The style formerly known as - 'authortitle' has been renamed to 'authortitle-terse', - 'authortitle-comp' is 'authortitle-cterse' now. I've also added a - new 'authortitle-comp' style to round off this subset of styles. - -* Handling of thebibliography/theshorthands streamlined - - The handling of thebibliography and theshorthands as well as some - related facilities has been overhauled and streamlined. See the - changelog and section 4.2.2 of the manual for details. - -* Handling of 'and others' simplified - - The way biblatex handles the string 'and others', which is used - in bib files to truncate a list of names, has been overhauled and - simplified. Essentially, I have removed 'moreauthor' and similar - fields since biblatex handles this internally now. All style - authors need to do is use \ifandothers and/or \ifmorenames. See - the manual for details. - -* Improved \addtocategory - - \addtocategory now cycles its arguments through the aux file. - This means that it may be used in the preamble and anywhere in - the document body, even after \printbibliography. - -RELEASE NOTES FOR VERSION 0.2 - -* Internal changes in bibliography styles - - I have rearranged all bibliography styles. It should be more - obvious now how many code is shared by the bibliography styles, - namely all 'driver' code. The shared code has been moved to - standard.bbx, so think of that as the biblatex standard style. - This code is used by numeric.bbx, alphabetic.bbx, - authortitle.bbx, and authoryear.bbx; standard.bbx is not meant to - be used stand-alone. A few bibmacros have also been moved to - biblatex.bbx. - -* Internal changes in citation styles - - There is only one change affecting the citation styles. The - 'postnote' bibmacro in biblatex.cbx now automatically inserts a - prefix like 'p.' or 'pp.' where applicable. - -* Optional argument for \printtext - - \printtext takes an optional argument now. The point is that you - can use \printtext as a formatting hook. The advantage of this - approach is that \printtext integrates with the punctuation - tracking. I have revised biblatex.bbx to use this approach where - applicable. - -* New fields - - There are several new fields, some of which are supported by the - standard styles. This has lead to further changes in - biblatex.bbx, including changes to the names of existing - bibmacros. diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/biblatex.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/biblatex.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index e4e25bc..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/biblatex.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/biblatex.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/biblatex.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 7969dd0..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/biblatex.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10389 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: biblatex.tex,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ -\documentclass{ltxdockit}[2011/03/25] -\usepackage{btxdockit} -\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage[strict]{csquotes} -\usepackage{tabularx} -\usepackage{longtable} -\usepackage{booktabs} -\usepackage{shortvrb} -\usepackage{pifont} -\MakeAutoQuote{«}{»} -\MakeAutoQuote*{<}{>} -\MakeShortVerb{\|} - -\rcsid{$Id: biblatex.tex,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $} - -\newcommand*{\biber}{Biber\xspace} -\newcommand*{\biblatex}{Biblatex\xspace} -\newcommand*{\biblatexhome}{http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex/} -\newcommand*{\biblatexctan}{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/} - -\titlepage{% - title={The \sty{biblatex} Package}, - subtitle={Programmable Bibliographies and Citations}, - url={\biblatexhome}, - author={Philipp Lehman}, - email={plehman@gmx.net}, - revision={\rcsrevision}, - date={\rcstoday}} - -\hypersetup{% - pdftitle={The \biblatex Package}, - pdfsubject={Programmable Bibliographies and Citations}, - pdfauthor={Philipp Lehman}, - pdfkeywords={tex, latex, bibtex, bibliography, references, citation}} - -% tables - -\newcolumntype{H}{>{\sffamily\bfseries\spotcolor}l} -\newcolumntype{L}{>{\raggedright\let\\=\tabularnewline}p} -\newcolumntype{R}{>{\raggedleft\let\\=\tabularnewline}p} -\newcolumntype{C}{>{\centering\let\\=\tabularnewline}p} -\newcolumntype{V}{>{\raggedright\let\\=\tabularnewline\ttfamily}p} - -\newcommand*{\sorttablesetup}{% - \tablesetup - \ttfamily - \def\new{\makebox[1.25em][r]{\ensuremath\rightarrow}\,}% - \def\alt{\par\makebox[1.25em][r]{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}\,}% - \def\note##1{\textrm{##1}}} - -\newcommand{\tickmarkyes}{\Pisymbol{psy}{183}} -\newcommand{\tickmarkno}{\textendash} -\providecommand*{\textln}[1]{#1} -\providecommand*{\lnstyle}{} - -% markup and misc - -\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4} - -\makeatletter - -\newenvironment{nameparts} - {\trivlist\item - \tabular{@{}ll@{}}} - {\endtabular\endtrivlist} - -\newenvironment{namedelims} - {\trivlist\item - \tabularx{\textwidth}{@{}c@{=}l>{\raggedright\let\\=\tabularnewline}X@{}}} - {\endtabularx\endtrivlist} - -\newenvironment{namesample} - {\def\delim##1##2{\@delim{##1}{\normalfont\tiny\bfseries##2}}% - \def\@delim##1##2{{% - \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{##1}% - \@tempdima=\wd\@tempboxa - \wd\@tempboxa=\z@ - \box\@tempboxa - \begingroup\spotcolor - \setbox\@tempboxa\hb@xt@\@tempdima{\hss##2\hss}% - \vrule\lower1.25ex\box\@tempboxa - \endgroup}}% - \ttfamily\trivlist - \setlength\itemsep{0.5\baselineskip}} - {\endtrivlist} - -\makeatother - -\newrobustcmd*{\Deprecated}{% - \textcolor{spot}{\margnotefont Deprecated}} -\newrobustcmd*{\DeprecatedMark}{% - \leavevmode\marginpar{\Deprecated}} -\newrobustcmd*{\BiberOnly}{% - \textcolor{spot}{\margnotefont Biber only}} -\newrobustcmd*{\BiberOnlyMark}{% - \leavevmode\marginpar{\BiberOnly}} -\newrobustcmd*{\BibTeXOnly}{% - \textcolor{spot}{\margnotefont BibTeX only}} -\newrobustcmd*{\BibTeXOnlyMark}{% - \leavevmode\marginpar{\BibTeXOnly}} - -\hyphenation{% - star-red - bib-lio-gra-phy - white-space -} - -\begin{document} - -\printtitlepage -\tableofcontents -\listoftables - -\section{Introduction} -\label{int} - -This document is a systematic reference manual for the \sty{biblatex} package. Look at the sample documents which ship with \sty{biblatex} to get a first impression.\fnurl{\biblatexctan/doc/examples} -For a quick start guide, browse \secref{int:abt, bib:typ, bib:fld, bib:use, use:opt, use:xbx, use:bib, use:cit, use:use}. - -\subsection[About]{About \sty{biblatex}} -\label{int:abt} - -This package provides advanced bibliographic facilities for use with \latex in conjunction with \bibtex. The package is a complete reimplementation of the bibliographic facilities provided by \latex. It redesigns the way in which \latex interacts with \bibtex at a fairly fundamental level. With \sty{biblatex}, \bibtex is only used to sort the bibliography and to generate labels. Instead of being implemented in \file{bst} files, the formatting of the bibliography is entirely controlled by \latex macros, hence the name \sty{biblatex}. Good working knowledge in \latex should be sufficient to design new bibliography and citation styles. There is no need to learn \bibtex's postfix stack language. This package also supports subdivided bibliographies, multiple bibliographies within one document, and separate lists of bibliographic shorthands. Bibliographies may be subdivided into parts and\slash or segmented by topics. Just like the bibliography styles, all citation commands may be freely defined. The package is completely localized and can interface with the \sty{babel} package. Please refer to \tabref{bib:fld:tab1} for a list of languages currently supported by this package. - -\subsection{License} - -Copyright \textcopyright\ 2006--2011 Philipp Lehman. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and\slash or modify this software under the terms of the \lppl, version 1.3.\fnurl{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/lppl.txt} This package is author"=maintained. - -\subsection{Feedback} -\label{int:feb} - -Please use the \sty{biblatex} project page on SourceForge to report bugs and submit feature requests.\fnurl{http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex/} There are two trackers on this page: \texttt{Bugs} for bug reports and \texttt{Features} for feature requests.\fnurl{http://sourceforge.net/tracker2/?group_id=244752} Select a tracker, then click on to submit your report or request. I may consider implementing a new feature if the request is reasonable, seems to be relevant to a considerable number of users, and complies with the architecture and philosophy of \sty{biblatex}. Before making a feature request, please ensure that you have thoroughly studied this manual. If you do not want to report a bug or request a feature but are simply in need of assistance, you might want to consider posting your question on the \texttt{comp.text.tex} newsgroup. I can not provide end-user support by email or via the project page. - -\subsection{Acknowledgments} - -The language modules of this package include contributions by the following contributors (in the order of submission): -Ignacio Fernαndez Galvαn (Spanish), -Enrico Gregorio (Italian), -Johannes Wilm (Danish\slash Norwegian), -Per Starbδck, Carl-Gustav Werner, Filip Εsblom (Swedish), -Augusto Ritter Stoffel (Brazilian), -Alexander van Loon (Dutch), -Apostolos Syropoulos (Greek), -Hannu Vδisδnen (Finnish), -Prokopis (Greek), -Mateus Araϊjo (Brazilian), -Andrea Marchitelli (Italian), -Josι Carlos Santos (Portuguese), -Oleg Domanov (Russian), -Pieter Belmans (Dutch). - -\subsection{Prerequisites} -\label{int:pre} - -This section gives an overview of all resources required by this package and discusses compatibility issues. - -\subsubsection{Requirements} -\label{int:pre:req} - -The resources listed in this section are strictly required for \sty{biblatex} to function. The package will not work if they are not available. - -\begin{marglist} - -\item[\etex] -The \sty{biblatex} package requires \etex. \tex distributions have been shipping \etex binaries for quite some time, the popular distributions use them by default these days. The \sty{biblatex} package checks if it is running under \etex. Simply try compiling your documents as you usually do, the chances are that it just works. If you get an error message, try compiling the document with \bin{elatex} instead of \bin{latex} or \bin{pdfelatex} instead of \bin{pdflatex}, respectively. - -\item[\bibtex] -By default, the \sty{biblatex} package uses \bibtex as a database backend. While a legacy \bibtex binary is sufficient to run \sty{biblatex}, using \bin{bibtex8} is recommended. If your \tex distribution does not ship with \bin{bibtex8}, you can get it from \acr{CTAN}.\fnurl{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/8-bit/} - -\item[Biber] -Biber is the next"=generation backend of \sty{biblatex}. You only need one backend, either \bibtex or Biber. Biber is available from SourceForge.\fnurl{http://biblatex-biber.sourceforge.net/} - -\item[etoolbox] -This \latex package, which is loaded automatically, provides generic programming facilities required by \sty{biblatex}. It is available from \acr{CTAN}.\fnurl{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/etoolbox/} - -\item[logreq] -This \latex package, which is also loaded automatically, provides a frontend for writing machine-readable messages to an auxiliary log file. It is available from \acr{CTAN}.\fnurl{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/logreq/} - -\end{marglist} - -Apart from the above resources, \sty{biblatex} also requires the standard \latex packages \sty{keyval} and \sty{ifthen} as well as the \sty{url} package. These package are included in all common \tex distributions and will be loaded automatically. - -\subsubsection{Recommended Packages} -\label{int:pre:rec} - -The packages listed in this section are not required for \sty{biblatex} to function, but they provide recommended additional functions or enhance existing features. The package loading order does not matter. - -\begin{marglist} - -\item[babel] -The \sty{babel} package provides the core architecture for multilingual typesetting. If you are writing in a language other than American English, using this package is strongly recommended. If loaded, \sty{biblatex} package will detect \sty{babel} automatically. - -\item[csquotes] -If this package is available, \sty{biblatex} will use its language sensitive quotation facilities to enclose certain titles in quotation marks. If not, \sty{biblatex} uses quotes suitable for American English as a fallback. When writing in any other language, loading \sty{csquotes} is strongly recommended.\fnurl{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/csquotes/} - -\end{marglist} - -\subsubsection{Compatible Classes and Packages} -\label{int:pre:cmp} - -The \sty{biblatex} package provides dedicated compatibility code for the classes and packages listed in this section. - -\begin{marglist} - -\item[hyperref] -The \sty{hyperref} package transforms citations into hyperlinks. See the \opt{hyperref} and \opt{backref} package options in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} for further details. When using the \sty{hyperref} package, it is preferable to load it after \sty{biblatex}. - -\item[showkeys] -The \sty{showkeys} package prints the internal keys of, among other things, citations in the text and items in the bibliography. The package loading order does not matter. - -\item[memoir] -When using the \sty{memoir} class, the default bibliography headings are adapted such that they blend well with the default layout of this class. See \secref{use:cav:mem} for further usage hints. - -\item[\acr{KOMA}-Script] -When using any of the \sty{scrartcl}, \sty{scrbook}, or \sty{scrreprt} classes, the default bibliography headings are adapted such that they blend with the default layout of these classes. See \secref{use:cav:scr} for further usage hints. - -\end{marglist} - -\subsubsection{Incompatible Packages} -\label{int:pre:inc} - -The packages listed in this section are not compatible with \sty{biblatex}. Since it reimplements the bibliographic facilities of \latex from the ground up, \sty{biblatex} naturally conflicts with all packages modifying the same facilities. This is not specific to \sty{biblatex}. Some of the packages listed below are also incompatible with each other for the same reason. - -\begin{marglist} - -% FIXME: complete list -% -% amsrefs -% apacite -% drftcite -% footbib -% multibbl -% overcite -% bibtopicprefix - -\item[babelbib] -The \sty{babelbib} package provides support for multilingual bibliographies. This is a standard feature of \sty{biblatex}. Use the \bibfield{hyphenation} field and the package option \opt{babel} for similar functionality. Note that \sty{biblatex} automatically adjusts to the main document language if \sty{babel} is loaded. You only need the above mentioned features if you want to switch languages on a per"=entry basis within the bibliography. See \secref{bib:fld:spc, use:opt:pre:gen} for details. Also see \secref{use:lng}. - -\item[backref] -The \sty{backref} package creates back references in the bibliography. See the package options \opt{hyperref} and \opt{backref} in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} for comparable functionality. - -\item[bibtopic] -The \sty{bibtopic} package provides support for bibliographies subdivided by topic, type, or other criteria. For bibliographies subdivided by topic, see the category feature in \secref{use:bib:cat} and the corresponding filters in \secref{use:bib:bib}. Alternatively, you may use the \bibfield{keywords} field in conjunction with the \opt{keyword} and \opt{notkeyword} filters for comparable functionality, see \secref{bib:fld:spc, use:bib:bib} for details. For bibliographies subdivided by type, use the \opt{type} and \opt{nottype} filters. Also see \secref{use:use:div} for examples. - -\item[bibunits] -The \sty{bibunits} package provides support for multiple partial (\eg per chapter) bibliographies. See \sty{chapterbib}. - -\item[chapterbib] -The \sty{chapterbib} package provides support for multiple partial bibliographies. Use the \env{refsection} environment and the \opt{section} filter for comparable functionality. Alternatively, you might also want to use the \env{refsegment} environment and the \opt{segment} filter. See \secref{use:bib:sec, use:bib:seg, use:bib:bib} for details. Also see \secref{use:use:mlt} for examples. - -\item[cite] -The \sty{cite} package automatically sorts numeric citations and can compress a list of consecutive numbers to a range. It also makes the punctuation used in citations configurable. For sorted and compressed numeric citations, see the \opt{sortcites} package option in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} and the \texttt{numeric-comp} citation style in \secref{use:xbx:cbx}. For configurable punctuation, see \secref{use:fmt}. - -\item[citeref] -Another package for creating back references in the bibliography. See \sty{backref}. - -\item[inlinebib] -The \sty{inlinebib} package is designed for traditional citations given in footnotes. For comparable functionality, see the verbose citation styles in \secref{use:xbx:cbx}. - -\item[jurabib] -Originally designed for citations in law studies and (mostly German) judicial documents, the \sty{jurabib} package also provides features aimed at users in the humanities. In terms of the features provided, there are some similarities between \sty{jurabib} and \sty{biblatex} but the approaches taken by both packages are quite different. Since both \sty{jurabib} and \sty{biblatex} are full"=featured packages, the list of similarities and differences is too long to be discussed here. - -\item[mcite] -The \sty{mcite} package provides support for grouped citations, \ie multiple items can be cited as a single reference and listed as a single block in the bibliography. The citation groups are defined as the items are cited. This only works with unsorted bibliographies. The \sty{biblatex} package also supports grouped citations, which are called or in this manual. See \secref{use:use:set,use:bib:set,use:cit:mct} for details. - -\item[mciteplus] -A significantly enhanced reimplementation of the \sty{mcite} package which supports grouping in sorted bibliographies. See \sty{mcite}. - -\item[multibib] -The \sty{multibib} package provides support for bibliographies subdivided by topic or other criteria. See \sty{bibtopic}. - -\item[natbib] -The \sty{natbib} package supports numeric and author"=year citation schemes, incorporating sorting and compression code found in the \sty{cite} package. It also provides additional citation commands and several configuration options. See the \texttt{numeric} and \texttt{author-year} citation styles and their variants in \secref{use:xbx:cbx}, the \opt{sortcites} package option in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}, the citation commands in \secref{use:cit}, and the facilities discussed in \secref{use:bib:hdg, use:bib:nts, use:fmt} for comparable functionality. Also see \secref{use:cit:nat}. - -\item[splitbib] -The \sty{splitbib} package provides support for bibliographies subdivided by topic. See \sty{bibtopic}. - -\item[ucs] -The \sty{ucs} package provides support for \utf encoded input. Either use \sty{inputenc}'s standard \file{utf8} module or a Unicode enabled engine such as \xetex or \luatex instead. - -\end{marglist} - -\section{Database Guide} -\label{bib} - -This part of the manual documents the \bibtex interface of this package. Note that you can not use \sty{biblatex} in conjunction with arbitrary \file{bst} files because the package depends on a special \bibtex interface. - -\subsection{Entry Types} -\label{bib:typ} - -This section gives an overview of the entry types supported by \sty{biblatex} along with the fields supported by each type. - -\subsubsection{Regular Types} -\label{bib:typ:blx} - -The lists below indicate the fields supported by each entry type. Note that the mapping of fields to an entry type is ultimately at the discretion of the bibliography style. The lists below therefore serve two purposes. They indicate the fields supported by the standard styles which ship with this package and they also serve as a model for custom styles. Note that the fields are not strictly required in all cases, see \secref{bib:use:key} for details. The fields marked as are optional in a technical sense. Bibliographical formatting rules usually require more than just the fields. The standard styles will generally not perform any formal validity checks, but custom styles may do so. Generic fields like \bibfield{abstract} and \bibfield{annotation} or \bibfield{label} and \bibfield{shorthand} are not included in the lists below because they are independent of the entry type. The special fields discussed in \secref{bib:fld:spc}, which are also independent of the entry type, are not included in the lists either. - -\begin{typelist} - -\typeitem{article} - -An article in a journal, magazine, newspaper, or other periodical which forms a self"=contained unit with its own title. The title of the periodical is given in the \bibfield{journaltitle} field. If the issue has its own title in addition to the main title of the periodical, it goes in the \bibfield{issuetitle} field. Note that \bibfield{editor} and related fields refer to the journal while \bibfield{translator} and related fields refer to the article. - -\reqitem{author, title, journaltitle, year/date} -\optitem{translator, annotator, commentator, subtitle, titleaddon, editor, editora, editorb, editorc, journalsubtitle, issuetitle, issuesubtitle, language, origlanguage, series, volume, number, eid, issue, month, pages, version, note, issn, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{book} - -A single"=volume book with one or more authors where the authors share credit for the work as a whole. This entry type also covers the function of the \bibtype{inbook} type of traditional \bibtex, see \secref{bib:use:inb} for details. - -\reqitem{author, title, year/date} -\optitem{editor, editora, editorb, editorc, translator, annotator, commentator, introduction, foreword, afterword, subtitle, titleaddon, maintitle, mainsubtitle, maintitleaddon, language, origlanguage, volume, part, edition, volumes, series, number, note, publisher, location, isbn, chapter, pages, pagetotal, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{mvbook} - -A multi"=volume \bibtype{book}. For backwards compatibility, multi"=volume books are also supported by the entry type \bibtype{book}. However, it is advisable to make use of the dedicated entry type \bibtype{mvbook}. - -\reqitem{author, title, year/date} -\optitem{editor, editora, editorb, editorc, translator, annotator, commentator, introduction, foreword, afterword, subtitle, titleaddon, language, origlanguage, edition, volumes, series, number, note, publisher, location, isbn, pagetotal, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{inbook} - -A part of a book which forms a self"=contained unit with its own title. Note that the profile of this entry type is different from standard \bibtex, see \secref{bib:use:inb}. - -\reqitem{author, title, booktitle, year/date} -\optitem{bookauthor, editor, editora, editorb, editorc, translator, annotator, commentator, introduction, foreword, afterword, subtitle, titleaddon, maintitle, mainsubtitle, maintitleaddon, booksubtitle, booktitleaddon, language, origlanguage, volume, part, edition, volumes, series, number, note, publisher, location, isbn, chapter, pages, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{bookinbook} - -This type is similar to \bibtype{inbook} but intended for works originally published as a stand-alone book. A typical example are books reprinted in the collected works of an author. - -\typeitem{suppbook} - -Supplemental material in a \bibtype{book}. This type is closely related to the \bibtype{inbook} entry type. While \bibtype{inbook} is primarily intended for a part of a book with its own title (\eg a single essay in a collection of essays by the same author), this type is provided for elements such as prefaces, introductions, forewords, afterwords, etc. which often have a generic title only. Style guides may require such items to be formatted differently from other \bibtype{inbook} items. The standard styles will treat this entry type as an alias for \bibtype{inbook}. - -\typeitem{booklet} - -A book"=like work without a formal publisher or sponsoring institution. Use the field \bibfield{howpublished} to supply publishing information in free format, if applicable. The field \bibfield{type} may be useful as well. - -\reqitem{author/editor, title, year/date} -\optitem{subtitle, titleaddon, language, howpublished, type, note, location, chapter, pages, pagetotal, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{collection} - -A single"=volume collection with multiple, self"=contained contributions by distinct authors which have their own title. The work as a whole has no overall author but it will usually have an editor. - -\reqitem{editor, title, year/date} -\optitem{editora, editorb, editorc, translator, annotator, commentator, introduction, foreword, afterword, subtitle, titleaddon, maintitle, mainsubtitle, maintitleaddon, language, origlanguage, volume, part, edition, volumes, series, number, note, publisher, location, isbn, chapter, pages, pagetotal, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{mvcollection} - -A multi"=volume \bibtype{collection}. For backwards compatibility, multi"=volume collections are also supported by the entry type \bibtype{collection}. However, it is advisable to make use of the dedicated entry type \bibtype{mvcollection}. - -\reqitem{editor, title, year/date} -\optitem{editora, editorb, editorc, translator, annotator, commentator, introduction, foreword, afterword, subtitle, titleaddon, language, origlanguage, edition, volumes, series, number, note, publisher, location, isbn, pagetotal, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{incollection} - -A contribution to a collection which forms a self"=contained unit with a distinct author and title. The \bibfield{author} refers to the \bibfield{title}, the \bibfield{editor} to the \bibfield{booktitle}, \ie the title of the collection. - -\reqitem{author, editor, title, booktitle, year/date} -\optitem{editora, editorb, editorc, translator, annotator, commentator, introduction, foreword, afterword, subtitle, titleaddon, maintitle, mainsubtitle, maintitleaddon, booksubtitle, booktitleaddon, language, origlanguage, volume, part, edition, volumes, series, number, note, publisher, location, isbn, chapter, pages, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{suppcollection} - -Supplemental material in a \bibtype{collection}. This type is similar to \bibtype{suppbook} but related to the \bibtype{collection} entry type. The standard styles will treat this entry type as an alias for \bibtype{incollection}. - -\typeitem{manual} - -Technical or other documentation, not necessarily in printed form. The \bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor} is omissible in terms of \secref{bib:use:key}. - -\reqitem{author/editor, title, year/date} -\optitem{subtitle, titleaddon, language, edition, type, series, number, version, note, organization, publisher, location, isbn, chapter, pages, pagetotal, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{misc} - -A fallback type for entries which do not fit into any other category. Use the field \bibfield{howpublished} to supply publishing information in free format, if applicable. The field \bibfield{type} may be useful as well. \bibfield{author}, \bibfield{editor}, and \bibfield{year} are omissible in terms of \secref{bib:use:key}. - -\reqitem{author/editor, title, year/date} -\optitem{subtitle, titleaddon, language, howpublished, type, version, note, organization, location, date, month, year, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{online} - -An online resource. \bibfield{author}, \bibfield{editor}, and \bibfield{year} are omissible in terms of \secref{bib:use:key}. This entry type is intended for sources such as web sites which are intrinsicly online resources. Note that all entry types support the \bibfield{url} field. For example, when adding an article from an online journal, it may be preferable to use the \bibtype{article} type and its \bibfield{url} field. - -\reqitem{author/editor, title, year/date, url} -\optitem{subtitle, titleaddon, language, version, note, organization, date, month, year, addendum, pubstate, urldate} - -\typeitem{patent} - -A patent or patent request. The number or record token is given in the \bibfield{number} field. Use the \bibfield{type} field to specify the type and the \bibfield{location} field to indicate the scope of the patent, if different from the scope implied by the \bibfield{type}. Note that the \bibfield{location} field is treated as a key list with this entry type, see \secref{bib:fld:typ} for details. - -\reqitem{author, title, number, year/date} -\optitem{holder, subtitle, titleaddon, type, version, location, note, date, month, year, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{periodical} - -An complete issue of a periodical, such as a special issue of a journal. The title of the periodical is given in the \bibfield{title} field. If the issue has its own title in addition to the main title of the periodical, it goes in the \bibfield{issuetitle} field. The \bibfield{editor} is omissible in terms of \secref{bib:use:key}. - -\reqitem{editor, title, year/date} -\optitem{editora, editorb, editorc, subtitle, issuetitle, issuesubtitle, language, series, volume, number, issue, date, month, year, note, issn, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{suppperiodical} - -Supplemental material in a \bibtype{periodical}. This type is similar to \bibtype{suppbook} but related to the \bibtype{periodical} entry type. The role of this entry type may be more obvious if you bear in mind that the \bibtype{article} type could also be called \bibtype{inperiodical}. This type may be useful when referring to items such as regular columns, obituaries, letters to the editor, etc. which only have a generic title. Style guides may require such items to be formatted differently from articles in the strict sense of the word. The standard styles will treat this entry type as an alias for \bibtype{article}. - -\typeitem{proceedings} - -A single"=volume conference proceedings. This type is very similar to \bibtype{collection}. It supports an optional \bibfield{organization} field which holds the sponsoring institution. The \bibfield{editor} is omissible in terms of \secref{bib:use:key}. - -\reqitem{editor, title, year/date} -\optitem{subtitle, titleaddon, maintitle, mainsubtitle, maintitleaddon, eventtitle, eventdate, venue, language, volume, part, volumes, series, number, note, organization, publisher, location, month, isbn, chapter, pages, pagetotal, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{mvproceedings} - -A multi"=volume \bibtype{proceedings} entry. For backwards compatibility, multi"=volume proceedings are also supported by the entry type \bibtype{proceedings}. However, it is advisable to make use of the dedicated entry type \bibtype{mvproceedings} - -\reqitem{editor, title, year/date} -\optitem{subtitle, titleaddon, eventtitle, eventdate, venue, language, volumes, series, number, note, organization, publisher, location, month, isbn, pagetotal, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{inproceedings} - -An article in a conference proceedings. This type is similar to \bibtype{incollection}. It supports an optional \bibfield{organization} field. - -\reqitem{author, editor, title, booktitle, year/date} -\optitem{subtitle, titleaddon, maintitle, mainsubtitle, maintitleaddon, booksubtitle, booktitleaddon, eventtitle, eventdate, venue, language, volume, part, volumes, series, number, note, organization, publisher, location, month, isbn, chapter, pages, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{reference} - -A single"=volume work of reference such as an encyclopedia or a dictionary. This is a more specific variant of the generic \bibtype{collection} entry type. The standard styles will treat this entry type as an alias for \bibtype{collection}. - -\typeitem{mvreference} - -A multi"=volume \bibtype{reference} entry. The standard styles will treat this entry type as an alias for \bibtype{mvcollection}. For backwards compatibility, multi"=volume references are also supported by the entry type \bibtype{reference}. However, it is advisable to make use of the dedicated entry type \bibtype{mvreference}. - -\typeitem{inreference} - -An article in a work of reference. This is a more specific variant of the generic \bibtype{incollection} entry type. The standard styles will treat this entry type as an alias for \bibtype{incollection}. - -\typeitem{report} - -A technical report, research report, or white paper published by a university or some other institution. Use the \bibfield{type} field to specify the type of report. The sponsoring institution goes in the \bibfield{institution} field. - -\reqitem{author, title, type, institution, year/date} -\optitem{subtitle, titleaddon, language, number, version, note, location, month, isrn, chapter, pages, pagetotal, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{set} - -An entry set. This entry type is special, see \secref{use:use:set} for details. - -\typeitem{thesis} - -A thesis written for an educational institution to satisfy the requirements for a degree. Use the \bibfield{type} field to specify the type of thesis. - -\reqitem{author, title, type, institution, year/date} -\optitem{subtitle, titleaddon, language, note, location, month, isbn, chapter, pages, pagetotal, addendum, pubstate, doi, eprint, eprintclass, eprinttype, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{unpublished} - -A work with an author and a title which has not been formally published, such as a manuscript or the script of a talk. Use the fields \bibfield{howpublished} and \bibfield{note} to supply additional information in free format, if applicable. - -\reqitem{author, title, year/date} -\optitem{subtitle, titleaddon, language, howpublished, note, location, isbn, date, month, year, addendum, pubstate, url, urldate} - -\typeitem{xdata} - -\BiberOnlyMark This entry type is special. \bibtype{xdata} entries hold data which may be inherited by other entries using the \bibfield{xdata} field. Entries of this type only serve as data containers; they may not be cited or added to the bibliography. See \secref{use:use:xdat} for details. - -\typeitem{custom[a--f]} - -Custom types for special bibliography styles. Not used by the standard styles. - -\end{typelist} - -\subsubsection{Type Aliases} -\label{bib:typ:als} - -The entry types listed in this section are provided for backwards compatibility with traditional \bibtex styles. These aliases are resolved by \bibtex as the data is exported. Bibliography styles will see the entry type the alias points to, not the alias name. All unknown entry types are generally exported as \bibtype{misc}. - -\begin{typelist} - -\typeitem{conference} A \bibtex legacy alias for \bibtype{inproceedings}. - -\typeitem{electronic} An alias for \bibtype{online}. - -\typeitem{mastersthesis} Similar to \bibtype{thesis} except that the \bibfield{type} field is optional and defaults to the localized term . You may still use the \bibfield{type} field to override that. - -\typeitem{phdthesis} Similar to \bibtype{thesis} except that the \bibfield{type} field is optional and defaults to the localized term . You may still use the \bibfield{type} field to override that. - -\typeitem{techreport} Similar to \bibtype{report} except that the \bibfield{type} field is optional and defaults to the localized term . You may still use the \bibfield{type} field to override that. - -\typeitem{www} - -An alias for \bibtype{online}, provided for \sty{jurabib} compatibility. - -\end{typelist} - -\subsubsection{Unsupported Types} -\label{bib:typ:ctm} - -The types in this section are similar to the custom types \bibtype{custom[a--f]}, \ie the standard bibliography styles provide no support for these types. When using the standard styles, they will be treated as \bibtype{misc} entries. - -\begin{typelist} - -\typeitem{artwork} - -Works of the visual arts such as paintings, sculpture, and installations. - -\typeitem{audio} - -Audio recordings, typically on audio \acr{CD}, \acr{DVD}, audio casette, or similar media. See also \bibtype{music}. - -\typeitem{bibnote} - -This special entry type is not meant to be used in the \file{bib} file like other types. It is provided for third-party packages like \sty{notes2bib} which merge notes into the bibliography. The notes should go into the \bibfield{note} field. Be advised that the \bibtype{bibnote} type is not related to the \cmd{defbibnote} command in any way. \cmd{defbibnote} is for adding comments at the beginning or the end of the bibliography, whereas the \bibtype{bibnote} type is meant for packages which render endnotes as bibliography entries. - -\typeitem{commentary} - -Commentaries which have a status different from regular books, such as legal commentaries. - -\typeitem{image} - -Images, pictures, photographs, and similar media. - -\typeitem{jurisdiction} - -Court decisions, court recordings, and similar things. - -\typeitem{legislation} - -Laws, bills, legislative proposals, and similar things. - -\typeitem{legal} - -Legal documents such as treaties. - -\typeitem{letter} - -Personal correspondence such as letters, emails, memoranda, etc. - -\typeitem{movie} - -Motion pictures. See also \bibtype{video}. - -\typeitem{music} - -Musical recordings. This is a more specific variant of \bibtype{audio}. - -\typeitem{performance} - -Musical and theatrical performances as well as other works of the performing arts. This type refers to the event as opposed to a recording, a score, or a printed play. - -\typeitem{review} - -Reviews of some other work. This is a more specific variant of the \bibtype{article} type. The standard styles will treat this entry type as an alias for \bibtype{article}. - -\typeitem{software} - -Computer software. - -\typeitem{standard} - -National and international standards issued by a standards body such as the International Organization for Standardization. - -\typeitem{video} - -Audiovisual recordings, typically on \acr{DVD}, \acr{VHS} casette, or similar media. See also \bibtype{movie}. - -\end{typelist} - -\subsection{Entry Fields} -\label{bib:fld} - -This section gives an overview of the fields supported by \sty{biblatex}. See \secref{bib:fld:typ} for an introduction to the data types supported by this package and \secref{bib:fld:dat, bib:fld:spc} for the actual field listings. - -\subsubsection{Data Types} -\label{bib:fld:typ} - -In \file{bib} files all bibliographic data is specified in fields. Some of those fields, for example \bibfield{author} and \bibfield{editor}, may contain a list of items. This list structure is implemented by \bibtex via the keyword <|and|>, which is used to separate the individual items in the list. The \sty{biblatex} package implements three distinct data types to handle bibliographic data: name lists, literal lists, and fields. There are also several list and field subtypes. This section gives an overview of the data types supported by this package. See \secref{bib:fld:dat, bib:fld:spc} for information about the mapping of \bibtex's fields to \sty{biblatex}'s data types. - -\begin{description} - -\item[Name lists] are parsed and split up into the individual items at the \texttt{and} delimiter. Each item in the list is then dissected into four name components: the first name, the name prefix (von, van, of, da, de, della, \dots), the last name, and the name suffix (junior, senior, \dots). Name lists may be truncated in the \file{bib} file with the keyword <\texttt{and others}>. Typical examples of name lists are \bibfield{author} and \bibfield{editor}. - -\item[Literal lists] are parsed and split up into the individual items at the \texttt{and} delimiter but not dissected further. Literal lists may be truncated in the \file{bib} file with the keyword <\texttt{and others}>. There are two subtypes: - -\begin{description} - -\item[Literal lists] in the strict sense are handled as described above. The individual items are simply printed as is. Typical examples of such literal lists are \bibfield{publisher} and \bibfield{location}. - -\item[Key lists] are a variant of literal lists which may hold printable data or localization keys. For each item in the list, a test is performed to determine whether it is a known localization key (the localization keys defined by default are listed in \secref{aut:lng:key}). If so, the localized string is printed. If not, the item is printed as is. A typical example of a key list is \bibfield{language}. - -\end{description} -\end{description} - -\begin{description} - -\item[Fields] are usually printed as a whole. There are several subtypes: - -\begin{description} - -\item[Literal fields] are printed as is. Typical examples of literal fields are \bibfield{title} and \bibfield{note}. - -\item[Range fields] are literal fields with one special feature: all dashes are normalized and replaced by the command \cmd{bibrangedash}. Any number of consecutive dashes will only yield a single range dash. A typical example of a range field is the \bibfield{pages} field. - -\item[Integer fields] hold unformatted integers which may be converted to ordinals or strings as they are printed. A typical example is the \bibfield{month} field. - -\item[Date fields] hold a date specification in \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd} format or a date range in \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd} format. Date fields are special in that the date is parsed and split up into its components. See \secref{bib:use:dat} for details. A typical example is the \bibfield{date} field. - -\item[Verbatim fields] are processed in verbatim mode and may contain special characters. Typical examples of verbatim fields are \bibfield{url} and \bibfield{doi}. - -\item[Key fields] may hold printable data or localization keys. A test is performed to determine whether the value of the field is a known localization key (the localization keys defined by default are listed in \secref{aut:lng:key}). If so, the localized string is printed. If not, the value is printed as is. A typical example is the \bibfield{type} field. - -\item[Special fields] are fields which require a special format not mentioned above. The field description will include details on the required format in this case. Typical examples are the fields \bibfield{hyphenation}, \bibfield{keywords}, and \bibfield{gender} from \secref{bib:fld:spc}. - -\end{description} -\end{description} - -The data type of a field will usually not change, regardless of the type of entry it is used in. However, there are a few special cases. The field descriptions in \secref{bib:fld:dat} include the details or pointers to the relevant sections in this manual in such cases. For example, the \bibfield{location} field, which is a literal list by default, is treated as a key list when used in \bibtype{patent} entries. The \bibfield{series} field, which is a literal field by default, is handled in a special way when used in \bibtype{article} entries, see \secref{bib:use:ser} for details. - -\subsubsection{Data Fields} -\label{bib:fld:dat} - -The fields listed in this section are the regular ones holding printable data. The name on the left is the name of the field, as used by both \bibtex and \sty{biblatex}. The \sty{biblatex} data type is given to the right of the name. See \secref{bib:fld:typ} for explanation of the various data types. - -\begin{fieldlist} - -\fielditem{abstract}{literal} - -This field is intended for recording abstracts in a \file{bib} file, to be printed by a special bibliography style. It is not used by all standard bibliography styles. - -\fielditem{addendum}{literal} - -Miscellaneous bibliographic data to be printed at the end of the entry. This is similar to the \bibfield{note} field except that it is printed at the end of the bibliography entry. - -\listitem{afterword}{name} - -The author(s) of an afterword to the work. If the author of the afterword is identical to the \bibfield{editor} and\slash or \bibfield{translator}, the standard styles will automatically concatenate these fields in the bibliography. See also \bibfield{introduction} and \bibfield{foreword}. - -\fielditem{annotation}{literal} - -This field may be useful when implementing a style for annotated bibliographies. It is not used by all standard bibliography styles. Note that this field is completely unrelated to \bibfield{annotator}. The \bibfield{annotator} is the author of annotations which are part of the work cited. - -\listitem{annotator}{name} - -The author(s) of annotations to the work. If the annotator is identical to the \bibfield{editor} and\slash or \bibfield{translator}, the standard styles will automatically concatenate these fields in the bibliography. See also \bibfield{commentator}. - -\listitem{author}{name} - -The author(s) of the \bibfield{title}. - -\fielditem{authortype}{key} - -The type of author. This field will affect the string (if any) used to introduce the author. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\listitem{bookauthor}{name} - -The author(s) of the \bibfield{booktitle}. - -\fielditem{bookpagination}{key} - -If the work is published as part of another one, this is the pagination scheme of the enclosing work, \ie \bibfield{bookpagination} relates to \bibfield{pagination} like \bibfield{booktitle} to \bibfield{title}. The value of this field will affect the formatting of the \bibfield{pages} and \bibfield{pagetotal} fields. The key should be given in the singular form. Possible keys are \texttt{page}, \texttt{column}, \texttt{line}, \texttt{verse}, \texttt{section}, and \texttt{paragraph}. See also \bibfield{pagination} as well as \secref{bib:use:pag}. - -\fielditem{booksubtitle}{literal} - -The subtitle related to the \bibfield{booktitle}. If the \bibfield{subtitle} field refers to a work which is part of a larger publication, a possible subtitle of the main work is given in this field. See also \bibfield{subtitle}. - -\fielditem{booktitle}{literal} - -If the \bibfield{title} field indicates the title of a work which is part of a larger publication, the title of the main work is given in this field. See also \bibfield{title}. - -\fielditem{booktitleaddon}{literal} - -An annex to the \bibfield{booktitle}, to be printed in a different font. - -\fielditem{chapter}{literal} - -A chapter or section or any other unit of a work. - -\listitem{commentator}{name} - -The author(s) of a commentary to the work. Note that this field is intended for commented editions which have a commentator in addition to the author. If the work is a stand"=alone commentary, the commentator should be given in the \bibfield{author} field. If the commentator is identical to the \bibfield{editor} and\slash or \bibfield{translator}, the standard styles will automatically concatenate these fields in the bibliography. See also \bibfield{annotator}. - -\fielditem{date}{date} - -The publication date. See also \bibfield{month} and \bibfield{year} as well as \secref{bib:use:dat}. - -\fielditem{doi}{verbatim} - -The Digital Object Identifier of the work. - -\fielditem{edition}{integer or literal} - -The edition of a printed publication. This must be an integer, not an ordinal. Don't say |edition={First}| or |edition={1st}| but |edition={1}|. The bibliography style converts this to a language dependent ordinal. It is also possible to give the edition as a literal string, for example «Third, revised and expanded edition». - -\listitem{editor}{name} - -The editor(s) of the \bibfield{title}, \bibfield{booktitle}, or \bibfield{maintitle}, depending on the entry type. Use the \bibfield{editortype} field to specifiy the role if it is different from <\texttt{editor}>. See \secref{bib:use:edr} for further hints. - -\listitem{editora}{name} - -A secondary editor performing a different editorial role, such as compiling, redacting, etc. Use the \bibfield{editoratype} field to specifiy the role. See \secref{bib:use:edr} for further hints. - -\listitem{editorb}{name} - -Another secondary editor performing a different role. Use the \bibfield{editorbtype} field to specifiy the role. See \secref{bib:use:edr} for further hints. - -\listitem{editorc}{name} - -Another secondary editor performing a different role. Use the \bibfield{editorctype} field to specifiy the role. See \secref{bib:use:edr} for further hints. - -\fielditem{editortype}{key} - -The type of editorial role performed by the \bibfield{editor}. Roles supported by default are \texttt{editor}, \texttt{compiler}, \texttt{founder}, \texttt{continuator}, \texttt{redactor}, \texttt{reviser}, \texttt{collaborator}. The role <\texttt{editor}> is the default. In this case, the field is omissible. See \secref{bib:use:edr} for further hints. - -\fielditem{editoratype}{key} - -Similar to \bibfield{editortype} but referring to the \bibfield{editora} field. See \secref{bib:use:edr} for further hints. - -\fielditem{editorbtype}{key} - -Similar to \bibfield{editortype} but referring to the \bibfield{editorb} field. See \secref{bib:use:edr} for further hints. - -\fielditem{editorctype}{key} - -Similar to \bibfield{editortype} but referring to the \bibfield{editorc} field. See \secref{bib:use:edr} for further hints. - -\fielditem{eid}{literal} - -The electronic identifier of an \bibtype{article}. - -\fielditem{eprint}{verbatim} - -The electronic identifier of an online publication. This is roughly comparable to a \acr{doi} but specific to a certain archive, repository, service, or system. See \secref{use:use:epr} for details. Also see \bibfield{eprinttype} and \bibfield{eprintclass}. - -\fielditem{eprintclass}{literal} - -Additional information related to the resource indicated by the \bibfield{eprinttype} field. This could be a section of an archive, a path indicating a service, a classification of some sort, etc. See \secref{use:use:epr} for details. Also see \bibfield{eprint} and \bibfield{eprinttype}. - -\fielditem{eprinttype}{literal} - -The type of \bibfield{eprint} identifier, \eg the name of the archive, repository, service, or system the \bibfield{eprint} field refers to. See \secref{use:use:epr} for details. Also see \bibfield{eprint} and \bibfield{eprintclass}. - -\fielditem{eventdate}{date} - -The date of a conference, a symposium, or some other event in \bibtype{proceedings} and \bibtype{inproceedings} entries. This field may also be useful for the custom types listed in \secref{bib:typ:ctm}. See also \bibfield{eventtitle} and \bibfield{venue} as well as \secref{bib:use:dat}. - -\fielditem{eventtitle}{literal} - -The title of a conference, a symposium, or some other event in \bibtype{proceedings} and \bibtype{inproceedings} entries. This field may also be useful for the custom types listed in \secref{bib:typ:ctm}. Note that this field holds the plain title of the event. Things like «Proceedings of the Fifth XYZ Conference» go into the \bibfield{titleaddon} or \bibfield{booktitleaddon} field, respectively. See also \bibfield{eventdate} and \bibfield{venue}. - -\fielditem{file}{verbatim} - -A local link to a \acr{pdf} or other version of the work. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\listitem{foreword}{name} - -The author(s) of a foreword to the work. If the author of the foreword is identical to the \bibfield{editor} and\slash or \bibfield{translator}, the standard styles will automatically concatenate these fields in the bibliography. See also \bibfield{introduction} and \bibfield{afterword}. - -\listitem{holder}{name} - -The holder(s) of a \bibtype{patent}, if different from the \bibfield{author}. Not that corporate holders need to be wrapped in an additional set of braces, see \secref{bib:use:inc} for details. This list may also be useful for the custom types listed in \secref{bib:typ:ctm}. - -\fielditem{howpublished}{literal} - -A publication notice for unusual publications which do not fit into any of the common categories. - -\fielditem{indextitle}{literal} - -A title to use for indexing instead of the regular \bibfield{title} field. This field may be useful if you have an entry with a title like «An Introduction to \dots» and want that indexed as «Introduction to \dots, An». Style authors should note that \sty{biblatex} automatically copies the value of the \bibfield{title} field to \bibfield{indextitle} if the latter field is undefined. - -\listitem{institution}{literal} - -The name of a university or some other institution, depending on the entry type. Traditional \bibtex uses the field name \bibfield{school} for theses, which is supported as an alias. See also \secref{bib:fld:als, bib:use:and}. - -\listitem{introduction}{name} - -The author(s) of an introduction to the work. If the author of the introduction is identical to the \bibfield{editor} and\slash or \bibfield{translator}, the standard styles will automatically concatenate these fields in the bibliography. See also \bibfield{foreword} and \bibfield{afterword}. - -\fielditem{isan}{literal} - -The International Standard Audiovisual Number of an audiovisual work. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\fielditem{isbn}{literal} - -The International Standard Book Number of a book. - -\fielditem{ismn}{literal} - -The International Standard Music Number for printed music such as musical scores. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\fielditem{isrn}{literal} - -The International Standard Technical Report Number of a technical report. - -\fielditem{issn}{literal} - -The International Standard Serial Number of a periodical. - -\fielditem{issue}{literal} - -The issue of a journal. This field is intended for journals whose individual issues are identified by a designation such as or rather than the month or a number. Since the placement of \bibfield{issue} is similar to \bibfield{month} and \bibfield{number}, this field may also be useful with double issues and other special cases. See also \bibfield{month}, \bibfield{number}, and \secref{bib:use:iss}. - -\fielditem{issuesubtitle}{literal} - -The subtitle of a specific issue of a journal or other periodical. - -\fielditem{issuetitle}{literal} - -The title of a specific issue of a journal or other periodical. - -\fielditem{iswc}{literal} - -The International Standard Work Code of a musical work. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\fielditem{journalsubtitle}{literal} - -The subtitle of a journal, a newspaper, or some other periodical. - -\fielditem{journaltitle}{literal} - -The name of a journal, a newspaper, or some other periodical. - -\fielditem{label}{literal} - -A designation to be used by the citation style as a substitute for the regular label if any data required to generate the regular label is missing. For example, when an author"=year citation style is generating a citation for an entry which is missing the author or the year, it may fall back to \bibfield{label}. See \secref{bib:use:key} for details. Note that, in contrast to \bibfield{shorthand}, \bibfield{label} is only used as a fallback. See also \bibfield{shorthand}. - -\listitem{language}{key} - -The language(s) of the work. Languages may be specified literally or as localization keys. If localization keys are used, the prefix \texttt{lang} is omissible. See also \bibfield{origlanguage} and compare \bibfield{hyphenation} in \secref{bib:fld:spc}. - -\fielditem{library}{literal} - -This field may be useful to record information such as a library name and a call number. This may be printed by a special bibliography style if desired. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\listitem{location}{literal} - -The place(s) of publication, \ie the location of the \bibfield{publisher} or \bibfield{institution}, depending on the entry type. Traditional \bibtex uses the field name \bibfield{address}, which is supported as an alias. See also \secref{bib:fld:als, bib:use:and}. With \bibtype{patent} entries, this list indicates the scope of a patent and is treated as a key list. This list may also be useful for the custom types listed in \secref{bib:typ:ctm}. - -\fielditem{mainsubtitle}{literal} - -The subtitle related to the \bibfield{maintitle}. See also \bibfield{subtitle}. - -\fielditem{maintitle}{literal} - -The main title of a multi"=volume book, such as \emph{Collected Works}. If the \bibfield{title} or \bibfield{booktitle} field indicates the title of a single volume which is part of multi"=volume book, the title of the complete work is given in this field. - -\fielditem{maintitleaddon}{literal} - -An annex to the \bibfield{maintitle}, to be printed in a different font. - -\fielditem{month}{integer} - -The publication month. This must be an integer, not an ordinal or a string. Don't say |month={January}| but |month={1}|. The bibliography style converts this to a language dependent string or ordinal where required. See also \bibfield{date} as well as \secref{bib:use:iss, bib:use:dat}. - -\fielditem{nameaddon}{literal} - -An addon to be printed immediately after the author name in the bibliography. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. This field may be useful to add an alias or pen name (or give the real name if the pseudonym is commonly used to refer to that author). - -\fielditem{note}{literal} - -Miscellaneous bibliographic data which does not fit into any other field. The \bibfield{note} field may be used to record bibliographic data in a free format. Publication facts such as «Reprint of the edition London 1831» are typical candidates for the \bibfield{note} field. See also \bibfield{addendum}. - -\fielditem{number}{literal} - -The number of a journal or the volume\slash number of a book in a \bibfield{series}. See also \bibfield{issue} as well as \secref{bib:use:ser, bib:use:iss}. With \bibtype{patent} entries, this is the number or record token of a patent or patent request. - -\listitem{organization}{literal} - -The organization(s) that published a \bibtype{manual} or an \bibtype{online} resource, or sponsored a conference. See also \secref{bib:use:and}. - -\fielditem{origdate}{date} - -If the work is a translation, a reprint, or something similar, the publication date of the original edition. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. See also \bibfield{date}. - -\fielditem{origlanguage}{key} - -If the work is a translation, the language of the original work. See also \bibfield{language}. - -\listitem{origlocation}{literal} - -If the work is a translation, a reprint, or something similar, the \bibfield{location} of the original edition. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. See also \bibfield{location} and \secref{bib:use:and}. - -\listitem{origpublisher}{literal} - -If the work is a translation, a reprint, or something similar, the \bibfield{publisher} of the original edition. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. See also \bibfield{publisher} and \secref{bib:use:and}. - -\fielditem{origtitle}{literal} - -If the work is a translation, the \bibfield{title} of the original work. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. See also \bibfield{title}. - -\fielditem{pages}{range} - -One or more page numbers or page ranges. If the work is published as part of another one, such as an article in a journal or a collection, this field holds the relevant page range in that other work. It may also be used to limit the reference to a specific part of a work (a chapter in a book, for example). - -\fielditem{pagetotal}{literal} - -The total number of pages of the work. - -\fielditem{pagination}{key} - -The pagination of the work. The value of this field will affect the formatting the \prm{postnote} argument to a citation command. The key should be given in the singular form. Possible keys are \texttt{page}, \texttt{column}, \texttt{line}, \texttt{verse}, \texttt{section}, and \texttt{paragraph}. See also \bibfield{bookpagination} as well as \secref{bib:use:pag, use:cav:pag}. - -\fielditem{part}{literal} - -The number of a partial volume. This field applies to books only, not to journals. It may be used when a logical volume consists of two or more physical ones. In this case the number of the logical volume goes in the \bibfield{volume} field and the number of the part of that volume in the \bibfield{part} field. See also \bibfield{volume}. - -\listitem{publisher}{literal} - -The name(s) of the publisher(s). See also \secref{bib:use:and}. - -\fielditem{pubstate}{key} - -The publication state of the work, \eg\ . See \secref{aut:lng:key:pst} for known publication states. - -\fielditem{reprinttitle}{literal} - -The title of a reprint of the work. Not used by the standard styles. - -\fielditem{series}{literal} - -The name of a publication series, such as «Studies in \dots», or the number of a journal series. Books in a publication series are usually numbered. The number or volume of a book in a series is given in the \bibfield{number} field. Note that the \bibtype{article} entry type makes use of the \bibfield{series} field as well, but handles it in a special way. See \secref{bib:use:ser} for details. - -\listitem{shortauthor}{name} - -The author(s) of the work, given in an abbreviated form. This field is mainly intended for abbreviated forms of corporate authors, see \secref{bib:use:inc} for details. - -\listitem{shorteditor}{name} - -The editor(s) of the work, given in an abbreviated form. This field is mainly intended for abbreviated forms of corporate editors, see \secref{bib:use:inc} for details. - -\fielditem{shorthand}{literal} - -A special designation to be used by the citation style instead of the usual label. This field is intended for citation aliasing. If defined, it overrides the default label. If any of the cited bibliography entries includes a \bibfield{shorthand} field, \sty{biblatex} automatically builds a list of shorthands which may be printed in addition to the regular bibliography; see \secref{use:bib:los} for details. See also \bibfield{label}. - -\fielditem{shorthandintro}{literal} - -The verbose citation styles which comes with this package use a phrase like «henceforth cited as [shorthand]» to introduce shorthands on the first citation. If the \bibfield{shorthandintro} field is defined, it overrides the standard phrase. Note that the alternative phrase must include the shorthand. - -\fielditem{shortjournal}{literal} - -A short version or an acronym of the \bibfield{journaltitle}. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\fielditem{shortseries}{literal} - -A short version or an acronym of the \bibfield{series} field. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\fielditem{shorttitle}{literal} - -The title in an abridged form. This field is usually not included in the bibliography. It is intended for citations in author"=title format. If present, the author"=title citation styles use this field instead of \bibfield{title}. - -\fielditem{subtitle}{literal} - -The subtitle of the work. - -\fielditem{title}{literal} - -The title of the work. - -\fielditem{titleaddon}{literal} - -An annex to the \bibfield{title}, to be printed in a different font. - -\listitem{translator}{name} - -The translator(s) of the \bibfield{title} or \bibfield{booktitle}, depending on the entry type. If the translator is identical to the \bibfield{editor}, the standard styles will automatically concatenate these fields in the bibliography. - -\fielditem{type}{key} - -The type of a \bibfield{manual}, \bibfield{patent}, \bibfield{report}, or \bibfield{thesis}. This field may also be useful for the custom types listed in \secref{bib:typ:ctm}. - -\fielditem{url}{verbatim} - -The \acr{URL} of an online publication. - -\fielditem{urldate}{date} - -The access date of the address specified in the \bibfield{url} field. See also \secref{bib:use:dat}. - -\fielditem{venue}{literal} - -The location of a conference, a symposium, or some other event in \bibtype{proceedings} and \bibtype{inproceedings} entries. This field may also be useful for the custom types listed in \secref{bib:typ:ctm}. Note that the \bibfield{location} list holds the place of publication. It therefore corresponds to the \bibfield{publisher} and \bibfield{institution} lists. The location of the event is given in the \bibfield{venue} field. See also \bibfield{eventdate} and \bibfield{eventtitle}. - -\fielditem{version}{literal} - -The revision number of a piece of software, a manual, etc. - -\fielditem{volume}{literal} - -The volume of a multi"=volume book or a periodical. See also \bibfield{part}. - -\fielditem{volumes}{literal} - -The total number of volumes of a multi"=volume work. Depending on the entry type, this field refers to \bibfield{title} or \bibfield{maintitle}. - -\fielditem{year}{literal} - -The year of publication. See also \bibfield{date} and \secref{bib:use:dat}. - -\end{fieldlist} - -\subsubsection{Special Fields} -\label{bib:fld:spc} - -The fields listed in this section do not hold printable data but serve a different purpose. They apply to all entry types. - -\begin{fieldlist} - -\fielditem{crossref}{entry key} - -This field holds an entry key for the cross"=referencing feature. Child entries with a \bibfield{crossref} field inherit data from the parent entry specified in the \bibfield{crossref} field. If the number of child entries referencing a specific parent entry hits a certain threshold, the parent entry is automatically added to the bibliography even if it has not been cited explicitly. The threshold is settable with the \opt{mincrossrefs} package option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. Style authors should note that whether or not the \bibfield{crossref} fields of the child entries are defined on the \sty{biblatex} level depends on the availability of the parent entry. If the parent entry is available, the \bibfield{crossref} fields of the child entries will be defined. If not, the child entries still inherit the data from the parent entry but their \bibfield{crossref} fields will be undefined. Whether the parent entry is added to the bibliography implicitly because of the threshold or explicitly because it has been cited does not matter. See also the \bibfield{xref} field in this section as well as \secref{bib:cav:ref}. - -\fielditem{entryset}{comma"=separated values} - -This field is specific to entry sets. See \secref{use:use:set} for details. - -\fielditem{entrysubtype}{identifier} - -This field, which is not used by the standard styles, may be used to specify a subtype of an entry type. This may be useful for bibliography styles which support a finer"=grained set of entry types. - -\fielditem{execute}{code} - -A special field which holds arbitrary \tex code to be executed whenever the data of the respective entry is accessed. This may be useful to handle special cases. Conceptually, this field is comparable to the hooks \cmd{AtEveryBibitem}, \cmd{AtEveryLositem}, and \cmd{AtEveryCitekey} from \secref{aut:fmt:hok}, except that it is definable on a per"=entry basis in the \file{bib} file. Any code in this field is executed automatically immediately after these hooks. - -\fielditem{gender}{\opt{sf}, \opt{sm}, \opt{sn}, \opt{pf}, \opt{pm}, \opt{pn}, \opt{pp}} - -The gender of the author or the gender of the editor, if there is no author. The following identifiers are supported: \opt{sf} (feminine singular, a single female name), \opt{sm} (masculine singular, a single male name), \opt{sn} (neuter singular, a single neuter name), \opt{pf} (feminine plural, a list of female names), \opt{pm} (masculine plural, a list of male names), \opt{pn} (neuter plural, a list of neuter names), \opt{pp} (plural, a mixed gender list of names). This information is only required by special bibliography and citation styles and only in certain languages. For example, a citation style may replace recurrent author names with a term such as . If the Latin word is used, as is custom in English and French, there is no need to specify the gender. In German publications, however, such key terms are usually given in German and in this case they are gender"=sensitive. - -\begin{table} -\tablesetup -\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}p{100pt}@{}p{100pt}@{}X@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Language} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Region/Dialect} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Babel Identifiers} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(r){2-2}\cmidrule{3-3} -Danish & Denmark & \opt{danish} \\ -Dutch & Netherlands & \opt{dutch} \\ -English & USA & \opt{american}, \opt{USenglish}, \opt{english} \\ - & United Kingdom & \opt{british}, \opt{UKenglish} \\ - & Canada & \opt{canadian} \\ - & Australia & \opt{australian} \\ - & New Zealand & \opt{newzealand} \\ -Finnish & Finland & \opt{finnish} \\ -French & France, Canada & \opt{french}, \opt{francais}, \opt{canadien} \\ -German & Germany & \opt{german}, \opt{ngerman} \\ - & Austria & \opt{austrian}, \opt{naustrian} \\ -Greek & Greece & \opt{greek} \\ -Italian & Italy & \opt{italian} \\ -Norwegian & Norway & \opt{norsk}, \opt{nynorsk} \\ -Portuguese& Brazil & \opt{brazil} \\ - & Portugal & \opt{portuges} \\ -Russian & Russia & \opt{russian} \\ -Spanish & Spain & \opt{spanish} \\ -Swedish & Sweden & \opt{swedish} \\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\caption{Supported Languages} -\label{bib:fld:tab1} -\end{table} - -\fielditem{hyphenation}{identifier} - -The language of the bibliography entry. The identifier must be a language name known to the \sty{babel} package. This information may be used to switch hyphenation patterns and localize strings in the bibliography. Note that the language names are case sensitive. The languages currently supported by this package are given in \tabref{bib:fld:tab1}. Note that \sty{babel} treats the identifier \opt{english} as an alias for \opt{british} or \opt{american}, depending on the babel version. The \sty{biblatex} package always treats it as an alias for \opt{american}. It is preferable to use the language identifiers \opt{american} and \opt{british} to avoid any possible confusion. Compare \bibfield{language} in \secref{bib:fld:dat}. - -\fielditem{indexsorttitle}{literal} - -The title used when sorting the index. In contrast to \bibfield{indextitle}, this field is used for sorting only. The printed title in the index is the \bibfield{indextitle} or the \bibfield{title} field. This field may be useful if the title contains special characters or commands which interfere with the sorting of the index. Consider this example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -title = {The \LaTeX\ Companion}, -indextitle = {\LaTeX\ Companion, The}, -indexsorttitle = {LATEX Companion}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -Style authors should note that \sty{biblatex} automatically copies the value of either the \bibfield{indextitle} or the \bibfield{title} field to \bibfield{indexsorttitle} if the latter field is undefined. - -\fielditem{keywords}{comma-separated values} - -A comma"=separated list of keywords. These keywords are intended for the bibliography filters (see \secref{use:bib:bib, use:use:div}), they are usually not printed. Note that spaces after commas are ignored. - -\fielditem{options}{comma-separated \keyval options} - -A comma"=separated list of entry options in \keyval notation. This field is used to set options on a per"=entry basis. See \secref{use:opt:bib} for details. Note that citation and bibliography styles may define additional entry options. - -\fielditem{presort}{string} - -A special field used to modify the sorting order of the bibliography. This field is the first item the sorting routine considers when sorting the bibliography, hence it may be used to arrange the entries in groups. This may be useful when creating subdivided bibliographies with the bibliography filters. This field is only used internally during sorting. Please refer to \secref{use:srt} for further details. Also see \secref{aut:ctm:srt}. - -\fielditem{sortkey}{literal} - -A field used to modify the sorting order of the bibliography. Think of this field as the master sort key. If present, \sty{biblatex} uses this field during sorting and ignores everything else, except for the \bibfield{presort} field. This field is only used internally during sorting. Please refer to \secref{use:srt} for further details. - -\listitem{sortname}{name} - -A name or a list of names used to modify the sorting order of the bibliography. If present, this list is used instead of \bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor} when sorting the bibliography. It is only used internally during sorting. Please refer to \secref{use:srt} for further details. - -\fielditem{sortshorthand}{literal\BiberOnlyMark} - -Similar to \bibfield{sortkey} but used in the list of shorthands. If present, \sty{biblatex} uses this field instead of \bibfield{shorthand} when sorting the list of shorthands. This is useful if the \bibfield{shorthand} field holds shorthands with formatting commands such as \cmd{emph} or \cmd{textbf}. This field is only used internally during sorting. - -\fielditem{sorttitle}{literal} - -A field used to modify the sorting order of the bibliography. If present, this field is used instead of the \bibfield{title} field when sorting the bibliography. It is only used internally during sorting. The \bibfield{sorttitle} field may come in handy if you have an entry with a title like «An Introduction to\dots» and want that alphabetized under rather than . In this case, you could put «Introduction to\dots» in the \bibfield{sorttitle} field. Please refer to \secref{use:srt} for further details. - -\fielditem{sortyear}{literal} - -A field used to modify the sorting order of the bibliography. If present, this field is used instead of the \bibfield{year} field when sorting the bibliography. It is only used internally during sorting. Please refer to \secref{use:srt} for further details. - -\fielditem{xdata}{comma-separated list of entry keys\BiberOnlyMark} - -This field inherits data from one or more \bibtype{xdata} entries. Conceptually, the \bibfield{xdata} field is related to \bibfield{crossref} and \bibfield{xref}: \bibfield{crossref} establishes a logical parent/child relation and inherits data; \bibfield{xref} establishes as logical parent/child relation without inheriting data; \bibfield{xdata} inherits data without establishing a relation. The value of the \bibfield{xdata} may be a single entry key or a comma"=separated list of keys. See \secref{use:use:xdat} for further details. - -\fielditem{xref}{entry key} - -This field is an alternative cross"=referencing mechanism. It differs from \bibfield{crossref} in that the child entry will not inherit any data from the parent entry specified in the \bibfield{xref} field. If the number of child entries referencing a specific parent entry hits a certain threshold, the parent entry is automatically added to the bibliography even if it has not been cited explicitly. The threshold is settable with the \opt{mincrossrefs} package option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. Style authors should note that whether or not the \bibfield{xref} fields of the child entries are defined on the \sty{biblatex} level depends on the availability of the parent entry. If the parent entry is available, the \bibfield{xref} fields of the child entries will be defined. If not, their \bibfield{xref} fields will be undefined. Whether the parent entry is added to the bibliography implicitly because of the threshold or explicitly because it has been cited does not matter. See also the \bibfield{crossref} field in this section as well as \secref{bib:cav:ref}. - -\end{fieldlist} - -\subsubsection{Custom Fields} -\label{bib:fld:ctm} - -The fields listed in this section are intended for special bibliography styles. They are not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\begin{fieldlist} - -\listitem{name{[a--c]}}{name} - -Custom lists for special bibliography styles. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\fielditem{name{[a--c]}type}{key} - -Similar to \bibfield{authortype} and \bibfield{editortype} but referring to the fields \bibfield{name{[a--c]}}. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\listitem{list{[a--f]}}{literal} - -Custom lists for special bibliography styles. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\fielditem{user{[a--f]}}{literal} - -Custom fields for special bibliography styles. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\fielditem{verb{[a--c]}}{literal} - -Similar to the custom fields above except that these are verbatim fields. Not used by the standard bibliography styles. - -\end{fieldlist} - -\subsubsection{Field Aliases} -\label{bib:fld:als} - -The aliases listed in this section are provided for backwards compatibility with traditional \bibtex and other applications based on traditional \bibtex styles. Note that these aliases are immediately resolved as the \file{bib} file is processed. All bibliography and citation styles must use the names of the fields they point to, not the alias. In \file{bib} files, you may use either the alias or the field name but not both at the same time. - -\begin{fieldlist} - -\listitem{address}{literal} - -An alias for \bibfield{location}, provided for \bibtex compatibility. Traditional \bibtex uses the slightly misleading field name \bibfield{address} for the place of publication, \ie the location of the publisher, while \sty{biblatex} uses the generic field name \bibfield{location}. See \secref{bib:fld:dat,bib:use:and}. - -\fielditem{annote}{literal} - -An alias for \bibfield{annotation}, provided for \sty{jurabib} compatibility. See \secref{bib:fld:dat}. - -\fielditem{archiveprefix}{literal} - -An alias for \bibfield{eprinttype}, provided for arXiv compatibility. See \secref{bib:fld:dat,use:use:epr}. - -\fielditem{journal}{literal} - -An alias for \bibfield{journaltitle}, provided for \bibtex compatibility. See \secref{bib:fld:dat}. - -\fielditem{key}{literal} - -An alias for \bibfield{sortkey}, provided for \bibtex compatibility. See \secref{bib:fld:spc}. - -\fielditem{pdf}{verbatim} - -An alias for \bibfield{file}, provided for JabRef compatibility. See \secref{bib:fld:dat}. - -\fielditem{primaryclass}{literal} - -An alias for \bibfield{eprintclass}, provided for arXiv compatibility. See \secref{bib:fld:dat,use:use:epr}. - -\listitem{school}{literal} - -An alias for \bibfield{institution}, provided for \bibtex compatibility. The \bibfield{institution} field is used by traditional \bibtex for technical reports whereas the \bibfield{school} field holds the institution associated with theses. The \sty{biblatex} package employs the generic field name \bibfield{institution} in both cases. See \secref{bib:fld:dat,bib:use:and}. - -\end{fieldlist} - -\subsection{Usage Notes} -\label{bib:use} - -The entry types and fields supported by this package should for the most part be intuitive to use for anyone familiar with \bibtex. However, apart from the additional types and fields provided by this package, some of the familiar ones are handled in a way which is in need of explanation. -This package includes some compatibility code for \file{bib} files which were generated with a traditional \bibtex style in mind. Unfortunately, it is not possible to handle all legacy files automatically because \sty{biblatex}'s data model is slightly different from traditional \bibtex. Therefore, such \file{bib} files will most likely require editing in order to work properly with this package. In sum, the following items are different from traditional \bibtex styles: - -\begin{itemize} -\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt} -\item The entry type \bibtype{inbook}. See \secref{bib:typ:blx, bib:use:inb} for details. -\item The fields \bibfield{institution}, \bibfield{organization}, and \bibfield{publisher} as well as the aliases \bibfield{address} and \bibfield{school}. See \secref{bib:fld:dat, bib:fld:als, bib:use:and} for details. -\item The handling of certain types of titles. See \secref{bib:use:ttl} for details. -\item The field \bibfield{series}. See \secref{bib:fld:dat, bib:use:ser} for details. -\item The fields \bibfield{year} and \bibfield{month}. See \secref{bib:fld:dat, bib:use:dat, bib:use:iss} for details. -\item The field \bibfield{edition}. See \secref{bib:fld:dat} for details. -\item The field \bibfield{key}. See \secref{bib:use:key} for details. -\end{itemize} - -Users of the \sty{jurabib} package should note that the \bibfield{shortauthor} field is treated as a name list by \sty{biblatex}, see \secref{bib:use:inc} for details. - -\subsubsection{The Entry Type \bibtype{inbook}} -\label{bib:use:inb} - -Use the \bibtype{inbook} entry type for a self"=contained part of a book with its own title only. It relates to \bibtype{book} just like \bibtype{incollection} relates to \bibtype{collection}. See \secref{bib:use:ttl} for examples. If you want to refer to a chapter or section of a book, simply use the \bibfield{book} type and add a \bibfield{chapter} and\slash or \bibfield{pages} field. Whether a bibliography should at all include references to chapters or sections is controversial because a chapter is not a bibliographic entity. - -\subsubsection{Missing and Omissible Data} -\label{bib:use:key} - -The fields marked as in \secref{bib:typ:blx} are not strictly required in all cases. The bibliography styles which ship with this package can get by with as little as a \bibfield{title} field for most entry types. A book published anonymously, a periodical without an explicit editor, or a software manual without an explicit author should pose no problem as far as the bibliography is concerned. Citation styles, however, may have different requirements. For example, an author"=year citation scheme obviously requires an \bibfield{author}\slash \bibfield{editor} and a \bibfield{year} field. - -You may generally use the \bibfield{label} field to provide a substitute for any missing data required for citations. How the \bibfield{label} field is employed depends on the citation style. The author"=year citation styles which come with this package use the \bibfield{label} field as a fallback if either the \bibfield{author}\slash \bibfield{editor} or the \bibfield{year} is missing. The numeric styles, on the other hand, do not use it at all since the numeric scheme is independent of the available data. The author"=title styles ignore it as well, because the bare \bibfield{title} is usually sufficient to form a unique citation and a title is expected to be available in any case. The \bibfield{label} field may also be used to override the non"=numeric portion of the automatically generated \bibfield{labelalpha} field used by alphabetic citation styles. See \secref{aut:bbx:fld} for details. - -Note that traditional \bibtex styles support a \bibfield{key} field which is used for alphabetizing if both \bibfield{author} and \bibfield{editor} are missing. The \sty{biblatex} package treats \bibfield{key} as an alias for \bibfield{sortkey}. In addition to that, it offers very fine-grained sorting controls, see \secref{bib:fld:spc, use:srt} for details. The \sty{natbib} package employs the \bibfield{key} field as a fallback label for citations. Use the \bibfield{label} field instead. - -\subsubsection{Corporate Authors and Editors} -\label{bib:use:inc} - -Corporate authors and editors are given in the \bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor} field, respectively. Note that they must be wrapped in an extra pair of curly braces to prevent \bibtex from treating them as personal names which are to be dissected into their components. Use the \bibfield{shortauthor} field if you want to give an abbreviated form of the name or an acronym for use in citations. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -author = {<<{National Aeronautics and Space Administration}>>}, -shortauthor = {NASA}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -The default citation styles will use the short name in all citations while the full name is printed in the bibliography. For corporate editors, use the corresponding fields \sty{editor} and \sty{shorteditor}. Since all of these fields are treated as name lists, it is possible to mix personal names and corporate names, provided that the names of all corporations and institutions are wrapped in braces. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -editor = {<<{National Aeronautics and Space Administration}>> - and Doe, John}, -shorteditor = {NASA and Doe, John}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -Users switching from the \sty{jurabib} package to \sty{biblatex} should note that the \bibfield{shortauthor} field is treated as a name list. - -\subsubsection{Literal Lists} -\label{bib:use:and} - -The fields \bibfield{institution}, \bibfield{organization}, \bibfield{publisher}, and \bibfield{location} are literal lists in terms of \secref{bib:fld}. This also applies to \bibfield{origlocation}, \bibfield{origpublisher} and to the field aliases \bibfield{address} and \bibfield{school}. All of these fields may contain a list of items separated by the keyword <|and|>. If they contain a literal <|and|>, it must be wrapped in braces. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -publisher = {William Reid <<{and}>> Company}, -institution = {Office of Information Management <<{and}>> Communications}, -organization = {American Society for Photogrammetry <<{and}>> Remote Sensing - and - American Congress on Surveying <<{and}>> Mapping}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -Note the difference between a literal <|{and}|> and the list separator <|and|> in the above examples. You may also wrap the entire name in braces: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -publisher = {<<{William Reid and Company}>>}, -institution = {<<{Office of Information Management and Communications}>>}, -organization = {<<{American Society for Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing}>> - and - <<{American Congress on Surveying and Mapping}>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -Legacy files which have not been updated for use with \sty{biblatex} will still work if these fields do not contain a literal . However, note that you will miss out on the additional features of literal lists in this case, such as configurable formatting and automatic truncation. - -\subsubsection{Titles} -\label{bib:use:ttl} - -The following examples demonstrate how to handle different types of titles. Let's start with a five"=volume work which is referred to as a whole: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@MvBook{works, - author = {Shakespeare, William}, - title = {Collected Works}, - volumes = {5}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -The individual volumes of a multi"=volume work usually have a title of their own. Suppose the fourth volume of the \emph{Collected Works} includes Shakespeare's sonnets and we are referring to this volume only: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{works:4, - author = {Shakespeare, William}, - maintitle = {Collected Works}, - title = {Sonnets}, - volume = {4}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -If the individual volumes do not have a title, we put the main title in the \bibfield{title} field and include a volume number: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{works:4, - author = {Shakespeare, William}, - title = {Collected Works}, - volume = {4}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -In the next example, we are referring to a part of a volume, but this part is a self"=contained work with its own title. The respective volume also has a title and there is still the main title of the entire edition: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@InBook{lear, - author = {Shakespeare, William}, - bookauthor = {Shakespeare, William}, - maintitle = {Collected Works}, - booktitle = {Tragedies}, - title = {King Lear}, - volume = {1}, - pages = {53-159}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -Suppose the first volume of the \emph{Collected Works} includes a reprinted essay by a well"=known scholar. This is not the usual introduction by the editor but a self"=contained work. The \emph{Collected Works} also have a separate editor: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@InBook{stage, - author = {Expert, Edward}, - title = {Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Stage}, - bookauthor = {Shakespeare, William}, - editor = {Bookmaker, Bernard}, - maintitle = {Collected Works}, - booktitle = {Tragedies}, - volume = {1}, - pages = {7-49}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -See \secref{bib:use:ser} for further examples. - -\subsubsection{Editorial Roles} -\label{bib:use:edr} - -The type of editorial role performed by an editor in one of the \bibfield{editor} fields (\ie \bibfield{editor}, \bibfield{editora}, \bibfield{editorb}, \bibfield{editorc}) may be specified in the corresponding \bibfield{editor...type} field. The following roles are supported by default. The role <\texttt{editor}> is the default. In this case, the \bibfield{editortype} field is omissible. - -\begin{marglist} -\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt} -\item[editor] The main editor. This is the most generic editorial role and the default value. -\item[compiler] Similar to \texttt{editor} but used if the task of the editor is mainly compiling. -\item[founder] The founding editor of a periodical or a comprehensive publication project such as a edition or a long"=running legal commentary. -\item[continuator] An editor who continued the work of the founding editor (\texttt{founder}) but was subsequently replaced by the current editor (\texttt{editor}). -\item[redactor] A secondary editor whose task is redacting the work. -\item[reviser] A secondary editor whose task is revising the work. -\item[collaborator] A secondary editor or a consultant to the editor. -\end{marglist} -% -For example, if the task of the editor is compiling, you may indicate that in the corresponding \bibfield{editortype} field: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Collection{..., - editor = {Editor, Edward}, - editortype = {compiler}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -There may also be secondary editors in addition to the main editor: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{..., - author = {...}, - editor = {Editor, Edward}, - editora = {Redactor, Randolph}, - editoratype = {redactor}, - editorb = {Consultant, Conrad}, - editorbtype = {collaborator}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -Periodicals or long"=running publication projects may see several generations of editors. For example, there may be a founding editor in addition to the current editor: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{..., - author = {...}, - editor = {Editor, Edward}, - editora = {Founder, Frederic}, - editoratype = {founder}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -Note that only the \bibfield{editor} is considered in citations and when sorting the bibliography. If an entry is typically cited by the founding editor (and sorted accordingly in the bibliography), the founder goes into the \bibfield{editor} field and the current editor moves to one of the \bibfield{editor...} fields: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Collection{..., - editor = {Founder, Frederic}, - editortype = {founder}, - editora = {Editor, Edward}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -You may add more roles by initializing and defining a new localization key whose name corresponds to the identifier in the \bibfield{editor...type} field. See \secref{use:lng,aut:lng:cmd} for details. - -\subsubsection{Publication and Journal Series} -\label{bib:use:ser} - -The \bibfield{series} field is used by traditional \bibtex styles both for the main title of a multi"=volume work and for a publication series, \ie a loosely related sequence of books by the same publisher which deal with the same general topic or belong to the same field of research. This may be ambiguous. This package introduces a \bibfield{maintitle} field for multi"=volume works and employs \bibfield{series} for publication series only. The volume or number of a book in the series goes in the \bibfield{number} field in this case: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{..., - author = {Expert, Edward}, - title = {Shakespeare and the Elizabethan Age}, - series = {Studies in English Literature and Drama}, - number = {57}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \bibtype{article} entry type makes use of the \bibfield{series} field as well, but handles it in a special way. First, a test is performed to determine whether the value of the field is an integer. If so, it will be printed as an ordinal. If not, another test is performed to determine whether it is a localization key. If so, the localized string is printed. If not, the value is printed as is. Consider the following example of a journal published in numbered series: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Article{..., - journal = {Journal Name}, - series = {3}, - volume = {15}, - number = {7}, - year = {1995}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -This entry will be printed as «\emph{Journal Name}. 3rd ser. 15.7 (1995)». Some journals use designations such as «old series» and «new series» instead of a number. Such designations may be given in the \bibfield{series} field as well, either as a literal string or as a localization key. Consider the following example which makes use of the localization key \texttt{newseries}: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Article{..., - journal = {Journal Name}, - series = {newseries}, - volume = {9}, - year = {1998}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -This entry will be printed as «\emph{Journal Name}. New ser. 9 (1998)». See \secref{aut:lng:key} for a list of localization keys defined by default. - -\subsubsection{Date Specifications} -\label{bib:use:dat} - -\begin{table} -\tablesetup -\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily}llX@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Date Specification} & -\multicolumn{2}{H}{Formatted Date (Examples)} \\ -\cmidrule(l){2-3} -& -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Short Format} & -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Long Format} \\ -\cmidrule{1-1}\cmidrule(l){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -1850 & 1850 & 1850 \\ -1997/ & 1997-- & 1997-- \\ -1967-02 & 02/1967 & February 1967 \\ -2009-01-31 & 31/01/2009 & 31st January 2009 \\ -1988/1992 & 1988--1992 & 1988--1992 \\ -2002-01/2002-02 & 01/2002--02/2002 & January 2002--February 2002 \\ -1995-03-30/1995-04-05 & 30/03/1995--05/04/1995 & 30th March 1995--5th April 1995 \\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\caption{Date Specifications} -\label{bib:use:tab1} -\end{table} - -The date fields \bibfield{date}, \bibfield{origdate}, \bibfield{eventdate}, and \bibfield{urldate} require a date specification in \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd} format. Date ranges are given as \texttt{yyyy-mm-dd\slash yyyy-mm-dd}. Partial dates are valid provided that date components are omitted at the end only. You may specify an open ended date range by giving the range separator and omitting the end date (\eg \texttt{yyyy/}). See \tabref{bib:use:tab1} for some examples of valid date specifications and the formatted date autmatically generated by \sty{biblatex}. The formatted date is language specific and will be adapted automatically. If there is no \bibfield{date} field in an entry, \sty{biblatex} will also consider the fields \bibfield{year} and \bibfield{month} for backwards compatibility with traditional \bibtex. Style author should note that date fields like \bibfield{date} or \bibfield{origdate} are only available in the \file{bib} file. All dates are parsed and dissected into their components as the \file{bib} file is processed. The date components are made available to styles by way of the special fields discussed in \secref{aut:bbx:fld:dat}. See this section and \tabref{aut:bbx:fld:tab1} on page~\pageref{aut:bbx:fld:tab1} for further information. - -\subsubsection{Months and Journal Issues} -\label{bib:use:iss} - -The \bibfield{month} field is an integer field. The bibliography style converts the month to a language"=dependent string as required. For backwards compatibility, you may also use the following three"=letter abbreviations in the \bibfield{month} field: \texttt{jan}, \texttt{feb}, \texttt{mar}, \texttt{apr}, \texttt{may}, \texttt{jun}, \texttt{jul}, \texttt{aug}, \texttt{sep}, \texttt{oct}, \texttt{nov}, \texttt{dec}. Note that these abbreviations are \bibtex strings which must be given without any braces or quotes. When using them, don't say |month={jan}| or |month="jan"| but |month=jan|. It is not possible to specify a month such as |month={8/9}|. Use the \bibfield{date} field for date ranges instead. Quarterly journals are typically identified by a designation such as or which should be given in the \bibfield{issue} field. The placement of the \bibfield{issue} field in \bibtype{article} entries is similar to and overrides the \bibfield{month} field. - -\subsubsection{Pagination} -\label{bib:use:pag} - -When specifying a page or page range, either in the \bibfield{pages} field of an entry or in the \prm{postnote} argument to a citation command, it is convenient to have \sty{biblatex} add prefixes like or automatically and this is indeed what this package does by default. However, some works may use a different pagination scheme or may not be cited by page but rather by verse or line number. This is when the \bibfield{pagination} and \bibfield{bookpagination} fields come into play. As an example, consider the following entry: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@InBook{key, - title = {...}, - pagination = {verse}, - booktitle = {...}, - bookpagination = {page}, - pages = {53--65}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \bibfield{bookpagination} field affects the formatting of the \bibfield{pages} and \bibfield{pagetotal} fields in the list of references. Since \texttt{page} is the default, this field is omissible in the above example. In this case, the page range will be formatted as . Suppose that, when quoting from this work, it is customary to use verse numbers rather than page numbers in citations. This is reflected by the \bibfield{pagination} field, which affects the formatting of the \prm{postnote} argument to any citation command. With a citation like |\cite[17]{key}|, the postnote will be formatted as . Setting the \bibfield{pagination} field to \texttt{section} would yield <\S~17>. See \secref{use:cav:pag} for further usage instructions. - -The \bibfield{pagination} and \bibfield{bookpagination} fields are key fields. This package will try to use their value as a localization key, provided that the key is defined. Always use the singular form of the key name in \file{bib} files, the plural is formed automatically. The keys \texttt{page}, \texttt{column}, \texttt{line}, \texttt{verse}, \texttt{section}, and \texttt{paragraph} are predefined, with \texttt{page} being the default. The string <\texttt{none}> has a special meaning when used in a \bibfield{pagination} or \bibfield{bookpagination} field. It suppresses the prefix for the respective entry. If there are no predefined localization keys for the pagination scheme required by a certain entry, you can simply add them. See the commands \cmd{NewBibliographyString} and \cmd{DefineBibliographyStrings} in \secref{use:lng}. You need to define two localization strings for each additional pagination scheme: the singular form (whose localization key corresponds to the value of the \bibfield{pagination} field) and the plural form (whose localization key must be the singular plus the letter <\texttt{s}>). See the predefined keys in \secref{aut:lng:key} for examples. - -\subsection{Hints and Caveats} -\label{bib:cav} - -This section provides some additional hints concerning the data interface of this package. It also addresses some common problems. - -\subsubsection{Cross-referencing} -\label{bib:cav:ref} - -\paragraph{The \bibfield{crossref} field (\bibtex)} -\label{bib:cav:ref:btx} - -The \bibfield{crossref} field is a convenient way to establish a parent\slash child relation between two associated entries. Unfortunately, \bibtex uses symmetric field mapping which reduces the usefulness of the \bibfield{crossref} field significantly. The are two issues with symmetric field mapping, as seen in the following example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{book, - <> = {Author}, - <> = {Author}, - <> = {Booktitle}, - <<booktitle>> = {Booktitle}, - <<subtitle>> = {Booksubtitle}, - <<booksubtitle>> = {Booksubtitle}, - publisher = {Publisher}, - location = {Location}, - date = {1995}, -} -@InBook{inbook, - crossref = {book}, - title = {Title}, - <<subtitle>> = {}, - pages = {5--25}, -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -As \bibtex is not capable of mapping the \bibfield{title} field of the parent to the \bibfield{booktitle} field of the child, the title of the book needs to be given twice. The style then needs to ignore the \bibfield{booktitle} of the parent since it is only required to work around this fundamental limitation of \bibtex. The problem with the \bibfield{subtitle} field is the inverse of that. Since the \bibfield{subtitle} of the parent would become the \bibfield{subtitle}, rather than in the \bibfield{booksubtitle}, of the child, we need to add an empty \bibfield{subtitle} field to the child entry to prevent inheritance of this field. Of course we also need to duplicate the subtitle in the parent entry to ensure that it is available as \bibfield{booksubtitle} in the child entry. In short, using \bibtex's \bibfield{crossref} field tends to bloat database files and corrupt the data model. - -\paragraph{The \bibfield{crossref} field (Biber)} -\label{bib:cav:ref:bbr} - -With Biber, the limitations of \bibtex's \bibfield{crossref} field belong to the past. Biber features a highly customizable cross-referencing mechanism with flexible data inheritance rules. Duplicating certain fields in the parent entry or adding empty fields to the child entry is no longer required. Entries are specified in a natural way: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{book, - author = {Author}, - title = {Booktitle}, - subtitle = {Booksubtitle}, - publisher = {Publisher}, - location = {Location}, - date = {1995}, -} -@InBook{inbook, - crossref = {book}, - title = {Title}, - pages = {5--25}, -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \bibfield{title} field of the parent will be copied to the \bibfield{booktitle} field of the child, the \bibfield{subtitle} becomes the \bibfield{booksubtitle}. The \bibfield{author} of the parent becomes the \bibfield{bookauthor} of the child and, since the child does not provide an \bibfield{author} field, it is also duplicated as the \bibfield{author} of the child. After data inheritance, the child entry is similar to this: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -author = {Author}, -bookauthor = {Author}, -title = {Title}, -booktitle = {Booktitle}, -booksubtitle = {Booksubtitle}, -publisher = {Publisher}, -location = {Location}, -date = {1995}, -pages = {5--25}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -See \apxref{apx:ref} for a list of mapping rules set up by default. Note that all of this is customizable. See \secref{aut:ctm:ref} on how to configure Biber's cross"=referencing mechanism. See also \secref{bib:fld:spc}. - -\paragraph{The \bibfield{xref} field} -\label{bib:cav:ref:ref} - -In addition to the \bibfield{crossref} field, \sty{biblatex} supports a simplified cross"=referencing mechanism based on the \bibfield{xref} field. This is useful if you want to establish a parent\slash child relation between two associated entries but prefer to keep them independent as far as the data is concerned. The \bibfield{xref} field differs from \bibfield{crossref} in that the child entry will not inherit any data from the parent. If the parent is referenced by a certain number of child entries, \sty{biblatex} will automatically add it to the bibliography. The threshold is controlled by the \opt{mincrossrefs} package option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. The \bibfield{xref} field is supported with all backends. See also \secref{bib:fld:spc}. - -\subsubsection{Capacity Issues} -\label{bib:cav:btx} - -\paragraph{\bibtex} -A venerable tool originally developed in the 1980s, \bibtex uses static memory allocation, much to the dismay of users working with large bibliographical databases. With a large \file{bib} file which contains several hundred entries, \bibtex is very likely to run out of memory. The number of entries it can cope with depends on the number of fields defined by the \bibtex style (\file{bst}). Style files which define a considerable number of fields, such as \path{biblatex.bst}, are more likely to trigger such problems. Unfortunately, traditional \bibtex does not output a clear error message when it runs out of memory but exposes a rather cryptical kind of faulty behavior. The warning messages printed in this case look like this: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=plain]{} -Warning--I'm ignoring Jones1995's extra "year" field ---line 422 of file huge.bib -Warning--I'm ignoring Jones1995's extra "volume" field ---line 423 of file huge.bib -\end{lstlisting} -% -These warning messages could indeed indicate that the entry \texttt{Jones1995} is faulty because it includes two \bibfield{year} and two \bibfield{volume} fields. If that is not the case and the \file{bib} file is fairly large, this is most likely a capacity issue. What makes these warnings so confusing is that they are not tied to a specific entry. If you remove the allegedly faulty entry, a different one will trigger similar warnings. This is one reason why switching to \file{bibtex8} or Biber is advisable. - -\paragraph{\file{bibtex8}} -\file{bibtex8} is a venerable tool as well and will also run out of memory with its default capacity. Switching from traditional \bibtex to \file{bibtex8} is still an improvement because the capacity of the latter may be increased at run"=time via command"=line switches and it also prints unambiguous error messages, for example: - -\begin{table} -\tablesetup\lnstyle -\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}>{\raggedright\ttfamily}X% - @{}>{\raggedright\ttfamily}X% - rR{50pt}R{50pt}R{50pt}@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Parameter} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Switch} & -\multicolumn{4}{@{}H}{Capacity} \\ -\cmidrule{3-6} -&& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Default} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}>{\sffamily\bfseries\spotcolor\ttfamily}r}{-{}-big} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}>{\sffamily\bfseries\spotcolor\ttfamily}r}{-{}-huge} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}>{\sffamily\bfseries\spotcolor\ttfamily}r@{}}{-{}-wolfgang} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(r){2-2}\cmidrule{3-6} -max\_cites & -{}-mcites & 750 & 2000 & 5000 & 7500 \\ -max\_ent\_ints & -{}-mentints & 3000 & 4000 & 5000 & 7500 \\ -max\_ent\_strs & -{}-mentstrs & 3000 & 6000 & 10000 & 10000 \\ -max\_fields & -{}-mfields & 17250 & 30000 & 85000 & 125000 \\ -max\_strings & -{}-mstrings & 4000 & 10000 & 19000 & 30000 \\ -pool\_size & -{}-mpool & 65530 & 130000 & 500000 & 750000 \\ -wiz\_fn\_space & -{}-mwizfuns & 3000 & 6000 & 10000 & 10000 \\ -hash\_prime & & 4253 & 8501 & 16319 & 30011 \\ -hash\_size & & 5000 & 10000 & 19000 & 35000 \\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\caption[Capacity of \bin{bibtex8}]{Capacity and Switches of \bin{bibtex8}} -\label{bib:cav:tab2} -\end{table} - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=plain]{} -17289 fields: -Sorry---you've exceeded BibTeX's total number of fields 17250 -\end{lstlisting} -% -\Tabref{bib:cav:tab2} gives an overview of the various capacity parameters of \file{bibtex8} and the command"=line switches used to increase their default values. There are two ways to increase the capacity on the command"=line. You may use a high"=level switch like |--huge| to select a different set of defaults or low"=level switches such as |--mfields| to modify a single parameter. The first thing you should always do is run \file{bibtex8} with the |--wolfgang| switch. Don't even bother trying anything else. With a very large database, however, even that capacity may be too small. In this case, you need to resort to the low"=level switches. Here is an example of a set of switches which should cope with a \file{bib} file containing about 1000 entries: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=plain]{} -bibtex8 --wolfgang --mcites 30000 --mentints 30000 --mentstrs 40000 - --mfields 250000 --mstrings 35000 --mpool 750000 --csfile csfile.csf - auxfile -\end{lstlisting} -% -When taking a closer look at \tabref{bib:cav:tab2}, you will notice that there are two parameters which can not be modified directly, |hash_prime| and |hash_size|. Increasing these values is only possible with the high"=level switches. That is why the above command includes the |--wolfgang| switch in addition to the low"=level switches. This situation is very unfortunate because the hash size effectively sets a cap on some other parameters. For example, |max_strings| can not be greater than |hash_size|. If you hit this cap, all you can do is recompile \file{bibtex8} with a larger capacity. Also note that the |wiz_fn_space| parameter is not related to the \file{bib} file but to the memory requirements of the \file{bst} file. \file{biblatex.bst} needs a value of about 6000. The value 10000 implicitly used by the |--wolfgang| switch is fine. - -\paragraph{Biber} -Biber eliminates all of the above limitations. - -\subsubsection{Sorting and Encoding Issues} -\label{bib:cav:enc} - -\paragraph{\bibtex} -\label{bib:cav:enc:btx} -Traditional \bibtex can only alphabetize Ascii characters correctly. If the bibliographic data includes non"=Ascii characters, they have to be given in Ascii notation. For example, instead of typing a letter like <δ> directly, you need to input it as |\"a|, using an accent command and the Ascii letter. This Ascii notation needs to be wrapped in a pair of curly braces. Traditional \bibtex will then ignore the accent and use the Ascii letter for sorting. Here are a few examples: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex,upquote]{} -author = {S<<{\'a}>>nchez, Jos<<{\'e}>>}, -editor = {Ma<<{\ss}>>mann, R<<{\"u}>>diger}, -translator = {Ferdi<<{\`e}>>re, Fr<<{\c{c}}>>ois}, -title = {<<{\OE}>>uvres compl<<{\`e}>>tes}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -Apart from it being inconvenient, there are two major issues with this convention. One subtle problem is that the extra set of braces suppresses the kerning on both sides of all non"=Ascii letters. But first and foremost, simply ignoring all accents may not be the correct way to handle them. For example, in Danish, the letter <ε> is the very last letter of the alphabet, so it should be alphabetized after <z>. \bibtex will sort it like an <a>. The <ζ> ligature and the letter <ψ> are also sorted after <z> in this language. There are similar cases in Norwegian. In Swedish, the letter <φ> is the very last letter of the alphabet and the letters <ε> and <δ> are also alphabetized after <z>, rather than like an <a>. What's more, even the sorting of Ascii characters is done in a rather peculiar way by traditional \bibtex because the sorting algorithm uses Ascii codepage order (\texttt{0-9,A-Z,a-z}). This implies that the lowercase letter <a> would end up after the uppercase <Z>, which is not even acceptable in the language \bibtex was originally designed for. The traditional \file{bst} files work around this problem by converting all strings used for sorting to lowercase, \ie sorting is effectively case"=insensitive. See also \secref{bib:cav:enc:enc}. - -\paragraph{\file{bibtex8}} -\label{bib:cav:enc:bt8} -Switching to \file{bibtex8} will help in such cases. \file{bibtex8} can sort case"=sensitively and it can handle 8-bit characters properly, provided that you supply it with a suitable \file{csf} file and give the |--csfile| switch on the command line. This also implies that it is possible to apply language specific sorting rules to the bibliography. The \sty{biblatex} package comes with \file{csf} files for some common Western European encodings. \bin{bibtex8} also ships with a few \file{csf} files. Note that \file{biblatex.bst} can not detect if it is running under traditional \bibtex or \file{bibtex8}, hence the \opt{bibtex8} package option. By default, sorting is case-insensitive since this is required for traditional \bibtex. If the \opt{bibtex8} package option is enabled, sorting is case-sensitive. - -Since \file{bibtex8} is backwards compatible with traditional \bibtex, it is possible to mix 8-bit input and Ascii notation. This is useful if the encoding used in the \file{bib} file does not cover all required characters. There are also a few marginal cases in which the Ascii notation scheme would yield better sorting results. A typical example is the ligature <½>. \file{bibtex8} will handle this ligature like a single character. Depending on the sorting scheme defined in the \file{csf} file, it could be treated like an <o> or alphabetized after the letter <o> but it can not be sorted as <oe>. The Ascii notation (|\oe|) is equivalent to <oe> during sorting: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex,upquote]{} -title = {<<Ό>>uvres compl<<θ>>tes}, -title = {<<{\OE}>>uvres compl<<θ>>tes}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -Sometimes even that is not sufficient and further tricks are required. For example, the letter <ί> in German is particularly tricky. This letter is essentially alphabetized as <ss> but after <ss>. The name <Baίmann> would be alphabetized as follows: Basmann\slash Bassmann\slash Baίmann\slash Bastmann. In this case, the Ascii notation (|\ss|) would yield slightly better sorting results than <ί> in conjunction with a \file{csf} file which treats <ί> like <s>: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex,upquote]{} -author = {Ba<<{\ss}>>mann, Paul}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -To get it absolutely right, however, you need to resort to the \bibfield{sortname} field: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex,upquote]{} -author = {Ba<<ί>>mann, Paul}, -sortname = {Ba<<sszz>>mann, Paul}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -Not only \bibtex, \latex needs to know about the encoding as well. See \secref{bib:cav:enc:enc} on how to specify encodings. - -\paragraph{Biber} -Biber handles Ascii, 8-bit encodings such as Latin\,1, and \utf. It features true Unicode support and is capable of reencoding the \file{bib} data on the fly in a robust way. For sorting, Biber uses a Perl implementation of the Unicode Collation Algorithm (\acr{UCA}), as outlined in Unicode Technical Standard \#10.\fnurl{http://unicode.org/reports/tr10/} Collation tailoring based on the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository (\acr{CLDR}) is in the process of being added.\fnurl{http://cldr.unicode.org/} The bottom line is that Biber will deliver sorting results far superior to both \bibtex and \file{bibtex8} in many cases. If you are interested in the technical details, section 1.8 of Unicode Technical Standard \#10 will provide you with a very concise summary of why the inadequateness of traditional \bibtex and even \bin{bibtex8} is of a very general nature and not limited to the lack of \utf support.\fnurl{http://unicode.org/reports/tr10/#Common_Misperceptions} - -Supporting Unicode implies much more than handling \utf input. Unicode is a complex standard covering more than its most well-known parts, the Unicode character encoding and transport encodings such as \utf. It also standardizes aspects such as string collation, which is required for language-sensitive sorting. For example, by using the Unicode Collation Algorithm, Biber can handle the character <ί> mentioned as an example in \secref{bib:cav:enc:bt8} without any manual intervention. All you need to do to get localized sorting is specify the locale: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[backend=biber,sortlocale=de]{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} -% -If the language of the document corresponds to the main locale of the operating system, \opt{sortlocale} is -omissible as Biber will detect the locale settings of the environment automatically. Note that this will also work with 8-bit encodings such as Latin\,9, \ie you can take advantage of Unicode-based sorting even though you are not using \utf input. See \secref{bib:cav:enc:enc} on how to specify input and data encodings properly. - -\paragraph{Specifying Encodings} -\label{bib:cav:enc:enc} -When using a non-Ascii encoding in the \file{bib} file, it is important to understand what \sty{biblatex} can do for you and what may require manual intervention. The package takes care of the \latex side, \ie it ensures that the data imported from the \file{bbl} file is interpreted correctly, provided that the \opt{bibencoding} package option is set properly. Depending on the backend, the \bibtex side may demand attention, too. When using \bin{bibtex8}, you need to supply \bin{bibtex8} with a matching \file{csf} file as it needs to know about the encoding of the \file{bib} file to be able to alphabetize the entries correctly. Unfortunately, there is no way for \sty{biblatex} to pass this information to \bin{bibtex8} automatically. The only way is setting its |--csfile| option on the command line when running \bin{bibtex8}. When using Biber, all of this is handled automatically and no further steps, apart from setting the \opt{bibencoding} option in certain cases, are required. Here are a few typical usage scenarios along with the relevant lines from the document preamble: - -\begin{itemize} -\setlength{\itemsep}{0pt} - -\item Ascii notation in both the \file{tex} and the \file{bib} file with \pdftex or traditional \tex (this will work with \bibtex, \file{bibtex8}, and Biber): - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} - -\item Latin\,1 encoding (\acr{ISO}-8859-1) in the \file{tex} file, Ascii notation in the \file{bib} file with \pdftex or traditional \tex (\bibtex, \file{bibtex8}, Biber): - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage[bibencoding=ascii]{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} - -\item Latin\,9 encoding (\acr{ISO}-8859-15) in both the \file{tex} and the \file{bib} file with \pdftex or traditional \tex (\file{bibtex8}, Biber): - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc} -\usepackage[bibencoding=auto]{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since \kvopt{bibencoding}{auto} is the default setting, the option is omissible. The following setup will have the same effect: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[latin9]{inputenc} -\usepackage{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} - -\item \utf encoding in the \file{tex} file, Latin\,1 (\acr{ISO}-8859-1) in the \file{bib} file with \pdftex or traditional \tex (\file{bibtex8}, Biber): - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage[bibencoding=latin1]{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} - -The same scenario with \xetex or \luatex in native \utf mode: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[bibencoding=latin1]{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} - -\item Using \utf encoding in both the \file{tex} and the \file{bib} file is not possible with traditional \bibtex or \bin{bibtex8} since neither of them is capable of handling \utf. Unless you switch to Biber, you need to use an 8-bit encoding such as Latin\,1 (see above) or resort to Ascii notation in this case: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage[bibencoding=ascii]{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} - -The same scenario with \xetex or \luatex in native \utf mode: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[bibencoding=ascii]{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} - -\end{itemize} - -Biber can handle Ascii notation, 8-bit encodings such as Latin\,1, and \utf. It is also capable of reencoding the \file{bib} data on the fly (replacing the limited macro-level reencoding feature of \sty{biblatex}). This will happen automatically if required, provided that you specify the encoding of the \file{bib} files properly. In addition to the scenarios discussed above, Biber can also handle the following cases: - -\begin{itemize} - -\item Transparent \utf workflow, \ie \utf encoding in both the \file{tex} and the \file{bib} file with \pdftex or traditional \tex: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage[bibencoding=auto]{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since \kvopt{bibencoding}{auto} is the default setting, the option is omissible: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} - -The same scenario with \xetex or \luatex in native \utf mode: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} - -\item It is even possible to combine an 8-bit encoded \file{tex} file with \utf encoding in the \file{bib} file, provided that all characters in the \file{bib} file are also covered by the selected 8-bit encoding: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc} -\usepackage[bibencoding=utf8]{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} - -\end{itemize} - -Some workarounds may be required when using traditional \tex or \pdftex with \utf encoding because \sty{inputenc}'s \file{utf8} module does not cover all of Unicode. Roughly speaking, it only covers the Western European Unicode range. When loading \sty{inputenc} with the \file{utf8} option, \sty{biblatex} will normally instruct Biber to reencode the \file{bib} data to \utf. This may lead to \sty{inputenc} errors if some of the characters in the \file{bib} file are outside the limited Unicode range supported by \sty{inputenc}. - -\begin{itemize} - -\item If you are affected by this problem, try setting the \opt{safeinputenc} option: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc} -\usepackage[safeinputenc]{biblatex} -\end{lstlisting} -% -If this option is enabled, \sty{biblatex} will ignore \sty{inputenc}'s \opt{utf8} option and use Ascii. Biber will then try to convert the \file{bib} data to Ascii notation. For example, it will convert \texttt{\k{S}} to |\k{S}|. This option is similar to setting \kvopt{texencoding}{ascii} but will only take effect in this specific scenario (\sty{inputenc}\slash \sty{inputenx} with \utf). This workaround takes advantage of the fact that both Unicode and the \utf transport encoding are backwards compatible with Ascii. - -\end{itemize} - -This solution may be acceptable as a workaround if the data in the \file{bib} file is mostly Ascii anyway, with only a few strings, such as some authors' names, causing problems. However, keep in mind that it will not magically make traditional \tex or \pdftex support Unicode. It may help if the occasional odd character is not supported by \sty{inputenc}, but may still be processed by \tex when using an accent command (\eg |\d{S}| instead of \texttt{\d{S}}). If you need full Unicode support, however, switch to \xetex or \luatex. - -\subsubsection{Editors and Compiler Scripts} -\label{bib:cav:ide} - -This section is in need of an update to match the new script interface used by \sty{biblatex}. For the time being, see the documentation of the \sty{logreq} package\fnurl{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/logreq/} and the Biblatex Developer's Wiki for a draft spec.\fnurl{http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/biblatex/index.php?title=Workflow_Automation} - -% FIXME: update! - -\section{User Guide} -\label{use} - -This part of the manual documents the user interface of the \sty{biblatex} package. The user guide covers everything you need to know in order to use \sty{biblatex} with the default styles that come with this package. You should read the user guide first in any case. If you want to write your own citation and\slash or bibliography styles, continue with the author guide afterwards. - -\subsection{Package Options} -\label{use:opt} - -All package options are given in \keyval notation. The value \texttt{true} is omissible with all boolean keys. For example, giving \opt{sortcites} without a value is equivalent to \kvopt{sortcites}{true}. - -\subsubsection{Load-time Options} -\label{use:opt:ldt} - -The following options must be used as \sty{biblatex} is loaded, \ie in the optional argument to \cmd{usepackage}. - -\begin{optionlist} - -\valitem[numeric]{style}{file} - -Loads the bibliography style \path{file.bbx} and the citation style \path{file.cbx}. See \secref{use:xbx} for an overview of the standard styles. - -\valitem[numeric]{bibstyle}{file} - -Loads the bibliography style \path{file.bbx}. See \secref{use:xbx:bbx} for an overview of the standard bibliography styles. - -\valitem[numeric]{citestyle}{file} - -Loads the citation style \path{file.cbx}. See \secref{use:xbx:cbx} for an overview of the standard citation styles. - -\boolitem[false]{natbib} - -Loads compatibility module which provides aliases for the citation commands of the \sty{natbib} package. See \secref{use:cit:nat} for details. - -\boolitem[false]{mcite} - -Loads a citation module which provides \sty{mcite}\slash\sty{mciteplus}-like citation commands. See \secref{use:cit:mct} for details. - -\end{optionlist} - -\subsubsection{Preamble Options} -\label{use:opt:pre} - -\paragraph{General} -\label{use:opt:pre:gen} - -The following options may be used in the optional argument to \cmd{usepackage} as well as in the configuration file and the document preamble. The default value listed to the right is the package default. Note that bibliography and citation styles may modify the default setting at load time, see \secref{use:xbx} for details. - -\begin{optionlist} - -\optitem[nty]{sorting}{\opt{nty}, \opt{nyt}, \opt{nyvt}, \opt{anyt}, \opt{anyvt}, \opt{ynt}, \opt{ydnt}, \opt{none}, \opt{debug}, \prm{name}} - -The sorting order of the bibliography. Unless stated otherwise, the entries are sorted in ascending order. The following choices are available by default: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[nty] Sort by name, title, year. -\item[nyt] Sort by name, year, title. -\item[nyvt] Sort by name, year, volume, title. -\item[anyt] Sort by alphabetic label, name, year, title. -\item[anyvt] Sort by alphabetic label, name, year, volume, title. -\item[ynt] Sort by year, name, title. -\item[ydnt] Sort by year (descending), name, title. -\item[none] Do not sort at all. All entries are processed in citation order. -\item[debug] Sort by entry key. This is intended for debugging only. -\item[\prm{name}] \BiberOnlyMark Use \prm{name}, as defined with \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme} (\secref{aut:ctm:srt}) -\end{valuelist} - -Using any of the <alphabetic> sorting schemes only makes sense in conjunction with a bibliography style which prints the corresponding labels. Note that some bibliography styles initialize this package option to a value different from the package default (\opt{nty}). See \secref{use:xbx:bbx} for details. Please refer to \secref{use:srt} for an in"=depth explanation of the above sorting options as well as the fields considered in the sorting process. See also \secref{aut:ctm:srt} on how to adapt the predefined schemes or define new ones. - -\boolitem[true]{sortcase} - -Whether or not to sort the bibliography and the list of shorthands case"=sensitively. Note that case"=sensitive sorting is only supported by the \bin{bibtex8} and Biber backends. Sorting is always case"=insensitive with legacy \bibtex. See the \opt{backend} option for details. - -\boolitem[true]{sortupper}[\BiberOnly] - -This option corresponds to Biber's |--sortupper| command-line option. It has no effect with any other backend. If enabled, the bibliography is sorted in <uppercase before lowercase> order. Disabling this option means <lowercase before uppercase> order. - -\optitem{sortlocale}{\prm{locale}}[\BiberOnly] - -This option corresponds to Biber's |--sortlocale| command-line option. It has no effect with any other backend. If set, it specifies the locale to be used for sorting. While \sty{biblatex} provides no default value for this option, Biber will inherit the locale settings from the environment if no locale has been specified explicitly. - -\optitem[los]{sortlos}{\opt{bib}, \opt{los}} - -The sorting order of the list of shorthands. The following choices are available: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[bib] Sort according to the sorting order of the bibliography. -\item[los] Sort by shorthand. -\end{valuelist} - -\boolitem[false]{sortcites} - -Whether or not to sort citations if multiple entry keys are passed to a citation command. If this option is enabled, citations are sorted according to the sorting order of the bibliography. This feature works with all citation styles. - -\intitem[3]{maxnames} - -A threshold affecting all lists of names (\bibfield{author}, \bibfield{editor}, etc.). If a list exceeds this threshold, \ie if it holds more than \prm{integer} names, it is automatically truncated according to the setting of the \opt{minnames} option. \opt{maxnames} is the master option which sets both \opt{maxbibnames} and \opt{maxcitenames}. - -\intitem[1]{minnames} - -A limit affecting all lists of names (\bibfield{author}, \bibfield{editor}, etc.). If a list holds more than \prm{maxnames} names, it is automatically truncated to \prm{minnames} names. The \prm{minnames} value must be smaller than or equal to \prm{maxnames}. \opt{minnames} is the master option which sets both \opt{minbibnames} and \opt{mincitenames}. - -\intitem[\prm{maxnames}]{maxbibnames} - -Similar to \opt{maxnames} but affects only the bibliography. - -\intitem[\prm{minnames}]{minbibnames} - -Similar to \opt{minnames} but affects only the bibliography. - -\intitem[\prm{maxnames}]{maxcitenames} - -Similar to \opt{maxnames} but affects only the citations in the document body. - -\intitem[\prm{minnames}]{mincitenames} - -Similar to \opt{minnames} but affects only the citations in the document body. - -\intitem[3]{maxitems} - -Similar to \opt{maxnames}, but affecting all literal lists (\bibfield{publisher}, \bibfield{location}, etc.). - -\intitem[1]{minitems} - -Similar to \opt{minnames}, but affecting all literal lists (\bibfield{publisher}, \bibfield{location}, etc.). - -\optitem{autocite}{\opt{plain}, \opt{inline}, \opt{footnote}, \opt{superscript}, \opt{...}} - -This option controls the behavior of the \cmd{autocite} command discussed in \secref{use:cit:aut}. The \opt{plain} option makes \cmd{autocite} behave like \cmd{cite}, \opt{inline} makes it behave like \cmd{parencite}, \opt{footnote} makes it behave like \cmd{footcite}, and \opt{superscript} makes it behave like \cmd{supercite}. The options \opt{plain}, \opt{inline}, and \opt{footnote} are always available, the \opt{superscript} option is only provided by the numeric citation styles which come with this package. The citation style may also define additional options. The default setting of this option depends on the selected citation style, see \secref{use:xbx:cbx}. - -\boolitem[true]{autopunct} - -This option controls whether the citation commands scan ahead for punctuation marks. See \secref{use:cit} and \cmd{DeclareAutoPunctuation} in \secref{aut:pct:cfg} for details. - -\optitem[auto]{language}{\opt{auto}, \prm{language}} - -This option controls multilingual support. When set to \opt{auto}, \sty{biblatex} will try to get the main document language from the \sty{babel} package (and fall back to English if \sty{babel} is not available). This is the default behavior. It is also possible to select the document language manually. In this case, the \opt{babel} option below will have no effect. Please refer to \tabref{use:opt:tab1} for a list of supported languages and the corresponding identifiers. - -\begin{table} -\tablesetup -\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}p{100pt}@{}p{100pt}@{}>{\ttfamily}X@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Language} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Region/Dialect} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Identifier} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(r){2-2}\cmidrule{3-3} -Danish & Denmark & danish \\ -Dutch & Netherlands & dutch \\ -English & USA & american \\ - & United Kingdom & british \\ - & Canada & canadian \\ - & Australia & australian \\ - & New Zealand & newzealand \\ -Finnish & Finland & finnish \\ -French & France, Canada & french \\ -German & Germany & german \\ - & Austria & austrian \\ -German (new) - & Germany & ngerman \\ - & Austria & naustrian \\ -Greek & Greece & greek \\ -Italian & Italy & italian \\ -Norwegian & Norway & norwegian \\ -Portuguese& Brazil & brazilian \\ - & Portugal & portuguese \\ -Russian & Russia & russian \\ -Spanish & Spain & spanish \\ -Swedish & Sweden & swedish \\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\caption{Supported Languages} -\label{use:opt:tab1} -\end{table} - -\boolitem[true]{clearlang} - -If this option is enabled, \sty{biblatex} will automatically clear the \bibfield{language} field of all entries whose language matches the \sty{babel} language of the document (or the language specified explicitly with the \opt{language} option) in order to omit redundant language specifications. The language mappings required by this feature are provided by the \cmd{DeclareRedundantLanguages} command from \secref{aut:lng:cmd}. - -\optitem[none]{babel}{\opt{none}, \opt{hyphen}, \opt{other}, \opt{other*}} - -This option controls which language environment is used if the \sty{babel} package is loaded and a bibliography entry includes a \bibfield{hyphenation} field (see \secref{bib:fld:spc}). Note that \sty{biblatex} automatically adjusts to the main document language if \sty{babel} is loaded. In multilingual documents, it will also continually adjust to the current language as far as citations and the default language of the bibliography is concerned. This option is for switching languages on a per"=entry basis within the bibliography. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} - -\item[none] -Disable this feature, \ie do not use any language environment at all. - -\item[hyphen] -Enclose the entry in a \env{hyphenrules} environment. This will load hyphenation patterns for the language specified in the \env{hyphenation} field of the entry, if available. - -\item[other] -Enclose the entry in an \env{otherlanguage} environment. This will load hyphenation patterns for the specified language, enable all extra definitions which \sty{babel} and \sty{biblatex} provide for the respective language, and translate key terms such as <editor> and <volume>. The extra definitions include localizations of the date format, of ordinals, and similar things. - -\item[other*] -Enclose the entry in an \env{otherlanguage*} environment. Please note that \sty{biblatex} treats \env{otherlanguage*} like \env{otherlanguage} but other packages may make a distinction in this case. - -\end{valuelist} - -\optitem[none]{block}{\opt{none}, \opt{space}, \opt{par}, \opt{nbpar}, \opt{ragged}} - -This option controls the extra spacing between blocks, \ie larger segments of a bibliography entry. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} - -\item[none] Do not add anything at all. - -\item[space] Insert additional horizontal space between blocks. This is similar to the default behavior of the standard \latex document classes. - -\item[par] Start a new paragraph for every block. This is similar to the \opt{openbib} option of the standard \latex document classes. - -\item[nbpar] Similar to the \opt{par} option, but disallows page breaks at block boundaries and within an entry. - -\item[ragged] Inserts a small negative penalty to encourage line breaks at block boundaries and sets the bibliography ragged right. - -\end{valuelist} - -The \cmd{newblockpunct} command may also be redefined directly to achieve different results, see \secref{use:fmt:fmt}. Also see \secref{aut:pct:new} for additional information. - -\optitem[foot+end]{notetype}{\opt{foot+end}, \opt{footonly}, \opt{endonly}} - -This option controls the behavior of \cmd{mkbibfootnote}, \cmd{mkbibendnote}, and similar wrappers from \secref{aut:fmt:ich}. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[foot+end] Support both footnotes and endnotes, \ie \cmd{mkbibfootnote} will generate footnotes and \cmd{mkbibendnote} will generate endnotes. -\item[footonly] Force footnotes, \ie make \cmd{mkbibendnote} generate footnotes. -\item[endonly] Force endnotes, \ie make \cmd{mkbibfootnote} generate endnotes. -\end{valuelist} - -\optitem[auto]{hyperref}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{auto}} - -Whether or not to transform citations and back references into clickable hyperlinks. This feature requires the \sty{hyperref} package. It also requires support by the selected citation style. All standard styles which ship with this package support hyperlinks. \kvopt{hyperref}{auto} automatically detects if the \sty{hyperref} package has been loaded. - -\boolitem[false]{backref} - -Whether or not to print back references in the bibliography. The back references are a list of page numbers indicating the pages on which the respective bibliography entry is cited. If there are \env{refsection} environments in the document, the back references are local to the reference sections. Strictly speaking, this option only controls whether the \sty{biblatex} package collects the data required to print such references. This feature still has to be supported by the selected bibliography style. All standard styles which ship with this package do so. - -\optitem[three]{backrefstyle}{\opt{none}, \opt{three}, \opt{two}, \opt{two+}, \opt{three+}, \opt{all+}} - -This option controls how sequences of consecutive pages in the list of back references are formatted. The following styles are available: - -\begin{valuelist} - -\item[none] Disable this feature, \ie do not compress the page list. - -\item[three] Compress any sequence of three or more consecutive pages to a range, \eg the list <1, 2, 11, 12, 13, 21, 22, 23, 24> is compressed to <1, 2, 11--13, 21--24>. - -\item[two] Compress any sequence of two or more consecutive pages to a range, \eg the above list is compressed to <1--2, 11--13, 21--24>. - -\item[two+] Similar in concept to \opt{two} but a sequence of exactely two consecutive pages is printed using the starting page and the localization string \texttt{sequens}, \eg the above list is compressed to <1\,sq., 11--13, 21--24>. - -\item[three+] Similar in concept to \opt{two+} but a sequence of exactly three consecutive pages is printed using the starting page and the localization string \texttt{sequentes}, \eg the above list is compressed to <1\,sq., 11\,sqq., 21--24>. - -\item[all+] Similar in concept to \opt{three+} but any sequence of consecutive pages is printed as an open-ended range, \eg the above list is compressed to <1\,sq., 11\,sqq., 21\,sqq.>. - -\end{valuelist} - -All styles support both Arabic and Roman numerals. In order to avoid potentially ambiguous lists, different sets of numerals will not be mixed when generating ranges, \eg the list <iii, iv, v, 6, 7, 8> is compressed to <iii--v, 6--8>. - -\optitem[setonly]{backrefsetstyle}{\opt{setonly}, \opt{memonly}, \opt{setormem}, \opt{setandmem}, \opt{memandset}, \opt{setplusmem}} - -This option controls how back references to \bibtype{set} entires and their members are handled. The following options are available: - -\begin{valuelist} - -\item[setonly] All back references are added to the \bibtype{set} entry. The \bibfield{pageref} lists of set members remain blank. - -\item[memonly] References to set members are added to the respective member. References to the \bibtype{set} entry are added to all members. The \bibfield{pageref} list of the \bibtype{set} entry remains blank. - -\item[setormem] References to the \bibtype{set} entry are added to the \bibtype{set} entry. References to set members are added to the respective member. - -\item[setandmem] References to the \bibtype{set} entry are added to the \bibtype{set} entry. References to set members are added to the respective member and to the \bibtype{set} entry. - -\item[memandset] References to the \bibtype{set} entry are added to the \bibtype{set} entry and to all members. References to set members are added to the respective member. - -\item[setplusmem] References to the \bibtype{set} entry are added to the \bibtype{set} entry and to all members. References to set members are added to the respective member and to the \bibtype{set} entry. - -\end{valuelist} - -\optitem[false]{indexing}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{cite}, \opt{bib}} - -This option controls indexing in citations and in the bibliography. More precisely, it affects the \cmd{ifciteindex} and \cmd{ifbibindex} commands from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. The option is settable on a global, a per-type, or on a per-entry basis. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[true] Enable indexing globally. -\item[false] Disable indexing globally. -\item[cite] Enable indexing in citations only. -\item[bib] Enable indexing in the bibliography only. -\end{valuelist} - -This feature requires support by the selected citation style. All standard styles which ship with this package support indexing of both citations and entries in the bibliography. Note that you still need to enable indexing globally with \cmd{makeindex} to get an index. - -\boolitem[false]{loadfiles} - -This option controls whether external files requested by way of the \cmd{printfile} command are loaded. See also \secref{use:use:prf} and \cmd{printfile} in \secref{aut:bib:dat}. Note that this feature is disabled by default for performance reasons. - -\optitem[none]{refsection}{\opt{none}, \opt{part}, \opt{chapter}, \opt{section}, \opt{subsection}} - -This option automatically starts a new reference section at a document division such as a chapter or a section. This is equivalent to the \cmd{newrefsection} command, see \secref{use:bib:sec} for details. The following choice of document divisions is available: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[none] Disable this feature. -\item[part] Start a reference section at every \cmd{part} command. -\item[chapter] Start a reference section at every \cmd{chapter} command. -\item[section] Start a reference section at every \cmd{section} command. -\item[subsection] Start a reference section at every \cmd{subsection} command. -\end{valuelist} -% -The starred versions if these commands will not start a new reference section. - -\optitem[none]{refsegment}{\opt{none}, \opt{part}, \opt{chapter}, \opt{section}, \opt{subsection}} - -Similar to the \opt{refsection} option but starts a new reference segment. This is equivalent to the \cmd{newrefsegment} command, see \secref{use:bib:seg} for details. When using both options, note that you can only apply this option to a lower"=level document division than the one \opt{refsection} is applied to and that nested reference segments will be local to the enclosing reference section. - -\optitem[none]{citereset}{\opt{none}, \opt{part}, \opt{chapter}, \opt{section}, \opt{subsection}} - -This option automatically executes the \cmd{citereset} command from \secref{use:cit:msc} at a document division such as a chapter or a section. The following choice of document divisions is available: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[none] Disable this feature. -\item[part] Perform a reset at every \cmd{part} command. -\item[chapter] Perform a reset at every \cmd{chapter} command. -\item[section] Perform a reset at every \cmd{section} command. -\item[subsection] Perform a reset at every \cmd{subsection} command. -\end{valuelist} -% -The starred versions if these commands will not trigger a reset. - -\boolitem[true]{abbreviate} - -Whether or not to use long or abbreviated strings in citations and in the bibliography. This option affects the localization modules. If this option is enabled, key terms such as <editor> are abbreviated. If not, they are written out. - -\optitem[comp]{date}{\opt{short}, \opt{long}, \opt{terse}, \opt{comp}, \opt{iso8601}} - -This option controls the basic format of printed date specifications. The following choices are available: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[short] Use the short format with verbose ranges, for example:\par -01/01/2010\par -21/01/2010--30/01/2010\par -01/21/2010--01/30/2010 -\item[long] Use the long format with verbose ranges, for example:\par -1st January 2010\par -21st January 2010--30th January 2010\par -January 21, 2010--January 30, 2010\par -\item[terse] Use the short format with compact ranges, for example:\par -21--30/01/2010\par -01/21--01/30/2010 -\item[comp] Use the long format with compact ranges, for example:\par -21st--30th January 2010\par -January 21--30, 2010\par -\item[iso8601] Use extended \acr{ISO-8601} format (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}), for example:\par -2010-01-01\par -2010-01-21/2010-01-30 -\end{valuelist} -% -As seen in the above examples, the actual date format is language specific. Note that the month name in all long formats is responsive to the \opt{abbreviate} package option. The leading zeros in all short formats may be controlled separately with the \opt{datezeros} package option. - -\optitem[comp]{origdate}{\opt{short}, \opt{long}, \opt{terse}, \opt{comp}, \opt{iso8601}} - -Similar to the \opt{date} option but controls the format of the \bibfield{origdate}. - -\optitem[comp]{eventdate}{\opt{short}, \opt{long}, \opt{terse}, \opt{comp}, \opt{iso8601}} - -Similar to the \opt{date} option but controls the format of the \bibfield{eventdate}. - -\optitem[short]{urldate}{\opt{short}, \opt{long}, \opt{terse}, \opt{comp}, \opt{iso8601}} - -Similar to the \opt{date} option but controls the format of the \bibfield{urldate}. - -\optitem{alldates}{\opt{short}, \opt{long}, \opt{terse}, \opt{comp}, \opt{iso8601}} - -Sets all of the above date options to the same value. - -\boolitem[true]{datezeros} - -This option controls whether \texttt{short} and \texttt{terse} dates are printed with leading zeros. - -\boolitem[true]{dateabbrev} - -This option controls whether \texttt{long} and \texttt{comp} dates are printed with long or abbreviated month names. The option is similar to the generic \opt{abbreviate} option but specific to the date formatting. - -\boolitem[false]{defernumbers} - -In contrast to standard \latex, the numeric labels generated by this package are normally assigned to the full list of references at the beginning of the document body. If this option is enabled, numeric labels (\ie the \bibfield{labelnumber} field discussed in \secref{aut:bbx:fld}) are assigned the first time an entry is printed in any bibliography. See \secref{use:cav:lab} for further explanation. - -\boolitem[false]{punctfont} - -This option enables an alternative mechanism for dealing with unit punctuation after a field printed in a different font (for example, a title printed in italics). See \cmd{setpunctfont} in \secref{aut:pct:new} for details. - -\optitem[abs]{arxiv}{\opt{abs}, \opt{ps}, \opt{pdf}, \opt{format}} - -Path selector for arXiv links. If hyperlink support is enabled, this option controls which version of the document the arXiv \bibfield{eprint} links will point to. The following choices are available: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[abs] Link to the abstract page. -\item[ps] Link to the PostScript version. -\item[pdf] Link to the \pdf version. -\item[format] Link to the format selector page. -\end{valuelist} - -See \secref{use:use:epr} for details on support for arXiv and electronic publishing information. - -\optitem[bibtex]{backend}{\opt{bibtex}, \opt{bibtex8}, \opt{bibtexu}, \opt{biber}} - -Specifies the database backend. The following backends are supported: - -\begin{valuelist} - -\item[bibtex] Legacy \bibtex. Traditional \bibtex supports Ascii encoding only. Sorting is always case"=insensitive. - -\item[bibtex8] \bin{bibtex8}, the 8-bit implementation of \bibtex, supports Ascii and 8-bit encodings such as Latin~1. Depending on the \file{csf} file, case"=sensitive sorting may be supported. - -\item[bibtexu] \bin{bibtexu} is a Unicode-enabled implementation of \bibtex which supports \utf. Note that \bin{bibtexu} is not actively supported by \sty{biblatex} and has not been tested as backend in any way. Biber is the recommended backend. - -\item[biber] Biber, the next"=generation backend of \sty{biblatex}, supports Ascii, 8-bit encodings, \utf, on-the-fly reencoding, locale"=specific sorting, and many other features. Locale"=specific sorting, case"=sensitive sorting, and upper\slash lowercase precedence are controlled by the options \opt{sortlocale}, \opt{sortcase}, and \opt{sortupper}, respectively. - -\end{valuelist} - -This option will typically be set permanently in the configuration file, see \secref{use:cfg} for details. Also see \secref{bib:cav:enc} for further instructions concerning the encoding of \file{bib} files. - -\optitem[auto]{texencoding}{\opt{auto}, \prm{encoding}} - -Specifies the encoding of the \file{tex} file. This option affects the data transfered from the backend to \sty{biblatex}. When using Biber, this corresponds to Biber's |--bblencoding| option. The following choices are available: - -\begin{valuelist} - -\item[auto] Try to auto-detect the input encoding. If the \sty{inputenc}\slash \sty{inputenx}\slash \sty{luainputenc} package is available, \sty{biblatex} will get the main encoding from that package. If not, it assumes \utf encoding if \xetex or \luatex has been detected, and Ascii otherwise. - -\item[\prm{encoding}] Specifies the \prm{encoding} explicitly. This is for odd cases in which auto-detection fails or you want to force a certain encoding for some reason. - -\end{valuelist} -% -Note that setting \kvopt{texencoding}{\prm{encoding}} will also affect the \opt{bibencoding} option if \kvopt{bibencoding}{auto}. - -\optitem[auto]{bibencoding}{\opt{auto}, \prm{encoding}} - -Specifies the encoding of the \file{bib} files. When using Biber, this corresponds to Biber's |--bibencoding| option. The following choices are available: - -\begin{valuelist} - -\item[auto] Use this option if the workflow is transparent, \ie if the encoding of the \file{bib} file is identical to the encoding of the \file{tex} file. - -\item[\prm{encoding}] If the encoding of the \file{bib} file is different from the one of the \file{tex} file, you need to specify it explicitly. - -\end{valuelist} - -By default, \sty{biblatex} assumes that the \file{tex} file and the \file{bib} file use the same encoding (\kvopt{bibencoding}{auto}). Note that some backends only support a limited number of encodings. See \secref{bib:cav:enc} for further instructions. - -\boolitem[false]{safeinputenc}[\BiberOnly] - -If this option is enabled, \sty{biblatex} will automatically force \kvopt{texencoding}{ascii} if the \sty{inputenc}\slash \sty{inputenx} package has been loaded and the input encoding is \utf, \ie it will ignore any macro-based \utf support and use Ascii only. Biber will then try to convert any non-Ascii data in the \file{bib} file to Ascii. For example, it will convert \texttt{\d{S}} to |\d{S}|. See \secref{bib:cav:enc:enc} for an explanation of why you may want to enable this option. - -\boolitem[true]{bibwarn} - -By default, \sty{biblatex} will report warnings issued by the backend concerning the data in the \file{bib} file as \latex warnings. Use this option to suppress such warnings. - -\intitem[2]{mincrossrefs} - -Sets the minimum number of cross references to \prm{integer} when requesting a \bibtex run.\footnote{If an entry which is cross-referenced by other entries in the \file{bib} file hits this threshold, it is included in the bibliography even if it has not been cited explicitly. This is a standard feature of \bibtex and not specific to \sty{biblatex}. See the description of the \bibfield{crossref} field in \secref{bib:fld:spc} for further information.} Note that this package option merely affects the format of certain requests written to the transcript file. It will not have any effect if the editor or compiler script launching \bibtex does not include dedicated \sty{biblatex} support or if \bibtex is manually launched from the command"=line.\footnote{As of this writing, no \latex editors or compiler scripts with dedicated \sty{biblatex} support are known, but this will hopefully change in the future.} See \secref{bib:cav:ide} for details. This option also affects the handling of the \bibfield{xref} field. See the field description in \secref{bib:fld:spc} as well as \secref{bib:cav:ref} for details. - -\end{optionlist} - -\paragraph{Style-specific} -\label{use:opt:pre:bbx} - -The following options are provided by the standard styles (as opposed to the core package). Technically, they are preamble options like those in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. - -\begin{optionlist} - -\boolitem[true]{isbn} - -This option controls whether the fields \bibfield{isbn}\slash \bibfield{issn}\slash \bibfield{isrn} are printed. - -\boolitem[true]{url} - -This option controls whether the \bibfield{url} field and the access date is printed. The option only affects entry types whose \bibfield{url} information is optional. The \bibfield{url} field of \bibtype{online} entries is always printed. - -\boolitem[true]{doi} - -This option controls whether the field \bibfield{doi} is printed. - -\boolitem[true]{eprint} - -This option controls whether \bibfield{eprint} information is printed. - -\end{optionlist} - -\paragraph{Internal} -\label{use:opt:pre:int} - -The default settings of the following preamble options are controlled by bibliography and citation styles. Apart from the \opt{pagetracker} and \opt{firstinits} options, which you may want to adapt, there is normally no need to set them explicitly. - -\begin{optionlist} - -\optitem[false]{pagetracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{page}, \opt{spread}} - -This option controls the page tracker which is required by the \cmd{ifsamepage} and \cmd{iffirstonpage} tests from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[true] Enable the tracker in automatic mode. This is like \opt{spread} if \latex is in twoside mode, and like \opt{page} otherwise. -\item[false] Disable the tracker. -\item[page] Enable the tracker in page mode. In this mode, tracking works on a per"=page basis. -\item[spread] Enable the tracker in spread mode. In this mode, tracking works on a per"=spread (double page) basis. -\end{valuelist} - -Note that this tracker is disabled in all floats, see \secref{aut:cav:flt}. - -\optitem[false]{citecounter}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{context}} - -This option controls the citation counter which is required by \cnt{citecounter} from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[true] Enable the citation counter in global mode. -\item[false] Disable the citation counter. -\item[context] Enable the citation counter in context"=sensitive mode. In this mode, citations in footnotes and in the body text are counted independently. -\end{valuelist} - -\optitem[false]{citetracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{context}, \opt{strict}, \opt{constrict}} - -This option controls the citation tracker which is required by the \cmd{ifciteseen} and \cmd{ifentryseen} tests from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[true] Enable the tracker in global mode. -\item[false] Disable the tracker. -\item[context] Enable the tracker in context"=sensitive mode. In this mode, citations in footnotes and in the body text are tracked independently. -\item[strict] Enable the tracker in strict mode. In this mode, an item is only considered by the tracker if it appeared in a stand-alone citation, \ie if a single entry key was passed to the citation command. -\item[constrict] This mode combines the features of \opt{context} and \opt{strict}. -\end{valuelist} - -Note that this tracker is disabled in all floats, see \secref{aut:cav:flt}. - -\optitem[false]{ibidtracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{context}, \opt{strict}, \opt{constrict}} - -This option controls the <ibidem> tracker which is required by the \cmd{ifciteibid} test from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[true] Enable the tracker in global mode. -\item[false] Disable the tracker. -\item[context] Enable the tracker in context"=sensitive mode. In this mode, citations in footnotes and in the body text are tracked separately. -\item[strict] Enable the tracker in strict mode. In this mode, potentially ambiguous references are suppressed. A reference is considered ambiguous if either the current citation (the one including the <ibidem>) or the previous citation (the one the <ibidem> refers to) consists of a list of references.\footnote{For example, suppose the initial citation is «Jones, \emph{Title}; Williams, \emph{Title}» and the following one «ibidem». From a technical point of view, it is fairly clear that the <ibidem> refers to <Williams> because this is the last reference processed by the previous citation command. To a human reader, however, this may not be obvious because the <ibidem> may also refer to both titles. The strict mode avoids such ambiguous references.} -\item[constrict] This mode combines the features of \opt{context} and \opt{strict}. It also keeps track of footnote numbers and detects potentially ambiguous references in footnotes in a stricter way than the \opt{strict} option. In addition to the conditions imposed by the \opt{strict} option, a reference in a footnote will only be considered as unambiguous if the current citation and the previous citation are given in the same footnote or in immediately consecutive footnotes. -\end{valuelist} - -Note that this tracker is disabled in all floats, see \secref{aut:cav:flt}. - -\optitem[false]{opcittracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{context}, \opt{strict}, \opt{constrict}} - -This option controls the <opcit> tracker which is required by the \cmd{ifopcit} test from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. This feature is similar to the <ibidem> tracker, except that it tracks citations on a per-author/editor basis, \ie \cmd{ifopcit} will yield \texttt{true} if the cited item is the same as the last one by this author\slash editor. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[true] Enable the tracker in global mode. -\item[false] Disable the tracker. -\item[context] Enable the tracker in context"=sensitive mode. In this mode, citations in footnotes and in the body text are tracked separately. -\item[strict] Enable the tracker in strict mode. In this mode, potentially ambiguous references are suppressed. See \kvopt{ibidtracker}{strict} for details. -\item[constrict] This mode combines the features of \opt{context} and \opt{strict}. See the explanation of \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict} for details. -\end{valuelist} - -Note that this tracker is disabled in all floats, see \secref{aut:cav:flt}. - -\optitem[false]{loccittracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{context}, \opt{strict}, \opt{constrict}} - -This option controls the <loccit> tracker which is required by the \cmd{ifloccit} test from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. This feature is similar to the <opcit> tracker except that it also checks whether the \prm{postnote} arguments match, \ie \cmd{ifloccit} will yield \texttt{true} if the citation refers to the same page cited before. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[true] Enable the tracker in global mode. -\item[false] Disable the tracker. -\item[context] Enable the tracker in context"=sensitive mode. In this mode, citations in footnotes and in the body text are tracked separately. -\item[strict] Enable the tracker in strict mode. In this mode, potentially ambiguous references are suppressed. See \kvopt{ibidtracker}{strict} for details. In addition to that, this mode also checks if the \prm{postnote} argument is numerical (based on \cmd{ifnumerals} from \secref{aut:aux:tst}). -\item[constrict] This mode combines the features of \opt{context} and \opt{strict}. See the explanation of \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict} for details. In addition to that, this mode also checks if the \prm{postnote} argument is numerical (based on \cmd{ifnumerals} from \secref{aut:aux:tst}). -\end{valuelist} - -Note that this tracker is disabled in all floats, see \secref{aut:cav:flt}. - -\optitem[false]{idemtracker}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{context}, \opt{strict}, \opt{constrict}} - -This option controls the <idem> tracker which is required by the \cmd{ifciteidem} test from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[true] Enable the tracker in global mode. -\item[false] Disable the tracker. -\item[context] Enable the tracker in context"=sensitive mode. In this mode, citations in footnotes and in the body text are tracked separately. -\item[strict] This is an alias for \texttt{true}, provided only for consistency with the other trackers. Since <idem> replacements do not get ambiguous in the same way as <ibidem> or <op.~cit.>, the \texttt{strict} tracking mode does not apply to them. -\item[constrict] This mode is similar to \opt{context} with one additional condition: a reference in a footnote will only be considered as unambiguous if the current citation and the previous citation are given in the same footnote or in immediately consecutive footnotes. -\end{valuelist} - -Note that this tracker is disabled in all floats, see \secref{aut:cav:flt}. - -\boolitem[true]{parentracker} - -This option controls the parenthesis tracker which keeps track of nested parentheses and brackets. This information is used by \cmd{parentext} and \cmd{brackettext} from \secref{use:cit:txt}, \cmd{mkbibparens} and \cmd{mkbibbrackets} from \secref{aut:fmt:ich} and \cmd{bibopenparen}, \cmd{bibcloseparen}, \cmd{bibopenbracket}, \cmd{bibclosebracket} (also \secref{aut:fmt:ich}). - -\intitem[3]{maxparens} - -The maximum permitted nesting level of parentheses and brackets. If parentheses and brackets are nested deeper than this value, \sty{biblatex} will issue errors. - -\boolitem[false]{firstinits} - -When enabled, all first and middle names will be rendered as initials. The option will affect the \cmd{iffirstinits} test from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. - -\boolitem[false]{terseinits} - -This option controls the format of initials generated by \sty{biblatex}. If enabled, initals are rendered using a terse format without dots and spaces. For example, the initials of Donald Ervin Knuth would be rendered as <D.~E.> by default, and as <DE> if this option is enabled. \BiberOnlyMark With Biber, the option works by redefining some macros which control the format of initials. See \secref{use:cav:nam} for details. - -\boolitem[false]{labelalpha} - -Whether or not to provide the special fields \bibfield{labelalpha} and \bibfield{extraalpha}, see \secref{aut:bbx:fld} for details. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. See also \opt{maxalphanames} and \opt{minalphanames}. - -\intitem[3]{maxalphanames}[\BiberOnly] - -Similar to the \opt{maxnames} option but customizes the format of the \bibfield{labelalpha} field. - -\intitem[1]{minalphanames}[\BiberOnly] - -Similar to the \opt{minnames} option but customizes the format of the \bibfield{labelalpha} field. - -\boolitem[false]{labelnumber} - -Whether or not to provide the special field \bibfield{labelnumber}, see \secref{aut:bbx:fld} for details. -This option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\boolitem[false]{labelyear} - -Whether or not to provide the special fields \bibfield{labelyear} and \bibfield{extrayear}, see \secref{aut:bbx:fld} for details. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\boolitem[false]{singletitle} - -Whether or not to provide the data required by the \cmd{ifsingletitle} test, see \secref{aut:aux:tst} for details. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\optitem[false]{uniquename}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{init}, \opt{full}, \opt{allinit}, \opt{allfull}, -\opt{mininit}, \opt{minfull}}[\BiberOnly] - -Whether or not to update the \cnt{uniquename} counter, see \secref{aut:aux:tst} for details. This feature will disambiguate individual names in the \bibfield{labelname} list. This option is also settable on a per-type basis. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[true] An alias for \opt{full}. -\item[false] Disable this feature. -\item[init] Disambiguate names using initials only. -\item[full] Disambiguate names using initials or full names, as required. -\item[allinit] Similar to \opt{init} but disambiguates all names in the \bibfield{labelname} list, beyond \opt{maxnames}\slash \opt{minnames}\slash \opt{uniquelist}. -\item[allfull] Similar to \opt{full} but disambiguates all names in the \bibfield{labelname} list, beyond \opt{maxnames}\slash \opt{minnames}\slash \opt{uniquelist}. -\item[mininit] A variant of \texttt{init} which only disambiguates names in lists with identical last names. -\item[minfull] A variant of \texttt{full} which only disambiguates names in lists with identical last names. -\end{valuelist} -% -Note that the \opt{uniquename} option will also affect \opt{uniquelist}, the \cmd{ifsingletitle} test, and the \bibfield{extrayear} field. See \secref{aut:cav:amb} for further details and practical examples. - -\optitem[false]{uniquelist}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{minyear}}[\BiberOnly] - -Whether or not to update the \cnt{uniquelist} counter, see \secref{aut:aux:tst} for details. This feature will disambiguate the \bibfield{labelname} list if it has become ambiguous after \opt{maxnames}\slash \opt{minnames} truncation. Essentially, it overrides \opt{maxnames}\slash \opt{minnames} on a per-field basis. This option is also settable on a per-type basis. The possible choices are: - -\begin{valuelist} -\item[true] Disambiguate the \bibfield{labelname} list. -\item[false] Disable this feature. -\item[minyear] Disambiguate the \bibfield{labelname} list only if the truncated list is identical to another one with the same \bibfield{labelyear}. This mode of operation is useful for author-year styles and requires \kvopt{labelyear}{true}. -\end{valuelist} -% -Note that the \opt{uniquelist} option will also affect the \cmd{ifsingletitle} test and the \bibfield{extrayear} field. See \secref{aut:cav:amb} for further details and practical examples. See \secref{aut:cav:amb} for further details and practical examples. - -\end{optionlist} - -\subsubsection{Entry Options} -\label{use:opt:bib} - -Entry options are package options which can be adjusted on a per"=entry basis in the \bibfield{options} field from \secref{bib:fld:spc}. - -\paragraph{Preamble/Type/Entry Options} -\label{use:opt:bib:hyb} - -The following options are settable on a per"=entry basis in the \bibfield{options} field. In addition to that, they may also be used in the optional argument to \cmd{usepackage} as well as in the configuration file and the document preamble. This is useful if you want to change the default behavior globally. - -\begin{optionlist} - -\boolitem[true]{useauthor} - -Whether the \bibfield{author} is used in labels and considered during sorting. This may be useful if an entry includes an \bibfield{author} field but is usually not cited by author for some reason. Setting \kvopt{useauthor}{false} does not mean that the \bibfield{author} is ignored completely. It means that the \bibfield{author} is not used in labels and ignored during sorting. The entry will then be alphabetized by \bibfield{editor} or \bibfield{title}. With the standard styles, the \bibfield{author} is printed after the title in this case. See also \secref{use:srt}. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\boolitem[true]{useeditor} - -Whether the \bibfield{editor} replaces a missing \bibfield{author} in labels and during sorting. This may be useful if an entry includes an \bibfield{editor} field but is usually not cited by editor. Setting \kvopt{useeditor}{false} does not mean that the \bibfield{editor} is ignored completely. It means that the \bibfield{editor} does not replace a missing \bibfield{author} in labels and during sorting. The entry will then be alphabetized by \bibfield{title}. With the standard styles, the \bibfield{editor} is printed after the title in this case. See also \secref{use:srt}. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\boolitem[false]{usetranslator} - -Whether the \bibfield{translator} replaces a missing \bibfield{author}\slash \bibfield{editor} in labels and during sorting. Setting \kvopt{usetranslator}{true} does not mean that the \bibfield{translator} overrides the \bibfield{author}\slash \bibfield{editor}. It means that the \bibfield{translator} is considered as a fallback if the \bibfield{author}\slash \bibfield{editor} is missing or if \opt{useauthor} and \opt{useeditor} are set to \texttt{false}. In other words, in order to cite a book by translator rather than by author, you need to set the following options: -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{..., - options = {useauthor=false,usetranslator=true}, - author = {...}, - translator = {...}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -With the standard styles, the \bibfield{translator} is printed after the title by default. See also \secref{use:srt}. - -\boolitem[false]{useprefix} - -Whether the name prefix (von, van, of, da, de, della, etc.) is considered when printing the last name in citations. This also affects the sorting and formatting of the bibliography as well as the generation of certain types of labels. If this option is enabled, \sty{biblatex} always precedes the last name with the prefix. For example, Ludwig van Beethoven would be cited as «Beethoven» and alphabetized as «Beethoven, Ludwig van» by default. If this option is enabled, he is cited as «van Beethoven» and alphabetized as «Van Beethoven, Ludwig» instead. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\optitem{indexing}{\opt{true}, \opt{false}, \opt{cite}, \opt{bib}} - -The \opt{indexing} option is also settable per-type or per-entry basis. See \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} for details. - -\end{optionlist} - -\paragraph{Type/Entry Options} -\label{use:opt:bib:ded} - -The following options are only settable on a per"=entry basis in the \bibfield{options} field. They are not available globally. - -\begin{optionlist} - -\boolitem[false]{skipbib} - -If this option is enabled, the entry is excluded from the bibliography but it may still be cited. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\boolitem[false]{skiplos} - -If this option is enabled, the entry is excluded from the list of shorthands. It is still included in the bibliography and it may also be cited by shorthand. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\boolitem[false]{skiplab} - -If this option is enabled, \sty{biblatex} will not assign any labels to the entry. It is not required for normal operation. Use it with care. If enabled, \sty{biblatex} can not guarantee unique citations for the respective entry and citations styles which require labels may fail to create valid citations for the entry. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\boolitem[false]{dataonly} - -Setting this option is equivalent to \opt{skipbib}, \opt{skiplos}, and \opt{skiplab}. It is not required for normal operation. Use it with care. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this option is also settable on a per-type basis. - -\end{optionlist} - -\subsubsection{Legacy Options} - -The following legacy option may be used globally in the optional argument to \cmd{documentclass} or locally in the optional argument to \cmd{usepackage}: - -\begin{optionlist} - -\legitem{openbib}\DeprecatedMark This option is provided for backwards compatibility with the standard LaTeX document classes. \opt{openbib} is similar to \kvopt{block}{par}. - -\end{optionlist} - -\subsection{Global Customization} -\label{use:cfg} - -Apart from writing new citation and bibliography styles, there are numerous ways to customize the styles which ship with this package. Customization will usually take place in the preamble, but there is also a configuration file for permanent adaptions. The configuration file may also be used to initialize the package options to a value different from the package default. - -\subsubsection{Configuration File} -\label{use:cfg:cfg} - -If available, this package will load the configuration file \path{biblatex.cfg}. This file is read at the end of the package, immediately after the citation and bibliography styles have been loaded. - -\subsubsection{Setting Package Options} -\label{use:cfg:opt} - -The load-time package options in \secref{use:opt:ldt} must be given in the optional argument to \cmd{usepackage}. The package options in \secref{use:opt:pre} may also be given in the preamble. The options are executed with the following command: - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{ExecuteBibliographyOptions}[entrytype, \dots]{key=value, \dots} - -This command may also be used in the configuration file to modify the default setting of a package option. Certain options are also settable on a per-type basis. In this case, the optional \prm{entrytype} argument specifies the entry type. The \prm{entrytype} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsection{Standard Styles} -\label{use:xbx} - -This section provides a short description of all bibliography and citation styles which ship with the \sty{biblatex} package. If you want to write your own styles, see \secref{aut}. - -\subsubsection{Citation Styles} -\label{use:xbx:cbx} - -The citation styles which come with this package implement several common citation schemes. All standard styles cater for the \bibfield{shorthand} field and support hyperlinks as well as indexing. - -\begin{marglist} - -\item[numeric] -This style implements a numeric citation scheme similar to the standard bibliographic facilities of \latex. It should be employed in conjunction with a numeric bibliography style which prints the corresponding labels in the bibliography. It is intended for in-text citations. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{labelnumber}{true}. This style also provides an additional preamble option called \opt{subentry} which affects the handling of entry sets. If this option is disabled, citations referring to a member of a set will point to the entire set. If it is enabled, the style supports citations like «[5c]» which point to a subentry in a set (the third one in this example). See the style example for details. - -\item[numeric-comp] -A compact variant of the \texttt{numeric} style which prints a list of more than two consecutive numbers as a range. This style is similar to the \sty{cite} package and the \opt{sort\&compress} option of the \sty{natbib} package in numerical mode. For example, instead of «[8, 3, 1, 7, 2]» this style would print «[1--3, 7, 8]». It is intended for in-text citations. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{sortcites}{true}, \kvopt{labelnumber}{true}. It also provides the \opt{subentry} option. - -\item[numeric-verb] -A verbose variant of the \texttt{numeric} style. The difference affects the handling of a list of citations and is only apparent when multiple entry keys are passed to a single citation command. For example, instead of «[2, 5, 6]» this style would print «[2]; [5]; [6]». It is intended for in-text citations. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{labelnumber}{true}. It also provides the \opt{subentry} option. - -\item[alphabetic] -This style implements an alphabetic citation scheme similar to the \path{alpha.bst} style of traditional \bibtex. The alphabetic labels resemble a compact author"=year style to some extent, but the way they are employed is similar to a numeric citation scheme. For example, instead of «Jones 1995» this style would use the label «[Jon95]». «Jones and Williams 1986» would be rendered as «[JW86]». This style should be employed in conjunction with an alphabetic bibliography style which prints the corresponding labels in the bibliography. It is intended for in-text citations. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{labelalpha}{true}. - -\item[alphabetic-verb] -A verbose variant of the \texttt{alphabetic} style. The difference affects the handling of a list of citations and is only apparent when multiple entry keys are passed to a single citation command. For example, instead of «[Doe92; Doe95; Jon98]» this style would print «[Doe92]; [Doe95]; [Jon98]». It is intended for in-text citations. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{labelalpha}{true}. - -\item[authoryear] -This style implements an author"=year citation scheme. If the bibliography contains two or more works by the same author which were all published in the same year, a letter is appended to the year. For example, this style would print citations such as «Doe 1995a; Doe 1995b; Jones 1998». This style should be employed in conjunction with an author"=year bibliography style which prints the corresponding labels in the bibliography. It is primarily intended for in-text citations, but it could also be used with citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{labelyear}{true}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}. - -\item[authoryear-comp] -A compact variant of the \texttt{authoryear} style which prints the author only once if subsequent references passed to a single citation command share the same author. If they share the same year as well, the year is also printed only once. For example, instead of «Doe 1995b; Doe 1992; Jones 1998; Doe 1995a» this style would print «Doe 1992, 1995a,b; Jones 1998». It is primarily intended for in-text citations, but it could also be used with citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{sortcites}{true}, \kvopt{labelyear}{true}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}. - -\item[authoryear-ibid] -A variant of the \texttt{authoryear} style which replaces repeated citations by the abbreviation \emph{ibidem} unless the citation is the first one on the current page or double-page spread, or the \emph{ibidem} would be ambiguous in the sense of the package option \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{labelyear}{true}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}, \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{pagetracker}{true}. This style also provides an additional preamble option called \opt{ibidpage}. See the style example for details. - -\item[authoryear-icomp] -A style combining \texttt{authoryear-comp} and \texttt{authoryear-ibid}. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{labelyear}{true}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}, \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{pagetracker}{true}, \kvopt{sortcites}{true}. This style also provides an additional preamble option called \opt{ibidpage}. See the style example for details. - -\item[authortitle] -This style implements a simple author"=title citation scheme. It will make use of the \bibfield{shorttitle} field, if available. It is intended for citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}. - -\item[authortitle-comp] -A compact variant of the \texttt{authortitle} style which prints the author only once if subsequent references passed to a single citation command share the same author. For example, instead of «Doe, \emph{First title}; Doe, \emph{Second title}» this style would print «Doe, \emph{First title}, \emph{Second title}». It is intended for citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{sortcites}{true}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}. - -\item[authortitle-ibid] -A variant of the \texttt{authortitle} style which replaces repeated citations by the abbreviation \emph{ibidem} unless the citation is the first one on the current page or double-page spread, or the \emph{ibidem} would be ambiguous in the sense of the package option \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}. It is intended for citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}, \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{pagetracker}{true}. This style also provides an additional preamble option called \opt{ibidpage}. See the style example for details. - -\item[authortitle-icomp] -A style combining the features of \texttt{authortitle-comp} and \texttt{authortitle-ibid}. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}, \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{pagetracker}{true}, \kvopt{sortcites}{true}. This style also provides an additional preamble option called \opt{ibidpage}. See the style example for details. - -\item[authortitle-terse] -A terse variant of the \texttt{authortitle} style which only prints the title if the bibliography contains more than one work by the respective author\slash editor. This style will make use of the \bibfield{shorttitle} field, if available. It is suitable for in-text citations as well as citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{singletitle}{true}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}. - -\item[authortitle-tcomp] -A style combining the features of \texttt{authortitle-comp} and \texttt{authortitle-terse}. This style will make use of the \bibfield{shorttitle} field, if available. It is suitable for in-text citations as well as citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{sortcites}{true}, \kvopt{singletitle}{true}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}. - -\item[authortitle-ticomp] -A style combining the features of \texttt{authortitle-icomp} and \texttt{authortitle-terse}. In other words: a variant of the \texttt{authortitle-tcomp} style with an \emph{ibidem} feature. This style is suitable for in-text citations as well as citations given in footnotes. It will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{inline}, \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{pagetracker}{true}, \kvopt{sortcites}{true}, \kvopt{singletitle}{true}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}. This style also provides an additional preamble option called \opt{ibidpage}. See the style example for details. - -\item[verbose] -A verbose citation style which prints a full citation similar to a bibliography entry when an entry is cited for the first time, and a short citation afterwards. If available, the \bibfield{shorttitle} field is used in all short citations. If the \bibfield{shorthand} field is defined, the shorthand is introduced on the first citation and used as the short citation thereafter. This style may be used without a list of references and shorthands since all bibliographic data is provided on the first citation. It is intended for citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{citetracker}{context}. This style also provides an additional preamble option called \opt{citepages}. See the style example for details. - -\item[verbose-ibid] -A variant of the \texttt{verbose} style which replaces repeated citations by the abbreviation \emph{ibidem} unless the citation is the first one on the current page or double-page spread, or the \emph{ibidem} would be ambiguous in the sense of \kvopt{ibidtracker}{strict}. This style is intended for citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{citetracker}{context}, \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{pagetracker}{true}. This style also provides additional preamble options called \opt{ibidpage} and \opt{citepages}. See the style example for details. - -\item[verbose-note] -This style is similar to the \texttt{verbose} style in that it prints a full citation similar to a bibliography entry when an entry is cited for the first time, and a short citation afterwards. In contrast to the \texttt{verbose} style, the short citation is a pointer to the footnote with the full citation. If the bibliography contains more than one work by the respective author\slash editor, the pointer also includes the title. If available, the \bibfield{shorttitle} field is used in all short citations. If the \bibfield{shorthand} field is defined, it is handled as with the \texttt{verbose} style. This style may be used without a list of references and shorthands since all bibliographic data is provided on the first citation. It is exclusively intended for citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{citetracker}{context}, \kvopt{singletitle}{true}. This style also provides additional preamble options called \opt{pageref} and \opt{citepages}. See the style example for details. - -\item[verbose-inote] -A variant of the \texttt{verbose"=note} style which replaces repeated citations by the abbreviation \emph{ibidem} unless the citation is the first one on the current page or double-page spread, or the \emph{ibidem} would be ambiguous in the sense of \kvopt{ibidtracker}{strict}. This style is exclusively intended for citations given in footnotes. It will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{citetracker}{context}, \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{singletitle}{true}, \kvopt{pagetracker}{true}. This style also provides additional preamble options called \opt{ibidpage}, \opt{pageref}, and \opt{citepages}. See the style example for details. - -\item[verbose-trad1] -This style implements a traditional citation scheme. It is similar to the \texttt{verbose} style in that it prints a full citation similar to a bibliography entry when an item is cited for the first time, and a short citation afterwards. Apart from that, it uses the scholarly abbreviations \emph{ibidem}, \emph{idem}, \emph{op.~cit.}, and \emph{loc.~cit.} to replace recurrent authors, titles, and page numbers in repeated citations in a special way. If the \bibfield{shorthand} field is defined, the shorthand is introduced on the first citation and used as the short citation thereafter. This style may be used without a list of references and shorthands since all bibliographic data is provided on the first citation. It is intended for citations given in footnotes. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{citetracker}{context}, \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{idemtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{opcittracker}{context}, \kvopt{loccittracker}{context}. This style also provides additional preamble options called \opt{ibidpage}, \opt{strict}, and \opt{citepages}. See the style example for details. - -\item[verbose-trad2] -Another traditional citation scheme. It is also similar to the \texttt{verbose} style but uses scholarly abbreviations like \emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} in repeated citations. In contrast to the \texttt{verbose-trad1} style, the logic of the \emph{op.~cit.} abbreviations is different in this style and \emph{loc.~cit.} is not used at all. It is in fact more similar to \texttt{verbose-ibid} and \texttt{verbose-inote} than to \texttt{verbose-trad1}. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{citetracker}{context}, \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{idemtracker}{constrict}. This style also provides additional preamble options called \opt{ibidpage}, \opt{strict}, and \opt{citepages}. See the style example for details. - -\item[verbose-trad3] -Yet another traditional citation scheme. It is similar to the \texttt{verbose-trad2} style but uses the scholarly abbreviations \emph{ibidem} and \emph{op.~cit.} in a slightly different way. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, \kvopt{citetracker}{context}, \kvopt{ibidtracker}{constrict}, \kvopt{loccittracker}{constrict}. This style also provides additional preamble options called \opt{strict} and \opt{citepages}. See the style example for details. - -\item[reading] -A citation style which goes with the bibliography style by the same name. It simply loads the \texttt{authortitle} style. - -\end{marglist} - -The following citation styles are special purpose styles. They are not intended for the final version of a document: - -\begin{marglist} - -\item[draft] -A draft style which uses the entry keys in citations. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{plain}. - -\item[debug] -This style prints the entry key rather than some kind of label. It is intended for debugging only and will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{autocite}{plain}. - -\end{marglist} - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Styles} -\label{use:xbx:bbx} - -All bibliography styles which come with this package use the same basic format for the individual bibliography entries. They only differ in the kind of label printed in the bibliography and the overall formatting of the list of references. There is a matching bibliography style for every citation style. Note that some bibliography styles are not mentioned below because they simply load a more generic style. For example, the bibligraphy style \texttt{authortitle-comp} will load the \texttt{authortitle} style. - -\begin{marglist} - -\item[numeric] -This style prints a numeric label similar to the standard bibliographic facilities of \latex. It is intended for use in conjunction with a numeric citation style. Note that the \bibfield{shorthand} field overrides the default label. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{labelnumber}{true}. This style also provides an additional preamble option called \opt{subentry} which affects the formatting of entry sets. If this option is enabled, all members of a set are marked with a letter which may be used in citations referring to a set member rather than the entire set. See the style example for details. - -\item[alphabetic] -This style prints an alphabetic label similar to the \path{alpha.bst} style of traditional \bibtex. It is intended for use in conjunction with an alphabetic citation style. Note that the \bibfield{shorthand} field overrides the default label. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{labelalpha}{true}, \kvopt{sorting}{anyt}. - -\item[authoryear] -This style differs from the other styles in that the publication date is not printed towards the end of the entry but rather after the author\slash editor. It is intended for use in conjunction with an author"=year citation style. Recurring author and editor names are replaced by a dash unless the entry is the first one on the current page or double-page spread. This style provides an additional preamble option called \opt{dashed} which controls this feature. It also provided a preamble option called \opt{mergedate}. See the style example for details. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{labelyear}{true}, \kvopt{sorting}{nyt}, \kvopt{pagetracker}{true}, \kvopt{mergedate}{true}. - -\item[authortitle] -This style does not print any label at all. It is intended for use in conjunction with an author"=title citation style. Recurring author and editor names are replaced by a dash unless the entry is the first one on the current page or double-page spread. This style also provides an additional preamble option called \opt{dashed} which controls this feature. See the style example for details. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{pagetracker}{true}. - -\item[verbose] -This style is similar to the \texttt{authortitle} style. It also provides an additional preamble option called \opt{dashed}. See the style example for details. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{pagetracker}{true}. - -\item[reading] -This special bibliography style is designed for personal reading lists, annotated bibliographies, and similar applications. It optionally includes the fields \bibfield{annotation}, \bibfield{abstract}, \bibfield{library}, and \bibfield{file} in the bibliography. If desired, it also adds various kinds of short headers to the bibliography. This style also provides the additional preamble options \opt{entryhead}, \opt{entrykey}, \opt{annotation}, \opt{abstract}, \opt{library}, and \opt{file} which control whether or not the corresponding items are printed in the bibliography. See the style example for details. See also \secref{use:use:prf}. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{loadfiles}{true}, \kvopt{entryhead}{true}, \kvopt{entrykey}{true}, \kvopt{annotation}{true}, \kvopt{abstract}{true}, \kvopt{library}{true}, \kvopt{file}{true}. - -\end{marglist} - -The following bibliography styles are special purpose styles. They are not intended for the final version of a document: - -\begin{marglist} - -\item[draft] -This draft style includes the entry keys in the bibliography. The bibligraphy will be sorted by entry key. The style will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{sorting}{debug}. - -\item[debug] -This style prints all bibliographic data in tabular format. It is intended for debugging only and will set the following package options at load time: \kvopt{sorting}{debug}. - -\end{marglist} - -\subsection{Sorting Options} -\label{use:srt} - -This package supports various sorting schemes for the bibliography. The sorting scheme is selected with the \opt{sorting} package option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. Apart from the regular data fields there are also some special fields which may be used to optimize the sorting of the bibliography. \Apxref{apx:srt:a1, apx:srt:a2} give an outline of the alphabetic sorting schemes supported by \sty{biblatex}. Chronological sorting schemes are listed in \apxref{apx:srt:chr}. A few explanations concerning these schemes are in order. - -The first item considered in the sorting process is always the \bibfield{presort} field of the entry. If this field is undefined, \sty{biblatex} will use the default value <\texttt{mm}> as a presort string. The next item considered is the \bibfield{sortkey} field. If this field is defined, it serves as the master sort key. Apart from the \bibfield{presort} field, no further data is considered in this case. If the \bibfield{sortkey} field is undefined, sorting continues with the name. The package will try using the \bibfield{sortname}, \bibfield{author}, \bibfield{editor}, and \bibfield{translator} fields, in this order. Which fields are considered also depends on the setting of the \opt{useauthor}, \opt{useeditor}, and \opt{usetranslator} options. If all three of them are disabled, the \bibfield{sortname} field is ignored as well. Note that all name fields are responsive to \opt{maxnames} and \opt{minnames}. If no name field is available, either because all of them are undefined or because \opt{useauthor}, \opt{useeditor}, and \opt{usetranslator} are disabled, \sty{biblatex} will fall back to the \bibfield{sorttitle} and \bibfield{title} fields as a last resort. The remaining items are, in various order: the \bibfield{sortyear} field, if defined, or the first four digits of the \bibfield{year} field otherwise; the \bibfield{sorttitle} field, if defined, or the \bibfield{title} field otherwise; the \bibfield{volume} field, which is padded to four digits with leading zeros, or the string \texttt{0000} otherwise. Note that the sorting schemes shown in \apxref{apx:srt:a2} include an additional item: \bibfield{labelalpha} is the label used by <alphabetic> bibliography styles. Strictly speaking, the string used for sorting is \bibfield{labelalpha}~+ \bibfield{extraalpha}. The sorting schemes in \apxref{apx:srt:a2} are intended to be used in conjunction with alphabetic styles only. - -The chronological sorting schemes presented in \apxref{apx:srt:chr} also make use of the \bibfield{presort} and \bibfield{sortkey} fields, if defined. The next item considered is the \bibfield{sortyear} or the \bibfield{year} field, depending on availability. The \opt{ynt} scheme extracts the first four Arabic figures from the field. If both fields are undefined, the string \texttt{9999} is used as a fallback value. This means that all entries without a year will be moved to the end of the list. The \opt{ydnt} scheme is similar in concept but sorts the year in descending order. As with the \opt{ynt} scheme, the string \texttt{9999} is used as a fallback value. The remaining items are similar to the alphabetic sorting schemes discussed above. Note that the \opt{ydnt} sorting scheme will only sort the date in descending order. All other items are sorted in ascending order as usual. - -Using special fields such as \bibfield{sortkey}, \bibfield{sortname}, or \bibfield{sorttitle} is usually not required. The \sty{biblatex} package is quite capable of working out the desired sorting order by using the data found in the regular fields of an entry. You will only need them if you want to manually modify the sorting order of the bibliography or if any data required for sorting is missing. Please refer to the field descriptions in \secref{bib:fld:spc} for details on possible uses of the special fields. Also note that using \file{bibtex8} or Biber instead of legacy \file{bibtex} is strongly recommended. - -\subsection{Bibliography Commands} -\label{use:bib} - -\subsubsection{Resources} -\label{use:bib:res} - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{addbibresource}[options]{resource} - -Adds a \prm{resource}, such as a \file{.bib} file, to the default resource list. This command is only available in the preamble. It replaces the \cmd{bibliography} legacy command. Note that files must be specified with their full name, including the extension. Do not omit the \file{.bib} extension from the filename. Also note that the \prm{resource} is a single resource. Invoke \cmd{addbibresource} multiple times to add more resources, for example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\addbibresource{bibfile1.bib} -\addbibresource{bibfile2.bib} -\addbibresource[location=remote]{http://www.citeulike.org/bibtex/group/9517} -\addbibresource[location=remote,label=lan]{ftp://192.168.1.57/~user/file.bib} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since the \prm{resource} string is read in a verbatim-like mode, it may contain arbitrary characters. The only restriction is that any curly braces must be balanced. The following \prm{options} are available: - -\begin{optionlist*} - -\valitem{label}{identifier} - -Assigns a label to a resource. The \prm{identifier} may be used in place of the full resource name in the optional argument of \env{refsection} (see \ref{use:bib:sec}). - -\valitem[local]{location}{location} - -The location of the resource. The \prm{location} may be either \texttt{local} for local resources or \texttt{remote} for \acr{URL}s. Remote resources require Biber. The protocols \acr{HTTP} and \acr{FTP} are supported. The remote \acr{URL} must be a fully qualified path to a \file{bib} file or a \acr{URL} which returns a \file{bib} file. - -\valitem[file]{type}{type} - -The type of resource. Currently, the only supported type is \texttt{file}. - -\valitem[bibtex]{datatype}{datatype} - -The data type (format) of the resource. The following formats are currently supported: - -\begin{valuelist}[zoterordfxml] - -\item[bibtex] \bibtex format. - -\item[ris]\BiberOnlyMark Research Information Systems (\acr{RIS}) format.\fnurl{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RIS_(file_format)} Note that an \texttt{ID} tag is required in all \acr{RIS} records. The \texttt{ID} value corresponds to the entry key. Support for this format is experimental. - -\item[zoterordfxml]\BiberOnlyMark Zotero \acr{RDF}/\acr{XML} format. Support for this format is experimental. Refer to the Biber manual for details. - -\item[endnotexml]\BiberOnlyMark EndNote \acr{XML} format. Support for this format is experimental. Refer to the Biber manual for details. - -\end{valuelist} - -\end{optionlist*} - -\cmditem{addglobalbib}[options]{resource} - -This command differs from \cmd{addbibresource} in that the \prm{resource} is added to the global resource list. The difference between default resources and global resources is only relevant if there are reference sections in the document and the optional argument of \env{refsection} (\secref{use:bib:sec}) is used to specify alternative resources which replace the default resource list. Any global resources are added to all reference sections. - -\cmditem{addsectionbib}[options]{resource} - -This command differs from \cmd{addbibresource} in that the resource \prm{options} are registered but the \prm{resource} not added to any resource list. This is only required for resources which 1) are given exclusively in the optional argument of \env{refsection} (\ref{use:bib:sec}) and 2) require options different from the default settings. In this case, \cmd{addsectionbib} is employed to qualify the \prm{resource} prior to using it by setting the appropriate \prm{options} in the preamble. The \opt{label} option may be useful to assign a short name to the resource. - -\cmditem{bibliography}{bibfile, \dots}|\DeprecatedMark| - -The legacy command for adding bibliographic resources, supported for backwards compatibility. Like \cmd{addbibresource}, this command is only available in the preamble and adds resources to the default resource list. Its argument is a comma"=separated list of \file{bib} files. The \file{.bib} extension may be omitted from the filename. Invoking this command multiple times to add more files is permissible. This command is deprecated. Please consider using \cmd{addbibresource} instead. - -\subsubsection{The Bibliography} -\label{use:bib:bib} - -\cmditem{printbibliography}[key=value, \dots] - -This command prints the bibliography. It takes one optional argument, which is a list of options given in \keyval notation. The following options are available: - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\begin{optionlist*} - -\valitem[bibliography/shorthands]{env}{name} - -The <high-level> layout of the bibliography and the list of shorthands is controlled by enviroments defined with \cmd{defbibenvironment}. This option selects an environment. The \prm{name} corresponds to the identifier used when defining the environment with \cmd{defbibenvironment}. By default, the \cmd{printbibliography} command uses the identifier \texttt{bibliography}; \cmd{printshorthands} uses \texttt{shorthands}. See also \secref{use:bib:los,use:bib:hdg}. - -\valitem[bibliography/shorthands]{heading}{name} - -The bibliography and the list of shorthands typically have a chapter or section heading. This option selects the heading \prm{name}, as defined with \cmd{defbibheading}. By default, the \cmd{printbibliography} command uses the heading \texttt{bibliography}; \cmd{printshorthands} uses \texttt{shorthands}. See also \secref{use:bib:los,use:bib:hdg}. - -\valitem{title}{text} - -This option overrides the default title provided by the heading selected with the \opt{heading} option, if supported by the heading definition. See \secref{use:bib:hdg} for details. - -\valitem{prenote}{name} - -The prenote is an arbitrary piece of text to be printed after the heading but before the list of references. This option selects the prenote \prm{name}, as defined with \cmd{defbibnote}. By default, no prenote is printed. The note is printed in the standard text font. It is not affected by \cmd{bibsetup} and \cmd{bibfont} but it may contain its own font declarations. See \secref{use:bib:nts} for details. - -\valitem{postnote}{name} - -The postnote is an arbitrary piece of text to be printed after the list of references. This option selects the postnote \prm{name}, as defined with \cmd{defbibnote}. By default, no postnote is printed. The note is printed in the standard text font. It is not affected by \cmd{bibsetup} and \cmd{bibfont} but it may contain its own font declarations. See \secref{use:bib:nts} for details. - -\intitem[0]{section} - -Print only entries cited in reference section \prm{integer}. The reference sections are numbered starting at~1. All citations given outside a \env{refsection} environment are assigned to section~0. See \secref{use:bib:sec} for details and \secref{use:use:mlt} for usage examples. When giving a chain of multiple filters, the \texttt{section} filter must always be given first. - -\intitem[0]{segment} - -Print only entries cited in reference segment \prm{integer}. The reference segments are numbered starting at~1. All citations given outside a \env{refsegment} environment are assigned to segment~0. See \secref{use:bib:seg} for details and \secref{use:use:mlt} for usage examples. - -\valitem{type}{entrytype} - -Print only entries whose entry type is \prm{entrytype}. - -\valitem{nottype}{entrytype} - -Print only entries whose entry type is not \prm{entrytype}. This option may be used multiple times. - -\valitem{subtype}{subtype} - -Print only entries whose \bibfield{entrysubtype} is defined and \prm{subtype}. - -\valitem{notsubtype}{subtype} - -Print only entries whose \bibfield{entrysubtype} is undefined or not \prm{subtype}. This option may be used multiple times. - -\valitem{keyword}{keyword} - -Print only entries whose \bibfield{keywords} field includes \prm{keyword}. This option may be used multiple times. - -\valitem{notkeyword}{keyword} - -Print only entries whose \bibfield{keywords} field does not include \prm{keyword}. This option may be used multiple times. - -\valitem{category}{category} - -Print only entries assigned to category \prm{category}. This option may be used multiple times. - -\valitem{notcategory}{category} - -Print only entries not assigned to category \prm{category}. This option may be used multiple times. - -\valitem{filter}{name} - -Filter the entries with filter \prm{name}, as defined with \cmd{defbibfilter}. See \secref{use:bib:flt} for details. - -\valitem{check}{name} - -Filter the entries with check \prm{name}, as defined with \cmd{defbibcheck}. See \secref{use:bib:flt} for details. - -\valitem{prefixnumbers}{string} - -This option applies to numerical citation\slash bibliography styles only and requires that the \opt{defernumbers} option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} be enabled globally. Setting this option will implicitly enable \opt{resetnumbers} for the current bibliography. The option assigns the \prm{string} as a prefix to all entries in the respective bibliography. For example, if the \prm{string} is \texttt{A}, the numerical labels printed will be \texttt{[A1]}, \texttt{[A2]}, \texttt{[A3]}, etc. This is useful for subdivided numerical bibliographies where each subbibliography uses a different prefix. The \prm{string} is available to styles in the \bibfield{prefixnumber} field of all affected entries. See \secref{aut:bbx:fld:lab} for details. - -\boolitem{resetnumbers} - -This option applies to numerical citation\slash bibliography styles only and requires that the \opt{defernumbers} option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} be enabled globally. If enabled, it will reset the numerical labels assigned to the entries in the respective bibliography, \ie the numbering will restart at~1. Use this option with care as \sty{biblatex} can not guarantee unique labels globally if they are reset manually. - -\boolitem{omitnumbers} - -This option applies to numerical citation\slash bibliography styles only and requires that the \opt{defernumbers} option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} be enabled globally. If enabled, \sty{biblatex} will not assign a numerical label to the entries in the respective bibliography. This is useful when mixing a numerical subbibliography with one or more subbibliographies using a different scheme (\eg author-title or author-year). - -\end{optionlist*} - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{bibbysection}[key=value, \dots] - -This command automatically loops over all reference sections. This is equivalent to giving one \cmd{printbibliography} command for every section but has the additional benefit of automatically skipping sections without references. Note that \cmd{bibbysection} starts looking for references in section \texttt{1}. It will ignore references given outside of \env{refsection} environments since they are assigned to section~0. See \secref{use:use:mlt} for usage examples. The options are a subset of those supported by \cmd{printbibliography}. Valid options are \opt{env}, \opt{heading}, \opt{prenote}, \opt{postnote}. - -\cmditem{bibbysegment}[key=value, \dots] - -This command automatically loops over all reference segments. This is equivalent to giving one \cmd{printbibliography} command for every segment but has the additional benefit of automatically skipping segments without references. Note that \cmd{bibbysegment} starts looking for references in segment \texttt{1}. It will ignore references given outside of \env{refsegment} environments since they are assigned to segment~0. See \secref{use:use:mlt} for usage examples. The options are a subset of those supported by \cmd{printbibliography}. Valid options are \opt{env}, \opt{heading}, \opt{prenote}, \opt{postnote}. - -\cmditem{bibbycategory}[key=value, \dots] - -This command loops over all bibliography categories. This is equivalent to giving one \cmd{printbibliography} command for every category but has the additional benefit of automatically skipping empty categories. The categories are processed in the order in which they were declared. See \secref{use:use:mlt} for usage examples. The options are a subset of those supported by \cmd{printbibliography}. Valid options are \opt{env}, \opt{prenote}, \opt{postnote}, \opt{section}. Note that \opt{heading} is not available with this command. The name of the current category is automatically used as the heading name. This is equivalent to passing \texttt{heading=\prm{category}} to \cmd{printbibliography} and implies that there must be a matching heading definition for every category. - -\cmditem{printbibheading}[key=value, \dots] - -This command prints a bibliography heading defined with \cmd{defbibheading}. It takes one optional argument, which is a list of options given in \keyval notation. The options are a small subset of those supported by \cmd{printbibliography}. Valid options are \opt{heading} and \opt{title}. By default, this command uses the heading \texttt{bibliography}. See \secref{use:bib:hdg} for details. Also see \secref{use:use:mlt,use:use:div} for usage examples. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{The List of Shorthands} -\label{use:bib:los} - -If any entry includes a \bibfield{shorthand} field, \sty{biblatex} automatically builds a list of shorthands which may be printed in addition to the regular bibliography. The following command prints the list of shorthands. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{printshorthands}[key=value, \dots] - -This command prints the list of shorthands. It takes one optional argument, which is a list of options given in \keyval notation. Valid options are all options supported by \cmd{printbibliography} (\secref{use:bib:bib}) except \opt{prefixnumbers}, \opt{resetnumbers}, and \opt{omitnumbers}. If there are any \env{refsection} environments in the document, the list of shorthands will be local to these environments; see \secref{use:bib:sec} for details. By default, this command uses the heading \texttt{shorthands}. See \secref{use:bib:hdg} for details. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Sections} -\label{use:bib:sec} - -The \env{refsection} environment is used in the document body to mark a reference section. This environment is useful if you want separate, independent bibliographies and lists of shorthands in each chapter, section, or any other part of a document. Within a reference section, all cited works are assigned labels which are local to the environment. Technically, reference sections are completely independent from document divisions such as \cmd{chapter} and \cmd{section} even though they will most likely be used per chapter or section. See the \opt{refsection} package option in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} for a way to automate this. Also see \secref{use:use:mlt} for usage examples. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\envitem{refsection}[resource, \dots] - -The optional argument is a comma"=separated list of resources specific to the reference section. If the argument is omitted, the reference section will use the default resource list, as specified with \cmd{addbibresource} in the preamble. If the argument is provided, it replaces the default resource list. Global resources specified with \cmd{addglobalbib} are always considered. \env{refsection} environments may not be nested, but you may use \env{refsegment} environments within a \env{refsection} to subdivide it into segments. Use the \opt{section} option of \cmd{printbibliography} to select a section when printing the bibliography, and the corresponding option of \cmd{printshorthands} when printing the list of shorthands. Bibliography sections are numbered starting at~\texttt{1}. The number of the current section is also written to the transcript file. All citations given outside a \env{refsection} environment are assigned to section~0. If \cmd{printbibliography} is used within a \env{refsection}, it will automatically select the current section. The \opt{section} option is not required in this case. This also applies to \cmd{printshorthands}. - -\cmditem{newrefsection}[resource, \dots] - -This command is similar to the \env{refsection} environment except that it is a stand"=alone command rather than an environment. It automatically ends the previous reference section (if any) and immediately starts a new one. Note that the reference section started by the last \cmd{newrefsection} command in the document will extend to the very end of the document. Use \cmd{endrefsection} if you want to terminate it earlier. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Segments} -\label{use:bib:seg} - -The \env{refsegment} environment is used in the document body to mark a reference segment. This environment is useful if you want one global bibliography which is subdivided by chapter, section, or any other part of the document. Technically, reference segments are completely independent from document divisions such as \cmd{chapter} and \cmd{section} even though they will typically be used per chapter or section. See the \opt{refsegment} package option in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} for a way to automate this. Also see \secref{use:use:mlt} for usage examples. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\envitem{refsegment} - -The difference between a \env{refsection} and a \env{refsegment} environment is that the former creates labels which are local to the environment whereas the latter provides a target for the \opt{segment} filter of \cmd{printbibliography} without affecting the labels. They will be unique across the entire document. \env{refsegment} environments may not be nested, but you may use them in conjunction with \env{refsection} to subdivide a reference section into segments. In this case, the segments are local to the enclosing \env{refsection} environment. Use the \env{refsegment} option of \cmd{printbibliography} to select a segment when printing the bibliography. The reference segments are numbered starting at~\texttt{1} and the number of the current segment will be written to the transcript file. All citations given outside a \env{refsegment} environment are assigned to segment~0. In contrast to the \env{refsection} environment, the current segment is not selected automatically if \cmd{printbibliography} is used within a \env{refsegment} environment. - -\csitem{newrefsegment} - -This command is similar to the \env{refsegment} environment except that it is a stand"=alone command rather than an environment. It automatically ends the previous reference segment (if any) and immediately starts a new one. Note that the reference segment started by the last \cmd{newrefsegment} command will extend to the end of the document. Use \cmd{endrefsegment} if you want to terminate it earlier. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Categories} -\label{use:bib:cat} - -Bibliography categories allow you to split the bibliography into multiple parts dedicated to different topics or different types of references, for example primary and secondary sources. See \secref{use:use:div} for usage examples. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{DeclareBibliographyCategory}{category} - -Declares a new \prm{category}, to be used in conjunction with \cmd{addtocategory} and the -\opt{category} and \opt{notcategory} filters of \cmd{printbibliography}. This command is used in the document preamble. - -\cmditem{addtocategory}{category}{key} - -Assigns a \prm{key} to a \prm{category}, to be used in conjunction with the \opt{category} and \opt{notcategory} filters of \cmd{printbibliography}. This command may be used in the preamble and in the document body. The \prm{key} may be a single entry key or a comma"=separated list of keys. The assignment is global. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Headings and Environments} -\label{use:bib:hdg} - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{defbibenvironment}{name}{begin code}{end code}{item code} - -This command defines bibliography environments. The \prm{name} is an identifier passed to the \opt{env} option of \cmd{printbibliography} and \cmd{printshorthands} when selecting the environment. The \prm{begin code} is \latex code to be executed at the beginning of the environment; the \prm{end code} is executed at the end of the environment; the \prm{item code} is code to be executed at the beginning of each entry in the bibliography or the list of shorthands. Here is an example of a definition based on the standard \latex \env{list} environment: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list{} - {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}% - \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} -\end{lstlisting} -% -As seen in the above example, usage of \cmd{defbibenvironment} is roughly similar to \cmd{newenvironment} except that there is an additional mandatory argument for the \prm{item code}. - -\cmditem{defbibheading}{name}[title]{code} - -This command defines bibliography headings. The \prm{name} is an identifier to be passed to the \opt{heading} option of \cmd{printbibliography} or \cmd{printbibheading} and \cmd{printshorthands} when selecting the heading. The \prm{code} should be \latex code generating a fully"=fledged heading, including page headers and an entry in the table of contents, if desired. If \cmd{printbibliography} or \cmd{printshorthands} are invoked with a \opt{title} option, the title will be passed to the heading definition as |#1|. If not, the default title specified by the optional \prm{title} argument is passed as |#1| instead. The \prm{title} argument will typically be \cmd{bibname}, \cmd{refname}, or \cmd{losname} (see \secref{aut:lng:key:bhd}). Here is an example of a simple heading definition: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\defbibheading{bibliography}[\bibname]{% - \chapter*{#1}% - \markboth{#1}{#1}} -\end{lstlisting} - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -The following headings, which are intended for use with \cmd{printbibliography} and \cmd{printbibheading}, are predefined: - -\begin{valuelist*} - -\item[bibliography] -This is the default heading used by \cmd{printbibliography} if the \opt{heading} option is not given. Its default definition depends on the document class. If the class provides a \cmd{chapter} command, the heading is similar to the bibliography heading of the standard \latex \texttt{book} class, \ie it uses \cmd{chapter*} to create an unnumbered chapter heading which is not included in the table of contents. If there is no \cmd{chapter} command, it is similar to the bibliography heading of the standard \latex \texttt{article} class, \ie it uses \cmd{section*} to create an unnumbered section heading which is not included in the table of contents. The string used in the heading also depends on the document class. With \texttt{book}-like classes the localization string \texttt{bibliography} is used, with other classes it is \texttt{references} (see \secref{aut:lng:key}). See also \secref{use:cav:scr, use:cav:mem} for class-specific hints. - -\item[subbibliography] -Similar to \texttt{bibliography} but one sectioning level lower. This heading definition uses \cmd{section*} instead of \cmd{chapter*} with a \texttt{book}-like class and \cmd{subsection*} instead of \cmd{section*} otherwise. - -\item[bibintoc] -Similar to \texttt{bibliography} above but adds an entry to the table of contents. - -\item[subbibintoc] -Similar to \texttt{subbibliography} above but adds an entry to the table of contents. - -\item[bibnumbered] -Similar to \texttt{bibliography} above but uses \cmd{chapter} or \cmd{section} to create a numbered heading which is also added to the table of contents. - -\item[subbibnumbered] -Similar to \texttt{subbibliography} above but uses \cmd{section} or \cmd{subsection} to create a numbered heading which is also added to the table of contents. - -\item[none] -A blank heading definition. Use this to suppress the heading. - -\end{valuelist*} - -The following headings intended for use with \cmd{printshorthands} are predefined: - -\begin{valuelist*} - -\item[shorthands] -This is the default heading used by \cmd{printshorthands} if the \opt{heading} option is not given. It is similar to \texttt{bibliography} above except that it uses the localization string \texttt{shorthands} instead of \texttt{bibliography} or \texttt{references} (see \secref{aut:lng:key}). See also \secref{use:cav:scr, use:cav:mem} for class-specific hints. - -\item[losintoc] -Similar to \texttt{shorthands} above but adds an entry to the table of contents. - -\item[losnumbered] -Similar to \texttt{shorthands} above but uses \cmd{chapter} or \cmd{section} to create a numbered heading which is also added to the table of contents. - -\end{valuelist*} - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Notes} -\label{use:bib:nts} - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{defbibnote}{name}{text} - -Defines the bibliography note \prm{name}, to be used via the \opt{prenote} and \opt{postnote} options of \cmd{printbibliography} and \cmd{printshorthands}. The \prm{text} may be any arbitrary piece of text, possibly spanning several paragraphs and containing font declarations. Also see \secref{use:cav:act}. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Filters and Checks} -\label{use:bib:flt} - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{defbibfilter}{name}{expression} - -Defines the custom bibliography filter \prm{name}, to be used via the \opt{filter} option of \cmd{printbibliography}. The \prm{expression} is a complex test based on the logical operators \texttt{and}, \texttt{or}, \texttt{not}, the group separator \texttt{(...)}, and the following atomic tests: - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\begin{optionlist*} - -\valitem{segment}{integer} - -Matches all entries cited in reference segment \prm{integer}. - -\valitem{type}{entrytype} - -Matches all entries whose entry type is \prm{entrytype}. - -\valitem{subtype}{subtype} - -Matches all entries whose \bibfield{entrysubtype} is \prm{subtype}. - -\valitem{keyword}{keyword} - -Matches all entries whose \bibfield{keywords} field includes \prm{keyword}. If the \prm{keyword} contains spaces, it needs to be wrapped in braces. - -\valitem{category}{category} - -Matches all entries assigned to \prm{category} with \cmd{addtocategory}. - -\end{optionlist*} - -Here is an example of a filter expression: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex,keywords={and,or,not,type,keyword}]{} -\defbibfilter{example}{% - ( type=book or type=inbook ) - and keyword=abc - and not keyword={x y z} -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -This filter will match all entries whose entry type is either \bibtype{book} or \bibtype{inbook} and whose \bibfield{keywords} field includes the keyword <\texttt{abc}> but not <\texttt{x y z}>. As seen in the above example, all elements are separated by whitespace (spaces, tabs, or line endings). There is no spacing around the equal sign. The logical operators are evaluated with the \cmd{ifboolexpr} command from the \sty{etoolbox} package. See the \sty{etoolbox} manual for details about the syntax. The syntax of the \cmd{ifthenelse} command from the \sty{ifthen} package, which has been employed in older versions of \sty{biblatex}, is still supported. This is the same test using \sty{ifthen}-like syntax: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=ifthen,morekeywords={\\type,\\keyword}]{} -\defbibfilter{example}{% - \( \type{book} \or \type{inbook} \) - \and \keyword{abc} - \and \not \keyword{x y z} -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Note that custom filters are local to the reference section in which they are used. Use the \texttt{section} filter of \cmd{printbibliography} to select a different section. This is not possible from within a custom filter. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{defbibcheck}{name}{code} - -Defines the custom bibliography filter \prm{name}, to be used via the \opt{check} option of \cmd{printbibliography}. \cmd{defbibcheck} is similar in concept to \cmd{defbibfilter} but much more low-level. Rather than a high-level expression, the \prm{code} is \latex code, much like the code used in driver definitions, which may perform arbitrary tests to decide whether or not a given entry is to be printed. The bibliographic data of the respective entry is available when the \prm{code} is executed. Issuing the command \cmd{skipentry} in the \prm{code} will cause the current entry to be skipped. For example, the following filter will only output entries with an \bibfield{abstract} field: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\defbibcheck{<<abstract>>}{% - \iffieldundef{abstract}{<<\skipentry>>}{}} -... -\printbibliography[<<check=abstract>>] -\end{lstlisting} -% -The following check will exclude all entries published before the year 2000: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\defbibcheck{recent}{% - \iffieldint{year} - {\ifnumless{\thefield{year}}{2000} - {\skipentry} - {}} - {\skipentry}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -See the author guide, in particular \secref{aut:aux:tst,aut:aux:ife}, for further details. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Dynamic Entry Sets} -\label{use:bib:set} - -In addition to the \bibtype{set} entry type, \sty{biblatex} also supports dynamic entry sets defined on a per-document\slash per-refsection basis. The following command, which may be used in the dcument preamble or the document body, defines the set \prm{key}: - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{defbibentryset}{key}{key1,key2,key3, \dots}|\BiberOnlyMark| - -The \prm{key} is the entry key of the set, which is used like any other entry key when referring to the set. The \prm{key} must be unique and it must not conflict with any other entry key. The second argument is a comma"=separated list of the entry keys which make up the set. \cmd{defbibentryset} implies the equivalent of a \cmd{nocite} command, \ie all sets which are declared are also added to the bibliography. When declaring the same set more than once, only the first invocation of \cmd{defbibentryset} will define the set. Subsequent definitions of the same \prm{key} are ignored and work like \cmd{nocite}\prm{key}. Dynamic entry sets defined in the document body are local to the enclosing \env{refsection} environment, if any. Otherwise, they are assigned to reference section~0. Those defined in the preamble are assigned to reference section~0. Note that dynamic entry sets require Biber. They will not work with any other backend. See \secref{use:use:set} for further details. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsection{Citation Commands} -\label{use:cit} - -All citation commands generally take one mandatory and two optional arguments. The \prm{prenote} is text to be printed at the beginning of the citation. This is usually a notice such as <see> or <compare>. The \prm{postnote} is text to be printed at the very end of the citation. This is usually a page number. If only one of these arguments is given, it is taken as a postnote. If you want to specify a prenote but no postnote, you need to leave the second optional argument empty, as in |\cite[see][]{key}|. The \prm{key} argument to all citation commands is mandatory. This is the entry key or a comma"=separated list of keys corresponding to the entry keys in the \sty{bib} file. In sum, all basic citations commands listed further down have the following syntax: - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem*{command}[prenote][postnote]{keys}<punctuation> - -If the \opt{autopunct} package option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} is enabled, they will scan ahead for any \prm{punctuation} immediately following their last argument. This is useful to avoid spurious punctuation marks after citations. This feature is configured with \cmd{DeclareAutoPunctuation}, see \secref{aut:pct:cfg} for details. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Standard Commands} -\label{use:cit:std} - -The following commands are defined by the citation style. Citation styles may provide any arbitrary number of specialized commands, but these are the standard commands typically provided by general-purpose styles. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{cite}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem{Cite}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -These are the bare citation commands. They print the citation without any additions such as parentheses. The numeric and alphabetic styles still wrap the label in square brackets since the reference may be ambiguous otherwise. \cmd{Cite} is similar to \cmd{cite} but capitalizes the name prefix of the first name in the citation if the \opt{useprefix} option is enabled, provided that there is a name prefix and the citation style prints any name at all. - -\cmditem{parencite}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem{Parencite}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -These commands use a format similar to \cmd{cite} but enclose the entire citation in parentheses. The numeric and alphabetic styles use square brackets instead. \cmd{Parencite} is similar to \cmd{parencite} but capitalizes the name prefix of the first name in the citation if the \opt{useprefix} option is enabled, provided that there is a name prefix and the citation style prints any name at all. - -\cmditem{footcite}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem{footcitetext}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -These command use a format similar to \cmd{cite} but put the entire citation in a footnote and add a period at the end. In the footnote, they automatically capitalize the name prefix of the first name if the \opt{useprefix} option is enabled, provided that there is a name prefix and the citation style prints any name at all. \cmd{footcitetext} differs from \cmd{footcite} in that it uses \cmd{footnotetext} instead of \cmd{footnote}. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Style-specific Commands} -\label{use:cit:cbx} - -The following additional citation commands are only provided by some of the citation styles which ship with this package. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{textcite}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem{Textcite}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -These citation commands are provided by all non-verbose styles which ship with this package. They are intended for use in the flow of text, replacing the subject of a sentence. They print the authors or editors followed by a citation label which is enclosed in parentheses. Depending on the citation style, the label may be a number, the year of publication, an abridged version of the title, or something else. The numeric and alphabetic styles use square brackets instead of parentheses. \cmd{Textcite} is similar to \cmd{textcite} but capitalizes the name prefix of the first name in the citation if the \opt{useprefix} option is enabled, provided that there is a name prefix. - -\cmditem{smartcite}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem{Smartcite}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -Like \cmd{parencite} in a footnote and like \cmd{footcite} in the body. - -\cmditem{cite*}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -This command is provided by all author-year and author-title styles. It is similar to the regular \cmd{cite} command but merely prints the year or the title, respectively. - -\cmditem{parencite*}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -This command is provided by all author-year and author-title styles. It is similar to the regular \cmd{parencite} command but merely prints the year or the title, respectively. - -\cmditem{supercite}{key} - -This command, which is only provided by the numeric styles, prints numeric citations as superscripts without brackets. It uses \cmd{supercitedelim} instead of \cmd{multicitedelim} as citation delimiter. Note that any \prm{prenote} and \prm{postnote} arguments are ignored. If they are given, \cmd{supercite} will discard them and issue a warning message. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Qualified Citation Lists} -\label{use:cit:mlt} - -This package supports a class of special citation commands called <multicite> commands. The point of these commands is that their argument is a list of citations where each item forms a fully qualified citation with a pre- and\slash or postnote. This is particularly useful with parenthetical citations and citations given in footnotes. It is also possible to assign a pre- and\slash or postnote to the entire list. The multicite commands are built on top of backend commands like \cmd{parencite} and \cmd{footcite}. The citation style provides a multicite definition with \cmd{DeclareMultiCiteCommand} (see \secref{aut:cbx:cbx}). The following example illustrates the syntax of multicite commands: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\parencites[35]{key1}[88--120]{key2}[23]{key3} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The format of the arguments is similar to that of the regular citation commands, except that only one citation command is given. If only one optional argument is given for an item in the list, it is taken as a postnote. If you want to specify a prenote but no postnote, you need to leave the second optional argument of the respective item empty: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\parencites[35]{key1}[chapter 2 in][]{key2}[23]{key3} -\end{lstlisting} -% -In addition to that, the entire citation list may also have a pre- and\slash or postnote. The syntax of these global notes differs from other optional arguments in that they are given in parentheses rather than the usual brackets: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\parencites<<(>>and chapter 3<<)>>[35]{key1}[78]{key2}[23]{key3} -\parencites<<(>>Compare<<)()>>[35]{key1}[78]{key2}[23]{key3} -\parencites<<(>>See<<)(>>and the introduction<<)>>[35]{key1}[78]{key2}[23]{key3} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Note that the multicite commands keep on scanning for arguments until they encounter a token that is not the start of an optional or mandatory argument. If a left brace or bracket follows a multicite command, you need to mask it by adding \cmd{relax} or a control space (a backslash followed by a space) after the last valid argument. This will cause the scanner to stop. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex,showspaces]{} -\parencites[35]{key1}[78]{key2}<<\relax>>[...] -\parencites[35]{key1}[78]{key2}<<\ >>{...} -\end{lstlisting} -% -By default, this package provides the following multicite commands which correspond to regular commands from \secref{use:cit:std, use:cit:cbx}: - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{cites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} -\cmditem{Cites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} - -The multicite version of \cmd{cite} and \cmd{Cite}, respectively. - -\cmditem{parencites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} -\cmditem{Parencites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} - -The multicite version of \cmd{parencite} and \cmd{Parencite}, respectively. - -\cmditem{footcites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} -\cmditem{footcitetexts}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} - -The multicite version of \cmd{footcite} and \cmd{footcitetext}, respectively. - -\cmditem{smartcites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} -\cmditem{Smartcites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} - -The multicite version of \cmd{smartcite} and \cmd{Smartcite}, respectively. - -\cmditem{textcites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} -\cmditem{Textcites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} - -The multicite version of \cmd{textcite} and \cmd{Textcite}, respectively. This command is only provided by non-verbose styles. - -\cmditem{supercites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} - -The multicite version of \cmd{supercite}. This command is only provided by the numeric styles. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Style-independent Commands} -\label{use:cit:aut} - -Sometimes it is desirable to give the citations in the source file in a format that is not tied to a specific citation style and can be modified globally in the preamble. The format of the citations is easily changed by loading a different citation style. However, when using commands such as \cmd{parencite} or \cmd{footcite}, the way the citations are integrated with the text is still effectively hard"=coded. The idea behind the \cmd{autocite} command is to provide higher"=level citation markup which makes global switching from inline citations to citations given in footnotes (or as superscripts) possible. The \cmd{autocite} command is built on top of backend commands like \cmd{parencite} and \cmd{footcite}. The citation style provides an \cmd{autocite} definition with \cmd{DeclareAutoCiteCommand} (see \secref{aut:cbx:cbx}). This definition may be activated with the \opt{autocite} package option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. The citation style will usually initialize this package option to a value which is suitable for the style, see \secref{use:xbx:cbx} for details. Note that there are certain limits to high"=level citation markup. For example, inline author-year citation schemes often integrate citations so tightly with the text that it is virtually impossible to automatically convert them to footnotes. The \cmd{autocite} command is only applicable in cases in which you would normally use \cmd{parencite} or \cmd{footcite} (or \cmd{supercite}, with a numeric style). The citations should be given at the end of a sentence or a partial sentence, immediately preceding the terminal punctuation mark, and they should not be a part of the sentence in a grammatical sense (like \cmd{textcite}, for example). - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{autocite}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem{Autocite}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -In contrast to other citation commands, the \cmd{autocite} command does not only scan ahead for punctuation marks following its last argument to avoid double punctuation marks, it actually moves them around if required. For example, with \kvopt{autocite}{footnote}, a trailing punctuation mark will be moved such that the footnote mark is printed after the punctuation. \cmd{Autocite} is similar to \cmd{autocite} but capitalizes the name prefix of the first name in the citation if the \opt{useprefix} option is enabled, provided that there is a name prefix and the citation style prints any name at all. - -\cmditem*{autocite*}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem*{Autocite*}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -The starred variants of \cmd{autocite} do not behave differently from the regular ones. The asterisk is simply passed on to the backend command. For example, if \cmd{autocite} is configured to use \cmd{parencite}, then \cmd{autocite*} will execute \cmd{parencite*}. - -\cmditem{autocites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} -\cmditem{Autocites}(pre)(post)[pre][post]{key}|...|[pre][post]{key} - -This is the multicite version of \cmd{autocite}. It also detects and moves punctuation if required. Note that there is no starred variant. \cmd{Autocites} is similar to \cmd{autocites} but capitalizes the name prefix of the first name in the citation if the \opt{useprefix} option is enabled, provided that there is a name prefix and the citation style prints any name at all. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Text Commands} -\label{use:cit:txt} - -The following commands are provided by the core of \sty{biblatex}. They are intended for use in the flow of text. Note that all text commands are excluded from citation tracking. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{citeauthor}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem{Citeauthor}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -These commands print the authors. Strictly speaking, it prints the \bibfield{labelname} list, which may be the -\bibfield{author}, the \bibfield{editor}, or the \bibfield{translator}. \cmd{Citeauthor} is similar to \cmd{citeauthor} but capitalizes the name prefix of the first name in the citation if the \opt{useprefix} option is enabled, provided that there is a name prefix. - -\cmditem{citetitle}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem*{citetitle*}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -This command prints the title. It will use the abridged title in the \bibfield{shorttitle} field, if available. Otherwise it falls back to the full title found in the \bibfield{title} field. The starred variant always prints the full title. - -\cmditem{citeyear}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -This command prints the year (\bibfield{year} field or year component of \bibfield{date}). - -\cmditem{citedate}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -This command prints the full date (\bibfield{date} or \bibfield{year}). - -\cmditem{citeurl}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -This command prints the \bibfield{url} field. - -\cmditem{parentext}{text} - -This command wraps the \prm{text} in context sensitive parentheses. - -\cmditem{brackettext}{text} - -This command wraps the \prm{text} in context sensitive brackets. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Special Commands} -\label{use:cit:spc} - -The following special commands are also provided by the core of \sty{biblatex}. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{nocite}{key} -\cmditem*{nocite}|\{*\}| - -This command is similar to the standard \latex \cmd{nocite} command. It adds the \prm{key} to the bibliography without printing a citation. If the \prm{key} is an asterisk, all entries available in the \file{bib} file are added to the bibliography. Like all other citation commands, \cmd{nocite} commands in the document body are local to the enclosing \env{refsection} environment, if any. In contrast to standard \latex, \cmd{nocite} may also be used in the document preamble. In this case, the references are assigned to reference section~0. - -\cmditem{fullcite}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -This command uses the bibliography driver for the respective entry type to create a full citation similar to the bibliography entry. It is thus related to the bibliography style rather than the citation style. - -\cmditem{footfullcite}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{fullcite} but puts the entire citation in a footnote and adds a period at the end. - -\cmditem{volcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} -\cmditem{Volcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} - -These commands are similar to \cmd{cite} and \cmd{Cite} but intended for references to multi"=volume works which are cited by volume and page number. Instead of the \prm{postnote}, they take a mandatory \prm{volume} and an optional \prm{page} argument. Since they merely compose the postnote and pass it to the \cmd{cite} command provided by the citation style as a \prm{postnote} argument, these commands are style independent. The format of the volume portion is controlled by the field formatting directive \opt{volcitevolume}, the format of the page/text portion is controlled by the field formatting directive \opt{volcitepages} (\secref{aut:fmt:ich}). The delimiter printed between the volume portion and the page/text portion may be modified by redefining the macro \cmd{volcitedelim} (\secref{aut:fmt:fmt}). - -\cmditem{pvolcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} -\cmditem{Pvolcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{volcite} but based on \cmd{parencite}. - -\cmditem{fvolcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} -\cmditem{ftvolcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{volcite} but based on \cmd{footcite} and \cmd{footcitetext}, respectively. - -\cmditem{svolcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} -\cmditem{Svolcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{volcite} but based on \cmd{smartcite}. - -\cmditem{tvolcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} -\cmditem{Tvolcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{volcite} but based on \cmd{textcite}. - -\cmditem{avolcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} -\cmditem{Avolcite}[prenote]{volume}[page]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{volcite} but based on \cmd{autocite}. - -\cmditem{notecite}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem{Notecite}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -These commands print the \prm{prenote} and \prm{postnote} arguments but no citation. Instead, a \cmd{nocite} command is issued for every \prm{key}. This may be useful for authors who incorporate implicit citations in their writing, only giving information not mentioned before in the running text, but who still want to take advantage of the automatic \prm{postnote} formatting and the implicit \cmd{nocite} function. This is a generic, style"=independent citation command. Special citation styles may provide smarter facilities for the same purpose. The capitalized version forces capitalization (note that this is only applicable if the note starts with a command which is sensitive to \sty{biblatex}'s punctuation tracker). - -\cmditem{pnotecite}[prenote][postnote]{key} -\cmditem{Pnotecite}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{notecite} but the notes are printed in parentheses. - -\cmditem{fnotecite}[prenote][postnote]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{notecite} but the notes are printed in a footnote. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Low-level Commands} -\label{use:cit:low} - -The following commands are also provided by the core of \sty{biblatex}. They grant access to all lists and fields at a lower level. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{citename}[prenote][postnote]{key}[format]{name list} - -The \prm{format} is a formatting directive defined with \cmd{DeclareNameFormat}. Formatting directives are discussed in \secref{aut:bib:fmt}. If this optional argument is omitted, this command falls back to the format \texttt{citename}. The last argument is the name of a \prm{name list}, in the sense explained in \secref{bib:fld}. - -\cmditem{citelist}[prenote][postnote]{key}[format]{literal list} - -The \prm{format} is a formatting directive defined with \cmd{DeclareListFormat}. Formatting directives are discussed in \secref{aut:bib:fmt}. If this optional argument is omitted, this command falls back to the format \texttt{citelist}. The last argument is the name of a \prm{literal list}, in the sense explained in \secref{bib:fld}. - -\cmditem{citefield}[prenote][postnote]{key}[format]{field} - -The \prm{format} is a formatting directive defined with \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat}. Formatting directives are discussed in \secref{aut:bib:fmt}. If this optional argument is omitted, this command falls back to the format \texttt{citefield}. The last argument is the name of a \prm{field}, in the sense explained in \secref{bib:fld}. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Miscellaneous Commands} -\label{use:cit:msc} - -The commands in this section are little helpers related to citations. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\csitem{citereset} - -This command resets the citation style. This may be useful if the style replaces repeated citations with abbreviations like \emph{ibidem}, \emph{idem}, \emph{op. cit.}, etc. and you want to force a full citation at the beginning of a new chapter, section, or some other location. The command executes a style specific initialization hook defined with the \cmd{InitializeCitationStyle} command from \secref{aut:cbx:cbx}. It also resets the internal citation trackers of this package. The reset will affect the \cmd{ifciteseen}, \cmd{ifentryseen}, \cmd{ifciteibid}, and \cmd{ifciteidem} tests discussed in \secref{aut:aux:tst}. When used inside a \env{refsection} environment, the reset of the citation tracker is local to the current \env{refsection} environment. Also see the \opt{citereset} package option in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. - -\csitem{citereset*} - -Similar to \cmd{citereset} but only executes the style's initialization hook, without resetting the internal citation trackers. - -\csitem{mancite} - -Use this command to mark manually inserted citations if you mix automatically generated and manual citations. This is particularly useful if the citation style replaces repeated citations by an abbreviation like \emph{ibidem} which may get ambiguous or misleading otherwise. Always use \cmd{mancite} in the same context as the manual citation, \eg if the citation is given in a footnote, include \cmd{mancite} in the footnote. The \cmd{mancite} command executes a style specific reset hook defined with the \cmd{OnManualCitation} command from \secref{aut:cbx:cbx}. It also resets the internal <ibidem> and <idem> trackers of this package. The reset will affect the \cmd{ifciteibid} and \cmd{ifciteidem} tests discussed in \secref{aut:aux:tst}. - -\csitem{pno} - -This command forces a single page prefix in the \prm{postnote} argument to a citation command. See \secref{use:cav:pag} for further details and usage instructions. Note that this command is only available locally in citations and the bibliography. - -\csitem{ppno} - -Similar to \cmd{pno} but forces a range prefix. See \secref{use:cav:pag} for further details and usage instructions. Note that this command is only available locally in citations and the bibliography. - -\csitem{nopp} - -Similar to \cmd{pno} but suppresses all prefixes. See \secref{use:cav:pag} for further details and usage instructions. Note that this command is only available locally in citations and the bibliography. - -\csitem{psq} - -In the \prm{postnote} argument to a citation command, this command indicates a range of two pages where only the starting page is given. See \secref{use:cav:pag} for further details and usage instructions. The suffix printed is the localization string \texttt{sequens}, see \secref{aut:lng:key}. The spacing inserted between the suffix and the page number may be modified by redefining the macro \cmd{sqspace}. The default is an unbreakable interword space. Note that this command is only available locally in citations and the bibliography. - -\csitem{psqq} - -Similar to \cmd{psq} but indicates an open-ended page range. See \secref{use:cav:pag} for further details and usage instructions. The suffix printed is the localization string \texttt{sequentes}, see \secref{aut:lng:key}. This command is only available locally in citations and the bibliography. - -\cmditem{RN}{integer} - -This command prints an integer as an uppercase Roman numeral. The formatting applied to the numeral may be modified by redefining the macro \cmd{RNfont}. - -\cmditem{Rn}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{RN} but prints a lowercase Roman numeral. The formatting applied to the numeral may be modified by redefining the macro \cmd{Rnfont}. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{\sty{natbib} Compatibility Commands} -\label{use:cit:nat} - -The \opt{natbib} package option loads a \sty{natbib} compatibility module. The module defines aliases for the citation commands provided by the \sty{natbib} package. This includes aliases for the core citation commands \cmd{citet} and \cmd{citep} as well as the variants \cmd{citealt} and \cmd{citealp}. The starred variants of these commands, which print the full author list, are also supported. The \cmd{cite} command, which is handled in a particular way by \sty{natbib}, is not treated in a special way. The text commands (\cmd{citeauthor}, \cmd{citeyear}, etc.) are also supported, as are all commands which capitalize the name prefix (\cmd{Citet}, \cmd{Citep}, \cmd{Citeauthor}, etc.). Aliasing with \cmd{defcitealias}, \cmd{citetalias}, and \cmd{citepalias} is possible as well. Note that the compatibility commands will not emulate the citation format of the \sty{natbib} package. They merely alias \sty{natbib}'s commands to functionally equivalent facilities of the \sty{biblatex} package. The citation format depends on the main citation style. However, the compatibility style will adapt \cmd{nameyeardelim} to match the default style of the \sty{natbib} package. - -\subsubsection[\sty{mcite}-like Citation Commands]{\sty{mcite}-like Citation Commands\BiberOnlyMark} -\label{use:cit:mct} - -The \opt{mcite} package option loads a special citation module which provides \sty{mcite}\slash \sty{mciteplus}-like citation commands. Strictly speaking, what the module provides are wrappers for the commands of the main citation style. For example, the following command: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\mcite{key1,setA,*keyA1,*keyA2,*keyA3,key2,setB,*keyB1,*keyB2,*keyB3} -\end{lstlisting} -% -is essentially equivalent to this: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\defbibentryset{setA}{keyA1,keyA2,keyA3}% -\defbibentryset{setB}{keyB1,keyB2,keyB3}% -\cite{key1,setA,key2,setB} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \cmd{mcite} command will work with any style since the \cmd{cite} backend command is controlled by the main citation style as usual. The \texttt{mcite} module provides wrappers for the standard commands in \secref{use:cit:std,use:cit:cbx}. See \tabref{use:cit:mct:tab2} for an overview. Pre and postnotes as well as starred variants of all commands are also supported. The parameters will be passed to the backend command. For example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\mcite*[pre][post]{setA,*keyA1,*keyA2,*keyA3} -\end{lstlisting} -% -will execute: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\defbibentryset{setA}{keyA1,keyA2,keyA3}% -\cite*[pre][post]{setA} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Note that the \texttt{mcite} module is not a compatibility module. It provides commands which are very similar but not identical in syntax and function to \sty{mcite}'s commands. When migrating from \sty{mcite}\slash\sty{mciteplus} to \sty{biblatex}, legacy files must be updated. With \sty{mcite}, the first member of the citation group is also the identifier of the group as a whole. Borrowing an example from the \sty{mcite} manual, this group: - -\begin{table} -\tablesetup -\begin{tabular}{@{}V{0.5\textwidth}@{}V{0.5\textwidth}@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Standard Command} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{\sty{mcite}-like Command} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule{2-2} -|\cite| & |\mcite| \\ -|\Cite| & |\Mcite| \\ -|\parencite| & |\mparencite| \\ -|\Parencite| & |\Mparencite| \\ -|\footcite| & |\mfootcite| \\ -|\footcitetext| & |\mfootcitetext| \\ -|\textcite| & |\mtextcite| \\ -|\Textcite| & |\Mtextcite| \\ -|\supercite| & |\msupercite| \\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabular} -\caption{\sty{mcite}-like commands} -\label{use:cit:mct:tab1} -\end{table} - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\cite{<<glashow>>,*salam,*weinberg} -\end{lstlisting} -% -consists of three entries and the entry key of the first one also serves as identifier of the entire group. In contrast to that, a \sty{biblatex} entry set is an entity in its own right. Therefore, it requires a unique entry key which is assigned to the set as it is defined: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\mcite{<<set1>>,*glashow,*salam,*weinberg} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Once defined, an entry set is handled like any regular entry in a \file{bib} file. When using one of the \texttt{numeric} styles which ship with \texttt{biblatex} and activating its \opt{subentry} option, it is even possible to refer to set members. See \tabref{use:cit:mct:tab2} for some examples. Restating the original definition of the set is redundant, but permissible. In contrast to \sty{mciteplus}, however, restating a part of the original definition is invalid. Use the entry key of the set instead. - -\begin{table} -\tablesetup -\begin{tabular}{@{}V{0.5\textwidth}@{}V{0.1\textwidth}@{}p{0.4\textwidth}@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Input} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Output} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Comment} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(r){2-2}\cmidrule{3-3} -|\mcite{set1,*glashow,*salam,*weinberg}|& [1] & Defining and citing the set \\ -|\mcite{set1}| & [1] & Subsequent citation of the set \\ -|\cite{set1}| & [1] & Regular |\cite| works as usual \\ -|\mcite{set1,*glashow,*salam,*weinberg}|& [1] & Redundant, but permissible \\ -|\mcite{glashow}| & [1a] & Citing a set member \\ -|\cite{weinberg}| & [1c] & Regular |\cite| works as well \\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabular} -\caption[\sty{mcite}-like syntax] -{\sty{mcite}-like syntax (sample output with \kvopt{style}{numeric} and \opt{subentry} option)} -\label{use:cit:mct:tab2} -\end{table} - -\subsection{Localization Commands} -\label{use:lng} - -The \sty{biblatex} package provides translations for key terms such as <edition> or <volume> as well as definitions for language specific features such as the date format and ordinals. These definitions, which are loaded automatically, may be modified or extended in the document preamble or the configuration file with the commands introduced in this section. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{DefineBibliographyStrings}{language}{definitions} - -This command is used to define localization strings. The \prm{language} must be a language name known to the \sty{babel} package, \ie one of the identifiers listed in \tabref{bib:fld:tab1} on page \pageref{bib:fld:tab1}. The \prm{definitions} are \keyval pairs which assign an expression to an identifier: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DefineBibliographyStrings{american}{% - bibliography = {Bibliography}, - shorthands = {Abbreviations}, - editor = {editor}, - editors = {editors}, -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -A complete list of all keys supported by default is given is \secref{aut:lng:key}. Note that all expressions should be capitalized as they usually are when used in the middle of a sentence. The \sty{biblatex} package will automatically capitalize the first word when required at the beginning of a sentence. Expressions intended for use in headings should be capitalized in a way that is suitable for titling. In contrast to \cmd{DeclareBibliographyStrings}, \cmd{DefineBibliographyStrings} overrides both the full and the abbreviated version of the string. See \secref{aut:lng:cmd} for further details. - -\cmditem{DefineBibliographyExtras}{language}{code} - -This command is used to adapt language specific features such as the date format and ordinals. The \prm{language} must be a language name known to the \sty{babel} package. The \prm{code}, which may be arbitrary \latex code, will usually consist of redefinitions of the formatting commands from \secref{use:fmt:lng}. - -\cmditem{UndefineBibliographyExtras}{language}{code} - -This command is used to restore the original definition of any commands modified with \cmd{DefineBibliographyExtras}. If a redefined command is included in \secref{use:fmt:lng}, there is no need to restore its previous definition since these commands are adapted by all language modules anyway. - -\cmditem{DefineHyphenationExceptions}{language}{text} - -This is a \latex frontend to \tex's \cmd{hyphenation} command which defines hyphenation exceptions. -The \prm{language} must be a language name known to the \sty{babel} package. The \prm{text} is a whitespace"=separated list of words. Hyphenation points are marked with a dash: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DefineHyphenationExceptions{american}{% - hy-phen-ation ex-cep-tion -} -\end{lstlisting} - -\cmditem{NewBibliographyString}{key} - -This command declares new localization strings, \ie it initializes a new \prm{key} to be used in the -\prm{definitions} of \cmd{DefineBibliographyStrings}. The \prm{key} argument may also be a comma"=separated -list of key names. The keys listed in \secref{aut:lng:key} are defined by default. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsection{Formatting Commands} -\label{use:fmt} - -The commands and facilities presented in this section may be used to adapt the format of citations and the bibliography. - -\subsubsection{Generic Commands and Hooks} -\label{use:fmt:fmt} - -The commands in this section may be redefined with \cmd{renewcommand} in the document preamble. Note that all commands starting with \cmd{mk\dots} take one argument. All of these commands are defined in \path{biblatex.def}. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\csitem{bibsetup} - -Arbitrary code to be executed at the beginning of the bibliography, intended for commands which affect the layout of the bibliography. - -\csitem{bibfont} - -Arbitrary code setting the font used in the bibliography. This is very similar to \cmd{bibsetup} but intended for switching fonts. - -\csitem{citesetup} - -Arbitrary code to be executed at the beginning of each citation command. - -\csitem{newblockpunct} - -The separator inserted between <blocks> in the sense explained in \secref{aut:pct:new}. The default definition is controlled by the package option \opt{block} (see \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}). - -\csitem{newunitpunct} - -The separator inserted between <units> in the sense explained in \secref{aut:pct:new}. This will usually be a period or a comma plus an interword space. The default definition is a period and a space. - -\csitem{finentrypunct} - -The punctuation printed at the very end of every bibliography entry, usually a period. The default definition is a period. - -\csitem{bibnamedelima}\BiberOnlyMark -This delimiter controls the spacing between the elements which make up a name part. It is inserted automatically after the first name element if the element is less than three characters long and before the last element. The default definition is an interword space penalized by the value of the \cnt{highnamepenalty} counter (\secref{use:fmt:len}). Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibnamedelimb}\BiberOnlyMark -This delimiter is inserted between the elements which make up a name part where \cmd{bibnamedelima} does not apply. The default definition is an interword space penalized by the value of the \cnt{lownamepenalty} counter (\secref{use:fmt:len}). Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibnamedelimc} -This delimiter controls the spacing between name parts. It is inserted between the name prefix and the last name if \kvopt{useprefix}{true}. The default definition is an interword space penalized by the value of the \cnt{highnamepenalty} counter (\secref{use:fmt:len}). Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibnamedelimd} -This delimiter is inserted between all name parts where \cmd{bibnamedelimc} does not apply. The default definition is an interword space penalized by the value of the \cnt{lownamepenalty} counter (\secref{use:fmt:len}). Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibnamedelimi}\BiberOnlyMark -This delimiter replaces \cmd{bibnamedelima/b} after initials. Note that this only applies to initials given as such in the \file{bib} file, not to the initials automatically generated by \sty{biblatex} which use their own set of delimiters. - -\csitem{bibinitperiod}\BiberOnlyMark -The punctuation inserted after initials unless \cmd{bibinithyphendelim} applies. The default definition is a period (\cmd{adddot}). Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibinitdelim}\BiberOnlyMark -The spacing inserted between multiple initials unless \cmd{bibinithyphendelim} applies. The default definition is an unbreakable interword space. Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibinithyphendelim}\BiberOnlyMark -The punctuation inserted between the initials of hyphenated name parts, replacing \cmd{bibinitperiod} and \cmd{bibinitdelim}. The default definition is a period followed by an unbreakable hyphen. Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibindexnamedelima} - -Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelima} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexnamedelimb} - -Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelimb} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexnamedelimc} - -Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelimc} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexnamedelimd} - -Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelimd} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexnamedelimi} - -Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelimi} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexinitperiod} - -Replaces \cmd{bibinitperiod} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexinitdelim} - -Replaces \cmd{bibinitdelim} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexinithyphendelim} - -Replaces \cmd{bibinithyphendelim} in the index. - -\csitem{bibnamedash} - -The dash to be used as a replacement for recurrent authors or editors in the bibliography. The default is an <em> or an <en> dash, depending on the indentation of the list of references. - -\csitem{labelnamepunct} - -The separator printed after the name used for alphabetizing in the bibliography (\bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor}, if the \bibfield{author} field is undefined). With the default styles, this separator replaces \cmd{newunitpunct} at this location. The default definition is \cmd{newunitpunct}, \ie it is not handled differently from regular unit punctuation. - -\csitem{subtitlepunct} - -The separator printed between the fields \bibfield{title} and \bibfield{subtitle}, \bibfield{booktitle} and \bibfield{booksubtitle}, as well as \bibfield{maintitle} and \bibfield{mainsubtitle}. With the default styles, this separator replaces \cmd{newunitpunct} at this location. The default definition is \cmd{newunitpunct}, \ie it is not handled differently from regular unit punctuation. - -\csitem{intitlepunct} - -The separator between the word «in» and the following title in entry types such as \bibtype{article}, \bibtype{inbook}, \bibtype{incollection}, etc. The default definition is a colon plus an interword space (\eg «Article, in: \emph{Journal}» or «Title, in: \emph{Book}»). Note that this is the separator string, not only the punctuation mark. If you don't want a colon after «in», \cmd{intitlepunct} should still insert a space. - -\csitem{bibpagespunct} - -The separator printed before the \bibfield{pages} field. The default is a comma plus an interword space. - -\csitem{bibpagerefpunct} - -The separator printed before the \bibfield{pageref} field. The default is an interword space. - -\csitem{multinamedelim} - -The delimiter printed between multiple items in a name list like \bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor} if there are more than two names in the list. The default is a comma plus an interword space. See \cmd{finalnamedelim} for an example.\footnote{Note that \cmd{multinamedelim} is not used at all if there are only two names in the list. In this case, the default styles use the \cmd{finalnamedelim}.} - -\csitem{finalnamedelim} - -The delimiter printed instead of \cmd{multinamedelim} before the final name in a name list. The default is the localized term <and>, separated by interword spaces. Here is an example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -Michel Goossens<<,>> Frank Mittelbach <<and>> Alexander Samarin -Edward Jones <<and>> Joe Williams -\end{lstlisting} -% -The comma in the first example is the \cmd{multinamedelim} whereas the string <and> in both examples is the \cmd{finalnamedelim}. See also \cmd{finalandcomma} in \secref{use:fmt:lng}. - -\csitem{revsdnamedelim} - -An extra delimiter printed after the first name in a name list if the first name is reversed. The default is an empty string, \ie no extra delimiter will be printed. Here is an example showing a name list with a comma as \cmd{revsdnamedelim}: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -Jones, Edward<<, and>> Joe Williams -\end{lstlisting} -% -In this example, the comma after <Edward> is the \cmd{revsdnamedelim} whereas the string <and> is the \cmd{finalnamedelim}, printed in addition to the former. - -\csitem{andothersdelim} - -The delimiter printed before the localization string <\texttt{andothers}> if a name list like \bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor} is truncated. The default is an interword space. - -\csitem{multilistdelim} - -The delimiter printed between multiple items in a literal list like \bibfield{publisher} or \bibfield{location} if there are more than two items in the list. The default is a comma plus an interword space. See \cmd{multinamedelim} for further explanation. - -\csitem{finallistdelim} - -The delimiter printed instead of \cmd{multilistdelim} before the final item in a literal list. The default is the localized term <and>, separated by interword spaces. See \cmd{finalnamedelim} for further explanation. - -\csitem{andmoredelim} - -The delimiter printed before the localization string <\texttt{andmore}> if a literal list like \bibfield{publisher} or \bibfield{location} is truncated. The default is an interword space. - -\csitem{multicitedelim} - -The delimiter printed between citations if multiple entry keys are passed to a single citation command. The default is a semicolon plus an interword space. - -\csitem{supercitedelim} - -Similar to \cmd{multicitedelim}, but used by the \cmd{supercite} command only. The default is a comma. - -\csitem{compcitedelim} - -Similar to \cmd{multicitedelim}, but used by certain citation styles when <compressing> multiple citations. The default definition is a comma plus an interword space. - -\csitem{nametitledelim} - -The delimiter printed between the author\slash editor and the title by author-title and some verbose citation styles. The default definition is a comma plus an interword space. - -\csitem{nameyeardelim} - -The delimiter printed between the author\slash editor and the year by author-year citation styles. The default definition is an interword space. - -\csitem{labelalphaothers} - -A string to be appended to the non"=numeric portion of the \bibfield{labelalpha} field (\ie the field holding the citation label used by alphabetic citation styles) if the number of authors\slash editors exceeds the \opt{maxalphanames} threshold or the \bibfield{author}\slash \bibfield{editor} list was truncated in the \file{bib} file with the keyword <\texttt{and others}>. This will typically be a single character such as a plus sign or an asterisk. The default is a plus sign. This command may also be redefined to an empty string to disable this feature. In any case, it must be redefined in the preamble. - -\csitem{sortalphaothers} - -\BiberOnlyMark Similar to \cmd{labelalphaothers} but used in the sorting process. Setting it to a different value is advisable if the latter contains formatting commands, for example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\renewcommand*{\labelalphaothers}{\textbf{+}} -\renewcommand*{\sortalphaothers}{+} -\end{lstlisting} -% -If \cmd{sortalphaothers} is not redefined, it defaults to \cmd{labelalphaothers}. - -\csitem{prenotedelim} - -The delimiter printed after the \prm{prenote} argument of a citation command. See \secref{use:cit} for details. The default is an interword space. - -\csitem{postnotedelim} - -The delimiter printed before the \prm{postnote} argument of a citation command. See \secref{use:cit} for details. The default is a comma plus an interword space. - -\cmditem{mkbibnamelast}{text} - -This command, which takes one argument, is used to format the last name of all authors, editors, translators, etc. - -\cmditem{mkbibnamefirst}{text} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibnamelast}, but intended for the first name. - -\cmditem{mkbibnameprefix}{text} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibnamelast}, but intended for the name prefix. - -\cmditem{mkbibnameaffix}{text} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibnamelast}, but intended for the name affix. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Language-specific Commands} -\label{use:fmt:lng} - -The commands in this section are language specific. When redefining them, you need to wrap the new definition in a \cmd{DeclareBibliographyExtras} command, see \secref{use:lng} for details. Note that all commands starting with \cmd{mk\dots} take one or more arguments. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\csitem{bibrangedash} - -The language specific dash to be used for ranges of numbers. - -\csitem{bibdatedash} - -The language specific dash to be used for date ranges. - -\csitem{mkbibdatelong} - -Takes the names of three field as arguments which correspond to three date components (in the order year\slash month\slash day) and uses their values to print the date in the language specific long date format. - -\csitem{mkbibdateshort} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibdatelong} but using the language specific short date format. - -\csitem{finalandcomma} - -Prints the comma to be inserted before the final <and> in a list, if applicable in the respective language. Here is an example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach<<,>> and Alexander Samarin -\end{lstlisting} -% -\cmd{finalandcomma} is the comma before the word <and>. See also \cmd{multinamedelim}, \cmd{finalnamedelim}, and \cmd{revsdnamedelim} in \secref{use:fmt:fmt}. - -\cmditem{mkbibordinal}{integer} - -This command, which takes an integer as its argument, prints an ordinal number. - -\cmditem{mkbibmascord}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibordinal}, but prints a masculine ordinal, if applicable in the respective language. - -\cmditem{mkbibfemord}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibordinal}, but prints a feminine ordinal, if applicable in the respective language. - -\cmditem{mkbibneutord}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibordinal}, but prints a neuter ordinal, if applicable in the respective language. - -\cmditem{mkbibordedition}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibordinal}, but intended for use with the term <edition>. - -\cmditem{mkbibordseries}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibordinal}, but intended for use with the term <series>. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Lengths and Counters} -\label{use:fmt:len} - -The length registers and counters in this section may be changed in the document preamble with \cmd{setlength} and \cmd{setcounter}, respectively. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\lenitem{bibhang} - -The hanging indentation of the bibliography, if applicable. This length is initialized to \cmd{parindent} at load-time. - -\lenitem{biblabelsep} - -The horizontal space between entries and their corresponding labels in the bibliography. This only applies to bibliography styles which print labels, such as the \texttt{numeric} and \texttt{alphabetic} styles. This length is initialized to twice the value of \cmd{labelsep} at load-time. - -\lenitem{bibitemsep} - -The vertical space between the individual entries in the bibliography. This length is initialized to \cmd{itemsep} at load-time. Note that \len{bibitemsep}, \len{bibnamesep}, and \len{bibinitsep} are cumulative. When they coincide, the largest value will be applied. - -\lenitem{bibnamesep} - -Vertical space to be inserted between two entries in the bibliography whenever an entry starts with a name which is different from the initial name of the previous entry. The default value is zero. Setting this length to a positive value greater than \len{bibitemsep} will group the bibliography by author\slash editor name. Note that \len{bibitemsep}, \len{bibnamesep}, and \len{bibinitsep} are cumulative. When they coincide, the largest value will be applied. - -\lenitem{bibinitsep} - -Vertical space to be inserted between two entries in the bibliography whenever an entry starts with a letter which is different from the initial letter of the previous entry. The default value is zero. Setting this length to a positive value greater than \len{bibitemsep} will group the bibliography alphabetically. Note that \len{bibitemsep}, \len{bibnamesep}, and \len{bibinitsep} are cumulative. When they coincide, the largest value will be applied. - -\lenitem{bibparsep} - -The vertical space between paragraphs within an entry in the bibliography. The default value is zero. - -\cntitem{abbrvpenalty} - -This counter, which is used by the localization modules, holds the penalty used in short or abbreviated localization strings. For example, a linebreak in expressions such as «et al.» or «ed. by» is unfortunate, but should still be possible to prevent overfull boxes. This counter is initialized to \cmd{hyphenpenalty} at load-time. The idea is making \tex treat the whole expression as if it were a single, hyphenatable word as far as line"=breaking is concerned. If you dislike such linebreaks, use a higher value. If you do not mind them at all, set this counter to zero. If you want to suppress them unconditionally, set it to <infinite> (10\,000 or higher).\footnote{The default values assigned to \cnt{abbrvpenalty}, \cnt{lownamepenalty}, and \cnt{highnamepenalty} are deliberately very low to prevent overfull boxes. This implies that you will hardly notice any effect on line-breaking if the text is set justified. If you set these counters to 10\,000 to suppress the respective breakpoints, you will notice their effect but you may also be confronted with overfull boxes. Keep in mind that line-breaking in the bibliography is often more difficult than in the body text and that you can not resort to rephrasing a sentence. In some cases it may be preferable to set the entire bibliography \cmd{raggedright} to prevent suboptimal linebreaks. In this case, even the fairly low default penalties will make a visible difference.} - -\cntitem{highnamepenalty} - -This counter holds a penalty affecting line"=breaking in names. Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam,use:fmt:fmt} for explanation. The counter is initialized to \cmd{hyphenpenalty} at load-time. Use a higher value if you dislike the respective linebreaks. If you do not mind them at all, set this counter to zero. If you prefer the traditional \bibtex behavior (no linebreaks at \cnt{highnamepenalty} breakpoints), set it to <infinite> (10\,000 or higher). - -\cntitem{lownamepenalty} - -Similar to \cnt{highnamepenalty}. Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam,use:fmt:fmt} for explanation. The counter is initialized to half the \cmd{hyphenpenalty} at load-time. Use a higher value if you dislike the respective linebreaks. If you do not mind them at all, set this counter to zero. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{All-purpose Commands} -\label{use:fmt:aux} - -The commands in this section are all-purpose text commands which are generally available, not only in citations and the bibliography. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\csitem{bibellipsis} - -An ellipsis symbol with brackets: <[\dots\unkern]>. - -\csitem{noligature} - -Disables ligatures at this position and adds some space. Use this command to break up standard ligatures like <fi> and <fl>. It is similar to the \verb+"|+ shorthand provided by some language modules of the \sty{babel} package. - -\csitem{hyphenate} - -A conditional hyphen. In contrast to the standard \cmd{-} command, this one allows hyphenation in the rest of the word. It is similar to the \verb|"-| shorthand provided by some language modules of the \sty{babel} package. - -\csitem{hyphen} - -An explicit, breakable hyphen intended for compound words. In contrast to a literal <\texttt{-}>, this command allows hyphenation in the rest of the word. It is similar to the \verb|"=| shorthand provided by some language modules of the \sty{babel} package. - -\csitem{nbhyphen} - -An explicit, non-breakable hyphen intended for compound words. In contrast to a literal <\texttt{-}>, this command does not permit line breaks at the hyphen but still allows hyphenation in the rest of the word. It is similar to the \verb|"~| shorthand provided by some language modules of the \sty{babel} package. - -\csitem{nohyphenation} - -A generic switch which suppresses hyphenation locally. Its scope should normally be confined to a group. - -\cmditem{textnohyphenation}{text} - -Similar to \cmd{nohyphenation} but restricted to the \prm{text} argument. - -\cmditem{mknumalph}{integer} - -Takes an integer in the range 1--702 as its argument and converts it to a string as follows: 1=a, \textellipsis, 26=z, 27=aa, \textellipsis, 702=zz. This is intended for use in formatting directives for the \bibfield{extrayear} and \bibfield{extraalpha} fields. - -\cmditem{mkbibacro}{text} - -Generic command which typesets an acronym using the small caps variant of the current font, if available, and as-is otherwise. The acronym should be given in uppercase letters. - -\cmditem{autocap}{character} - -Automatically converts the \prm{character} to its uppercase form if \sty{biblatex}'s punctuation tracker would capitalize a localization string at the current location. This command is robust. It is useful for conditional capitalization of certain strings in an entry. Note that the \prm{character} argument is a single character given in lowercase. For example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\autocap{s}pecial issue -\end{lstlisting} -% -will yield <Special issue> or <special issue>, as appropriate. If the string to be capitalized starts with an inflected character given in Ascii notation, include the accent command in the \prm{character} argument as follows: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\autocap{\'e}dition sp\'eciale -\end{lstlisting} -% -This will yield <Ιdition spιciale> or <ιdition spιciale>. If the string to be capitalized starts with a command which prints a character, such as \cmd{ae} or \cmd{oe}, simply put the command in the \prm{character} argument: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\autocap{\oe}uvres -\end{lstlisting} -% -This will yield <Όuvres> or <½uvres>. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsection[Language notes]{Language-specific Notes} -\label{use:loc} - -The facilities discussed in this section are specific to certain localization modules. - -\subsubsection{American} -\label{use:loc:us} - -The American localization module uses \cmd{uspunctuation} from \secref{aut:pct:cfg} to enable <American-style> punctuation. If this feature is enabled, all trailing commas and periods after \cmd{mkbibquote} will be moved inside the quotes. If you want to disable this feature, use \cmd{stdpunctuation} as follows: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DefineBibliographyExtras{american}{% - \stdpunctuation -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -By default, the <American punctuation> feature is enabled by the \texttt{american} localization module only. The above code is only required if you want American localization without American punctuation. Since standard punctuation is the package default, it would be redundant with any other language. - -It is highly advisable to always specify \texttt{american}, \texttt{british}, \texttt{australian}, etc. rather than \texttt{english} when loading the \sty{babel} package to avoid any possible confusion. Older versions of the \sty{babel} package used to treat \opt{english} as an alias for \opt{british}; more recent ones treat it as an alias for \opt{american}. The biblatex package essentially treats \texttt{english} as an alias for \opt{american}, except for the above feature which is only enabled if \texttt{american} is requested explicitly. - -\subsubsection{Spanish} -\label{use:loc:esp} - -Handling the word <and> is more difficult in Spanish than in the other languages supported by this package because it may be <y> or <e>, depending on the initial sound of the following word. Therefore, the Spanish localization module does not use the localization string <\texttt{and}> but a special internal <smart and> command. The behavior of this command is controlled by the \cnt{smartand} counter. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cntitem{smartand} - -This counter controls the behavior of the internal <smart and> command. When set to 1, it prints <y> or <e>, depending on the context. When set to 2, it always prints <y>. When set to 3, it always prints <e>. When set to 0, the <smart and> feature is disabled. This counter is initialized to 1 at load-time and may be changed in the preamble. Note that setting this counter to a positive value implies that the Spanish localization module ignores \cmd{finalnamedelim} and \cmd{finallistdelim}. - -\csitem{forceE} - -Use this command in \file{bib} files if \sty{biblatex} gets the <and> before a certain name wrong. As its name suggests, it will enforce <e>. This command must be used in a special way to prevent confusing \bibtex. Here is an example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -author = {Edward Jones and Eoin Maguire}, -author = {Edward Jones and <<{\forceE{E}}>>oin Maguire}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -Note that the initial letter of the respective name component is given as an argument to \cmd{forceE} and that the entire construct is wrapped in an additional pair of curly braces. - -\csitem{forceY} - -Similar to \cmd{forceE} but enforces <y>. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Greek} -\label{use:loc:grk} - -The Greek localization module requires \utf support. It will not work with any other encoding. Generally speaking, the \sty{biblatex} package is compatible with the \sty{inputenc} package and with \xelatex. The \sty{ucs} package will not work. Since \sty{inputenc}'s standard \file{utf8} module is missing glyph mappings for Greek, this leaves Greek users with \xelatex. Note that you may need to load additional packages which set up Greek fonts. As a rule of thumb, a setup which works for regular Greek documents should also work with \sty{biblatex}. However, there is one fundamental limitation. As of this writing, \sty{biblatex} has no support for switching scripts. Greek titles in the bibliography should work fine, provided that you use Biber as a backend, but English and other titles in the bibliography may be rendered in Greek letters. If you need multi-script bibliographies, using \xelatex is the only sensible choice. - -\subsubsection{Russian} -\label{use:loc:rus} - -Like the Greek localization module, the Russian module also requires \utf support. It will not work with any other encoding. - -\subsection{Usage Notes} -\label{use:use} - -The following sections give a basic overview of the \sty{biblatex} package and discuss some typical usage scenarios. - -\subsubsection{Overview} -\label{use:use:int} - -Using the \sty{biblatex} package is slightly different from using traditional \bibtex styles and related packages. Before we get to specific usage scenarios, we will therefore have a look at the structure of a typical document first: - -\begin{ltxexample} -\documentclass{...} -\usepackage[...]{biblatex} -<<\addbibresource>>{<<bibfile.bib>>} -\begin{document} -<<\cite>>{...} -... -<<\printbibliography>> -\end{document} -\end{ltxexample} -% -With traditional \bibtex, the \cmd{bibliography} command serves two purposes. It marks the location of the bibliography and it also specifies the \file{bib} file(s). The file extension is omitted. With \sty{biblatex}, resources are specified in the preamble with \cmd{addbibresource} using the full name with \file{.bib} suffix. The bibliography is printed using the \cmd{printbibliography} command which may be used multiple times (see \secref{use:bib} for details). The document body may contain any number of citation commands (\secref{use:cit}). Processing this example file requires that a certain procedure be followed. Suppose our example file is called \path{example.tex} and our bibliographic data is in \path{bibfile.bib}. The procedure, then, is as follows: - -\begin{enumerate} - -\item Run \bin{latex} on \path{example.tex}. If the file contains any citations, \sty{biblatex} will request the respective data from \bibtex by writing commands to the auxiliary file \path{example.aux}. - -\item Run \bin{bibtex} on \path{example.aux}. \bibtex will retrieve the data from \path{bibfile.bib} and write it to the auxiliary file \path{example.bbl} in a format which can be processed by \sty{biblatex}. - -\item Run \bin{latex} on \path{example.tex}. \sty{biblatex} will read the data from \path{example.bbl} and print all citations as well as the bibliography. - -\end{enumerate} - -Whenever a reference to a work which has not been cited before is added, this procedure must be repeated. This is also the case if the last reference to a work which has been cited before is removed because some citation labels may change in this case. In contrast to traditional \bibtex, there is normally no need to run \bin{latex} twice after running \bin{bibtex} as far as the handling of bibliographic data is concerned.\footnote{That is, unless the \opt{defernumbers} package option is enabled. This option requires two \latex runs after the data has been exported to the \file{bbl} file by \bibtex.} Note that this only applies to the most basic case. Using the \bibfield{xref} field or the \bibfield{entryset} field may require an additional \latex/\bibtex/\latex cycle. Some other facilities provided by \sty{biblatex} may also require an additional \bin{latex} run to get certain references and the page tracking right. In this case, the usual warning messages such as «There were undefined references» and «Label(s) may have changed. Rerun to get cross-references right» will be printed. When using Biber as a backend, the workflow is essentially the same. - -\subsubsection{Auxiliary Files} -\label{use:use:aux} - -By default, the \sty{biblatex} package uses the main \file{aux} file only. Even if there are citation commands in a file included via \cmd{include}, which has its own \file{aux} file, you only need to run \bibtex on the main \file{aux} file. If you are using \env{refsection} environments in a document (see \secref{use:use:mlt}) \sty{biblatex} will create one additional \file{aux} file for every \env{refsection} environment. In this case, you also need to run \bin{bibtex} on each additional \file{aux} file. The name of the additional \file{aux} files is the base name of the main input file with the string \file{-blx} and a running number appended at the end. The \sty{biblatex} package issues a warning listing the files which require an additional \bibtex run. With the basic example presented in \secref{use:use:int}, it would issue the following warning: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=plain] -Package biblatex Warning: Please (re)run BibTeX on the file(s): -(biblatex) example.aux -(biblatex) and rerun LaTeX afterwards. -\end{lstlisting} -% -If the input file contained three \env{refsection} environments, the warning would read as follows: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=plain] -Package biblatex Warning: Please (re)run BibTeX on the file(s): -(biblatex) example1-blx.aux -(biblatex) example2-blx.aux -(biblatex) example3-blx.aux -(biblatex) and rerun LaTeX afterwards. -\end{lstlisting} -% -Apart from these \file{aux} files, \sty{biblatex} uses an additional \file{bib} file with the same suffix to pass certain control parameters to \bibtex. In the example above, this file would be named \path{example-blx.bib}. In the event of a file name conflict, you can change the suffix by redefining the macro \cmd{blxauxsuffix} in the document preamble. When using Biber, \sty{biblatex} writes a control file named \path{example.bcf} and ignores \cmd{blxauxsuffix}. There is also no auxiliary \file{bib} file in this case. - -Note that \sty{biblatex} will not overwrite any files it did not create. All auxiliary files created automatically by this package start with a special signature line. Before overwriting a file (excluding the main \file{aux} file, which is managed by \latex), \sty{biblatex} inspects the first line of the file to make sure that there is no file name conflict. If the file in question is missing the signature line, \sty{biblatex} will immediately issue an error message and abort before opening the output stream. In this case you should delete any spurious files accidentally left in the working directory. If the error persists, there may be a file name conflict with a file found in one of the \tex installation trees. Since the installation trees usually do not contain any \file{aux} files and the string \file{-blx} is fairly exotic in the name of a \file{bib} file, this is rather unlikely but theoretically possible. If you find out that this is indeed the case, you should redefine \cmd{blxauxsuffix} permanently in the \sty{biblatex} configuration file, \path{biblatex.cfg.} - -\subsubsection{Multiple Bibliographies} -\label{use:use:mlt} - -In a collection of articles by different authors, such as a conference proceedings volume for example, it is very common to have one bibliography for each article rather than a global one for the entire book. In the example below, each article would be presented as a separate \cmd{chapter} with its own bibliography. Note that \sty{biblatex} creates one additional \file{aux} file for every \env{refsection} environment. These files have to be processed by \bibtex as well, see \secref{use:use:aux} for details. - -\begin{ltxexample} -\documentclass{...} -\usepackage{biblatex} -\addbibresource{...} -\begin{document} -\chapter{...} -<<\begin{refsection}>> -... -<<\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography]>> -<<\end{refsection}>> -\chapter{...} -<<\begin{refsection}>> -... -<<\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography]>> -<<\end{refsection}>> -\end{document} -\end{ltxexample} -% -If \cmd{printbibliography} is used inside a \env{refsection} environment, it automatically restricts the scope of the list of references to the enclosing \env{refsection} environment. For a cumulative bibliography which is subdivided by chapter but printed at the end of the book, use the \opt{section} option of \cmd{printbibliography} to select a reference section, as shown in the next example. - -\begin{ltxexample} -\documentclass{...} -\usepackage{biblatex} -<<\defbibheading>>{<<subbibliography>>}{% - \section*{References for Chapter \ref{<<refsection:\therefsection>>}}} -\addbibresource{...} -\begin{document} -\chapter{...} -<<\begin{refsection}>> -... -<<\end{refsection}>> -\chapter{...} -<<\begin{refsection}>> -... -<<\end{refsection}>> -\printbibheading -<<\printbibliography>>[<<section=1>>,<<heading=subbibliography>>] -<<\printbibliography>>[<<section=2>>,<<heading=subbibliography>>] -\end{document} -\end{ltxexample} -% -Note the definition of the bibliography heading in the above example. This is the definition taking care of the subheadings in the bibliography. The main heading is generated with a plain \cmd{chapter} command in this case. The \sty{biblatex} package automatically sets a label at the beginning of every \env{refsection} environment, using the standard \cmd{label} command. The identifier used is the string \texttt{refsection:} followed by the number of the respective \env{refsection} environment. The number of the current section is accessible via the \cnt{refsection} counter. When using the \opt{section} option of \cmd{printbibliography}, this counter is also set locally. This means that you may use the counter in heading definitions to print subheadings like «References for Chapter 3», as shown above. You could also use the title of the respective chapter as a subheading by loading the \sty{nameref} package and using \cmd{nameref} instead of \cmd{ref}: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex] -\usepackage{<<nameref>>} -\defbibheading{subbibliography}{% - \section*{<<\nameref{refsection:\therefsection}>>}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since giving one \cmd{printbibliography} command for each part of a subdivided bibliography is tedious, \sty{biblatex} provides a shorthand. The \cmd{bibbysection} command automatically loops over all reference sections. This is equivalent to giving one \cmd{printbibliography} command for every section but has the additional benefit of automatically skipping sections without references. In the example above, the bibliography would then be generated as follows: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex] -\printbibheading -<<\bibbysection[heading=subbibliography]>> -\end{lstlisting} -% -When using a format with one cumulative bibliography subdivided by chapter (or any other document division) it may be more appropriate to use \env{refsegment} rather than \env{refsection} environments. The difference is that the \env{refsection} environment generates labels local to the environment while \env{refsegment} does not affect the generation of labels, hence they will be unique across the entire document. Note that \env{refsegment} environments do not require additional \file{aux} files. The next example could also be given in \secref{use:use:div} because, visually, it creates one global bibliography subdivided into multiple segments. - -\begin{ltxexample} -\documentclass{...} -\usepackage{biblatex} -<<\defbibheading>>{<<subbibliography>>}{% - \section*{References for Chapter \ref{<<refsegment:\therefsegment>>}}} -\addbibresource{...} -\begin{document} -\chapter{...} -<<\begin{refsegment}>> -... -<<\end{refsegment}>> -\chapter{...} -<<\begin{refsegment}>> -... -<<\end{refsegment}>> -\printbibheading -<<\printbibliography>>[<<segment=1>>,<<heading=subbibliography>>] -<<\printbibliography>>[<<segment=2>>,<<heading=subbibliography>>] -\end{document} -\end{ltxexample} -% -The use of \env{refsegment} is similar to \env{refsection} and there is also a corresponding \opt{segment} option for \cmd{printbibliography}. The \sty{biblatex} package automatically sets a label at the beginning of every \env{refsegment} environment using the string \texttt{refsegment:} followed by the number of the respective \env{refsegment} environment as an identifier. There is a matching \cnt{refsegment} counter which may be used in heading definitions, as shown above. As with reference sections, there is also a shorthand command which automatically loops over all reference segments: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printbibheading -<<\bibbysegment[heading=subbibliography]>> -\end{lstlisting} -% -This is equivalent to giving one \cmd{printbibliography} command for every segment. - -\subsubsection{Subdivided Bibliographies} -\label{use:use:div} - -It is very common to subdivide a bibliography by certain criteria. For example, you may want to list printed and online resources separately or divide a bibliography into primary and secondary sources. The former case is straightforward because you can use the entry type as a criterion for the \opt{type} and \opt{nottype} filters of \cmd{printbibliography}. The next example also demonstrates how to generate matching subheadings for the two parts of the bibliography. - -\begin{ltxexample} -\documentclass{...} -\usepackage{biblatex} -\addbibresource{...} -\begin{document} -... -\printbibheading -\printbibliography[<<nottype=online>>,heading=subbibliography, - <<title={Printed Sources}>>] -\printbibliography[<<type=online>>,heading=subbibliography, - <<title={Online Sources}>>] - -\end{document} -\end{ltxexample} -% -You may also use more than two subdivisions: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printbibliography[<<type=article>>,...] -\printbibliography[<<type=book>>,...] -\printbibliography[<<nottype=article>>,<<nottype=book>>,...] -\end{lstlisting} -% -It is even possible to give a chain of different types of filters: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printbibliography[<<section=2>>,<<type=book>>,<<keyword=abc>>,<<notkeyword=xyz>>] -\end{lstlisting} -% -This would print all works cited in reference section~2 whose entry type is \bibtype{book} and whose \bibfield{keywords} field includes the keyword <abc> but not <xyz>. When using bibliography filters in conjunction with a numeric style, see \secref{use:cav:lab}. If you need complex filters with conditional expressions, use the \opt{filter} option in conjunction with a custom filter defined with \cmd{defbibfilter}. See \secref{use:bib:flt} for details on custom filters. - -\begin{ltxexample} -\documentclass{...} -\usepackage{biblatex} -\addbibresource{...} -\begin{document} -... -\printbibheading -\printbibliography[<<keyword=primary>>,heading=subbibliography,% - <<title={Primary Sources}>>] -\printbibliography[<<keyword=secondary>>,heading=subbibliography,% - <<title={Secondary Sources}>>] -\end{document} -\end{ltxexample} -% -Dividing a bibliography into primary and secondary sources is possible with a \bibfield{keyword} filter, as shown in the above example. In this case, with only two subdivisions, it would be sufficient to use one keyword as filter criterion: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printbibliography[<<keyword=primary>>,...] -\printbibliography[<<notkeyword=primary>>,...] -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since \sty{biblatex} has no way of knowing if an item in the bibliography is considered to be primary or secondary literature, we need to supply the bibliography filter with the required data by adding a \bibfield{keywords} field to each entry in the \file{bib} file. These keywords may then be used as targets for the \opt{keyword} and \opt{notkeyword} filters, as shown above. It may be a good idea to add such keywords right away while building a \file{bib} file. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{key, - <<keywords>> = {<<primary>>,some,other,keywords}, - ... -\end{lstlisting} -% -An alternative way of subdividing the list of references are bibliography categories. They differ from the keywords"=based approach shown in the example above in that they work on the document level and do not require any changes to the \file{bib} file. - -\begin{ltxexample} -\documentclass{...} -\usepackage{biblatex} -<<\DeclareBibliographyCategory>>{<<primary>>} -<<\DeclareBibliographyCategory>>{<<secondary>>} -<<\addtocategory>>{<<primary>>}{key1,key3,key6} -<<\addtocategory>>{<<secondary>>}{key2,key4,key5} -\addbibresource{...} -\begin{document} -... -\printbibheading -\printbibliography[<<category=primary>>,heading=subbibliography,% - <<title={Primary Sources}>>] -\printbibliography[<<category=secondary>>,heading=subbibliography,% - <<title={Secondary Sources}>>] -\end{document} -\end{ltxexample} -% -In this case it would also be sufficient to use one category only: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printbibliography[<<category=primary>>,...] -\printbibliography[<<notcategory=primary>>,...] -\end{lstlisting} -% -It is still a good idea to declare all categories used in the bibliography explicitly because there is a \cmd{bibbycategory} command which automatically loops over all categories. This is equivalent to giving one \cmd{printbibliography} command for every category, in the order in which they were declared. - -\begin{ltxexample} -\documentclass{...} -\usepackage{biblatex} -<<\DeclareBibliographyCategory>>{<<primary>>} -<<\DeclareBibliographyCategory>>{<<secondary>>} -\addtocategory{primary}{key1,key3,key6} -\addtocategory{secondary}{key2,key4,key5} -<<\defbibheading>>{<<primary>>}{\section*{Primary Sources}} -<<\defbibheading>>{<<secondary>>}{\section*{Secondary Sources}} -\addbibresource{...} -\begin{document} -... -\printbibheading -<<\bibbycategory>> -\end{document} -\end{ltxexample} -% -The handling of the headings is different from \cmd{bibbysection} and \cmd{bibbysegment} in this case. \cmd{bibbycategory} uses the name of the current category as a heading name. This is equivalent to passing \texttt{heading=\prm{category}} to \cmd{printbibliography} and implies that you need to provide a matching heading for every category. - -\subsubsection{Entry Sets} -\label{use:use:set} - -An entry set is a group of entries which are cited as a single reference and listed as a single item in the bibliography. The \sty{biblatex} package supports two types of entry sets. Static entry sets are defined in the \file{bib} file like any other entry. Dynamic entry sets are defined with \cmd{defbibentryset} (\secref{use:bib:set}) on a per-document\slash per-refsection basis in the document preamble or the document body. This section deals with the definition of entry sets; style authors should also see \secref{aut:cav:set} for further information. - -\paragraph{Static entry sets} - -\BiberOnlyMark Static entry sets are defined in the \file{bib} file like any other entry. When using Biber as the backend, defining an entry set is as simple as adding an entry of type \bibtype{set}. The entry has an \bibfield{entryset} field defining the members of the set as a comma"=separated list of entry keys: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -<<@Set>>{<<set1>>, - <<entryset>> = {<<key1,key2,key3>>}, -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Entries may be part of a set in one document\slash refsection and stand-alone references in another one, depending on the presence of the \bibtype{set} entry. If the \bibtype{set} entry is cited, the set members are grouped automatically. If not, they will work like any regular entry. - -When using \bibtex, which has no native support for entry sets, setting up entry sets involves more work. \bibtex requires \bibfield{entryset} and \bibfield{crossref} fields to be used in a special way. The members of the set are given in the \bibfield{entryset} field of the \bibtype{set} entry. The \bibtype{set} entry also requires a \bibfield{crossref} field which points to the first key in the \bibfield{entryset} field. In addition to that, all members of the set require \bibfield{entryset} fields which are reverse pointers to the entry key of the \bibtype{set} head entry: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Set{set1, - <<entryset>> = {<<key1>>,key2,key3}, - <<crossref>> = {<<key1>>}, -} -@Article{key1, - <<entryset>> = {set1}, - author = {...}, - title = {...}, - ... -} -@InCollection{key2, - <<entryset>> = {set1}, - author = {...}, - title = {...}, - ... -} -@Article{key3, - <<entryset>> = {set1}, - author = {...}, - title = {...}, - ... -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Note that citing any set member will automatically load the entire set with \bibtex. If you want to refer to an item as part of a set in one document\slash refsection and as a stand-alone reference in another one, you need two distinct entries with \bibtex. - -\paragraph[Dynamic entry sets]{Dynamic entry sets\BiberOnlyMark} - -Dynamic entry sets are set up and work much like static ones. The main difference is that they are defined in the document preamble or on the fly in the document body using the \cmd{defbibentryset} command from \secref{use:bib:set}: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -\defbibentryset{set1}{key1,key2,key3} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Dynamic entry sets in the document body are local to the enclosing \env{refsection} environment, if any. Otherwise, they are assigned to reference section~0. Those defined in the preamble are assigned to reference section~0. Note that dynamic entry sets require Biber. They will not work with any other backend. - -\subsubsection[Data Containers]{Data Containers\BiberOnlyMark} -\label{use:use:xdat} - -The \bibtype{xdata} entry type serves as a data container holding one or more fields. These fields may be inherited by other entries using the \bibfield{xdata} field. \bibtype{xdata} entries may not be cited or added to the bibliography, they only serve as a data source for other entries. This data inheritance mechanism is useful for fixed field combinations such as \bibfield{publisher}\slash \bibfield{location} and for other frequently used data: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -<<@XData>>{<<hup>>, - publisher = {Harvard University Press}, - location = {Cambridge, Mass.}, -} -@Book{..., - author = {...}, - title = {...}, - date = {...}, - <<xdata>> = {<<hup>>}, -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Using a comma"=separated list of keys in its \bibfield{xdata} field, an entry may inherit data from several \bibtype{xdata} entries. Cascading \bibtype{xdata} entries are supported as well, \ie an \bibtype{xdata} entry may reference one or more other \bibtype{xdata} entries: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@XData{macmillan:name, - publisher = {Macmillan}, -} -@XData{macmillan:place, - location = {New York and London}, -} -@XData{macmillan, - xdata = {macmillan:name,macmillan:place}, -} -@Book{..., - author = {...}, - title = {...}, - date = {...}, - xdata = {macmillan}, -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -See also \secref{bib:typ:blx,bib:fld:spc}. - -\subsubsection{Electronic Publishing Information} -\label{use:use:epr} - -The \sty{biblatex} package provides three fields for electronic publishing information: \bibfield{eprint}, \bibfield{eprinttype}, and \bibfield{eprintclass}. The \bibfield{eprint} field is a verbatim field similar to \bibfield{doi} which holds the identifier of the item. The \bibfield{eprinttype} field holds the resource name, \ie the name of the site or electronic archive. The optional \bibfield{eprintclass} field is intended for additional information specific to the resource indicated by the \bibfield{eprinttype} field. This could be a section, a path, classification information, etc. If the \bibfield{eprinttype} field is available, the standard styles will use it as a literal label. In the following example, they would print «Resource: identifier» rather than the generic «eprint: identifier»: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -<<eprint>> = {<<identifier>>}, -<<eprinttype>> = {<<Resource>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -The standard styles feature dedicated support for a few online archives. For arXiv references, put the identifier in the \bibfield{eprint} field and the string \texttt{arxiv} in the \bibfield{eprinttype} field: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -<<eprint>> = {<<math/0307200v3>>}, -<<eprinttype>> = {<<arxiv>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -For papers which use the new identifier scheme (April 2007 and later) add the primary classification in the \bibfield{eprintclass} field: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -eprint = {1008.2849v1}, -eprinttype = {arxiv}, -<<eprintclass>> = {<<cs.DS>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -There are two aliases which ease the integration of arXiv entries. \bibfield{archiveprefix} is treated as an alias for \bibfield{eprinttype}; \bibfield{primaryclass} is an alias for \bibfield{eprintclass}. If hyperlinks are enabled, the eprint identifier will be transformed into a link to \nolinkurl{arxiv.org}. See the package option \opt{arxiv} in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen} for further details. - -For \acr{JSTOR} references, put the stable \acr{JSTOR} number in the \bibfield{eprint} field and the string \texttt{jstor} in the \bibfield{eprinttype} field: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -<<eprint>> = {<<number>>}, -<<eprinttype>> = {<<jstor>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -When using \acr{JSTOR}'s export feature to export citations in \bibtex format, \acr{JSTOR} uses the \bibfield{url} field by default (where the \prm{number} is a unique and stable identifier): - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -url = {http://www.jstor.org/stable/<<number>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -While this will work as expected, full \acr{URL}s tend to clutter the bibliography. With the \bibfield{eprint} fields, the standard styles will use the more readable «\acr{JSTOR}: \prm{number}» format which also supports hyperlinks. The \prm{number} becomes a clickable link if \sty{hyperref} support is enabled. - -For PubMed references, put the stable PubMed identifier in the \bibfield{eprint} field and the string \texttt{pubmed} in the \bibfield{eprinttype} field. This means that: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -url = {http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/<<pmid>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -becomes: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -<<eprint>> = {<<pmid>>}, -<<eprinttype>> = {<<pubmed>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -and the standard styles will print «\acr{PMID}: \prm{pmid}» instead of the lengthy \acr{URL}. If hyperref support is enabled, the \prm{pmid} will be a clickable link to PubMed. - -For handles (\acr{HDL}s), put the handle in the \bibfield{eprint} field and the string \texttt{hdl} in the \bibfield{eprinttype} field: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -<<eprint>> = {<<handle>>}, -<<eprinttype>> = {<<hdl>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -For Google Books references, put Google's identifier in the \bibfield{eprint} field and the string \texttt{googlebooks} in the \bibfield{eprinttype} field. This means that, for example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -url = {http://books.google.com/books?id=<<XXu4AkRVBBoC>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -would become: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -<<eprint>> = {<<XXu4AkRVBBoC>>}, -<<eprinttype>> = {<<googlebooks>>}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -and the standard styles would print «Google Books: |XXu4AkRVBBoC|» instead of the full \acr{URL}. If hyperref support is enabled, the identifier will be a clickable link to Google Books.\footnote{Note that the Google Books \acr{id} seems to be a bit of an <internal> value. As of this writing, there does not seem to be any way to search for an \acr{id} on Google Books. You may prefer to use the \bibfield{url} in this case.} - -Note that \bibfield{eprint} is a verbatim field. Always give the identifier in its unmodified form. For example, there is no need to replace |_| with |\_|. Also see \secref{aut:cav:epr} on how to add dedicated support for other eprint resources. - -\subsubsection{External Abstracts and Annotations} -\label{use:use:prf} - -Styles which print the fields \bibfield{abstract} and\slash or \bibfield{annotation} may support an alternative way of adding abstracts or annotations to the bibliography. Instead of including the text in the \file{bib} file, it may also be stored in an external \latex file. For example, instead of saying - -\begin{ltxexample}[style=bibtex] -@Article{key1, - ... - abstract = {This is an abstract of entry `key1'.} -} -\end{ltxexample} -% -in the \file{bib} file, you may create a file named \path{bibabstract-key1.tex} and put the abstract in this file: - -\begin{ltxexample} -This is an abstract of entry `key1'. -\endinput -\end{ltxexample} -% -The name of the external file must be the entry key prefixed with \texttt{bibabstract-} or \texttt{bibannotation-}, respectively. You can change these prefixes by redefining \cmd{bibabstractprefix} and \cmd{bibannotationprefix}. Note that this feature needs to be enabled explicitly by setting the package option \opt{loadfiles} from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. The option is disabled by default for performance reasons. Also note that any \bibfield{abstract} and \bibfield{annotation} fields in the \file{bib} file take precedence over the external files. Using external files is strongly recommended if you have long abstracts or a lot of annotations since this may increase memory requirements significantly. It is also more convenient to edit the text in a dedicated \latex file. Style authors should see \secref{aut:cav:prf} for further information. - -\subsection{Hints and Caveats} -\label{use:cav} - -This section provides additional usage hints and addresses some common problems and potential misconceptions. - -\subsubsection{Usage with \acr{KOMA}-Script Classes} -\label{use:cav:scr} - -When using \sty{biblatex} in conjunction with one of the \sty{scrbook}, \sty{scrreprt}, or \sty{scrartcl} classes, the headings \texttt{bibliography} and \texttt{shorthands} from \secref{use:bib:hdg} are responsive to the bibliography"=related options of these classes.\footnote{This applies to the traditional syntax of these options (\opt{bibtotoc} and \opt{bibtotocnumbered}) as well as to the \keyval syntax introduced in \acr{KOMA}-Script 3.x, \ie to \kvopt{bibliography}{nottotoc}, \kvopt{bibliography}{totoc}, and \kvopt{bibliography}{totocnumbered}, The global \kvopt{toc}{bibliography} and \kvopt{toc}{bibliographynumbered} options as well as their aliases are detected as well. In any case, the options must be set globally in the optional argument to \cmd{documentclass}.} You can override the default headings by using the \opt{heading} option of \cmd{printbibliography}, \cmd{printbibheading} and \cmd{printshorthands}. See \secref{use:bib:bib, use:bib:los, use:bib:hdg} for details. All default headings are adapted at load-time such that they blend with the behavior of these classes. If one of the above classes is detected, \sty{biblatex} will also provide the following additional tests which may be useful in custom heading definitions: - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{ifkomabibtotoc}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the class would add the bibliography to the table of contents, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{ifkomabibtotocnumbered}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the class would add the bibliography to the table of contents as a numbered section, and to \prm{false} otherwise. If this test yields \prm{true}, \cmd{ifkomabibtotoc} will always yield \prm{true} as well, but not vice versa. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Usage with the Memoir Class} -\label{use:cav:mem} - -When using \sty{biblatex} with the \sty{memoir} class, most class facilites for adapting the bibliography have no effect. Use the corresponding facilities of this package instead (\secref{use:bib:bib, use:bib:hdg, use:bib:nts}). Instead of redefining \sty{memoir}'s \cmd{bibsection}, use the \opt{heading} option of \cmd{printbibliography} and \cmd{defbibheading} (\secref{use:bib:bib, use:bib:hdg}). Instead of \cmd{prebibhook} and \cmd{postbibhook}, use the \opt{prenote} and \opt{postnote} options of \cmd{printbibliography} and \cmd{defbibnote} (\secref{use:bib:bib, use:bib:nts}). All default headings are adapted at load-time such that they blend well with the default layout of this class. The default headings \texttt{bibliography} and \texttt{shorthands} (\secref{use:bib:hdg}) are also responsive to \sty{memoir}'s \cmd{bibintoc} and \cmd{nobibintoc} switches. The length register \len{bibitemsep} is used by \sty{biblatex} in a way similar to \sty{memoir} (\secref{use:fmt:len}). This section also introduces some additional length registers which correspond to \sty{memoir}'s \cmd{biblistextra}. Lastly, \cmd{setbiblabel} does not map to a single facility of the \sty{biblatex} package since the style of all labels in the bibliography is controlled by the bibliography style. See \secref{aut:bbx:env} in the author section of this manual for details. If the \sty{memoir} class is detected, \sty{biblatex} will also provide the following additional test which may be useful in custom heading definitions: - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{ifmemoirbibintoc}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} or \prm{false}, depending on \sty{memoir}'s \cmd{bibintoc} and \cmd{nobibintoc} switches. This is a \latex frontend to \sty{memoir}'s \cmd{ifnobibintoc} test. Note that the logic of the test is reversed. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Page Numbers in Citations} -\label{use:cav:pag} - -If the \prm{postnote} argument to a citation command is a page number or page range, \sty{biblatex} will automatically prefix it with <p.> or <pp.> by default. This works reliably in typical cases, but sometimes manual intervention may be required. In this case, it is important to understand how this argument is handled in detail. First, \sty{biblatex} checks if the postnote is an Arabic or Roman numeral (case insensitive). If this test succeeds, the postnote is considered as a single page or other number which will be prefixed with <p.> or some other string which depends on the \sty{pagination} field (see \secref{bib:use:pag}). If it fails, a second test is performed to find out if the postnote is a range or a list of Arabic or Roman numerals. If this test succeeds, the postnote will be prefixed with <pp.> or some other string in the plural form. If it fails as well, the postnote is printed as is. Note that both tests expand the \prm{postnote}. All commands used in this argument must therefore be robust or prefixed with \cmd{protect}. Here are a few examples of \prm{postnote} arguments which will be correctly recognized as a single number, a range of numbers, or a list of numbers, respectively: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\cite[25]{key} -\cite[vii]{key} -\cite[XIV]{key} -\cite[34--38]{key} -\cite[iv--x]{key} -\cite[185/86]{key} -\cite[XI \& XV]{key} -\cite[3, 5, 7]{key} -\cite[vii--x; 5, 7]{key} -\end{lstlisting} -% -In some other cases, however, the tests may get it wrong and you need to resort to the auxiliary commands \cmd{pno}, \cmd{ppno}, and \cmd{nopp} from \secref{use:cit:msc}. For example, suppose a work is cited by a special pagination scheme consisting of numbers and letters. In this scheme, the string <|27a|> would mean <page~27, part~a>. Since this string does not look like a number or a range to \sty{biblatex}, you need to force the prefix for a single number manually: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\cite[\pno~27a]{key} -\end{lstlisting} -% -There is also a \cmd{ppno} command which forces a range prefix as well as a \cmd{nopp} command which suppresses all prefixes: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\cite[\ppno~27a--28c]{key} -\cite[\nopp 25]{key} -\end{lstlisting} -% -These commands may be used anywhere in the \prm{postnote} argument. They may also be used multiple times. For example, when citing by volume and page number, you may want to suppress the prefix at the beginning of the postnote and add it in the middle of the string: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\cite[VII, \pno~5]{key} -\cite[VII, \pno~3, \ppno~40--45]{key} -\cite[see][\ppno~37--46, in particular \pno~40]{key} -\end{lstlisting} -% -There are also two auxiliary command for suffixes like <the following page(s)>. Instead of inserting such suffixes literally (which would require \cmd{ppno} to force a prefix): - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\cite[\ppno~27~sq.]{key} -\cite[\ppno~55~sqq.]{key} -\end{lstlisting} -% -use the auxiliary commands \cmd{psq} and \cmd{psqq}. Note that there is no space between the number and the command. This space will be inserted automatically and may be modified by redefining the macro \cmd{sqspace}. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\cite[27\psq]{key} -\cite[55\psqq]{key} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since the postnote is printed without any prefix if it includes any character which is not an Arabic or Roman numeral, you may also type the prefix manually: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\cite[p.~5]{key} -\end{lstlisting} -% -It is possible to suppress the prefix on a per"=entry basis by setting the \bibfield{pagination} field of an entry to <\texttt{none}>, see \secref{bib:use:pag} for details. If you do not want any prefixes at all or prefer to type them manually, you can also disable the entire mechanism in the document preamble or the configuration file as follows: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{#1} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \prm{postnote} argument is handled as a field and the formatting of this field is controlled by a field formatting directive which may be freely redefined. The above definition will simply print the postnote as is. See \secref{aut:cbx:fld, aut:bib:fmt} in the author guide for further details. - -\subsubsection{Name Parts and Name Spacing} -\label{use:cav:nam} - -The \sty{biblatex} package gives users and style authors very fine"=grained control of name spacing and the line"=breaking behavior of names, especially when they are using Biber as the backend. The commands discussed in the following are documented in \secref{use:fmt:fmt,aut:fmt:fmt}. This section is meant to give an overview of how they are put together. A note on terminology: a name \emph{part} is a basic part of the name, for example the first or the last name. Each part of a name may be a single name or it may be composed of multiple names. For example, the name part \enquote*{first name} may be composed of a first and a middle name. The latter are referred to as name \emph{elements} in this section. Let's consider a simple name first: \enquote{John Edward Doe}. This name is composed of the following parts: - -\begin{nameparts} -First & John Edward \\ -Prefix & --- \\ -Last & Doe \\ -Suffix & --- \\ -\end{nameparts} -% -The spacing and the line"=breaking behavior of names is controlled by four macros: - -\begin{namedelims} -a & \cmd{bibnamedelima} & Inserted by the backend after the first element of every name part if that element is less than three characters long and before the last element of every name part. \\ -b & \cmd{bibnamedelimb} & Inserted by the backend between all elements of a name part where \cmd{bibnamedelima} does not apply. \\ -c & \cmd{bibnamedelimc} & Inserted by a formatting directive between the name prefix and the last name if \kvopt{useprefix}{true}. If \kvopt{useprefix}{false}, \cmd{bibnamedelimd} is used instead. \\ -d & \cmd{bibnamedelimd} & Inserted by a formatting directive between name parts where \cmd{bibnamedelimc} does not apply. \\ -i & \cmd{bibnamedelimi} & Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelima/b} after initials \\ -\end{namedelims} -% -This is how the delimiters are employed: - -\begin{namesample} -\item John\delim{~}{a}Edward\delim{ }{d}Doe -\end{namesample} -% -Initials in the \file{bib} file get a special delimiter: - -\begin{namesample} -\item J.\delim{~}{i}Edward\delim{ }{d}Doe -\end{namesample} -% -Let's consider a more complex name: \enquote{Charles-Jean Ιtienne Gustave Nicolas de La Vallιe Poussin}. This name is composed of the following parts: - -\begin{nameparts} -First & Charles-Jean Ιtienne Gustave Nicolas \\ -Prefix & de \\ -Last & La Vallιe Poussin \\ -Suffix & --- \\ -\end{nameparts} -% -The delimiters: - -\begin{namesample} -\item Charles-Jean\delim{~}{b}Ιtienne\delim{~}{b}Gustave\delim{~}{a}Nicolas\delim{ }{d}% - de\delim{ }{c}% - La\delim{~}{a}Vallιe\delim{~}{a}Poussin -\end{namesample} -% -Note that \cmd{bibnamedelima/b/i} are inserted by the backend. The backend processes the name parts and takes care of the delimiters between the elements that make up a name part, processing each part individually. In contrast to that, the delimiters between the parts of the complete name (\cmd{bibnamedelimc/d}) are added by name formatting directives at a later point in the processing chain. The spacing and punctuation of initals is also handled by the backend and may be customized by redefining the following three macros: - -\begin{namedelims} -a & \cmd{bibinitperiod} & Inserted by the backend after initials.\\ -b & \cmd{bibinitdelim} & Inserted by the backend between multiple initials.\\ -c & \cmd{bibinithyphendelim} & Inserted by the backend between the initials of hyphenated name parts, replacing \cmd{bibinitperiod} and \cmd{bibinitdelim}.\\ -\end{namedelims} -% -This is how they are employed: - -\begin{namesample} -\item J\delim{.}{a}\delim{~}{b}E\delim{.}{a} Doe -\item K\delim{.-}{c}H\delim{.}{a} Mustermann -\end{namesample} - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Filters and Citation Labels} -\label{use:cav:lab} - -The citation labels generated by this package are assigned to the full list of references before it is split up by any bibliography filters. They are guaranteed to be unique across the entire document (or a \env{refsection} environment), no matter how many bibliography filters you are using. When using a numeric citation scheme, however, this will most likely lead to discontinuous numbering in split bibliographies. Use the \opt{defernumbers} package option to avoid this problem. If this option is enabled, numeric labels are assigned the first time an entry is printed in any bibliography. - -\subsubsection{Active Characters in Bibliography Headings} -\label{use:cav:act} - -Packages using active characters, such as \sty{babel}, \sty{csquotes}, or \sty{underscore}, usually do not make them active until the beginning of the document body to avoid interference with other packages. A typical example of such an active character is the Ascii quote |"|, which is used by various language modules of the \sty{babel} package. If shorthands such as |"<| and |"a| are used in the argument to \cmd{defbibheading} and the headings are defined in the document preamble, the non-active form of the characters is saved in the heading definition. When the heading is typeset, they do not function as a command but are simply printed literally. The most straightforward solution consists in moving \cmd{defbibheading} after |\begin{document}|. Alternatively, you may use \sty{babel}'s \cmd{shorthandon} and \cmd{shorthandoff} commands to temporarily make the shorthands active in the preamble. The above also applies to bibliography notes and the \cmd{defbibnote} command. - -\subsubsection{Grouping in Reference Sections and Segments} -\label{use:cav:grp} - -All \latex environments enclosed in \cmd{begin} and \cmd{end} form a group. This may have undesirable side effects if the environment contains anything that does not expect to be used within a group. This issue is not specific to \env{refsection} and \env{refsegment} environments, but it obviously applies to them as well. Since these environments will usually enclose much larger portions of the document than a typical \env{itemize} or similar environment, they are simply more likely to trigger problems related to grouping. If you observe any malfunctions after adding \env{refsection} environments to a document (for example, if anything seems to be <trapped> inside the environment), try the following syntax instead: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\chapter{...} -<<\refsection>> -... -<<\endrefsection>> -\end{lstlisting} -% -This will not from a group, but otherwise works as usual. As far as \sty{biblatex} is concerned, it does not matter which syntax you use. The alternative syntax is also supported by the \env{refsegment} environment. Note that the commands \cmd{newrefsection} and \cmd{newrefsegment} do not form a group. See \secref{use:bib:sec, use:bib:seg} for details. - -\section{Author Guide} -\label{aut} - -This part of the manual documents the author interface of the \sty{biblatex} package. The author guide covers everything you need to know in order to write new citation and bibliography styles or localization modules. You should read the user guide first before continuing with this part of the manual. - -\subsection{Overview} -\label{aut:int} - -Before we get to the commands and facilities provided by \sty{biblatex}, we will have a look at some of its fundamental concepts. The \sty{biblatex} package interacts with \bibtex in a way that is somewhat different from the traditional way of doing things. Most notably, the \file{bbl} file is used differently and there is only one \file{bst} file which implements a structured data interface rather than exporting printable data. With \latex's standard bibliographic facilities, a document includes any number of citation commands in the document body plus \cmd{bibliographystyle} and \cmd{bibliography}, usually towards the end of the document. The location of the former is arbitrary, the latter marks the spot where the list of references is to be printed: - -\begin{ltxexample} -\documentclass{...} -\begin{document} -\cite{...} -... -\bibliographystyle{...} -\bibliography{...} -\end{document} -\end{ltxexample} -% -Processing this files requires that a certain procedure be followed. This procedure is as follows: - -\begin{enumerate} - -\item Run \bin{latex}: On the first run, \cmd{bibstyle} and \cmd{bibdata} commands are written to the \file{aux} file, along with \cmd{citation} commands for all citations. At this point, the references are undefined because \latex is waiting for \bibtex to supply the required data. There is also no bibliography yet. - -\item Run \bin{bibtex}: \bibtex writes a \env{thebibliography} environment to the \file{bbl} file, supplying all entries from the \file{bib} file which were requested by the \cmd{citation} commands in the \file{aux} file. - -\item Run \bin{latex}: Starting with the second run, the \cmd{bibitem} commands in the \env{thebibliography} environment write one \cmd{bibcite} command for each bibliography entry to the \file{aux} file. These \cmd{bibcite} commands define the citation labels used by \cmd{cite}. However, the references are still undefined because the labels are not available until the end of this run. - -\item Run \bin{latex}: Starting with the third run, the citation labels are defined as the \file{aux} file is read in at the end of the preamble. All citations can now be printed. - -\end{enumerate} - -Note that all bibliographic data is written to the \file{bbl} file in the final format. The \file{bbl} file is read in and processed like any printable section of the document. For example, consider the following entry in a \file{bib} file: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{companion, - author = {Michel Goossens and Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin}, - title = {The LaTeX Companion}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - address = {Reading, Mass.}, - year = {1994}, -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -With the \path{plain.bst} style, \bibtex exports this entry to the \file{bbl} file as follows: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\bibitem{companion} -Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. -\newblock {\em The LaTeX Companion}. -\newblock Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass., 1994. -\end{lstlisting} -% -By default, \latex generates numeric citation labels, hence \cmd{bibitem} writes lines such as the following to the \file{aux} file: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\bibcite{companion}{1} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Implementing a different citation style implies that more data has to be transferred via the \file{aux} file. With the \sty{natbib} package, for example, the \file{aux} file contains lines like this one: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\bibcite{companion}{{1}{1994}{{Goossens et~al.}}{{Goossens, Mittelbach, -and Samarin}}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \sty{biblatex} package supports citations in any arbitrary format, hence citation commands need access to all bibliographic data. What this would mean within the scope of the procedure outlined above becomes obvious when looking at the output of the \sty{jurabib} package which also makes all bibliographic data available in citations: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\bibcite{companion}{{Goossens\jbbfsasep Mittelbach\jbbstasep Samarin}% - {}{{0}{}{book}{1994}{}{}{}{}{Reading, Mass.\bpubaddr{}Addison-Wesley% - \bibbdsep{} 1994}}{{The LaTeX Companion}{}{}{2}{}{}{}{}{}}{\bibnf - {Goossens}{Michel}{M.}{}{}\Bibbfsasep\bibnf{Mittelbach}{Frank}{F.}% - {}{}\Bibbstasep\bibnf{Samarin}{Alexander}{A.}{}{}}{\bibtfont{The - LaTeX Companion}.\ \apyformat{Reading, Mass.\bpubaddr{} - Addison-Wesley\bibbdsep{} 1994}}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -In this case, the contents of the entire \env{thebibliography} environment are effectively transferred via the \file{aux} file. The data is read from the \file{bbl} file, written to the \file{aux} file, read back from the \file{aux} file and then kept in memory. The bibliography itself is still generated as the \file{bbl} file is read in. The \sty{biblatex} package would also be forced to cycle all data through the \file{aux} file. This implies processing overhead and is also redundant because the data has to be kept in memory anyway. - -The traditional procedure is based on the assumption that the full bibliographic data of an entry is only required in the bibliography and that all citations use short labels. This makes it very effective in terms of memory requirements, but it also implies that it does not scale well. That is why \sty{biblatex} takes a different approach. First of all, the document structure is slightly different. Instead of using \cmd{bibliography} in the document body, database files are specified in the preamble with \cmd{addbibresource}, \cmd{bibliographystyle} is omitted entirely (all features are controlled by package options), and the bibliography is printed using \cmd{printbibliography}: - -\begin{ltxexample} -\documentclass{...} -\usepackage[...]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{...} -\begin{document} -\cite{...} -... -\printbibliography -\end{document} -\end{ltxexample} -% -In order to streamline the whole procedure, \sty{biblatex} essentially employs the \file{bbl} file like an \file{aux} file, rendering \cmd{bibcite} obsolete. We then get the following procedure: - -\begin{enumerate} - -\item Run \bin{latex}: The first step is similar to the traditional procedure described above: \cmd{bibstyle} and \cmd{bibdata} commands are written to the \file{aux} file, along with \cmd{citation} commands for all citations. We then wait for \bibtex to supply the required data. Since \sty{biblatex} uses a special \file{bst} file which implements its data interface on the \bibtex end, the \cmd{bibstyle} command is always |\bibstyle{biblatex}|. - -\item Run \bin{bibtex}: \bibtex supplies those entries from the \file{bib} file which were requested by the \cmd{citation} commands in the \file{aux} file. However, it does not write a printable bibliography to the \file{bbl} file, but rather a structured representation of the bibliographic data. Just like an \file{aux} file, this \file{bbl} file does not print anything when read in. It merely puts data in memory. - -\item Run \bin{latex}: Starting with the second run, the \file{bbl} file is processed right at the beginning of the document body, just like an \file{aux} file. From this point on, all bibliographic data is available in memory so that all citations can be printed right away.\footnote{If the \opt{defernumbers} package option is enabled \sty{biblatex} uses an alogrithm similar to the traditional procedure to generate numeric lables. In this case, the numbers are assigned as the bibliography is printed and then cycled through the \file{aux} file. It will take an additional \latex run for them to be picked up in citations.} The citation commands have access to the complete bibliographic data, not only to a predefined label. The bibliography is generated from memory using the same data and may be filtered or split as required. - -\end{enumerate} - -Let's consider the sample entry given above once more: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -@Book{companion, - author = {Michel Goossens and Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin}, - title = {The LaTeX Companion}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - address = {Reading, Mass.}, - year = {1994}, -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \sty{biblatex}, this entry is essentially exported in the following format: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\entry{companion}{book}{} - \name{author}{3}{% - {{Goossens}{G.}{Michel}{M.}{}{}{}{}}% - {{Mittelbach}{M.}{Frank}{F.}{}{}{}{}}% - {{Samarin}{S.}{Alexander}{A.}{}{}{}{}}% - } - \list{publisher}{1}{% - {Addison-Wesley}% - } - \list{location}{1}{% - {Reading, Mass.}% - } - \field{title}{The LaTeX Companion} - \field{year}{1994} -\endentry -\end{lstlisting} -% -As seen in this example, the data is presented in a structured format that resembles the structure of a \file{bib} file to some extent. At this point, no decision concerning the final format of the bibliography entry has been made. The formatting of the bibliography and all citations is controlled by \latex macros, which are defined in bibliography and citation style files. - -\subsection{Bibliography Styles} -\label{aut:bbx} - -A bibliography style is a set of macros which print the entries in the bibliography. Such styles are defined in files with the suffix \file{bbx}. The \sty{biblatex} package loads the selected bibliography style file at the end of the package. Note that a small repertory of frequently used macros shared by several of the standard bibliography styles is included in \path{biblatex.def}. This file is loaded at the end of the package as well, prior to the selected bibliography style. - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Style Files} -\label{aut:bbx:bbx} - -Before we go over the individual components of a bibliography style, consider this example of the overall structure of a typical \file{bbx} file: - -\begin{ltxexample} -\ProvidesFile{example.bbx}[2006/03/15 v1.0 biblatex bibliography style] - -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {...} - {...} - {...} -\defbibenvironment{shorthands} - {...} - {...} - {...} -\InitializeBibliographyStyle{...} -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{...} -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{...} -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{...} -... -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthands}{...} -\endinput -\end{ltxexample} -% -The main structure of a bibliography style file consists of the following commands: - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{RequireBibliographyStyle}{style} - -This command is optional and intended for specialized bibliography styles built on top of a more generic style. It loads the bibliography style \path{style.bbx}. - -\cmditem{InitializeBibliographyStyle}{code} - -Specifies arbitrary \prm{code} to be inserted at the beginning of the bibliography, but inside the group formed by the bibliography. This command is optional. It may be useful for definitions which are shared by several bibliography drivers but not used outside the bibliography. Keep in mind that there may be several bibliographies in a document. If the bibliography drivers make any global assignments, they should be reset at the beginning of the next bibliography. - -\cmditem{DeclareBibliographyDriver}{entrytype}{code} - -Defines a bibliography driver. A <driver> is a macro which handles a specific entry type. The \prm{entrytype} corresponds to the entry type used in \file{bib} files, specified in lowercase letters (see \secref{bib:typ}). The type \texttt{shorthands} has a special meaning. The \texttt{shorthands} driver handles all entries in the list of shorthands. The \prm{entrytype} argument may also be an asterisk. In this case, the driver serves as a fallback which is used if no specific driver for the entry type has been defined. The \prm{code} is arbitrary code which typesets all bibliography entries of the respective \prm{entrytype}. This command is mandatory. Every bibliography style should provide a driver for each entry type. - -\cmditem{DeclareBibliographyAlias}{alias}{entrytype} - -If a bibliography driver covers more than one entry type, this command may be used to define an alias. This command is optional. The \prm{entrytype} argument may also be an asterisk. In this case, the alias serves as a fallback which is used if no specific driver for the entry type has been defined. - -\cmditem{DeclareBibliographyOption}{key}[value]{code} - -This command defines additional preamble options in \keyval format. The \prm{key} is the option key. The \prm{code} is arbitrary \tex code to be executed whenever the option is used. The value passed to the option is passed on to the \prm{code} as |#1|. The optional \prm{value} is a default value to be used if the bare key is given without any value. This is useful for boolean switches. For example, with a definition like the following: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex] -\DeclareBibliographyOption{somekey}[true]{...} -\end{lstlisting} -% -giving <\texttt{somekey}> without a value is equivalent to <\kvopt{somekey}{true}>. - -\cmditem{DeclareEntryOption}{key}[value]{code} - -Similar to \cmd{DeclareBibliographyOption} but defines options which are settable on a per"=entry basis in the \bibfield{options} field from \secref{bib:fld:spc}. The \prm{code} is executed whenever \sty{biblatex} prepares the data of the entry for use by a citation command or a bibliography driver. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Environments} -\label{aut:bbx:env} - -Apart from defining bibliography drivers, the bibliography style is also responsible for the environments which control the layout of the bibliography and the list of shorthands. These environments are defined with \cmd{defbibenvironment}. By default, \cmd{printbibliography} uses the environment \opt{bibliography}. Here is a definition suitable for a bibliography style which does not print any labels in the bibliography: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {} - {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}% - \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} -\end{lstlisting} -% -This definition employs a \env{list} environment with hanging indentation, using the \cmd{bibhang} length register provided by \sty{biblatex}. It allows for a certain degree of configurability by using \cmd{bibitemsep} and \cmd{bibparsep}, two length registers provided by \sty{biblatex} for this very purpose (see \secref{aut:fmt:len}). The \texttt{authoryear} and \texttt{authortitle} bibliography styles use a definition similar to this example. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {\printfield[labelnumberwidth]{labelnumber}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\labelnumberwidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss##1}} - {\endlist} - {\item} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Some bibliography styles print labels in the bibliography. For example, a bibliography style designed for a numeric citation scheme will print the number of every entry such that the bibliography looks like a numbered list. In the first example, the first argument to \cmd{list} was empty. In this example, we need it to insert the number, which is provided by \sty{biblatex} in the \bibfield{labelnumber} field. We also employ several length registers and other facilities provided by \sty{biblatex}, see \secref{aut:fmt:ich, aut:fmt:ilc} for details. The \texttt{numeric} bibliography style uses the definition given above. The \texttt{alphabetic} style is similar, except that \textsf{\texttt{labelnumber}} is replaced by \texttt{labelalpha} and \texttt{labelnumberwidth} by \texttt{labelalphawidth}. - -The list of shorthands is handled in a similar way. \cmd{printshorthands} uses the environment \opt{shorthands} by default. A typical example is given below. See \secref{aut:fmt:ich, aut:fmt:ilc} for details on the length registers and facilities used in this example. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\defbibenvironment{shorthands} - {\list - {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} -\end{lstlisting} - -\subsubsection{Bibliography Drivers} -\label{aut:bbx:drv} - -Before we go over the commands which form the data interface of the \sty{biblatex} package, it may be instructive to have a look at the structure of a bibliography driver. Note that the example given below is greatly simplified, but still functional. For the sake of readability, we omit several fields which may be part of a \bibtype{book} entry and also simplify the handling of those which are considered. The main point is to give you an idea of how a driver is structured. For information about the mapping of \bibtex's fields to \sty{biblatex}'s data types, see \secref{bib:fld}. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{% - \printnames{author}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{title}% - \newunit\newblock - \printlist{publisher}% - \newunit - \printlist{location}% - \newunit - \printfield{year}% - \finentry} -\end{lstlisting} -% -At this point, there is still one piece missing: the formatting directives used by \cmd{printnames}, \cmd{printlist}, and \cmd{printfield}. To give you an idea of what a formatting directive looks like, here are some fictional ones used by our sample driver. Field formats are straightforward, the value of the field is passed to the formatting directive as an argument which may be formatted as desired. The following directive will simply wrap its argument in an \cmd{emph} command: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareFieldFormat{title}{\emph{#1}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -List formats are slightly more complex. After splitting up the list into individual items, \sty{biblatex} will execute the formatting directive once for every item in the list. The item is passed to the directive as an argument. The separator to be inserted between the indivdual items in the list is also handled by the corresponding directive, hence we have to check whether we are in the middle of the list or at the end when inserting it. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareListFormat{location}{% - #1% - \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{liststop}} - {\addcomma\space} - {}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Formatting directives for names are similar to those for literal lists, but the individual items in the list are names which are automatically dissected into their components. The list formatting directive is executed once for each name in the list and the components of the name are passed to the formatting directive as separate arguments. For example, |#1| is the last name and |#3| is the first name. Here is a simplified example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareNameFormat{author}{% - \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}=1} - {#1% - \ifblank{#3}{}{\addcomma\space #3}} - {\ifblank{#3}{}{#3\space}% - #1}% - \ifthenelse{\value{listcount}<\value{liststop}} - {\addcomma\space} - {}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The above directive reverses the name of the first author («Last, First») and prints the remaining names in their regular sequence («First Last»). Note that the only component which is guaranteed to be available is the last name, hence we have to check which parts of the name are actually present. If a certain component of a name is not available, the corresponding argument will be blank. As with directives for literal lists, the separator to be inserted between the indivdual items in the list is also handled by the formatting directive, hence we have to check whether we are in the middle of the list or at the end when inserting it. This is what the second \cmd{ifthenelse} test does. - -\subsubsection{Special Fields} -\label{aut:bbx:fld} - -The following lists and fields are used by \sty{biblatex} to pass data to bibliography drivers and citation commands. They are not used in \file{bib} files but defined automatically by the package. From the perspective of a bibliography or citation style, they are not different from the fields in a \file{bib} file. - -\paragraph{Generic Fields} -\label{aut:bbx:fld:gen} - -\begin{fieldlist} - -\fielditem{entrykey}{string} - -The entry key of an item in the \file{bib} file. This is the string used by \sty{biblatex} and \bibtex to identify an entry in the \file{bib} file. - -\fielditem{childentrykey}{string} - -When citing a subentry of an entry set, \sty{biblatex} provides the data of the parent \bibtype{set} entry to citation commands. This implies that the \bibfield{entrykey} field holds the entry key of the parent. The entry key of the child entry being cited is provided in the \bibfield{childentrykey} field. This field is only available when citing a subentry of an entry set. - -\fielditem{entrytype}{string} - -The entry type (\bibtype{book}, \bibtype{inbook}, etc.), given in lowercase letters. - -\fielditem{childentrytype}{string} - -When citing a subentry of an entry set, \sty{biblatex} provides the data of the parent \bibtype{set} entry to citation commands. This implies that the \bibfield{entrytype} field holds the entry type of the parent. The entry type of the child entry being cited is provided in the \bibfield{childentrytype} field. This field is only available when citing a subentry of an entry set. - -\fielditem{entrysetcount}{integer} - -This field holds an integer indicating the position of a set member in the entry set (starting at \texttt{1}). This field is only available in the subentries of an entry set. - -\fielditem{hash}{string\BiberOnlyMark} - -This field is special in that it is only available locally in name formatting directives. It holds a hash string which uniquely identifies individual names in a name list. This information is available for all names in all name lists. See also \bibfield{namehash} and \bibfield{fullhash}. - -\fielditem{namehash}{string} - -A hash string which uniquely identifies the \bibfield{labelname} list. This is useful for recurrence checks. For example, a citation style wich replaces recurrent authors or editors with a string like <idem> could save the \bibfield{namehash} field with \cmd{savefield} and use it in a comparison with \cmd{iffieldequals} later (see \secref{aut:aux:dat, aut:aux:tst}). The \bibfield{namehash} is derived from the truncated \bibfield{labelname} list, \ie it is responsive to \opt{maxnames} and \opt{minnames}. See also \bibfield{hash} and \bibfield{fullhash}. - -\fielditem{fullhash}{string} - -A hash string which uniquely identifies the \bibfield{labelname} list. This fields differs from \bibfield{namehash} in two details: 1) The \bibfield{shortauthor} and \bibfield{shorteditor} lists are ignored when generating the hash. 2) The hash always refers to the full list, ignoring \opt{maxnames} and \opt{minnames}. See also \bibfield{hash} and \bibfield{namehash}. - -\listitem{pageref}{literal} - -If the \opt{backref} package option is enabled, this list holds the page numbers of the pages on which the respective bibliography entry is cited. If there are \env{refsection} environments in the document, the back references are local to the reference sections. - -\fielditem{sortinit}{literal} - -This field holds the initial letter of the string used during sorting. This is useful when subdividing the bibliography alphabetically. - -\end{fieldlist} - -\paragraph{Fields for Use in Citation Labels} -\label{aut:bbx:fld:lab} - -\begin{fieldlist} - -\fielditem{labelalpha}{literal} - -A label similar to the labels generated by the \path{alpha.bst} style of traditional \bibtex. This label consists of initials drawn from the \bibfield{labelname} list plus the last two digits of the publication year. The \bibfield{label} field may be used to override its non"=numeric portion. If the \bibfield{label} field is defined, \sty{biblatex} will use its value and append the last two digits of the publication year when generating \bibfield{labelalpha}. The \bibfield{shorthand} field may be used to override the entire label. If defined, \bibfield{labelalpha} is the \bibfield{shorthand} rather than an automatically generated label. A complete <alphabetic> label consists of the fields \bibfield{labelalpha} plus \bibfield{extraalpha}. Note that the \bibfield{labelalpha} and \bibfield{extraalpha} fields need to be requested with the package option \opt{labelalpha} (\secref{use:opt:pre:int}). See also \bibfield{extraalpha} as well as \cmd{labelalphaothers} in \secref{use:fmt:fmt}. - -\fielditem{extraalpha}{integer} - -The <alphabetic> citation scheme usually requires a letter to be appended to the label if the bibliography contains two or more works by the same author which were all published in the same year. In this case, the \bibfield{extraalpha} field holds an integer which may be converted to a letter with \cmd{mknumalph} or formatted in some other way. This field is similar to the role of \bibfield{extrayear} in the author"=year scheme. A complete <alphabetic> label consists of the fields \bibfield{labelalpha} plus \bibfield{extraalpha}. Note that the \bibfield{labelalpha} and \bibfield{extraalpha} fields need to be requested with the package option \opt{labelalpha}, see \secref{use:opt:pre:int} for details. See also \bibfield{labelalpha} as well as \cmd{labelalphaothers} in \secref{use:fmt:fmt}. - -\listitem{labelname}{name} - -The name to be printed in citations. This list is a copy of either the \bibfield{shortauthor}, the \bibfield{author}, the \bibfield{shorteditor}, the \bibfield{editor}, or the \bibfield{translator} list, which are normally checked for in this order. If no authors and editors are available, this list is undefined. Note that this list is also responsive to the \opt{useauthor}, \opt{useeditor}, and \opt{usetranslator} options, see \secref{use:opt:bib}. Citation styles should use this list when printing the name in a citation. This list is provided for convenience only and does not carry any additional meaning. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this field may be customized. See \secref{aut:ctm:fld} for details. - -\fielditem{labelnumber}{literal} - -The number of the bibliography entry, as required by numeric citation schemes. If the \bibfield{shorthand} field is defined, \sty{biblatex} does not assign a number to the respective entry. In this case \bibfield{labelnumber} is the shorthand rather than a number. Numeric styles must use the value of this field instead of a counter. Note that this field needs to be requested with the package option \opt{labelnumber}, see \secref{use:opt:pre:int} for details. Also see the package option \opt{defernumbers} in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. - -\fielditem{prefixnumber}{literal} - -If the \opt{prefixnumbers} option of \cmd{printbibliography} has been set in order to prefix all entries in a subbibliography with a fixed string, this string is available in the \bibfield{prefixnumber} field of all affected entries. If no prefix has been set, the \bibfield{prefixnumber} field of the respective entry is undefined. See the \opt{prefixnumbers} option of \cmd{printbibliography} in \secref{use:bib:bib} for details. If the \bibfield{shorthand} field is defined, \sty{biblatex} does not assign the prefix to the \bibfield{prefixnumber} field of the respective entry. In this case, the \bibfield{prefixnumber} field is undefined. - -\fielditem{labeltitle}{literal} - -The title to be printed in citations. If a short title is available, \bibfield{labeltitle} is a copy of the \bibfield{shorttitle} field, otherwise \sty{biblatex} falls back to the \bibfield{title} field. Citation styles printing short titles may simply make use of this field instead of checking whether a \bibfield{shorttitle} field is available every time they print a title. This field is provided for convenience only and does not carry any additional meaning. - -\fielditem{labelyear}{literal} - -The publication year, as specified in the \bibfield{date} or the \bibfield{year} field, for use in author-year labels. A complete author-year label consists of the fields \bibfield{labelyear} plus \bibfield{extrayear}. Note that the \bibfield{labelyear} and \bibfield{extrayear} fields need to be requested with the package option \opt{labelyear}, see \secref{use:opt:pre:int} for details. See also \bibfield{extrayear}. -\BiberOnlyMark With Biber, this field may be customized. See \secref{aut:ctm:fld} for details. - -\fielditem{extrayear}{integer} - -The author"=year citation scheme usually requires a letter to be appended to the year if the bibliography contains two or more works by the same author which were all published in the same year. In this case, the \bibfield{extrayear} field holds an integer which may be converted to a letter with \cmd{mknumalph} or formatted in some other way. This field is undefined if there is only one work by the author in the bibliography or if all works by the author have different publication years. A complete author-year label consists of the fields \bibfield{labelyear} plus \bibfield{extrayear}. Note that the \bibfield{labelyear} and \bibfield{extrayear} fields need to be requested with the package option \opt{labelyear}, see \secref{use:opt:pre:int} for details. See also \bibfield{labelyear}. - -\end{fieldlist} - -\paragraph{Date Component Fields} -\label{aut:bbx:fld:dat} - -See \tabref{aut:bbx:fld:tab1} for an overview of how the date fields in \file{bib} files are related to the date fields provided by the style interface. When testing for a field like \bibfield{origdate} in a style, use code like: - -\begin{ltxcode} -<<\iffieldundef>>{orig<<year>>}{...}{...} -\end{ltxcode} -% -This will tell you if the corresponding date is defined at all. This test: - -\begin{ltxcode} -<<\iffieldundef>>{orig<<endyear>>}{...}{...} -\end{ltxcode} -% -will tell you if the corresponding date is defined and a (fully specified) range. This test: - -\begin{ltxcode} -<<\iffieldequalstr>>{orig<<endyear>>}{}{...}{...} -\end{ltxcode} -% -will tell you if the corresponding date is defined and an open"=ended range. Open"=ended ranges are indicated by an empty \texttt{endyear} component (as opposed to an undefined \texttt{endyear} component). See \secref{bib:use:dat} and \tabref{bib:use:tab1} on page~\pageref{bib:use:tab1} for further examples. - -\begin{table} -\tablesetup -\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily}lX>{\ttfamily}lX@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{2}{@{}H}{\file{bib} File} & -\multicolumn{2}{H}{Data Interface} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule(l){3-4} -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Field} & -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Value (Example)} & -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Field} & -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Value (Example)} \\ -\cmidrule{1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3}\cmidrule(l){4-4} -date & 1988 & day & undefined \\ - & & month & undefined \\ - & & year & 1988 \\ - & & endday & undefined \\ - & & endmonth & undefined \\ - & & endyear & undefined \\ -date & 1997/ & day & undefined \\ - & & month & undefined \\ - & & year & 1997 \\ - & & endday & undefined \\ - & & endmonth & undefined \\ - & & endyear & empty \\ -urldate & 2009-01-31 & urlday & 31 \\ - & & urlmonth & 01 \\ - & & urlyear & 2009 \\ - & & urlendday & undefined \\ - & & urlendmonth & undefined \\ - & & urlendyear & undefined \\ -origdate & 2002-01/2002-02 & origday & undefined \\ - & & origmonth & 01 \\ - & & origyear & 2002 \\ - & & origendday & undefined \\ - & & origendmonth & 02 \\ - & & origendyear & 2002 \\ -eventdate & 1995-01-31/1995-02-05 & eventday & 31 \\ - & & eventmonth & 01 \\ - & & eventyear & 1995 \\ - & & eventendday & 05 \\ - & & eventendmonth & 02 \\ - & & eventendyear & 1995 \\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\caption{Date Interface} -\label{aut:bbx:fld:tab1} -\end{table} - -\begin{fieldlist} - -\fielditem{day}{integer} - -This field holds the day component of the \bibfield{date} field. If the date is a range, it holds the day component of the start date. - -\fielditem{month}{integer} - -This field is the \bibfield{month} as given in the database file or it holds the month component of the \bibfield{date} field. If the date is a range, it holds the month component of the start date. - -\fielditem{year}{integer} - -This field is the \bibfield{year} as given in the database file or it holds the year component of the \bibfield{date} field. If the date is a range, it holds the year component of the start date. - -\fielditem{endday}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{date} field is a range, this field holds the day component of the end date. - -\fielditem{endmonth}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{date} field is a range, this field holds the month component of the end date. - -\fielditem{endyear}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{date} field is a range, this field holds the year component of the end date. A blank (but defined) \bibfield{endyear} component indicates an open ended \bibfield{date} range. - -\fielditem{origday}{integer} - -This field holds the day component of the \bibfield{origdate} field. If the date is a range, it holds the day component of the start date. - -\fielditem{origmonth}{integer} - -This field holds the month component of the \bibfield{origdate} field. If the date is a range, it holds the month component of the start date. - -\fielditem{origyear}{integer} - -This field holds the year component of the \bibfield{origdate} field. If the date is a range, it holds the year component of the start date. - -\fielditem{origendday}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{origdate} field is a range, this field holds the day component of the end date. - -\fielditem{origendmonth}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{origdate} field is a range, this field holds the month component of the end date. - -\fielditem{origendyear}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{origdate} field is a range, this field holds the year component of the end date. A blank (but defined) \bibfield{origendyear} component indicates an open ended \bibfield{origdate} range. - -\fielditem{eventday}{integer} - -This field holds the day component of the \bibfield{eventdate} field. If the date is a range, it holds the day component of the start date. - -\fielditem{eventmonth}{integer} - -This field holds the month component of the \bibfield{eventdate} field. If the date is a range, it holds the month component of the start date. - -\fielditem{eventyear}{integer} - -This field holds the year component of the \bibfield{eventdate} field. If the date is a range, it holds the year component of the start date. - -\fielditem{eventendday}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{eventdate} field is a range, this field holds the day component of the end date. - -\fielditem{eventendmonth}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{eventdate} field is a range, this field holds the month component of the end date. - -\fielditem{eventendyear}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{eventdate} field is a range, this field holds the year component of the end date. A blank (but defined) \bibfield{eventendyear} component indicates an open ended \bibfield{eventdate} range. - -\fielditem{urlday}{integer} - -This field holds the day component of the \bibfield{urldate} field. - -\fielditem{urlmonth}{integer} - -This field holds the month component of the \bibfield{urldate} field. - -\fielditem{urlyear}{integer} - -This field holds the year component of the \bibfield{urldate} field. - -\fielditem{urlendday}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{urldate} field is a range, this field holds the day component of the end date. - -\fielditem{urlendmonth}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{urldate} field is a range, this field holds the month component of the end date. - -\fielditem{urlendyear}{integer} - -If the date specification in the \bibfield{urldate} field is a range, this field holds the year component of the end date. A blank (but defined) \bibfield{urlendyear} component indicates an open ended \bibfield{urldate} range. - -\end{fieldlist} - -\subsection{Citation Styles} -\label{aut:cbx} - -A citation style is a set of commands such as \cmd{cite} which print different types of citations. Such styles are defined in files with the suffix \file{cbx}. The \sty{biblatex} package loads the selected citation style file at the end of the package. Note that a small repertory of frequently used macros shared by several of the standard citation styles is also included in \path{biblatex.def}. This file is loaded at the end of the package as well, prior to the selected citation style. It also contains the definitions of the commands from \secref{use:cit:txt}. - -\subsubsection{Citation Style Files} -\label{aut:cbx:cbx} - -Before we go over the individual commands available in citation style files, consider this example of the overall structure of a typical \file{cbx} file: - -\begin{ltxexample} -\ProvidesFile{example.cbx}[2006/03/15 v1.0 biblatex citation style] - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}{...}{...}{...}{...} -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens]{...}{...}{...}{...} -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote]{...}{...}{...}{...} -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}{...}{...}{...}{...} -\endinput -\end{ltxexample} - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{RequireCitationStyle}{style} - -This command is optional and intended for specialized citation styles built on top of a more generic style. It loads the citation style \path{style.cbx}. - -\cmditem{InitializeCitationStyle}{code} - -Specifies arbitrary \prm{code} required to initialize or reset the citation style. This hook will be executed once at package load-time and every time the \cmd{citereset} command from \secref{use:cit:msc} is used. The \cmd{citereset} command also resets the internal citation trackers of this package. The reset will affect the \cmd{ifciteseen}, \cmd{ifentryseen}, \cmd{ifciteibid}, and \cmd{ifciteidem} tests discussed in \secref{aut:aux:tst}. When used in a \env{refsection} environment, the reset of the citation tracker is local to the current \env{refsection} environment. - -\cmditem{OnManualCitation}{code} - -Specifies arbitrary \prm{code} required for a partial reset of the citation style. This hook will be executed every time the \cmd{mancite} command from \secref{use:cit:msc} is used. It is particularly useful in citation styles which replace repeated citations by abbreviations like <ibidem> or <op. cit.> which may get ambiguous if automatically generated and manual citations are mixed. The \cmd{mancite} command also resets the internal <ibidem> and <idem> trackers of this package. The reset will affect the \cmd{ifciteibid} and \cmd{ifciteidem} tests discussed in \secref{aut:aux:tst}. - -\cmditem{DeclareCiteCommand}{command}[wrapper]{precode}{loopcode}{sepcode}{postcode} \cmditem*{DeclareCiteCommand*}{command}[wrapper]{precode}{loopcode}{sepcode}{postcode} - -This is the core command used to define all citation commands. It takes one optional and five mandatory arguments. The \prm{command} is the command to be defined, for example \cmd{cite}. If the optional \prm{wrapper} argument is given, the entire citation will be passed to the \prm{wrapper} as an argument, \ie the wrapper command must take one mandatory argument.\footnote{Typical examples of wrapper commands are \cmd{mkbibparens} and \cmd{mkbibfootnote}.} The \prm{precode} is arbitrary code to be executed at the beginning of the citation. It will typically handle the \prm{prenote} argument which is available in the \bibfield{prenote} field. It may also be used to initialize macros required by the \prm{loopcode}. The \prm{loopcode} is arbitrary code to be executed for each entry key passed to the \prm{command}. This is the core code which prints the citation labels or any other data. The \prm{sepcode} is arbitrary code to be executed after each iteration of the \prm{loopcode}. It will only be executed if a list of entry keys is passed to the \prm{command}. The \prm{sepcode} will usually insert some kind of separator, such as a comma or a semicolon. The \prm{postcode} is arbitrary code to be executed at the end of the citation. The \prm{postcode} will typically handle the \prm{postnote} argument which is available in the \bibfield{postnote} field.\footnote{The bibliographic data available to the \prm{loopcode} is the data of the entry currently being processed. In addition to that, the data of the first entry is available to the \prm{precode} and the data of the last one is available to the \prm{postcode}. <First> and <last> refer to the order in which the citations are printed. If the \opt{sortcites} package option is active, this is the order of the list after sorting. Note that no bibliographic data is available to the \prm{sepcode}.} The starred variant of \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand} defines a starred \prm{command}. For example, |\DeclareCiteCommand*{cite}| would define |\cite*|.\footnote{Note that the regular variant of \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand} defines a starred version of the \prm{command} implicitly, unless the starred version has been defined before. This is intended as a fallback. The implicit definition is an alias for the regular variant.} - -\cmditem{DeclareMultiCiteCommand}{command}[wrapper]{cite}{delimiter} - -This command defines <multicite> commands (\secref{use:cit:mlt}). The \prm{command} is the multicite command to be defined, for example \cmd{cites}. It is automatically made robust. Multicite commands are built on top of backend commands defined with \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand} and the \prm{cite} argument specifies the name of the backend command to be used. Note that the wrapper of the backend command (\ie the \prm{wrapper} argument passed to \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}) is ignored. Use the optional \prm{wrapper} argument to specify an alternative wrapper. The \prm{delimiter} is the string to be printed as a separator between the individual citations in the list. This will typically be \cmd{multicitedelim}. The following examples are real definitions taken from \path{biblatex.def}: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}% - {\cite}{\multicitedelim} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibparens]% - {\parencite}{\multicitedelim} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcites}[\mkbibfootnote]% - {\footcite}{\multicitedelim} -\end{lstlisting} - -\cmditem{DeclareAutoCiteCommand}{name}[position]{cite}{multicite} - -This command provides definitions for the \cmd{autocite} and \cmd{autocites} commands from \secref{use:cit:aut}. The definitions are enabled with the \opt{autocite} package option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. The \prm{name} is an identifier which serves as the value passed to the package option. The autocite commands are built on top of backend commands like \cmd{parencite} and \cmd{parencites}. The arguments \prm{cite} and \prm{multicite} specify the backend commands to use. The \prm{cite} argument refers to \cmd{autocite} and \prm{multicite} refers to \cmd{autocites}. The \prm{position} argument controls the handling of any punctuation marks after the citation. Possible values are \texttt{l}, \texttt{r}, \texttt{f}. \texttt{r} means that the punctuation is placed to the right of the citation, \ie it will not be moved around. \texttt{l} means that any punctuation after the citation is moved to the left of the citation. \texttt{f} is like \texttt{r} in a footnote and like \texttt{l} otherwise. This argument is optional and defaults to \texttt{r}. See also \cmd{DeclareAutoPunctuation} in \secref{aut:pct:cfg} and the \opt{autopunct} package option in \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. The following examples are real definitions taken from \path{biblatex.def}: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareAutoCiteCommand{plain}{\cite}{\cites} -\DeclareAutoCiteCommand{inline}{\parencite}{\parencites} -\DeclareAutoCiteCommand{footnote}[l]{\footcite}{\footcites} -\DeclareAutoCiteCommand{footnote}[f]{\smartcite}{\smartcites} -\end{lstlisting} - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Special Fields} -\label{aut:cbx:fld} - -The following fields are used by \sty{biblatex} to pass data to citation commands. They are not used in \file{bib} files but defined automatically by the package. From the perspective of a citation style, they are not different from the fields in a \file{bib} file. See also \secref{aut:bbx:fld}. - -\begin{fieldlist} - -\fielditem{prenote}{literal} - -The \prm{prenote} argument passed to a citation command. This field is specific to citations and not available in the bibliography. If the \prm{prenote} argument is missing or empty, this field is undefined. - -\fielditem{postnote}{literal} - -The \prm{postnote} argument passed to a citation command. This field is specific to citations and not available in the bibliography. If the \prm{postnote} argument is missing or empty, this field is undefined. - -\end{fieldlist} - -\subsection{Data Interface} -\label{aut:bib} - -The data interface are the facilities used to format and print all bibliographic data. These facilities are available in both bibliography and citation styles. - -\subsubsection{Data Commands} -\label{aut:bib:dat} - -This section introduces the main data interface of the \sty{biblatex} package. These are the commands doing most of the work, \ie they actually print the data provided in lists and fields. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{printfield}[format]{field} - -This command prints a \prm{field} using the formatting directive \prm{format}, as defined with \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat}. If a type"=specific \prm{format} has been declared, the type"=specific formatting directive takes precedence over the generic one. If the \prm{field} is undefined, nothing is printed. If the \prm{format} is omitted, \cmd{printfield} tries using the name of the field as a format name. For example, if the \bibfield{title} field is to be printed and the \prm{format} is not specified, it will try to use the field format \texttt{title}.\footnote{In other words, \texttt{\textbackslash printfield\{title\}} is equivalent to \texttt{\textbackslash printfield[title]\{title\}}.} In this case, any type"=specific formatting directive will also take precedence over the generic one. If all of these formats are undefined, it falls back to \texttt{default} as a last resort. Note that \cmd{printfield} provides the name of the field currently being processed in \cmd{currentfield} for use in field formatting directives. - -\cmditem{printlist}[format][start\ensuremath\rangle--\ensuremath\langle stop]{literal list} - -This command loops over all items in a \prm{literal list}, starting at item number \prm{start} and stopping at item number \prm{stop}, including \prm{start} and \prm{stop} (all lists are numbered starting at~1). Each item is printed using the formatting directive \prm{format}, as defined with \cmd{DeclareListFormat}. If a type"=specific \prm{format} has been declared, the type"=specific formatting directive takes precedence over the generic one. If the \prm{literal list} is undefined, nothing is printed. If the \prm{format} is omitted, \cmd{printlist} tries using the name of the list as a format name. In this case, any type"=specific formatting directive will also take precedence over the generic one. If all of these formats are undefined, it falls back to \texttt{default} as a last resort. The \prm{start} argument defaults to 1; \prm{stop} defaults to the total number of items in the list. If the total number is greater than \prm{maxitems}, \prm{stop} defaults to \prm{minitems} (see \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}). See \cmd{printnames} for further details. Note that \cmd{printlist} provides the name of the literal list currently being processed in \cmd{currentlist} for use in list formatting directives. - -\cmditem{printnames}[format][start\ensuremath\rangle--\ensuremath\langle stop]{name list} - -This command loops over all items in a \prm{name list}, starting at item number \prm{start} and stopping at item number \prm{stop}, including \prm{start} and \prm{stop} (all lists are numbered starting at~1). Each item is printed using the formatting directive \prm{format}, as defined with \cmd{DeclareNameFormat}. If a type"=specific \prm{format} has been declared, the type"=specific formatting directive takes precedence over the generic one. If the \prm{name list} is undefined, nothing is printed. If the \prm{format} is omitted, \cmd{printnames} tries using the name of the list as a format name. In this case, any type"=specific formatting directive will also take precedence over the generic one. If all of these formats are undefined, it falls back to \texttt{default} as a last resort. The \prm{start} argument defaults to 1; \prm{stop} defaults to the total number of items in the list. If the total number is greater than \prm{maxnames}, \prm{stop} defaults to \prm{minnames} (see \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}). If you want to select a range but use the default list format, the first optional argument must still be given, but is left empty: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printnames[][1-3]{...} -\end{lstlisting} - -One of \prm{start} and \prm{stop} may be omitted, hence the following arguments are all valid: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printnames[...][-1]{...} -\printnames[...][2-]{...} -\printnames[...][1-3]{...} -\end{lstlisting} - -If you want to override \prm{maxnames} and \prm{minnames} and force printing of the entire list, you may refer to the \cnt{listtotal} counter in the second optional argument: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printnames[...][-\value{listtotal}]{...} -\end{lstlisting} - -Whenever \cmd{printnames} and \cmd{printlist} process a list, information concerning the current state is accessible by way of four counters: the \cnt{listtotal} counter holds the total number of items in the current list, \cnt{listcount} holds the number of the item currently being processed, \cnt{liststart} is the \prm{start} argument passed to \cmd{printnames} or \cmd{printlist}, \cnt{liststop} is the \prm{stop} argument. These counters are intended for use in list formatting directives. \cnt{listtotal} may also be used in the second optional argument to \cmd{printnames} and \cmd{printlist}. Note that these counters are local to list formatting directives and do not hold meaningful values when used anywhere else. For every list, there is also a counter by the same name which holds the total number of items in the corresponding list. For example, the \cnt{author} counter holds the total number of items in the \bibfield{author} list. These counters are similar to \cnt{listtotal} except that they may also be used independently of list formatting directives. There are also \cnt{maxnames} and \cnt{minnames} as well as \cnt{maxitems} and \cnt{minitems} counters which hold the values of the corresponding package options. See \secref{aut:fmt:ilc} for a complete list of such internal counters. Note that \cmd{printnames} provides the name of the name list currently being processed in \cmd{currentname} for use in name formatting directives. - -\cmditem{printtext}[format]{text} - -This command prints \prm{text}, which may be printable text or arbitrary code generating printable text. It clears the punctuation buffer before inserting \prm{text} and informs \sty{biblatex} that printable text has been inserted. This ensures that all preceding and following \cmd{newblock} and \cmd{newunit} commands have the desired effect. \cmd{printfield} and \cmd{printnames} as well as \cmd{bibstring} and its companion commands (see \secref{aut:str}) do that automatically. Using this command is required if a bibliography styles inserts literal text (including the commands from \secref{aut:pct:pct, aut:pct:spc}) to ensure that block and unit punctuation works as advertised in \secref{aut:pct:new}. The optional \prm{format} argument specifies a field formatting directive to be used to format \prm{text}. This may also be useful when several fields are to be printed as one chunk, for example, by enclosing the entire chunk in parentheses or quotation marks. If a type"=specific \prm{format} has been declared, the type"=specific formatting directive takes precedence over the generic one. If the \prm{format} is omitted, the \prm{text} is printed as is. See also \secref{aut:cav:pct} for some practical hints. - -\cmditem{printfile}[format]{file} - -This command is similar to \cmd{printtext} except that the second argument is a file name rather than literal text. The \prm{file} argument must be the name of a valid \latex file found in \tex's search path. \cmd{printfile} will use \cmd{input} to load this \prm{file}. If there is no such file, \cmd{printfile} does nothing. The optional \prm{format} argument specifies a field formatting directive to be applied to the \prm{file}. If a type"=specific \prm{format} has been declared, the type"=specific formatting directive takes precedence over the generic one. If the \prm{format} is omitted, the \prm{file} is printed as is. Note that this feature needs to be enabled explicitly by setting the package option \opt{loadfiles} from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. By default, \cmd{printfile} will not input any files. - -\csitem{printdate} - -This command prints the date of the entry, as specified in the fields \bibfield{date} or \bibfield{month}\slash \bibfield{year}. The date format is controlled by the package option \opt{date} from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. Additional formatting (fonts etc.) may be applied by adjusting the field format \texttt{date} (\secref{aut:fmt:ich}). Note that this command interfaces with the punctuation tracker. There is no need to wrap it in a \cmd{printtext} command. - -\csitem{printdateextra} - -Similar to \cmd{printdate} but incorporates the \bibfield{extrayear} field in the date specification. This is useful for bibliography styles designed for author-year citations. - -\csitem{printurldate} - -Similar to \cmd{printdate} but prints the \bibfield{urldate} of the entry. The date format is controlled by the package option \opt{urldate} from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. Additional formatting may be applied by adjusting the field format \texttt{urldate} (\secref{aut:fmt:ich}). - -\csitem{printorigdate} - -Similar to \cmd{printdate} but prints the \bibfield{origdate} of the entry. The date format is controlled by the package option \opt{origdate} from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. Additional formatting may be applied by adjusting the field format \texttt{origdate} (\secref{aut:fmt:ich}). - -\csitem{printeventdate} - -Similar to \cmd{printdate} but prints the \bibfield{eventdate} of the entry. The date format is controlled by the package option \opt{eventdate} from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. Additional formatting may be applied by adjusting the field format \texttt{eventdate} (\secref{aut:fmt:ich}). - -\cmditem{indexfield}[format]{field} - -This command is similar to \cmd{printfield} except that the \prm{field} is not printed but added to the index using the formatting directive \prm{format}, as defined with \cmd{DeclareIndexFieldFormat}. If a type"=specific \prm{format} has been declared, it takes precedence over the generic one. If the \prm{field} is undefined, this command does nothing. If the \prm{format} is omitted, \cmd{indexfield} tries using the name of the field as a format name. In this case, any type"=specific formatting directive will also take precedence over the generic one. If all of these formats are undefined, it falls back to \texttt{default} as a last resort. - -\cmditem{indexlist}[format][start\ensuremath\rangle--\ensuremath\langle stop]{literal list} - -This command is similar to \cmd{printlist} except that the items in the list are not printed but added to the index using the formatting directive \prm{format}, as defined with \cmd{DeclareIndexListFormat}. If a type"=specific \prm{format} has been declared, the type"=specific formatting directive takes precedence over the generic one. If the \prm{literal list} is undefined, this command does nothing. If the \prm{format} is omitted, \cmd{indexlist} tries using the name of the list as a format name. In this case, any type"=specific formatting directive will also take precedence over the generic one. If all of these formats are undefined, it falls back to \texttt{default} as a last resort. - -\cmditem{indexnames}[format][start\ensuremath\rangle--\ensuremath\langle stop]{name list} - -This command is similar to \cmd{printnames} except that the items in the list are not printed but added to the index using the formatting directive \prm{format}, as defined with \cmd{DeclareIndexNameFormat}. If a type"=specific \prm{format} has been declared, the type"=specific formatting directive takes precedence over the generic one. If the \prm{name list} is undefined, this command does nothing. If the \prm{format} is omitted, \cmd{indexnames} tries using the name of the list as a format name. In this case, any type"=specific formatting directive will also take precedence over the generic one. If all of these formats are undefined, it falls back to \texttt{default} as a last resort. - -\cmditem{entrydata}{key}{code} -\cmditem*{entrydata*}{key}{code} - -Data commands like \cmd{printfield} normally use the data of the entry currently being processed. You may use \cmd{entrydata} to switch contexts locally. The \prm{key} is the entry key of the entry to use locally. The \prm{code} is arbitrary code to be executed in this context. This code will be executed in a group. See \secref{aut:cav:mif} for an example. Note that this command will automatically switch languages if the \opt{babel} package option is enabled. The starred version \cmd{entrydata*} will clone all fields of the enclosing entry, using field, counter, and other resource names prefixed with the string <\texttt{saved}>. This is useful when comparing two data sets. For example, inside the \prm{code} argument, the \bibfield{author} field holds the author of entry \prm{key} and the author of the enclosing entry is available as \bibfield{savedauthor}. The \cnt{author} counter holds the number of names in the \bibfield{author} field of \prm{key}; the \bibfield{savedauthor} counter refers to the author count of the enclosing entry. - -\cmditem{entryset}{precode}{postcode} - -This command is intended for use in bibliography drivers handling \bibtype{set} entries. It will loop over all members of the set, as indicated by the \bibfield{entryset} field, and execute the appropriate driver for the respective set member. This is similar to executing the \cmd{usedriver} command from \secref{aut:aux:msc} for each set member. The \prm{precode} is arbitrary code to be executed prior to processing each item in the set. The \prm{postcode} is arbitrary code to be executed immediately after processing each item. Both arguments are mandatory in terms of the syntax but may be left empty. See \secref{aut:cav:set} for usage examples. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Formatting Directives} -\label{aut:bib:fmt} - -This section introduces the commands used to define the formatting directives required by the data commands from \secref{aut:bib:dat}. Note that all standard formats are defined in \path{biblatex.def}. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{DeclareFieldFormat}[entrytype, \dots]{format}{code} -\cmditem*{DeclareFieldFormat}*{format}{code} - -Defines the field format \prm{format}. This formatting directive is arbitrary \prm{code} to be executed by \cmd{printfield}. The value of the field will be passed to the \prm{code} as its first and only argument. The name of the field currently being processed is available to the \prm{code} as \cmd{currentfield}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the format is specific to that type. The \prm{entrytype} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. The starred variant of this command is similar to the regular version, except that all type-specific formats are cleared. - -\cmditem{DeclareListFormat}[entrytype, \dots]{format}{code} -\cmditem*{DeclareListFormat}*{format}{code} - -Defines the literal list format \prm{format}. This formatting directive is arbitrary \prm{code} to be executed for every item in a list processed by \cmd{printlist}. The current item will be passed to the \prm{code} as its first and only argument. The name of the literal list currently being processed is available to the \prm{code} as \cmd{currentlist}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the format is specific to that type. The \prm{entrytype} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. Note that the formatting directive also handles the punctuation to be inserted between the individual items in the list. You need to check whether you are in the middle of or at the end of the list, \ie whether \cnt{listcount} is smaller than or equal to \cnt{liststop}. The starred variant of this command is similar to the regular version, except that all type-specific formats are cleared. - -\cmditem{DeclareNameFormat}[entrytype, \dots]{format}{code} -\cmditem*{DeclareNameFormat}*{format}{code} - -Defines the name list format \prm{format}. This formatting directive is arbitrary \prm{code} to be executed for every name in a list processed by \cmd{printnames}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the format is specific to that type. The \prm{entrytype} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. The individual parts of a name will be passed to the \prm{code} as separate arguments. These arguments are as follows: - -\begin{argumentlist}{00} -\item[\#1] The last names. If a name consists of a single part only (for example, <Aristotle>), this part will be treated as the last name. -\item[\#2] The last names, given as initials. -\item[\#3] The first names. This argument also includes all middle names. -\item[\#4] The first names, given as initials. -\item[\#5] The name prefixes, for example von, van, of, da, de, del, della, etc. Note that name prefixes are referred to as the <von part> of the name in the \bibtex documentation. -\item[\#6] The name prefixes, given as initials. -\item[\#7] The name affixes, for example <junior>, <senior>, <der Jόngere>, <der Δltere>, etc. -Note that name affixes are referred to as the <junior part> of the name in the \bibtex documentation. -\item[\#8] The name affixes, given as initials. -\end{argumentlist} -% -If a certain part of a name is not available, the corresponding argument will be empty, hence you may use \cmd{ifblank} tests to check for the inidividual parts of a name. The name of the name list currently being processed is available to the \prm{code} as \cmd{currentname}. Note that the formatting directive also handles the punctuation to be inserted between separate names and between the individual parts of a name. You need to check whether you are in the middle of or at the end of the list, \ie whether \cnt{listcount} is smaller than or equal to \cnt{liststop}. See also \secref{use:cav:nam}. The starred variant of this command is similar to the regular version, except that all type-specific formats are cleared. - -\cmditem{DeclareIndexFieldFormat}[entrytype, \dots]{format}{code} -\cmditem*{DeclareIndexFieldFormat}*{format}{code} - -Defines the field format \prm{format}. This formatting directive is arbitrary \prm{code} to be executed by \cmd{indexfield}. The value of the field will be passed to the \prm{code} as its first and only argument. The name of the field currently being processed is available to the \prm{code} as \cmd{currentfield}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the format is specific to that type. The \prm{entrytype} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. This command is similar to \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat} except that the data handled by the \prm{code} is not intended to be printed but written to the index. Note that \cmd{indexfield} will execute the \prm{code} as is, \ie the \prm{code} must include \cmd{index} or a similar command. The starred variant of this command is similar to the regular version, except that all type-specific formats are cleared. - -\cmditem{DeclareIndexListFormat}[entrytype, \dots]{format}{code} -\cmditem*{DeclareIndexListFormat}*{format}{code} - -Defines the literal list format \prm{format}. This formatting directive is arbitrary \prm{code} to be executed for every item in a list processed by \cmd{indexlist}. The current item will be passed to the \prm{code} as its only argument. The name of the literal list currently being processed is available to the \prm{code} as \cmd{currentlist}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the format is specific to that type. The \prm{entrytype} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. This command is similar to \cmd{DeclareListFormat} except that the data handled by the \prm{code} is not intended to be printed but written to the index. Note that \cmd{indexlist} will execute the \prm{code} as is, \ie the \prm{code} must include \cmd{index} or a similar command. The starred variant of this command is similar to the regular version, except that all type-specific formats are cleared. - -\cmditem{DeclareIndexNameFormat}[entrytype, \dots]{format}{code} -\cmditem*{DeclareIndexNameFormat}*{format}{code} - -Defines the name list format \prm{format}. This formatting directive is arbitrary \prm{code} to be executed for every name in a list processed by \cmd{indexnames}. The name of the name list currently being processed is available to the \prm{code} as \cmd{currentname}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the format is specific to that type. The \prm{entrytype} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. The parts of the name will be passed to the \prm{code} as separate arguments. This command is very similar to \cmd{DeclareNameFormat} except that the data handled by the \prm{code} is not intended to be printed but written to the index. Note that \cmd{indexnames} will execute the \prm{code} as is, \ie the \prm{code} must include \cmd{index} or a similar command. The starred variant of this command is similar to the regular version, except that all type-specific formats are cleared. - -\cmditem{DeclareFieldAlias}[entry type]{alias}[format entry type]{format} - -Declares \prm{alias} to be an alias for the field format \prm{format}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the alias is specific to that type. The \prm{format entry type} is the entry type of the backend format. This is only required when declaring an alias for a type"=specific formatting directive. - -\cmditem{DeclareListAlias}[entry type]{alias}[format entry type]{format} - -Declares \prm{alias} to be an alias for the literal list format \prm{format}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the alias is specific to that type. The \prm{format entry type} is the entry type of the backend format. This is only required when declaring an alias for a type"=specific formatting directive. - -\cmditem{DeclareNameAlias}[entry type]{alias}[format entry type]{format} - -Declares \prm{alias} to be an alias for the name list format \prm{format}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the alias is specific to that type. The \prm{format entry type} is the entry type of the backend format. This is only required when declaring an alias for a type"=specific formatting directive. - -\cmditem{DeclareIndexFieldAlias}[entry type]{alias}[format entry type]{format} - -Declares \prm{alias} to be an alias for the field format \prm{format}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the alias is specific to that type. The \prm{format entry type} is the entry type of the backend format. This is only required when declaring an alias for a type"=specific formatting directive. - -\cmditem{DeclareIndexListAlias}[entry type]{alias}[format entry type]{format} - -Declares \prm{alias} to be an alias for the literal list format \prm{format}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the alias is specific to that type. The \prm{format entry type} is the entry type of the backend format. This is only required when declaring an alias for a type"=specific formatting directive. - -\cmditem{DeclareIndexNameAlias}[entry type]{alias}[format entry type]{format} - -Declares \prm{alias} to be an alias for the name list format \prm{format}. If an \prm{entrytype} is specified, the alias is specific to that type. The \prm{format entry type} is the entry type of the backend format. This is only required when declaring an alias for a type"=specific formatting directive. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsection{Customization} -\label{aut:ctm} - -\subsubsection{Sorting} -\label{aut:ctm:srt} - -In addition to the predefined sorting schemes discussed in \secref{use:srt}, it is possible to define new ones or modify the default definitions. The sorting process may be customized further by excluding certain fields from sorting on a per-type basis and by automatically populating the \bibfield{presort} field on a per-type basis. Note that custom sorting schemes require Biber. They will not work with any other backend. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{DeclareSortingScheme}{name}{specification}|\BiberOnlyMark| - -Defines the sorting scheme \prm{name}. The \prm{name} is the identifier passed to the \opt{sorting} option (\secref{use:opt:pre:gen}) when selecting the sorting scheme. The \prm{specification} is an undelimited list of \cmd{sort} directives which specify the elements to be considered in the sorting process. Spaces, tabs, and line endings may be used freely to visually arrange the \prm{specification}. Blank lines are not permissible. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\cmditem{sort}{elements} - -Specifies the elements considered in the sorting process. The \prm{elements} are an undelimited list of \cmd{name}, \cmd{list}, \cmd{field}, \cmd{literal}, and \cmd{citeorder} commands which are evalutated in the order in which they are given. If an element is defined, it is added to the sort key and the sorting routine skips to the next \cmd{sort} directive. If it is undefined, the next element is evaluated. Since literal strings are always defined, any \cmd{literal} commands should be the sole or the last element in a \cmd{sort} directive. The \cmd{sort} command supports the following optional arguments: - -\begin{optionlist*} - -\choitem[ascending]{direction}{ascending, descending} - -The sort direction, which may be either \texttt{ascending} or \texttt{descending}. The default is ascending order. - -\boolitem[false]{final} - -This option marks a \cmd{sort} directive as the final one in the \prm{specification}. If one of the \prm{elements} is available, the remainder of the \prm{specification} will be ignored. The short form \opt{final} is equivalent to \kvopt{final}{true}. - -\boolitem{sortcase} - -Whether or not to sort case"=sensitively. The default setting depends on the global \opt{sortcase} option. - -\boolitem{sortupper} - -Whether or not to sort in <uppercase before lowercase> (\texttt{true}) or <lowercase before uppercase> order (\texttt{false}). The default setting depends on the global \opt{sortupper} option. - -\end{optionlist*} - -\cmditem{name}{name list} - -The \cmd{name} element adds a \prm{name list} to the sorting specification. If the \prm{name list} is undefined, the element is skipped. - -\cmditem{list}{literal list} - -The \cmd{list} element adds a \prm{literal list} to the sorting specification. If the \prm{literal list} is undefined, the element is skipped. - -\cmditem{field}[key=value, \dots]{field} - -The \cmd{field} element adds a \prm{field} to the sorting specification. If the \prm{field} is undefined, the element is skipped. The \cmd{field} command supports the following optional arguments: - -\begin{optionlist*} - -\choitem[left]{padside}{left, right} - -Pads a field on the \texttt{left} or \texttt{right} side using \opt{padchar} so that its width is \opt{padwidth}. If no padding option is set, no padding is done at all. If any padding option is specified, then padding is performed and the missing options are assigned built-in default values. If padding and substring matching are both specified, the substring match is performed first. Padding is particularly useful with numeric fields. For example, the command - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\field[padside=left,padwidth=2,padchar=0]{volume} -\end{lstlisting} -% -will pad the \bibfield{volume} field with leading zeros to a width of two characters. This way, volumes are sorted by numeric value (\texttt{01\slash 02\slash 11\slash 12}) rather than in alphabetic order (\texttt{1\slash 11\slash 12\slash 2}). - -\intitem[4]{padwidth} - -The target width in characters. - -\valitem[0]{padchar}{character} - -The character to be used when padding the field. - -\choitem[left]{strside}{left, right} - -Performs a substring match on the \texttt{left} or \texttt{right} side of the field. The number of characters to match is specified by the corresponding \texttt{strwidth} option. If no substring option is set, no substring matching is performed at all. If any substring option is specified, then substring matching is performed and the missing options are assigned built-in default values. If padding and substring matching are both specified, the substring match is performed first. - -\intitem[4]{strwidth} - -The number of characters to match. - -\end{optionlist*} - -\cmditem{literal}{string} - -The \cmd{literal} element adds a literal \prm{string} to the sorting specification. This is useful as a fallback if some fields are not available. - -\csitem{citeorder} - -The \cmd{citeorder} element has a special meaning. It indicates that the entries should be kept in the order in which they were cited. It is usually the only element in the \prm{specification}: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareSortingScheme{none}{ - \sort{\citeorder} -} -\end{lstlisting} - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -Here are some examples. In the first example, we define a simple name\slash title\slash year scheme. The name element may be either the \bibfield{author}, the \bibfield{editor}, or the \bibfield{translator}. Given this specification, the sorting routine will use the first element which is available and continue with the \bibfield{title}. Note that the options \opt{useauthor}, \opt{useeditor}, and \opt{usetranslator} are considered automatically in the sorting process: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareSortingScheme{sample}{ - \sort{ - \name{<<author>>} - \name{<<editor>>} - \name{<<translator>>} - } - \sort{ - \field{<<title>>} - } - \sort{ - \field{<<year>>} - } -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -In the next example, we define the same scheme in a more elaborate way, considering special fields such as \bibfield{presort}, \bibfield{sortkey}, \bibfield{sortname}, etc. Since the \bibfield{sortkey} field specifies the master sort key, it needs to override all other elements except for \bibfield{presort}. This is indicated by the \opt{final} option. If the \bibfield{sortkey} field is available, processing will stop at this point. If not, the sorting routine continues with the next \cmd{sort} directive. This setup corresponds to the default definition of the \texttt{nty} scheme: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareSortingScheme{nty}{ - \sort{ - \field{<<presort>>} - } - \sort[<<final>>]{ - \field{<<sortkey>>} - } - \sort{ - \name{<<sortname>>} - \name{author} - \name{editor} - \name{translator} - \field{sorttitle} - \field{title} - } - \sort{ - \field{<<sorttitle>>} - \field{title} - } - \sort{ - \field{<<sortyear>>} - \field{year} - } -} -\end{lstlisting} - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{DeclareSortExclusion}{entrytype, \dots}{field, \dots}|\BiberOnlyMark| - -Specifies fields to be excluded from sorting on a per-type basis. The \prm{entrytype} argument and the \prm{field} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. A blank \prm{field} argument will clear all exclusions for this \prm{entrytype}. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\cmditem{DeclarePresort}[entrytype, \dots]{string}|\BiberOnlyMark| - -Specifies are string to be used to automatically populate the \bibfield{presort} field of entries without a \bibfield{presort} field. The \bibfield{presort} may be defined globally or on a per-type basis. If the optional \prm{entrytype} argument is given, the \prm{string} applies to the respective entry type. If not, it serves as the global default value. Specifying an \prm{entrytype} in conjunction with a blank \prm{string} will clear the type-specific setting. The \prm{entrytype} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Special Fields} -\label{aut:ctm:fld} - -Some of the automatically generated fields from \secref{aut:bbx:fld:lab} may be customized. Note that this requires Biber. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{DeclareLabelname}[entrytype, \dots]{specification}|\BiberOnlyMark| - -Defines the fields to consider when generating the \bibfield{labelname} field (see \secref{aut:bbx:fld:lab}). The \prm{specification} is a comma"=separated list of fields. The fields are checked in the order listed and the first field which is available will be used as \bibfield{labelname}. This is the default definition: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareLabelname{shortauthor,author,shorteditor,editor,translator} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \bibfield{labelname} field may be customized globally or on a per-type basis. If the optional \prm{entrytype} argument is given, the specification applies to the respective entry type. If not, it is applied globally. The \prm{entrytype} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\cmditem{DeclareLabelyear}[entrytype, \dots]{specification}|\BiberOnlyMark| - -Defines the date components to consider when generating the \bibfield{labelyear} field (see \secref{aut:bbx:fld:lab}). The \prm{specification} is a comma"=separated list of date components. The items are checked in the order listed and the first item which is available will be used as \bibfield{labelyear}. Note that the items are date components, not date fields. This is the default definition: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareLabelyear{year,eventyear,origyear,urlyear} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \bibfield{labelyear} field may be customized globally or on a per-type basis. If the optional \prm{entrytype} argument is given, the specification applies to the respective entry type. If not, it is applied globally. The \prm{entrytype} argument may be a comma"=separated list of values. This command may only be used in the preamble. See also \secref{aut:bbx:fld:dat}. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Data Inheritance (\bibfield{crossref})} -\label{aut:ctm:ref} - -Biber features a highly customizable cross-referencing mechanism with flexible data inheritance rules. This sections deals with the configuration interface. See \apxref{apx:ref} for the default configuration. Note that customized data inheritance requires Biber. It will not work with any other backend. A note on terminology: the \emph{child} or \emph{target} is the entry with the \bibfield{crossref} field, the \emph{parent} or \emph{source} is the entry the \bibfield{crossref} field points to. The child inherits data from the parent. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{DefaultInheritance}[exceptions]{options}|\BiberOnlyMark| - -Configures the default inheritance behavior. This command may only be used in the preamble. The default behavior may be customized be setting the following \prm{options}: - -\begin{optionlist*} - -\boolitem[true]{all} Whether or not to inherit all fields from the parent by default. \kvopt{all}{true} means that the child entry inherits all fields from the parent, unless a more specific inheritance rule has been set up with \cmd{DeclareDataInheritance}. If an inheritance rule is defined for a field, data inheritance is controlled by that rule. \kvopt{all}{false} means that no data is inherited from the parent by default. Each field to be inherited requires an explicit inheritance rule set up with \cmd{DeclareDataInheritance}. The package default is \kvopt{all}{true}. - -\boolitem[false]{override} Whether or not to overwrite target fields with source fields if both are defined. This applies both to automatic inheritance and to explicit inheritance rules. The package default is \kvopt{override}{false}, \ie existing fields of the child entry are not overwritten. - -\end{optionlist*} - -The optional \prm{exceptions} are an undelimited list of \cmd{except} directives. Spaces, tabs, and line endings may be used freely to visually arrange the \prm{exceptions}. Blank lines are not permissible. - -\cmditem{except}{source}{target}{options} - -Sets the \prm{options} for a specific \prm{source} and \prm{target} combination. The \prm{source} and \prm{target} arguments specify the parent and the child entry type. The asterisk matches all types and is permissible in either argument. - -\cmditem{DeclareDataInheritance}{source, \dots}{target, \dots}{rules}|\BiberOnlyMark| - -Declares inheritance rules. The \prm{source} and \prm{target} arguments specify the parent and the child entry type. Either argument may be a single entry type, a comma"=separated list of types, or an asterisk. The asterisk matches all entry types. The \prm{rules} are an undelimited list of \cmd{inherit} and\slash or \cmd{noinherit} directives. Spaces, tabs, and line endings may be used freely to visually arrange the \prm{rules}. Blank lines are not permissible. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\cmditem{inherit}[option]{source}{target} - -Defines an inheritance rule by mapping a \prm{source} field to a \prm{target} field. The \prm{option} is the \opt{override} option explained above. When set locally, it takes precedence over any global options set with \cmd{DefaultInheritance}. - -\cmditem{noinherit}{source} - -Unconditionally prevents inheritance of the \prm{source} field. - -\csitem{ResetDataInheritance}\BiberOnlyMark Clears all inheritance rules defined with \cmd{DeclareDataInheritance}. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -Here are some practical examples: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DefaultInheritance{<<all=true>>,<<override=false>>} -\end{lstlisting} -% -This example shows how to configure the default inheritance behavior. The above settings are the package defaults. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DefaultInheritance[ - <<\except>>{<<*>>}{<<online>>}{<<all=false>>} -]{all=true,override=false} -\end{lstlisting} -% -This example is similar to the one above but adds one exception: entries of type \bibtype{online} will, by default, not inherit any data from any parent. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareDataInheritance{<<collection>>}{<<incollection>>}{ - <<\inherit>>{<<title>>}{<<booktitle>>} - \inherit{subtitle}{booksubtitle} - \inherit{titleaddon}{booktitleaddon} -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -So far we have looked at setting up the defaults. For example, \kvopt{all}{true} means that the \bibfield{publisher} field of a source entry is copied to the \bibfield{publisher} field of the target entry. In some cases, however, asymmetric mappings are required. They are defined with \cmd{DeclareDataInheritance}. The above example sets up three typical rules for \bibtype{incollection} entries referencing a \bibtype{collection}. We map the \bibfield{title} and related fields of the source to the corresponding \bibfield{booktitle} fields of the target. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareDataInheritance{<<mvbook,book>>}{<<inbook,bookinbook>>}{ - \inherit{<<author>>}{<<author>>} - \inherit{<<author>>}{<<bookauthor>>} -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -This rule is an example of one-to-many mapping: it maps the \bibfield{author} field of the source to both the \bibfield{author} and the \bibfield{bookauthor} fields of the target in order to allow for compact \bibfield{inbook}\slash \bibfield{bookinbook} entries. The source may be either a \bibtype{mvbook} or a \bibtype{book} entry, the target either an \bibtype{inbook} or a \bibtype{bookinbook} entry. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareDataInheritance{<<*>>}{<<inbook,incollection>>}{ - <<\noinherit>>{<<introduction>>} -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -This rule prevents inheritance of the \bibfield{introduction} field. It applies to all targets of type -\bibtype{inbook} or \bibtype{incollection}, regardless of the source entry type. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareDataInheritance{<<*>>}{<<*>>}{ - \noinherit{abstract} -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -This rule, which applies to all entries, regardless of the source and target entry types, prevents inheritance of the \bibfield{abstract} field. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DefaultInheritance{all=true,override=false} -\ResetDataInheritance -\end{lstlisting} -% -This example demonstrates how to emulate \bibtex's cross"=referencing mechanism. It enables inheritance by default, disables overwriting, and clears all other inheritance rules and mappings. - -\subsection{Auxiliary Commands} -\label{aut:aux} - -The facilities in this section are intended for analyzing and saving bibliographic data rather than formatting and printing it. - -\subsubsection{Data Commands} -\label{aut:aux:dat} - -The commands in this section grant low"=level access to the unformatted bibliographic data. They are not intended for typesetting but rather for things like saving data to a temporary macro so that it may be used in a comparison later. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{thefield}{field} - -Expands to the unformatted \prm{field}. If the \prm{field} is undefined, this command expands to an empty string. - -\cmditem{strfield}{field} - -Similar to \cmd{thefield}, except that the field is automatically sanitized such that its value may safely be used in the formation of a control sequence name. - -\cmditem{thelist}{literal list} - -Expands to the unformatted \prm{literal list}. If the list is undefined, this command expands to an empty string. Note that this command will dump the \prm{literal list} in the internal format used by this package. This format is not suitable for printing. - -\cmditem{thename}{name list} - -Expands to the unformatted \prm{name list}. If the list is undefined, this command expands to an empty string. Note that this command will dump the \prm{name list} in the internal format used by this package. This format is not suitable for printing. - -\cmditem{savefield}{field}{macro} -\cmditem*{savefield*}{field}{macro} - -Copies an unformatted \prm{field} to a \prm{macro}. The regular variant of this command defines the \prm{macro} globally, the starred one works locally. - -\cmditem{savelist}{literal list}{macro} -\cmditem*{savelist*}{literal list}{macro} - -Copies an unformatted \prm{literal list} to a \prm{macro}. The regular variant of this command defines the \prm{macro} globally, the starred one works locally. - -\cmditem{savename}{name list}{macro} -\cmditem*{savename*}{name list}{macro} - -Copies an unformatted \prm{name list} to a \prm{macro}. The regular variant of this command defines the \prm{macro} globally, the starred one works locally. - -\cmditem{savefieldcs}{field}{csname} -\cmditem*{savefieldcs*}{field}{csname} - -Similar to \cmd{savefield}, but takes the control sequence name \prm{csname} (without a leading backslash) as an argument, rather than a macro name. - -\cmditem{savelistcs}{literal list}{csname} -\cmditem*{savelistcs*}{literal list}{csname} - -Similar to \cmd{savelist}, but takes the control sequence name \prm{csname} (without a leading backslash) as an argument, rather than a macro name. - -\cmditem{savenamecs}{name list}{csname} -\cmditem*{savenamecs*}{name list}{csname} - -Similar to \cmd{savename}, but takes the control sequence name \prm{csname} (without a leading backslash) as an argument, rather than a macro name. - -\cmditem{restorefield}{field}{macro} - -Restores a \prm{field} from a \prm{macro} defined with \cmd{savefield} before. The field is restored within a local scope. - -\cmditem{restorelist}{literal list}{macro} - -Restores a \prm{literal list} from a \prm{macro} defined with \cmd{savelist} before. The list is restored within a local scope. - -\cmditem{restorename}{name list}{macro} - -Restores a \prm{name list} from a \prm{macro} defined with \cmd{savename} before. The list is restored within a local scope. - -\cmditem{clearfield}{field} - -Clears the \prm{field} within a local scope. A field cleared this way is treated as undefined by subsequent data commands. - -\cmditem{clearlist}{literal list} - -Clears the \prm{literal list} within a local scope. A list cleared this way is treated as undefined by subsequent data commands. - -\cmditem{clearname}{name list} - -Clears the \prm{name list} within a local scope. A list cleared this way is treated as undefined by subsequent data commands. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Stand-alone Tests} -\label{aut:aux:tst} - -The commands in this section are various kinds of stand"=alone tests for use in bibliography and citation styles. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{iffieldundef}{field}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the \prm{field} is undefined, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{iflistundef}{literal list}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the \prm{literal list} is undefined, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{ifnameundef}{name list}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the \prm{name list} is undefined, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{iffieldsequal}{field 1}{field 2}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the values of \prm{field 1} and \prm{field 2} are equal, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{iflistsequal}{literal list 1}{literal list 2}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the values of \prm{literal list 1} and \prm{literal list 2} are equal, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{ifnamesequal}{name list 1}{name list 2}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the values of \prm{name list 1} and \prm{name list 2} are equal, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{iffieldequals}{field}{macro}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the value of the \prm{field} is equal to the definition of \prm{macro}, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{iflistequals}{literal list}{macro}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the value of the \prm{literal list} is equal to the definition of \prm{macro}, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{ifnameequals}{name list}{macro}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the value of the \prm{name list} is equal to the definition of \prm{macro}, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{iffieldequalcs}{field}{csname}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{iffieldequals} but takes the control sequence name \prm{csname} (without a leading backslash) as an argument, rather than a macro name. - -\cmditem{iflistequalcs}{literal list}{csname}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{iflistequals} but takes the control sequence name \prm{csname} (without a leading backslash) as an argument, rather than a macro name. - -\cmditem{ifnameequalcs}{name list}{csname}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{ifnameequals} but takes the control sequence name \prm{csname} (without a leading backslash) as an argument, rather than a macro name. - -\cmditem{iffieldequalstr}{field}{string}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the value of the \prm{field} is equal to \prm{string}, and \prm{false} otherwise. This command is robust. - -\cmditem{iffieldxref}{field}{true}{false} - -If the \bibfield{crossref}\slash \bibfield{xref} field of an entry is defined, this command checks if the \prm{field} is related to the cross"=referenced parent entry. It executes \prm{true} if the \prm{field} of the child entry is equal to the corresponding \prm{field} of the parent entry, and \prm{false} otherwise. If the \bibfield{crossref}\slash \bibfield{xref} field is undefined, it always executes \prm{false}. This command is robust. See the description of the \bibfield{crossref} and \bibfield{xref} fields in \secref{bib:fld:spc} as well as \secref{bib:cav:ref} for further information concerning cross"=referencing. - -\cmditem{iflistxref}{literal list}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{iffieldxref} but checks if a \prm{literal list} is related to the cross"=referenced parent entry. See the description of the \bibfield{crossref} and \bibfield{xref} fields in \secref{bib:fld:spc} as well as \secref{bib:cav:ref} for further information concerning cross"=referencing. - -\cmditem{ifnamexref}{name list}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{iffieldxref} but checks if a \prm{name list} is related to the cross"=referenced parent entry. See the description of the \bibfield{crossref} and \bibfield{xref} fields in \secref{bib:fld:spc} as well as \secref{bib:cav:ref} for further information concerning cross"=referencing. - -\cmditem{ifcurrentfield}{field}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the current field is \prm{field}, and \prm{false} otherwise. This command is robust. It is intended for use in field formatting directives and always executes \prm{false} when used in any other context. - -\cmditem{ifcurrentlist}{literal list}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the current list is \prm{literal list}, and \prm{false} otherwise. This command is robust. It is intended for use in list formatting directives and always executes \prm{false} when used in any other context. - -\cmditem{ifcurrentname}{name list}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the current list is \prm{name list}, and \prm{false} otherwise. This command is robust. It is intended for use in list formatting directives and always executes \prm{false} when used in any other context. - -\cmditem{ifuseprefix}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the \opt{useprefix} option is enabled (either globally or for the current entry), and \prm{false} otherwise. See \secref{use:opt:bib} for details on this option. - -\cmditem{ifuseauthor}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the \opt{useauthor} option is enabled (either globally or for the current entry), and \prm{false} otherwise. See \secref{use:opt:bib} for details on this option. - -\cmditem{ifuseeditor}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the \opt{useeditor} option is enabled (either globally or for the current entry), and \prm{false} otherwise. See \secref{use:opt:bib} for details on this option. - -\cmditem{ifusetranslator}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the \opt{usetranslator} option is enabled (either globally or for the current entry), and \prm{false} otherwise. See \secref{use:opt:bib} for details on this option. - -\cmditem{ifsingletitle}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if there is only one work by the author\slash editor in the bibliography, and to \prm{false} otherwise. Note that this feature needs to be enabled explicitly with the package option \opt{singletitle}. - -\cmditem{ifandothers}{list}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the \prm{list} is defined and has been truncated in the \file{bib} file with the keyword <\texttt{and others}>, and to \prm{false} otherwise. The \prm{list} may be a literal list or a name list. - -\cmditem{ifmorenames}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the current name list has been or will be truncated, and to \prm{false} otherwise. This command is intended for use in formatting directives for name lists. It will always expand to \prm{false} when used elsewhere. This command performs the equivalent of an \cmd{ifandothers} test for the current list. If this test is negative, it also checks if the \cnt{listtotal} counter is larger than \cnt{liststop}. This command may be used in a formatting directive to decide if a note such as «and others» or «et al.» is to be printed at the end of the list. Note that you still need to check whether you are in the middle or at the end of the list, \ie whether \cnt{listcount} is smaller than or equal to \cnt{liststop}, see \secref{aut:bib:dat} for details. - -\cmditem{ifmoreitems}{true}{false} - -This command is similar to \cmd{ifmorenames} but checks the current literal list. It is intended for use in formatting directives for literal lists. It will always expand to \prm{false} when used elsewhere. - -\cmditem{iffirstinits}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} or \prm{false}, depending on the state of the \opt{firstinits} package option (see \secref{use:opt:pre:int}). This command is intended for use in formatting directives for name lists. - -\cmditem{ifentrytype}{type}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the entry type of the entry currently being processed is \prm{type}, and \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{ifkeyword}{keyword}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the \prm{keyword} is found in the \bibfield{keywords} field of the entry currently being processed, and \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{ifentrykeyword}{entrykey}{keyword}{true}{false} - -A variant of \cmd{ifkeyword} which takes an entry key as its first argument. This is useful for testing an entry other than the one currently processed. - -\cmditem{ifcategory}{category}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the entry currently being processed has been assigned to a \prm{category} with \cmd{addtocategory}, and \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{ifentrycategory}{entrykey}{category}{true}{false} - -A variant of \cmd{ifcategory} which takes an entry key as its first argument. This is useful for testing an entry other than the one currently processed. - -\cmditem{ifciteseen}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the entry currently being processed has been cited before, and \prm{false} otherwise. This command is robust and intended for use in citation styles. If there are any \env{refsection} environments in the document, the citation tracking is local to these environments. Note that the citation tracker needs to be enabled explicitly with the package option \opt{citetracker}. The behavior of this test depends on the mode the citation tracker is operating in, see \secref{use:opt:pre:int} for details. If the citation tracker is disabled, the test always yields \prm{false}. Also see the \cmd{citetrackertrue} and \cmd{citetrackerfalse} switches in \secref{aut:aux:msc}. - -\cmditem{ifentryseen}{entrykey}{true}{false} - -A variant of \cmd{ifciteseen} which takes an entry key as its first argument. Since the \prm{entrykey} is expanded prior to performing the test, it is possible to test for entry keys in a field such as \bibfield{xref}: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\ifentryseen{<<\thefield{xref}>>}{true}{false} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Apart from the additional argument, \cmd{ifentryseen} behaves like \cmd{ifciteseen}. - -\cmditem{ifciteibid}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the entry currently being processed is the same as the last one, and to \prm{false} otherwise. This command is intended for use in citation styles. If there are any \env{refsection} environments in the document, the tracking is local to these environments. Note that the <ibidem> tracker needs to be enabled explicitly with the package option \opt{ibidtracker}. The behavior of this test depends on the mode the tracker is operating in, see \secref{use:opt:pre:int} for details. If the tracker is disabled, the test always yields \prm{false}. Also see the \cmd{citetrackertrue} and \cmd{citetrackerfalse} switches in \secref{aut:aux:msc}. - -\cmditem{ifciteidem}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the primary name (\ie the author or editor) in the entry currently being processed is the same as the last one, and to \prm{false} otherwise. This command is intended for use in citation styles. If there are any \env{refsection} environments in the document, the tracking is local to these environments. Note that the <idem> tracker needs to be enabled explicitly with the package option \opt{idemtracker}. The behavior of this test depends on the mode the tracker is operating in, see \secref{use:opt:pre:int} for details. If the tracker is disabled, the test always yields \prm{false}. Also see \cmd{citetrackertrue} and \cmd{citetrackerfalse} in \secref{aut:aux:msc}. - -\cmditem{ifopcit}{true}{false} - -This command is similar to \cmd{ifciteibid} except that it expands to \prm{true} if the entry currently being processed is the same as the last one \emph{by this author or editor}. Note that the <opcit> tracker needs to be enabled explicitly with the package option \opt{opcittracker}. The behavior of this test depends on the mode the tracker is operating in, see \secref{use:opt:pre:int} for details. If the tracker is disabled, the test always yields \prm{false}. Also see the \cmd{citetrackertrue} and \cmd{citetrackerfalse} switches in \secref{aut:aux:msc}. - -\cmditem{ifloccit}{true}{false} - -This command is similar to \cmd{ifopcit} except that it also compares the \prm{postnote} arguments and expands to \prm{true} only if they match and are numerical (in the sense of \cmd{ifnumerals} from \secref{aut:aux:tst}), \ie \cmd{ifloccit} will yield \texttt{true} if the citation refers to the same page cited before. Note that the <loccit> tracker needs to be enabled explicitly with the package option \opt{loccittracker}. The behavior of this test depends on the mode the tracker is operating in, see \secref{use:opt:pre:int} for details. If the tracker is disabled, the test always yields \prm{false}. Also see the \cmd{citetrackertrue} and \cmd{citetrackerfalse} switches in \secref{aut:aux:msc}. - -\cmditem{iffirstonpage}{true}{false} - -The behavior of this command is responsive to the package option \opt{pagetracker}. If the option is set to \texttt{page}, it expands to \prm{true} if the current item is the first one on the page, and to \prm{false} otherwise. If the option is set to \texttt{spread}, it expands to \prm{true} if the current item is the first one on the double-page spread, and to \prm{false} otherwise. If the page tracker is disabled, this test always yields \prm{false}. Depending on the context, the <item> may be a citation or an entry in the bibliography or the list of shorthands. Note that this test distinguishes between body text and footnotes. For example, if used in the first footnote on a page, it will expand to \prm{true} even if there is a citation in the body text prior to the footnote. Also see the \cmd{pagetrackertrue} and \cmd{pagetrackerfalse} switches in \secref{aut:aux:msc}. - -\cmditem{ifsamepage}{instance 1}{instance 2}{true}{false} - -This command expands to \prm{true} if two instances of a reference are located on the same page or double-page spread, and to \prm{false} otherwise. An instance of a reference may be a citation or an entry in the bibliography or the list of shorthands. These instances are identified by the value of the \cnt{instcount} counter, see \secref{aut:fmt:ilc}. The behavior of this command is responsive to the package option \opt{pagetracker}. If this option is set to \texttt{spread}, \cmd{ifsamepage} is in fact an <if same spread> test. If the page tracker is disabled, this test always yields \prm{false}. The arguments \prm{instance 1} and \prm{instance 2} are treated as integer expressions in the sense of \etex's \cmd{numexpr}. This implies that it is possible to make calculations within these arguments, for example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\ifsamepage{<<\value>>{instcount}}{<<\value>>{instcount}<<-1>>}{true}{false} -\end{lstlisting} - -Note that \cmd{value} is not prefixed by \cmd{the} and that the subtraction is included in the second argument in the above example. If \prm{instance 1} or \prm{instance 2} is an invalid number (for example, a negative one), the test yields \prm{false}. Also note that this test does not distinguish between body text and footnotes. Also see the \cmd{pagetrackertrue} and \cmd{pagetrackerfalse} switches in \secref{aut:aux:msc}. - -\cmditem{ifinteger}{string}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the \prm{string} is a positive integer, and \prm{false} otherwise. This command is robust. - -\cmditem{ifnumeral}{string}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the \prm{string} is an Arabic or Roman numeral, and \prm{false} otherwise. This command is robust. See also \cmd{DeclareNumChars} and \cmd{NumCheckSetup} in \secref{aut:aux:msc}. - -\cmditem{ifnumerals}{string}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if the \prm{string} is a range or a list of Arabic or Roman numerals, and \prm{false} otherwise. This command is robust. In contrast to \cmd{ifnumeral}, it will also execute \prm{true} with arguments like «52--58», «14/15», «1,~3,~5», and so on. See also \cmd{DeclareNumChars}, \cmd{DeclareRangeChars}, \cmd{DeclareRangeCommands}, and \cmd{NumCheckSetup} in \secref{aut:aux:msc}. - -\cmditem{ifpages}{string}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{ifnumerals}, but also considers \cmd{DeclarePageCommands} from \secref{aut:aux:msc}. - -\cmditem{iffieldint}{field}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{ifinteger}, but uses the value of a \prm{field} rather than a literal string in the test. If the \prm{field} is undefined, it executes \prm{false}. - -\cmditem{iffieldnum}{field}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{ifnumeral}, but uses the value of a \prm{field} rather than a literal string in the test. If the \prm{field} is undefined, it executes \prm{false}. - -\cmditem{iffieldnums}{field}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{ifnumerals}, but uses the value of a \prm{field} rather than a literal string in the test. If the \prm{field} is undefined, it executes \prm{false}. - -\cmditem{iffieldpages}{field}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{ifpages}, but uses the value of a \prm{field} rather than a literal string in the test. If the \prm{field} is undefined, it executes \prm{false}. - -\cmditem{ifbibstring}{string}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the \prm{string} is a known localization key, and to \prm{false} otherwise. The localization keys defined by default are listed in \secref{aut:lng:key}. New ones may be defined with \cmd{NewBibliographyString}. - -\cmditem{ifbibxstring}{string}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{ifbibstring}, but the \prm{string} is expanded. - -\cmditem{iffieldbibstring}{field}{true}{false} - -Similar to \cmd{ifbibstring}, but uses the value of a \prm{field} rather than a literal string in the test. If the \prm{field} is undefined, it expands to \prm{false}. - -\cmditem{ifdriver}{entrytype}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if a driver for the \prm{entrytype} is available, and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{ifcapital}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if \sty{biblatex}'s punctuation tracker would capitalize a localization string at the current location, and \prm{false} otherwise. This command is robust. It may be useful for conditional capitalization of certain parts of a name in a formatting directive. - -\cmditem{ifcitation}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} when located in a citation, and to \prm{false} otherwise. Note that this command is responsive to the outermost context in which it is used. For example, if a citation command defined with \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand} executes a driver defined with \cmd{DeclareBibliographyDriver}, any \cmd{ifcitation} tests in the driver code will yield \prm{true}. See \secref{aut:cav:mif} for a practical example. - -\cmditem{ifbibliography}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} when located in a bibliography, and to \prm{false} otherwise. Note that this command is responsive to the outermost context in which it is used. For example, if a driver defined with \cmd{DeclareBibliographyDriver} executes a citation command defined with \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}, any \cmd{ifbibliography} tests in the citation code will yield \prm{true}. See \secref{aut:cav:mif} for a practical example. - -\cmditem{ifnatbibmode}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} or \prm{false} depending on the \opt{natbib} option from \secref{use:opt:ldt}. - -\cmditem{ifciteindex}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} or \prm{false} depending on the \opt{indexing} option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. - -\cmditem{ifbibindex}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} or \prm{false} depending on the \opt{indexing} option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. - -\cmditem{iffootnote}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} when located in a footnote, and to \prm{false} otherwise. Note that footnotes in \env{minipage} environments are considered to be part of the body text. This command will only expand to \prm{true} in footnotes a the bottom of the page and in endnotes as provided by the \sty{endnotes} package. - -\cntitem{citecounter} - -This counter indicates how many times the entry currently being processed is cited in the current reference section. Note that this feature needs to be enabled explicitly with the package option \opt{citecounter}. If the option is set to \texttt{context}, citations in the body text and in footnotes are counted separately. In this case, \cnt{citecounter} will hold the value of the context it is used in. - -\cntitem{uniquename}\BiberOnlyMark -This counter refers to the \bibfield{labelname} list. It is set on a per-name basis. Its value is \texttt{0} if the last name is unique, \texttt{1} if adding the other parts of the name (first name, prefix, suffix) as initials will make it unique, and \texttt{2} if the full name is required to disambiguate the name. This information is required by author-year and author-title citation schemes which add additional parts of the name when citing different authors with the same last name. For example, if there is one <John Doe> and one <Edward Doe> in the list of references, this counter will be set to \texttt{1}. If there is one <John Doe> and one <Jane Doe>, the value of the counter will be \texttt{2}. If the option is set to \texttt{init}\slash \texttt{allinit}\slash \texttt{mininit}, the counter will be limited to \texttt{1}. This is useful for citations styles which use initials to disambiguate names but never print the full name in citations. If adding the initials is not sufficient to disambiguate the name, \cnt{uniquename} will also be set to \texttt{0} for that name. This feature needs to be enabled explicitly with the package option \opt{uniquename}. Note that the \cnt{uniquename} counter is local to \cmd{printnames} and that it is only set for the \bibfield{labelname} list and to the name list \bibfield{labelname} has been derived from (typically \bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor}). Its value is zero in any other context, i.e., it must be evaluated in the name formatting directives handling name lists. See \secref{aut:cav:amb} for further details and practical examples. - -\cntitem{uniquelist}\BiberOnlyMark -This counter refers to the \bibfield{labelname} list. It is set on a per-field basis. Its value indicates the number of names required to disambiguate the name list if automatic \cnt{maxnames}\slash \cnt{minnames} truncation would lead to ambiguous citations. For example, if there is one work by <Doe\slash Smith\slash Johnson> and another one by <Doe\slash Edwards\slash Williams>, setting \kvopt{maxnames}{1} would lead to <Doe et al.> in both cases. In this case, \cnt{uniquelist} would be set to \texttt{2} on the \bibfield{labelname} lists of both entries because at least the first two names are required to disambiguate them. Note that the \cnt{uniquelist} counter is local to \cmd{printnames} and that it is only set for the \bibfield{labelname} list and to the name list \bibfield{labelname} has been derived from (typically \bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor}). Its value is zero in any other context. If available, the \cnt{uniquelist} value will be used automatically by \cmd{printnames} when processing the name list, \ie it will automatically override \cnt{maxnames}\slash \cnt{minnames}. This feature needs to be enabled explicitly with the package option \opt{uniquelist}. See \secref{aut:cav:amb} for further details and practical examples. - -\cntitem{parenlevel} - -The current nesting level of parentheses and\slash or brackets. This information is only available if the \opt{parentracker} from \secref{use:opt:pre:int} is enabled. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Tests with \cmd{ifboolexpr} and \cmd{ifthenelse}} -\label{aut:aux:ife} - -The tests introduced in \secref{aut:aux:tst} may also be used with the \cmd{ifboolexpr} command provided by the \sty{etoolbox} package and the \cmd{ifthenelse} command provided by the \sty{ifthen} package. The syntax of the tests is slightly different in this case: the \prm{true} and \prm{false} arguments are omitted from the test itself and passed to the \cmd{ifboolexpr} or \cmd{ifthenelse} command instead. Note that the use of these commands implies some processing overhead. If you do not need any boolean operators, it is more efficient to use the stand"=alone tests from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{ifboolexpr}{expression}{true}{false} - -\sty{etoolbox} command which allows for complex tests with boolean operators and grouping: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=ifthen]{} -\ifboolexpr{ ( - test {\ifnameundef{editor}} - and - not test {\iflistundef{location}} - ) - or test {\iffieldundef{year}} - } - {...} - {...} -\end{lstlisting} - -\cmditem{ifthenelse}{tests}{true}{false} - -\sty{ifthen} command which allows for complex tests with boolean operators and grouping: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=ifthen]{} -\ifthenelse{ \( - \ifnameundef{editor} - \and - \not \iflistundef{location} - \) - \or \iffieldundef{year} - } - {...} - {...} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The additional tests provided by \sty{biblatex} are only available when \cmd{ifboolexpr} or \cmd{ifthenelse} are used in citation commands and in the bibliography. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Miscellaneous Commands} -\label{aut:aux:msc} - -The section introduced miscellaneous commands and little helpers for use in bibliography and citation styles. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{newbibmacro}{name}[arguments][optional]{definition} -\cmditem*{newbibmacro*}{name}[arguments][optional]{definition} - -Defines a macro to be executed via \cmd{usebibmacro} later. The syntax of this command is very similar to \cmd{newcommand} except that \prm{name} may contain characters such as numbers and punctuation marks and does not start with a backslash. The optional argument \prm{arguments} is an integer specifying the number of arguments taken by the macro. If \prm{optional} is given, it specifies a default value for the first argument of the macro, which automatically becomes an optional argument. In contrast to \cmd{newcommand}, \cmd{newbibmacro} issues a warning message if the macro is already defined, and automatically falls back to \cmd{renewbibmacro}. As with \cmd{newcommand}, the regular variant of this command uses the \cmd{long} prefix in the definition while the starred one does not. If a macro has been declared to be long, it may take arguments containing \cmd{par} tokens. \cmd{newbibmacro} and \cmd{renewbibmacro} are provided for convenience. Style authors are free to use \cmd{newcommand} or \cmd{def} instead. However, note that most shared definitions found in \path{biblatex.def} are defined with \cmd{newbibmacro}, hence they must be used and modified accordingly. - -\cmditem{renewbibmacro}{name}[arguments][optional]{definition} -\cmditem*{renewbibmacro*}{name}[arguments][optional]{definition} - -Similar to \cmd{newbibmacro} but redefines \prm{name}. In contrast to \cmd{renewcommand}, \cmd{renewbibmacro} issues a warning message if the macro is undefined, and automatically falls back to \cmd{newbibmacro}. - -\cmditem{providebibmacro}{name}[arguments][optional]{definition} -\cmditem*{providebibmacro*}{name}[arguments][optional]{definition} - -Similar to \cmd{newbibmacro} but only defines \prm{name} if it is undefined. This command is similar in concept to \cmd{providecommand}. - -\cmditem{usebibmacro}{name} - -Executes the macro \prm{name}, as defined with \cmd{newbibmacro}. If the macro takes any arguments, they are simply appended after \prm{name}. \cmd{usebibmacro} is robust. - -\cmditem{savecommand}{command} -\cmditem{restorecommand}{command} - -These commands save and restore any \prm{command}, which must be a command name starting with a backslash. Both commands work within a local scope. They are mainly provided for use in localization files. - -\cmditem{savebibmacro}{name} -\cmditem{restorebibmacro}{name} - -These commands save and restore the macro \prm{name}, where \prm{name} is the identifier of a macro defined with \cmd{newbibmacro}. Both commands work within a local scope. They are mainly provided for use in localization files. - -\cmditem{savefieldformat}[entry type]{format} -\cmditem{restorefieldformat}[entry type]{format} - -These commands save and restore the formatting directive \prm{format}, as defined with \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat}. Both commands work within a local scope. They are mainly provided for use in localization files. - -\cmditem{savelistformat}[entry type]{format} -\cmditem{restorelistformat}[entry type]{format} - -These commands save and restore the formatting directive \prm{format}, as defined with \cmd{DeclareListFormat}. Both commands work within a local scope. They are mainly provided for use in localization files. - -\cmditem{savenameformat}[entry type]{format} -\cmditem{restorenameformat}[entry type]{format} - -These commands save and restore the formatting directive \prm{format}, as defined with \cmd{DeclareNameFormat}. Both commands work within a local scope. They are mainly provided for use in localization files. - -\cmditem{usedriver}{code}{entrytype} - -Executes the bibliography driver for an \prm{entrytype}. Calling this command in the \prm{loopcode} of a citation command defined with \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand} is a simple way to print full citations similar to a bibliography entry. Commands such as \cmd{newblock}, which are not applicable in a citation, are disabled automatically. Additional initialization commands may be passed as the \prm{code} argument. This argument is executed inside the group in which \cmd{usedriver} runs the respective driver. Note that it is mandatory in terms of the syntax but may be left empty. Also note that this command will automatically switch languages if the \opt{babel} package option is enabled. - -\cmditem{bibhypertarget}{name}{text} - -A wrapper for \sty{hyperref}'s \cmd{hypertarget} command. The \prm{name} is the name of the anchor, the \prm{text} is arbitrary printable text or code which serves as an anchor. If there are any \env{refsection} environments in the document, the \prm{name} is local to the current environment. If the \opt{hyperref} package option is disabled or the \sty{hyperref} package has not been loaded, this command will simply pass on its \prm{text} argument. See also the formatting directive \texttt{bibhypertarget} in \secref{aut:fmt:ich}. - -\cmditem{bibhyperlink}{name}{text} - -A wrapper for \sty{hyperref}'s \cmd{hyperlink} command. The \prm{name} is the name of an anchor defined with \cmd{bibhypertarget}, the \prm{text} is arbitrary printable text or code to be transformed into a link. If there are any \env{refsection} environments in the document, the \prm{name} is local to the current environment. If the \opt{hyperref} package option is disabled or the \sty{hyperref} package has not been loaded, this command will simply pass on its \prm{text} argument. See also the formatting directive \texttt{bibhyperlink} in \secref{aut:fmt:ich}. - -\cmditem{bibhyperref}[entrykey]{text} - -Transforms \prm{text} into an internal link pointing to \prm{entrykey} in the bibliography. If \prm{entrykey} is omitted, this command uses the key of the entry currently being processed. This command is employed to transform citations into clickable links pointing to the corresponding entry in the bibliography. The link target is marked automatically by \sty{biblatex}. If there are multiple bibliographies in a document, the target will be the first occurence of \prm{entrykey} in one of the bibliographies. If there are \env{refsection} environments, the links are local to the environment. See also the formatting directive \texttt{bibhyperref} in \secref{aut:fmt:ich}. - -\cmditem{ifhyperref}{true}{false} - -Expands to \prm{true} if the \opt{hyperref} package option is enabled (which implies that the \sty{hyperref} package has been loaded), and to \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{docsvfield}{field} - -Similar to the \cmd{docsvlist} command from the \sty{etoolbox} package, except that it takes a field name as its argument. The value of this field is parsed as a comma"=separated list. If the \prm{field} is undefined, this command expands to an empty string. - -\cmditem{forcsvfield}{handler}{field} - -Similar to the \cmd{forcsvlist} command from the \sty{etoolbox} package, except that it takes a field name as its argument. The value of this field is parsed as a comma"=separated list. If the \prm{field} is undefined, this command expands to an empty string. - -\cmditem{MakeCapital}{text} - -Similar to \cmd{MakeUppercase} but only coverts the first printable character in \prm{text} to uppercase. Note that the restrictions that apply to \cmd{MakeUppercase} also apply to this command. Namely, all commands in \prm{text} must either be robust or prefixed with \cmd{protect} since the \prm{text} is expanded during capitalization. Apart from Ascii characters and the standard accent commands, this command also handles the active characters of the \sty{inputenc} package as well as the shorthands of the \sty{babel} package. If the \prm{text} starts with a control sequence, nothing is capitalized. This command is robust. - -\cmditem{MakeSentenceCase}{text} -\cmditem*{MakeSentenceCase*}{text} - -Converts its \prm{text} argument to sentence case, \ie the first word is capitalized and the remainder of the string is converted to lowercase. This command is robust. The starred variant differs from the regular version in that it considers the language of the entry, as specified in the \bibfield{hyphenation} field. It only converts the \prm{text} to sentence case if the \bibfield{hyphenation} field is undefined or if it holds a language declared with \cmd{DeclareCaseLangs} (see below).\footnote{By default, converting to sentence case is enabled for the following language identifiers: \texttt{american}, \texttt{british}, \texttt{canadian}, \texttt{english}, \texttt{australian}, \texttt{newzealand} as well as the aliases \texttt{USenglish} and \texttt{UKenglish}. Use \cmd{DeclareCaseLangs} to extend or change this list.} Otherwise, the \prm{text} is not altered in any way. It is recommended to use \cmd{MakeSentenceCase*} rather than the regular variant in formatting directives. Both variants support the traditional \bibtex convention for \file{bib} files that anything wrapped in a pair of curly braces is not modified when changing the case. For example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\MakeSentenceCase{an Introduction to LaTeX} -\MakeSentenceCase{an Introduction to {LaTeX}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -would yield: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=plain]{} -An introduction to latex -An introduction to LaTeX -\end{lstlisting} -% -In \file{bib} files designed with traditional \bibtex in mind, it has been fairly common to only wrap single letters in braces to prevent case"=changing: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=bibtex]{} -title = {An Introduction to {L}a{T}e{X}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The problem with this convention is that the braces will suppress the kerning on both sides of the enclosed letter. It is preferable to wrap the entire word in braces as shown in the first example. - -\cmditem{mkpageprefix}[pagination][postpro]{text} - -This command is intended for use in field formatting directives which format the page numbers in the \prm{postnote} argument of citation commands and the \bibfield{pages} field of bibliography entries. It will parse its \prm{text} argument and prefix it with <p.> or <pp.> by default. The optional \prm{pagination} argument holds the name of a field indicating the pagination type. This may be either \bibfield{pagination} or \bibfield{bookpagination}, with \bibfield{pagination} being the default. The spacing between the prefix and the \prm{text} may be modified by redefining \cmd{ppspace}. The default is an unbreakable interword space. See \secref{bib:use:pag, use:cav:pag} for further details. See also \cmd{DeclareNumChars}, \cmd{DeclareRangeChars}, \cmd{DeclareRangeCommands}, and \cmd{NumCheckSetup}. The optional \prm{postpro} argument specifies a macro to be used for post-processing the \prm{text}. If only one optional argument is given, it is taken as \prm{pagination}. Here are two typical examples: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{<<\mkpageprefix[pagination]{#1}>>} -\DeclareFieldFormat{pages}{<<\mkpageprefix[bookpagination]{#1}>>} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The optional argument \bibfield{pagination} in the first example is omissible. - -\cmditem{mkpagetotal}[pagination][postpro]{text} - -This command is similar to \cmd{mkpageprefix} except that it is intended for the \bibfield{pagetotal} field of bibliography entries, \ie it will print «123 pages» rather than «page 123». The optional \prm{pagination} argument defaults to \bibfield{bookpagination}. The spacing inserted between the pagination suffix and the \prm{text} may be modified by redefining the macro \cmd{ppspace}. The optional \prm{postpro} argument specifies a macro to be used for post-processing the \prm{text}. If only one optional argument is given, it is taken as \prm{pagination}. Here is a typical example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareFieldFormat{pagetotal}{<<\mkpagetotal[bookpagination]{#1}>>} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The optional argument \bibfield{bookpagination} is omissible in this case. - -\begin{table} -\tablesetup\lnstyle -\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}>{\ttfamily}X@{}p{0.25\textwidth}@{}p{0.25\textwidth}@{}p{0.25\textwidth}@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Input} & -\multicolumn{3}{@{}H}{Output} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule{2-4} -& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{\ttfamily mincomprange=10} -& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{\ttfamily mincomprange=100} -& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{\ttfamily mincomprange=1000} \\ -\cmidrule(r){2-2}\cmidrule(r){3-3}\cmidrule{4-4} -11--15 & 11--5 & 11--15 & 11--15 \\ -111--115 & 111--5 & 111--5 & 111--115 \\ -1111--1115 & 1111--5 & 1111--5 & 1111--5 \\ -\cmidrule{2-4} -& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{\ttfamily maxcomprange=1000} -& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{\ttfamily maxcomprange=100} -& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{\ttfamily maxcomprange=10} \\ -\cmidrule(r){2-2}\cmidrule(r){3-3}\cmidrule{4-4} -1111--1115 & 1111--5 & 1111--5 & 1111--5 \\ -1111--1155 & 1111--55 & 1111--55 & 1111--1155 \\ -1111--1555 & 1111--555 & 1111--1555 & 1111--1555 \\ -\cmidrule{2-4} -& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{\ttfamily mincompwidth=1} -& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{\ttfamily mincompwidth=10} -& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{\ttfamily mincompwidth=100} \\ -\cmidrule(r){2-2}\cmidrule(r){3-3}\cmidrule{4-4} -1111--1115 & 1111--5 & 1111--15 & 1111--115 \\ -1111--1155 & 1111--55 & 1111--55 & 1111--155 \\ -1111--1555 & 1111--555 & 1111--555 & 1111--555 \\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\caption{\cmd{mkcomprange} setup} -\label{aut:aux:tab1} -\end{table} - -\cmditem{mkcomprange}[postpro]{text} -\cmditem*{mkcomprange*}[postpro]{text} - -This command, which is intended for use in field formatting directives, will parse its \prm{text} argument for page ranges and compress them. For example, «125--129» may be formatted as «125--9». You may configure the behavior of \cmd{mkcomprange} by adjusting the \latex counters \cnt{mincomprange}, \cnt{maxcomprange}, and \cnt{mincompwidth}, as illustrated in \tabref{aut:aux:tab1}. The default settings are \texttt{10}, \texttt{100000}, and \texttt{1}, respectively. This means that the command tries to compress as much as possible by default. Use \cmd{setcounter} to adjust the parameters. The scanner recognizes \cmd{bibrangedash} and hyphens as range dashes. It will normalize the dash by replacing any number of consecutive hyphens with \cmd{bibrangedash}. Lists of ranges delimited with commas and/or semicolons are also supported. If you want to hide a character from the list/range scanner for some reason, wrap the character or the entire string in curly braces. The optional \prm{postpro} argument specifies a macro to be used for post-processing the \prm{text}. This is important if you want to combine \cmd{mkcomprange} with other formatting macros which also need to parse their \prm{text} argument, such as \cmd{mkpageprefix}. Simply nesting these commands will not work as expected. Use the \prm{postpro} argument to set up the processing chain as follows: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareFieldFormat{postnote}{\mkcomprange[<<{>>\mkpageprefix[pagination]<<}>>]{#1}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Note that \cmd{mkcomprange} is executed first, using \cmd{mkpageprefix} as post-processor. Also note that the \prm{postpro} argument is wrapped in an additional pair of braces. This is only required in this particular case to prevent \latex's optional argument scanner from getting confused by the nested brackets. The starred version of this command differs from the regular one in the way the \prm{postpro} argument is applied to a list of values. For example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\mkcomprange[\mkpageprefix]{5, 123-129, 423-439} -\mkcomprange*[\mkpageprefix]{5, 123-129, 423-439} -\end{lstlisting} -% -will output: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -pp. 5, 123-9, 423-39 -p. 5, pp. 123-9, pp. 423-39 -\end{lstlisting} - -\cmditem{mkfirstpage}[postpro]{text} -\cmditem*{mkfirstpage*}[postpro]{text} - -This command, which is intended for use in field formatting directives, will parse its \prm{text} argument for page ranges and print the start page of the range only. The scanner recognizes \cmd{bibrangedash} and hyphens as range dashes. Lists of ranges delimited with commas and/or semicolons are also supported. If you want to hide a character from the list/range scanner for some reason, wrap the character or the entire string in curly braces. The optional \prm{postpro} argument specifies a macro to be used for post-processing the \prm{text}. See \cmd{mkcomprange} on how to use this argument. The starred version of this command differs from the regular one in the way the \prm{postpro} argument is applied to a list of values. For example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\mkfirstpage[\mkpageprefix]{5, 123-129, 423-439} -\mkfirstpage*[\mkpageprefix]{5, 123-129, 423-439} -\end{lstlisting} -% -will output: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -pp. 5, 123, 423 -p. 5, p. 123, p. 423 -\end{lstlisting} - - -\cmditem{DeclareNumChars}{characters} -\cmditem*{DeclareNumChars*}{characters} - -This command configures the \cmd{ifnumeral}, \cmd{ifnumerals}, and \cmd{ifpages} tests from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. The setup will also affect \cmd{iffieldnum}, \cmd{iffieldnums}, \cmd{iffieldpages} as well as \cmd{mkpageprefix} and \cmd{mkpagetotal}. The \prm{characters} argument is an undelimited list of characters which are to be considered as being part of a number. The regular version of this command replaces the current setting, the starred version appends its argument to the current list. The default setting is: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareNumChars{.} -\end{lstlisting} -% -This means that a (section or other) number like <3.4.5> will be considered as a number. Note that Arabic and Roman numerals are detected by default, there is no need to declare them explicitly. - -\cmditem{DeclareRangeChars}{characters} -\cmditem*{DeclareRangeChars*}{characters} - -This command configures the \cmd{ifnumerals} and \cmd{ifpages} tests from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. The setup will also affect \cmd{iffieldnums} and \cmd{iffieldpages} as well as \cmd{mkpageprefix} and \cmd{mkpagetotal}. The \prm{characters} argument is an undelimited list of characters which are to be considered as range indicators. The regular version of this command replaces the current setting, the starred version appends its argument to the current list. The default setting is: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareRangeChars{~,;-+/} -\end{lstlisting} -% -This means that strings like <3--5>, <35+>, <8/9> and so on will be considered as a range by \cmd{ifnumerals} and \cmd{ifpages}. See also \secref{bib:use:pag, use:cav:pag} for further details. - -\cmditem{DeclareRangeCommands}{commands} -\cmditem*{DeclareRangeCommands*}{commands} - -This command is similar to \cmd{DeclareRangeChars}, except that the \prm{commands} argument is an undelimited list of commands which are to be considered as range indicators. The regular version of this command replaces the current setting, the starred version appends its argument to the current list. The default list is rather long and should cover all common cases; here is a shorter example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareRangeCommands{\&\bibrangedash\textendash\textemdash\psq\psqq} -\end{lstlisting} -% -See also \secref{bib:use:pag, use:cav:pag} for further details. - -\cmditem{DeclarePageCommands}{commands} -\cmditem*{DeclarePageCommands*}{commands} - -This command is similar to \cmd{DeclareRangeCommands}, except that it only affects the \cmd{ifpages} and \cmd{iffieldpages} tests but not \cmd{ifnumerals} and \cmd{iffieldnums}. The default setting is: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclarePageCommands{\pno\ppno} -\end{lstlisting} - -\cmditem{NumCheckSetup}{code} - -Use this command to temporarily redefine any commands which interfere with the tests performed by \cmd{ifnumeral}, \cmd{ifnumerals}, and \cmd{ifpages} from \secref{aut:aux:tst}. The setup will also affect \cmd{iffieldnum}, \cmd{iffieldnums}, \cmd{iffieldpages} as well as \cmd{mkpageprefix} and \cmd{mkpagetotal}. The \prm{code} will be executed in a group by these commands. Since the above mentioned commands will expand the string to be analyzed, it is possible to remove commands to be ignored by the tests by making them expand to an empty string. See also \secref{bib:use:pag, use:cav:pag} for further details. - -\cmditem{DeclareCaseLangs}{languages} -\cmditem*{DeclareCaseLangs*}{languages} - -Defines the list of languages which are considered by the \cmd{MakeSentenceCase*} command as it converts a string to sentence case. The \prm{languages} argument is a comma"=separated list of \sty{babel} languages identifiers. The regular version of this command replaces the current setting, the starred version appends its argument to the current list. The default setting is: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareCaseLangs{% - american,british,canadian,english,australian,newzealand, - USenglish,UKenglish} -\end{lstlisting} -% -See the \sty{babel} manual and \tabref{bib:fld:tab1} for a list of languages identifiers. - -\cmditem{BibliographyWarning}{message} - -This command is similar to \cmd{PackageWarning} but prints the entry key of the entry currently being processed in addition to the input line number. It may be used in the bibliography as well as in citation commands. If the \prm{message} is fairly long, use \cmd{MessageBreak} to include line breaks. Note that the standard \cmd{PackageWarning} command does not provide a meaningful clue when used in the bibliography since the input line number is the line on which the \cmd{printbibliography} command was given. - -\cmditem{RequireBiber}[severity] - -This command is intended for use in \file{cbx}\slash\file{bbx} files and in the \texttt{@preamble} of \file{bib} files. It checks the selected backend and warns if it is not Biber. The optional \prm{severity} argument is an integer specifying the severity. The value 1 triggers an informational message stating that Biber is recommended; 2 triggers a warning stating that Biber is required and the style\slash\file{bib} file may not work properly; 3 triggers an error stating that Biber is strictly required and the style\slash\file{bib} file will not work at all with any other backend. If \cmd{RequireBiber} is used multiple times, the highest \prm{severity} takes precedence. \file{cbx}\slash\file{bbx} files on the one hand and the \texttt{@preamble} snippets of all \file{bib} files on the other are tracked seperately. If the optional \prm{severity} argument is omitted, the default severity is 2 (warning). - -\boolitem{pagetracker} - -These commands activate or deactivate the citation tracker locally (this will affect the \cmd{iffirstonpage} and \cmd{ifsamepage} test from \secref{aut:aux:tst}). They are intended for use in the definition of citation commands or anywhere in the document body. If a citation command is to be excluded from page tracking, use \cmd{pagetrackerfalse} in the \prm{precode} argument of \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}. See \secref{aut:cbx:cbx} for details. Note that these commands have no effect if page tracking has been disabled globally. - -\boolitem{citetracker} - -These commands activate or deactivate all citation trackers locally (this will affect the \cmd{ifciteseen}, \cmd{ifentryseen}, \cmd{ifciteibid}, and \cmd{ifciteidem} tests from \secref{aut:aux:tst}). They are intended for use in the definition of citation commands or anywhere in the document body. If a citation command is to be excluded from tracking, use \cmd{citetrackerfalse} in the \prm{precode} argument of \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}. See \secref{aut:cbx:cbx} for details. Note that these commands have no effect if tracking has been disabled globally. - -\boolitem{backtracker} - -These commands activate or deactivate the \texttt{backref} tracker locally. They are intended for use in the definition of citation commands or anywhere in the document body. If a citation command is to be excluded from backtracking, use \cmd{backtrackerfalse} in the \prm{precode} argument of \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}. Note that these commands have no effect if the \texttt{backref} option has been not been set globally. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsection[Punctuation]{Punctuation and Spacing} -\label{aut:pct} - -The \sty{biblatex} package provides elaborate facilities designed to manage and track punctuation and spacing in the bibliography and in citations. These facilities work on two levels. The high"=level commands discussed in \secref{aut:pct:new} deal with punctuation and whitespace inserted by the bibliography style between the individual segments of a bibliography entry. The commands in \secref{aut:pct:chk, aut:pct:pct, aut:pct:spc} work at a lower level. They use \tex's space factor and modified space factor codes to track punctuation in a robust and efficient way. This way it is possible to detect trailing punctuation marks within fields, not only those explicitly inserted between fields. The same technique is also used for automatic capitalization of localization strings, see \cmd{DeclareCapitalPunctuation} in \secref{aut:pct:cfg} as well as \secref{aut:str} for details. Note that these facilities are only made available locally in citations and bibliographies. They will not affect any other part of a document. - -\subsubsection{Block and Unit Punctuation} -\label{aut:pct:new} - -The major segments of a bibliography entry are <blocks> and <units>. A block is the larger segment of the two, a unit is shorter or at most equal in length. For example, the values of fields such as \bibfield{title} or \bibfield{note} usually form a unit which is separated from subsequent data by a period or a comma. A block may comprise several fields which are treated as separate units, for example \bibfield{publisher}, \bibfield{location}, and \bibfield{year}. The segmentation of an entry into blocks and units is at the discretion of the bibliography style. An entry is segmented by inserting \cmd{newblock} and \cmd{newunit} commands at suitable places and \cmd{finentry} at the very end (see \secref{aut:bbx:drv} for an example). See also \secref{aut:cav:pct} for some practical hints. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\csitem{newblock} - -Records the end of a block. This command does not print anything, it merely marks the end of the block. The block delimiter \cmd{newblockpunct} will be inserted by a subsequent \cmd{printtext}, \cmd{printfield}, \cmd{printlist}, \cmd{printnames}, or \cmd{bibstring} command. You may use \cmd{newblock} at suitable places without having to worry about spurious blocks. A new block will only be started by the next \cmd{printfield} (or similar) command if this command prints anything. See \secref{aut:cav:pct} for further details. - -\csitem{newunit} - -Records the end of a unit and puts the default delimiter \cmd{newunitpunct} in the punctuation buffer. This command does not print anything, it merely marks the end of the unit. The punctuation buffer will be inserted by the next \cmd{printtext}, \cmd{printfield}, \cmd{printlist}, \cmd{printnames}, or \cmd{bibstring} command. You may use \cmd{newunit} after commands like \cmd{printfield} without having to worry about spurious punctuation and whitespace. The buffer will only be inserted by the next \cmd{printfield} or similar command if \emph{both} fields are non"=empty. This also applies to \cmd{printtext}, \cmd{printlist}, \cmd{printnames}, and \cmd{bibstring}. See \secref{aut:cav:pct} for further details. - -\csitem{finentry} - -Inserts \cmd{finentrypunct}. This command should be used at the very end of every bibliography entry. - -\cmditem{setunit}{punctuation} -\cmditem*{setunit*}{punctuation} - -The \cmd{setunit} command is similar to \cmd{newunit} except that it uses \prm{punctuation} instead of \cmd{newunitpunct}. The starred variant differs from the regular version in that it checks if the last \cmd{printtext}, \cmd{printfield}, \cmd{printlist}, \cmd{printnames}, or \cmd{bibstring} command did actually print anything. If not, it does nothing. - -\cmditem{setpunctfont}{command} - -This command, which is intended for use in field formatting directives, provides an alternative way of dealing with unit punctuation after a field printed in a different font (for example, a title printed in italics). The standard \latex way of dealing with this is adding a small amount of space, the so-called italic correction. This command allows adapting the punctuation to the font of the preceeding field. The \prm{command} should be a text font command which takes one argument, such as \cmd{emph} or \cmd{textbf}. This command will only affect punctuation marks inserted by one of the commands from \secref{aut:pct:pct}. The font adaption is applied to the next punctuation mark only and will be reset automatically thereafter. If you want to reset it manually before it takes effect, issue \cmd{resetpunctfont}. If the \opt{punctfont} package option is disabled, this command does nothing. Note that the \cmd{mkbibemph} and \cmd{mkbibbold} wrappers from \secref{aut:fmt:ich} incorporate this feature by default. - -\csitem{resetpunctfont} - -This command resets the unit punctuation font defined with \cmd{setpunctfont} before it takes effect. If the \opt{punctfont} package option is disabled, this command does nothing. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Punctuation Tests} -\label{aut:pct:chk} - -The following commands may be used to test for preceding punctuation marks at any point in citations and the bibliography. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{ifpunct}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if preceded by any punctuation mark except for an abbreviation dot, and \prm{false} otherwise. - -\cmditem{ifterm}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if preceded by a terminal punctuation mark, and \prm{false} otherwise. A terminal punctuation mark is any punctuation mark which has been registered for automatic capitalization, either with \cmd{DeclareCapitalPunctuation} or by default, see \secref{aut:pct:cfg} for details. By default, this applies to periods, exclamation marks, and question marks. - -\cmditem{ifpunctmark}{character}{true}{false} - -Executes \prm{true} if preceded by the punctuation mark \prm{character}, and \prm{false} otherwise. The \prm{character} may be a comma, a semicolon, a colon, a period, an exclamation mark, a question mark, or an asterisk. Note that a period denotes an end-of"=sentence period. Use the asterisk to test for the dot after an abbreviation. If this command is used in a formatting directive for name lists, \ie in the argument to \cmd{DeclareNameFormat}, the \prm{character} may also be an apostrophe. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Adding Punctuation} -\label{aut:pct:pct} - -The following commands are designed to prevent double punctuation marks. Bibliography and citation styles should always use these commands instead of literal punctuation marks. All \cmd{add...} commands in this section automatically remove preceding whitespace with \cmd{unspace} (see \secref{aut:pct:spc}). Note that the behavior of all \cmd{add...} commands discussed below is the package default, which is restored whenever \sty{biblatex} switches languages. This behavior may be adjusted with \cmd{DeclarePunctuationPairs} from \secref{aut:pct:cfg}. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\csitem{adddot} - -Adds a period unless it is preceded by any punctuation mark. The purpose of this command is inserting the dot after an abbreviation. Any dot inserted this way is recognized as such by the other punctuation commands. This command may also be used to turn a previously inserted literal period into an abbreviation dot. - -\csitem{addcomma} - -Adds a comma unless it is preceded by another comma, a semicolon, a colon, or a period. - -\csitem{addsemicolon} - -Adds a semicolon unless it is preceded by a comma, another semicolon, a colon, or a period. - -\csitem{addcolon} - -Adds a colon unless it is preceded by a comma, a semicolon, another colon, or a period. - -\csitem{addperiod} - -Adds a period unless it is preceded by an abbreviation dot or any other punctuation mark. This command may also be used to turn a previously inserted abbreviation dot into a period, for example at the end of a sentence. - -\csitem{addexclam} -Adds an exclamation mark unless it is preceded by any punctuation mark except for an abbreviation dot. - -\csitem{addquestion} - -Adds a question mark unless it is preceded by any punctuation mark except for an abbreviation dot. - -\csitem{isdot} - -Turns a previously inserted literal period into an abbreviation dot. In contrast to \cmd{adddot}, nothing is inserted if this command is not preceded by a period. - -\csitem{nopunct} - -Adds an internal marker which will cause the next punctuation command to print nothing. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Adding Whitespace} -\label{aut:pct:spc} - -The following commands are designed to prevent spurious whitespace. Bibliography and citation styles should always use these commands instead of literal whitespace. In contrast to the commands in \secref{aut:pct:chk, aut:pct:pct}, they are not restricted to citations and the bibliography but available globally. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\csitem{unspace} - -Removes preceding whitespace, \ie removes all skips and penalties from the end of the current horizontal list. This command is implicitly executed by all of the following commands. - -\csitem{addspace} - -Adds a breakable interword space. - -\csitem{addnbspace} - -Adds a non"=breakable interword space. - -\csitem{addthinspace} - -Adds a \emph{breakable} thin space. - -\csitem{addnbthinspace} - -Adds a non"=breakable thin space. This is similar to \cmd{,} and \cmd{thinspace}. - -\csitem{addlowpenspace} - -Adds a space penalized by the value of the \cnt{lownamepenalty} counter, see \secref{use:fmt:len, aut:fmt:len} for details. - -\csitem{addhighpenspace} - -Adds a space penalized by the value of the \cnt{highnamepenalty} counter, see \secref{use:fmt:len, aut:fmt:len} for details. - -\csitem{addlpthinspace} - -Similar to \cmd{addlowpenspace} but adds a breakable thin space. - -\csitem{addhpthinspace} - -Similar to \cmd{addhighpenspace} but adds a breakable thin space. - -\csitem{addabbrvspace} - -Adds a space penalized by the value of the \cnt{abbrvpenalty} counter, see \secref{use:fmt:len, aut:fmt:len} for details. - -\csitem{addabthinspace} - -Similar to \cmd{addabbrvspace} but using a thin space. - -\csitem{adddotspace} - -Executes \cmd{adddot} and adds a space penalized by the value of the \cnt{abbrvpenalty} counter, see \secref{use:fmt:len, aut:fmt:len} for details. - -\csitem{addslash} - -Adds a breakable slash. This command differs from the \cmd{slash} command in the \latex kernel in that a linebreak after the slash is not penalized at all. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -Note that the commands in this section implicitly execute \cmd{unspace} to remove spurious whitespace, hence they may be used to override each other. For example, you may use \cmd{addnbspace} to transform a previously inserted interword space into a non"=breakable one and \cmd{addspace} to turn a non"=breakable space into a breakable one. - -\subsubsection{Configuring Punctuation and Capitalization} -\label{aut:pct:cfg} - -The following commands configure various features related to punctuation and automatic capitalization. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{DeclareAutoPunctuation}{characters} - -This command defines the punctuation marks to be considered by the citation commands as they scan ahead for punctuation. Note that \prm{characters} is an undelimited list of characters. Valid \prm{characters} are period, comma, semicolon, colon, exclamation and question mark. The default setting is: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareAutoPunctuation{.,;:!?} -\end{lstlisting} -% -This definition is restored automatically whenever the \opt{autopunct} package option is set to \texttt{true}. Executing |\DeclareAutoPunctuation{}| is equivalent to setting \kvopt{autopunct}{false}, \ie it disables this feature. - -\cmditem{DeclareCapitalPunctuation}{characters} - -When \sty{biblatex} inserts localization strings, \ie key terms such as <edition> or <volume>, it automatically capitalizes them after terminal punctuation marks. This command defines the punctuation marks which will cause localization strings to be capitalized if one of them precedes a string. Note that \prm{characters} is an undelimited list of characters. Valid \prm{characters} are period, comma, semicolon, colon, exclamation and question mark. The package default is: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareCapitalPunctuation{.!?} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Using \cmd{DeclareCapitalPunctuation} with an empty argument is equivalent to disabling automatic capitalization. Since this feature is language specific, this command must be used in the argument to \cmd{DefineBibliographyExtras} (when used in the preamble) or \cmd{DeclareBibliographyExtras} (when used in a localization module). See \secref{use:lng, aut:lng} for details. By default, strings are capitalized after periods, exclamation marks, and question marks. All strings are generally capitalized at the beginning of a paragraph (in fact whenever \tex is in vertical mode). - -\cmditem{DeclarePunctuationPairs}{identifier}{characters} - -Use this command to declare valid pairs of punctuation marks. This will affect the punctuation commands discussed in \secref{aut:pct:pct}. For example, the description of \cmd{addcomma} states that this command adds a comma unless it is preceded by another comma, a semicolon, a colon, or a period. In other words, commas after abbreviation dots, exclamation marks, and question marks are permitted. These valid pairs are declared as follows: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclarePunctuationPairs{comma}{*!?} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \prm{identifier} selects the command to be configured. The identifiers correspond to the names of the punctuation commands from \secref{aut:pct:pct} without the \cmd{add} prefix, \ie valid \prm{identifier} strings are \texttt{dot}, \texttt{comma}, \texttt{semicolon}, \texttt{colon}, \texttt{period}, \texttt{exclam}, \texttt{question}. The \prm{characters} argument is an undelimited list of punctuation marks. Valid \prm{characters} are comma, semicolon, colon, period, exclamation mark, question mark, and asterisk. A period in the \prm{characters} argument denotes an end-of"=sentence period, an asterisk the dot after an abbreviation. This is the default setup, which is automatically restored whenever \sty{biblatex} switches languages and corresponds to the behavior described in \secref{aut:pct:pct}: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclarePunctuationPairs{dot}{} -\DeclarePunctuationPairs{comma}{*!?} -\DeclarePunctuationPairs{semicolon}{*!?} -\DeclarePunctuationPairs{colon}{*!?} -\DeclarePunctuationPairs{period}{} -\DeclarePunctuationPairs{exclam}{*} -\DeclarePunctuationPairs{question}{*} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since this feature is language specific, \cmd{DeclarePunctuationPairs} must be used in the argument to \cmd{DefineBibliographyExtras} (when used in the preamble) or \cmd{DeclareBibliographyExtras} (when used in a localization module). See \secref{use:lng, aut:lng} for details. Note that some localization modules may use a setup which is different from the package default.\footnote{As of this writing, the \texttt{american} module uses different settings for <American-style> punctuation.} - -\cmditem{DeclareQuotePunctuation}{characters} - -This command controls <American-style> punctuation. The \cmd{mkbibquote} wrapper from \secref{aut:fmt:ich} can interact with the punctuation facilities discussed in \secref{aut:pct:new, aut:pct:pct, aut:pct:spc}. Punctuation marks after \cmd{mkbibquote} will be moved inside the quotes if they have been registered with \cmd{DeclareQuotePunctuation}. Note that \prm{characters} is an undelimited list of characters. Valid \prm{characters} are period, comma, semicolon, colon, exclamation and question mark. Here is an example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareQuotePunctuation{.,} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Executing |\DeclareQuotePunctuation{}| is equivalent to disabling this feature. This is the package default. Since this feature is language specific, this command must be used in the argument to \cmd{DefineBibliographyExtras} (when used in the preamble) or \cmd{DeclareBibliographyExtras} (when used in a localization module). See \secref{use:lng, aut:lng} for details. See also \secref{use:loc:us}. - -\csitem{uspunctuation} - -A shorthand using the lower-level commands \cmd{DeclareQuotePunctuation} and \cmd{DeclarePunctuationPairs} to activate <American-style> punctuation. See \secref{use:loc:us} for details. This shorthand is provided for convenience only. The effective settings are applied by the lower-level commands. - -\csitem{stdpunctuation} - -Undoes the settings applied by \cmd{uspunctuation}, restoring standard punctuation. As standard punctuation is the default setting, you only need this command to override a previously executed \cmd{uspunctuation} command. See \secref{use:loc:us} for details. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Correcting Punctuation Tracking} -\label{aut:pct:ctr} - -The facilities for punctuation tracking and automatic capitalization are very reliable under normal circumstances, but there are always marginal cases which may require manual intervention. Typical cases are localization strings printed as the first word in a footnote (which is usually treated as the beginning of a paragaph as far as capitalization is concerned, but \tex is not in vertical mode at this point) or punctuation after periods which are not really end"=of"=sentence periods (for example, after an ellipsis like «[\dots\unkern]» a command such as \cmd{addperiod} would do nothing since parentheses and brackets are transparent to the punctuation tracker). In such cases, use the following commands in bibliography and citation styles to mark the beginning or middle of a sentence if and where required: - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\csitem{bibsentence} - -This command marks the beginning of a sentence. A localization string immediately after this command will be capitalized and the punctuation tracker is reset, \ie this command hides all preceding punctuation marks from the punctuation tracker and enforces capitalization. - -\csitem{midsentence} - -This command marks the middle of a sentence. A localization string immediately after this command will not be capitalized and the punctuation tracker is reset, \ie this command hides all preceding punctuation marks from the punctuation tracker and suppresses capitalization. - -\csitem*{midsentence*} - -The starred variant of \cmd{midsentence} differs from the regular one in that a preceding abbreviation dot is not hidden from the the punctuation tracker, \ie any code after \cmd{midsentence*} will see a preceding abbreviation dot. All other punctuation marks are hidden from the punctuation tracker and capitalization is suppressed. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsection{Localization Strings} -\label{aut:str} - -Localization strings are key terms such as <edition> or <volume> which are automatically translated by \sty{biblatex}'s localization modules. See \secref{aut:lng} for an overview and \secref{aut:lng:key} for a list of all strings supported by default. The commands in this section are used to print the localized term. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{bibstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Prints the localization string \prm{key}, where \prm{key} is an identifier in lowercase letters (see \secref{aut:lng:key}). The string will be capitalized as required, see \secref{aut:pct:cfg} for details. -Depending on the \opt{abbreviate} package option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}, \cmd{bibstring} prints the short or the long version of the string. If localization strings are nested, \ie if \cmd{bibstring} is used in another string, it will behave like \cmd{bibxstring}. -If the \prm{wrapper} argument is given, the string is passed to the \prm{wrapper} for formatting. This is intended for font commands such as \cmd{emph}. - -\cmditem{biblstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{bibstring} but always prints the long string, ignoring the \opt{abbreviate} option. - -\cmditem{bibsstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{bibstring} but always prints the short string, ignoring the \opt{abbreviate} option. - -\cmditem{bibcpstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{bibstring} but the term is always capitalized. - -\cmditem{bibcplstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{biblstring} but the term is always capitalized. - -\cmditem{bibcpsstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{bibsstring} but the term is always capitalized. - -\cmditem{bibucstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{bibstring} but the whole term is uppercased. - -\cmditem{bibuclstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{biblstring} but the whole term is uppercased. - -\cmditem{bibucsstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{bibsstring} but the whole term is uppercased. - -\cmditem{biblcstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{bibstring} but the whole term is lowercased. - -\cmditem{biblclstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{biblstring} but the whole term is lowercased. - -\cmditem{biblcsstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{bibsstring} but the whole term is lowercased. - -\cmditem{bibxstring}{key} - -A simplified but expandable version of \cmd{bibstring}. Note that this variant does not capitalize automatically, nor does it hook into the punctuation tracker. It is intended for special cases in which strings are nested or an expanded localization string is required in a test. - -\cmditem{bibxlstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{bibxstring} but always uses the long string, ignoring the \opt{abbreviate} option. - -\cmditem{bibxsstring}[wrapper]{key} - -Similar to \cmd{bibxstring} but always uses the short string, ignoring the \opt{abbreviate} option. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsection{Localization Modules} -\label{aut:lng} - -A localization module provides translations for key terms such as <edition> or <volume> as well as definitions for language specific features such as the date format and ordinals. These definitions are provided in files with the suffix \file{lbx}. The base name of the file must be a language name known to the \sty{babel} package. The \file{lbx} files may also be used to map \sty{babel}'s language names to the backend modules of the \sty{biblatex} package. All localization modules are loaded on demand in the document body. Note that the contents of the file are processed in a group and that the category code of the character \texttt{@} is temporarily set to <letter>. - -\subsubsection{Localization Commands} -\label{aut:lng:cmd} - -The user"=level versions of the localization commands were already introduced in \secref{use:lng}. When used in \file{lbx} files, however, the syntax of localization commands is different from the user syntax in the preamble and the configuration file. When used in localization files, there is no need to specify the \prm{language} because the mapping of strings to a language is already provided by the name of the \file{lbx} file. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{DeclareBibliographyStrings}{definitions} - -This command is only available in \file{lbx} files. It is used to define localization strings. The \prm{definitions} consist of \keyval pairs which assign an expression to an identifier. A complete list of all keys supported by default is given is \secref{aut:lng:key}. Note that the syntax of the value is different in \file{lbx} files. The value assigned to a key consists of two expressions, each of which is wrapped in an additional pair of brackets. This is best shown by example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Bibliography}{Bibliography}}, - shorthands = {{List of Abbreviations}{Abbreviations}}, - editor = {{editor}{ed.}}, - editors = {{editors}{eds.}}, -} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The first value is the long, written out expression, the second one is an abbreviated or short form. Both strings must always be given even though they may be identical if an expression is always (or never) abbreviated. Depending on the setting of the \opt{abbreviate} package option (see \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}), \sty{biblatex} selects one expression when loading the \file{lbx} file. There is also a special key named \texttt{inherit} which copies the strings from a different language. This is intended for languages which only differ in a few expressions, such as German and Austrian or American and British English. For example, here are the complete definitions for Austrian: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - inherit = {german}, - january = {{J\"anner}{J\"an.}}, -} -\end{lstlisting} - -The above examples are slightly simplified. Real localization files should use the punctuation and formatting commands discussed in \secref{aut:pct:pct, use:fmt} instead of literal puntuation. Here is an excerpt from a real localization file: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} - bibliography = {{Bibliography}{Bibliography}}, - shorthands = {{List of Abbreviations}{Abbreviations}}, - editor = {{editor}{ed\adddot}}, - editors = {{editors}{eds\adddot}}, - byeditor = {{edited by}{ed\adddotspace by}}, - mathesis = {{Master's thesis}{MA\addabbrvspace thesis}}, -\end{lstlisting} -% -Note the handling of abbreviation dots, the spacing in abbreviated expressions, and the capitalization in the example above. All expressions should be capitalized as they usually are when used in the middle of a sentence. The \sty{biblatex} package will automatically capitalize the first word when required at the beginning of a sentence, see \cmd{DeclareCapitalPunctuation} in \secref{aut:pct:cfg} for details. Expressions intended for use in headings are special. They should be capitalized in a way that is suitable for titling and should not be abbreviated (but they may have a short form). - -\cmditem{InheritBibliographyStrings}{language} - -This command is only available in \file{lbx} files. It copies the localization strings for \prm{language} to the current language, as specified by the name of the \file{lbx} file. - -\cmditem{DeclareBibliographyExtras}{code} - -This command is only available in \file{lbx} files. It is used to adapt language specific features such as the date format and ordinals. The \prm{code}, which may be arbitrary \latex code, will usually consist of redefinitions of the formatting commands from \secref{aut:fmt:lng}. - -\cmditem{UndeclareBibliographyExtras}{code} - -This command is only available in \file{lbx} files. It is used to restore any formatting commands modified with \cmd{DeclareBibliographyExtras}. If a redefined command is included in \secref{aut:fmt:lng}, there is no need to restore its previous definition since these commands are localized by all language modules anyway. - -\cmditem{InheritBibliographyExtras}{language} - -This command is only available in \file{lbx} files. It copies the bibliography extras for \prm{language} to the current language, as specified by the name of the \file{lbx} file. - -\cmditem{DeclareHyphenationExceptions}{text} - -This command corresponds to \cmd{DefineHyphenationExceptions} from \secref{use:lng}. The difference is that it is only available in \file{lbx} files and that the \prm{language} argument is omitted. The hyphenation exceptions will affect the language of the \file{lbx} file currently being processed. - -\cmditem{DeclareRedundantLanguages}{language, language, ...}{babel, babel, ...} - -This command provides the language mappings required by the \opt{clearlang} option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. -The \prm{language} is the string given in the \bibfield{language} field (without the optional \texttt{lang} prefix); \prm{babel} is \sty{babel}'s language identifier, as given in the optional argument of \cmd{usepackage} when loading \sty{babel}. This command may be used in \file{lbx} files or in the document preamble. Here are some examples: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{french}{french} -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{german}{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian} -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{english,american}{english,american,british, - canadian,australian,newzealand,USenglish,UKenglish} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Note that this feature needs to be enabled globally with the \opt{clearlang} option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. If it is disabled, all mappings will be ignored. If the \prm{babel} parameter is blank, \sty{biblatex} will clear the mappings for the corresponding \prm{language}, \ie the feature will be disabled for this \prm{language} only. - -\cmditem{DeclareLanguageMapping}{language}{file} - -This command maps a \sty{babel} language identifier to an \file{lbx} file. The \prm{language} must be a language name known to the \sty{babel} package, \ie one of the identifiers listed in \tabref{bib:fld:tab1}. The \prm{file} argument is the name of an alternative \file{lbx} file without the \texttt{.lbx} suffix. Declaring the same mapping more than once is possible. Subsequent declarations will simply overwrite any previous ones. This command may only be used in the preamble. See \secref{aut:cav:lng} for further details. - -\cmditem{NewBibliographyString}{key} - -This command, which may be used in the preamble (including \file{cbx} and \file{bbx} files) as well as in \file{lbx} files, declares new localization strings, \ie it initializes a new \prm{key} to be used in the \prm{definitions} of \cmd{DefineBibliographyStrings}. The \prm{key} argument may also be a comma"=separated list of key names. The keys listed in \secref{aut:lng:key} are defined by default. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Localization Keys} -\label{aut:lng:key} - -The localization keys in this section are defined by default and covered by the localization files which come with \sty{biblatex}. Note that these strings are only available in citations, the bibliography, and the list of shorthands. All expressions should be capitalized as they usually are when used in the middle of a sentence. \sty{biblatex} will capitalize them automatically at the beginning of a sentence. The only exceptions to these rules are the three strings intended for use in headings. - -\paragraph{Headings} -\label{aut:lng:key:bhd} - -The following strings are special because they are intended for use in headings and made available globally via macros. For this reason, they should be capitalized for use in headings and they must not include any local commands which are part of \sty{biblatex}'s author interface. - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[bibliography] The term <bibliography>, also available as \cmd{bibname}. -\item[references] The term <references>, also available as \cmd{refname}. -\item[shorthands] The term <list of shorthands> or <list of abbreviations>, also available as \cmd{losname}. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Roles, Expressed as Functions} -\label{aut:lng:key:efn} - -The following keys refer to roles which are expressed as a function (<editor>, <translator>) rather than as an action (<edited by>, <translated by>). - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[editor] The term <editor>, referring to the main editor. This is the most generic editorial role. -\item[editors] The plural form of \texttt{editor}. -\item[compiler] The term <compiler>, referring to an editor whose task is to compile a work. -\item[compilers] The plural form of \texttt{compiler}. -\item[founder] The term <founder>, referring to a founding editor. -\item[founders] The plural form of \texttt{founder}. -\item[continuator] An expression like <continuator>, <continuation>, or <continued>, referring to a past editor who continued the work of the founding editor but was subsequently replaced by the current editor. -\item[continuators] The plural form of \texttt{continuator}. -\item[redactor] The term <redactor>, referring to a secondary editor. -\item[redactors] The plural form of \texttt{redactor}. -\item[reviser] The term <reviser>, referring to a secondary editor. -\item[revisers] The plural form of \texttt{reviser}. -\item[collaborator] A term like <collaborator>, <collaboration>, <cooperator>, or <cooperation>, referring to a secondary editor. -\item[collaborators] The plural form of \texttt{collaborator}. -\item[translator] The term <translator>. -\item[translators] The plural form of \texttt{translator}. -\item[commentator] The term <commentator>, referring to the author of a commentary to a work. -\item[commentators] The plural form of \texttt{commentators}. -\item[annotator] The term <annotator>, referring to the author of annotations to a work. -\item[annotators] The plural form of \texttt{annotators}. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Concatenated Editor Roles, Expressed as Functions} -\label{aut:lng:key:cef} - -The following keys are similar in function to \texttt{editor}, \texttt{translator}, etc. They are used to indicate additional roles of the editor, \eg\ <editor and translator>, <editor and foreword>. - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[editortr] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator} are identical. -\item[editorstr] The plural form of \texttt{editortr}. -\item[editorco] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{commentator} are identical. -\item[editorsco] The plural form of \texttt{editorco}. -\item[editoran] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator} are identical. -\item[editorsan] The plural form of \texttt{editoran}. -\item[editorin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[editorsin] The plural form of \texttt{editorin}. -\item[editorfo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[editorsfo] The plural form of \texttt{editorfo}. -\item[editoraf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\item[editorsaf] The plural form of \texttt{editoraf}. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[editortrco] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator} are identical. -\item[editorstrco] The plural form of \texttt{editortrco}. -\item[editortran] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator} are identical. -\item[editorstran] The plural form of \texttt{editortran}. -\item[editortrin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[editorstrin] The plural form of \texttt{editortrin}. -\item[editortrfo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[editorstrfo] The plural form of \texttt{editortrfo}. -\item[editortraf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\item[editorstraf] The plural form of \texttt{editortraf}. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[editorcoin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[editorscoin] The plural form of \texttt{editorcoin}. -\item[editorcofo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[editorscofo] The plural form of \texttt{editorcofo}. -\item[editorcoaf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\item[editorscoaf] The plural form of \texttt{editorcoaf}. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[editoranin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[editorsanin] The plural form of \texttt{editoranin}. -\item[editoranfo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[editorsanfo] The plural form of \texttt{editoranfo}. -\item[editoranaf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\item[editorsanaf] The plural form of \texttt{editoranaf}. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[editortrcoin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[editorstrcoin] The plural form of \texttt{editortrcoin}. -\item[editortrcofo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[editorstrcofo] The plural form of \texttt{editortrcofo}. -\item[editortrcoaf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\item[editorstrcoaf] The plural form of \texttt{editortrcoaf}. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[editortranin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[editorstranin] The plural form of \texttt{editortranin}. -\item[editortranfo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[editorstranfo] The plural form of \texttt{editortranfo}. -\item[editortranaf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\item[editorstranaf] The plural form of \texttt{editortranaf}. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Concatenated Translator Roles, Expressed as Functions} -\label{aut:lng:key:ctf} - -The following keys are similar in function to \texttt{translator}. They are used to indicate additional roles of the translator, \eg\ <translator and commentator>, <translator and introduction>. - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[translatorco] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator} are identical. -\item[translatorsco] The plural form of \texttt{translatorco}. -\item[translatoran] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator} are identical. -\item[translatorsan] The plural form of \texttt{translatoran}. -\item[translatorin] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[translatorsin] The plural form of \texttt{translatorin}. -\item[translatorfo] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[translatorsfo] The plural form of \texttt{translatorfo}. -\item[translatoraf] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\item[translatorsaf] The plural form of \texttt{translatoraf}. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[translatorcoin] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[translatorscoin] The plural form of \texttt{translatorcoin}. -\item[translatorcofo] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[translatorscofo] The plural form of \texttt{translatorcofo}. -\item[translatorcoaf] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\item[translatorscoaf] The plural form of \texttt{translatorcoaf}. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[translatoranin] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[translatorsanin] The plural form of \texttt{translatoranin}. -\item[translatoranfo] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[translatorsanfo] The plural form of \texttt{translatoranfo}. -\item[translatoranaf] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\item[translatorsanaf] The plural form of \texttt{translatoranaf}. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Roles, Expressed as Actions} -\label{aut:lng:key:eac} - -The following keys refer to roles which are expressed as an action (<edited by>, <translated by>) rather than as a function (<editor>, <translator>). - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[byauthor] The expression <[created] by \prm{name}>. -\item[byeditor] The expression <edited by \prm{name}>. -\item[bycompiler] The expression <compiled by \prm{name}>. -\item[byfounder] The expression <founded by \prm{name}>. -\item[bycontinuator] The expression <continued by \prm{name}>. -\item[byredactor] The expression <redacted by \prm{name}>. -\item[byreviser] The expression <revised by \prm{name}>. -\item[bycollaborator] An expression like <in collaboration with \prm{name}> or <in cooperation with \prm{name}>. -\item[bytranslator] The expression <translated by \prm{name}> or <translated from \prm{language} by \prm{name}>. -\item[bycommentator] The expression <commented by \prm{name}>. -\item[byannotator] The expression <annotated by \prm{name}>. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Concatenated Editor Roles, Expressed as Actions} -\label{aut:lng:key:cea} - -The following keys are similar in function to \texttt{byeditor}, \texttt{bytranslator}, etc. They are used to indicate additional roles of the editor, \eg\ <edited and translated by>, <edited and furnished with an introduction by>, <edited, with a foreword, by>. - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[byeditortr] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator} are identical. -\item[byeditorco] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{commentator} are identical. -\item[byeditoran] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator} are identical. -\item[byeditorin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[byeditorfo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[byeditoraf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[byeditortrco] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator} are identical. -\item[byeditortran] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator} are identical. -\item[byeditortrin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[byeditortrfo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[byeditortraf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[byeditorcoin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[byeditorcofo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[byeditorcoaf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[byeditoranin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[byeditoranfo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[byeditoranaf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[byeditortrcoin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[byeditortrcofo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[byeditortrcoaf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[byeditortranin] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[byeditortranfo] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[byeditortranaf] Used if \bibfield{editor}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Concatenated Translator Roles, Expressed as Actions} -\label{aut:lng:key:cta} - -The following keys are similar in function to \texttt{bytranslator}. They are used to indicate additional roles of the translator, \eg\ <translated and commented by>, <translated and furnished with an introduction by>, <translated, with a foreword, by>. - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[bytranslatorco] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator} are identical. -\item[bytranslatoran] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator} are identical. -\item[bytranslatorin] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[bytranslatorfo] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[bytranslatoraf] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[bytranslatorcoin] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[bytranslatorcofo] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[bytranslatorcoaf] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{commentator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Keys for \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \prm{role} combinations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[bytranslatoranin] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{introduction} are identical. -\item[bytranslatoranfo] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{foreword} are identical. -\item[bytranslatoranaf] Used if \bibfield{translator}\slash \bibfield{annotator}\slash \bibfield{aftword} are identical. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Roles, Expressed as Objects} -\label{aut:lng:key:rob} - -Roles which are related to supplementary material may also be expressed as objects (<with a commentary by>) rather than as functions (<commentator>) or as actions (<commented by>). - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[withcommentator] The expression <with a commentary by \prm{name}>. -\item[withannotator] The expression <with annotations by \prm{name}>. -\item[withintroduction] The expression <with an introduction by \prm{name}>. -\item[withforeword] The expression <with a foreword by \prm{name}>. -\item[withafterword] The expression <with an afterword by \prm{name}>. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Supplementary Material} -\label{aut:lng:key:mat} - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[commentary] The term <commentary>. -\item[annotations] The term <annotations>. -\item[introduction] The term <introduction>. -\item[foreword] The term <foreword>. -\item[afterword] The term <afterword>. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Publication Details} -\label{aut:lng:key:pdt} - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[volume] The term <volume>, referring to a book. -\item[volumes] The plural form of \texttt{volume}. -\item[jourvol] The term <volume>, referring to a journal. -\item[jourser] The term <series>, referring to a journal. -\item[book] The term <book>, referring to a document division. -\item[part] The term <part>, referring to a part of a book or a periodical. -\item[issue] The term <issue>, referring to a periodical. -\item[newseries] The expression <new series>, referring to a journal. -\item[oldseries] The expression <old series>, referring to a journal. -\item[edition] The term <edition>. -\item[in] The term <in>, referring to the title of a work published as part of another one, \eg\ <\prm{title of article} in \prm{title of journal}>. -\item[inseries] The term <in>, as used in expressions like <volume \prm{number} in \prm{name of series}>. -\item[ofseries] The term <of>, as used in expressions like <volume \prm{number} of \prm{name of series}>. -\item[number] The term <number>, referring to an issue of a journal. -\item[chapter] The term <chapter>, referring to a chapter in a book. -\item[version] The term <version>, referring to a revision number. -\item[reprint] The term <reprint>. -\item[reprintof] The expression <reprint of \prm{title}>. -\item[reprintas] The expression <reprinted as \prm{title}>. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Publication State} -\label{aut:lng:key:pst} - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[inpreparation] The expression <in preparation> (the manuscript is being prepared for publication). -\item[submitted] The expression <submitted> (the manuscript has been submitted to a journal or conference). -\item[forthcoming] The expression <forthcoming> (the manuscript has been accepted by a press or journal). -\item[inpress] The expression <in press> (the manuscript is fully copyedited and out of the author's hands; it is in the final stages of the production process). -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Pagination} -\label{aut:lng:key:pag} - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[page] The term <page>. -\item[pages] The plural form of \texttt{page}. -\item[column] The term <column>, referring to a column on a page. -\item[columns] The plural form of \texttt{column}. -\item[section] The term <section>, referring to a document division (usually abbreviated as \S). -\item[sections] The plural form of \texttt{section} (usually abbreviated as \S\S). -\item[paragraph] The term <paragraph> (\ie a block of text, not to be confused with \texttt{section}). -\item[paragraphs] The plural form of \texttt{paragraph}. -\item[verse] The term <verse> as used when referring to a work which is cited by verse numbers. -\item[verses] The plural form of \texttt{verse}. -\item[line] The term <line> as used when referring to a work which is cited by line numbers. -\item[lines] The plural form of \texttt{line}. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Types} -\label{aut:lng:key:typ} - -The following keys are typically used in the \bibfield{type} field of \bibtype{thesis}, \bibtype{report}, \bibtype{misc}, and other entries: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[mathesis] An expression equivalent to the term <Master's thesis>. -\item[phdthesis] The term <PhD thesis>, <PhD dissertation>, <doctoral thesis>, etc. -\item[techreport] The term <technical report>. -\item[resreport] The term <research report>. -\item[software] The term <computer software>. -\item[datacd] The term <data \textsc{cd}> or <\textsc{cd-rom}>. -\item[audiocd] The term <audio \textsc{cd}>. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Miscellaneous} -\label{aut:lng:key:msc} - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[and] The term <and>, as used in a list of authors or editors, for example. -\item[andothers] The expression <and others> or <et alii>, used to mark the truncation of a name list. -\item[andmore] Like \texttt{andothers} but used to mark the truncation of a literal list. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Labels} -\label{aut:lng:key:lab} - -The following strings are intended for use as labels, \eg\ <Address: \prm{url}> or <Abstract: \prm{abstract}>. - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[url] The term <address> in the sense of an internet address. -\item[urlseen] An expression like <accessed on \prm{date}>, <retrieved on \prm{date}>, <visited on \prm{date}>, referring to the access date of an online resource. -\item[file] The term <file>. -\item[library] The term <library>. -\item[abstract] The term <abstract>. -\item[annotation] The term <annotations>. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Citations} -\label{aut:lng:key:cit} - -Traditional scholarly expressions used in citations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[idem] The term equivalent to the Latin <idem> (<the same [person]>). -\item[idemsf] The feminine singular form of \texttt{idem}. -\item[idemsm] The masculine singular form of \texttt{idem}. -\item[idemsn] The neuter singular form of \texttt{idem}. -\item[idempf] The feminine plural form of \texttt{idem}. -\item[idempm] The masculine plural form of \texttt{idem}. -\item[idempn] The neuter plural form of \texttt{idem}. -\item[idempp] The plural form of \texttt{idem} suitable for a mixed gender list of names. -\item[ibidem] The term equivalent to the Latin <ibidem> (<in the same place>). -\item[opcit] The term equivalent to the Latin term <opere citato> (<[in] the work [already] cited>). -\item[loccit] The term equivalent to the Latin term <loco citato> (<[at] the place [already] cited>). -\item[confer] The term equivalent to the Latin <confer> (<compare>). -\item[sequens] The term equivalent to the Latin <sequens> (<[and] the following [page]>), as used to indicate a range of two pages when only the starting page is provided (\eg\ <25\,sq.> or <25\,f.> instead of <25--26>). -\item[sequentes] The term equivalent to the Latin <sequentes> (<[and] the following [pages]>), as used to indicate an open"=ended range of pages when only the starting page is provided (\eg\ <25\,sqq.> or <25\,ff.>). -\item[passim] The term equivalent to the Latin <passim> (<throughout>, <here and there>, <scatteredly>). -\end{keymarglist} -% -Other expressions frequently used in citations: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[see] The term <see>. -\item[seealso] The expression <see also>. -\item[seenote] An expression like <see note \prm{footnote}> or <as in \prm{footnote}>, used to refer to a previous footnote in a citation. -\item[backrefpage] An expression like <see page \prm{page}> or <cited on page \prm{page}>, used to introduce back references in the bibliography. -\item[backrefpages] The plural form of \texttt{backrefpage}, \eg\ <see pages \prm{pages}> or <cited on pages \prm{pages}>. -\item[quotedin] An expression like <quoted in \prm{citation}>, used when quoting a passage which was already a quotation in the cited work. -\item[citedas] An expression like <henceforth cited as \prm{shorthand}>, used to introduce a shorthand in a citation. -\item[thiscite] The expression used in some verbose citation styles to differentiate between the page range of the cited item (typically an article in a journal, collection, or conference proceedings) and the page number the citation refers to. For example: \enquote{Author, Title, in: Book, pp. 45--61, \texttt{thiscite} p. 52.} -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Month Names} -\label{aut:lng:key:mon} - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[january] The name <January>. -\item[february] The name <February>. -\item[march] The name <March>. -\item[april] The name <April>. -\item[may] The name <May>. -\item[june] The name <June>. -\item[july] The name <July>. -\item[august] The name <August>. -\item[september] The name <September>. -\item[october] The name <October>. -\item[november] The name <November>. -\item[december] The name <December>. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Language Names} -\label{aut:lng:key:lng} - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[langamerican] The language <American> or <American English>. -\item[langbrazilian] The language <Brazilian> or <Brazilian Portuguese>. -\item[langcroatian] The language <Croatian>. -\item[langdanish] The language <Danish>. -\item[langdutch] The language <Dutch>. -\item[langenglish] The language <English>. -\item[langfinnish] The language <Finnish>. -\item[langfrench] The language <French>. -\item[langgerman] The language <German>. -\item[langgreek] The language <Greek>. -\item[langitalian] The language <Italian>. -\item[langlatin] The language <Latin>. -\item[langnorwegian] The language <Norwegian>. -\item[langportuguese] The language <Portuguese>. -\item[langrussian] The language <Russian>. -\item[langspanish] The language <Spanish>. -\item[langswedish] The language <Swedish>. -\end{keymarglist} -% -The following strings are intended for use in phrases like <translated from [the] English by \prm{translator}>: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[fromamerican] The expression <from [the] American> or <from [the] American English>. -\item[frombrazilian] The expression <from [the] Brazilian> or <from [the] Brazilian Portuguese>. -\item[fromcroatian] The expression <from [the] Croatian>. -\item[fromdanish] The expression <from [the] Danish>. -\item[fromdutch] The expression <from [the] Dutch>. -\item[fromenglish] The expression <from [the] English>. -\item[fromfinnish] The expression <from [the] Finnish>. -\item[fromfrench] The expression <from [the] French>. -\item[fromgerman] The expression <from [the] German>. -\item[fromgreek] The expression <from [the] Greek>. -\item[fromitalian] The expression <from [the] Italian>. -\item[fromlatin] The expression <from [the] Latin>. -\item[fromnorwegian] The expression <from [the] Norwegian>. -\item[fromportuguese] The expression <from [the] Portuguese>. -\item[fromrussian] The expression <from [the] Russian>. -\item[fromspanish] The expression <from [the] Spanish>. -\item[fromswedish] The expression <from [the] Swedish>. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Country Names} -\label{aut:lng:key:cnt} - -Country names are localized by using the string \texttt{country} plus the \acr{ISO}-3166 country code as the key. The short version of the translation should be the \acr{ISO}-3166 country code. Note that only a small number of country names is defined by default, mainly to illustrate this scheme. These keys are used in the \bibfield{location} list of \bibtype{patent} entries but they may be useful for other purposes as well. - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[countryde] The name <Germany>, abbreviated as \texttt{DE}. -\item[countryeu] The name <European Union>, abbreviated as \texttt{EU}. -\item[countryep] Similar to \opt{countryeu} but abbreviated as \texttt{EP}. This is intended for \bibfield{patent} entries. -\item[countryfr] The name <France>, abbreviated as \texttt{FR}. -\item[countryuk] The name <United Kingdom>, abbreviated (according to \acr{ISO}-3166) as \texttt{GB}. -\item[countryus] The name <United States of America>, abbreviated as \texttt{US}. -\end{keymarglist} - -\paragraph{Patents and Patent Requests} -\label{aut:lng:key:pat} - -Strings related to patents are localized by using the term \texttt{patent} plus the \acr{ISO}-3166 country code as the key. Note that only a small number of patent keys is defined by default, mainly to illustrate this scheme. These keys are used in the \bibfield{type} field of \bibtype{patent} entries. - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[patent] The generic term <patent>. -\item[patentde] The expression <German patent>. -\item[patenteu] The expression <European patent>. -\item[patentfr] The expression <French patent>. -\item[patentuk] The expression <British patent>. -\item[patentus] The expression <U.S. patent>. -\end{keymarglist} -% -Patent requests are handled in a similar way, using the string \texttt{patreq} as the base name of the key: - -\begin{keymarglist} -\item[patreq] The generic term <patent request>. -\item[patreqde] The expression <German patent request>. -\item[patreqeu] The expression <European patent request>. -\item[patreqfr] The expression <French patent request>. -\item[patrequk] The expression <British patent request>. -\item[patrequs] The expression <U.S. patent request>. -\end{keymarglist} - -\subsection{Formatting Commands} -\label{aut:fmt} - -This section corresponds to \secref{use:fmt} in the user part of this manual. Bibliography and citation styles should incorporate the commands and facilities discussed in this section in order to provide a certain degree of high"=level configurability. Users should not be forced to write new styles if all they want to do is modify the spacing in the bibliography or the punctuation used in citations. - -\subsubsection{User-definable Commands and Hooks} -\label{aut:fmt:fmt} - -This section corresponds to \secref{use:fmt:fmt} in the user part of the manual. The commands and hooks discussed here are meant to be redefined by users, but bibliography and citation styles may provide a default definition which is different from the package default. These commands are defined in \path{biblatex.def}. Note that all commands starting with \cmd{mk\dots} take one mandatory argument. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\csitem{bibnamedelima}\BiberOnlyMark -This delimiter controls the spacing between the elements which make up a name part. It is inserted automatically by the backend after the first name element if the element is less than three characters long and before the last element. The default definition is \cmd{addhighpenspace}, \ie a space penalized by the value of the \cnt{highnamepenalty} counter (\secref{use:fmt:len}). Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibnamedelimb}\BiberOnlyMark -This delimiter controls the spacing between the elements which make up a name part. It is inserted automatically by the backend between all name elements where \cmd{bibnamedelima} does not apply. The default definition is \cmd{addlowpenspace}, \ie a space penalized by the value of the \cnt{lownamepenalty} counter (\secref{use:fmt:len}). Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibnamedelimc} -This delimiter controls the spacing between name parts. The default name formats use it between the name prefix and the last name if \kvopt{useprefix}{true}. The default definition is \cmd{addhighpenspace}, \ie a space penalized by the value of the \cnt{highnamepenalty} counter (\secref{use:fmt:len}). Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibnamedelimd} -This delimiter controls the spacing between name parts. The default name formats use it between all name parts where \cmd{bibnamedelimc} does not apply. The default definition is \cmd{addlowpenspace}, \ie a space penalized by the value of the \cnt{lownamepenalty} counter (\secref{use:fmt:len}). Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibnamedelimi}\BiberOnlyMark -This delimiter replaces \cmd{bibnamedelima/b} after initials. Note that this only applies to initials given as such in the \file{bib} file, not to the initials automatically generated by \sty{biblatex} which use their own set of delimiters. - -\csitem{bibinitperiod}\BiberOnlyMark -The punctuation inserted automatically by the backend after all initials unless \cmd{bibinithyphendelim} applies. The default definition is a period (\cmd{adddot}). Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibinitdelim}\BiberOnlyMark -The spacing inserted automatically by the backend between multiple initials unless \cmd{bibinithyphendelim} applies. The default definition is an unbreakable interword space. Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibinithyphendelim}\BiberOnlyMark -The punctuation inserted automatically by the backend between the initials of hyphenated name parts, replacing \cmd{bibinitperiod} and \cmd{bibinitdelim}. The default definition is a period followed by an unbreakable hyphen. Please refer to \secref{use:cav:nam} for further details. - -\csitem{bibindexnamedelima} - -Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelima} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexnamedelimb} - -Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelimb} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexnamedelimc} - -Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelimc} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexnamedelimd} - -Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelimd} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexnamedelimi} - -Replaces \cmd{bibnamedelimi} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexinitperiod} - -Replaces \cmd{bibinitperiod} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexinitdelim} - -Replaces \cmd{bibinitdelim} in the index. - -\csitem{bibindexinithyphendelim} - -Replaces \cmd{bibinithyphendelim} in the index. - -\csitem{bibnamedash} - -The dash to be used as a replacement for recurrent authors or editors in the bibliography. The default is an <em> or an <en> dash, depending on the indentation of the list of references. - -\csitem{labelnamepunct} - -The separator to be printed after the name used for alphabetizing in the bibliography (\bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor}, if the \bibfield{author} field is undefined). Use this separator instead of \cmd{newunitpunct} at this location. The default is \cmd{newunitpunct}, \ie it is not handled differently from regular unit punctuation but permits convenient reconfiguration. - -\csitem{subtitlepunct} - -The separator to be printed between the fields \bibfield{title} and \bibfield{subtitle}, \bibfield{booktitle} and \bibfield{booksubtitle}, as well as \bibfield{maintitle} and \bibfield{mainsubtitle}. Use this separator instead of \cmd{newunitpunct} at this location. The default is \cmd{newunitpunct}, \ie it is not handled differently from regular unit punctuation but permits convenient reconfiguration. - -\csitem{intitlepunct} - -The separator to be printed between the word «in» and the following title in entry types such as \bibtype{article}, \bibtype{inbook}, \bibtype{incollection}, etc. Use this separator instead of \cmd{newunitpunct} at this location. The default definition is a colon plus an interword space. - -\csitem{bibpagespunct} - -The separator to be printed before the \bibfield{pages} field. Use this separator instead of \cmd{newunitpunct} at this location. The default is a comma plus an interword space. - -\csitem{bibpagerefpunct} - -The separator to be printed before the \bibfield{pageref} field. Use this separator instead of \cmd{newunitpunct} at this location. The default is an interword space. - -\csitem{multinamedelim} - -The delimiter to be printed between multiple items in a name list like \bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor} if there are more than two names in the list. If there are only two names in the list, use the \cmd{finalnamedelim} instead. This command should be incorporated in all formatting directives for name lists. - -\csitem{finalnamedelim} - -Use this command instead of \cmd{multinamedelim} before the final name in a name list. - -\csitem{revsdnamedelim} - -The extra delimiter to be printed after the first name in a name list (in addition to \cmd{finalnamedelim}) if the first name is reversed. This command should be incorporated in all formatting directives for name lists. - -\csitem{andothersdelim} - -The delimiter to be printed before the localization string <\texttt{andothers}> if a name list like \bibfield{author} or \bibfield{editor} is truncated. This command should be incorporated in all formatting directives for name lists. - -\csitem{multilistdelim} - -The delimiter to be printed between multiple items in a literal list like \bibfield{publisher} or \bibfield{location} if there are more than two names in the list. If there are only two items in the list, use the \cmd{finallistdelim} instead. This command should be incorporated in all formatting directives for literal lists. - -\csitem{finallistdelim} - -Use this command instead of \cmd{multilistdelim} before the final item in a literal list. - -\csitem{andmoredelim} - -The delimiter to be printed before the localization string <\texttt{andmore}> if a literal list like \bibfield{publisher} or \bibfield{location} is truncated. This command should be incorporated in all formatting directives for literal lists. - -\csitem{multicitedelim} - -The delimiter printed between citations if multiple entry keys are passed to a single citation command. This command should be incorporated in the definition of all citation commands, for example in the \prm{sepcode} argument passed to \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}. See \secref{aut:cbx:cbx} for details. - -\csitem{supercitedelim} - -Similar to \cmd{multinamedelim}, but intended for the \cmd{supercite} command only. - -\csitem{compcitedelim} - -Similar to \cmd{multicitedelim}, but intended for citation styles which <compress> multiple citations, \ie print the author only once if subsequent citations share the same author etc. - -\csitem{nametitledelim} - -The delimiter to be printed between the author\slash editor and the title. This command should be incorporated in the definition of all citation commands of author-title and some verbose citation styles. - -\csitem{nameyeardelim} - -The delimiter to be printed between the author\slash editor and the year. This command should be incorporated in the definition of all citation commands of author-year citation styles. - -\csitem{volcitedelim} - -The delimiter to be printed between the volume portion and the page/text portion of \cmd{volcite} and related commands (\secref{use:cit:spc}). - -\csitem{prenotedelim} - -The delimiter to be printed after the \prm{prenote} argument of a citation command. - -\csitem{postnotedelim} - -The delimiter to be printed after the \prm{postnote} argument of a citation command. - -\cmditem{mkbibnamelast}{text} - -Formatting hook for the last name, to be used in all formatting directives for name lists. - -\cmditem{mkbibnamefirst}{text} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibnamelast}, but intended for the first name. - -\cmditem{mkbibnameprefix}{text} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibnamelast}, but intended for the name prefix. - -\cmditem{mkbibnameaffix}{text} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibnamelast}, but intended for the name affix. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Language-specific Commands} -\label{aut:fmt:lng} - -This section corresponds to \secref{use:fmt:lng} in the user part of the manual. The commands discussed here are usually handled by the localization modules, but may also be redefined by users on a per"=language basis. Note that all commands starting with \cmd{mk\dots} take one or more mandatory arguments. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\csitem{bibrangedash} - -The language specific range dash. - -\csitem{bibdatedash} - -The language specific date range dash. - -\csitem{mkbibdatelong} - -Takes the names of three field as arguments which correspond to three date components (in the order year\slash month\slash day) and uses their values to print the date in the language specific long date format. - -\csitem{mkbibdateshort} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibdatelong} but using the language specific short date format. - -\csitem{finalandcomma} - -Prints the comma to be inserted before the final <and> in an enumeration, if applicable in the respective language. - -\cmditem{mkbibordinal}{integer} - -Takes an integer argument and prints it as an ordinal number. - -\cmditem{mkbibmascord}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibordinal}, but prints a masculine ordinal, if applicable in the respective language. - -\cmditem{mkbibfemord}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibordinal}, but prints a feminine ordinal, if applicable in the respective language. - -\cmditem{mkbibneutord}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibordinal}, but prints a neuter ordinal, if applicable in the respective language. - -\cmditem{mkbibordedition}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibordinal}, but intended for use with the term <edition>. - -\cmditem{mkbibordseries}{integer} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibordinal}, but intended for use with the term <series>. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{User-definable Lengths and Counters} -\label{aut:fmt:len} - -This section corresponds to \secref{use:fmt:len} in the user part of the manual. The length registers and counters discussed here are meant to be altered by users. Bibliography and citation styles should incorporate them where applicable and may also provide a default setting which is different from the package default. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\lenitem{bibhang} - -The hanging indentation of the bibliography. Bibliography styles should incorporate this length in the definition of the bibliography environment, if applicable. - -\lenitem{biblabelsep} - -The horizontal space between entries and their corresponding labels. Bibliography styles which use \env{list} environments and print a label should set \len{labelsep} to \len{biblabelsep} in the definition of the respective environment. - -\lenitem{bibitemsep} - -The vertical space between the individual entries in the bibliography. Bibliography styles using \env{list} environments should set \len{itemsep} to \len{bibitemsep} in the definition of the respective environment. - -\lenitem{bibparsep} - -The vertical space between paragraphs within an entry in the bibliography. Bibliography styles using \env{list} environments should set \len{parsep} to \len{bibparsep} in the definition of the respective environment. - -\cntitem{abbrvpenalty} - -The penalty used by \cmd{addabbrvspace}, \cmd{addabthinspace}, and \cmd{adddotspace}, see \secref{aut:pct:spc} for details. - -\cntitem{lownamepenalty} - -The penalty used by \cmd{addlowpenspace} and \cmd{addlpthinspace}, see \secref{aut:pct:spc} for details. - -\cntitem{highnamepenalty} - -The penalty used by \cmd{addhighpenspace} and \cmd{addhpthinspace}, see \secref{aut:pct:spc} for details. - -\cntitem{biburlnumpenalty} - -If this counter is set to a value greater than zero, \sty{biblatex} will permit linebreaks after numbers in all strings formatted with the \cmd{url} command from the \sty{url} package. This will affect \acr{url}s and \acr{doi}s in the bibliography. The breakpoints will be penalized by the value of this counter. If \acr{url}s and/or \acr{doi}s in the bibliography run into the margin, try setting this counter to a value greater than zero but less than 10000 (you normally want to use a high value like 9000). Setting the counter to zero disables this feature. This is the default setting. - -\cntitem{biburlucpenalty} - -Similar to \cnt{biburlnumpenalty}, except that it will add a breakpoint after all uppercase letters. - -\cntitem{biburllcpenalty} - -Similar to \cnt{biburlnumpenalty}, except that it will add a breakpoint after all lowercase letters. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Auxiliary Commands and Hooks} -\label{aut:fmt:ich} - -The auxiliary commands and facilities in this section serve a special purpose. Some of them are used by \sty{biblatex} to communicate with bibliography and citation styles in some way or other. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{mkbibemph}{text} - -A generic command which prints its argument in italics. This is a simple wrapper around the standard \cmd{emph} command. Apart from that, it uses \cmd{setpunctfont} from \secref{aut:pct:new} to adapt the font of the next punctuation mark following the text set in italics. If the \opt{punctfont} package option is disabled, this command behaves like \cmd{emph}. - -\cmditem{mkbibbold}{text} - -Similar in concept to \cmd{mkbibemph} but prints bold text. This is a simple wrapper around the standard \cmd{textbf} command which incorporates \cmd{setpunctfont}. If the \opt{punctfont} package option is disabled, this command behaves like \cmd{textbf}. - -\cmditem{mkbibquote}{text} - -A generic command which wraps its argument in quotation marks. If the \sty{csquotes} package is loaded, this command uses the language sensitive quotation marks provided by that package. \cmd{mkbibquote} also supports <American-style> punctuation, see \cmd{DeclareQuotePunctuation} in \secref{aut:pct:cfg} for details. - -\cmditem{mkbibparens}{text} - -A generic command which wraps its argument in parentheses. This command is nestable. When nested, it will alternate between parentheses and brackets, depending on the nesting level. - -\cmditem{mkbibbrackets}{text} - -A generic command which wraps its argument in square brackets. This command is nestable. When nested, it will alternate between brackets and parentheses, depending on the nesting level. - -\cmditem{bibopenparen}<text>|{\ltxsyntaxlabelfont\cmd{bibcloseparen}}| - -Alternative syntax for \cmd{mkbibparens}. This will also work across groups. Note that \cmd{bibopenparen} and \cmd{bibcloseparen} must always be balanced. - -\cmditem{bibopenbracket}<text>|{\ltxsyntaxlabelfont\cmd{bibclosebracket}}| - -Alternative syntax for \cmd{mkbibbrackets}. This will also work across groups. Note that \cmd{bibopenbracket} and \cmd{bibclosebracket} must always be balanced. - -\cmditem{mkbibfootnote}{text} - -A generic command which prints its argument as a footnote. This is a wrapper around the standard \latex \cmd{footnote} command which removes spurious whitespace preceeding the footnote mark and prevents nested footnotes. By default, \cmd{mkbibfootnote} requests capitalization at the beginning of the note and automatically adds a period at the end. You may change this behavior by redefining the \cmd{bibfootnotewrapper} macro introduced below. - -\cmditem{mkbibfootnotetext}{text} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibfootnote} but uses the \cmd{footnotetext} command. - -\cmditem{mkbibendnote}{text} - -Similar in concept to \cmd{mkbibfootnote} execept that it prints its argument as an endnote. \cmd{mkbibendnote} removes spurious whitespace preceeding the endnote mark and prevents nested notes. It supports the \cmd{endnote} command provided by the \sty{endnotes} package as well as the \cmd{pagenote} command provided by the \sty{pagenote} package and the \sty{memoir} class. If both commands are available, \cmd{endnote} takes precedence. If no endnote support is available, \cmd{mkbibendnote} issues an error and falls back to \cmd{footnote}. By default, \cmd{mkbibendnote} requests capitalization at the beginning of the note and automatically adds a period at the end. You may change this behavior by redefining the \cmd{bibendnotewrapper} macro introduced below. - -\cmditem{mkbibendnotetext}{text} - -Similar to \cmd{mkbibendnote} but uses the \cmd{endnotetext} command. Please note that as of this writing, neither the \sty{pagenote} package nor the \sty{memoir} class provide a corresponding \cmd{pagenotetext} command. In this case, \cmd{mkbibendnote} will issue an error and fall back to \cmd{footnotetext}. - -\cmditem{bibfootnotewrapper}{text} - -An inner wrapper which encloses the \prm{text} argument of \cmd{mkbibfootnote} and \cmd{mkbibfootnotetext}. For example, \cmd{mkbibfootnote} eventually boils down to this: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\footnote{<<\bibfootnotewrapper{>>text<<}>>} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The wrapper ensures capitalization at the beginning of the note and adds a period at the end. The default definition is: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\newcommand{\bibfootnotewrapper}[1]{<<\bibsentence>> #1<<\addperiod>>} -\end{lstlisting} -% -If you don't want capitalization at the beginning or a period at the end of the note, do not modify \cmd{mkbibfootnote} but redefine \cmd{bibfootnotewrapper} instead. - -\cmditem{bibendnotewrapper}{text} - -Similar in concept to \cmd{bibfootnotewrapper} but related to the \cmd{mkbibendnote} and \cmd{mkbibendnotetext} commands. - -\cmditem{mkbibsuperscript}{text} - -A generic command which prints its argument as superscripted text. This is a simple wrapper around the standard \latex \cmd{textsuperscript} command which removes spurious whitespace and allows hyphenation of the preceeding word. - -\cmditem{mkbibmonth}{integer} - -This command takes an integer argument and prints it as a month name. Even though the output of this command is language specific, its definition is not, hence it is normally not redefined in localization modules. - -\cmditem{mkdatezeros}{integer} - -This command strips leading zeros from a number or preserves them, depending on the \opt{datezeros} package option (\secref{use:opt:pre:gen}). It is intended for use in the definition of date formatting macros. - -\cmditem{stripzeros}{integer} - -This command strips leading zeros from a number. It is intended for date formatting and ordinals. - -\optitem{shorthandwidth} - -A special field formatting directive which is used internally by \sty{biblatex}. When the bibliographic data is read from the \file{bbl} file, \sty{biblatex} measures the values of all \bibfield{shorthand} fields and sets the length register \cmd{shorthandwidth} to the width of the widest shorthand (see \secref{aut:fmt:ilc}). In order to determine the correct width, the package considers two factors: the definition of \cmd{bibfont} and this formatting directive. All styles should adjust this directive such that it corresponds to the format used in the list of shorthands. - -\optitem{labelnumberwidth} - -Similar to \texttt{shorthandwidth}, but referring to the \bibfield{labelnumber} field and the length register \cmd{labelnumberwidth}. Numeric styles should adjust this directive such that it corresponds to the format used in the bibliography. - -\optitem{labelalphawidth} - -Similar to \texttt{shorthandwidth}, but referring to the \bibfield{labelalpha} field and the length register \cmd{labelalphawidth}. Alphabetic styles should adjust this directive such that it corresponds to the format used in the bibliography. - -\optitem{bibhyperref} - -A special formatting directive for use with \cmd{printfield} and \cmd{printtext}. This directive wraps its argument in a \cmd{bibhyperref} command, see \secref{aut:aux:msc} for details. - -\optitem{bibhyperlink} - -A special formatting directive for use with \cmd{printfield} and \cmd{printtext}. It wraps its argument in a \cmd{bibhyperlink} command, see \secref{aut:aux:msc} for details. The \prm{name} argument passed to \cmd{bibhyperlink} is the value of the \bibfield{entrykey} field. - -\optitem{bibhypertarget} - -A special formatting directive for use with \cmd{printfield} and \cmd{printtext}. It wraps its argument in a \cmd{bibhypertarget} command, see \secref{aut:aux:msc} for details. The \prm{name} argument passed to \cmd{bibhypertarget} is the value of the \bibfield{entrykey} field. - -\optitem{volcitepages} - -A special formatting directive which controls the format of the page\slash text portion in the argument of citation commands like \cmd{volcite}. - -\optitem{volcitevolume} - -A special formatting directive which controls the format of the volume portion in the argument of citation commands like \cmd{volcite}. - -\optitem{date} - -A special formatting directive which controls the format of \cmd{printdate} (\secref{aut:bib:dat}). Note that the date format (long/short etc.) is controlled by the package option \opt{date} from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. This formatting directive only controls additional formatting such as fonts etc. - -\optitem{urldate} - -Similar to \texttt{date} but controls the format of \cmd{printurldate}. - -\optitem{origdate} - -Similar to \texttt{date} but controls the format of \cmd{printorigdate}. - -\optitem{eventdate} - -Similar to \texttt{date} but controls the format of \cmd{printeventdate}. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{Auxiliary Lengths, Counters, and Other Features} -\label{aut:fmt:ilc} - -The length registers and counters discussed here are used by \sty{biblatex} to pass information to bibliography and citation styles. Think of them as read"=only registers. Note that all counters are \latex counters. Use |\value{counter}| to read out the current value. - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\lenitem{shorthandwidth} - -This length register indicates the width of the widest \bibfield{shorthand}. Bibliography styles should incorporate this length in the definition of the list of shorthands, if applicable. - -\lenitem{labelnumberwidth} - -This length register indicates the width of the widest \bibfield{labelnumber}. Numeric bibliography styles -should incorporate this length in the definition of the bibliography environment. - -\lenitem{labelalphawidth} - -This length register indicates the width of the widest \bibfield{labelalpha}. Alphabetic bibliography styles should incorporate this length in the definition of the bibliography environment. - -\cntitem{maxextraalpha} - -This counter holds the highest number found in any \bibfield{extraalpha} field. - -\cntitem{maxextrayear} - -This counter holds the highest number found in any \bibfield{extrayear} field. - -\cntitem{refsection} - -This counter indicates the current \env{refsection} environment. When queried in a bibliography heading, the counter returns the value of the \opt{refsection} option passed to \cmd{printbibliography}. - -\cntitem{refsegment} - -This counter indicates the current \env{refsegment} environment. When queried in a bibliography heading, this counter returns the value of the \opt{refsegment} option passed to \cmd{printbibliography}. - -\cntitem{maxnames} - -This counter holds the setting of the \opt{maxnames} package option. - -\cntitem{minnames} - -This counter holds the setting of the \opt{minnames} package option. - -\cntitem{maxitems} - -This counter holds the setting of the \opt{maxitems} package option. - -\cntitem{minitems} - -This counter holds the setting of the \opt{minitems} package option. - -\cntitem{instcount} - -This counter is incremented by \sty{biblatex} for every citation as well as for every entry in the bibliography and the list of shorthands. The value of this counter uniquely identifies a single instance of a reference in the document. - -\cntitem{citetotal} - -This counter, which is only available in the \prm{loopcode} of a citation command defined with \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}, holds the total number of valid entry keys passed to the citation command. - -\cntitem{citecount} - -This counter, which is only available in the \prm{loopcode} of a citation command defined with \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}, holds the number of the entry key currently being processed by the \prm{loopcode}. - -\cntitem{multicitetotal} - -This counter is similar to \cnt{citetotal} but only available in multicite commands. It holds the total number of citations passed to the multicite command. Note that each of these citations may consist of more than one entry key. This information is provided by the \cnt{citetotal} counter. - -\cntitem{multicitecount} - -This counter is similar to \cnt{citecount} but only available in multicite commands. It holds the number of the citation currently being processed. Note that this citation may consist of more than one entry key. This information is provided by the \cnt{citetotal} and \cnt{citecount} counters. - -\cntitem{listtotal} - -This counter holds the total number of items in the current list. It is intended for use in list formatting directives and does not hold a meaningful value when used anywhere else. As an exception, it may also be used in the second optional argument to \cmd{printnames} and \cmd{printlist}, see \secref{aut:bib:dat} for details. For every list, there is also a counter by the same name which holds the total number of items in the corresponding list. For example, the \cnt{author} counter holds the total number of items in the \bibfield{author} list. This applies to both name lists and literal lists. These counters are similar to \cnt{listtotal} except that they may also be used independently of list formatting directives. For example, a bibliography style might check the \cnt{editor} counter to decide Whether or not to print the term «editor» or rather its plural form «editors» after the list of editors. - -\cntitem{listcount} - -This counter holds the number of the list item currently being processed. It is intended for use in list formatting directives and does not hold a meaningful value when used anywhere else. - -\cntitem{liststart} - -This counter holds the \prm{start} argument passed to \cmd{printnames} or \cmd{printlist}. It is intended for use in list formatting directives and does not hold a meaningful value when used anywhere else. - -\cntitem{liststop} - -This counter holds the \prm{stop} argument passed to \cmd{printnames} or \cmd{printlist}. It is intended for use in list formatting directives and does not hold a meaningful value when used anywhere else. - -\csitem{currentfield} - -The name of the field currently being processed by \cmd{printfield}. This information is only available locally in field formatting directives. - -\csitem{currentlist} - -The name of the literal list currently being processed by \cmd{printlist}. This information is only available locally in list formatting directives. - -\csitem{currentname} - -The name of the name list currently being processed by \cmd{printnames}. This information is only available locally in name formatting directives. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsubsection{General Purpose Hooks} -\label{aut:fmt:hok} - -\begin{ltxsyntax} - -\cmditem{AtBeginBibliography}{code} - -Appends the \prm{code} to an internal hook executed at the beginning of the bibliography. The \prm{code} is executed at the beginning of the list of references, immediately after the \prm{begin code} of \cmd{defbibenvironment}. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\cmditem{AtBeginShorthands}{code} - -Appends the \prm{code} to an internal hook executed at the beginning of the list of shorthands. The \prm{code} is executed at the beginning of the list of shorthands, immediately after the \prm{begin code} of \cmd{defbibenvironment}. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\cmditem{AtEveryBibitem}{code} - -Appends the \prm{code} to an internal hook executed at the beginning of every item in the bibliography. The \prm{code} is executed immediately after the \prm{item code} of \cmd{defbibenvironment}. The bibliographic data of the respective entry is available at this point. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\cmditem{AtEveryLositem}{code} - -Appends the \prm{code} to an internal hook executed at the beginning of every item in the list of shorthands. The \prm{code} is executed immediately after the \prm{item code} of \cmd{defbibenvironment}. The bibliographic data of the respective entry is available at this point. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\cmditem{AtEveryCite}{code} - -Appends the \prm{code} to an internal hook executed at the beginning of every citation command. The \prm{code} is executed immediately before the \prm{precode} of the command (see \secref{aut:cbx:cbx}). No bibliographic data is available at this point. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\cmditem{AtEveryCitekey}{code} - -Appends the \prm{code} to an internal hook executed once for every entry key passed to a citation command. The \prm{code} is executed immediately before the \prm{loopcode} of the command (see \secref{aut:cbx:cbx}). The bibliographic data of the respective entry is available at this point. This command may only be used in the preamble. - -\cmditem{AtNextCite}{code} - -Similar to \cmd{AtEveryCite} but only affecting the next citation command. The internal hook is cleared after being executed once. This command may be used in the document body. - -\cmditem{AtNextCitekey}{code} - -Similar to \cmd{AtEveryCitekey} but only affecting the next entry key. The internal hook is cleared after being executed once. This command may be used in the document body. - -\cmditem{AtDataInput}[entrytype]{code} - -Appends the \prm{code} to an internal hook executed once for every entry as the bibliographic data is imported from the \file{bbl} file. The \prm{entrytype} is the entry type the \prm{code} applies to. If it applies to all entry types, omit the optional argument. The \prm{code} is executed immediately after the entry has been imported. This command may only be used in the preamble. Note that, if there are any \env{refsection} environments in the document and an entry is cited in more than one of them, the \prm{code} may be executed multiple times for an entry. The \cnt{refsection} counter holds the number of the respective reference section while the data is imported. - -\end{ltxsyntax} - -\subsection{Hints and Caveats} -\label{aut:cav} - -This section provides some additional hints concerning the author interface of this package. It also addresses common problems and potential misconceptions. - -\subsubsection{Entry Sets} -\label{aut:cav:set} - -Entry sets have already been introduced in \secref{use:use:set}. This section discusses how to process entry sets in a bibliography style. From the perspective of the driver, there is no difference between static and dynamic entry sets. Both types are handled in the same way. You will normally use the \cmd{entryset} command from \secref{aut:bib:dat} to loop over all set members (in the order in which they are listed in the \bibfield{entryset} field of the \bibtype{set} entry, or in the order in which they were passed to \cmd{defbibentryset}, respectively) and append \cmd{finentry} at the end. That's it. The formatting is handled by the drivers for the entry types of the individual set members: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% - <<\entryset>>{}{}% - \finentry} -\end{lstlisting} -% -You may have noticed that the \texttt{numeric} styles which ship with this package support subdivided entry sets, \ie the members of the set are marked with a letter or some other marker such that citations may either refer to the entire set or to a specific set member. The markers are generated as follows by the bibliography style: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% - \entryset - {<<\printfield{entrysetcount}>>% - <<\setunit*{\addnbspace}>>} - {}% - \finentry} -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \bibfield{entrysetcount} field holds an integer indicating the position of a set member in the entry set. The conversion of this number to a letter or some other marker is handled by the formatting directive of the \bibfield{entrysetcount} field. All the driver needs to do is print the field and add some white space (or start a new line). Printing the markers in citations works in a similar way. Where a numeric style normally says |\printfield{labelnumber}|, you simply append the \bibfield{entrysetcount} field: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printfield{labelnumber}<<\printfield{entrysetcount}>> -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since this field is only defined when processing citations referring to a set member, there is no need to add any additional tests. - -\subsubsection{Electronic Publishing Information} -\label{aut:cav:epr} - -The standard styles feature dedicated support for arXiv references. Support for other resources is easily added. The standard styles handle the \bibfield{eprint} field as follows: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\iffieldundef{eprinttype} - {\printfield{eprint}} - {\printfield[<<eprint:\strfield{eprinttype}>>]{eprint}} -\end{lstlisting} -% -If an \bibfield{eprinttype} field is available, the above code tries to use the field format \texttt{eprint:\prm{eprinttype}}. If this format is undefined, \cmd{printfield} automatically falls back to the field format \texttt{eprint}. There are two predefined field formats, the type"=specific format \texttt{eprint:arxiv} and the fallback format \texttt{eprint}: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareFieldFormat{<<eprint>>}{...} -\DeclareFieldFormat{<<eprint:arxiv>>}{...} -\end{lstlisting} -% -In other words, adding support for additional resources is as easy as defining a field format named \texttt{eprint:\prm{resource}} where \prm{resource} is an identifier to be used in the \bibfield{eprinttype} field. - -\subsubsection{External Abstracts and Annotations} -\label{aut:cav:prf} - -External abstracts and annotations have been discussed in \secref{use:use:prf}. This section provides some more background for style authors. The standard styles use the following macros (from \path{biblatex.def}) to handle abstracts and annotations: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\newbibmacro*{annotation}{% - \iffieldundef{annotation} - {\printfile[annotation]{<<\bibannotationprefix\thefield{entrykey}.tex>>}}% - {\printfield{annotation}}} -\newcommand*{<<\bibannotationprefix>>}{bibannotation-} - -\newbibmacro*{abstract}{% - \iffieldundef{abstract} - {\printfile[abstract]{<<\bibabstractprefix\thefield{entrykey}.tex>>}}% - {\printfield{abstract}}} -\newcommand*{<<\bibabstractprefix>>}{bibabstract-} -\end{lstlisting} -% -If the \bibfield{abstract}\slash \bibfield{annotation} field is undefined, the above code tries to load the abstracts\slash annotations from an external file. The \cmd{printfile} commands also incorporate file name prefixes which may be redefined by users. Note that you must enable \cmd{printfile} explicitly by setting the \opt{loadfiles} package option from \secref{use:opt:pre:gen}. This feature is disabled by default for performance reasons. - -\subsubsection[Name Disambiguation]{Name Disambiguation\BiberOnlyMark} -\label{aut:cav:amb} - -The \opt{uniquename} and \opt{uniquelist} options introduced in \secref{use:opt:pre:int} support various modes of operation. This section explains the differences between these modes by way of example. The \opt{uniquename} option disambiguates individual names in the \bibfield{labelname} list. The \opt{uniquelist} option disambiguates the \bibfield{labelname} list if it has become ambiguous after \opt{maxnames}\slash \opt{minnames} truncation. You can use either option stand-alone or combine both. - -\paragraph{Individual Names (\opt{uniquename})} - -Let's start off with some \opt{uniquename} examples. Consider the following data: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -John Doe 2008 -Edward Doe 2008 -John Smith 2008 -Jane Smith 2008 -\end{lstlisting} -% -Let's assume we're using an author-year style and set \kvopt{uniquename}{false}. In this case, we would get the following citations: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Doe 2008a -Doe 2008b -Smith 2008a -Smith 2008b -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since the last names are ambiguous and all works have been published in the same year, an extra letter is appended to the year to disambiguate the citations. Many style guides, however, mandate that the extra letter be used to disambiguate works by the same authors only, not works by different authors with the same last name. In order to disambiguate the author's last name, you are expected to add additional parts of the name, either as initials or in full. This requirement is addressed by the \opt{uniquename} option. Here are the same citations with \kvopt{uniquename}{init}: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -J. Doe 2008 -E. Doe 2008 -Smith 2008a -Smith 2008b -\end{lstlisting} -% -\kvopt{uniquename}{init} restricts name disambiguation to initials. Since <J. Smith> would still be ambiguous, no additional name parts are added for the <Smiths>. With \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, names are printed in full where required: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -J. Doe 2008 -E. Doe 2008 -John Smith 2008 -Jane Smith 2008 -\end{lstlisting} -% -In order to illustrate the difference between \kvopt{uniquename}{init\slash full} and \texttt{allinit\slash allfull}, we need to introduce the notion of a <visible> name. In the following, <visible> names are all names at a position before the \opt{maxnames}\slash \opt{minnames}\slash \opt{uniquelist} truncation point. For example, given this data: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -William Jones/Edward Doe/Jane Smith -John Doe -John Smith -\end{lstlisting} -% -and \kvopt{maxnames}{1}, \kvopt{minnames}{1}, \kvopt{uniquename}{init/full}, we would get the following names in citations: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Jones et al. -Doe -Smith -\end{lstlisting} -% -When disambiguating names, \kvopt{uniquename}{init/full} only consider the visible names. Since all visible last names are distinct in this example, no further name parts are added. Let's compare that to the output of \kvopt{uniquename}{allinit}: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Jones et al. -J. Doe -Smith -\end{lstlisting} -% -\texttt{allinit} considers all names in all \bibfield{labelname} lists, including those which are hidden and replaced by <et al.> as the list is truncated. In this example, <John Doe> is disambiguated from <Edward Doe>. Since the ambiguity of the two <Smiths> can't be resolved by adding initials, no initials are added in this case. Now let's compare that to the output of \kvopt{uniquename}{allfull} which also disambiguates <John Smith> from <Jane Smith>: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Jones et al. -J. Doe -John Smith -\end{lstlisting} -% -The options \kvopt{uniquename}{mininit/minfull} are similar to \texttt{init\slash full} in that they only consider visible names, but they perform minimal disambiguation. That is, they will disambiguate individual names only if they occur in identical lists of last names. Consider the following data: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -John Doe/William Jones -Edward Doe/William Jones -John Smith/William Edwards -Edward Smith/Allan Johnson -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{uniquename}{init/full}, we would get: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -J. Doe and Jones -E. Doe and Jones -J. Smith and Edwards -E. Smith and Johnson -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{uniquename}{mininit/minfull}: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -J. Doe and Jones -E. Doe and Jones -Smith and Edwards -Smith and Johnson -\end{lstlisting} -% -The <Smiths> are not disambiguated because the visible name lists are not ambiguous and the \opt{mininit/minfull} options serve to disambiguate names occurring in identical last name lists only. Another way of looking at this is that they globally disambiguate last name lists. When it comes to ambiguous lists, note that a truncated list is considered to be distinct from an untruncated one even if the visible names are identical. For example, consider the following data: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -John Doe/William Jones -Edward Doe -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{maxnames}{1}, \kvopt{uniquename}{init/full}, we would get: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -J. Doe et al. -E. Doe -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{uniquename}{mininit/minfull}: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Doe et al. -Doe -\end{lstlisting} -% -Because the lists differ in the <et al.>, the names are not disambiguated. - -\paragraph{Lists of Names (\opt{uniquelist})} - -Ambiguity is also an issue with name lists. If the \bibfield{labelname} list is truncated by the \opt{maxnames}\slash \opt{minnames} options, it may become ambiguous. This type of ambiguity is addressed by the \opt{uniquelist} option. Consider the following data: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Doe/Jones/Smith 2005 -Smith/Johnson/Doe 2005 -Smith/Doe/Edwards 2005 -Smith/Doe/Jones 2005 -\end{lstlisting} -% -Many author-year styles truncate long author/editor lists in citations. For example, with \kvopt{maxnames}{1} we would get: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Doe et al. 2005 -Smith et al. 2005a -Smith et al. 2005b -Smith et al. 2005c -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since the authors are ambiguous after truncation, the extra letter is added to the year to ensure unique citations. Here again, many style guides mandate that the extra letter be used to disambiguate works by the same authors only. In order to disambiguate author lists, you are usually required to add more names, exceeding the \opt{maxnames}\slash \opt{minnames} truncation point. The \opt{uniquelist} feature addresses this requirement. With \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}, we would get: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Doe et al. 2005 -Smith, Johnson et al. 2005 -Smith, Doe and Edwards 2005 -Smith, Doe and Jones 2005 -\end{lstlisting} -% -The \opt{uniquelist} option overrides \opt{maxnames}\slash \opt{minnames} on a per-entry basis. Essentially, what happens is that the <et al.> part of the citation is expanded to the point of no ambiguity~-- but no further than that. \opt{uniquelist} may also be combined with \opt{uniquename}. Consider the following data: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -John Doe/Allan Johnson/William Jones 2009 -John Doe/Edward Johnson/William Jones 2009 -John Doe/Jane Smith/William Jones 2009 -John Doe/John Smith/William Jones 2009 -John Doe/John Edwards/William Jones 2009 -John Doe/John Edwards/Jack Johnson 2009 -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{maxnames}{1}: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Doe et al. 2009a -Doe et al. 2009b -Doe et al. 2009c -Doe et al. 2009d -Doe et al. 2009e -Doe et al. 2009f -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{maxnames}{1}, \kvopt{uniquename}{full}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Doe, A. Johnson et al. 2009 -Doe, E. Johnson et al. 2009 -Doe, Jane Smith et al. 2009 -Doe, John Smith et al. 2009 -Doe, Edwards and Jones 2009 -Doe, Edwards and Johnson 2009 -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{uniquelist}{minyear}, list disambiguation only happens if the visible list is identical to another visible list with the same \bibfield{labelyear}. This is useful for author-year styles which only require that the citation as a whole be unique, but do not guarantee unambiguous authorship information in citations. This mode is conceptually related to \kvopt{uniquename}{mininit/minfull}. Consider this example: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Smith/Jones 2000 -Smith/Johnson 2001 -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{maxnames}{1} and \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}, we would get: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Smith and Jones 2000 -Smith and Johnson 2001 -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{uniquelist}{minyear}: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Smith et al. 2000 -Smith et al. 2001 -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{uniquelist}{minyear}, it is not clear that the authors are different for the two works but the citations as a whole are still unambiguous since the year is different. In contrast to that, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true} disambiguates the authorship even if this information is not required to uniquely locate the works in the bibliography. Let's consider another example: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Vogel/Beast/Garble/Rook 2000 -Vogel/Beast/Tremble/Bite 2000 -Vogel/Beast/Acid/Squeeze 2001 -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{maxnames}{3}, \kvopt{minnames}{1}, \kvopt{uniquelist}{true}, we would get: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Vogel, Beast, Garble et al. 2000 -Vogel, Beast, Tremble et al. 2000 -Vogel, Beast, Acid et al. 2001 -\end{lstlisting} -% -With \kvopt{uniquelist}{minyear}: - -\begin{lstlisting}{} -Vogel, Beast, Garble et al. 2000 -Vogel, Beast, Tremble et al. 2000 -Vogel et al. 2001 -\end{lstlisting} -% -In the last citation, \kvopt{uniquelist}{minyear} does not override \opt{maxnames}\slash \opt{minnames} as the citation does not need disambiguating from the other two because the year is different. - -\subsubsection{Trackers in Floats and \acr{TOC}/\acr{LOT}/\acr{LOF}} -\label{aut:cav:flt} - -If a citation is given in a float (typically in the caption of a figure or table), scholarly back references like <ibidem> or back references based on the page tracker get ambiguous because floats are objects which are (physically and logically) placed outside the flow of text, hence the logic of such references applies poorly to them. To avoid any such ambiguities, the citation and page trackers are temporarily disabled in all floats. In addition to that, these trackers plus the back reference tracker (\opt{backref}) are temporarily disabled in the table of contents, the list of figures, and the list of tables. - -\subsubsection{Mixing Programming Interfaces} -\label{aut:cav:mif} - -The \sty{biblatex} package provides two main programming interfaces for style authors. The \cmd{DeclareBibliographyDriver} command, which defines a handler for an entry type, is typically used in \file{bbx} files. \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}, which defines a new citation command, is typically used in \file{cbx} files. However, in some cases it is convenient to mix these two interfaces. For example, the \cmd{fullcite} command prints a verbose citation similar to the full bibliography entry. It is essentially defined as follows: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareCiteCommand{\fullcite} - {...} - {<<\usedriver>>{...}{<<\thefield{entrytype}>>}} - {...} - {...} -\end{lstlisting} -% -As you can see, the core code which prints the citations simply executes the bibliography driver defined with \cmd{DeclareBibliographyDriver} for the type of the current entry. When writing a citation style for a verbose citation scheme, it is often convenient to use the following structure: - -\begin{ltxexample} -\ProvidesFile{example.cbx}[2007/06/09 v1.0 biblatex citation style] - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {...} - {<<\usedriver>>{...}{<<cite:\thefield{entrytype}>>}} - {...} - {...} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{<<cite:article>>}{...} -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{<<cite:book>>}{...} -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{<<cite:inbook>>}{...} -... -\end{ltxexample} -% -Another case in which mixing interfaces is helpful are styles using cross"=references within the bibliography. For example, when printing an \bibtype{incollection} entry, the data inherited from the \bibtype{collection} parent entry would be replaced by a short pointer to the respective parent entry: - -\begin{enumerate} -\renewcommand*\labelenumi{[\theenumi]} -\setlength{\leftskip}{0.5em} -\item Audrey Author: \emph{Title of article}. In: [\textln{2}], pp.~134--165. -\item Edward Editor, ed.: \emph{Title of collection}. Publisher: Location, 1995. -\end{enumerate} - -One way to implement such cross"=references within the bibliography is to think of them as citations which use the value of the \bibfield{xref} or \bibfield{crossref} field as the entry key. Here is an example: - -\begin{ltxexample} -\ProvidesFile{example.bbx}[2007/06/09 v1.0 biblatex bibliography style] - -\DeclareCiteCommand{<<\bbx@xref>>} - {} - {...}% code for cross-references - {} - {} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% - ... - \iffieldundef{xref} - {...}% code if no cross-reference - {<<\bbx@xref>>{<<\thefield{xref}>>}}% - ... -} -\end{ltxexample} -% -When defining \cmd{bbx@xref}, the \prm{precode}, \prm{postcode}, and \prm{sepcode} arguments of \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand} are left empty in the above example because they will not be used anyway. The cross"=reference is printed by the \prm{loopcode} of \cmd{bbx@xref}. For further details on the \bibfield{xref} field, refer to \secref{bib:fld:spc} and to the hints in \secref{bib:cav:ref}. Also see the \cmd{iffieldxref}, \cmd{iflistxref}, and \cmd{ifnamexref} tests in \secref{aut:aux:tst}. The above could also be implemented using the \cmd{entrydata} command from \secref{aut:bib:dat}: - -\begin{ltxexample} -\ProvidesFile{example.bbx}[2007/06/09 v1.0 biblatex bibliography style] - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% - ... - \iffieldundef{xref} - {...}% code if no cross-reference - {<<\entrydata>>{<<\thefield{xref}>>}{% - % code for cross-references - ... - }}% - ... -} -\end{ltxexample} - -\subsubsection{Using the Punctuation Tracker} -\label{aut:cav:pct} - -\paragraph{The Basics} - -There is one fundamental principle style authors should keep in mind when designing a bibligraphy driver: block and unit punctuation is handled asynchronously. This is best explained by way of example. Consider the following code snippet: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printfield{title}% -\newunit -\printfield{edition}% -\newunit -\printfield{note}% -\end{lstlisting} -% -If there is no \bibfield{edition} field, this piece of code will not print: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=highlight]{} -Title. . Note -\end{lstlisting} -% -but rather: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=highlight]{} -Title. Note -\end{lstlisting} -% -because the unit punctuation tracker works asynchronously. \cmd{newunit} will not print the unit punctuation immediately. It merely records a unit boundary and puts \cmd{newunitpunct} on the punctuation buffer. This buffer will be handled by \emph{subsequent} \cmd{printfield}, \cmd{printlist}, or similar commands but only if the respective field or list is defined. Commands like \cmd{printfield} will consider three factors prior to inserting any block or unit punctuation: - -\begin{itemize} -\item Has a new unit/block been requested at all?\par -= Is there any preceding \cmd{newunit} or \cmd{newblock} command? -\item Did the preceding commands print anything?\par -= Is there any preceding \cmd{printfield} or similar command?\par -= Did this command actually print anything?\par -\item Are we about to print anything now?\par -= Is the field/list to be processed now defined? -\end{itemize} -% -Block and unit punctuation will only be inserted if \emph{all} of these conditions apply. Let's reconsider the above example: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printfield{title}% -\newunit -\printfield{edition}% -\newunit -\printfield{note}% -\end{lstlisting} -% -Here's what happens if the \bibfield{edition} field is undefined. The first \cmd{printfield} command prints the title and sets an internal <new~text> flag. The first \cmd{newunit} sets an interal <new~unit> flag. No punctuation has been printed at this point. The second \cmd{printfield} does nothing because the \bibfield{edition} field is undefined. The next \cmd{newunit} command sets the interal flag <new unit> again. Still no punctuation has been printed. The third \cmd{printfield} checks if the \bibfield{note} field is defined. If so, it looks at the <new~text> and <new~unit> flags. If both are set, it inserts the punctuation buffer before printing the note. It then clears the <new~unit> flag and sets the <new~text> flag again. - -This may all sound more complicated than it is. In practice, it means that it is possible to write large parts of a bibliography driver in a sequential way. The advantage of this approach becomes obvious when trying to write the above code without using the punctuation tracker. Such an attempt will lead to a rather convoluted set of \cmd{iffieldundef} tests required to check for all possible field combinations (note that the code below handles three fields; a typical driver may need to cater for some two dozen fields): - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\iffieldundef{title}% - {\iffieldundef{edition} - {\printfield{note}} - {\printfield{edition}% - \iffieldundef{note}% - {} - {. \printfield{note}}}} - {\printfield{title}% - \iffieldundef{edition} - {} - {. \printfield{edition}}% - \iffieldundef{note} - {} - {. \printfield{note}}}% -\end{lstlisting} - -\paragraph{Common Mistakes} - -It is a fairly common misconception to think of the unit punctuation as something that is handled synchronously. This typically causes problems if the driver includes any literal text. Consider this erroneous code snippet which will generate misplaced unit punctuation: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printfield{title}% -\newunit -<<(>>\printfield{series} \printfield{number}<<)>>% -\end{lstlisting} -% -This code will yield the following result: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=highlight]{} -Title <<(.>> Series Number<<)>> -\end{lstlisting} -% -Here's what happens. The first \cmd{printfield} prints the title. Then \cmd{newunit} marks a unit boundary but does not print anything. The unit punctuation is printed by the \emph{next} \cmd{printfield} command. That's the asynchronous part mentioned before. However, the opening parenthesis is printed immediately before the next \cmd{printfield} inserts the unit punctuation, leading to a misplaced period. When inserting \emph{any} literal text such as parentheses (including those printed by commands such as \cmd{bibopenparen} and \cmd{mkbibparens}), always wrap the text in a \cmd{printtext} command. For the punctuation tracker to work as expected, it needs to know about all literal text inserted by a driver. This is what \cmd{printtext} is all about. \cmd{printtext} interfaces with the punctuation tracker and ensures that the punctuation buffer is inserted before the literal text gets printed. It also sets the internal <new~text> flag. Note there is in fact a third piece of literal text in this example: the space after |\printfield{series}|. In the corrected example, we will use the punctuation tracker to handle that space. - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\printfield{title}% -\newunit -<<\printtext{(}>>% -\printfield{series}% -<<\setunit*{\addspace}>>% -\printfield{number}% -<<\printtext{)}>>% -\end{lstlisting} -% -While the above code will work as expected, the recommended way to handle parentheses, quotes, and other things which enclose more than one field, is to define a field format: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareFieldFormat{<<parens>>}{<<\mkbibparens{#1}>>} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Field formats may be used with both \cmd{printfield} and \cmd{printtext}, hence we can use them to enclose several fields in a single pair of parentheses: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -<<\printtext[parens]{>>% - \printfield{series}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printfield{number}% -<<}>>% -\end{lstlisting} -% -We still need to handle cases in which there is no series information at all, so let's improve the code some more: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -<<\iffieldundef{series}>> - {} - {\printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{series}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printfield{number}}}% -\end{lstlisting} -% -One final hint: localization strings are not literal text as far as the punctuation tracker is concerned. Since \cmd{bibstring} and similar commands interface with the punctuation tracker, there is no need to wrap them in a \cmd{printtext} command. - -\paragraph{Advanced Usage} - -The punctuation tracker may also be used to handle more complex scenarios. For example, suppose that we want the fields \bibfield{location}, \bibfield{publisher}, and \bibfield{year} to be rendered in one of the following formats, depending on the available data: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -...text<<. Location: Publisher, Year.>> Text... -...text<<. Location: Publisher.>> Text... -...text<<. Location: Year.>> Text... -...text<<. Publisher, Year.>> Text... -...text<<. Location.>> Text... -...text<<. Publisher.>> Text... -...text<<. Year.>> Text... -\end{lstlisting} -% -This problem can be solved with a rather convoluted set of \cmd{iflistundef} and \cmd{iffieldundef} tests which check for all possible field combinations: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\iflistundef{location} - {\iflistundef{publisher} - {\printfield{year}} - {\printlist{publisher}% - \iffieldundef{year} - {} - {, \printfield{year}}}} - {\printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{publisher}% - {\iffieldundef{year} - {} - {: \printfield{year}}} - {: \printlist{publisher}% - \iffieldundef{year} - {} - {, \printfield{year}}}}% -\end{lstlisting} -% -The above could be written in a somewhat more readable way by employing \cmd{ifthenelse} and the boolean operators discussed in \secref{aut:aux:ife}. The approach would still be essentially the same. However, it may also be written sequentially: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\newunit -\printlist{location}% -\setunit*{\addcolon\space}% -\printlist{publisher}% -\setunit*{\addcomma\space}% -\printfield{year}% -\newunit -\end{lstlisting} -% -In practice, you will often use a combination of explicit tests and the implicit tests performed by the punctuation tracker. For example, consider the following format (note the punctuation after the location if there is no publisher): - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -...text. Location: Publisher, Year. Text... -...text. Location: Publisher. Text... -...text<<. Location, Year.>> Text... -...text. Publisher, Year. Text... -...text. Location. Text... -...text. Publisher. Text... -...text. Year. Text... -\end{lstlisting} -% -This can be handled by the following code: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\newunit -\printlist{location}% -\iflistundef{publisher} - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}} - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% -\printlist{publisher}% -\setunit*{\addcomma\space}% -\printfield{year}% -\newunit -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since the punctuation after the location is special if there is no publisher, we need one \cmd{iflistundef} test to catch this case. Everything else is handled by the punctuation tracker. - -\subsubsection{Custom Localization Modules} -\label{aut:cav:lng} - -Style guides may include provisions as to how strings like <edition> should be abbreviated or they may mandate certain fixed expressions. For example, the \acr{mla} style guide requires authors to use the term <Works~Cited> rather than <Bibliography> or <References> in the heading of the bibliography. Localization commands such as \cmd{DefineBibliographyStrings} from \secref{use:lng} may indeed be used in \file{cbx} and \file{bbx} files to handle such cases. However, overloading style files with translations is rather inconvenient. This is where \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} from \secref{aut:lng:cmd} comes into play. This command maps an \file{lbx} file with alternative translations to a \sty{babel} language. For example, you could create a file named \path{french-humanities.lbx} which provides French translations adapted for use in the humanities and map it to the \sty{babel} language \texttt{french} in the preamble or in the configuration file: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareLanguageMapping{french}{french-humanities} -\end{lstlisting} -% -If the document language is set to \texttt{french}, \path{french-humanities.lbx} will replace \path{french.lbx}. Coming back to the \acr{mla} example mentioned above, an \acr{mla} style may come with an \path{american-mla.lbx} file to provide strings which comply with the \acr{mla} style guide. It would declare the following mapping in the \file{cbx} and/or \file{bbx} file: - -\begin{lstlisting}[style=latex]{} -\DeclareLanguageMapping{american}{american-mla} -\end{lstlisting} -% -Since the alternative \file{lbx} file can inherit strings from the standard \path{american.lbx} module, \path{american-mla.lbx} may be as short as this: - -\begin{ltxexample} -\ProvidesFile{american-mla.lbx}[2008/10/01 v1.0 biblatex localization] -<<\InheritBibliographyExtras>>{<<american>>} -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - <<inherit>> = {<<american>>}, - bibliography = {{Works Cited}{Works Cited}}, - references = {{Works Cited}{Works Cited}}, -} -\endinput -\end{ltxexample} -% -Alternative \file{lbx} files must ensure that the localization module is complete. They will typically do so by inheriting data from the corresponding standard module. If the language \texttt{american} is mapped to \path{american-mla.lbx}, \sty{biblatex} will not load \path{american.lbx} unless this module is requested explicitly. In the above example, inheriting <strings> and <extras> will cause \sty{biblatex} to load \path{american.lbx} before applying the modifications in \path{american-mla.lbx}. - -Note that \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} is not intended to handle language variants (\eg American English vs. British English) or \sty{babel} language aliases (\eg \texttt{USenglish} vs. \texttt{american}). For example, \sty{babel} offers the \texttt{USenglish} option which is similar to \texttt{american}. Therefore, \sty{biblatex} ships with an \path{USenglish.lbx} file which simply inherits all data from \path{american.lbx} (which in turn gets the <strings> from \path{english.lbx}). In other words, the mapping of language variants and \sty{babel} language aliases happens on the file level, the point being that \sty{biblatex}'s language support can be extended simply by adding additional \file{lbx} files. There is no need for centralized mapping. If you need support for, say, Portuguese (babel: \file{portuges}), you create a file named \path{portuges.lbx}. If \sty{babel} offered an alias named \texttt{brasil}, you would create \path{brasil.lbx} and inherit the data from \path{portuges.lbx}. In contrast to that, the point of \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping} is handling \emph{stylistic} variants like <humanities vs. natural sciences> or <\acr{mla} vs. \acr{apa}> etc. which will typically be built on top of existing \file{lbx} files. - -\subsubsection{Grouping} -\label{aut:cav:grp} - -In a citation or bibliography style, you may need to set flags or store certain values for later use. In this case, it is crucial to understand the basic grouping structure imposed by this package. As a rule of thumb, you are working in a large group whenever author commands such as those discussed in \secref{aut:aux} are available because the author interface of this package is only enabled locally. If any bibliographic data is available, there is at least one additional group. Here are some general rules: - -\begin{itemize} - -\item The entire list of references printed by \cmd{printbibliography} and similar commands is processed in a group. Each entry in the list is processed in an additional group which encloses the \prm{item code} of \cmd{defbibenvironment} as well as all driver code. - -\item The entire list of shorthands printed by \cmd{printshorthands} is processed in a group. Each entry in the list is processed in an additional group which encloses the \prm{item code} of \cmd{defbibenvironment} as well as all driver code. - -\item All citation commands defined with \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand} are processed in a group holding the complete citation code consisting of the \prm{precode}, \prm{sepcode}, \prm{loopcode}, and \prm{postcode} arguments. The \prm{loopcode} is enclosed in an additional group every time it is executed. If any \prm{wrapper} code has been specified, the entire unit consisting of the wrapper code and the citation code is wrapped in an additional group. - -\item In addition to the grouping imposed by all backend commands defined with \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}, all <autocite> and <multicite> definitions imply an additional group. - -\item \cmd{printfile}, \cmd{printtext}, \cmd{printfield}, \cmd{printlist}, and \cmd{printnames} form groups. This implies that all formatting directives will be processed within a group of their own. - -\item All \file{lbx} files are loaded and processed in a group. If an \file{lbx} file contains any code which is not part of \cmd{DeclareBibliographyExtras}, the definitions must be global. - -\end{itemize} - -Note that using \cmd{aftergroup} in citation and bibliography styles is unreliable because the precise number of groups employed in a certain context may change in future versions of this package. If the above list states that something is processed in a group, this means that there is \emph{at least one} group. There may also be several nested ones. - -\subsubsection{Namespaces} -\label{aut:cav:nam} - -In order to minimize the risk of name clashes, \latex packages typically prefix the names of internal macros with a short string specific to the package. For example, if the \sty{foobar} package requires a macro for internal use, it would typically be called \cmd{FB@macro} or \cmd{foo@macro} rather than \cmd{macro} or \cmd{@macro}. Here is a list of the prefixes used or recommended by \sty{biblatex}: - -\begin{marglist} - -\item[\texttt{blx}] All macros with names like \cmd{blx@name} are strictly reserved for internal use. This also applies to counter names, length registers, boolean switches, and so on. These macros may be altered in backwards"=incompatible ways, they may be renamed or even removed at any time without further notice. Such changes will not even be mentioned in the revision history or the release notes. In short: never use any macros with the string \texttt{blx} in their name in any styles. - -\item[\texttt{abx}] Macros prefixed with \texttt{abx} are also internal macros but they are fairly stable. It is always preferable to use the facilities provided by the official author interface, but there may be cases in which using an \texttt{abx} macro is convenient. - -\item[\texttt{bbx}] This is the recommended prefix for internal macros defined in bibliography styles. - -\item[\texttt{cbx}] This is the recommended prefix for internal macros defined in citation styles. - -\item[\texttt{lbx}] This is the recommended base prefix for internal macros defined in localization modules. The localization module should add a second prefix to specify the language. For example, an internal macro defined by the Spanish localization module would be named \cmd{lbx@es@macro}. - -\end{marglist} - -\appendix -\section*{Appendix} -\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Appendix} - -\section{Default \bibfield{crossref} Setup} -\label{apx:ref} - -The following table shows the Biber cross-referencing rules defined by default. -Please refer to \secref{bib:cav:ref, aut:ctm:ref} for explanation. - -\begingroup -\tablesetup -\def\sep{\textrm{, }} -\def\skip{\textrm{--}} -\def\note#1{\textrm{#1}} -\begin{longtable}[l]{% - @{}V{0.2\textwidth}% - @{}V{0.4\textwidth}% - @{}V{0.2\textwidth}% - @{}V{0.2\textwidth}@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{2}{@{}H}{Types} & \multicolumn{2}{@{}H}{Fields} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-2}\cmidrule{3-4} -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Source} & \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Target} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Source} & \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Target} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(r){2-2}\cmidrule(r){3-3}\cmidrule{4-4} -\endhead -\bottomrule -\endfoot -\textasteriskcentered & \textasteriskcentered & - crossref\par - xref\par - entryset\par - entrysubtype\par - execute\par - label\par - options\par - presort\par - related\par - relatedstring\par - relatedtype\par - shorthand\par - shorthandintro\par - sortkey & - \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par - \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par - \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par - \skip\par \skip \\ -mvbook\sep book & - inbook\sep bookinbook\sep suppbook & - author\par author & - author\par bookauthor \\ -mvbook & - book\sep inbook\sep bookinbook\sep suppbook & - title\par subtitle\par titleaddon\par - shorttitle\par sorttitle\par indextitle\par indexsorttitle & - maintitle\par mainsubtitle\par maintitleaddon\par - \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par \skip \\ -mvcollection\sep mvreference & - collection\sep reference\sep incollection\sep inreference\sep suppcollection & - title\par subtitle\par titleaddon\par - shorttitle\par sorttitle\par indextitle\par indexsorttitle & - maintitle\par mainsubtitle\par maintitleaddon\par - \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par \skip \\ -mvproceedings & - proceedings\sep inproceedings & - title\par subtitle\par titleaddon\par - shorttitle\par sorttitle\par indextitle\par indexsorttitle & - maintitle\par mainsubtitle\par maintitleaddon\par - \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par \skip \\ -book & - inbook\sep bookinbook\sep suppbook & - title\par subtitle\par titleaddon\par - shorttitle\par sorttitle\par indextitle\par indexsorttitle & - booktitle\par booksubtitle\par booktitleaddon\par - \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par \skip \\ -collection\sep reference & - incollection\sep inreference\sep suppcollection & - title\par subtitle\par titleaddon\par - shorttitle\par sorttitle\par indextitle\par indexsorttitle & - booktitle\par booksubtitle\par booktitleaddon\par - \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par \skip \\ -proceedings & - inproceedings & - title\par subtitle\par titleaddon\par - shorttitle\par sorttitle\par indextitle\par indexsorttitle & - booktitle\par booksubtitle\par booktitleaddon\par - \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par \skip \\ -periodical & - article\sep suppperiodical & - title\par subtitle\par - shorttitle\par sorttitle\par indextitle\par indexsorttitle & - journaltitle\par journalsubtitle\par - \skip\par \skip\par \skip\par \skip \\ -\end{longtable} -\endgroup - -\section{Default Sorting Schemes} -\label{apx:srt} - -\subsection[Alphabetic 1]{Alphabetic Schemes 1} -\label{apx:srt:a1} - -The following table shows the standard alphabetic sorting schemes defined by default. Please refer to \secref{use:srt} for explanation. - -\begingroup -\sorttablesetup -\begin{longtable}[l]{@{}% - V{0.100\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.100\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.175\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.175\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.150\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.300\textwidth}@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Option} & \multicolumn{5}{@{}H}{Sorting scheme} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule{2-6} -\endhead -\bottomrule -\endfoot -nty & presort\alt mm & - \new sortname\alt author\alt editor\alt translator\alt sorttitle\alt title & - \new sorttitle\alt title & - \new sortyear\alt year & - \new volume\alt 0000 \\ -nyt & presort\alt mm & - \new sortname\alt author\alt editor\alt translator\alt sorttitle\alt title & - \new sortyear\alt year & - \new sorttitle\alt title & - \new volume\alt 0000 \\ -nyvt & presort\alt mm & - \new sortname\alt author\alt editor\alt translator\alt sorttitle\alt title & - \new sortyear\alt year & - \new volume\alt 0000 & - \new sorttitle\alt title \\ -\textrm{all} & presort\alt mm & - \new sortkey \\ -\end{longtable} -\endgroup - -\subsection[Alphabetic 2]{Alphabetic Schemes 2} -\label{apx:srt:a2} - -The following table shows the alphabetic sorting schemes for \texttt{alphabetic} styles defined by default. Please refer to \secref{use:srt} for explanation. - -\begingroup -\sorttablesetup -\begin{longtable}[l]{@{}% - V{0.100\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.100\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.175\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.175\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.150\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.150\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.150\textwidth}@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Option} & \multicolumn{6}{@{}H}{Sorting scheme} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule{2-7} -\endhead -\bottomrule -\endfoot -anyt & presort\alt mm & - \new labelalpha & - \new sortname\alt author\alt editor\alt translator\alt sorttitle\alt title & - \new sortyear\alt year & - \new sorttitle\alt title & - \new volume\alt 0000 \\ -anyvt & presort\alt mm & - \new labelalpha & - \new sortname\alt author\alt editor\alt translator\alt sorttitle\alt title & - \new sortyear\alt year & - \new volume\alt 0000 & - \new sorttitle\alt title \\ -\textrm{all} & presort\alt mm & - \new labelalpha & - \new sortkey \\ -\end{longtable} -\endgroup - -\subsection[Chronological]{Chronological Schemes} -\label{apx:srt:chr} - -The following table shows the chronological sorting schemes defined by default. Please refer to \secref{use:srt} for explanation. - -\begingroup -\sorttablesetup -\begin{longtable}[l]{@{}% - V{0.100\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.100\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.225\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.175\textwidth}@{}% - L{0.400\textwidth}@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Option} & \multicolumn{4}{@{}H}{Sorting scheme} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule{2-5} -\endhead -\bottomrule -\endfoot -ynt & presort\alt mm & - \new sortyear\alt year \alt 9999 & - \new sortname\alt author\alt editor\alt translator\alt sorttitle\alt title & - \new sorttitle\alt title \\ -ydnt & presort\alt mm & - \new sortyear\note{ (desc.)}\alt year\note{ (desc.)} \alt 9999 & - \new sortname\alt author\alt editor\alt translator\alt sorttitle\alt title & - \new sorttitle\alt title \\ -\textrm{all} & presort\alt mm & - \new sortkey \\ -\end{longtable} -\endgroup - -\section{Option Scope} -\label{apx:opt} - -The following table provides an overview of the scope (global\slash per-type\slash per-entry) of various package options. - -\begingroup -\tablesetup -\let\+\tickmarkyes -\let\_\tickmarkno -\begin{longtable}[l]{@{}% - V{0.4\textwidth}@{}% - C{0.15\textwidth}@{}% - C{0.15\textwidth}@{}% - C{0.15\textwidth}@{}% - C{0.15\textwidth}@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Option} & -\multicolumn{4}{@{}H}{Scope} \\ -\cmidrule{2-5} -& \multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Load-time} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Global} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Per-type} & -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Per-entry} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(r){2-2}\cmidrule(r){3-3}\cmidrule(r){4-4}\cmidrule{5-5} -\endhead -\bottomrule -\endfoot -abbreviate &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -alldates &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -arxiv &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -autocite &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -autopunct &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -babel &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -backend &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -backref &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -backrefsetstyle &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -backrefstyle &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -bibencoding &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -bibstyle &\+&\_&\_&\_\\ -bibwarn &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -block &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -citecounter &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -citereset &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -citestyle &\+&\_&\_&\_\\ -citetracker &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -clearlang &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -dataonly &\_&\_&\+&\+\\ -date &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -dateabbrev &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -datezeros &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -defernumbers &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -doi &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ % style -eprint &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ % style -eventdate &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -firstinits &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -hyperref &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -ibidtracker &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -idemtracker &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -indexing &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -isbn &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ % style -labelalpha &\+&\+&\+&\_\\ -labelnumber &\+&\+&\+&\_\\ -labelyear &\+&\+&\+&\_\\ -language &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -loadfiles &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -loccittracker &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -maxalphanames &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -maxbibnames &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -maxcitenames &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -maxitems &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -maxnames &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -maxparens &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -mcite &\+&\_&\_&\_\\ -minalphanames &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -minbibnames &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -mincitenames &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -mincrossrefs &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -minitems &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -minnames &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -natbib &\+&\_&\_&\_\\ -notetype &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -opcittracker &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -openbib &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -origdate &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -pagetracker &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -parentracker &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -punctfont &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -refsection &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -refsegment &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -safeinputenc &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -singletitle &\+&\+&\+&\_\\ -skipbib &\_&\_&\+&\+\\ -skiplab &\_&\_&\+&\+\\ -skiplos &\_&\_&\+&\+\\ -sortcase &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -sortcites &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -sorting &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -sortlocale &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -sortlos &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -sortupper &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -style &\+&\_&\_&\_\\ -terseinits &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -texencoding &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -uniquelist &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -uniquename &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -urldate &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ -url &\+&\+&\_&\_\\ % style -useauthor &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -useeditor &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -useprefix &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -usetranslator &\+&\+&\+&\+\\ -\end{longtable} -\endgroup - -\section{Revision History} -\label{apx:log} - -This revision history is a list of changes relevant to users of this package. Changes of a more technical nature which do not affect the user interface or the behavior of the package are not included in the list. If an entry in the revision history states that a feature has been \emph{improved} or \emph{extended}, this indicates a modification which either does not affect the syntax and behavior of the package or is syntactically backwards compatible (such as the addition of an optional argument to an existing command). Entries stating that a feature has been \emph{modified}, \emph{renamed}, or \emph{removed} demand attention. They indicate a modification which may require changes to existing styles or documents in some, hopefully rare, cases. The numbers on the right indicate the relevant section of this manual. - -\begin{changelog} - -\begin{release}{1.7}{2011-11-13} -\item Added \texttt{xdata} containers\see{use:use:xdat}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added special entry type \bibfield{xdata}\see{bib:typ:blx}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added special field \bibfield{xdata}\see{bib:fld:spc}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Support \opt{maxnames}/\opt{minnames} globally/per-type/per-entry\see{use:opt:pre:gen}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Support \opt{maxbibnames}/\opt{minbibnames} globally/per-type/per-entry\see{use:opt:pre:gen}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Support \opt{maxcitenames}/\opt{mincitenames} globally/per-type/per-entry\see{use:opt:pre:gen}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Support \opt{maxitems}/\opt{minitems} globally/per-type/per-entry\see{use:opt:pre:gen}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Support \opt{maxalphanames}/\opt{minalphanames} globally/per-type/per-entry\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Support \opt{uniquelist} globally/per-type/per-entry\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Support \opt{uniquename} globally/per-type/per-entry\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{textcite} and \cmd{textcites} to all \texttt{verbose} citation styles\see{use:xbx:cbx} -\item Added special field formats \texttt{date}, \texttt{urldate}, \texttt{origdate}, \texttt{eventdate}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -\item Added \cmd{mkcomprange*}\see{aut:aux:msc} -\item Added \cmd{mkfirstpage*}\see{aut:aux:msc} -\item Added \cmd{volcitedelim}\see{aut:fmt:fmt} -\item Added missing documentation for \cmd{ifentrytype}\see{aut:aux:tst} -\item Added \cmd{mkbibneutord}\see{use:fmt:lng} -\item Added counter \cnt{biburlnumpenalty}\see{aut:fmt:len} -\item Added counter \cnt{biburlucpenalty}\see{aut:fmt:len} -\item Added counter \cnt{biburllcpenalty}\see{aut:fmt:len} -\item Added localization keys \texttt{book}, \texttt{part}, \texttt{issue}, \texttt{forthcoming}\see{aut:lng:key} -\item Added some \texttt{lang...} and \texttt{from...} localization keys\see{aut:lng:key} -\item Expanded documentation\see{apx:opt} -\item Added support for Russian (Oleg Domanov) -\item Updated support for Dutch (Pieter Belmans) -\item Fixed compatibility issue with \sty{textcase} package -\item Fixed some bugs -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.6}{2011-07-29} -\item Added special field \bibfield{sortshorthand}\see{bib:fld:spc}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Revised options \opt{maxnames}/\opt{minnames}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Options \opt{maxcitenames}/\opt{mincitenames} now supported by backend\see{use:opt:pre:gen}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Options \opt{maxbibnames}/\opt{minbibnames} now supported by backend\see{use:opt:pre:gen}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added options \opt{maxalphanames}/\opt{minalphanames}\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Removed local options \opt{maxnames}/\opt{minnames} from \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -\item Removed local options \opt{maxitems}/\opt{minitems} from \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -\item Removed local options \opt{maxnames}/\opt{minnames} from \cmd{bibbysection}\see{use:bib:bib} -\item Removed local options \opt{maxitems}/\opt{minitems} from \cmd{bibbysection}\see{use:bib:bib} -\item Removed local options \opt{maxnames}/\opt{minnames} from \cmd{bibbysegment}\see{use:bib:bib} -\item Removed local options \opt{maxitems}/\opt{minitems} from \cmd{bibbysegment}\see{use:bib:bib} -\item Removed local options \opt{maxnames}/\opt{minnames} from \cmd{bibbycategory}\see{use:bib:bib} -\item Removed local options \opt{maxitems}/\opt{minitems} from \cmd{bibbycategory}\see{use:bib:bib} -\item Removed local options \opt{maxnames}/\opt{minnames} from \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -\item Removed local options \opt{maxitems}/\opt{minitems} from \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -\item Added special field format \bibfield{volcitevolume}\see{use:cit:spc} -\item Added special field format \bibfield{volcitepages}\see{use:cit:spc} -\item Added special field \bibfield{hash}\see{aut:bbx:fld:gen}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{mkcomprange}\see{aut:aux:msc} -\item Added \cmd{mkfirstpage}\see{aut:aux:msc} -\item Removed \cmd{mkpagefirst}\see{aut:aux:msc} -\item Fixed some bugs -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.5a}{2011-06-17} -\item Fixed some bugs -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.5}{2011-06-08} -\item Added option \kvopt{uniquename}{mininit/minfull}\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added option \kvopt{uniquelist}{minyear}\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Updated documentation of \cnt{uniquename} counter\see{aut:aux:tst}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Updated documentation of \cnt{uniquelist} counter\see{aut:aux:tst}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Expanded documentation for \opt{uniquename/uniquelist} options\see{aut:cav:amb}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added editorial role \texttt{reviser}\see{bib:use:edr} -\item Added localization keys \texttt{reviser}, \texttt{revisers}, \texttt{byreviser}\see{aut:lng:key} -\item Added bibliography heading \texttt{none}\see{use:bib:hdg} -\item Fixed some \sty{memoir} compatibility issues -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.4c}{2011-05-12} -\item Fixed some bugs -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.4b}{2011-04-12} -\item Fixed some bugs -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.4a}{2011-04-06} -\item Enable \opt{uniquename} and \opt{uniquelist} in all \texttt{authortitle} styles\see{use:xbx:cbx} -\item Enable \opt{uniquename} and \opt{uniquelist} in all \texttt{authoryear} styles\see{use:xbx:cbx} -\item Fixed some bugs -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.4}{2011-03-31} -\item Added package option \opt{uniquelist}\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added special counter \cnt{uniquelist}\see{aut:aux:tst}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Revised and improved package option \opt{uniquename}\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Revised and improved special counter \cnt{uniquename}\see{aut:aux:tst}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{bibnamedelimi}\see{use:fmt:fmt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{bibindexnamedelima}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{bibindexnamedelimb}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{bibindexnamedelimc}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{bibindexnamedelimd}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{bibindexnamedelimi}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{bibindexinitperiod}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{bibindexinitdelim}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{bibindexinithyphendelim}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -\item Fixed conflict with some \acr{AMS} classes -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.3a}{2011-03-18} -\item Fixed some bugs -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.3}{2011-03-14} -\item Support \bibtype{thesis} with \bibfield{isbn}\see{bib:typ:blx} -\item Updated \opt{terseinits} option\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Allow macros in argument to \cmd{addbibresource} and friends\see{use:bib:res} -\item Allow macros in argument to \cmd{bibliography}\see{use:bib:res} -\item Introducing experimental support for Zotero \acr{RDF}/\acr{XML}\see{use:bib:res}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Introducing experimental support for EndNote \acr{XML}\see{use:bib:res}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added option \opt{citecounter}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -\item Added \cnt{citecounter}\see{aut:aux:tst} -\item Added \cmd{smartcite} and \cmd{Smartcite}\see{use:cit:cbx} -\item Added \cmd{smartcites} and \cmd{Smartcites}\see{use:cit:mlt} -\item Added \cmd{svolcite} and \cmd{Svolcite}\see{use:cit:spc} -\item Added \cmd{bibnamedelima}\see{use:fmt:fmt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{bibnamedelimb}\see{use:fmt:fmt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{bibnamedelimc}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{bibnamedelimd}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{bibinitperiod}\see{use:fmt:fmt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{bibinitdelim}\see{use:fmt:fmt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{bibinithyphendelim}\see{use:fmt:fmt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Expanded documentation\see{use:cav:nam} -\item Added \prm{position} parameter \texttt{f} to \cmd{DeclareAutoCiteCommand}\see{aut:cbx:cbx} -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.2a}{2011-02-13} -\item Fix in \cmd{mkbibmonth}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.2}{2011-02-12} -\item Added entry type \bibtype{mvbook}\see{bib:typ:blx} -\item Added entry type \bibtype{mvcollection}\see{bib:typ:blx} -\item Added entry type \bibtype{mvproceedings}\see{bib:typ:blx} -\item Added entry type \bibtype{mvreference}\see{bib:typ:blx} -\item Introducing remote resources\see{use:bib:res}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Introducing experimental \acr{RIS} support\see{use:bib:res}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{addbibresource}\see{use:bib:res} -\item \cmd{bibliography} now deprecated\see{use:bib:res} -\item \cmd{bibliography*} replaced by \cmd{addglobalbib}\see{use:bib:res} -\item Added \cmd{addsectionbib}\see{use:bib:res} -\item Updated and expanded documentation\see{bib:cav:ref} -\item Introducing smart \bibfield{crossref} data inheritance\see{bib:cav:ref:bbr}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Introducing \bibfield{crossref} configuration interface\see{aut:ctm:ref}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{DefaultInheritance}\see{aut:ctm:ref}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{DeclareDataInheritance}\see{aut:ctm:ref}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{ResetDataInheritance}\see{aut:ctm:ref}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{ifkeyword}\see{aut:aux:tst} -\item Added \cmd{ifentrykeyword}\see{aut:aux:tst} -\item Added \cmd{ifcategory}\see{aut:aux:tst} -\item Added \cmd{ifentrycategory}\see{aut:aux:tst} -\item Added \cmd{ifdriver}\see{aut:aux:tst} -\item Added \cmd{forcsvfield}\see{aut:aux:msc} -\item Extended \cmd{mkpageprefix}\see{aut:aux:msc} -\item Extended \cmd{mkpagetotal}\see{aut:aux:msc} -\item Extended \cmd{mkpagefirst}\see{aut:aux:msc} -\item Added localization key \texttt{inpreparation}\see{aut:lng:key} -\item Rearranged manual slightly, moving some tables to the appendix -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.1b}{2011-02-04} -\item Added option \opt{texencoding}\see{use:opt:pre:gen}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added option \opt{safeinputenc}\see{use:opt:pre:gen}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Expanded documentation\see{bib:cav:enc:enc} -\item Improved \opt{mergedate} option of bibliography style \texttt{authoryear}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -\item Removed \opt{pass} option of \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme}\see{aut:ctm:srt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Fixed some bugs -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.1a}{2011-01-08} -\item Added unsupported entry type \bibtype{bibnote}\see{bib:typ:ctm} -\item Added \cmd{bibliography*}\see{use:bib:res} -\item Fixed some bugs -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.1}{2011-01-05} -\item Added option \opt{maxbibnames}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Added option \opt{minbibnames}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Added option \opt{maxcitenames}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Added option \opt{mincitenames}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Fixed \kvopt{idemtracker}{strict} and \kvopt{idemtracker}{constrict}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -\item Added option \opt{mergedate} to bibliography style \texttt{authoryear}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -\item Added support for \opt{prefixnumbers} to bibliography style \texttt{alphabetic}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -\item Made option \bibfield{useprefix} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:bib}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \bibfield{useauthor} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:bib}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \bibfield{useeditor} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:bib}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \opt{usetranslator} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:bib}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \opt{skipbib} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:bib}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \opt{skiplos} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:bib}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \opt{skiplab} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:bib}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \opt{dataonly} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:bib}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \opt{labelalpha} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \opt{labelnumber} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:pre:int} -\item Made option \opt{labelyear} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \opt{singletitle} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \opt{uniquename} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:pre:int}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Made option \opt{indexing} settable on a per-type basis\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Made option \opt{indexing} settable on a per-entry basis\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Extended \cmd{ExecuteBibliographyOptions}\see{use:cfg:opt} -\item Added \cmd{citedate}\see{use:cit:txt} -\item Improved static entry sets\see{use:use:set}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Introducing dynamic entry sets\see{use:use:set}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{defbibentryset}\see{use:bib:set}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added option \opt{mcite}\see{use:opt:ldt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \sty{mcite}\slash\sty{mciteplus}-like commands\see{use:cit:mct}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{sortalphaothers}\see{use:fmt:fmt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Extended \cmd{DeclareNameFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Extended \cmd{DeclareIndexNameFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Extended \cmd{DeclareListFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Extended \cmd{DeclareIndexListFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Extended \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Extended \cmd{DeclareIndexFieldFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{DeclareNameFormat*}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{DeclareIndexNameFormat*}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{DeclareListFormat*}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{DeclareIndexListFormat*}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat*}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Added \cmd{DeclareIndexFieldFormat*}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -\item Introducing configurable sorting schemes\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{DeclareSortingScheme}\see{aut:ctm:srt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{DeclarePresort}\see{aut:ctm:srt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{DeclareSortExclusion}\see{aut:ctm:srt}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{DeclareLabelname}\see{aut:ctm:fld}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{DeclareLabelyear}\see{aut:ctm:fld}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Improved special field \bibfield{labelname}\see{aut:bbx:fld}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Improved special field \bibfield{labelyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld}\BiberOnlyMark -\item Added \cmd{entrydata*}\see{aut:bib:dat} -\item Added \cmd{RequireBiber}\see{aut:aux:msc} -\item Added option \opt{check} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -\item Added option \opt{check} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -\item Added \cmd{defbibcheck}\see{use:bib:flt} -\item Updated support for Portuguese (Josι Carlos Santos) -\item Fixed conflict with \sty{titletoc} -\item Fixed some bugs -\end{release} - -\begin{release}{1.0}{2010-11-19} -\item First officially stable release -\item Renamed option \kvopt{bibencoding}{inputenc} to \kvopt{bibencoding}{auto}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Made \kvopt{bibencoding}{auto} the package default\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Added option \kvopt{backend}{bibtexu}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -\item Slightly updated documentation\see{bib:cav:enc} -\item Updated support for Dutch (Alexander van Loon) -\item Updated support for Italian (Andrea Marchitelli) -\end{release} - -%\begin{release}{0.9e}{2010-10-09} -%\item Updated and expanded manual\see{bib:cav:enc} -%\item Added option \opt{sortupper}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{sortlocale}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{backrefsetstyle}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added \cmd{bibpagerefpunct}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{backtrackertrue} and \cmd{backtrackerfalse}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Disable back reference tracking in \acr{TOC}/\acr{LOT}/\acr{LOF}\see{aut:cav:flt} -%\item Improved back reference tracking for \bibtype{set} entries -%\item Fixed some bugs -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.9d}{2010-09-03} -%\item Added workaround for \sty{hyperref} space factor issue -%\item Added workaround for \sty{xkeyval}'s flawed class option inheritance -%\item Added workaround for \sty{fancyvrb}'s flawed brute-force \cmd{VerbatimFootnotes} -%\item Removed option \kvopt{date}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Removed option \kvopt{urldate}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Removed option \kvopt{origdate}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Removed option \kvopt{eventdate}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Removed option \kvopt{alldates}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{date}{iso8601}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{urldate}{iso8601}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{origdate}{iso8601}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{eventdate}{iso8601}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{alldates}{iso8601}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.9c}{2010-08-29} -%\item Added field \bibfield{eprintclass}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field alias \bibfield{archiveprefix}\see{bib:fld:als} -%\item Added field alias \bibfield{primaryclass}\see{bib:fld:als} -%\item Updated documentation\see{use:use:epr} -%\item Tweaked package option \kvopt{babel}{other*}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Updated support for Brazilian (Mateus Araϊjo) -%\item Fixed some bugs -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.9b}{2010-08-04} -% -%\item New dependency on \sty{logreq} package\see{int:pre:req} -%\item Improved separator masking in literal lists\see{bib:use:and} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{authortitle-ticomp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added option \opt{citepages} to all \texttt{verbose} citation styles\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added support for prefixes to all \texttt{numeric} citation styles\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added support for prefixes to all \texttt{numeric} bibliography styles\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Renamed package option \opt{defernums} to \opt{defernumbers}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{sortcase}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{dateabbrev}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{date}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{urldate}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{origdate}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{eventdate}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{alldates}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{clearlang}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{prefixnumbers} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{resetnumbers} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{omitnumbers} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added special field \bibfield{prefixnumber}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareRedundantLanguages}\see{aut:lng:cmd} -%\item Added support for handles (\acr{HDL}s)\see{use:use:epr} -%\item Extended \cmd{defbibfilter}\see{use:bib:flt} -%\item Added \cmd{nametitledelim}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Improved \cmd{newbibmacro}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Improved \cmd{renewbibmacro}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{biblstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{bibsstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{bibcplstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{bibcpsstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{bibuclstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{bibucsstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{biblclstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{biblcsstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{bibxlstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{bibxsstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibbold}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Modified and extended log messages\see{bib:cav:ide} -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.9a}{2010-03-19} -% -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{numeric}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{numeric-comp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{numeric-verb}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{alphabetic}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{alphabetic-verb}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{authoryear}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{authoryear-comp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{authoryear-ibid}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{authoryear-icomp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{authortitle}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{authortitle-comp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{authortitle-ibid}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{authortitle-icomp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{authortitle-terse}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{authortitle-tcomp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{draft}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Modified citation style \texttt{debug}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added option \opt{bibwarn}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added \cmd{printbibheading}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{env} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{env} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added \cmd{defbibenvironment}\see{use:bib:hdg} -%\item Removed \env{thebibliography}\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Removed \env{theshorthands}\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Removed \cmd{thebibitem}\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Removed \cmd{thelositem}\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Updated documentation\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Updated documentation\see{aut:bbx:env} -%\item Added \cmd{intitlepunct}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added option \opt{parentracker}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added option \opt{maxparens}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added counter \cnt{parenlevel}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{parentext}\see{use:cit:txt} -%\item Added \cmd{brackettext}\see{use:cit:txt} -%\item Improved \cmd{mkbibparens}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Improved \cmd{mkbibbrackets}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{bibopenparen} and \cmd{bibcloseparen}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{bibopenbracket} and \cmd{bibclosebracket}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added special field \bibfield{childentrykey}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added special field \bibfield{childentrytype}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added \cmd{ifnatbibmode}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added missing documentation of \cmd{ifbibxstring}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{providebibmacro}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{backrefpage}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{backrefpages}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Slightly expanded documentation\see{bib:use:dat} -%\item Slightly expanded documentation\see{aut:bbx:fld:dat} -%\item Added support for Finnish (translations by Hannu Vδisδnen) -%\item Updated support for Greek (translations by Prokopis) -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.9}{2010-02-14} -% -%\item Added entry type \bibtype{bookinbook}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Support \bibfield{eventtitle}/\bibfield{eventdate}/\bibfield{venue} in \bibtype{proceedings}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Support \bibfield{eventtitle}/\bibfield{eventdate}/\bibfield{venue} in \bibtype{inproceedings}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added support for multiple editorial roles\see{bib:use:edr} -%\item Added field \bibfield{editora}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{editorb}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{editorc}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{editoratype}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{editorbtype}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{editorctype}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{redactor}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{pubstate}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Support \bibfield{pubstate} in all entry types\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Support full dates in all entry types\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Modified and extended date handling\see{bib:use:dat} -%\item Updated documentation\see{bib:use:iss} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{day}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Modified data type of field \bibfield{year}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Extended field \bibfield{date}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{origyear}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{origdate}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{eventdate}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Removed fields \bibfield{urlday}/\bibfield{urlmonth}/\bibfield{urlyear}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Updated documentation\see{bib:use:dat} -%\item Extended option \opt{date}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Extended option \opt{urldate}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{origdate}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{eventdate}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{alldates}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{datezeros}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{language}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \cnt{notetype}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \cnt{backrefstyle}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Modified option \opt{indexing}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Made option \kvopt{hyperref}{auto} the default\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \kvopt{backend}{biber}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Updated documentation\see{bib:cav:enc} -%\item Added option \opt{isbn}\see{use:opt:pre:bbx} -%\item Added option \opt{url}\see{use:opt:pre:bbx} -%\item Added option \opt{doi}\see{use:opt:pre:bbx} -%\item Added option \opt{eprint}\see{use:opt:pre:bbx} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{authortitle-comp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{authortitle-icomp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{authortitle-tcomp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{authoryear-comp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{authoryear-icomp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{verbose-trad3}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved bibliography style \texttt{authortitle}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Improved bibliography style \texttt{authoryear}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Improved bibliography style \texttt{verbose}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Added option \opt{title} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{title} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Extended \cmd{defbibheading}\see{use:bib:hdg} -%\item Added options \opt{subtype}/\opt{notsubtype} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added options \opt{subtype}/\opt{notsubtype} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added test \opt{subtype} to \cmd{defbibfilter}\see{use:bib:flt} -%\item Added option \opt{segment} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added options \opt{type}/\opt{nottype} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added options \opt{keyword}/\opt{notkeyword} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added options \opt{category}/\opt{notcategory} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added option \opt{filter} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added \cmd{footcitetext}\see{use:cit:std} -%\item Added \cmd{footcitetexts}\see{use:cit:mlt} -%\item Added \cmd{ftvolcite}\see{use:cit:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{textcites} and \cmd{Textcites}\see{use:cit:mlt} -%\item Added \cmd{nohyphenation}\see{use:fmt:aux} -%\item Added \cmd{textnohyphenation}\see{use:fmt:aux} -%\item Added \cmd{mkpagefirst}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{pagenote} support to \cmd{mkbibendnote}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibfootnotetext}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibendnotetext}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{bibfootnotewrapper}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{bibendnotewrapper}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{mkdatezeros}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{stripzeros}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added support for \acr{jstor} links\see{use:use:epr} -%\item Added support for PubMed links\see{use:use:epr} -%\item Added support for Google Books links\see{use:use:epr} -%\item Improved \cmd{DeclareBibliographyDriver}\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Improved \cmd{DeclareBibliographyAlias}\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Added special fields \bibfield{day}/\bibfield{month}/\bibfield{year}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added special fields \bibfield{endday}/\bibfield{endmonth}/\bibfield{endyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added special fields \bibfield{origday}/\bibfield{origmonth}/\bibfield{origyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added special fields \bibfield{origendday}/\bibfield{origendmonth}/\bibfield{origendyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added special fields \bibfield{eventday}/\bibfield{eventmonth}/\bibfield{eventyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added special fields \bibfield{eventendday}/\bibfield{eventendmonth}/\bibfield{eventendyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added special fields \bibfield{urlday}/\bibfield{urlmonth}/\bibfield{urlyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added special fields \bibfield{urlendday}/\bibfield{urlendmonth}/\bibfield{urlendyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Renamed special field \bibfield{labelyear} to \bibfield{extrayear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added new special field \bibfield{labelyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Renamed \cnt{maxlabelyear} to \cnt{maxextrayear}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Renamed \cmd{bibdate} to \cmd{printdate}, modified \cmd{printdate}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{printdateextra}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Renamed \cmd{biburldate} to \cmd{printurldate}, modified \cmd{printurldate}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{printorigdate}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{printeventdate}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{bibdatedash}\see{use:fmt:lng} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibdatelong} and \cmd{mkbibdateshort}\see{use:fmt:lng} -%\item Removed \cmd{bibdatelong} and \cmd{bibdateshort}\see{use:fmt:lng} -%\item Removed \cmd{biburldatelong} and \cmd{biburldateshort}\see{use:fmt:lng} -%\item Added \cmd{ifciteindex}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifbibindex}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{iffieldint}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{iffieldnum}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{iffieldnums}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifpages}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{iffieldpages}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclarePageCommands} and \cmd{DeclarePageCommands*}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Improved \cmd{NewBibliographyString}\see{aut:lng:cmd} -%\item Removed localization key \texttt{editor}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Removed localization key \texttt{editors}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Renamed localization key \texttt{typeeditor} to \texttt{editor}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Renamed localization key \texttt{typeeditors} to \texttt{editors}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Renamed localization key \texttt{typecompiler} to \texttt{compiler}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Renamed localization key \texttt{typecompilers} to \texttt{compilers}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{founder}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{founders}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{continuator}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{continuators}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{collaborator}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{collaborators}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Removed localization key \texttt{byauthor}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Renamed localization key \texttt{bytypeauthor} to \texttt{byauthor}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Removed localization key \texttt{byeditor}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Renamed localization key \texttt{bytypeeditor} to \texttt{byeditor}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Renamed localization key \texttt{bytypecompiler} to \texttt{bycompiler}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{byfounder}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{bycontinuator}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{bycollaborator}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{inpress}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{submitted}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added support for Dutch (translations by Alexander van Loon) -%\item Added support for Greek (translations by Apostolos Syropoulos) -%\item Added notes on Greek\see{use:loc:grk} -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.8i}{2009-09-20} -% -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.8h}{2009-08-10} -% -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.8g}{2009-08-06} -% -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.8f}{2009-07-25} -% -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.8e}{2009-07-04} -% -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibordedition}\see{use:fmt:lng} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibordseries}\see{use:fmt:lng} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibendnote}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added several localization keys related to \texttt{editor}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added several localization keys related to \texttt{translator}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{thiscite}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Removed several \texttt{country...} localization keys\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Removed several \texttt{patent...} localization keys\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Removed several \texttt{patreq...} localization keys\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Updated and clarified documentation\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added support for Brazilian Portuguese (by Augusto Ritter Stoffel) -%\item Added preliminary support for Portuguese/Portugal\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added revised Swedish translations (by Per Starbδck)\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{aut:cav:nam} -%\item Improved concatenation of editorial and other roles -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.8d}{2009-05-30} -% -%\item Removed package option \opt{bibtex8}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{backend}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Slightly modified package option \bibfield{loccittracker}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added \cmd{volcite} and \cmd{Volcite}\see{use:cit:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{pvolcite} and \cmd{Pvolcite}\see{use:cit:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{fvolcite}\see{use:cit:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{tvolcite} and \cmd{Tvolcite}\see{use:cit:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{avolcite} and \cmd{Avolcite}\see{use:cit:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{notecite} and \cmd{Notecite}\see{use:cit:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{Pnotecite} and \cmd{Pnotecite}\see{use:cit:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{fnotecite}\see{use:cit:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{addabthinspace}\see{aut:pct:spc} -%\item Disable citation and page trackers in \acr{TOC}/\acr{LOT}/\acr{LOF}\see{aut:cav:flt} -%\item Disable citation and page trackers in floats\see{aut:cav:flt} -%\item Improved on-demand loading of localization modules -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.8c}{2009-01-10} -% -%\item Added <idem> tracker\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added package option \opt{idemtracker}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added \cmd{ifciteidem}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifentryseen}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{verbose-trad1}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{verbose-trad2}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Renamed \len{bibitemextrasep} to \len{bibnamesep}\see{use:fmt:len} -%\item Slightly modified \len{bibnamesep}\see{use:fmt:len} -%\item Added \len{bibinitsep}\see{use:fmt:len} -%\item Increased default value of \cnt{highnamepenalty}\see{use:fmt:len} -%\item Increased default value of \cnt{lownamepenalty}\see{use:fmt:len} -%\item Updated documentation\see{use:loc:us} -%\item Added \cmd{uspunctuation}\see{aut:pct:cfg} -%\item Added \cmd{stdpunctuation}\see{aut:pct:cfg} -%\item Added \cmd{midsentence*}\see{aut:pct:ctr} -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.8b}{2008-12-13} -% -%\item Added package/entry option \opt{usetranslator}\see{use:opt:bib} -%\item Added \cmd{ifusetranslator}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Consider \bibfield{translator} when sorting\see{use:srt} -%\item Consider \bibfield{translator} when generating \bibfield{labelname}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added field \bibfield{eventtitle}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Support \bibfield{eventtitle} in \bibtype{proceedings} entries\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Support \bibfield{eventtitle} in \bibtype{inproceedings} entries\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added unsupported entry type \bibtype{commentary}\see{bib:typ:ctm} -%\item Permit \cmd{NewBibliographyString} in \file{lbx} files\see{aut:lng:cmd} -%\item Improved behavior of \cmd{mkbibquote} in <American-punctuation> mode\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.8a}{2008-11-29} -% -%\item Updated documentation (important, please read)\see{int:feb} -%\item Added package option \kvopt{hyperref}{auto}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Improved bibliography style \texttt{reading}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Updated \acr{KOMA}-Script support for version 3.x\see{use:cav:scr} -%\item Slightly modified special field \bibfield{fullhash}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added documentation of \cmd{DeclareNumChars*}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added documentation of \cmd{DeclareRangeChars*}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added documentation of \cmd{DeclareRangeCommands*}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{MakeSentenceCase}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareCaseLangs}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Support nested \cmd{mkbibquote} with American punctuation\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Improved \cmd{ifpunctmark}\see{aut:pct:chk} -%\item Improved punctuation tracker\see{aut:pct:pct} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclarePunctuationPairs}\see{aut:pct:cfg} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareLanguageMapping}\see{aut:lng:cmd} -%\item Added support for custom localization modules\see{aut:cav:lng} -%\item Added extended \pdf bookmarks to this manual -%\item Fixed various bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.8}{2008-10-02} -% -%\item Added \cmd{DefineHyphenationExceptions}\see{use:lng} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareHyphenationExceptions}\see{aut:lng:cmd} -%\item Added \cmd{mkpagetotal}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Improved \acr{KOMA}-Script support\see{use:cav:scr} -%\item Added \cmd{ifkomabibtotoc}\see{use:cav:scr} -%\item Added \cmd{ifkomabibtotocnumbered}\see{use:cav:scr} -%\item Added \cmd{ifmemoirbibintoc}\see{use:cav:mem} -%\item Updated documentation\see{use:bib:hdg} -%\item Updated documentation of \cmd{iffootnote}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added several new localization keys\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Rearranged some localization keys (\texttt{section} vs. \texttt{paragraph})\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added unsupported entry type \bibtype{letter}\see{bib:typ:ctm} -%\item Added entry type \bibtype{suppbook}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added entry type \bibtype{suppcollection}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added entry type \bibtype{suppperiodical}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Support \bibtype{reference} and \bibtype{inreference}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Support \bibtype{review} as an alias\see{bib:typ:ctm} -%\item Added field \bibfield{origpublisher}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field alias \bibfield{annote}\see{bib:fld:als} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{bib:cav:enc} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareCapitalPunctuation}\see{aut:pct:cfg} -%\item Removed \cmd{EnableCapitalAfter} and \cmd{DisableCapitalAfter}\see{aut:pct:cfg} -%\item Added support for <American-style> punctuation\see{aut:pct:cfg} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareQuotePunctuation}\see{aut:pct:cfg} -%\item Improved \cmd{mkbibquote}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{use:loc:us} -%\item Improved all \texttt{numeric} citation styles\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved \texttt{numeric} bibliography style\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{authoryear-ibid}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved all \texttt{authoryear} citation styles\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved \texttt{authoryear} bibliography style\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Added \opt{pageref} option to \texttt{verbose-note} style\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added \opt{pageref} option to \texttt{verbose-inote} style\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{reading}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added bibliography style \texttt{reading}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{draft}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added bibliography style \texttt{draft}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Improved \sty{natbib} compatibility style\see{use:cit:nat} -%\item Added \cmd{ifcitation}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifbibliography}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{printfile}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Added package option \opt{loadfiles}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added support for bibliographic data in external files\see{use:use:prf} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{aut:cav:prf} -%\item Modified field \bibfield{edition}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Modified special field \bibfield{labelyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Modified special field \bibfield{labelalpha}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added special field \bibfield{extraalpha}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added counter \cnt{maxlabelyear}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Added counter \cnt{maxextraalpha}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Added \cmd{mknumalph}\see{use:fmt:aux} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibacro}\see{use:fmt:aux} -%\item Added \cmd{autocap}\see{use:fmt:aux} -%\item Added package option \opt{firstinits}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added \cmd{iffirstinits}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added support for eprint data\see{use:use:epr} -%\item Added support for arXiv\see{use:use:epr} -%\item Expanded documentation \see{aut:cav:epr} -%\item Added field \bibfield{eprint}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{eprinttype}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added eprint support to all standard entry types\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added package option \opt{arxiv}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Introduced concept of an entry set\see{use:use:set} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{aut:cav:set} -%\item Added entry type \bibtype{set}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added field \bibfield{entryset}\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Added special field \bibfield{entrysetcount}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added \cmd{entrydata}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{aut:cav:mif} -%\item Added \cmd{entryset}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{strfield}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Improved \cmd{usedriver}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{bibpagespunct}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{aut:cav:pct} -%\item Added entry option \opt{skipbib}\see{use:opt:bib} -%\item Added entry option \opt{skiplos}\see{use:opt:bib} -%\item Added entry option \opt{skiplab}\see{use:opt:bib} -%\item Added entry option \opt{dataonly}\see{use:opt:bib} -%\item Modified special field \bibfield{namehash}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added special field \bibfield{fullhash}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareNumChars}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareRangeChars}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareRangeCommands}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added support for Swedish (translations by Per Starbδck and others) -%\item Updated various localization files -%\item Various minor improvements throughout -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.7}{2007-12-09} -% -%\item Expanded documentation\see{int:feb} -%\item New dependency on \sty{etoolbox} package\see{int:pre:req} -%\item Made \sty{url} a required package\see{int:pre:req} -%\item Modified package option \opt{sorting}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Introduced concept of an entry option\see{use:opt:bib} -%\item Added option \bibfield{useauthor}\see{use:opt:bib} -%\item Added option \bibfield{useeditor}\see{use:opt:bib} -%\item Modified option \bibfield{useprefix}\see{use:opt:bib} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{useprefix}\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Added field \bibfield{options}\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Updated documentation\see{use:srt} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{authortitle-ibid}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{authortitle-icomp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Renamed citation style \texttt{authortitle-cterse} to \texttt{authortitle-tcomp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Renamed citation style \texttt{authortitle-verb} to \texttt{verbose}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Renamed citation style \texttt{authortitle-cverb} to \texttt{verbose-ibid}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{verbose-note}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{verbose-inote}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Renamed citation style \texttt{authortitle-trad} to \texttt{verbose-trad1}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Removed citation style \texttt{authortitle-strad}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{verbose-trad2}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{authoryear}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{authoryear-comp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{authortitle-terse}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{authortitle-tcomp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved all verbose citation styles\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{bib:fld:typ} -%\item Modified entry type \bibtype{article}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added entry type \bibtype{periodical}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added entry type \bibtype{patent}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Extended entry types \bibfield{proceedings} and \bibfield{inproceedings}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Extended entry type \bibfield{article}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Extended entry type \bibfield{booklet}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Extended entry type \bibfield{misc}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added entry type alias \bibtype{electronic}\see{bib:typ:als} -%\item Added new custom types\see{bib:typ:ctm} -%\item Support \bibfield{pagetotal} field where applicable\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added field \bibfield{holder}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{venue}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{version}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{journaltitle}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{journalsubtitle}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{issuetitle}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{issuesubtitle}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{journal}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field alias \bibfield{journal}\see{bib:fld:als} -%\item Added field \bibfield{shortjournal}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{shortseries}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{shorthandintro}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{xref}\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Added field \bibfield{authortype}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{editortype}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{reprinttitle}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Improved handling of field \bibfield{type}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Improved handling of field \bibfield{series}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Updated documentation\see{bib:use:ser} -%\item Renamed field \bibfield{id} to \bibfield{eid}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{pagination}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{bookpagination}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added special field \bibfield{sortinit}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Introduced concept of a multicite command\see{use:cit:mlt} -%\item Added \cmd{cites}\see{use:cit:mlt} -%\item Added \cmd{Cites}\see{use:cit:mlt} -%\item Added \cmd{parencites}\see{use:cit:mlt} -%\item Added \cmd{Parencites}\see{use:cit:mlt} -%\item Added \cmd{footcites}\see{use:cit:mlt} -%\item Added \cmd{supercites}\see{use:cit:mlt} -%\item Added \cmd{Autocite}\see{use:cit:aut} -%\item Added \cmd{autocites}\see{use:cit:aut} -%\item Added \cmd{Autocites}\see{use:cit:aut} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareMultiCiteCommand}\see{aut:cbx:cbx} -%\item Added counter \cnt{multicitecount}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Added counter \cnt{multicitetotal}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Renamed \cmd{citefulltitle} to \cmd{citetitle*}\see{use:cit:txt} -%\item Added \cmd{cite*}\see{use:cit:cbx} -%\item Added \cmd{citeurl}\see{use:cit:txt} -%\item Added documentation of field \bibfield{nameaddon}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{entrysubtype}\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Added field \bibfield{execute}\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Added custom fields \bibfield{verb{[a--c]}}\see{bib:fld:ctm} -%\item Added custom fields \bibfield{name{[a--c]}type}\see{bib:fld:ctm} -%\item Consider \bibfield{sorttitle} field when falling back to \bibfield{title}\see{use:srt} -%\item Removed package option \opt{labelctitle}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Removed field \opt{labelctitle}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added package option \opt{singletitle}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added \cmd{ifsingletitle}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifuseauthor}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifuseeditor}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifopcit}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifloccit}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added package option \opt{uniquename}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added special counter \cnt{uniquename}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added package option \opt{natbib}\see{use:opt:ldt} -%\item Added compatibility commands for the \sty{natbib} package\see{use:cit:nat} -%\item Added package option \opt{defernums}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Improved support for numeric labels\see{use:cav:lab} -%\item Added package option \opt{mincrossrefs}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{bibencoding}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{bib:cav:enc} -%\item Updated documentation\see{bib:cav:ide} -%\item Added package option \opt{citetracker}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added package option \opt{ibidtracker}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added package option \bibfield{opcittracker}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added package option \bibfield{loccittracker}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added \cmd{citetrackertrue} and \cmd{citetrackerfalse}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Modified package option \opt{pagetracker}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Added \cmd{pagetrackertrue} and \cmd{pagetrackerfalse}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Text commands now excluded from tracking\see{use:cit:txt} -%\item Updated documentation of \cmd{iffirstonpage}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Updated documentation of \cmd{ifsamepage}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Removed package option \opt{keywsort}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{refsection}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{refsegment}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{citereset}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{section} to \cmd{bibbysegment}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{section} to \cmd{bibbycategory}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{section} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Extended documentation of \env{refsection} environment\see{use:bib:sec} -%\item Added \cmd{newrefsection}\see{use:bib:sec} -%\item Added \cmd{newrefsegment}\see{use:bib:seg} -%\item Added heading definition \texttt{subbibliography}\see{use:bib:hdg} -%\item Added heading definition \texttt{subbibintoc}\see{use:bib:hdg} -%\item Added heading definition \texttt{subbibnumbered}\see{use:bib:hdg} -%\item Make all citation commands scan ahead for punctuation\see{use:cit} -%\item Updated documentation of \cmd{DeclareAutoPunctuation}\see{aut:pct:cfg} -%\item Removed \cmd{usecitecmd}\see{aut:cbx:cbx} -%\item Updated documentation of \opt{autocite} package option\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Updated documentation of \opt{autopunct} package option\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added \cmd{citereset}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{citereset*}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{mancite}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{citesetup}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{compcitedelim}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{labelnamepunct}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{subtitlepunct}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{finallistdelim}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{andmoredelim}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{labelalphaothers}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added \len{bibitemextrasep}\see{use:fmt:len} -%\item Renamed \cmd{blxauxprefix} to \cmd{blxauxsuffix}\see{use:use:aux} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareBibliographyOption}\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareEntryOption}\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Renamed \cmd{InitializeBibliographyDrivers} to \cmd{InitializeBibliographyStyle}\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Added \cmd{InitializeCitationStyle}\see{aut:cbx:cbx} -%\item Added \cmd{OnManualCitation}\see{aut:cbx:cbx} -%\item Extended documentation of \cmd{DeclareCiteCommand}\see{aut:cbx:cbx} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareAutoCiteCommand}\see{aut:cbx:cbx} -%\item Improved \cmd{printtext}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Improved \cmd{printfield}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Improved \cmd{printlist}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Improved \cmd{printnames}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Improved \cmd{indexfield}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Improved \cmd{indexlist}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Improved \cmd{indexnames}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareFieldFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareListFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareNameFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareFieldAlias}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareListAlias}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareNameAlias}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareIndexFieldFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareIndexListFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareIndexNameFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareIndexFieldAlias}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareIndexListAlias}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Modified \cmd{DeclareIndexNameAlias}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Improved \cmd{iffirstonpage}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Improved \cmd{ifciteseen}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Improved \cmd{ifandothers}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifinteger}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifnumeral}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifnumerals}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Removed \cmd{ifpage}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Removed \cmd{ifpages}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Moved \cmd{ifblank} to \sty{etoolbox} package\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Removed \cmd{xifblank}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Moved \cmd{docsvlist} to \sty{etoolbox} package\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Updated documentation of \cmd{docsvfield}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{ifciteibid}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{iffootnote}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{iffieldxref}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{iflistxref}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifnamexref}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifmoreitems}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifbibstring}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{iffieldbibstring}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{mkpageprefix}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{NumCheckSetup}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{pno}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{ppno}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{nopp}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{ppspace}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{psq}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{psqq}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{sqspace}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{bib:use:pag} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{use:cav:pag} -%\item Added \cmd{RN}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{Rn}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{RNfont}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{Rnfont}\see{use:cit:msc} -%\item Added package option \opt{punctfont}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added \cmd{setpunctfont}\see{aut:pct:new} -%\item Added \cmd{resetpunctfont}\see{aut:pct:new} -%\item Added \cmd{nopunct}\see{aut:pct:pct} -%\item Added \cmd{bibxstring}\see{aut:str} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibemph}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibquote}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibfootnote}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{mkbibsuperscript}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{currentfield}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Added \cmd{currentlist}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Added \cmd{currentname}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Added \cmd{AtNextCite}\see{aut:fmt:hok} -%\item Added \cmd{AtNextCitekey}\see{aut:fmt:hok} -%\item Added \cmd{AtDataInput}\see{aut:fmt:hok} -%\item Added several new localization keys\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added support for Norwegian (translations by Johannes Wilm) -%\item Added support for Danish (translations by Johannes Wilm) -%\item Expanded documentation\see{aut:cav:grp} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{aut:cav:mif} -%\item Numerous improvements under the hood -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.6}{2007-01-06} -% -%\item Added package option \kvopt{sorting}{none}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Renamed package option \kvopt{block}{penalty} to \kvopt{block}{ragged}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Changed data type of \bibfield{origlanguage} back to field\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Support \bibfield{origlanguage} field if \bibfield{translator} is present\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Renamed field \bibfield{articleid} to \bibfield{id}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Support \bibfield{id} field in \bibfield{article} entries\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Support \bibfield{series} field in \bibfield{article} entries\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Support \bibfield{doi} field\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Updated documentation of all entry types\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Updated documentation of field \bibfield{series}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{redactor}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{shortauthor}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{shorteditor}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Improved support for corporate authors and editors\see{bib:use:inc} -%\item Updated documentation of field \bibfield{labelname}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added field alias \bibfield{key}\see{bib:fld:als} -%\item Added package option \opt{autocite}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{autopunct}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added \cmd{autocite}\see{use:cit:aut} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareAutoCiteCommand}\see{aut:cbx:cbx} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareAutoPunctuation}\see{aut:pct:cfg} -%\item Added option \opt{filter} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added \cmd{defbibfilter}\see{use:bib:flt} -%\item Added package option \opt{maxitems}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{minitems}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added option \opt{maxitems} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{minitems} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{maxitems} to \cmd{bibbysection}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{minitems} to \cmd{bibbysection}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{maxitems} to \cmd{bibbysegment}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{minitems} to \cmd{bibbysegment}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{maxitems} to \cmd{bibbycategory}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{minitems} to \cmd{bibbycategory}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{maxitems} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added option \opt{minitems} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added counter \cnt{maxitems}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Added counter \cnt{minitems}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Added adapted headings for \sty{scrartcl}, \sty{scrbook}, \sty{scrreprt}\see{int:pre:cmp} -%\item Added adapted headings for \sty{memoir}\see{int:pre:cmp} -%\item Added \cmd{Cite}\see{use:cit:std} -%\item Added \cmd{Parencite}\see{use:cit:std} -%\item Added \cmd{Textcite}\see{use:cit:cbx} -%\item Added \cmd{parencite*}\see{use:cit:cbx} -%\item Added \cmd{supercite}\see{use:cit:cbx} -%\item Added \cmd{Citeauthor}\see{use:cit:txt} -%\item Added \cmd{nameyeardelim}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{multilistdelim}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Completed documenation\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Completed documenation\see{aut:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{usecitecmd}\see{aut:cbx:cbx} -%\item Added \cmd{hyphenate}\see{use:fmt:aux} -%\item Added \cmd{hyphen}\see{use:fmt:aux} -%\item Added \cmd{nbhyphen}\see{use:fmt:aux} -%\item Improved \cmd{ifsamepage}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Removed \cmd{ifnameequalstr}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Removed \cmd{iflistequalstr}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifcapital}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added documentation of \cmd{MakeCapital}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added starred variant to \cmd{setunit}\see{aut:pct:new} -%\item Improved \cmd{ifterm}\see{aut:pct:chk} -%\item Straightened out documentation of \cmd{thelist}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Straightened out documentation of \cmd{thename}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{docsvfield}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{docsvlist}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Removed \cmd{CopyFieldFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Removed \cmd{CopyIndexFieldFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Removed \cmd{CopyListFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Removed \cmd{CopyIndexListFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Removed \cmd{CopyNameFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Removed \cmd{CopyIndexNameFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{savefieldformat}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{restorefieldformat}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{savelistformat}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{restorelistformat}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{savenameformat}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{restorenameformat}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{savebibmacro}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{restorebibmacro}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{savecommand}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{restorecommand}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added documentation of \texttt{shorthands} driver\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Rearranged, renamed, and extended localization keys\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Renamed counter \cnt{citecount} to \cnt{instcount}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Added new counter \cnt{citecount}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Added counter \cnt{citetotal}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Rearranged and expanded documentation\see{bib:use} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{bib:cav} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{use:cav:scr} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{use:cav:mem} -%\item Completed support for Spanish\see{use:loc:esp} -%\item Added support for Italian (translations by Enrico Gregorio) -%\item Added language alias \opt{australian}\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Added language alias \opt{newzealand}\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Various minor improvements throughout -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.5}{2006-11-12} -% -%\item Added \cmd{usedriver}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added package option \opt{pagetracker}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added \cmd{iffirstonpage}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifsamepage}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Corrected documentation of \cmd{ifciteseen}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added package option \opt{terseinits}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Modified default value of package option \opt{maxnames}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Renamed package option \opt{index} to \opt{indexing}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Extended package option \opt{indexing}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Removed package option \opt{citeindex}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Removed package option \opt{bibindex}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{labelalpha}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Updated documentation of field \bibfield{labelalpha}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added package option \opt{labelctitle}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Updated documentation of field \bibfield{labelctitle}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added package option \opt{labelnumber}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Updated documentation of field \bibfield{labelnumber}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added package option \opt{labelyear}\see{use:opt:pre:int} -%\item Updated documentation of field \bibfield{labelyear}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{authortitle-verb}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{authortitle-cverb}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Renamed citation style \texttt{traditional} to \texttt{authortitle-trad}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved citation style \texttt{authortitle-trad}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added citation style \texttt{authortitle-strad}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Improved bibliography style \texttt{authoryear}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Improved bibliography style \texttt{authortitle}\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Added option \opt{maxnames} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{minnames} to \cmd{printbibliography}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{maxnames} to \cmd{bibbysection}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{minnames} to \cmd{bibbysection}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{maxnames} to \cmd{bibbysegment}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{minnames} to \cmd{bibbysegment}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{maxnames} to \cmd{bibbycategory}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{minnames} to \cmd{bibbycategory}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added option \opt{maxnames} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Added option \opt{minnames} to \cmd{printshorthands}\see{use:bib:los} -%\item Renamed \env{bibsection} to \env{refsection} (conflict with \sty{memoir})\see{use:bib:sec} -%\item Renamed \env{bibsegment} to \env{refsegment} (consistency)\see{use:bib:seg} -%\item Extended \env{refsection} environment\see{use:bib:sec} -%\item Renamed \env{bibsection} counter to \env{refsection}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Renamed \env{bibsegment} counter to \env{refsegment}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Updated documentation\see{use:use:mlt} -%\item Added counter \cnt{citecount}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Modified default definition of \cmd{blxauxprefix}\see{use:use:aux} -%\item Added \cmd{CopyFieldFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{CopyIndexFieldFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{CopyListFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{CopyIndexListFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{CopyNameFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{CopyIndexNameFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added \cmd{clearfield}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{clearlist}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{clearname}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{restorefield}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{restorelist}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{restorename}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Renamed \cmd{bibhyperlink} to \cmd{bibhyperref}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added new command \cmd{bibhyperlink}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{bibhypertarget}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Renamed formatting directive \texttt{bibhyperlink} to \texttt{bibhyperref}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added new formatting directive \texttt{bibhyperlink}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added formatting directive \texttt{bibhypertarget}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added \cmd{addlpthinspace}\see{aut:pct:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{addhpthinspace}\see{aut:pct:spc} -%\item Added field \bibfield{annotator}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{commentator}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{introduction}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{foreword}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{afterword}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Updated documentation of field \bibfield{translator}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{articleid}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{doi}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{file}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field alias \bibfield{pdf}\see{bib:fld:als} -%\item Added field \bibfield{indextitle}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{indexsorttitle}\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Changed data type of \bibfield{language}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Changed data type of \bibfield{origlanguage}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Updated documentation of entry type \bibfield{book}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Updated documentation of entry type \bibfield{collection}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Updated documentation of entry type \bibfield{inbook}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Updated documentation of entry type \bibfield{incollection}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Extended entry type \bibfield{misc}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added \cmd{UndefineBibliographyExtras}\see{use:lng} -%\item Added \cmd{UndeclareBibliographyExtras}\see{aut:lng:cmd} -%\item Added \cmd{finalandcomma}\see{use:fmt:lng} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{citedas}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Renamed localization key \texttt{editby} to \texttt{edited}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Renamed localization key \texttt{transby} to \texttt{translated}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{annotated}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{commented}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{introduced}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{foreworded}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{afterworded}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{commentary}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{annotations}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{introduction}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{foreword}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{afterword}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{doneby}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{itemby}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{spanish}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{latin}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{greek}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Modified localization key \texttt{fromenglish}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Modified localization key \texttt{fromfrench}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Modified localization key \texttt{fromgerman}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{fromspanish}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{fromlatin}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Added localization key \texttt{fromgreek}\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{bib:use} -%\item Updated documentation\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Updated documentation\see{use:xbx:bbx} -%\item Updated documentation\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Updated documentation\see{aut:fmt:fmt} -%\item Updated and completed documentation\see{use:fmt:lng} -%\item Updated and completed documentation\see{aut:fmt:lng} -%\item Added support for Spanish (translations by Ignacio Fernαndez Galvαn) -%\item Various memory-related optimizations in \path{biblatex.bst} -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.4}{2006-10-01} -% -%\item Added package option \opt{sortlos}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{bibtex8}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Made \bibfield{pageref} field local to \env{refsection} environment\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Renamed field \bibfield{labeltitle} to \bibfield{labelctitle}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added new field \bibfield{labeltitle}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added new field \bibfield{sortkey}\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Updated documentation\see{use:srt} -%\item Removed \cmd{iffieldtrue}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Renamed counter \cnt{namepenalty} to \cnt{highnamepenalty}\see{use:fmt:len} -%\item Added counter \cnt{lownamepenalty}\see{use:fmt:len} -%\item Added documentation of \cmd{noligature}\see{use:fmt:aux} -%\item Added \cmd{addlowpenspace}\see{aut:pct:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{addhighpenspace}\see{aut:pct:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{addabbrvspace}\see{aut:pct:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{adddotspace}\see{aut:pct:spc} -%\item Added \cmd{addslash}\see{aut:pct:spc} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{use:cav} -%\item Various minor improvements throughout -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.3}{2006-09-24} -% -%\item Renamed citation style \texttt{authortitle} to \texttt{authortitle-terse}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Renamed citation style \texttt{authortitle-comp} to \texttt{authortitle-cterse}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Renamed citation style \texttt{authortitle-verb} to \texttt{authortitle}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added new citation style \texttt{authortitle-comp}\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Citation style \texttt{traditional} now supports <loc.~cit.>\see{use:xbx:cbx} -%\item Added package option \opt{date}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{urldate}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Introduced new data type: literal lists\see{bib:fld} -%\item Renamed \cmd{citename} to \cmd{citeauthor}\see{use:cit:txt} -%\item Renamed \cmd{citelist} to \cmd{citename}\see{use:cit:low} -%\item Added new \cmd{citelist} command\see{use:cit:low} -%\item Renamed \cmd{printlist} to \cmd{printnames}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Added new \cmd{printlist} command\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Renamed \cmd{indexlist} to \cmd{indexnames}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Added new \cmd{indexlist} command\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Renamed \cmd{DeclareListFormat} to \cmd{DeclareNameFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added new \cmd{DeclareListFormat} command\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Renamed \cmd{DeclareListAlias} to \cmd{DeclareNameAlias}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added new \cmd{DeclareListAlias} command\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Renamed \cmd{DeclareIndexListFormat} to \cmd{DeclareIndexNameFormat}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added new \cmd{DeclareIndexListFormat} command\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Renamed \cmd{DeclareIndexListAlias} to \cmd{DeclareIndexNameAlias}\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Added new \cmd{DeclareIndexListAlias} command\see{aut:bib:fmt} -%\item Renamed \cmd{biblist} to \cmd{thename}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Added new \cmd{thelist} command\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Renamed \cmd{bibfield} to \cmd{thefield}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Renamed \cmd{savelist} to \cmd{savename}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Added new \cmd{savelist} command\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Renamed \cmd{savelistcs} to \cmd{savenamecs}\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Added new \cmd{savelistcs} command\see{aut:aux:dat} -%\item Renamed \cmd{iflistundef} to \cmd{ifnameundef}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added new \cmd{iflistundef} test\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Renamed \cmd{iflistsequal} to \cmd{ifnamesequal}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added new \cmd{iflistsequal} test\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Renamed \cmd{iflistequals} to \cmd{ifnameequals}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added new \cmd{iflistequals} test\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Renamed \cmd{iflistequalcs} to \cmd{ifnameequalcs}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added new \cmd{iflistequalcs} test\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Renamed \cmd{iflistequalstr} to \cmd{ifnameequalstr}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added new \cmd{iflistequalstr} test\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Renamed \cmd{ifcurrentlist} to \cmd{ifcurrentname}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added new \cmd{ifcurrentlist} test\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Entry type alias \bibtype{conference} now resolved by \bibtex\see{bib:typ:als} -%\item Entry type alias \bibtype{mastersthesis} now resolved by \bibtex\see{bib:typ:als} -%\item Entry type alias \bibtype{phdthesis} now resolved by \bibtex\see{bib:typ:als} -%\item Entry type alias \bibtype{techreport} now resolved by \bibtex\see{bib:typ:als} -%\item Entry type alias \bibtype{www} now resolved by \bibtex\see{bib:typ:als} -%\item Added new custom fields \bibfield{lista} through \bibfield{listf}\see{bib:fld:ctm} -%\item Changed data type of \bibfield{location}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Changed data type of \bibfield{origlocation}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Changed data type of \bibfield{publisher}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Changed data type of \bibfield{institution}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Changed data type of \bibfield{organization}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Modified values of \bibfield{gender} field for \sty{jurabib} compatibility\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Modified and extended \texttt{idem\dots} keys for \sty{jurabib} compatibility\see{aut:lng:key} -%\item Improved \cmd{addtocategory}\see{use:bib:cat} -%\item Removed formatting command \cmd{mkshorthand}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added field formatting directive \texttt{shorthandwidth}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added documentation of \cmd{shorthandwidth}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Removed formatting command \cmd{mklabelnumber}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added field formatting directive \texttt{labelnumberwidth}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added documentation of \cmd{labelnumberwidth}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Removed formatting command \cmd{mklabelalpha}\see{use:fmt:fmt} -%\item Added field formatting directive \texttt{labelalphawidth}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Added documentation of \cmd{labelalphawidth}\see{aut:fmt:ilc} -%\item Renamed \cmd{bibitem} to \cmd{thebibitem}\see{aut:bbx:env} -%\item Renamed \cmd{lositem} to \cmd{thelositem}\see{aut:bbx:env} -%\item Modified \cmd{AtBeginBibliography}\see{aut:fmt:hok} -%\item Added \cmd{AtBeginShorthands}\see{aut:fmt:hok} -%\item Added \cmd{AtEveryLositem}\see{aut:fmt:hok} -%\item Extended \sty{showkeys} compatibility to list of shorthands\see{int:pre:cmp} -%\item Added compatibility code for the \sty{hyperref} package\see{int:pre:cmp} -%\item Added package option \opt{hyperref}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added package option \opt{backref}\see{use:opt:pre:gen} -%\item Added field \bibfield{pageref}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Added \cmd{ifhyperref}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added \cmd{bibhyperlink}\see{aut:aux:msc} -%\item Added field formatting directive \texttt{bibhyperlink}\see{aut:fmt:ich} -%\item Renamed \cmd{ifandothers} to \cmd{ifmorenames}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added new \cmd{ifandothers} test\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{moreauthor}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{morebookauthor}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{moreeditor}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{morelabelname}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{moretranslator}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{morenamea}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{morenameb}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Removed field \bibfield{morenamec}\see{aut:bbx:fld} -%\item Updated documentation\see{aut:int} -%\item Updated documentation\see{aut:bbx:bbx} -%\item Updated documentation\see{aut:bbx:env} -%\item Updated documentation\see{aut:bbx:drv} -%\item Expanded documentation\see{aut:fmt} -%\item Modified internal \bibtex interface -%\item Fixed some typos in the manual -%\item Fixed some bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.2}{2006-09-06} -% -%\item Added bibliography categories\see{use:bib:cat} -%\item Added \cmd{DeclareBibliographyCategory}\see{use:bib:cat} -%\item Added \cmd{addtocategory}\see{use:bib:cat} -%\item Added \texttt{category} and \texttt{notcategory} filters\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added \cmd{bibbycategory}\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Added usage examples for bibliography categories\see{use:use:div} -%\item Added documentation of configuration file\see{use:cfg:cfg} -%\item Added documentation of \cmd{ExecuteBibliographyOptions}\see{use:cfg:opt} -%\item Added documentation of \cmd{AtBeginBibliography}\see{aut:fmt:hok} -%\item Added \cmd{AtEveryBibitem}\see{aut:fmt:hok} -%\item Added \cmd{AtEveryCite}\see{aut:fmt:hok} -%\item Added \cmd{AtEveryCitekey}\see{aut:fmt:hok} -%\item Added optional argument to \cmd{printtext}\see{aut:bib:dat} -%\item Added \cmd{ifpage}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added \cmd{ifpages}\see{aut:aux:tst} -%\item Added field \bibfield{titleaddon}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{booktitleaddon}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{maintitleaddon}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{library}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{part}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{origlocation}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{origtitle}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{origyear}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Added field \bibfield{origlanguage}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Modified profile of field \bibfield{language}\see{bib:fld:dat} -%\item Extended entry type \bibtype{book}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Extended entry type \bibtype{inbook}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Extended entry type \bibtype{collection}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Extended entry type \bibtype{incollection}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Extended entry type \bibtype{proceedings}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Extended entry type \bibtype{inproceedings}\see{bib:typ:blx} -%\item Added entry type alias \bibtype{www}\see{bib:typ:als} -%\item Added compatibility code for the \sty{showkeys} package\see{int:pre:cmp} -%\item Support printable characters in \bibfield{keyword} and \texttt{notkeyword} filters\see{use:bib:bib} -%\item Support printable characters in \bibfield{keywords} field\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Ignore spaces after commas in \bibfield{keywords} field\see{bib:fld:spc} -%\item Internal rearrangement of all bibliography styles -%\item Fixed various bugs -% -%\end{release} -% -%\begin{release}{0.1}{2006-09-02} -% -%\item Initial public release -% -%\end{release} - -\end{changelog} - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/01-introduction.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/01-introduction.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index c09a7d5..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/01-introduction.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/01-introduction.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/01-introduction.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ac99a7b..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/01-introduction.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file briefly presents the main citation commands. It also -% illustrates the typical structure of a document based on biblatex. -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -% -% We load the babel package and specify the main language of the -% document. If babel is detected, biblatex will automatically adjust -% to the default language of the document. -\usepackage[american]{babel} -% -% We load the csquotes package, which is required for -% language-specific quotation marks. See the csquotes manual for -% further information about this package. -\usepackage{csquotes} -% -% We are using the 'authoryear' style in this example. -% The default is the 'numerical' style. -\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex} -% -% We use the database biblatex-examples.bib. -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{Standard citation commands} - -\subsection*{The \cmd{cite} command} - -% The \cite command prints a bare citation without parentheses. - -\cite{companion} - -\cite[59]{companion} - -\cite[see][]{companion} - -\cite[see][59--63]{companion} - -\subsection*{The \cmd{parencite} command} - -% The \parencite command, which is intended for in-text citations, -% encloses the citation in parentheses. Note that the 'numeric' and -% 'alphabetic' styles use square brackets instead. - -This is just filler text \parencite{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[59]{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[see][]{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[see][59--63]{companion}. - -\subsection*{The \cmd{footcite} command} - -% The \footcite command is similar to \parencite, except that the -% citation is given in a footnote. - -This is just filler text.\footcite{companion} - -This is just filler text.\footcite[59]{companion} - -This is just filler text.\footcite[See][]{companion} - -This is just filler text.\footcite[See][59--63]{companion} - -\subsection*{The \cmd{textcite} command} - -% The \textcite command is intended for citations integrated in the -% flow of text, replacing the subject of the sentence. - -\textcite{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[59]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -% With \textcite, the first optional argument is of limited use -% only, since you could simply place the prenote in front of the -% citation. It is still supported for the sake of consistency. - -\textcite[see][]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][59--63]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\section*{Style-independent commands} - -\subsection*{The \cmd{autocite} command} - -% The point of the \autocite command is that it automatically adapts -% to the predominant citation format (inline or footnote) normally -% used with the selected citation style. It should be used at the -% end of the sentence and usually works like \parencite or -% \footcite, depending on the citation style and the setting of the -% 'autocite' package option. With the author-year style used in this -% example, it works like \parencite: - -This is just filler text \autocite{companion}. - -\section*{Text commands} - -% There are a few predefined commands for bibliographic data which -% is frequently used in the flow of text. Note that biblatex also -% grants access to all lists and fields at a lower level, see below. - -\citeauthor{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -% Note that \citetitle will use the 'shorttitle' field, if -% available. - -See the \citetitle{companion} for more filler text. - -% \citetitle*, on the other hand, always prints the 'title' -% field. - -See also: \citetitle*{companion}. It has more filler text. - -\citetitle*{companion} by \citeauthor{companion} was -published in \citeyear{companion}. - -\section*{Special commands} - -% The \nocite command adds an entry to the bibliography without -% printing any citation. If the argument is an asterisk (i.e., -% '\nocite{*}'), all entries found in the bib file are added to the -% bibliography. - -No citation here.\nocite{knuth:ct} - -% The \fullcite command prints a verbose citation similar to the -% full bibliography entry. - -\fullcite{companion} - -% \footfullcite is similar to \fullcite, except that the citation is -% put in a footnote. - -This is just filler text.\footfullcite{companion} - -\section*{Low-level commands} - -% The commands in this section grant low-level access to all -% bibliographic data. See the biblatex manual for details about the -% different data types (name lists, literal lists, fields). - -% The \citename command prints a name list. For example, the -% \citeauthor command shown above is similar to the following -% low-level command: - -\citename{companion}{author} - -% The \citelist command is similar to \citename but prints literal -% lists. - -\citelist{companion}{publisher} - -% The \citefield command prints fields. For example, the -% \citetitle* command shown above is similar to the following -% low-level command (except for the formatting): - -\citefield{companion}{title} - -% The list of references is printed by way of \printbibliography. - -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/02-annotations.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/02-annotations.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 5c54460..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/02-annotations.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/02-annotations.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/02-annotations.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 4dcea33..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/02-annotations.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -% -% The example entries in examples.bib feature 'annotation' fields -% with some remarks about the respective entry. The sole purpose of -% this file is to print an annotated bibliography which includes -% these fields. -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=reading,abstract=false]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\begin{document} -\nocite{*} -\printbibliography -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/10-references-per-section.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/10-references-per-section.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 7e643fe..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/10-references-per-section.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/10-references-per-section.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/10-references-per-section.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ce3736b..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/10-references-per-section.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file demonstrates a setup typically used in a collection of -% articles by different authors, such as a conference proceedings -% volume for example. Each article is presented as a separate -% chapter with its own bibliography. The citation labels are local -% to the 'refsection' environments. -% -% With Biber, this file is processed as follows: -% -% latex file -% biber file -% latex file -% -% With BibTeX, this file is processed as follows: -% -% latex file -% bibtex file1-blx -% bibtex file2-blx -% bibtex file3-blx -% latex file -% -% Note that the file name suffix may generally be omitted. It's -% 'latex file' and 'bibtex file' rather than 'latex file.tex' and -% 'bibtex file.aux'. Depending on the TeX distribution, omitting the -% 'aux' file prefix when invoking BibTeX may even by mandatory. -% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{book} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=numeric]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\begin{document} - -\chapter{Title of first chapter} -\begin{refsection} -This is just filler text \parencite{massa}. -This is just filler text \parencite{augustine}. -This is just filler text \parencite{cotton}. -This is just filler text \parencite{hammond}. -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography] -\end{refsection} - -\chapter{Title of second chapter} -\begin{refsection} -This is just filler text \parencite{hammond}. -This is just filler text \parencite{massa}. -This is just filler text \parencite{cotton}. -This is just filler text \parencite{murray}. -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography] -\end{refsection} - -\chapter{Title of third chapter} -\begin{refsection} -This is just filler text \parencite{murray}. -This is just filler text \parencite{augustine}. -This is just filler text \parencite{cotton}. -This is just filler text \parencite{bertram}. -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography] -\end{refsection} - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/11-references-by-section.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/11-references-by-section.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 2516fd6..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/11-references-by-section.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/11-references-by-section.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/11-references-by-section.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 30a0629..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/11-references-by-section.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file is similar to the 'per section' example except that -% all references are printed at the end of the document. The -% citation labels are still local to the 'refsection' environments. -% -% With Biber, this file is processed as follows: -% -% latex file -% biber file -% latex file -% -% With BibTeX, this file is processed as follows: -% -% latex file -% bibtex file1-blx -% bibtex file2-blx -% bibtex file3-blx -% latex file -% -% Note that the file name suffix may generally be omitted. It's -% 'latex file' and 'bibtex file' rather than 'latex file.tex' and -% 'bibtex file.aux'. Depending on the TeX distribution, omitting the -% 'aux' file prefix when invoking BibTeX may even by mandatory. -% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{book} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage{nameref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\defbibheading{subbibliography}{% - \section*{% - Chapter \therefsection: - \nameref{refsection:\therefsection}}} -\begin{document} - -\chapter{Title of first chapter} -\begin{refsection} -This is just filler text \parencite{westfahl:space}. -This is just filler text \parencite{nietzsche:ksa}. -\end{refsection} - -\chapter{Title of second chapter} -\begin{refsection} -This is just filler text \parencite{nietzsche:historie}. -This is just filler text \parencite{westfahl:frontier}. -\end{refsection} - -\chapter{Title of third chapter} -\begin{refsection} -This is just filler text \parencite{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \parencite{averroes/bland}. -\end{refsection} - -\printbibheading -\bibbysection[heading=subbibliography] -% -% \bibbysection is a shorthand for: -% -% \printbibliography[section=1] -% \printbibliography[section=2] -% \printbibliography[section=3] -% ... - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/12-references-by-segment.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/12-references-by-segment.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 5d777eb..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/12-references-by-segment.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/12-references-by-segment.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/12-references-by-segment.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 04235c3..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/12-references-by-segment.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file differs from the 'by section' example in that the -% citation labels are assigned globally. They are not local to the -% 'refsegment' environments. -% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{book} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage{nameref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\defbibheading{subbibliography}{% - \section*{% - Chapter \therefsegment: - \nameref{refsegment:\therefsegment}}} -\begin{document} - -\chapter{Title of first chapter} -\begin{refsegment} -This is just filler text \parencite{westfahl:space}. -This is just filler text \parencite{nietzsche:ksa}. -\end{refsegment} - -\chapter{Title of second chapter} -\begin{refsegment} -This is just filler text \parencite{nietzsche:historie}. -This is just filler text \parencite{westfahl:frontier}. -\end{refsegment} - -\chapter{Title of third chapter} -\begin{refsegment} -This is just filler text \parencite{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \parencite{averroes/bland}. -\end{refsegment} - -\printbibheading -\bibbysegment[heading=subbibliography] -% -% \bibbysegment is a shorthand for: -% -% \printbibliography[segment=1] -% \printbibliography[segment=2] -% \printbibliography[segment=3] -% ... - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/13-references-by-keyword.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/13-references-by-keyword.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 0968c1f..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/13-references-by-keyword.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/13-references-by-keyword.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/13-references-by-keyword.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 1c32176..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/13-references-by-keyword.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -% -% It is common requirement to subdivide a bibliography by certain -% criteria. This example demonstrates how to use keyword filters to -% subdivide the list of references into primary and secondary -% sources. -% -% The keyword filter depends on the 'keywords' fields in the bib -% file. The entries cited in this example are set up like this: -% -% @Type{key, -% keywords = {primary}, -% ... -% } -% -% @Type{key, -% keywords = {secondary}, -% ... -% } -% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{book} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authortitle]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\begin{document} - -\chapter{References by keyword} - -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{nussbaum} -This is just filler text.\footcite{averroes/bland} -This is just filler text.\footcite{hyman} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -This is just filler text.\footcite{moraux} -This is just filler text.\footcite{pines} - -\printbibheading -\printbibliography[keyword=primary,heading=subbibliography,title={Primary Sources}] -\printbibliography[keyword=secondary,heading=subbibliography,title={Secondary Sources}] - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/14-references-by-category.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/14-references-by-category.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 47bcded..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/14-references-by-category.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/14-references-by-category.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/14-references-by-category.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ad5301b..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/14-references-by-category.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -% -% This example will yield the same output as the 'keywords' example -% but the approach is different. Instead of adding the filter -% criteria to the bib file, we assign keys to categories in the -% document preamble and use 'category' filters to create a -% subdivided bibliography. -% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{book} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authortitle]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\DeclareBibliographyCategory{primary} -\DeclareBibliographyCategory{secondary} -\addtocategory{primary}{aristotle:anima,aristotle:physics,averroes/bland} -\addtocategory{secondary}{hyman,moraux,nussbaum,pines} -\defbibheading{primary}{\section*{Primary Sources}} -\defbibheading{secondary}{\section*{Secondary Sources}} -\begin{document} - -\chapter{References by category} - -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{nussbaum} -This is just filler text.\footcite{averroes/bland} -This is just filler text.\footcite{hyman} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -This is just filler text.\footcite{moraux} -This is just filler text.\footcite{pines} - -\printbibheading -\bibbycategory -% -% \bibbycategory processes the categories in the order in which they -% were declared. Note that the category name also serves as a heading -% identifier, i.e. you need to define a matching heading for every -% category. In this document, \bibbycategory is a shorthand for: -% -% \printbibliography[heading=primary,category=primary] -% \printbibliography[heading=secondary,category=secondary] -% ... - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/15-references-by-type.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/15-references-by-type.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 76c5ea4..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/15-references-by-type.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/15-references-by-type.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/15-references-by-type.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 7df1f1b..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/15-references-by-type.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -% -% This example demonstrates how to subdivide a bibliography by type, -% using 'type' filters. -% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{book} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\begin{document} - -\chapter{References by type} - -This is just filler text \parencite{knuth:ct:a}. -This is just filler text \parencite{ctan}. -This is just filler text \parencite{companion}. -This is just filler text \parencite{markey}. - -\printbibheading -\printbibliography[nottype=online,heading=subbibliography,title={Printed Sources}] -\printbibliography[type=online,heading=subbibliography,title={Online Sources}] - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/16-numeric-prefixed-1.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/16-numeric-prefixed-1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 1b224a2..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/16-numeric-prefixed-1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/16-numeric-prefixed-1.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/16-numeric-prefixed-1.tex deleted file mode 100644 index da32d19..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/16-numeric-prefixed-1.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file demonstrates how to configure biblatex to prefix -% numerical citations with a letter or a string. This will work with -% all numerical styles which ship with biblatex. Note that you must -% set defernumbers=true globally when using prefixes. -% -% Since the prefixes are assigned as the bibliography is generated, -% you may use any filter supported by biblatex to subdivide the -% references (by type, by category, by keyword, etc.). -% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -% When using prefixed numerical labels, the labels must be assigned -% as the bibliography is generated. That's why we set -% defernumbers=true here: -\usepackage[style=numeric,defernumbers]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage{nameref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% A catch-all filter for all items which are not assigned to a -% dedicated sub-bibliography: -\defbibfilter{other}{ - not type=article - and - not type=book - and - not type=collection -} -\begin{document} - -\section*{Prefixed numerical citations} - -% Some citations: -\cite{angenendt, kastenholz, augustine, companion, jaffe, ctan} - -\nocite{*} - -% Let's print the overall heading of the bibliography first: -\printbibheading - -% And now the sub-bibliographies: we use three of them (based on the -% entry type). Each sub-bibliography assigns a different prefix: -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Articles},type=article,prefixnumbers={A}] -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Books},type=book,prefixnumbers={B}] -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Collections},type=collection,prefixnumbers={C}] - -% The catch-all sub-bibliography for all remaining types: -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Other Sources},filter=other,prefixnumbers={O}] - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/17-numeric-prefixed-2.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/17-numeric-prefixed-2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 35097f2..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/17-numeric-prefixed-2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/17-numeric-prefixed-2.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/17-numeric-prefixed-2.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 0179dcc..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/17-numeric-prefixed-2.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -% -% This example is almost the same as the previous one except that -% the catch-all sub-bibliography does not assing any prefix. -% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=numeric,defernumbers]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage{nameref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\defbibfilter{other}{ - not type=article - and - not type=book - and - not type=collection -} -\begin{document} - -\section*{Prefixed numerical citations} - -% Some citations: -\cite{angenendt, kastenholz, augustine, companion, jaffe, ctan} - -\nocite{*} - -\printbibheading - -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Articles},type=article,prefixnumbers={A}] -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Books},type=book,prefixnumbers={B}] -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Collections},type=collection,prefixnumbers={C}] - -% The catch-all sub-bibliography for all remaining types. We don't -% use a prefix but we still need to set resetnumbers=true to restart -% the item numbering: -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Other Sources},filter=other,resetnumbers] - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/18-numeric-hybrid.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/18-numeric-hybrid.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 32225b5..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/18-numeric-hybrid.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/18-numeric-hybrid.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/18-numeric-hybrid.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ff2edf0..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/18-numeric-hybrid.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -% -% This example demonstrates how hybrid citations, i.e., two -% citations styles in a single document, may be implemented. -% Note that the default styles which ship with bibatex do not -% support hybrid citation schemes out of the box. This example -% is merely a proof of concept. -% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -% We use the authoryear style as a basis but we want numerical -% labels for all online references. Therefore, we request numeric -% labels by setting 'labelnumber=true'. We also set -% 'defernumbers=true'. This will be required by the 'omitnumbers' -% option used below. -\usepackage[style=authoryear,labelnumber,defernumbers]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage{nameref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} - -% We define a dedicated citation command for online references which -% uses numerical labels instead of the author-year scheme. Instead -% of defining a dedicated command, it is also possible (and usually -% preferable) to build smart citation commands which are able to -% switch citation styles depending on the entry type (or other -% criteria). It's just easier to demonstrate the point of the -% 'omitnumbers' option this way: - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\citeonline}[\mkbibbrackets] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelnumber}}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -% The matching environment for the online sub-bibliography: - -\defbibenvironment{online} - {\list - {\printtext[labelnumberwidth]{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelnumber}} - {\printfield{shorthand}}}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\labelnumberwidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss##1}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{labelnumberwidth}{\mkbibbrackets{#1}} - -\begin{document} - -\section*{Hybrid citations} - -\subsection*{Regular citations (author-year)} - -\cite{augustine}, -\cite{bertram}, -\cite{companion} - -\subsection*{Online citations (numeric)} - -\citeonline{ctan}, -\citeonline{markey} - -% Let's print the overall heading of the bibliography first: -\printbibheading - -% We set omitnumbers=true for the author-year sub-bibliography. -% Without that, the first item of the online bibliography would be -% labeled as "[4]". -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Printed References},nottype=online,omitnumbers] - -% The online sub-bibliography requires a different environment: -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Online References},env=online,type=online] - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/19-alphabetic-prefixed.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/19-alphabetic-prefixed.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 54af31f..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/19-alphabetic-prefixed.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/19-alphabetic-prefixed.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/19-alphabetic-prefixed.tex deleted file mode 100644 index f6d081e..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/19-alphabetic-prefixed.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -% -% Prefixes also work with alphabetic the styles. -% -\documentclass[a4paper,oneside]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=alphabetic]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage{nameref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% A catch-all filter for all items which are not assigned to a -% dedicated sub-bibliography: -\defbibfilter{other}{ - not type=article - and - not type=book - and - not type=collection -} -\begin{document} - -\section*{Prefixed alphabetic citations} - -% Some citations: -\cite{angenendt, kastenholz, augustine, companion, jaffe, ctan} - -\nocite{*} - -% Let's print the overall heading of the bibliography first: -\printbibheading - -% And now the sub-bibliographies: we use three of them (based on the -% entry type). Each sub-bibliography assigns a different prefix. The -% option is called 'prefixnumbers' because it was originally intended -% for numeric citations only. It also works with alphabetic labels: -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Articles},type=article,prefixnumbers={A-}] -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Books},type=book,prefixnumbers={B-}] -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Collections},type=collection,prefixnumbers={C-}] - -% The catch-all sub-bibliography for all remaining types: -\printbibliography[heading=subbibliography,title={Other Sources},filter=other,prefixnumbers={O-}] - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/20-indexing-basic.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/20-indexing-basic.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index fa30d6b..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/20-indexing-basic.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/20-indexing-basic.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/20-indexing-basic.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 5b8a3d2..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/20-indexing-basic.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file demonstrates indexing with the 'makeidx' package. -% This file is processed as follows: -% -% latex file -% bibtex/biber file -% latex file -% makeindex file -% latex file -% -% Note that the file name suffix may be omitted. It's 'latex file' -% and not 'latex file.tex'. -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -% -% We set the 'indexing' package option ('indexing' is similar to -% 'indexing=true') to enable indexing in both citations and the -% bibliography. It is rather unusual to add bibliography entries to -% the index so you will normally use 'indexing=cite' instead. The -% only reason we're indexing the bibliography in this example is to -% get a larger index. For a change, let's also use the 'authortitle' -% style in this example. -\usepackage[indexing,style=authortitle]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% -% The 'makeidx' package provides indexing facilities on a fairly -% basic level. It is highly advisable to use the 'index' package -% instead, even if you do not need the additional facilities -% provided by this package, such as multiple indexes. The reason is -% that the \index command defined by this package is more robust -% than the basic command provided by 'makeidx'. -\usepackage{makeidx} -% We need to enable indexing globally by way of \makeindex. -% Otherwise, no index is created at all, regardless of the -% 'indexing' option of biblatex. -\makeindex -% -% Note that biblatex uses makeindex's 'actual' operator to pass the -% 'indexsorttitle' field to makeindex. The default character used -% is '@'. If the makeindex style uses a different character, i.e., -% if the .ist file contains a line like this -% -% actual '=' -% -% you need to redefine \actualoperator accordingly: -% -% \renewcommand*{\actualoperator}{=} -% -\begin{document} - -\section*{Indexing with the \texttt{makeidx} package} - -% We add the contents of the entire bib file to the bibliography. -% Note that \nocite does not add anything to the index on its own. -\nocite{*} - -% We cite a few items. These citations will be added to the index. -\cite{piccato,gaonkar,malinowski,coleridge,gerhardt,cicero} - -% We also add an explicit index entry. -\index{Example entry} - -\clearpage - -% We print the printbibliography... -\printbibliography -% ...and the index -\raggedright -\printindex - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/21-indexing-advanced.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/21-indexing-advanced.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 940b059..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/21-indexing-advanced.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/21-indexing-advanced.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/21-indexing-advanced.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 3f7ceed..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/21-indexing-advanced.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file demonstrates indexing with the 'index' package. -% This file is processed as follows: -% -% latex file -% bibtex/biber file -% latex file -% makeindex -o file.ind file.idx (= makeindex file) -% makeindex -o file.nnd file.ndx -% makeindex -o file.tnd file.tdx -% latex file -% -% Note that the file name suffix may be omitted. It's 'latex file' -% and not 'latex file.tex'. Also note that '-t <file>' is optional. -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -% -% We set the 'indexing' package option and use the 'authortitle' -% style in this example. -\usepackage[indexing,style=authortitle,babel=hyphen]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% -% The 'index' package provides advanced indexing facilities with -% support for multiple indexes. -\usepackage{index} -% -% We want three indexes: a general index, an index of names, and an -% index of titles. They are defined by way of \newindex, see the -% documentation of the 'index' package for details. -\newindex{default}{idx}{ind}{Subject Index} -\newindex{names}{ndx}{nnd}{Name Index} -\newindex{titles}{tdx}{tnd}{Title Index} -% -% We need to redefine some index formatting directives such that -% biblatex adds names and titles to separate indexes. All names -% should go to the name index, hence we simply redefine the default -% index formatting directive for names. The default definition, -% which is found in biblatex.def, looks like this: -% -% \DeclareIndexNameFormat{default}{% -% \usebibmacro{index:name}{\index}{#1}{#3}{#5}{#7}% -% } -% -% As you can see, the data is simply passed on to a 'bibmacro' which -% takes care of the formatting of the name. The definition of the -% bibmacro, which is also found in biblatex.def, is not relevant in -% our example because all we want to do is change or rather extend -% the \index command, which happens to be the first argument of the -% 'index:name' bibmacro. -% -\DeclareIndexNameFormat{default}{% - \usebibmacro{index:name}{\index[names]}{#1}{#3}{#5}{#7}% -} -% -% Titles are handled in a similar way. The formatting directive we -% need to modify is 'indextitle'. It's default definition looks like -% this: -% -% \DeclareIndexFieldFormat{indextitle}{% -% \usebibmacro{index:title}{\index}{#1}% -% } -% -% We modify it such that the \index command writes to the index of -% titles: -% -\DeclareIndexFieldFormat{indextitle}{% - \usebibmacro{index:title}{\index[titles]}{#1}% -} -% -% That's it as far as splitting the index is concerned. Let's have a -% look at some other facilities you may want to customize. By -% default, biblatex will index the author or editor and the title of -% all references. This behavior may be modified as desired. The -% indexing facilities are not hard-coded. All standard styles which -% ship with this package call two 'bibmacros' which handle the -% indexing. These macros are called 'citeindex' and 'bibindex', both -% of which are defined in biblatex.def. The former handles indexing -% in citations, the latter in the bibliography. Their default -% definitions are as follows: -% -% \newbibmacro*{citeindex}{% -% \ifciteindex -% {\indexnames{labelname}% -% \indexfield{indextitle}} -% {}} -% -% \newbibmacro*{bibindex}{% -% \ifbibindex -% {\indexnames{labelname}% -% \indexfield{indextitle}} -% {}} -% -% The 'labelname' field is a copy of the 'author' field, if there is -% an author, or a copy of the 'editor' field otherwise. 'indextitle' -% is the 'indextitle' field, if defined in the bib file, or a copy -% of the 'title' field otherwise. -% -% The mechanism works like this: the \indexnames and \indexfield -% fields tell biblatex which data to add to the index, the indexing -% directives tell it how to index the data. -% -% The default settings should be fine in most cases. As an example, -% we will modify them here such that author, editors, translators, -% and commentators in the bibliography are indexed: -% -\renewbibmacro*{bibindex}{% - \ifbibindex - {\indexnames{author}% - \indexnames{editor}% - \indexnames{translator}% - \indexnames{commentator}% - \indexfield{indextitle}} - {}} -% -\begin{document} - -\section*{Indexing with the \texttt{index} package} - -% We add the contents of the entire bib file to the bibliography. -% Note that \nocite does not add anything to the index on its own. -\nocite{*} - -% We cite a few items. These citations will be added to the index. -\cite{piccato,gaonkar,malinowski,coleridge,gerhardt,cicero} - -% We also add an explicit index entry. -\index{Example entry} - -\clearpage - -% We print the printbibliography... -\printbibliography -% ...and the indexes -\raggedright -\printindex % the general index -\printindex[names] % the name index -\printindex[titles] % the title index - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/30-style-numeric.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/30-style-numeric.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 237d31e..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/30-style-numeric.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/30-style-numeric.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/30-style-numeric.tex deleted file mode 100644 index cc42afd..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/30-style-numeric.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'numeric' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=numeric,subentry]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{numeric} style} - -This style prints numeric citations in square brackets. It is -similar to the standard bibliographic facilities provided by LaTeX -and to the \texttt{plain.bst} style of legacy BibTeX. - -\subsection*{\cmd{cite} examples} - -\cite{companion} - -\cite[59]{companion} - -\cite[see][]{companion} - -\cite[see][59--63]{companion} - -\subsection*{\cmd{parencite} examples} - -% With the numeric style, the \parencite command is similar to \cite -% at first glance, but the placement of the prenote argument is -% different. - -This is just filler text \parencite{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[59]{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[see][]{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[see][59--63]{companion}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{textcite} examples} - -% The \textcite command is intended for citations integrated in the -% flow of text, replacing the subject of the sentence. - -\textcite{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[59]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][59--63]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\subsection*{\cmd{supercite} examples} - -This is just filler text.\supercite{companion} - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% By default, the \autocite command works like \parencite. - -This is just filler text \autocite{companion}. - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -% By default, a list of multiple citations is not sorted. You can -% enable sorting by setting the 'sortcites' package option. - -\cite{companion,augustine,bertram,cotton,hammond,massa,murray} - -\subsection*{Reference sets} - -% Reference sets are cited like any other item: - -\cite{set,hammond,stdmodel,massa,murray} - -% Note that this style provides a package option called 'subentry' -% which affects the handling of citations referring to members of -% a reference set. If this option is enabled, such citations get an -% extra letter which identifies the member (it is also printed in -% the bibliography): - -\cite{glashow,yoon,salam,aksin} - -% Note that this options is disabled by default but has been enabled -% in this example. If disabled, citations referring to a set member -% will point to the set, i.e., the above citations would be similar -% to this one: - -\cite{set,stdmodel} - -% The list of references - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/31-style-numeric-comp.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/31-style-numeric-comp.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 1622aaa..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/31-style-numeric-comp.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/31-style-numeric-comp.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/31-style-numeric-comp.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 8ed6e23..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/31-style-numeric-comp.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'numeric-comp' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=numeric-comp,subentry]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{numeric-comp} style} - -This style is similar to \texttt{numeric} except that a list of -multiple citations is sorted and any sequence of more than two -consecutive numbers is formatted as a range. This style will -implicitly enable the \texttt{sortcites} package option at load -time. - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -\cite{bertram,augustine} - -\cite{murray,bertram,augustine,companion,cotton} - -\cite{augustine,bertram,cotton,hammond,set,massa,murray} - -\cite{bertram,companion,cotton,augustine,massa,set,hammond,murray,stdmodel} - -\cite{yoon,weinberg} - -\subsection*{Multiple citations with \cmd{supercite}} - -This is just filler text.\supercite{bertram,augustine} - -This is just filler text.\supercite{murray,bertram,augustine,companion,cotton} - -This is just filler text.\supercite{augustine,bertram,cotton,hammond,set,massa,murray} - -This is just filler text.\supercite{bertram,companion,cotton,augustine,massa,set,hammond,murray,stdmodel} - -This is just filler text.\supercite{yoon,weinberg} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/32-style-numeric-verb.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/32-style-numeric-verb.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index b31569c..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/32-style-numeric-verb.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/32-style-numeric-verb.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/32-style-numeric-verb.tex deleted file mode 100644 index de8aed7..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/32-style-numeric-verb.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'numeric-verb' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=numeric-verb,subentry]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{numeric-verb} style} - -This style is similar to \texttt{numeric} except that a list of -multiple citations is printed in a slightly more verbose format. - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -\cite{hammond,massa,augustine,cotton,set,murray,bertram,stdmodel} - -\cite{yoon,salam} - -\subsection*{Multiple citations with \cmd{supercite}} - -This is just filler text.\supercite{hammond,massa,augustine,cotton,set,murray,bertram,stdmodel} - -This is just filler text.\supercite{yoon,salam} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/40-style-alphabetic.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/40-style-alphabetic.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index f0e103b..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/40-style-alphabetic.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/40-style-alphabetic.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/40-style-alphabetic.tex deleted file mode 100644 index fc02601..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/40-style-alphabetic.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'alphabetic' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=alphabetic]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{alphabetic} style} - -This style prints alphabetic citations similar to the -\texttt{alpha.bst} style of legacy BibTeX. The alphabetic labels -resemble a compact author-year style to some extent, but the way -they are employed is similar to a numeric citation scheme. - -\subsection*{\cmd{cite} examples} - -\cite{companion} - -\cite[59]{companion} - -\cite[see][]{companion} - -\cite[see][59--63]{companion} - -\subsection*{\cmd{parencite} examples} - -% With this style, the \parencite command is similar to \cite at -% first glance, but the placement of the prenote argument is -% different. - -This is just filler text \parencite{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[59]{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[see][]{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[see][59--63]{companion}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{textcite} examples} - -\textcite{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[59]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][59--63]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% By default, the \autocite command works like \parencite. - -This is just filler text \autocite{companion}. - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -% By default, a list of multiple citations is not sorted. You can -% enable sorting by setting the 'sortcites' package option. - -\cite{companion,augustine,bertram,cotton,hammond,massa,murray} - -\clearpage - -% The list of references - -\nocite{*} -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/41-style-alphabetic-verb.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/41-style-alphabetic-verb.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index bd538a8..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/41-style-alphabetic-verb.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/41-style-alphabetic-verb.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/41-style-alphabetic-verb.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 17044b7..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/41-style-alphabetic-verb.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'alphabetic-verb' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=alphabetic-verb]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{alphabetic-verb} style} - -This style is similar to \texttt{alphabetic} except that a list of -multiple citations is printed in a slightly more verbose format. - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -\cite{hammond,massa,augustine,cotton,murray,bertram} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/50-style-authoryear.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/50-style-authoryear.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 52add3b..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/50-style-authoryear.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/50-style-authoryear.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/50-style-authoryear.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 10aef58..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/50-style-authoryear.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,212 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authoryear' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authoryear]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\newenvironment{bibsample} - {\trivlist\samepage - \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}} - {\endtrivlist} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authoryear} style} - -This style implements the author-year citation scheme. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{mergedate} option} - -Since this style prints the date label after the author/editor in the -bibliography, there are effectively two dates in the bibliography: -the full date specification (e.g., \enquote{2001}, \enquote{June -2006}, \enquote{5th~Jan. 2008}) and the date label (e.g., -\enquote{2006a}), as found in citations. The \texttt{mergedate} -option controls whether or not date specifications are merged with -the date label. This option is best explained by example. Note that -it only affects the bibliography. Citations use the date label only: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe 2000 -\item Doe 2003a -\item Doe 2003b -\item Doe 2006a -\item Doe 2006b -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=false} strictly separates the date specification -from the date label. The year will always be printed twice: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher, 2000. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=minimum} merges the dates whenever the full date -and the date label are exactly the same string. If the date is a bare -year number and there is no \texttt{extrayear} field, the date -specification will be omitted: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=basic} is similar in concept but more economical. -It will always omit the date specification if the date is a bare year -number: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=compact} merges all date specifications with the -date labels. It will still treat the \texttt{issue} field specially: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (June 2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6, pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=maximum} strives for maximum compactness. Even the -\texttt{issue} field is merged with the date label: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (June 2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6, pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (Fall 2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3, pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=true} is an alias for \texttt{mergedate=compact}. -This is the default setting. - -\subsection*{\cmd{cite} examples} - -\cite{companion} - -\cite[59]{companion} - -\cite[see][]{companion} - -\cite[see][59--63]{companion} - -\subsection*{\cmd{parencite} examples} - -This is just filler text \parencite{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[59]{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[see][]{companion}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[see][59--63]{companion}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{parencite*} examples} - -\citeauthor{companion} show that this is just filler -text \parencite*{companion}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -% Even though the author-year scheme is usually employed in -% conjuntion with in-text citations, it works just fine in -% footnotes, too. - -This is just filler text.\footcite{companion} - -This is just filler text.\footcite[59]{companion} - -This is just filler text.\footcite[See][]{companion} - -This is just filler text.\footcite[See][59--63]{companion} - -\subsection*{\cmd{textcite} examples} - -\textcite{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[59]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][59--63]{companion} show that this is just filler text. - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% By default, the \autocite command works like \parencite. -% The starred version works like \parencite*. - -This is just filler text \autocite{companion}. - -\citeauthor{companion} show that this is just filler -text \autocite*{companion}. - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -% By default, a list of multiple citations is not sorted. You can -% enable sorting by setting the 'sortcites' package option. - -\cite{knuth:ct:c,aristotle:physics,knuth:ct:b,aristotle:poetics,aristotle:rhetoric,knuth:ct:d} - -\subsection*{Shorthand examples} - -% If an entry in the bib file includes a 'shorthand' field, the -% shorthand replaces the regular author-title citation. - -\cite{kant:kpv,kant:ku} - -\clearpage - -% The list of shorthands. - -\printshorthands - -% The list of references. Note that the year is printed after the -% author or editor and that recurring author and editor names are -% replaced by a dash unless the entry is the first one on the -% current page or double page spread (depending on the setting of -% the 'pagetracker' package option). This style will implicitly set -% 'pagetracker=spread' at load time. - -\nocite{*} -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/51-style-authoryear-ibid.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/51-style-authoryear-ibid.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 449926d..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/51-style-authoryear-ibid.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/51-style-authoryear-ibid.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/51-style-authoryear-ibid.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 8df70e6..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/51-style-authoryear-ibid.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,162 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authoryear-ibid' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authoryear-ibid]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\newenvironment{bibsample} - {\trivlist\samepage - \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}} - {\endtrivlist} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authoryear-ibid} style} - -This citation style is a variant of the \texttt{authoryear} style. -Immediately repeated citations are replaced by the abbreviation -`ibidem' unless the citation is the first one on the current page or -double page spread (depending on the setting of the -\texttt{pagetracker} package option). This style is intended for -citations given in footnotes. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{ibidpage} option} - -The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean -both `same author~+ same title' and `same author~+ same title~+ same -page' in traditional citation schemes. By default, this is not the -case with this style because it may lead to ambiguous citations. If -you you prefer the wider interpretation of \emph{ibidem}, set the -package option \texttt{ibidpage=true} or simply \texttt{ibidpage} in -the preamble. The default setting is \texttt{ibidpage=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{mergedate} option} - -Since this style prints the date label after the author/editor in the -bibliography, there are effectively two dates in the bibliography: -the full date specification (e.g., \enquote{2001}, \enquote{June -2006}, \enquote{5th~Jan. 2008}) and the date label (e.g., -\enquote{2006a}), as found in citations. The \texttt{mergedate} -option controls whether or not date specifications are merged with -the date label. This option is best explained by example. Note that -it only affects the bibliography. Citations use the date label only: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe 2000 -\item Doe 2003a -\item Doe 2003b -\item Doe 2006a -\item Doe 2006b -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=false} strictly separates the date specification -from the date label. The year will always be printed twice: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher, 2000. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=minimum} merges the dates whenever the full date -and the date label are exactly the same string. If the date is a bare -year number and there is no \texttt{extrayear} field, the date -specification will be omitted: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=basic} is similar in concept but more economical. -It will always omit the date specification if the date is a bare year -number: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=compact} merges all date specifications with the -date labels. It will still treat the \texttt{issue} field specially: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (June 2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6, pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=maximum} strives for maximum compactness. Even the -\texttt{issue} field is merged with the date label: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (June 2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6, pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (Fall 2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3, pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=true} is an alias for \texttt{mergedate=compact}. -This is the default setting. - -\subsection*{Hints} - -If you want terms such as \emph{ibidem} to be printed in italics, -redefine \cmd{mkibid} as follows: - -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph} -\end{verbatim} - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -This is just filler text.\footcite{companion} -% Immediately repeated citations are replaced by the -% abbreviation 'ibidem'... -This is just filler text.\footcite{companion} -\clearpage -% ... unless the citation is the first one on the current page -% or double page spread (depending on the setting of the -% 'pagetracker' package option). -This is just filler text.\footcite[55]{companion} -This is just filler text.\footcite[55]{companion} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/52-style-authoryear-comp.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/52-style-authoryear-comp.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index e0af1b8..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/52-style-authoryear-comp.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/52-style-authoryear-comp.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/52-style-authoryear-comp.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 839e73c..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/52-style-authoryear-comp.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authoryear-comp' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authoryear-comp]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\newenvironment{bibsample} - {\trivlist\samepage - \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}} - {\endtrivlist} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authoryear-comp} style} - -This style is a compact version of the \texttt{authoryear} style -which prints the author only once if subsequent references passed to -a single citation command share the same author. If they share the -same year as well, the year is also printed only once. This style -will implicitly enable the \texttt{sortcites} package option at load -time. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{mergedate} option} - -Since this style prints the date label after the author/editor in the -bibliography, there are effectively two dates in the bibliography: -the full date specification (e.g., \enquote{2001}, \enquote{June -2006}, \enquote{5th~Jan. 2008}) and the date label (e.g., -\enquote{2006a}), as found in citations. The \texttt{mergedate} -option controls whether or not date specifications are merged with -the date label. This option is best explained by example. Note that -it only affects the bibliography. Citations use the date label only: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe 2000 -\item Doe 2003a -\item Doe 2003b -\item Doe 2006a -\item Doe 2006b -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=false} strictly separates the date specification -from the date label. The year will always be printed twice: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher, 2000. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=minimum} merges the dates whenever the full date -and the date label are exactly the same string. If the date is a bare -year number and there is no \texttt{extrayear} field, the date -specification will be omitted: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=basic} is similar in concept but more economical. -It will always omit the date specification if the date is a bare year -number: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=compact} merges all date specifications with the -date labels. It will still treat the \texttt{issue} field specially: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (June 2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6, pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=maximum} strives for maximum compactness. Even the -\texttt{issue} field is merged with the date label: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (June 2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6, pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (Fall 2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3, pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=true} is an alias for \texttt{mergedate=compact}. -This is the default setting. - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -\cite{knuth:ct:c,aristotle:physics,knuth:ct:b,aristotle:poetics,aristotle:rhetoric,knuth:ct:d} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/53-style-authoryear-icomp.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/53-style-authoryear-icomp.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 8b07ff7..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/53-style-authoryear-icomp.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/53-style-authoryear-icomp.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/53-style-authoryear-icomp.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 28b5ce7..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/53-style-authoryear-icomp.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authoryear-icomp' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authoryear-icomp]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\newenvironment{bibsample} - {\trivlist\samepage - \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}} - {\endtrivlist} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authoryear-icomp} style} - -This style combines the features of \texttt{authoryear-ibid} and -\texttt{authoryear-comp}. It will implicitly enable the -\texttt{sortcites} package option at load time. This style is -intended for citations given in footnotes. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{ibidpage} option} - -The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean -both `same author~+ same title' and `same author~+ same title~+ same -page' in traditional citation schemes. By default, this is not the -case with this style because it may lead to ambiguous citations. If -you you prefer the wider interpretation of \emph{ibidem}, set the -package option \texttt{ibidpage=true} or simply \texttt{ibidpage} in -the preamble. The default setting is \texttt{ibidpage=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{mergedate} option} - -Since this style prints the date label after the author/editor in the -bibliography, there are effectively two dates in the bibliography: -the full date specification (e.g., \enquote{2001}, \enquote{June -2006}, \enquote{5th~Jan. 2008}) and the date label (e.g., -\enquote{2006a}), as found in citations. The \texttt{mergedate} -option controls whether or not date specifications are merged with -the date label. This option is best explained by example. Note that -it only affects the bibliography. Citations use the date label only: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe 2000 -\item Doe 2003a -\item Doe 2003b -\item Doe 2006a -\item Doe 2006b -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=false} strictly separates the date specification -from the date label. The year will always be printed twice: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher, 2000. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=minimum} merges the dates whenever the full date -and the date label are exactly the same string. If the date is a bare -year number and there is no \texttt{extrayear} field, the date -specification will be omitted: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher, 2003. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=basic} is similar in concept but more economical. -It will always omit the date specification if the date is a bare year -number: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6 -(June~2006), pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall~2006), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=compact} merges all date specifications with the -date labels. It will still treat the \texttt{issue} field specially: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (June 2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6, pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3 -(Fall), pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=maximum} strives for maximum compactness. Even the -\texttt{issue} field is merged with the date label: - -\begin{bibsample} -\item Doe, John (2000). \emph{Book~1}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003a). \emph{Book~2}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (2003b). \emph{Book~3}. Location: Publisher. -\item Doe, John (June 2006a). \enquote{Article~1}. In: \emph{Monthly Journal} 25.6, pp.~70--85. -\item Doe, John (Fall 2006b). \enquote{Article~2}. In: \emph{Quarterly Journal} 14.3, pp.~5--25. -\end{bibsample} - -\texttt{mergedate=true} is an alias for \texttt{mergedate=compact}. -This is the default setting. - -\subsection*{Hints} - -If you want terms such as \emph{ibidem} to be printed in italics, -redefine \cmd{mkibid} as follows: - -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph} -\end{verbatim} - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics,aristotle:poetics,aristotle:rhetoric,} -This is just filler text.\footcite{companion} -This is just filler text.\footcite{companion} -\clearpage -This is just filler text.\footcite{knuth:ct:c,knuth:ct:b,knuth:ct:d} -This is just filler text.\footcite[55]{companion} -This is just filler text.\footcite[55]{companion} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/60-style-authortitle.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/60-style-authortitle.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index c258ce7..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/60-style-authortitle.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/60-style-authortitle.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/60-style-authortitle.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 528629e..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/60-style-authortitle.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authortitle' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authortitle]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authortitle} style} - -This style prints author-title citations. If an entry in the -database file includes a \texttt{shorttitle} field, the short -title is used instead of the \texttt{title} field. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{cite} examples} - -\cite{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\cite[59]{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\cite[see][]{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\cite[see][59--63]{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\subsection*{\cmd{parencite} examples} - -This is just filler text \parencite{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[59]{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[see][]{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -This is just filler text \parencite[see][59--63]{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{parencite*} examples} - -\citeauthor{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler -text \parencite*{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -\citeauthor{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler -text \parencite*[59]{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -\citeauthor{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler -text \parencite*[see][]{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -\citeauthor{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler -text \parencite*[see][59--63]{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:rhetoric} - -This is just filler text.\footcite[59]{aristotle:rhetoric} - -This is just filler text.\footcite[See][]{aristotle:rhetoric} - -This is just filler text.\footcite[See][59--63]{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\subsection*{\cmd{textcite} examples} - -\textcite{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[59]{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][]{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][59--63]{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler text. - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% By default, the \autocite command works like \footcite. Note that -% the period is moved and placed before the footnote. - -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -% By default, a list of multiple citations is not sorted. You can -% enable sorting by setting the 'sortcites' package option. - -\cite{aristotle:rhetoric,aristotle:physics,aristotle:poetics} - -\subsection*{Shorthand examples} - -% If an entry in the bib file includes a 'shorthand' field, the -% shorthand replaces the regular author-title citation. - -\cite{kant:kpv,kant:ku} - -\clearpage - -% The list of shorthands. - -\printshorthands - -% The list of references. Note that the year is printed after the -% author or editor and that recurring author and editor names are -% replaced by a dash unless the entry is the first one on the -% current page or double page spread (depending on the setting of -% the 'pagetracker' package option). This style will implicitly set -% 'pagetracker=true' at load time. - -\nocite{*} -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/61-style-authortitle-ibid.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/61-style-authortitle-ibid.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index ea94da9..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/61-style-authortitle-ibid.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/61-style-authortitle-ibid.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/61-style-authortitle-ibid.tex deleted file mode 100644 index f6c1320..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/61-style-authortitle-ibid.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authortitle-ibid' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authortitle-ibid]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authortitle-ibid} style} - -This citation style is a variant of the \texttt{authortitle} style. -Immediately repeated citations are replaced by the abbreviation -`ibidem' unless the citation is the first one on the current page or -double page spread (depending on the setting of the -\texttt{pagetracker} package option). This style is intended for -citations given in footnotes. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{ibidpage} option} - -The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean -both `same author~+ same title' and `same author~+ same title~+ same -page' in traditional citation schemes. By default, this is not the -case with this style because it may lead to ambiguous citations. If -you you prefer the wider interpretation of \emph{ibidem}, set the -package option \texttt{ibidpage=true} or simply \texttt{ibidpage} in -the preamble. The default setting is \texttt{ibidpage=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{Hints} - -If you want terms such as \emph{ibidem} to be printed in italics, -redefine \cmd{mkibid} as follows: - -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph} -\end{verbatim} - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:rhetoric} -% Immediately repeated citations are replaced by the -% abbreviation 'ibidem'... -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:rhetoric} -\clearpage -% ... unless the citation is the first one on the current page -% or double page spread (depending on the setting of the -% 'pagetracker' package option). -This is just filler text.\footcite[55]{aristotle:rhetoric} -This is just filler text.\footcite[55]{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/62-style-authortitle-comp.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/62-style-authortitle-comp.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index cc5f936..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/62-style-authortitle-comp.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/62-style-authortitle-comp.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/62-style-authortitle-comp.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ddf81fe..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/62-style-authortitle-comp.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authortitle-comp' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authortitle-comp]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authortitle-comp} style} - -This style is a compact version of the \texttt{authortitle} style -which prints the author only once if subsequent references passed to -a single citation command share the same author. This style will -implicitly enable the \texttt{sortcites} package option at load -time. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -\cite{aristotle:rhetoric,averroes/bland,aristotle:physics,aristotle:poetics} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/63-style-authortitle-icomp.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/63-style-authortitle-icomp.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 5428887..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/63-style-authortitle-icomp.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/63-style-authortitle-icomp.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/63-style-authortitle-icomp.tex deleted file mode 100644 index cb84726..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/63-style-authortitle-icomp.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authortitle-icomp' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authortitle-icomp]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authortitle-icomp} style} - -This style combines the features of \texttt{authortitle-ibid} and -\texttt{authortitle-comp}. It will implicitly enable the -\texttt{sortcites} package option at load time. This style is -intended for citations given in footnotes. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{ibidpage} option} - -The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean -both `same author~+ same title' and `same author~+ same title~+ same -page' in traditional citation schemes. By default, this is not the -case with this style because it may lead to ambiguous citations. If -you you prefer the wider interpretation of \emph{ibidem}, set the -package option \texttt{ibidpage=true} or simply \texttt{ibidpage} in -the preamble. The default setting is \texttt{ibidpage=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{Hints} - -If you want terms such as \emph{ibidem} to be printed in italics, -redefine \cmd{mkibid} as follows: - -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph} -\end{verbatim} - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:rhetoric,averroes/bland,aristotle:physics,aristotle:poetics} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:rhetoric} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/64-style-authortitle-terse.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/64-style-authortitle-terse.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 15de72b..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/64-style-authortitle-terse.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/64-style-authortitle-terse.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/64-style-authortitle-terse.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 78baf54..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/64-style-authortitle-terse.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authortitle-terse' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authortitle-terse]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authortitle-terse} style} - -This style implements a terse author-title citation scheme suitable -for both in-text citations and citations given in footnotes. It -differs form the regular \texttt{authortitle} style in that the -title is only printed if the bibliography contains more than one -work by the respective author or editor. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{cite} examples} - -\cite{averroes/bland} - -\cite{aristotle:physics} - -\cite{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\subsection*{\cmd{parencite} examples} - -This is just filler text \parencite{averroes/bland}. - -This is just filler text \parencite{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{parencite*} examples} - -\citeauthor{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler -text \parencite*{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\subsection*{\cmd{textcite} examples} - -\textcite{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[59]{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][]{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler text. - -\textcite[see][59--63]{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler text. - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% By default, the \autocite command works like \parencite. -% The starred version works like \parencite*. - -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -\citeauthor{aristotle:rhetoric} shows that this is just filler -text \autocite*{aristotle:rhetoric}. - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -% By default, a list of multiple citations is not sorted. You can -% enable sorting by setting the 'sortcites' package option. - -\cite{aristotle:rhetoric,averroes/bland,aristotle:physics,aristotle:poetics} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/65-style-authortitle-tcomp.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/65-style-authortitle-tcomp.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 50eb069..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/65-style-authortitle-tcomp.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/65-style-authortitle-tcomp.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/65-style-authortitle-tcomp.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 0d8eaef..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/65-style-authortitle-tcomp.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authortitle-tcomp' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authortitle-tcomp]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authortitle-tcomp} style} - -This style essentially combines \texttt{authortitle-terse} and -\texttt{authortitle-comp}. It will implicitly enable the -\texttt{sortcites} package option at load time. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{cite} examples} - -\cite{averroes/bland} - -\cite{aristotle:physics} - -\cite{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -\cite{aristotle:rhetoric,averroes/bland,aristotle:physics,aristotle:poetics} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/66-style-authortitle-ticomp.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/66-style-authortitle-ticomp.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index fbbf538..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/66-style-authortitle-ticomp.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/66-style-authortitle-ticomp.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/66-style-authortitle-ticomp.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 278242c..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/66-style-authortitle-ticomp.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'authortitle-ticomp' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=authortitle-ticomp]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings. -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{authortitle-ticomp} style} - -This style essentially combines \texttt{authortitle-terse} and -\texttt{authortitle-icomp}. It will implicitly enable the -\texttt{sortcites} package option at load time. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{ibidpage} option} - -The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean -both `same author~+ same title' and `same author~+ same title~+ same -page' in traditional citation schemes. By default, this is not the -case with this style because it may lead to ambiguous citations. If -you you prefer the wider interpretation of \emph{ibidem}, set the -package option \texttt{ibidpage=true} or simply \texttt{ibidpage} in -the preamble. The default setting is \texttt{ibidpage=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{\cmd{cite} examples} - -\cite{averroes/bland} - -\cite{aristotle:physics} - -\cite{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\cite{aristotle:rhetoric} - -\subsection*{Multiple citations} - -\cite{aristotle:rhetoric,averroes/bland,aristotle:physics,aristotle:poetics} - -\clearpage -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/70-style-verbose.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/70-style-verbose.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 95bd617..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/70-style-verbose.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/70-style-verbose.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/70-style-verbose.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 11809c3..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/70-style-verbose.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'verbose' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=verbose]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{verbose} style} - -This citation style prints a verbose citation similar to the full -bibliography entry when an item is cited for the first time. All -subsequent citations will then use a shorter author-title format. -This style is intended for citations given in footnotes. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{citepages} option} - -Use this option to fine-tune the formatting of the \texttt{pages} -and \texttt{pagetotal} fields in verbose citations. When an entry -with a \texttt{pages} field is cited for the first time and the -\texttt{postnote} is a page number or a page range, the citation -will end with two page specifications: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -In this example, \enquote{125} is the \texttt{postnote} and -\enquote{100--150} is the \texttt{pages} field (there are similar -issues with the \texttt{pagetotal} field). This may be confusing to -the reader. The \texttt{citepages} option controls how to deal with -these fields in this case. The option works as follows, given these -citations as an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\cite{key} -\cite[a note]{key} -\cite[125]{key} -\end{verbatim} -% -\texttt{citepages=permit} allows duplicates, i.e., the style will -print both the \texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} and the -\texttt{postnote}. This is the default setting: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=suppress} unconditionally suppresses the -\texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} fields in citations, -regardless of the \texttt{postnote}: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book.} - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=omit} suppresses the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} in the third case only. They are still printed if -there is no \texttt{postnote} or if the \texttt{postnote} is not a -number or range: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=separate} separates the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} from the \texttt{postnote} in the third case: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, esp. p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -The string \enquote{especially} in the third case is the bibliography -string \texttt{thiscite}, which may be redefined. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -% The initial citation of an entry includes all the data. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -% Subsequent citations use a more compact format. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} - -\clearpage - -% If the 'shorthand' field is defined, the shorthand is introduced -% on the first citation. -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:ku} -% All subsequent citations will then use the shorthand. -This is just filler text.\footcite[24]{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--63]{kant:ku} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% The \autocite command works like \footcite. Note that -% the period is moved and placed before the footnote. - -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{averroes/bland}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. - -\clearpage - -% Since all bibliographic data is provided on the first citation, -% this style may be used without a list of references and -% shorthands. Of course these lists may still be printed if desired. - -\printshorthands -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/71-style-verbose-ibid.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/71-style-verbose-ibid.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index d92ee76..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/71-style-verbose-ibid.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/71-style-verbose-ibid.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/71-style-verbose-ibid.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 4b22edc..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/71-style-verbose-ibid.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'verbose-ibid' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=verbose-ibid]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{verbose-ibid} style} - -This citation style is a slightly more compact variant of the -\texttt{verbose} style. Immediately repeated citations are replaced -by the abbreviation `ibidem' unless the citation is the first one on -the current page or double page spread (depending on the setting of -the \texttt{pagetracker} package option). This style is also -intended for citations given in footnotes. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{ibidpage} option} - -The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean -both `same author~+ same title' and `same author~+ same title~+ same -page' in traditional citation schemes. By default, this is not the -case with this style because it may lead to ambiguous citations. If -you you prefer the wider interpretation of \emph{ibidem}, set the -package option \texttt{ibidpage=true} or simply \texttt{ibidpage} in -the preamble. The default setting is \texttt{ibidpage=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{citepages} option} - -Use this option to fine-tune the formatting of the \texttt{pages} -and \texttt{pagetotal} fields in verbose citations. When an entry -with a \texttt{pages} field is cited for the first time and the -\texttt{postnote} is a page number or a page range, the citation -will end with two page specifications: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -In this example, \enquote{125} is the \texttt{postnote} and -\enquote{100--150} is the \texttt{pages} field (there are similar -issues with the \texttt{pagetotal} field). This may be confusing to -the reader. The \texttt{citepages} option controls how to deal with -these fields in this case. The option works as follows, given these -citations as an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\cite{key} -\cite[a note]{key} -\cite[125]{key} -\end{verbatim} -% -\texttt{citepages=permit} allows duplicates, i.e., the style will -print both the \texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} and the -\texttt{postnote}. This is the default setting: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=suppress} unconditionally suppresses the -\texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} fields in citations, -regardless of the \texttt{postnote}: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book.} - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=omit} suppresses the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} in the third case only. They are still printed if -there is no \texttt{postnote} or if the \texttt{postnote} is not a -number or range: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=separate} separates the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} from the \texttt{postnote} in the third case: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, esp. p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -The string \enquote{especially} in the third case is the bibliography -string \texttt{thiscite}, which may be redefined. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{Hints} - -If you want terms such as \emph{ibidem} to be printed in italics, -redefine \cmd{mkibid} as follows: - -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph} -\end{verbatim} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -% The initial citation of an entry includes all the data. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -% Subsequent citations use a more compact format. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -% Immediately repeated citations are replaced by the -% abbreviation `ibidem'... -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -\clearpage -% ... unless the citation is the first one on the current page -% or double page spread (depending on the setting of the -% `pagetracker' package option). -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} - -\clearpage - -% If the `shorthand' field is defined, the shorthand is introduced -% on the first citation. -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:ku} -% All subsequent citations will then use the shorthand. -This is just filler text.\footcite[24]{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--63]{kant:ku} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% The \autocite command works like \footcite. Note that -% the period is moved and placed before the footnote. - -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{averroes/bland}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. - -\clearpage - -% Since all bibliographic data is provided on the first citation, -% this style may be used without a list of references and -% shorthands. Of course these lists may still be printed if desired. - -\printshorthands -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/72-style-verbose-note.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/72-style-verbose-note.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index c20d477..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/72-style-verbose-note.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/72-style-verbose-note.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/72-style-verbose-note.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 2201427..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/72-style-verbose-note.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'verbose-note' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=verbose-note]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{verbose-note} style} - -This citation style is similar to \texttt{verbose} in that it prints -a verbose citation similar to the full bibliography entry when an -item is cited for the first time. All subsequent citations are -pointers to the footnote containing the verbose citation. This style -is exclusively intended for citations given in footnotes. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{pageref} option} - -By default, this style does not add a page reference to the footnote -pointers, i.e., they are rendered as `see note~3'. If you want such -references to be rendered as `see note~3, page~5' instead, set the -package option \texttt{pageref=true} or simply \texttt{pageref} in -the preamble. This will add the page number to the footnote pointer -whenever the footnote to which the pointer refers is located on a -different page or page spread (depending on the setting of the -\texttt{pagetracker} option). The default setting is -\texttt{pageref=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{citepages} option} - -Use this option to fine-tune the formatting of the \texttt{pages} -and \texttt{pagetotal} fields in verbose citations. When an entry -with a \texttt{pages} field is cited for the first time and the -\texttt{postnote} is a page number or a page range, the citation -will end with two page specifications: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -In this example, \enquote{125} is the \texttt{postnote} and -\enquote{100--150} is the \texttt{pages} field (there are similar -issues with the \texttt{pagetotal} field). This may be confusing to -the reader. The \texttt{citepages} option controls how to deal with -these fields in this case. The option works as follows, given these -citations as an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\cite{key} -\cite[a note]{key} -\cite[125]{key} -\end{verbatim} -% -\texttt{citepages=permit} allows duplicates, i.e., the style will -print both the \texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} and the -\texttt{postnote}. This is the default setting: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=suppress} unconditionally suppresses the -\texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} fields in citations, -regardless of the \texttt{postnote}: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book.} - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=omit} suppresses the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} in the third case only. They are still printed if -there is no \texttt{postnote} or if the \texttt{postnote} is not a -number or range: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=separate} separates the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} from the \texttt{postnote} in the third case: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, esp. p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -The string \enquote{especially} in the third case is the bibliography -string \texttt{thiscite}, which may be redefined. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -% The initial citation of an entry includes all the data. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -This is just filler text \footcite{averroes/bland}. -% Subsequent citations are pointers to the initial citation. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -% If there is only one work by an author in the bibliography, the -% title is omitted from the pointer. -This is just filler text \footcite{averroes/bland}. - -\clearpage - -% If the 'shorthand' field is defined, the shorthand is introduced -% on the first citation. -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:ku} -% All subsequent citations will then use the shorthand. -This is just filler text.\footcite[24]{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--63]{kant:ku} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% The \autocite command works like \footcite. Note that -% the period is moved and placed before the footnote. - -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. -This is just filler text \autocite{averroes/bland}. - -\clearpage - -% Since all bibliographic data is provided on the first citation, -% this style may be used without a list of references and -% shorthands. Of course these lists may still be printed if desired. - -\printshorthands -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/73-style-verbose-inote.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/73-style-verbose-inote.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 52d2d07..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/73-style-verbose-inote.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/73-style-verbose-inote.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/73-style-verbose-inote.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 8689e30..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/73-style-verbose-inote.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,205 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'verbose-inote' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=verbose-inote]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{verbose-inote} style} - -This citation style is a slightly more compact variant of the -\texttt{verbose-note} style. Immediately repeated citations are -replaced by the abbreviation `ibidem' unless the citation is the -first one on the current page or double page spread. This style is -exclusively intended for citations given in footnotes. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{pageref} option} - -By default, this style does not add a page reference to the footnote -pointers, i.e., they are rendered as `see note~3'. If you want such -references to be rendered as `see note~3, page~5' instead, set the -package option \texttt{pageref=true} or simply \texttt{pageref} in -the preamble. This will add the page number to the footnote pointer -whenever the footnote to which the pointer refers is located on a -different page or page spread (depending on the setting of the -\texttt{pagetracker} option). The default setting is -\texttt{pageref=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{ibidpage} option} - -The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean -both `same author~+ same title' and `same author~+ same title~+ same -page' in traditional citation schemes. By default, this is not the -case with this style because it may lead to ambiguous citations. If -you you prefer the wider interpretation of \emph{ibidem}, set the -package option \texttt{ibidpage=true} or simply \texttt{ibidpage} in -the preamble. The default setting is \texttt{ibidpage=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{citepages} option} - -Use this option to fine-tune the formatting of the \texttt{pages} -and \texttt{pagetotal} fields in verbose citations. When an entry -with a \texttt{pages} field is cited for the first time and the -\texttt{postnote} is a page number or a page range, the citation -will end with two page specifications: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -In this example, \enquote{125} is the \texttt{postnote} and -\enquote{100--150} is the \texttt{pages} field (there are similar -issues with the \texttt{pagetotal} field). This may be confusing to -the reader. The \texttt{citepages} option controls how to deal with -these fields in this case. The option works as follows, given these -citations as an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\cite{key} -\cite[a note]{key} -\cite[125]{key} -\end{verbatim} -% -\texttt{citepages=permit} allows duplicates, i.e., the style will -print both the \texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} and the -\texttt{postnote}. This is the default setting: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=suppress} unconditionally suppresses the -\texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} fields in citations, -regardless of the \texttt{postnote}: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book.} - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=omit} suppresses the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} in the third case only. They are still printed if -there is no \texttt{postnote} or if the \texttt{postnote} is not a -number or range: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=separate} separates the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} from the \texttt{postnote} in the third case: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, esp. p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -The string \enquote{especially} in the third case is the bibliography -string \texttt{thiscite}, which may be redefined. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{Hints} - -If you want terms such as \emph{ibidem} to be printed in italics, -redefine \cmd{mkibid} as follows: - -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph} -\end{verbatim} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -% The initial citation of an entry includes all the data. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -This is just filler text \footcite{averroes/bland}. -% Subsequent citations are pointers to the initial citation. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -% If there is only one work by an author in the bibliography, the -% title is omitted from the pointer. -This is just filler text \footcite{averroes/bland}. - -\clearpage - -% Immediately repeated citations are replaced by the -% abbreviation 'ibidem'... -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -\clearpage -% ... unless the citation is the first one on the current page -% or double page spread (depending on the setting of the -% 'pagetracker' package option). -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} - -\clearpage - -% If the 'shorthand' field is defined, the shorthand is introduced -% on the first citation. -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:ku} -% All subsequent citations will then use the shorthand instead of -% a reference to a previous footnote. -This is just filler text.\footcite[24]{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--63]{kant:ku} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% The \autocite command works like \footcite. Note that -% the period is moved and placed before the footnote. - -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{averroes/bland}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. - -\clearpage - -% Since all bibliographic data is provided on the first citation, -% this style may be used without a list of references and -% shorthands. Of course these lists may still be printed if desired. - -\printshorthands -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/74-style-verbose-trad1.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/74-style-verbose-trad1.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index ede9a40..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/74-style-verbose-trad1.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/74-style-verbose-trad1.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/74-style-verbose-trad1.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 40d3db7..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/74-style-verbose-trad1.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,366 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'verbose-trad1' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[german,american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=verbose-trad1]{biblatex} -\usepackage{tabularx} -\usepackage{booktabs} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand*{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\newcolumntype{H}{>{\bfseries}l} -\newcolumntype{C}{>{\ttfamily}c} -\newcolumntype{V}{>{\ttfamily}l} -\newenvironment*{inlinetable} - {\trivlist\footnotesize\item} - {\endtrivlist} -\newcommand*{\code}[1]{% - \detokenize\expandafter{\string#1}} -\newenvironment*{pseudofootnotes} - {\list\labelenumi{% - \def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}% - \def\labelenumi{\theenumi}% - \usecounter{enumi}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{0.75em}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}% - \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}% - \citereset - \footnotesize - \def\footcite##1{\item\Cite{##1}.}% - \def\footnote##1{\item##1}} - {\endlist} -\newenvironment*{pseudofootnotes*} - {\pseudofootnotes - \def\footnote##1{\item##1\mancite}} - {\endpseudofootnotes} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{verbose-trad1} style} - -This is a traditional citation style which uses scholarly -abbreviations like \emph{ibidem}, \emph{idem}, \emph{opere citato}, -and \emph{loco citato} in a special way to replace recurrent -authors, titles, and page ranges across separate citation commands. -This style is best explained by example. - -\subsection*{Outline} - -Let's assume a \texttt{bib} file with the following entries: - -\begin{inlinetable} -\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}CX@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Entry Key} & -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Entry Data} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(l){2-2} -a1 & Author A, Title 1 \\ -a2 & Author A, Title 2 \\ -a3 & Author A, Title 3 \\ -b1 & Author B, Title 1 \\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\end{inlinetable} -% -Here's an example of how this citation scheme works: - -\begin{inlinetable} -\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}VlX@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Command} & -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Conditions} & -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Citation} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite{a1}} & Initial reference & Verbose citation \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite{b1}} & Initial reference & Verbose citation \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite[26]{a1}} & Author changed & Author, \emph{op.~cit.}, page \\ - & + Title is last title by \emph{this} author \\ - & + Page is new/different from last page cited \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite[59]{b1}} & Author changed & Author, \emph{op.~cit.}, page \\ - & + Title is last title by \emph{this} author \\ - & + Page is new/different from last page cited \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite[26]{a1}} & Author changed & Author, \emph{loc.~cit.} \\ - & + Title is last title by \emph{this} author \\ - & + Page is last page cited from \emph{this} work \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite[59]{b1}} & Author changed & Author, \emph{loc.~cit.} \\ - & + Title is last title by \emph{this} author \\ - & + Page is last page cited from \emph{this} work \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite{a2}} & Initial reference & Verbose citation \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite{b1}} & Author changed & Author, \emph{op.~cit.} \\ - & + Title is last title by \emph{this} author \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite{a1}} & Author changed & Author, Title \\ - & + Title different from last title by \emph{this} author \\ - & + Title has been cited before \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite[55]{a2}} & Same author & \emph{idem}, Title, page \\ - & + Title different from last title by \emph{this} author \\ - & + Title has been cited before \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite[25]{a2}} & Same author and title & \emph{ibidem}, page \\ - & + Page is different from last page cited \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(l){3-3} -\code{\cite[25]{a2}} & Same author and title and page - & \emph{ibidem}, page \\ -\code{\cite[25]{a2}} & (with option \texttt{ibidpage=true}) - & \emph{ibidem} \\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\end{inlinetable} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{ibidpage} option} - -The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean -both `same author~+ same title' and `same author~+ same title~+ same -page' in traditional citation schemes. By default, this is not the -case with this style because it may lead to ambiguous citations. If -you you prefer the wider interpretation of \emph{ibidem}, set the -package option \texttt{ibidpage=true} or simply \texttt{ibidpage} in -the preamble. The default setting is \texttt{ibidpage=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{strict} option} - -A case related to the definition of \emph{ibidem} is the scope of -the \emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} replacements. By default, this -style will only use such abbreviations if the respective citations -are given in the same footnote or in consecutive footnotes. The -point of this restriction is also to avoid potentially ambiguous -citations. Here's an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -...\footnote{Averroes touches upon this issue in his \emph{Epistle - on the Possibility of Conjunction}.} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{verbatim} -% -This could be rendered as follows: - -\begin{pseudofootnotes} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footnote{Averroes touches upon this issue in his \emph{Epistle on -the Possibility of Conjunction}.} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{pseudofootnotes} -% -What does the \emph{ibidem} in the last footnote refer to? The last -formal citation, as given in the first and the second footnote -(Aristotle), or the informal reference in the third one (Averroes)? -Too avoid such citations, this style will only use \emph{ibidem} and -\emph{idem} replacements if the respective citations are given in -the same footnote or in consecutive footnotes: - -\begin{pseudofootnotes*} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footnote{Averroes touches upon this issue in his \emph{Epistle on -the Possibility of Conjunction}.} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{pseudofootnotes*} -% -Depending on your writing and citing habits, however, you may prefer -the less strict \emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} handling. You can -force that by setting the package option \texttt{strict=false} in -the preamble. It is still possible to mark a manually inserted -discursive citation with \cmd{mancite} when required: - -\begin{verbatim} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -...\footnote{\mancite Averroes touches upon this issue in his - \emph{Epistle on the Possibility of Conjunction}.} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{verbatim} -% -This will suppress the \emph{ibidem} in the last footnote. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{citepages} option} - -Use this option to fine-tune the formatting of the \texttt{pages} -and \texttt{pagetotal} fields in verbose citations. When an entry -with a \texttt{pages} field is cited for the first time and the -\texttt{postnote} is a page number or a page range, the citation -will end with two page specifications: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -In this example, \enquote{125} is the \texttt{postnote} and -\enquote{100--150} is the \texttt{pages} field (there are similar -issues with the \texttt{pagetotal} field). This may be confusing to -the reader. The \texttt{citepages} option controls how to deal with -these fields in this case. The option works as follows, given these -citations as an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\cite{key} -\cite[a note]{key} -\cite[125]{key} -\end{verbatim} -% -\texttt{citepages=permit} allows duplicates, i.e., the style will -print both the \texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} and the -\texttt{postnote}. This is the default setting: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=suppress} unconditionally suppresses the -\texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} fields in citations, -regardless of the \texttt{postnote}: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book.} - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=omit} suppresses the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} in the third case only. They are still printed if -there is no \texttt{postnote} or if the \texttt{postnote} is not a -number or range: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=separate} separates the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} from the \texttt{postnote} in the third case: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, esp. p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -The string \enquote{especially} in the third case is the bibliography -string \texttt{thiscite}, which may be redefined. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{Hints and caveats} - -If you want terms such as \emph{ibidem} to be printed in italics, -redefine \cmd{mkibid} as follows: - -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph} -\end{verbatim} -% -German users should note that the scholarly abbreviations typically -used in German do not make a clear distinction between -\emph{op.~cit.} and \emph{loc.~cit.} Both are rendered as -\emph{a.a.O.}, possibly causing some citations to be misleading. It -may be preferable to use the \texttt{verbose-trad2} style in German -documents. If you really want to use \texttt{verbose-trad1}, use the -Latin keywords. This is accomplished by putting the following in the -preamble or the configuration file: - -\begin{verbatim} -\DefineBibliographyStrings{german}{% - idem = {idem}, - idemsm = {idem}, - idemsf = {eadem}, - idemsn = {idem}, - idempm = {eidem}, - idempf = {eaedem}, - idempn = {eadem}, - idempp = {eidem}, - ibidem = {ibid\adddot}, - opcit = {op\adddotspace cit\adddot}, - loccit = {loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}, -} -\end{verbatim} -% -Now let's go over the previous examples again, using real -bibliography entries this time. - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{averroes/bland} -This is just filler text.\footcite[26]{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--61]{averroes/bland} -This is just filler text.\footcite[26]{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--61]{averroes/bland} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -This is just filler text.\footcite{averroes/bland} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite[55]{aristotle:physics} -This is just filler text.\footcite[25]{aristotle:physics} -% ibidpage=true would suppress the following page number: -This is just filler text.\footcite[25]{aristotle:physics} - -\clearpage - -% If the 'shorthand' field is defined, the shorthand is introduced -% on the first citation. All subsequent citations will then use the -% shorthand. - -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:ku} -This is just filler text.\footcite[24]{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--63]{kant:ku} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% The \autocite command works like \footcite. Note that -% the period is moved and placed before the footnote. - -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{averroes/bland}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. - -\clearpage - -% Since all bibliographic data is provided on the first citation, -% this style may be used without a list of references and -% shorthands. Of course these lists may still be printed if desired. - -\printshorthands -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/75-style-verbose-trad2.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/75-style-verbose-trad2.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 1e60e0f..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/75-style-verbose-trad2.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/75-style-verbose-trad2.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/75-style-verbose-trad2.tex deleted file mode 100644 index f5fe794..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/75-style-verbose-trad2.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,258 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'verbose-trad2' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=verbose-trad2]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\newenvironment*{pseudofootnotes} - {\list\labelenumi{% - \def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}% - \def\labelenumi{\theenumi}% - \usecounter{enumi}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{0.75em}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}% - \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}% - \citereset - \footnotesize - \def\footcite##1{\item\Cite{##1}.}% - \def\footnote##1{\item##1}} - {\endlist} -\newenvironment*{pseudofootnotes*} - {\pseudofootnotes - \def\footnote##1{\item##1\mancite}} - {\endpseudofootnotes} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{verbose-trad2} style} - -This is another traditional style which uses scholarly abbreviations -like \emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem}. Despite its name, the `logic' of -this style is more closely related to styles like -\texttt{verbose-ibid} and \texttt{verbose-inote} than to the rather -special citation scheme implemented in the \texttt{verbose-trad1} -style. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{ibidpage} option} - -The scholarly abbreviation \emph{ibidem} is sometimes taken to mean -both `same author~+ same title' and `same author~+ same title~+ same -page' in traditional citation schemes. By default, this is not the -case with this style because it may lead to ambiguous citations. If -you you prefer the wider interpretation of \emph{ibidem}, set the -package option \texttt{ibidpage=true} or simply \texttt{ibidpage} in -the preamble. The default setting is \texttt{ibidpage=false}. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{strict} option} - -A case related to the definition of \emph{ibidem} is the scope of -the \emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} replacements. By default, this -style will only use such abbreviations if the respective citations -are given in the same footnote or in consecutive footnotes. The -point of this restriction is also to avoid potentially ambiguous -citations. Here's an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -...\footnote{Averroes touches upon this issue in his \emph{Epistle - on the Possibility of Conjunction}.} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{verbatim} -% -This could be rendered as follows: - -\begin{pseudofootnotes} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footnote{Averroes touches upon this issue in his \emph{Epistle on -the Possibility of Conjunction}.} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{pseudofootnotes} -% -What does the \emph{ibidem} in the last footnote refer to? The last -formal citation, as given in the first and the second footnote -(Aristotle), or the informal reference in the third one (Averroes)? -Too avoid such citations, this style will only use \emph{ibidem} and -\emph{idem} replacements if the respective citations are given in -the same footnote or in consecutive footnotes: - -\begin{pseudofootnotes*} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footnote{Averroes touches upon this issue in his \emph{Epistle on -the Possibility of Conjunction}.} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{pseudofootnotes*} -% -Depending on your writing and citing habits, however, you may prefer -the less strict \emph{ibidem} and \emph{idem} handling. You can -force that by setting the package option \texttt{strict=false} in -the preamble. It is still possible to mark a manually inserted -discursive citation with \cmd{mancite} when required: - -\begin{verbatim} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -...\footnote{\mancite Averroes touches upon this issue in his - \emph{Epistle on the Possibility of Conjunction}.} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{verbatim} -% -This will suppress the \emph{ibidem} in the last footnote. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{citepages} option} - -Use this option to fine-tune the formatting of the \texttt{pages} -and \texttt{pagetotal} fields in verbose citations. When an entry -with a \texttt{pages} field is cited for the first time and the -\texttt{postnote} is a page number or a page range, the citation -will end with two page specifications: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -In this example, \enquote{125} is the \texttt{postnote} and -\enquote{100--150} is the \texttt{pages} field (there are similar -issues with the \texttt{pagetotal} field). This may be confusing to -the reader. The \texttt{citepages} option controls how to deal with -these fields in this case. The option works as follows, given these -citations as an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\cite{key} -\cite[a note]{key} -\cite[125]{key} -\end{verbatim} -% -\texttt{citepages=permit} allows duplicates, i.e., the style will -print both the \texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} and the -\texttt{postnote}. This is the default setting: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=suppress} unconditionally suppresses the -\texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} fields in citations, -regardless of the \texttt{postnote}: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book.} - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=omit} suppresses the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} in the third case only. They are still printed if -there is no \texttt{postnote} or if the \texttt{postnote} is not a -number or range: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=separate} separates the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} from the \texttt{postnote} in the third case: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, esp. p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -The string \enquote{especially} in the third case is the bibliography -string \texttt{thiscite}, which may be redefined. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{Hints} - -If you want terms such as \emph{ibidem} to be printed in italics, -redefine \cmd{mkibid} as follows: - -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph} -\end{verbatim} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -% The initial citation of an entry includes all the data. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{averroes/bland} -% Subsequent citations use a shorter format. -This is just filler text.\footcite[26]{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--61]{averroes/bland} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:physics} -% Repeated authors are replaced by the abbreviation 'idem': -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite[55]{aristotle:physics} -% Immediately repeated citations are replaced by the -% abbreviation 'ibidem'. -This is just filler text.\footcite[25]{aristotle:physics} -% ibidpage=true would suppress the following page number: -This is just filler text.\footcite[25]{aristotle:physics} - -\clearpage - -% If the 'shorthand' field is defined, the shorthand is introduced -% on the first citation. -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:ku} -% All subsequent citations will then use the shorthand instead of -% the short author-title format. -This is just filler text.\footcite[24]{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--63]{kant:ku} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% The \autocite command works like \footcite. Note that -% the period is moved and placed before the footnote. - -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{averroes/bland}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:physics}. - -\clearpage - -% Since all bibliographic data is provided on the first citation, -% this style may be used without a list of references and -% shorthands. Of course these lists may still be printed if desired. - -\printshorthands -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/76-style-verbose-trad3.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/76-style-verbose-trad3.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index d3bea5a..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/76-style-verbose-trad3.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/76-style-verbose-trad3.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/76-style-verbose-trad3.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 9d3dc5d..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/76-style-verbose-trad3.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,241 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'verbose-trad3' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=verbose-trad3]{biblatex} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\newenvironment*{pseudofootnotes} - {\list\labelenumi{% - \def\makelabel##1{\hss\llap{##1}}% - \def\labelenumi{\theenumi}% - \usecounter{enumi}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{0.75em}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}% - \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}}% - \citereset - \footnotesize - \def\footcite##1{\item\Cite{##1}.}% - \def\footnote##1{\item##1}} - {\endlist} -\newenvironment*{pseudofootnotes*} - {\pseudofootnotes - \def\footnote##1{\item##1\mancite}} - {\endpseudofootnotes} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{verbose-trad3} style} - -This is another traditional style which uses the scholarly -abbreviations \emph{ibidem} and \emph{op.~cit.} In contrast to -\texttt{verbose-trad2}, \emph{ibidem} denotes `same author~+ same -title~+ same page' and \emph{op.~cit.} denotes `same author~+ same -title' in this style. All other citations are based on the title. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{strict} option} - -By default, this style will only use \emph{ibidem} and -\emph{op.~cit.} if the respective citations are given in the same -footnote or in consecutive footnotes. The point of this restriction -is also to avoid potentially ambiguous citations. Here's an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -...\footnote{Aristotle touches upon this issue - in his \emph{Rhetoric}.} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{verbatim} -% -This could be rendered as follows: - -\begin{pseudofootnotes} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footnote{Aristotle touches upon this issue in his \emph{Rhetoric}.} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{pseudofootnotes} -% -What does the \emph{op.~cit.} in the last footnote refer to? The -last formal citation, as given in the first and the second footnote -(\emph{De Anima}), or the informal reference in the third one -(\emph{Rhetoric})? Too avoid such citations, this style will only -use abbreviations if the respective citations are given in the same -footnote or in consecutive footnotes: - -\begin{pseudofootnotes*} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\footnote{Aristotle touches upon this issue in his \emph{Rhetoric}.} -\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{pseudofootnotes*} -% -Depending on your writing and citing habits, however, you may prefer -the less strict \emph{ibidem} and \emph{op.~cit.} handling. You can -force that by setting the package option \texttt{strict=false} in -the preamble. It is still possible to mark a manually inserted -discursive citation with \cmd{mancite} when required: - -\begin{verbatim} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -...\footnote{\mancite Aristotle touches upon this issue - in his \emph{Rhetoric}.} -...\footcite{aristotle:anima} -\end{verbatim} -% -This will suppress the \emph{op.~cit.} in the last footnote. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{citepages} option} - -Use this option to fine-tune the formatting of the \texttt{pages} -and \texttt{pagetotal} fields in verbose citations. When an entry -with a \texttt{pages} field is cited for the first time and the -\texttt{postnote} is a page number or a page range, the citation -will end with two page specifications: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -In this example, \enquote{125} is the \texttt{postnote} and -\enquote{100--150} is the \texttt{pages} field (there are similar -issues with the \texttt{pagetotal} field). This may be confusing to -the reader. The \texttt{citepages} option controls how to deal with -these fields in this case. The option works as follows, given these -citations as an example: - -\begin{verbatim} -\cite{key} -\cite[a note]{key} -\cite[125]{key} -\end{verbatim} -% -\texttt{citepages=permit} allows duplicates, i.e., the style will -print both the \texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} and the -\texttt{postnote}. This is the default setting: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=suppress} unconditionally suppresses the -\texttt{pages}\slash \texttt{pagetotal} fields in citations, -regardless of the \texttt{postnote}: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book.} - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=omit} suppresses the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} in the third case only. They are still printed if -there is no \texttt{postnote} or if the \texttt{postnote} is not a -number or range: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -\texttt{citepages=separate} separates the \texttt{pages}\slash -\texttt{pagetotal} from the \texttt{postnote} in the third case: - -\begin{quote} -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, a note. - -Author. \enquote{Title.} In: \emph{Book,} pp.\,100--150, esp. p.\,125. -\end{quote} -% -The string \enquote{especially} in the third case is the bibliography -string \texttt{thiscite}, which may be redefined. - -\subsubsection*{The \texttt{dashed} option} - -By default, this style replaces recurrent authors/editors in the -bibliography by a dash so that items by the same author or editor -are visually grouped. This feature is controlled by the package -option \texttt{dashed}. Setting \texttt{dashed=false} in the -preamble will disable this feature. The default setting is -\texttt{dashed=true}. - -\subsection*{Hints} - -If you want terms such as \emph{ibidem} to be printed in italics, -redefine \cmd{mkibid} as follows: - -\begin{verbatim} -\renewcommand*{\mkibid}{\emph} -\end{verbatim} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{footcite} examples} - -% The initial citation of an entry includes all the data. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite{averroes/bland} -% Subsequent citations use a shorter format. -This is just filler text.\footcite[26]{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--61]{averroes/bland} -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -% Immediately repeated citations are replaced by the -% abbreviation 'op. cit.'. -This is just filler text.\footcite{aristotle:anima} -This is just filler text.\footcite[25]{aristotle:anima} -% Only repeated citations with the same page number -% are replaced by the abbreviation 'ibidem'. -This is just filler text.\footcite[25]{aristotle:anima} - -\clearpage - -% If the 'shorthand' field is defined, the shorthand is introduced -% on the first citation. -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite{kant:ku} -% All subsequent citations will then use the shorthand instead of -% the short author-title format. -This is just filler text.\footcite[24]{kant:kpv} -This is just filler text.\footcite[59--63]{kant:ku} - -\clearpage - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -% The \autocite command works like \footcite. Note that -% the period is moved and placed before the footnote. - -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:rhetoric}. -This is just filler text \autocite{averroes/bland}. -This is just filler text \autocite{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \autocite[55]{aristotle:anima}. -This is just filler text \autocite[55]{aristotle:anima}. - -\clearpage - -% Since all bibliographic data is provided on the first citation, -% this style may be used without a list of references and -% shorthands. Of course these lists may still be printed if desired. - -\printshorthands -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/80-style-reading.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/80-style-reading.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index ce198b9..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/80-style-reading.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/80-style-reading.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/80-style-reading.tex deleted file mode 100644 index e5aeb24..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/80-style-reading.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'reading' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=reading]{biblatex} -\usepackage{tabularx} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\usepackage{booktabs} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand*{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\newcolumntype{K}{>{\ttfamily}l} -\newcolumntype{V}{>{\ttfamily\raggedright\let\\\tabularnewline}p{55pt}} -\newcolumntype{E}{>{\raggedright\let\\\tabularnewline}X} -\newcolumntype{H}{>{\bfseries}l} -\newenvironment*{inlinetable} - {\trivlist\footnotesize\item} - {\endtrivlist} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{reading} style} - -This style is useful for personal reading lists, annotated -biblographies, and similar applications. It optionally adds short -headers to the bibliography and includes the fields -\texttt{annotation}, \texttt{abstract}, \texttt{library}, and -\texttt{file}. Which items are printed depends on package options. - -\subsection*{Additional package options} - -This package provides the following additional package options: - -\begin{inlinetable} -\begin{tabularx}{\linewidth}{@{}KVKE@{}} -\toprule -\multicolumn{1}{@{}H}{Key} & -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Values} & -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Default} & -\multicolumn{1}{H}{Function} \\ -\cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2} -\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(l){4-4} -entryhead & true, false, full, name & true & -The kind of header to print; \texttt{true} or \texttt{full} adds -a full header including the name, the title, and the entry key -(depending on the \texttt{entrykey} option) to each entry, -\texttt{name} adds a name header once for each author, -\texttt{false} disables the header\\ -entrykey & true, false & true & -Whether to include the \texttt{entrykey} field in the -\texttt{full} header\\ -annotation & true, false & true & -Whether to print the \texttt{annotation} field\\ -abstract & true, false & true & -Whether to print the \texttt{abstract} field\\ -library & true, false & true & -Whether to print the \texttt{library} field\\ -file & true, false & true & -Whether to print the \texttt{file} field\\ -loadfiles & true, false & true & -Whether to load annotations and abstracts from external files -(this is a standard option; see the manual for details)\\ -\bottomrule -\end{tabularx} -\end{inlinetable} -% -On the next page, there are some examples with all options at their default setting. - -\clearpage - -\nocite{laufenberg,kastenholz,padhye,sigfridsson,itzhaki,wassenberg} -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/81-style-draft.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/81-style-draft.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 6730dec..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/81-style-draft.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/81-style-draft.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/81-style-draft.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 2def770..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/81-style-draft.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'draft' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=draft]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{draft} style} - -This is a draft style which simply uses the entry keys as citations. -The entry keys are also included the in the bibliography which will -be sorted by entry key. - -\subsection*{\cmd{cite} examples} - -\cite{bertram,companion,gillies,aristotle:anima} - -\subsection*{\cmd{autocite} examples} - -\autocite{baez/article,hammond,reese,spiegelberg} - -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/82-style-debug.pdf b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/82-style-debug.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 837b78d..0000000 Binary files a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/82-style-debug.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/82-style-debug.tex b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/82-style-debug.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 8ea47d6..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/82-style-debug.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -% -% This file presents the 'debug' style -% -\documentclass[a4paper]{article} -\usepackage[T1]{fontenc} -\usepackage[american]{babel} -\usepackage{csquotes} -\usepackage[style=debug]{biblatex} -\usepackage{hyperref} -\addbibresource{biblatex-examples.bib} -% Some generic settings: -\newcommand{\cmd}[1]{\texttt{\textbackslash #1}} -\setlength{\parindent}{0pt} -\begin{document} - -\section*{The \texttt{debug} style} - -This style is intended for debugging only. The citations are printed as a list of all arguments passed to the citation command. The bibliography lists all bibliographic data in tabular format. - -\subsection*{Citation examples} - -\cite{companion} - -\parencite[30]{companion} - -\footcite[see][]{companion} - -\cite[see][30]{companion} - -\cites(see)()[30]{companion} - -\printbibliography - -\end{document} diff --git a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/biblatex-examples.bib b/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/biblatex-examples.bib deleted file mode 100644 index cdacbc0..0000000 --- a/doc/latex/biblatex/examples/biblatex-examples.bib +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1294 +0,0 @@ -@PREAMBLE{ "\RequireBiber[2]" } -@STRING{anch-ie = {Angew.~Chem. Int.~Ed.} } -@STRING{cup = {Cambridge University Press} } -@STRING{dtv = {Deutscher Taschenbuch-Verlag} } -@STRING{hup = {Harvard University Press} } -@STRING{jams = {J.~Amer. Math. Soc.} } -@STRING{jchph = {J.~Chem. Phys.} } -@STRING{jomch = {J.~Organomet. Chem.} } -@STRING{pup = {Princeton University Press} } - -@InCollection{westfahl:space, - crossref = {westfahl:frontier}, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Westfahl, Gary}, - indextitle = {True Frontier, The}, - title = {The True Frontier}, - subtitle = {Confronting and Avoiding the Realities of Space in American Science Fiction - Films}, - pages = {55--65}, - annotation = {A cross-referenced article from a \texttt{collection}. This is an - \texttt{incollection} entry with a \texttt{crossref} field. Note the - \texttt{subtitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Set{set, - entryset = {herrmann,aksin,yoon}, - annotation = {A \texttt{set} with three members} -} - -@Set{stdmodel, - entryset = {glashow,weinberg,salam}, - annotation = {A \texttt{set} with three members discussing the standard model of - particle physics} -} - -@Article{aksin, - author = {Aks{\i}n, {\"O}zge and T{\"u}rkmen, Hayati and Artok, Levent and - {\k{C}}etinkaya, Bekir and Ni, Chaoying and B{\"u}y{\"u}kg{\"u}ng{\"o}r, Orhan - and {\"O}zkal, Erhan}, - indextitle = {Effect of immobilization on catalytic characteristics}, - title = {Effect of immobilization on catalytic characteristics of saturated - Pd-N-heterocyclic carbenes in Mizoroki-Heck reactions}, - journaltitle = jomch, - volume = {691}, - number = {13}, - date = {2006}, - pages = {3027--3036} -} - -@Article{angenendt, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Angenendt, Arnold}, - indextitle = {In Honore Salvatoris}, - title = {In Honore Salvatoris~-- Vom Sinn und Unsinn der Patrozinienkunde}, - shorttitle = {In Honore Salvatoris}, - journaltitle = {Revue d'Histoire Eccl{\'e}siastique}, - volume = {97}, - date = {2002}, - pages = {431--456, 791--823}, - annotation = {A German article in a French journal. Apart from that, a typical - \texttt{article} entry. Note the \texttt{indextitle} field} -} - -@Article{baez/article, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Baez, John C. and Lauda, Aaron D.}, - title = {Higher-Dimensional Algebra V: 2-Groups}, - journaltitle = {Theory and Applications of Categories}, - volume = {12}, - version = {3}, - date = {2004}, - pages = {423--491}, - eprinttype = {arxiv}, - eprint = {math/0307200v3}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} with \texttt{eprint} and \texttt{eprinttype} fields. Note - that the arXiv reference is transformed into a clickable link if - \texttt{hyperref} support has been enabled. Compare \texttt{baez\slash online}, - which is the same item given as an \texttt{online} entry} -} - -@Article{bertram, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Bertram, Aaron and Wentworth, Richard}, - title = {Gromov invariants for holomorphic maps on Riemann surfaces}, - shorttitle = {Gromov invariants}, - journaltitle = jams, - volume = {9}, - number = {2}, - date = {1996}, - pages = {529--571}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with a \texttt{volume} and a \texttt{number} field} -} - -@Article{gillies, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Gillies, Alexander}, - title = {Herder and the Preparation of Goethe's Idea of World Literature}, - journaltitle = {Publications of the English Goethe Society}, - volume = {9}, - series = {newseries}, - date = {1933}, - pages = {46--67}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with a \texttt{series} and a \texttt{volume} field. - Note that format of the \texttt{series} field in the database file} -} - -@Article{glashow, - author = {Glashow, Sheldon}, - title = {Partial Symmetries of Weak Interactions}, - journaltitle = {Nucl.~Phys.}, - volume = {22}, - date = {1961}, - pages = {579--588} -} - -@Article{herrmann, - author = {Herrmann, Wolfgang A. and {\"O}fele, Karl and Schneider, Sabine K. and - Herdtweck, Eberhardt and Hoffmann, Stephan D.}, - indextitle = {Carbocyclic carbene as an efficient catalyst, A}, - title = {A carbocyclic carbene as an efficient catalyst ligand for C--C coupling - reactions}, - journaltitle = anch-ie, - volume = {45}, - number = {23}, - date = {2006}, - pages = {3859--3862} -} - -@Article{kastenholz, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Kastenholz, M. A. and H{\"u}nenberger, Philippe H.}, - indextitle = {Computation of ionic solvation free energies}, - title = {Computation of methodology\hyphen independent ionic solvation free energies - from molecular simulations}, - subtitle = {I. The electrostatic potential in molecular liquids}, - journaltitle = jchph, - volume = {124}, - eid = {124106}, - date = {2006}, - doi = {10.1063/1.2172593}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with an \texttt{eid} and a \texttt{doi} field. Note - that the \textsc{doi} is transformed into a clickable link if \texttt{hyperref} - support has been enabled}, - abstract = {The computation of ionic solvation free energies from atomistic simulations is - a surprisingly difficult problem that has found no satisfactory solution for - more than 15 years. The reason is that the charging free energies evaluated from - such simulations are affected by very large errors. One of these is related to - the choice of a specific convention for summing up the contributions of solvent - charges to the electrostatic potential in the ionic cavity, namely, on the basis - of point charges within entire solvent molecules (M scheme) or on the basis of - individual point charges (P scheme). The use of an inappropriate convention may - lead to a charge-independent offset in the calculated potential, which depends - on the details of the summation scheme, on the quadrupole-moment trace of the - solvent molecule, and on the approximate form used to represent electrostatic - interactions in the system. However, whether the M or P scheme (if any) - represents the appropriate convention is still a matter of on-going debate. The - goal of the present article is to settle this long-standing controversy by - carefully analyzing (both analytically and numerically) the properties of the - electrostatic potential in molecular liquids (and inside cavities within - them).} -} - -@Article{murray, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Hostetler, Michael J. and Wingate, Julia E. and Zhong, Chuan-Jian and Harris, - Jay E. and Vachet, Richard W. and Clark, Michael R. and Londono, J. David and - Green, Stephen J. and Stokes, Jennifer J. and Wignall, George D. and Glish, Gary - L. and Porter, Marc D. and Evans, Neal D. and Murray, Royce W.}, - indextitle = {Alkanethiolate gold cluster molecules}, - title = {Alkanethiolate gold cluster molecules with core diameters from 1.5 to 5.2~nm}, - subtitle = {Core and monolayer properties as a function of core size}, - shorttitle = {Alkanethiolate gold cluster molecules}, - journaltitle = {Langmuir}, - volume = {14}, - number = {1}, - date = {1998}, - pages = {17--30}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with \arabic{author} authors. By default, long author - and editor lists are automatically truncated. This is configurable} -} - -@Article{reese, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Reese, Trevor R.}, - title = {Georgia in Anglo-Spanish Diplomacy, 1736-1739}, - journaltitle = {William and Mary Quarterly}, - volume = {15}, - series = {3}, - date = {1958}, - pages = {168--190}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with a \texttt{series} and a \texttt{volume} field. - Note the format of the series. If the value of the \texttt{series} field is an - integer, this number is printed as an ordinal and the string \enquote*{series} - is appended automatically} -} - -@Article{shore, - author = {Shore, Bradd}, - title = {Twice-Born, Once Conceived}, - subtitle = {Meaning Construction and Cultural Cognition}, - journaltitle = {American Anthropologist}, - volume = {93}, - series = {newseries}, - number = {1}, - date = {1991-03}, - pages = {9--27}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with \texttt{series}, \texttt{volume}, and - \texttt{number} fields. Note the format of the \texttt{series} which is a - localization key} -} - -@Article{sigfridsson, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Sigfridsson, Emma and Ryde, Ulf}, - indextitle = {Methods for deriving atomic charges}, - title = {Comparison of methods for deriving atomic charges from the electrostatic - potential and moments}, - journaltitle = {Journal of Computational Chemistry}, - volume = {19}, - number = {4}, - date = {1998}, - doi = {10.1002/(SICI)1096-987X(199803)19:4<377::AID-JCC1>3.0.CO;2-P}, - pages = {377--395}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry with \texttt{volume}, \texttt{number}, and - \texttt{doi} fields. Note that the \textsc{doi} is transformed into a clickable - link if \texttt{hyperref} support has been enabled}, - abstract = { Four methods for deriving partial atomic charges from the quantum chemical - electrostatic potential (CHELP, CHELPG, Merz-Kollman, and RESP) have been - compared and critically evaluated. It is shown that charges strongly depend on - how and where the potential points are selected. Two alternative methods are - suggested to avoid the arbitrariness in the point-selection schemes and van der - Waals exclusion radii: CHELP-BOW, which also estimates the charges from the - electrostatic potential, but with potential points that are Boltzmann-weighted - after their occurrence in actual simulations using the energy function of the - program in which the charges will be used, and CHELMO, which estimates the - charges directly from the electrostatic multipole moments. Different criteria - for the quality of the charges are discussed.} -} - -@Article{spiegelberg, - hyphenation = {german}, - sorttitle = {Intention und Intentionalitat in der Scholastik, bei Brentano und Husserl}, - indexsorttitle = {Intention und Intentionalitat in der Scholastik, bei Brentano und Husserl}, - author = {Spiegelberg, Herbert}, - title = {\mkbibquote{Intention} und \mkbibquote{Intentionalit{\"a}t} in der Scholastik, - bei Brentano und Husserl}, - shorttitle = {Intention und Intentionalit{\"a}t}, - journaltitle = {Studia Philosophica}, - volume = {29}, - date = {1969}, - pages = {189--216}, - annotation = {An \texttt{article} entry. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields and the markup of the quotes in the database file} -} - -@Article{springer, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Springer, Otto}, - title = {Mediaeval Pilgrim Routes from Scandinavia to Rome}, - shorttitle = {Mediaeval Pilgrim Routes}, - journaltitle = {Mediaeval Studies}, - volume = {12}, - date = {1950}, - pages = {92--122}, - annotation = {A plain \texttt{article} entry} -} - -@Article{weinberg, - author = {Weinberg, Steven}, - title = {A Model of Leptons}, - journaltitle = {Phys.~Rev.~Lett.}, - volume = {19}, - date = {1967}, - pages = {1264--1266} -} - -@Article{yoon, - author = {Yoon, Myeong S. and Ryu, Dowook and Kim, Jeongryul and Ahn, Kyo Han}, - indextitle = {Palladium pincer complexes}, - title = {Palladium pincer complexes with reduced bond angle strain: efficient catalysts - for the Heck reaction}, - journaltitle = {Organometallics}, - volume = {25}, - number = {10}, - date = {2006}, - pages = {2409--2411} -} - -@Book{aristotle:anima, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Aristotle}, - editor = {Hicks, Robert Drew}, - title = {De Anima}, - publisher = cup, - location = {Cambridge}, - date = {1907}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with an \texttt{author} and an \texttt{editor}} -} - -@Book{aristotle:physics, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Aristotle}, - translator = {Wicksteed, P. H. and Cornford, F. M.}, - title = {Physics}, - shorttitle = {Physics}, - publisher = {G. P. Putnam}, - location = {New York}, - date = {1929}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with a \texttt{translator} field} -} - -@Book{aristotle:poetics, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Aristotle}, - editor = {Lucas, D. W.}, - title = {Poetics}, - shorttitle = {Poetics}, - series = {Clarendon Aristotle}, - publisher = {Clarendon Press}, - location = {Oxford}, - date = {1968}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with an \texttt{author} and an \texttt{editor} as well as - a \texttt{series} field} -} - -@Book{aristotle:rhetoric, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {british}, - sorttitle = {Rhetoric of Aristotle}, - author = {Aristotle}, - editor = {Cope, Edward Meredith}, - commentator = {Cope, Edward Meredith}, - indextitle = {Rhetoric of Aristotle, The}, - title = {The Rhetoric of Aristotle with a commentary by the late Edward Meredith Cope}, - shorttitle = {Rhetoric}, - volumes = {3}, - publisher = cup, - date = {1877}, - annotation = {A commented edition. Note the concatenation of the \texttt{editor} and - \texttt{commentator} fields as well as the \texttt{volumes}, \texttt{sorttitle}, - and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Book{augustine, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Augustine, Robert L.}, - title = {Heterogeneous catalysis for the synthetic chemist}, - shorttitle = {Heterogeneous catalysis}, - publisher = {Marcel Dekker}, - location = {New York}, - date = {1995}, - annotation = {A plain \texttt{book} entry} -} - -@Book{averroes/bland, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Averroes}, - editor = {Bland, Kalman P.}, - translator = {Bland, Kalman P.}, - indextitle = {Epistle on the Possibility of Conjunction, The}, - title = {The Epistle on the Possibility of Conjunction with the Active Intellect by Ibn - Rushd with the Commentary of Moses Narboni}, - shorttitle = {Possibility of Conjunction}, - series = {Moreshet: Studies in Jewish History, Literature and Thought}, - number = {7}, - publisher = {Jewish Theological Seminary of America}, - location = {New York}, - date = {1982}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with a \texttt{series} and a \texttt{number}. Note the - concatenation of the \texttt{editor} and \texttt{translator} fields as well as - the \texttt{indextitle} field} -} - -@Book{averroes/hannes, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {german}, - sorttitle = {Uber die Moglichkeit der Conjunktion}, - indexsorttitle = {Uber die Moglichkeit der Conjunktion}, - author = {Averroes}, - editor = {Hannes, Ludwig}, - translator = {Hannes, Ludwig}, - annotator = {Hannes, Ludwig}, - indextitle = {{\"U}ber die M{\"o}glichkeit der Conjunktion}, - title = {Des Averro{\"e}s Abhandlung: \mkbibquote{{\"U}ber die M{\"o}glichkeit der - Conjunktion} oder \mkbibquote{{\"U}ber den materiellen Intellekt}}, - shorttitle = {{\"U}ber die M{\"o}glichkeit der Conjunktion}, - publisher = {C.~A. Kaemmerer}, - location = {Halle an der Saale}, - date = {1892}, - annotation = {An annotated edition. Note the concatenation of the \texttt{editor}, - \texttt{translator}, and \texttt{annotator} fields. Also note the - \texttt{shorttitle}, \texttt{indextitle}, \texttt{sorttitle}, and - \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields} -} - -@Book{averroes/hercz, - keywords = {primary}, - hyphenation = {german}, - indexsorttitle = {Drei Abhandlungen uber die Conjunction}, - author = {Averroes}, - editor = {Hercz, J.}, - translator = {Hercz, J.}, - indextitle = {Drei Abhandlungen {\"u}ber die Conjunction}, - title = {Drei Abhandlungen {\"u}ber die Conjunction des separaten Intellects mit dem - Menschen}, - subtitle = {Von Averroes (Vater und Sohn), aus dem Arabischen {\"u}bersetzt von Samuel Ibn - Tibbon}, - shorttitle = {Drei Abhandlungen}, - publisher = {S.~Hermann}, - location = {Berlin}, - date = {1869}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry. Note the concatenation of the \texttt{editor} and - \texttt{translator} fields as well as the \texttt{indextitle} and - \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields} -} - -@Book{cicero, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Cicero, Marcus Tullius}, - editor = {Blank-Sangmeister, Ursula}, - translator = {Blank-Sangmeister, Ursula}, - afterword = {Thraede, Klaus}, - indextitle = {De natura deorum}, - title = {De natura deorum. {\"U}ber das Wesen der G{\"o}tter}, - shorttitle = {De natura deorum}, - language = {langlatin and langgerman}, - publisher = {Reclam}, - location = {Stuttgart}, - date = {1995}, - annotation = {A bilingual edition of Cicero's \emph{De natura deorum}, with a German - translation. Note the format of the \texttt{language} field in the database - file, the concatenation of the \texttt{editor} and \texttt{translator} fields, - and the \texttt{afterword} field} -} - -@Book{coleridge, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Coleridge, Samuel Taylor}, - editor = {Coburn, Kathleen and Engell, James and Bate, W. Jackson}, - indextitle = {Biographia literaria}, - title = {Biographia literaria, or Biographical sketches of my literary life and - opinions}, - shorttitle = {Biographia literaria}, - maintitle = {The collected works of Samuel Taylor Coleridge}, - part = {2}, - volume = {7}, - series = {Bollingen Series}, - number = {75}, - publisher = {Routledge and Kegan Paul}, - location = {London}, - date = {1983}, - annotation = {One (partial) volume of a multivolume book. This is a \texttt{book} entry with - a \texttt{volume} and a \texttt{part} field which explicitly refers to the - second (physical) part of the seventh (logical) volume. Also note the - \texttt{series} and \texttt{number} fields} -} - -@Book{companion, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {LaTeX Companion}, - author = {Goossens, Michel and Mittelbach, Frank and Samarin, Alexander}, - indextitle = {LaTeX Companion, The}, - title = {The LaTeX Companion}, - shorttitle = {LaTeX Companion}, - edition = {1}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1994}, - pagetotal = {528}, - annotation = {A book with three authors. Note the formatting of the author list. By default, - only the first name is reversed in the bibliography} -} - -@Book{cotton, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Cotton, Frank Albert and Wilkinson, Geoffrey and Murillio, Carlos A. and - Bochmann, Manfred}, - title = {Advanced inorganic chemistry}, - edition = {6}, - publisher = {Wiley}, - location = {Chichester}, - date = {1999}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with \arabic{author} authors and an \texttt{edition} - field. By default, long \texttt{author} and \texttt{editor} lists are - automatically truncated. This is configurable} -} - -@Book{gerhardt, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Federal Appointments Process}, - author = {Gerhardt, Michael J.}, - indextitle = {Federal Appointments Process, The}, - title = {The Federal Appointments Process}, - subtitle = {A Constitutional and Historical Analysis}, - shorttitle = {Federal Appointments Process}, - publisher = {Duke University Press}, - location = {Durham and London}, - date = {2000}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{book} entry. Note the format of the \texttt{location} field - as well as the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Book{gonzalez, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Ghost of John Wayne and Other Stories}, - author = {Gonzalez, Ray}, - indextitle = {Ghost of John Wayne and Other Stories, The}, - title = {The Ghost of John Wayne and Other Stories}, - shorttitle = {Ghost of John Wayne}, - publisher = {The University of Arizona Press}, - location = {Tucson}, - date = {2001}, - isbn = {0-816-52066-6}, - annotation = {A collection of short stories. This is a \texttt{book} entry. Note the - \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields in the database file. There's - also an \texttt{isbn} field} -} - -@Book{hammond, - hyphenation = {british}, - sorttitle = {Basics of crystallography and diffraction}, - author = {Hammond, Christopher}, - indextitle = {Basics of crystallography and diffraction, The}, - title = {The basics of crystallography and diffraction}, - shorttitle = {Crystallography and diffraction}, - publisher = {International Union of Crystallography and Oxford University Press}, - location = {Oxford}, - date = {1997}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} - fields as well as the format of the \texttt{publisher} field} -} - -@Book{iliad, - hyphenation = {german}, - sorttitle = {Ilias}, - author = {Homer}, - translator = {Schadewaldt, Wolfgang}, - introduction = {Latacz, Joachim}, - indextitle = {Ilias, Die}, - title = {Die Ilias}, - shorttitle = {Ilias}, - edition = {3}, - publisher = {Artemis \& Winkler}, - location = {D{\"u}sseldorf and Z{\"u}rich}, - date = {2004}, - annotation = {A German translation of the \emph{Iliad}. Note the \texttt{translator} and - \texttt{introduction} fields and the format of the \texttt{location} field in - the database file. Also note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1984-0}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting}, - indexsorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - title = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volumes = {5}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1984/1986}, - annotation = {A five-volume book cited as a whole. This is a \texttt{book} entry, note the - \texttt{volumes} field} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct:a, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1984-1}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting A}, - indexsorttitle = {The TeXbook}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - indextitle = {\TeX book, The}, - title = {The \TeX book}, - shorttitle = {\TeX book}, - maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volume = {A}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1984}, - annotation = {The first volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this volume to be listed after the entry - referring to the entire five-volume set. Also note the \texttt{indextitle} and - \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct:b, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1986-1}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting B}, - indexsorttitle = {TeX: The Program}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - title = {\TeX: The Program}, - shorttitle = {\TeX}, - maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volume = {B}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1986}, - annotation = {The second volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{sortyear} fields. Also note the \texttt{indexsorttitle} field} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct:c, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1986-2}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting C}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - indextitle = {METAFONTbook, The}, - title = {The METAFONTbook}, - shorttitle = {METAFONTbook}, - maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volume = {C}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1986}, - annotation = {The third volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{sortyear} fields as well as the \texttt{indextitle} field} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct:d, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1986-3}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting D}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - title = {METAFONT: The Program}, - shorttitle = {METAFONT}, - maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volume = {D}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1986}, - annotation = {The fourth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{sortyear} fields} -} - -@Book{knuth:ct:e, - hyphenation = {american}, - sortyear = {1986-4}, - sorttitle = {Computers & Typesetting E}, - author = {Knuth, Donald E.}, - title = {Computer Modern Typefaces}, - maintitle = {Computers \& Typesetting}, - volume = {E}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - location = {Reading, Mass.}, - date = {1986}, - annotation = {The fifth volume of a five-volume book. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{sortyear} fields} -} - -@Book{malinowski, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Malinowski, Bronis{\l}aw}, - title = {Argonauts of the Western Pacific}, - subtitle = {An account of native enterprise and adventure in the Archipelagoes of - Melanesian New Guinea}, - shorttitle = {Argonauts}, - edition = {8}, - publisher = {Routledge and Kegan Paul}, - location = {London}, - date = {1972}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{book} entry. Note the format of the \texttt{publisher} and - \texttt{edition} fields as well as the \texttt{subtitle} field} -} - -@Book{maron, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Maron, Monika}, - translator = {Brigitte Goldstein}, - title = {Animal Triste}, - shorttitle = {Animal Triste}, - publisher = {University of Nebraska Press}, - location = {Lincoln}, - date = {2000}, - origlanguage = {german}, - annotation = {An English translation of a German novel with a French title. In other words: a - \texttt{book} entry with a \texttt{translator} field. Note the - \texttt{origlanguage} field which is concatenated with the \texttt{translator}} -} - -@Book{massa, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {Werner Massa}, - title = {Crystal structure determination}, - edition = {2}, - publisher = {Spinger}, - location = {Berlin}, - date = {2004}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry with an \texttt{edition} field} -} - -@Book{nietzsche:ksa, - hyphenation = {german}, - sortyear = {1988-00-000}, - sorttitle = {Werke-00-000}, - indexsorttitle = {Samtliche Werke}, - author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - editor = {Colli, Giorgio and Montinari, Mazzino}, - title = {S{\"a}mtliche Werke}, - subtitle = {Kritische Studienausgabe}, - volumes = {15}, - edition = {2}, - publisher = dtv # { and Walter de Gruyter}, - location = {M{\"u}nchen and Berlin and New York}, - date = {1988}, - annotation = {The critical edition of Nietzsche's works. This is a \texttt{book} entry - referring to a 15-volume work as a whole. Note the \texttt{volumes} field and - the format of the \texttt{publisher} and \texttt{location} fields in the - database file. Also note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields - which are used to fine-tune the sorting order of the bibliography. We want this - item listed first in the bibliography} -} - -@Book{nietzsche:ksa1, - hyphenation = {german}, - sortyear = {1988-01-000}, - sorttitle = {Werke-01-000}, - indexsorttitle = {Samtliche Werke I}, - author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - bookauthor = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - editor = {Colli, Giorgio and Montinari, Mazzino}, - indextitle = {S{\"a}mtliche Werke I}, - title = {Die Geburt der Trag{\"o}die. Unzeitgem{\"a}{\ss}e Betrachtungen I--IV. - Nachgelassene Schriften 1870--1973}, - shorttitle = {S{\"a}mtliche Werke I}, - maintitle = {S{\"a}mtliche Werke}, - mainsubtitle = {Kritische Studienausgabe}, - volume = {1}, - edition = {2}, - publisher = dtv # { and Walter de Gruyter}, - location = {M{\"u}nchen and Berlin and New York}, - date = {1988}, - annotation = {A single volume from the critical edition of Nietzsche's works. This - \texttt{book} entry explicitly refers to the first volume only. Note the - \texttt{title} and \texttt{maintitle} fields. Also note the \texttt{sorttitle} - and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this entry to be listed after the entry - referring to the entire edition} -} - -@Book{nussbaum, - keywords = {secondary}, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Aristotle's De Motu Animalium}, - indexsorttitle = {Aristotle's De Motu Animalium}, - author = {Nussbaum, Martha}, - title = {Aristotle's \mkbibquote{De Motu Animalium}}, - publisher = pup, - location = {Princeton}, - date = {1978}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indexsorttitle} - fields and the markup of the quotes in the database file} -} - -@Book{piccato, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Piccato, Pablo}, - title = {City of Suspects}, - subtitle = {Crime in Mexico City, 1900--1931}, - shorttitle = {City of Suspects}, - publisher = {Duke University Press}, - location = {Durham and London}, - date = {2001}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{book} entry. Note the format of the \texttt{location} field - in the database file} -} - -@Book{vangennep, - options = {useprefix}, - hyphenation = {french}, - sorttitle = {Rites de passage}, - author = {van Gennep, Arnold}, - indextitle = {Rites de passage, Les}, - title = {Les rites de passage}, - shorttitle = {Rites de passage}, - publisher = {Nourry}, - location = {Paris}, - date = {1909}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry. Note the format of the printed name and compare the - \texttt{useprefix} option in the \texttt{options} field as well as - \texttt{brandt} and \texttt{geer}} -} - -@Book{vazques-de-parga, - hyphenation = {spanish}, - sorttitle = {Peregrinaciones a Santiago de Compostela}, - author = {V{\'a}zques{ de }Parga, Luis and Lacarra, Jos{\'e} Mar{\'i}a and Ur{\'i}a - R{\'i}u, Juan}, - indextitle = {Peregrinaciones a Santiago de Compostela, Las}, - title = {Las Peregrinaciones a Santiago de Compostela}, - shorttitle = {Peregrinaciones}, - volumes = {3}, - publisher = {Iberdrola}, - location = {Pamplona}, - date = {1993}, - note = {Ed. facs. de la realizada en 1948--49}, - annotation = {A multivolume book cited as a whole. This is a \texttt{book} entry with - \texttt{volumes}, \texttt{note}, \texttt{sorttitle}, and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Book{worman, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Cast of Character}, - author = {Worman, Nancy}, - indextitle = {Cast of Character, The}, - title = {The Cast of Character}, - subtitle = {Style in Greek Literature}, - shorttitle = {Cast of Character}, - publisher = {University of Texas Press}, - location = {Austin}, - date = {2002}, - annotation = {A \texttt{book} entry. Note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} - fields} -} - -@Collection{britannica, - options = {useeditor=false}, - label = {EB}, - hyphenation = {british}, - sorttitle = {Encyclop{\ae}dia Britannica}, - editor = {Preece, Warren E.}, - indextitle = {Encyclop{\ae}dia Britannica, The New}, - title = {The New Encyclop{\ae}dia Britannica}, - shorttitle = {Encyclop{\ae}dia Britannica}, - volumes = {32}, - edition = {15}, - publisher = {Encyclop{\ae}dia Britannica}, - location = {Chicago, Ill.}, - date = {2003}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{collection} entry for an encyclopedia. Note the - \texttt{useeditor} option in the \texttt{options} field as well as the - \texttt{sorttitle} field. We want this entry to be cited and alphabetized by - title even though there is an editor. In addition to that, we want the title to - be alphabetized under \enquote*{E} rather than \enquote*{T}. Also note the - \texttt{label} field which is provided for author-year citation styles} -} - -@Collection{gaonkar, - hyphenation = {american}, - editor = {Gaonkar, Dilip Parameshwar}, - title = {Alternative Modernities}, - publisher = {Duke University Press}, - location = {Durham and London}, - date = {2001}, - isbn = {0-822-32714-7}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{collection} entry. Note the format of the \texttt{location} - field in the database file as well as the \texttt{isbn} field} -} - -@Collection{jaffe, - editor = {Jaff{\'e}, Philipp}, - editora = {Loewenfeld, Samuel and Kaltenbrunner, Ferdinand and Ewald, Paul}, - editoratype = {redactor}, - indextitle = {Regesta Pontificum Romanorum}, - title = {Regesta Pontificum Romanorum ab condita ecclesia ad annum post Christum natum - \textsc{mcxcviii}}, - shorttitle = {Regesta Pontificum Romanorum}, - volumes = {2}, - edition = {2}, - location = {Leipzig}, - date = {1885/1888}, - annotation = {A \texttt{collection} entry with \texttt{edition} and \texttt{volumes} fields. - Note the \texttt{editora} and \texttt{editoratype} fields} -} - -@Collection{westfahl:frontier, - hyphenation = {american}, - editor = {Westfahl, Gary}, - title = {Space and Beyond}, - subtitle = {The Frontier Theme in Science Fiction}, - booktitle = {Space and Beyond}, - booksubtitle = {The Frontier Theme in Science Fiction}, - publisher = {Greenwood}, - location = {Westport, Conn. and London}, - date = {2000}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{collection} entry. Note the format of the \texttt{location} - field as well as the \texttt{subtitle} and \texttt{booksubtitle} fields} -} - -@InBook{kant:kpv, - shorthand = {KpV}, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Kant, Immanuel}, - bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel}, - title = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, - shorttitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft}, - booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, - maintitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, - volume = {5}, - publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, - location = {Berlin}, - date = {1968}, - pages = {1--163}, - annotation = {An edition of Kant's \emph{Collected Works}, volume five. This is an - \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique of Practical - Reason} only, not to the entire fifth volume. Note the \texttt{author} and - \texttt{bookauthor} fields in the database file. By default, the - \texttt{bookauthor} is omitted if the values of the \texttt{author} and - \texttt{bookauthor} fields are identical} -} - -@InBook{kant:ku, - shorthand = {KU}, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Kant, Immanuel}, - bookauthor = {Kant, Immanuel}, - title = {Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, - booktitle = {Kritik der praktischen Vernunft. Kritik der Urtheilskraft}, - maintitle = {Kants Werke. Akademie Textausgabe}, - volume = {5}, - publisher = {Walter de Gruyter}, - location = {Berlin}, - date = {1968}, - pages = {165--485}, - annotation = {An edition of Kant's \emph{Collected Works}, volume five. This is an - \texttt{inbook} entry which explicitly refers to the \emph{Critique of Judgment} - only, not to the entire fifth volume} -} - -@InBook{nietzsche:historie, - hyphenation = {german}, - sortyear = {1988-01-243}, - sorttitle = {Werke-01-243}, - indexsorttitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie fur das Leben}, - author = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - bookauthor = {Nietzsche, Friedrich}, - editor = {Colli, Giorgio and Montinari, Mazzino}, - indextitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie f{\"u}r das Leben}, - title = {Unzeitgem{\"a}sse Betrachtungen. Zweites St{\"u}ck}, - subtitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie f{\"u}r das Leben}, - shorttitle = {Vom Nutzen und Nachtheil der Historie}, - booktitle = {Die Geburt der Trag{\"o}die. Unzeitgem{\"a}{\ss}e Betrachtungen I--IV. - Nachgelassene Schriften 1870--1973}, - maintitle = {S{\"a}mtliche Werke}, - mainsubtitle = {Kritische Studienausgabe}, - volume = {1}, - publisher = dtv # { and Walter de Gruyter}, - location = {M{\"u}nchen and Berlin and New York}, - date = {1988}, - pages = {243--334}, - annotation = {A single essay from the critical edition of Nietzsche's works. This - \texttt{inbook} entry explicitly refers to an essay found in the first volume. - Note the \texttt{title}, \texttt{booktitle}, and \texttt{maintitle} fields. Also - note the \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{sortyear} fields. We want this entry to - be listed after the entry referring to the entire first volume} -} - -@InCollection{brandt, - options = {useprefix=false}, - hyphenation = {german}, - indexsorttitle = {Nordischen Lander von der Mitte des 11. Jahrhunderts bis 1448}, - author = {von Brandt, Ahasver and Erich Hoffmann}, - editor = {Ferdinand Seibt}, - indextitle = {Nordischen L{\"a}nder von der Mitte des 11.~Jahrhunderts bis 1448, Die}, - title = {Die nordischen L{\"a}nder von der Mitte des 11.~Jahrhunderts bis 1448}, - shorttitle = {Die nordischen L{\"a}nder}, - booktitle = {Europa im Hoch- und Sp{\"a}tmittelalter}, - series = {Handbuch der europ{\"a}ischen Geschichte}, - number = {2}, - publisher = {Klett-Cotta}, - location = {Stuttgart}, - date = {1987}, - pages = {884--917}, - annotation = {An \texttt{incollection} entry with a \texttt{series} and a \texttt{number}. - Note the format of the printed name and compare the \texttt{useprefix} option in - the \texttt{options} field as well as \texttt{vangennep}. Also note the - \texttt{indextitle, and \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields}} -} - -@InCollection{hyman, - keywords = {secondary}, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Arthur Hyman}, - editor = {O'Meara, Dominic J.}, - indextitle = {Aristotle's Theory of the Intellect}, - title = {Aristotle's Theory of the Intellect and its Interpretation by Averroes}, - shorttitle = {Aristotle's Theory of the Intellect}, - booktitle = {Studies in Aristotle}, - series = {Studies in Philosophy and the History of Philosophy}, - number = {9}, - publisher = {The Catholic University of America Press}, - location = {Washington, D.C.}, - date = {1981}, - pages = {161--191}, - annotation = {An \texttt{incollection} entry with a \texttt{series} and \texttt{number} field} -} - -@InCollection{pines, - keywords = {secondary}, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Pines, Shlomo}, - editor = {Twersky, Isadore}, - indextitle = {Limitations of Human Knowledge According to Al-Farabi, ibn Bajja, and - Maimonides, The}, - title = {The Limitations of Human Knowledge According to Al-Farabi, ibn Bajja, and - Maimonides}, - shorttitle = {Limitations of Human Knowledge}, - booktitle = {Studies in Medieval Jewish History and Literature}, - publisher = hup, - location = {Cambridge, Mass.}, - date = {1979}, - pages = {82--109}, - annotation = {A typical \texttt{incollection} entry. Note the \texttt{indextitle} field} -} - -@InProceedings{moraux, - keywords = {secondary}, - hyphenation = {french}, - indexsorttitle = {De Anima dans la tradition grecque}, - author = {Moraux, Paul}, - editor = {Lloyd, G. E. R. and Owen, G. E. L.}, - indextitle = {\emph{De Anima} dans la tradition gr{\`e}cque, Le}, - title = {Le \emph{De Anima} dans la tradition gr{\`e}cque}, - subtitle = {Quelques aspects de l'interpretation du trait{\'e}, de Theophraste {\`a} - Themistius}, - shorttitle = {\emph{De Anima} dans la tradition gr{\`e}cque}, - booktitle = {Aristotle on Mind and the Senses}, - booktitleaddon = {Proceedings of the Seventh Symposium Aristotelicum}, - eventdate = {1975}, - publisher = cup, - location = {Cambridge}, - date = {1979}, - pages = {281--324}, - annotation = {This is a typical \texttt{inproceedings} entry. Note the \texttt{booksubtitle}, - \texttt{shorttitle}, \texttt{indextitle}, and \texttt{indexsorttitle} fields. - Also note the \texttt{eventdate} field.} -} - -@InProceedings{salam, - author = {Salam, Abdus}, - editor = {Svartholm, Nils}, - title = {Weak and Electromagnetic Interactions}, - booktitle = {Elementary particle theory}, - booksubtitle = {Relativistic groups and analyticity}, - booktitleaddon = {Proceedings of the Eighth Nobel Symposium}, - eventdate = {1968-05-19/1968-05-25}, - venue = {Aspen{\"a}sgarden, Lerum}, - publisher = {Almquist \& Wiksell}, - location = {Stockholm}, - date = {1968}, - pages = {367--377} -} - -@Manual{cms, - label = {CMS}, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Chicago Manual of Style}, - indextitle = {Chicago Manual of Style, The}, - title = {The Chicago Manual of Style}, - subtitle = {The Essential Guide for Writers, Editors, and Publishers}, - shorttitle = {Chicago Manual of Style}, - edition = {15}, - publisher = {University of Chicago Press}, - location = {Chicago, Ill.}, - date = {2003}, - isbn = {0-226-10403-6}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{manual} entry without an \texttt{author} or \texttt{editor}. - Note the \texttt{label} field in the database file which is provided for - author-year citation styles. Also note the \texttt{sorttitle} and - \texttt{indextitle} fields. By default, all entries without an \texttt{author} - or \texttt{editor} are alphabetized by \texttt{title} but we want this entry to - be alphabetized under \enquote*{C} rather than \enquote*{T}. There's also an - \texttt{isbn} field} -} - -@Online{baez/online, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Baez, John C. and Lauda, Aaron D.}, - title = {Higher-Dimensional Algebra V: 2-Groups}, - version = {3}, - date = {2004-10-27}, - eprinttype = {arxiv}, - eprint = {math/0307200v3}, - annotation = {An \texttt{online} reference from arXiv. Note the \texttt{eprint} and - \texttt{eprinttype} fields. Compare \texttt{baez\slash article} which is the - same item given as an \texttt{article} entry with eprint information} -} - -@Online{ctan, - label = {CTAN}, - hyphenation = {american}, - title = {CTAN}, - subtitle = {The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network}, - date = {2006}, - url = {http://www.ctan.org}, - urldate = {2006-10-01}, - annotation = {This is an \texttt{online} entry. The \textsc{url}, which is given in the - \texttt{url} field, is transformed into a clickable link if \texttt{hyperref} - support has been enabled. Note the format of the \texttt{urldate} field - (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}) in the database file. Also note the \texttt{label} field - which may be used as a fallback by citation styles which need an \texttt{author} - and\slash or a \texttt{year}} -} - -@Online{itzhaki, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Itzhaki, Nissan}, - title = {Some remarks on 't Hooft's S-matrix for black holes}, - version = {1}, - date = {1996-03-11}, - eprinttype = {arxiv}, - eprint = {hep-th/9603067}, - annotation = {An \texttt{online} reference from arXiv. Note the \texttt{eprint} and - \texttt{eprinttype} fields. Also note that the arXiv reference is transformed - into a clickable link if \texttt{hyperref} support has been enabled}, - abstract = {We discuss the limitations of 't Hooft's proposal for the black hole S-matrix. - We find that the validity of the S-matrix implies violation of the - semi-classical approximation at scales large compared to the Planck scale. We - also show that the effect of the centrifugal barrier on the S-matrix is crucial - even for large transverse distances.} -} - -@Online{markey, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Tame the Beast}, - author = {Markey, Nicolas}, - title = {Tame the BeaST}, - subtitle = {The B to X of BibTeX}, - version = {1.3}, - date = {2005-10-16}, - url = {http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf}, - urldate = {2006-10-01}, - annotation = {An \texttt{online} entry for a tutorial. Note the format of the \texttt{date} - field (\texttt{yyyy-mm-dd}) in the database file.} -} - -@Online{wassenberg, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Wassenberg, Jan and Sanders, Peter}, - title = {Faster Radix Sort via Virtual Memory and Write-Combining}, - version = {1}, - date = {2010-08-17}, - eprinttype = {arxiv}, - eprintclass = {cs.DS}, - eprint = {1008.2849v1}, - annotation = {A recent \texttt{online} reference from arXiv using the new (April 2007 onward) - identifier format. Note the \texttt{eprint}, \texttt{eprinttype}, and - \texttt{eprintclass} fields. Also note that the arXiv reference is transformed - into a clickable link if \texttt{hyperref} support has been enabled}, - abstract = {Sorting algorithms are the deciding factor for the performance of common - operations such as removal of duplicates or database sort-merge joins. This work - focuses on 32-bit integer keys, optionally paired with a 32-bit value. We - present a fast radix sorting algorithm that builds upon a - microarchitecture-aware variant of counting sort} -} - -@Patent{almendro, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Almendro, Jos{\'e} L. and Mart{\'i}n, Jacinto and S{\'a}nchez, Alberto and - Nozal, Fernando}, - title = {Elektromagnetisches Signalhorn}, - number = {EU-29702195U}, - location = {countryfr and countryuk and countryde}, - date = {1998}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{patent} entry with a \texttt{location} field. The number is - given in the \texttt{number} field. Note the format of the \texttt{location} - field in the database file. Compare \texttt{laufenberg}, \texttt{sorace}, and - \texttt{kowalik}} -} - -@Patent{kowalik, - hyphenation = {french}, - author = {Kowalik, F. and Isard, M.}, - indextitle = {Estimateur d'un d{\'e}faut de fonctionnement}, - title = {Estimateur d'un d{\'e}faut de fonctionnement d'un modulateur en quadrature et - {\'e}tage de modulation l'utilisant}, - type = {patreqfr}, - number = {9500261}, - date = {1995-01-11}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{patent} entry for a French patent request with a full date. - The number is given in the \texttt{number} field. Note the format of the - \texttt{type} and \texttt{date} fields in the database file. Compare - \texttt{almendro}, \texttt{laufenberg}, and \texttt{sorace}} -} - -@Patent{laufenberg, - hyphenation = {german}, - author = {Laufenberg, Xaver and Eynius, Dominique and Suelzle, Helmut and Usbeck, Stephan - and Spaeth, Matthias and Neuser-Hoffmann, Miriam and Myrzik, Christian and - Schmid, Manfred and Nietfeld, Franz and Thiel, Alexander and Braun, Harald and - Ebner, Norbert}, - holder = {{Robert Bosch GmbH} and {Daimler Chrysler AG} and {Bayerische Motoren Werke - AG}}, - title = {Elektrische Einrichtung und Betriebsverfahren}, - type = {patenteu}, - number = {1700367}, - date = {2006-09-13}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{patent} entry with a \texttt{holder} field. Note the format - of the \texttt{type} and \texttt{location} fields in the database file. Compare - \texttt{almendro}, \texttt{sorace}, and \texttt{kowalik}}, - abstract = {The invention relates to an electric device comprising a generator, in - particular for use in the vehicle electric system of a motor vehicle and a - controller for controlling the generator voltage. The device is equipped with a - control zone, in which the voltage is controlled and zones, in which the torque - is controlled. The invention also relates to methods for operating a device of - this type.}, - file = {http://v3.espacenet.com/textdoc?IDX=EP1700367} -} - -@Patent{sorace, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Sorace, Ronald E. and Reinhardt, Victor S. and Vaughn, Steven A.}, - holder = {{Hughes Aircraft Company}}, - title = {High-Speed Digital-to-RF Converter}, - type = {patentus}, - number = {5668842}, - date = {1997-09-16}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{patent} entry with a \texttt{holder} field. Note the format - of the \texttt{type} and \texttt{date} fields in the database file. Compare - \texttt{almendro}, \texttt{laufenberg}, and \texttt{kowalik}} -} - -@Report{chiu, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {Hybrid Hierarchical Model of a Multiple Virtual Storage (MVS) Operating - System}, - author = {Chiu, Willy W. and Chow, We Min}, - indextitle = {Hybrid Hierarchical Model, A}, - title = {A Hybrid Hierarchical Model of a Multiple Virtual Storage (MVS) Operating - System}, - institution = {IBM}, - type = {resreport}, - number = {RC-6947}, - date = {1978}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{report} entry for a research report. Note the format of the - \texttt{type} field in the database file which uses a localization key. The - number of the report is given in the \texttt{number} field. Also note the - \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields} -} - -@Report{padhye, - hyphenation = {american}, - sorttitle = {A Stochastic Model of TCP Reno Congestion Avoidance and Control}, - author = {Padhye, Jitendra and Firoiu, Victor and Towsley, Don}, - indextitle = {Stochastic Model of TCP Reno Congestion Avoidance and Control, A}, - title = {A Stochastic Model of TCP Reno Congestion Avoidance and Control}, - institution = {University of Massachusetts}, - type = {techreport}, - number = {99-02}, - location = {Amherst, Mass.}, - date = {1999}, - annotation = {This is a \texttt{report} entry for a technical report. Note the format of the - \texttt{type} field in the database file which uses a localization key. The - number of the report is given in the \texttt{number} field. Also note the - \texttt{sorttitle} and \texttt{indextitle} fields}, - abstract = {The steady state performance of a bulk transfer TCP flow (i.e. a flow with a - large amount of data to send, such as FTP transfers) may be characterized by - three quantities. The first is the send rate, which is the amount of data sent - by the sender in unit time. The second is the throughput, which is the amount of - data received by the receiver in unit time. Note that the throughput will always - be less than or equal to the send rate due to losses. Finally, the number of - non-duplicate packets received by the receiver in unit time gives us the goodput - of the connection. The goodput is always less than or equal to the throughput, - since the receiver may receive two copies of the same packet due to - retransmissions by the sender. In a previous paper, we presented a simple model - for predicting the steady state send rate of a bulk transfer TCP flow as a - function of loss rate and round trip time. In this paper, we extend that work in - two ways. First, we analyze the performance of bulk transfer TCP flows using - more precise, stochastic analysis. Second, we build upon the previous analysis - to provide both an approximate formula as well as a more accurate stochastic - model for the steady state throughput of a bulk transfer TCP flow.}, - file = {ftp://gaia.cs.umass.edu/pub/Padhey99-markov.ps} -} - -@Thesis{geer, - options = {useprefix=false}, - hyphenation = {british}, - author = {de Geer, Ingrid}, - title = {Earl, Saint, Bishop, Skald~-- and Music}, - subtitle = {The Orkney Earldom of the Twelfth Century. A Musicological Study}, - institution = {Uppsala Universitet}, - type = {phdthesis}, - location = {Uppsala}, - date = {1985}, - annotation = {This is a typical \texttt{thesis} entry for a PhD thesis. Note the - \texttt{type} field in the database file which uses a localization key. Also - note the format of the printed name and compare the \texttt{useprefix} option in - the \texttt{options} field as well as \texttt{vangennep}} -} - -@Thesis{loh, - hyphenation = {american}, - author = {Loh, Nin C.}, - title = {High-Resolution Micromachined Interferometric Accelerometer}, - institution = {Massachusetts Institute of Technology}, - type = {mathesis}, - location = {Cambridge, Mass.}, - date = {1992}, - annotation = {This is a typical \texttt{thesis} entry for an MA thesis. Note the - \texttt{type} field in the database file which uses a localization key} -} diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/alphabetic-verb.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/alphabetic-verb.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 5323b7b..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/alphabetic-verb.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: alphabetic-verb.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{alphabetic-verb.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: alphabetic-verb.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{alphabetic} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/alphabetic.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/alphabetic.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index f3cf7e0..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/alphabetic.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: alphabetic.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{alphabetic.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: alphabetic.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard} -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelalpha,sorting=anyt} - -\DeclareNameAlias{author}{default} -\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{default} -\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{default} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{labelalphawidth}{\mkbibbrackets{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{\mkbibbrackets{#1}} - -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {\printtext[labelalphawidth]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelalpha}% - \printfield{extraalpha}}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\labelalphawidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\defbibenvironment{shorthands} - {\list - {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-comp.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-comp.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index c1362eb..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-comp.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-comp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-comp.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authortitle-comp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-ibid.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-ibid.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 3ee21ef..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-ibid.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-ibid.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-ibid.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authortitle-ibid.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-icomp.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-icomp.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 8917456..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-icomp.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-icomp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-icomp.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authortitle-icomp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-tcomp.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-tcomp.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index f1128cc..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-tcomp.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-tcomp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-tcomp.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authortitle-tcomp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-terse.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-terse.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index a0d578f..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-terse.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-terse.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-terse.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authortitle-terse.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-ticomp.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-ticomp.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 060c9cf..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle-ticomp.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-ticomp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-ticomp.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authortitle-ticomp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index ebeb700..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authortitle.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authortitle.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard} -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{pagetracker} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{dashed}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{pagetracker}% - \renewbibmacro*{bbx:savehash}{\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}} - {\renewbibmacro*{bbx:savehash}{}}} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1} -\setlength{\bibitemsep}{0pt} - -\DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname} -\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname} -\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname} - -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {} - {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}% - \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\defbibenvironment{shorthands} - {\list - {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\InitializeBibliographyStyle{% - \global\undef\bbx@lasthash} - -\newbibmacro*{bbx:savehash}{% - \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}} - -\newbool{bbx@inset} -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% - \booltrue{bbx@inset}% - \entryset{}{}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{setpageref}% - \finentry} - -\renewbibmacro*{author}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test \ifuseauthor - and - not test {\ifnameundef{author}} - } - {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} - {\bibnamedash} - {\printnames{author}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% - \usebibmacro{authorstrg}} - {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash}} - -\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% - \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editorstrg}} -\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% - \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editor+othersstrg}} -\newbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test \ifuseeditor - and - not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} - } - {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} - {\bibnamedash} - {\printnames{editor}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% - \usebibmacro{#1}% - \clearname{editor}} - {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash}} - -\renewbibmacro*{translator}{% - \usebibmacro{bbx:translator}{translatorstrg}} -\renewbibmacro*{translator+others}{% - \usebibmacro{bbx:translator}{translator+othersstrg}} -\newbibmacro*{bbx:translator}[1]{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test \ifusetranslator - and - not test {\ifnameundef{translator}} - } - {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} - {\bibnamedash} - {\printnames{translator}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% - \usebibmacro{#1}% - \clearname{translator}} - {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash}} - -\newbibmacro*{bbx:dashcheck}[2]{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}} - and - not test \iffirstonpage - and - ( - not bool {bbx@inset} - or - test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysetcount}{1}} - ) - } - {#1} - {#2}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear-comp.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear-comp.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index ba75ca6..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear-comp.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authoryear-comp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authoryear-comp.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authoryear-comp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear-ibid.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear-ibid.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 6202f6d..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear-ibid.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authoryear-ibid.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authoryear-ibid.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authoryear-ibid.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear-icomp.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear-icomp.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 3fdb40e..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear-icomp.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authoryear-icomp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authoryear-icomp.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authoryear-icomp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authoryear} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 1085e5e..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/authoryear.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,260 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authoryear.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authoryear.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: authoryear.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{dashed}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{pagetracker}% - \renewbibmacro*{bbx:savehash}{\savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}}} - {\renewbibmacro*{bbx:savehash}{}}} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{mergedate}[true]{% - \ifcsdef{bbx@opt@mergedate@#1} - {\csuse{bbx@opt@mergedate@#1}} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Invalid option 'mergedate=#1'} - {Valid values are 'maximum', 'compact', 'basic', 'minimum',\MessageBreak - 'true' (=compact), and 'false'.}}} - -\providebibmacro*{date+extrayear}{} - -\def\bbx@opt@mergedate@true{\bbx@opt@mergedate@compact} - -\def\bbx@opt@mergedate@maximum{% - \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{year} - {} - {\printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{issue}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printdateextra}}}% - \renewbibmacro*{date}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{}% -} - -\def\bbx@opt@mergedate@compact{% - \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{year} - {} - {\printtext[parens]{\printdateextra}}}% - \renewbibmacro*{date}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{% - \iffieldundef{issue} - {} - {\printtext[parens]{\printfield{issue}}}% - \newunit}% -} - -\def\bbx@opt@mergedate@basic{% - \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{labelyear} - {} - {\printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{labelyear}% - \printfield{extrayear}}}}% - \renewbibmacro*{date}{% - \iffieldundef{month} - {} - {\printdate}}% - \renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\iffieldundef{issue}} - and - test {\iffieldundef{month}} - } - {} - {\printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{issue}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printdate}}% - \newunit}% -} - -\def\bbx@opt@mergedate@minimum{% - \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{labelyear} - {} - {\printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{labelyear}% - \printfield{extrayear}}}}% - \renewbibmacro*{date}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\iffieldundef{month}} - and - test {\iffieldundef{extrayear}} - } - {} - {\printdate}}% - \renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\iffieldundef{issue}} - and - test {\iffieldundef{month}} - and - test {\iffieldundef{extrayear}} - } - {} - {\printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{issue}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printdate}}% - \newunit}% -} - -\def\bbx@opt@mergedate@false{% - \renewbibmacro*{date+extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{labelyear} - {} - {\printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{labelyear}% - \printfield{extrayear}}}}% - \renewbibmacro*{date}{\printdate}% - \renewbibmacro*{issue+date}{% - \printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{issue}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printdate}% - \newunit}% -} - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelyear,sorting=nyt,pagetracker,mergedate} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1} -\setlength{\bibitemsep}{0pt} - -\DeclareNameAlias{author}{sortname} -\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{sortname} -\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{sortname} - -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {} - {\setlength{\leftmargin}{\bibhang}% - \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\defbibenvironment{shorthands} - {\list - {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\InitializeBibliographyStyle{% - \global\undef\bbx@lasthash} - -\newbibmacro*{bbx:savehash}{% - \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}} - -\newbool{bbx@inset} -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% - \booltrue{bbx@inset}% - \entryset{}{}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{setpageref}% - \finentry} - -\renewbibmacro*{author}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test \ifuseauthor - and - not test {\ifnameundef{author}} - } - {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} - {\bibnamedash} - {\usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}% - \printnames{author}% - \iffieldundef{authortype} - {\setunit{\addspace}} - {\setunit{\addcomma\space}}}% - \iffieldundef{authortype} - {} - {\usebibmacro{authorstrg}% - \setunit{\addspace}}}% - {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash - \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% - \setunit*{\addspace}}% - \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}} - -\renewbibmacro*{editor}{% - \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editorstrg}} -\renewbibmacro*{editor+others}{% - \usebibmacro{bbx:editor}{editor+othersstrg}} -\newbibmacro*{bbx:editor}[1]{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test \ifuseeditor - and - not test {\ifnameundef{editor}} - } - {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} - {\bibnamedash} - {\printnames{editor}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% - \usebibmacro{#1}% - \clearname{editor}% - \setunit{\addspace}}% - {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash - \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% - \setunit*{\addspace}}% - \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}} - -\renewbibmacro*{translator}{% - \usebibmacro{bbx:translator}{translatorstrg}} -\renewbibmacro*{translator+others}{% - \usebibmacro{bbx:translator}{translator+othersstrg}} -\newbibmacro*{bbx:translator}[1]{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test \ifusetranslator - and - not test {\ifnameundef{translator}} - } - {\usebibmacro{bbx:dashcheck} - {\bibnamedash} - {\printnames{translator}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{bbx:savehash}}% - \usebibmacro{translator+othersstrg}% - \clearname{translator}% - \setunit{\addspace}}% - {\global\undef\bbx@lasthash - \usebibmacro{labeltitle}% - \setunit*{\addspace}}% - \usebibmacro{date+extrayear}} - -\newbibmacro*{bbx:dashcheck}[2]{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}} - and - not test \iffirstonpage - and - ( - not bool {bbx@inset} - or - test {\iffieldequalstr{entrysetcount}{1}} - ) - } - {#1} - {#2}} - -\newbibmacro*{labeltitle}{% - \iffieldundef{label} - {\iffieldundef{shorttitle} - {\printfield{title}% - \clearfield{title}} - {\printfield[title]{shorttitle}}} - {\printfield{label}}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/debug.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/debug.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index e4b2214..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/debug.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: debug.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{debug.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: debug.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{sorting=debug} -\DeclareFieldFormat{entrykey}{\ttfamily[#1]} -\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1} - -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {} - {\setlength{\leftmargin}{8em}% - \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}% - \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}% - \interlinepenalty\@M - \raggedbottom\raggedright - \frenchspacing - \normalfont\footnotesize}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\defbibenvironment{shorthands} - {\list - {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{8em}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \addtolength{\labelwidth}{-\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}% - \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}% - \interlinepenalty\@M - \raggedbottom\raggedright - \frenchspacing - \normalfont\footnotesize}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\DeclareNameFormat{debug}{% - \bbx@mklabel{\currentname}% - \ifblank{#3}{}{\detokenize{#3}\space}% - \ifblank{#5}{}{\detokenize{#5}\ifpunctmark{'}{}{\space}}% - \detokenize{#1}% - \ifblank{#7}{}{\space\detokenize{#7}}% - \ifblank{#3}{}{\bbx@mksublabel{first}\detokenize{#3}}% - \ifblank{#1}{}{\bbx@mksublabel{last}\detokenize{#1}}% - \ifblank{#5}{}{\bbx@mksublabel{prefix}\detokenize{#5}}% - \ifblank{#7}{}{\bbx@mksublabel{affix}\detokenize{#7}}% - \bbx@mksublabel{inits}% - \ifblank{#4}{}{\detokenize{#4}\space}% - \ifblank{#6}{}{\detokenize{#6}\ifpunctmark{'}{}{\space}}% - \detokenize{#2}% - \ifblank{#8}{}{\space\detokenize{#8}}% -} - -\DeclareListFormat{debug}{% - \bbx@mklabel{\currentlist}% - \detokenize{#1}} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{debug}{% - \bbx@mklabel{\currentfield}% - \detokenize{#1}} - -\newcommand*{\bbx@mklabel}[1]{% - \item - \makebox[\leftmargin][l]{\ttfamily [#1]}} - -\newcommand*{\bbx@mksublabel}[1]{% - \par\nobreak - \makebox[6em][l]{\ttfamily [#1]}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{debug}{% - \item\begingroup\ttfamily\leavevmode - \xleaders\hbox to 0.75em{\hss-\hss}\hfill\kern\z@ - \space\printfield{entrykey}\space - \xleaders\hbox to 0.75em{\hss-\hss}\hfill\kern\z@ - \endgroup - \def\do{\printnames[debug][-\thelisttotal]}% - \abx@donames - \def\do{\printlist[debug][-\thelisttotal]}% - \abx@dolists - \def\do{\printfield[debug]}% - \abx@dofields\do{options}\do{execute}% - \item\begingroup\ttfamily\leavevmode - \xleaders\hbox to 0.75em{\hss-\hss}\hfill\kern\z@ - \endgroup - \clearpage} - -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{article}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{book}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{bookinbook}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{booklet}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{collection}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{inbook}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{incollection}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{inproceedings}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{inreference}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{manual}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{misc}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvbook}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvcollection}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvproceedings}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvreference}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{online}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{patent}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{periodical}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{proceedings}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{reference}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{report}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{review}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{set}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{shorthands}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppbook}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppcollection}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppperiodical}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{thesis}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{unpublished}{debug} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{*}{debug} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthands}{% - \texttt{\printfield{entrykey}}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/draft.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/draft.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 67655a1..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/draft.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: draft.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{draft.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: draft.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard} -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{sorting=debug} - -\DeclareNameAlias{author}{default} -\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{default} -\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{default} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1} - -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {\printfield{entrykey}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}% - \setlength{\itemindent}{-\leftmargin}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{% - \hspace\labelsep\bfseries##1}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\defbibenvironment{shorthands} - {\list - {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/numeric-comp.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/numeric-comp.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 47ce22e..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/numeric-comp.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: numeric-comp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{numeric-comp.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: numeric-comp.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{numeric} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/numeric-verb.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/numeric-verb.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 84e24a1..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/numeric-verb.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: numeric-verb.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{numeric-verb.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: numeric-verb.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{numeric} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/numeric.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/numeric.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 55a5b95..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/numeric.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: numeric.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{numeric.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: numeric.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard} -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelnumber} - -\providebool{bbx:subentry} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{subentry}[true]{% - \setbool{bbx:subentry}{#1}} - -\DeclareNameAlias{author}{default} -\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{default} -\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{default} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{bibentrysetcount}{\mkbibparens{\mknumalph{#1}}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{labelnumberwidth}{\mkbibbrackets{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{\mkbibbrackets{#1}} - -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {\printtext[labelnumberwidth]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelnumber}}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\labelnumberwidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss##1}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\defbibenvironment{shorthands} - {\list - {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{\hss##1}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% - \entryset - {\ifbool{bbx:subentry} - {\printfield[bibentrysetcount]{entrysetcount}% - \setunit*{\addnbspace}} - {}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{setpageref}% - \finentry} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/reading.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/reading.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 64b709d..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/reading.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: reading.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{reading.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: reading.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{standard} - -\DeclareNameAlias{author}{default} -\DeclareNameAlias{editor}{default} -\DeclareNameAlias{translator}{default} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{entrykey}{\mbox{\bfseries#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{annotation}{\bibstring{annotation}\addcolon\space #1} -\DeclareFieldFormat{abstract}{\bibstring{abstract}\addcolon\space #1} -\DeclareFieldFormat{library}{\bibstring{library}\addcolon\space #1} -\DeclareFieldFormat{file}{\bibstring{file}\addcolon\space \url{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{shorthandwidth}{#1} - -\InitializeBibliographyStyle{% - \global\undef\bbx@lasthash} - -\setlength{\bibitemsep}{0.5\baselineskip} -\setlength{\bibparsep}{0pt} - -\defbibenvironment{bibliography} - {\list - {} - {\setlength{\leftmargin}{0pt}% - \setlength{\itemindent}{0pt}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}}} - {\endlist} - {\bbx@item} - -\defbibenvironment{shorthands} - {\list - {\printfield[shorthandwidth]{shorthand}} - {\setlength{\labelwidth}{\shorthandwidth}% - \setlength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}% - \setlength{\labelsep}{\biblabelsep}% - \addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}% - \setlength{\itemsep}{\bibitemsep}% - \setlength{\parsep}{\bibparsep}% - \renewcommand*{\makelabel}[1]{##1\hss}}} - {\endlist} - {\item} - -\def\bbx@item@false{% - \itemsep2\bibitemsep - \item\relax - \itemsep\bibitemsep} - -\def\bbx@item@true{% - \bbx@item@full} - -\def\bbx@item@full{% - \itemsep2\bibitemsep - \@itempenalty\z@ - \item\relax - \begingroup - \samepage\bfseries - \def\finentrypunct{\strut}% - \usebibmacro{entryhead:full}% - \ifbool{bbx:entrykey} - {\def\newblockpunct{% - \nobreak\hskip\z@skip\strut - \hfill\penalty100\hskip1em\relax - \hbox{}\nobreak\hfill\strut}% - \def\finentrypunct{% - \parfillskip\z@\finalhyphendemerits\z@ - \par\nobreak}% - \newblock - \printfield{entrykey}} - {}% - \finentry - \endgroup - \hrule height 1.25pt\relax - \itemsep\bibitemsep - \@itempenalty\@M - \item\strut - \@itempenalty\z@} - -\def\bbx@item@name{% - \iffieldequals{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash} - {\bbx@item@false} - {\itemsep2\bibitemsep - \@itempenalty\z@ - \item\relax - \begingroup - \samepage\bfseries - \def\finentrypunct{\strut}% - \usebibmacro{entryhead:name}% - \finentry - \endgroup - \hrule height 1.25pt\relax - \itemsep\bibitemsep - \@itempenalty\@M - \item\strut - \@itempenalty\z@}} - -\newbool{bbx:entrykey} -\newbool{bbx:annotation} -\newbool{bbx:abstract} -\newbool{bbx:library} -\newbool{bbx:file} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{entryhead}[true]{% - \ifcsdef{bbx@item@#1} - {\letcs\bbx@item{bbx@item@#1}} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Invalid option 'header=#1'} - {Valid values: header=true, false, full, name.}}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{entrykey}[true]{% - \setbool{bbx:entrykey}{#1}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{annotation}[true]{% - \setbool{bbx:annotation}{#1}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{abstract}[true]{% - \setbool{bbx:abstract}{#1}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{library}[true]{% - \setbool{bbx:library}{#1}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{file}[true]{% - \setbool{bbx:file}{#1}} - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loadfiles,entryhead,entrykey,annotation,abstract,library,file} - -\newbibmacro*{entryhead:full}{% - \printnames[labelname][-1]{labelname}% - \setunit*{\addcolon\space}% - \printfield{labeltitle}} - -\newbibmacro*{entryhead:name}{% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {\printfield{labeltitle}} - {\printnames[labelname]{labelname}}% - \savefield{fullhash}{\bbx@lasthash}} - -\newbibmacro*{entrytail}{% - \newunit\newblock - \begingroup - \def\newblockpunct{\item}% - \ifbool{bbx:annotation} - {\usebibmacro{annotation}% - \newunit\newblock} - {}% - \ifbool{bbx:abstract} - {\usebibmacro{abstract}% - \newunit\newblock} - {}% - \ifbool{bbx:file} - {\printfield{file}% - \newunit\newblock} - {}% - \ifbool{bbx:library} - {\printfield{library}% - \newunit\newblock} - {}% - \endgroup} - -\renewbibmacro*{finentry}{% - \ifbibliography - {\usebibmacro{entrytail}} - {}% - \finentry} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% - \renewbibmacro*{finentry}{\finentry}% - \entryset{}{}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{setpageref}% - \ifbibliography - {\usebibmacro{entrytail}} - {}% - \finentry} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/standard.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/standard.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index b9f79ba..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/standard.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,800 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: standard.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{standard.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: standard.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\newtoggle{bbx:isbn} -\newtoggle{bbx:url} -\newtoggle{bbx:doi} -\newtoggle{bbx:eprint} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{isbn}[true]{% - \settoggle{bbx:isbn}{#1}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{url}[true]{% - \settoggle{bbx:url}{#1}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{doi}[true]{% - \settoggle{bbx:doi}{#1}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{eprint}[true]{% - \settoggle{bbx:eprint}{#1}} - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{isbn,url,doi,eprint} - -\newbibmacro*{begentry}{} -\newbibmacro*{finentry}{\finentry} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{article}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{bytranslator+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{version}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{in:}% - \usebibmacro{journal+issuetitle}% - \newunit - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit - \usebibmacro{note+pages}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{issn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{book}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{edition}% - \newunit - \iffieldundef{maintitle} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}} - {}% - \newunit - \printfield{volumes}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{series+number}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit - \printfield{pagetotal}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{booklet}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{howpublished}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{type}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit - \printfield{pagetotal}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{collection}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{editor+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{edition}% - \newunit - \iffieldundef{maintitle} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}} - {}% - \newunit - \printfield{volumes}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{series+number}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit - \printfield{pagetotal}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inbook}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{in:}% - \usebibmacro{bybookauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{edition}% - \newunit - \iffieldundef{maintitle} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}} - {}% - \newunit - \printfield{volumes}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{series+number}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{incollection}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{in:}% - \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{edition}% - \newunit - \iffieldundef{maintitle} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}} - {}% - \newunit - \printfield{volumes}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{series+number}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{inproceedings}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{in:}% - \usebibmacro{maintitle+booktitle}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{event+venue+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \iffieldundef{maintitle} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}} - {}% - \newunit - \printfield{volumes}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{series+number}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \printlist{organization}% - \newunit - \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{manual}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/editor}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{edition}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{series+number}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{type}% - \newunit - \printfield{version}% - \newunit - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \printlist{organization}% - \newunit - \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit - \printfield{pagetotal}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{misc}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{howpublished}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{type}% - \newunit - \printfield{version}% - \newunit - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{organization+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{online}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author/editor+others/translator+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{version}% - \newunit - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \printlist{organization}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:eprint} - {\usebibmacro{eprint}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{url+urldate}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{patent}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{type}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printfield{number}% - \iflistundef{location} - {} - {\setunit*{\addspace}% - \printtext[parens]{% - \printlist[][-\value{listtotal}]{location}}}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byholder}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{periodical}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{editor}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title+issuetitle}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{issn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{proceedings}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{editor+others}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{maintitle+title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{event+venue+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byeditor+others}% - \newunit\newblock - \iffieldundef{maintitle} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}} - {}% - \newunit - \printfield{volumes}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{series+number}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \printlist{organization}% - \newunit - \usebibmacro{publisher+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit - \printfield{pagetotal}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{report}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{type}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printfield{number}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{version}% - \newunit - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit - \printfield{pagetotal}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isrn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{thesis}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{type}% - \newunit - \usebibmacro{institution+location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{chapter+pages}% - \newunit - \printfield{pagetotal}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:isbn} - {\printfield{isbn}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{doi+eprint+url}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{unpublished}{% - \usebibmacro{bibindex}% - \usebibmacro{begentry}% - \usebibmacro{author}% - \setunit{\labelnamepunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit - \printlist{language}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{byauthor}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{howpublished}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{note}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{location+date}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:url} - {\usebibmacro{url+urldate}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{addendum+pubstate}% - \setunit{\bibpagerefpunct}\newblock - \usebibmacro{pageref}% - \usebibmacro{finentry}} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{shorthands}{% - \usedriver - {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}% - \finentry} - -\DeclareBibliographyDriver{set}{% - \entryset{}{}% - \newunit\newblock - \usebibmacro{setpageref}% - \finentry} - -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvbook}{book} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{bookinbook}{inbook} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppbook}{inbook} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvcollection}{collection} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppcollection}{incollection} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvproceedings}{proceedings} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{reference}{collection} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{mvreference}{reference} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{inreference}{incollection} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{suppperiodical}{article} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{review}{article} -\DeclareBibliographyAlias{*}{misc} - -\newbibmacro*{maintitle+title}{% - \iffieldsequal{maintitle}{title} - {\clearfield{maintitle}% - \clearfield{mainsubtitle}% - \clearfield{maintitleaddon}} - {\iffieldundef{maintitle} - {} - {\usebibmacro{maintitle}% - \newunit\newblock - \iffieldundef{volume} - {} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}% - \setunit{\addcolon\space}}}}% - \usebibmacro{title}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{maintitle+booktitle}{% - \iffieldundef{maintitle} - {} - {\usebibmacro{maintitle}% - \newunit\newblock - \iffieldundef{volume} - {} - {\printfield{volume}% - \printfield{part}% - \setunit{\addcolon\space}}}% - \usebibmacro{booktitle}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{journal+issuetitle}{% - \usebibmacro{journal}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \iffieldundef{series} - {} - {\newunit - \printfield{series}% - \setunit{\addspace}}% - \usebibmacro{volume+number+eid}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{issue+date}% - \setunit{\addcolon\space}% - \usebibmacro{issue}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{volume+number+eid}{% - \printfield{volume}% - \setunit*{\adddot}% - \printfield{number}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \printfield{eid}} - -\newbibmacro*{title+issuetitle}{% - \usebibmacro{periodical}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \iffieldundef{series} - {} - {\newunit - \printfield{series}% - \setunit{\addspace}}% - \printfield{volume}% - \setunit*{\adddot}% - \printfield{number}% - \setunit{\addcomma\space}% - \printfield{eid}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{issue+date}% - \setunit{\addcolon\space}% - \usebibmacro{issue}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{issue+date}{% - \printtext[parens]{% - \iffieldundef{issue} - {\usebibmacro{date}} - {\printfield{issue}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{date}}}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{event+venue+date}{% - \printfield{eventtitle}% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\iffieldundef{venue}} - and - test {\iffieldundef{eventyear}} - } - {} - {\setunit*{\addspace}% - \printtext[parens]{% - \printfield{venue}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printeventdate}}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{series+number}{% - \printfield{series}% - \setunit*{\addspace}% - \printfield{number}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{publisher+location+date}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{publisher} - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}} - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% - \printlist{publisher}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{institution+location+date}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{institution} - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}} - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% - \printlist{institution}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{organization+location+date}{% - \printlist{location}% - \iflistundef{organization} - {\setunit*{\addcomma\space}} - {\setunit*{\addcolon\space}}% - \printlist{organization}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{location+date}{% - \printlist{location}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \usebibmacro{date}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{chapter+pages}{% - \printfield{chapter}% - \setunit{\bibpagespunct}% - \printfield{pages}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{note+pages}{% - \printfield{note}% - \setunit{\bibpagespunct}% - \printfield{pages}% - \newunit} - -\newbibmacro*{doi+eprint+url}{% - \iftoggle{bbx:doi} - {\printfield{doi}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:eprint} - {\usebibmacro{eprint}} - {}% - \newunit\newblock - \iftoggle{bbx:url} - {\usebibmacro{url+urldate}} - {}} - -\newbibmacro*{addendum+pubstate}{% - \printfield{addendum}% - \newunit\newblock - \printfield{pubstate}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-ibid.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-ibid.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index e531cfc..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-ibid.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-ibid.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-ibid.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: verbose-ibid.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-inote.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-inote.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 5d10cef..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-inote.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-inote.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-inote.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: verbose-inote.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-note.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-note.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index e4096a3..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-note.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-note.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-note.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: verbose-note.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-trad1.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-trad1.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 46ae415..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-trad1.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-trad1.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-trad1.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: verbose-trad1.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-trad2.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-trad2.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 610cca8..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-trad2.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-trad2.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-trad2.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: verbose-trad2.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-trad3.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-trad3.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 8003bb3..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose-trad3.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-trad3.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-trad3.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: verbose-trad3.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose.bbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose.bbx deleted file mode 100644 index 80d0554..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/bbx/verbose.bbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose.bbx} -[\abx@bbxid $Id: verbose.bbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireBibliographyStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/biblatex.cfg b/tex/latex/biblatex/biblatex.cfg deleted file mode 100644 index f544b1a..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/biblatex.cfg +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: biblatex.cfg,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{biblatex.cfg} - -% Put your definitions here. - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/alphabetic-verb.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/alphabetic-verb.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 55e0451..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/alphabetic-verb.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: alphabetic-verb.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{alphabetic-verb.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: alphabetic-verb.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelalpha,autocite=inline} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelalpha}% - \printfield{extraalpha}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {} - {\printnames{labelname}\space}% - \bibopenbracket - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\bibopenbracket - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \ifnumgreater{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\bibopenbracket} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\bibclosebracket\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}% - \bibclosebracket} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibbrackets] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {\bibclosebracket\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}% - \bibclosebracket} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibbrackets]{\parencite}{\multicitedelim} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote]{\smartcite}{\multicitedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/alphabetic.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/alphabetic.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index d21640b..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/alphabetic.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: alphabetic.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{alphabetic.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: alphabetic.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelalpha,autocite=inline} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelalpha}% - \printfield{extraalpha}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\multicitedelim} - {\cbx@tempa - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {} - {\printnames{labelname}\space}% - \bibopenbracket}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% - \gdef\cbx@tempa{\bibclosebracket\multicitedelim}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}[\mkbibbrackets] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibbrackets] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\let\cbx@tempa=\empty - \undef\cbx@lasthash} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}% - \bibclosebracket} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}[\mkbibbrackets]{\cite}{\multicitedelim} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibbrackets]{\parencite}{\multicitedelim} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote]{\smartcite}{\multicitedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-comp.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-comp.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 34e3858..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-comp.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,158 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-comp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-comp.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authortitle-comp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{uniquename,uniquelist,sortcites,autocite=footnote} -\newbool{cbx:parens} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:init}{% - \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2} - {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}% - \global\undef\cbx@lasthash} - {\iffieldundef{prenote} - {} - {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit}{% - \global\undef\cbx@lasthash} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nametitledelim}}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{citetitle}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% - \setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:title}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {\setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}} - {\setunit{\postnotedelim}}% - \printfield{postnote}% - \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}} - {\setunit{}% - \printtext{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}}} - {\setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citetitle}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citetitle}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}{\cite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibparens]{\parencite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcites}[\mkbibfootnote]{\footcite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcitetexts}[\mkbibfootnotetext]{\footcitetext}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote]{\smartcite} - {\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}{\textcite}{} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-ibid.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-ibid.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index b1a7276..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-ibid.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-ibid.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-ibid.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authortitle-ibid.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{uniquename,uniquelist,ibidtracker=constrict,pagetracker,autocite=footnote} -\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} -\newbool{cbx:parens} -\newbool{cbx:loccit} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{ibidpage}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=constrict}} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=false}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \global\boolfalse{cbx:loccit}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nametitledelim}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{citetitle}{% - \global\boolfalse{cbx:loccit}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \global\boolfalse{cbx:loccit}% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:title}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}% - \ifloccit - {\global\booltrue{cbx:loccit}} - {}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifbool{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{postnote}\OR\boolean{cbx:loccit}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen} - {}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\postnotedelim} - {\addspace\bibopenparen}% - \printfield{postnote}\bibcloseparen}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citetitle}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citetitle}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-icomp.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-icomp.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 5e39e58..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-icomp.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-icomp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-icomp.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authortitle-icomp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{uniquename,uniquelist,ibidtracker=constrict, - pagetracker,sortcites,autocite=footnote} -\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} -\newbool{cbx:parens} -\newbool{cbx:loccit} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{ibidpage}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=constrict}} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=false}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:init}{% - \global\boolfalse{cbx:loccit}% - \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2} - {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}% - \global\undef\cbx@lasthash} - {\iffieldundef{prenote} - {} - {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit}{% - \global\undef\cbx@lasthash} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nametitledelim}}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{citetitle}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}% - \setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:title}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}% - \ifloccit - {\global\booltrue{cbx:loccit}} - {}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifbool{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\setunit{\postnotedelim}% - \printfield{postnote}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \ifbool{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {\setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}} - {\setunit{\postnotedelim}}% - \printfield{postnote}}% - \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}} - {\setunit{}% - \printtext{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}}} - {\setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citetitle}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citetitle}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}{\cite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibparens]{\parencite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcites}[\mkbibfootnote]{\footcite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcitetexts}[\mkbibfootnotetext]{\footcitetext}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote]{\smartcite} - {\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}{\textcite}{} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-tcomp.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-tcomp.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index c92f859..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-tcomp.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-tcomp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-tcomp.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authortitle-tcomp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireCitationStyle{authortitle-comp} -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{singletitle,uniquename,uniquelist,autocite=inline} - -\renewbibmacro*{cite}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}} - {\ifsingletitle - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nametitledelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\renewbibmacro*{citetitle}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}} - {\savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\renewbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\ifthenelse{\ifsingletitle\AND - \(\iffieldundef{prenote}\OR\value{citecount}>1\)} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}} - {\printnames{labelname} - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% - \setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}} - -\renewbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\setunit{\postnotedelim}} - {\setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}}% - \printfield{postnote}% - \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}} - {\setunit{}% - \printtext{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}}} - {\setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-terse.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-terse.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index ebfb2f0..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-terse.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-terse.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-terse.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authortitle-terse.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireCitationStyle{authortitle} -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{singletitle,uniquename,uniquelist,autocite=inline} - -\renewbibmacro*{cite}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}} - {\ifsingletitle - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nametitledelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\renewbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\ifthenelse{\ifsingletitle\AND - \(\iffieldundef{prenote}\OR\value{citecount}>1\)} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-ticomp.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-ticomp.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 25b255f..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle-ticomp.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle-ticomp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle-ticomp.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authortitle-ticomp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireCitationStyle{authortitle-icomp} -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{singletitle,uniquename,uniquelist,autocite=inline} - -\renewbibmacro*{cite}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}} - {\ifsingletitle - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nametitledelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\renewbibmacro*{citetitle}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}} - {\savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\renewbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\ifthenelse{\ifsingletitle\AND - \(\iffieldundef{prenote}\OR\value{citecount}>1\)} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printnames{labelname}}} - {\printnames{labelname} - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}% - \setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}} - -\renewbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\setunit{\postnotedelim}} - {\setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}}% - \printfield{postnote}% - \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}} - {\setunit{}% - \printtext{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}}} - {\setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index f010f7f..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authortitle.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authortitle.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authortitle.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authortitle.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{uniquename,uniquelist,autocite=footnote} -\newbool{cbx:parens} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nametitledelim}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{citetitle}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}% - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:title}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \iffieldundef{postnote} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen} - {}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\postnotedelim} - {\addspace\bibopenparen}% - \printfield{postnote}\bibcloseparen}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citetitle}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citetitle}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear-comp.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear-comp.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 21a2e9a..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear-comp.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authoryear-comp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authoryear-comp.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authoryear-comp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelyear,uniquename,uniquelist,sortcites,autocite=inline} -\newbool{cbx:parens} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:init}{% - \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2} - {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}% - \global\undef\cbx@lasthash - \global\undef\cbx@lastyear} - {\iffieldundef{prenote} - {} - {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash - \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit}{% - \global\undef\cbx@lasthash - \global\undef\cbx@lastyear} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR\iffieldundef{labelyear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND - \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)} - {\setunit{\addcomma}% - \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nameyeardelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{citeyear}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\iffieldundef{labelyear} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND - \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)} - {\setunit{\addcomma}% - \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND - \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)} - {\setunit{\addcomma}% - \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\iffieldundef{labelyear} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}% - \setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:label}{% - \iffieldundef{label} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{label}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:labelyear+extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{labelyear} - {} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{labelyear}% - \printfield{extrayear}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{extrayear} - {} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{extrayear}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{postnote}% - \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}} - {\setunit{}% - \printtext{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}}} - {\setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citeyear}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citeyear}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}{\cite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibparens]{\parencite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcites}[\mkbibfootnote]{\footcite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcitetexts}[\mkbibfootnotetext]{\footcitetext}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote]{\smartcite} - {\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}{\textcite}{} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear-ibid.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear-ibid.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 6119852..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear-ibid.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authoryear-ibid.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authoryear-ibid.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authoryear-ibid.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelyear,uniquename,uniquelist,pagetracker, - ibidtracker=constrict,autocite=inline} -\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} -\newbool{cbx:parens} -\newbool{cbx:loccit} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{ibidpage}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=constrict}} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=false}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \global\boolfalse{cbx:loccit}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR\iffieldundef{labelyear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{\addspace}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nameyeardelim}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{citeyear}{% - \global\boolfalse{cbx:loccit}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\iffieldundef{labelyear} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \global\boolfalse{cbx:loccit}% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\iffieldundef{labelyear} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}% - \ifloccit - {\global\booltrue{cbx:loccit}} - {}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:label}{% - \iffieldundef{label} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{label}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:labelyear+extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{labelyear} - {} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{labelyear}% - \printfield{extrayear}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifbool{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \ifthenelse{\iffieldundef{postnote}\OR\boolean{cbx:loccit}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen} - {}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\postnotedelim} - {\addspace\bibopenparen}% - \printfield{postnote}\bibcloseparen}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citeyear}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citeyear}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear-icomp.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear-icomp.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index de084dc..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear-icomp.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,247 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authoryear-icomp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authoryear-icomp.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authoryear-icomp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelyear,uniquename,uniquelist,ibidtracker=constrict, - pagetracker,sortcites,autocite=inline} -\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} -\newbool{cbx:parens} -\newbool{cbx:loccit} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{ibidpage}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=constrict}} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=false}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:init}{% - \global\boolfalse{cbx:loccit}% - \ifnumless{\value{multicitecount}}{2} - {\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}% - \global\undef\cbx@lasthash - \global\undef\cbx@lastyear} - {\iffieldundef{prenote} - {} - {\global\undef\cbx@lasthash - \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:reinit}{% - \global\undef\cbx@lasthash - \global\undef\cbx@lastyear} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR\iffieldundef{labelyear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND - \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)} - {\setunit{\addcomma}% - \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nameyeardelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{citeyear}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\iffieldundef{labelyear} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}} - {\iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND - \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)} - {\setunit{\addcomma}% - \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \usebibmacro{cite:reinit}}% - \setunit{\multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\iffieldequals{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}\AND - \(\value{multicitecount}=0\OR\iffieldundef{postnote}\)} - {\setunit{\addcomma}% - \usebibmacro{cite:extrayear}} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}}} - {\setunit{\compcitedelim}% - \usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\iffieldundef{labelyear} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}}% - \savefield{labelyear}{\cbx@lastyear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}% - \global\undef\cbx@lastyear}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}}}% - \setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:label}{% - \iffieldundef{label} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{label}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:labelyear+extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{labelyear} - {} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{labelyear}% - \printfield{extrayear}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{extrayear} - {} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{extrayear}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}% - \ifloccit - {\global\booltrue{cbx:loccit}} - {}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifbool{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \ifbool{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}% - \ifthenelse{\value{multicitecount}=\value{multicitetotal}} - {\setunit{}% - \printtext{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}}} - {\setunit{% - \ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citeyear}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citeyear}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}{\cite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibparens]{\parencite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcites}[\mkbibfootnote]{\footcite}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcitetexts}[\mkbibfootnotetext]{\footcitetext}{\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote]{\smartcite} - {\setunit{\multicitedelim}} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}{\textcite}{} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 9d2f815..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/authoryear.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,131 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: authoryear.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{authoryear.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: authoryear.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelyear,uniquename,uniquelist,autocite=inline} -\newbool{cbx:parens} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifnameundef{labelname}\OR\iffieldundef{labelyear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{\addspace}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{\nameyeardelim}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{citeyear}{% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\iffieldundef{labelyear} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:label}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite:labelyear+extrayear}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \setunit{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \usebibmacro{citeyear}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:label}{% - \iffieldundef{label} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{label}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:labelyear+extrayear}{% - \iffieldundef{labelyear} - {} - {\printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{labelyear}% - \printfield{extrayear}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \iffieldundef{postnote} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen} - {}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\setunit{\postnotedelim}} - {\setunit{\addspace\bibopenparen}}% - \printfield{postnote}\bibcloseparen}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citeyear}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand*{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{citeyear}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/debug.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/debug.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index f428806..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/debug.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: debug.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{debug.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: debug.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{autocite=plain} - -\DeclareUrlCommand{\cbx@citekey}{\urlstyle{citekey}} -\def\url@citekeystyle{\def\UrlFont{\ttfamily}} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{key}{\cbx@citekey{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{pre}{\texttt{pre=\detokenize{#1}}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{post}{\texttt{post=\detokenize{#1}}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{meta}{\texttt{#1}} - -\renewbibmacro*{multiprenote}{% - \printtext[meta]{[multi}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield[pre]{multiprenote}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield[post]{multipostnote}% - \setunit{\addspace}} - -\renewbibmacro*{multipostnote}{% - \printtext[meta]{]}} - -\newbibmacro*{begin}[1]{% - \printtext[meta]{[#1}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield[pre]{prenote}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield[post]{postnote}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printtext[meta]{key=}} - -\newbibmacro*{end}{% - \printtext[meta]{]}} - -\newbibmacro*{key}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[key]{entrykey}}} - -\newbibmacro*{next}{% - \printtext[meta]{\addcomma}% - \setunit{\addspace}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{begin}{cite}} - {\usebibmacro{key}} - {\usebibmacro{next}} - {\usebibmacro{end}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite} - {\usebibmacro{begin}{parencite}} - {\usebibmacro{key}} - {\usebibmacro{next}} - {\usebibmacro{end}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite} - {\usebibmacro{begin}{footcite}} - {\usebibmacro{key}} - {\usebibmacro{next}} - {\usebibmacro{end}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext} - {\usebibmacro{begin}{footcitetext}} - {\usebibmacro{key}} - {\usebibmacro{next}} - {\usebibmacro{end}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{begin}{smartcite}} - {\usebibmacro{key}} - {\usebibmacro{next}} - {\usebibmacro{end}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\usebibmacro{begin}{textcite}} - {\usebibmacro{key}} - {\usebibmacro{next}} - {\usebibmacro{end}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\supercite} - {\usebibmacro{begin}{supercite}} - {\usebibmacro{key}} - {\usebibmacro{next}} - {\usebibmacro{end}} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}{\cite}{\addspace} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}{\parencite}{\addspace} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcites}{\footcite}{\addspace} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\footcitetexts}{\footcitetext}{\addspace} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\supercites}{\supercite}{\addspace} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}{\textcite}{\addspace} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/draft.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/draft.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index a2a1a48..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/draft.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: draft.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{draft.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: draft.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{autocite=plain} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{citekey}{\cbx@mkcitekey{#1}} -\DeclareUrlCommand{\cbx@mkcitekey}{\urlstyle{citekey}} -\def\url@citekeystyle{\def\UrlFont{\bfseries}} -\newbool{cbx:parens} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield[citekey]{entrykey}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \printnames{labelname}% - \setunit*{% - \global\booltrue{cbx:parens}% - \addspace\bibopenparen}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite:postnote}{% - \iffieldundef{postnote} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen} - {}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\setunit{\postnotedelim}} - {\setunit{\addspace\bibopenparen}}% - \printfield{postnote}\bibcloseparen}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {\usebibmacro{textcite}} - {\ifbool{cbx:parens} - {\bibcloseparen\global\boolfalse{cbx:parens}} - {}% - \multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{textcite:postnote}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/numeric-comp.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/numeric-comp.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 19f7aae..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/numeric-comp.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,184 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: numeric-comp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{numeric-comp.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: numeric-comp.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelnumber,sortcites,autocite=inline} -\renewcommand*{\multicitedelim}{\addcomma\space} -\providebool{bbx:subentry} -\newcounter{cbx@tempcnta} -\newcounter{cbx@tempcntb} - -\DeclareFieldFormat{entrysetcount}{\mknumalph{#1}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:init}{% - \global\let\cbx@tempa=\empty - \global\undef\cbx@lasthash - \global\undef\cbx@lastnumber - \global\undef\cbx@lastprefix - \setcounter{cbx@tempcnta}{0}% - \setcounter{cbx@tempcntb}{-2}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:comp}{% - \addtocounter{cbx@tempcntb}{1}% - \iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifbool{bbx:subentry} - {\iffieldundef{entrysetcount} - {\usebibmacro{cite:comp:comp}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:comp:inset}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:comp:comp}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:comp:shand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:comp:comp}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - ( test {\iffieldundef{prefixnumber}} and test {\ifundef\cbx@lastprefix} ) - or - test {\iffieldequals{prefixnumber}{\cbx@lastprefix}} - } - {\ifnumequal{\thefield{labelnumber}}{\value{cbx@tempcntb}} - {\savefield{entrykey}{\cbx@lastkey}% - \savefield{labelnumber}{\cbx@lastnumber}% - \addtocounter{cbx@tempcnta}{1}} - {\ifnumequal{\thefield{labelnumber}}{\value{cbx@tempcntb}-1} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:dump}% - \ifnumgreater{\value{cbx@tempcntb}}{-1} - {\multicitedelim} - {}% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelnumber}}}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:comp:end}}% - \setcounter{cbx@tempcntb}{\thefield{labelnumber}}% - \savefield{prefixnumber}{\cbx@lastprefix}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:comp:end}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:dump}% - \ifnumgreater{\value{cbx@tempcntb}}{-1} - {\multicitedelim} - {}% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelnumber}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:comp:inset}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:dump}% - \ifnumgreater{\value{cbx@tempcntb}}{-1} - {\multicitedelim} - {}% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelnumber}% - \printfield{entrysetcount}}% - \setcounter{cbx@tempcntb}{-1}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:comp:shand}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:dump}% - \ifnumgreater{\value{cbx@tempcntb}}{-1} - {\multicitedelim} - {}% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{\printfield{shorthand}}% - \setcounter{cbx@tempcntb}{-1}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:dump}{% - \ifnumgreater{\value{cbx@tempcnta}}{0} - {\ifnumgreater{\value{cbx@tempcnta}}{1} - {\bibrangedash} - {\multicitedelim}% - \bibhyperref[\cbx@lastkey]{% - \ifdef\cbx@lastprefix - {\printtext[prefixnumber]{\cbx@lastprefix}} - {}% - \printtext[labelnumber]{\cbx@lastnumber}}} - {}% - \setcounter{cbx@tempcnta}{0}% - \global\undef\cbx@lastprefix} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\usebibmacro{cite:comp}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:dump}\cbx@tempa - \usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}} - {\printnames{labelname}}% - \addspace\bibopenbracket - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite:comp}}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% - \gdef\cbx@tempa{\bibclosebracket\multicitedelim}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}[\mkbibbrackets] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite:comp}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:dump}% - \usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibbrackets] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite:comp}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:dump}% - \usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite:comp}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:dump}% - \usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite:comp}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:dump}% - \usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite:comp}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:dump}% - \usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}% - \bibclosebracket} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\supercite}[\mkbibsuperscript] - {\usebibmacro{cite:init}% - \let\multicitedelim=\supercitedelim - \iffieldundef{prenote} - {} - {\BibliographyWarning{Ignoring prenote argument}}% - \iffieldundef{postnote} - {} - {\BibliographyWarning{Ignoring postnote argument}}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite:comp}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{cite:dump}} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}[\mkbibbrackets]{\cite}{\multicitedelim} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibbrackets]{\parencite}{\multicitedelim} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote]{\smartcite}{\multicitedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/numeric-verb.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/numeric-verb.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index e7c2ddf..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/numeric-verb.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: numeric-verb.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{numeric-verb.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: numeric-verb.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelnumber,autocite=inline} -\renewcommand*{\multicitedelim}{\addcomma\space} -\providebool{bbx:subentry} -\DeclareFieldFormat{entrysetcount}{\mknumalph{#1}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelnumber}% - \ifbool{bbx:subentry} - {\printfield{entrysetcount}} - {}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}} - {\printnames{labelname}}% - \addspace\bibopenbracket - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\bibopenbracket - \usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \ifnumgreater{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\bibopenbracket} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\bibclosebracket\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}% - \bibclosebracket} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibbrackets] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {\bibclosebracket\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}% - \bibclosebracket} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\supercite}[\mkbibsuperscript] - {\iffieldundef{prenote} - {} - {\BibliographyWarning{Ignoring prenote argument}}% - \iffieldundef{postnote} - {} - {\BibliographyWarning{Ignoring postnote argument}}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\supercitedelim} - {} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibbrackets]{\parencite}{\multicitedelim} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote]{\smartcite}{\multicitedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/numeric.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/numeric.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 15dc0eb..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/numeric.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: numeric.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{numeric.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: numeric.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{labelnumber,autocite=inline} -\renewcommand*{\multicitedelim}{\addcomma\space} -\providebool{bbx:subentry} -\DeclareFieldFormat{entrysetcount}{\mknumalph{#1}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \printtext[bibhyperref]{% - \printfield{prefixnumber}% - \printfield{labelnumber}% - \ifbool{bbx:subentry} - {\printfield{entrysetcount}} - {}}} - -\newbibmacro*{textcite}{% - \iffieldequals{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash} - {\multicitedelim} - {\cbx@tempa - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {\printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}} - {\printnames{labelname}}% - \addspace\bibopenbracket}% - \ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{1} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {}% - \usebibmacro{cite}% - \savefield{namehash}{\cbx@lasthash}% - \gdef\cbx@tempa{\bibclosebracket\multicitedelim}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite}[\mkbibbrackets] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibbrackets] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite} - {\let\cbx@tempa=\empty - \undef\cbx@lasthash} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{textcite}} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}% - \bibclosebracket} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\supercite}[\mkbibsuperscript] - {\iffieldundef{prenote} - {} - {\BibliographyWarning{Ignoring prenote argument}}% - \iffieldundef{postnote} - {} - {\BibliographyWarning{Ignoring postnote argument}}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\supercitedelim} - {} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\cites}[\mkbibbrackets]{\cite}{\multicitedelim} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\parencites}[\mkbibbrackets]{\parencite}{\multicitedelim} -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\smartcites}[\iffootnote\mkbibbrackets\mkbibfootnote]{\smartcite}{\multicitedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/reading.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/reading.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 5834a6f..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/reading.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: reading.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{reading.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: reading.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\RequireCitationStyle{authortitle} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-ibid.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-ibid.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index af78b9e..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-ibid.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-ibid.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-ibid.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: verbose-ibid.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InitializeCitationStyle{\numgdef{\cbx@resetcount}{\cbx@resetcount+1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{bibhyperlink}{% - \bibhyperlink{\iffootnote{f}{t}:\cbx@resetcount:\thefield{entrykey}}{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{bibhypertarget}{% - \bibhypertarget{\iffootnote{f}{t}:\cbx@resetcount:\thefield{entrykey}}{#1}} -\newcommand*{\cbx@resetcount}{0} -\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} -\newtoggle{cbx:loccit} -\newbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\newbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{ibidpage}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=constrict}} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=false}}} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{citepages}[permit]{% - \ifcsdef{cbx@opt@citepages@#1} - {\csuse{cbx@opt@citepages@#1}} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Invalid option 'citepages=#1'} - {Valid values are 'permit', 'suppress', 'omit', 'separate'.}}} - -\providebibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@permit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@suppress{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@omit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - } - {\clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}} - {}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@separate{% - \providetoggle{cbx:fullcite}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - togl {cbx:fullcite} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - and - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - ( - not test {\iffieldundef{pages}} - or - not test {\iffieldundef{pagetotal}} - ) - } - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:pages}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - \providebibmacro*{cite:postnote:pages}{% - \setunit{\postnotedelim}% - \bibstring{thiscite}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield{postnote}}} - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{citetracker=context,ibidtracker=constrict, - pagetracker,autocite=footnote,citepages=permit} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}% - \ifciteseen - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifboolexpr{ - test {\ifciteibid} - and - not test {\iffirstonpage} - } - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:full}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}% - \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% - \usedriver - {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}}% - \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{% - \printnames{labelname}% - \setunit*{\nametitledelim}% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}% - \ifloccit - {\global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}} - {}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote:ibidpage}{% - \iftoggle{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite\footcite] - {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}} - {\multinamedelim} - {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{% - [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}} - -\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite}[2]{% - \def\cbx@savedcites{#1}#2\cbx@savedcites} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}[\cbx@textcite\footcites]{\textcite}{\multinamedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-inote.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-inote.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 492ea42..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-inote.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,244 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-inote.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-inote.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: verbose-inote.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\DeclareFieldFormat{bibhyperlink}{% - \bibhyperlink{\thefield{entrykey}:\csuse{cbx@\iffootnote{f}{t}@\thefield{entrykey}}}{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{bibhypertarget}{% - \bibhypertarget{\thefield{entrykey}:\the\value{instcount}}{#1}} -\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} -\newtoggle{cbx:loccit} -\newtoggle{cbx:pageref} -\newbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\newbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{ibidpage}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=constrict}} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=false}}} -\DeclareBibliographyOption{pageref}[true]{% - \settoggle{cbx:pageref}{#1}} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{citepages}[permit]{% - \ifcsdef{cbx@opt@citepages@#1} - {\csuse{cbx@opt@citepages@#1}} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Invalid option 'citepages=#1'} - {Valid values are 'permit', 'suppress', 'omit', 'separate'.}}} - -\providebibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@permit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@suppress{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@omit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - } - {\clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}} - {}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@separate{% - \providetoggle{cbx:fullcite}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - togl {cbx:fullcite} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - and - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - ( - not test {\iffieldundef{pages}} - or - not test {\iffieldundef{pagetotal}} - ) - } - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:pages}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - \providebibmacro*{cite:postnote:pages}{% - \setunit{\postnotedelim}% - \bibstring{thiscite}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield{postnote}}} - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{citetracker=context,ibidtracker=constrict,singletitle, - pagetracker,autocite=footnote,citepages=permit} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}% - \ifciteseen - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:short}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:full}% - \usebibmacro{cite:save}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:save}{% - \csxdef{cbx@t@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}% - \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% - \usedriver - {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}}% - \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{% - \printnames{labelname}% - \setunit*{\nametitledelim}% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}% - \ifloccit - {\global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}} - {}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote:ibidpage}{% - \iftoggle{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}% - \ifciteseen - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteibid\AND\NOT\iffirstonpage} - {\usebibmacro{footcite:ibid}} - {\usebibmacro{footcite:note}}} - {\usebibmacro{footcite:shorthand}}} - {\usebibmacro{footcite:full}% - \usebibmacro{footcite:save}}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite:save}{% - \csxdef{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}% - \label{cbx@\the\value{instcount}}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite:full}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}% - \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% - \usedriver - {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}}% - \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite:note}{% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {\printfield{label}} - {\printnames{labelname}}% - \ifsingletitle - {} - {\setunit*{\nametitledelim}% - \printfield[title]{labeltitle}}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printtext{% - \bibstring{seenote}\addnbspace - \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}% - \iftoggle{cbx:pageref} - {\ifsamepage{\the\value{instcount}} - {\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}} - {} - {\addcomma\space\bibstring{page}\addnbspace - \pageref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}} - {}}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite:ibid}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}% - \ifloccit - {\global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}} - {}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \iffootnote - {\usebibmacro{footcite}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \iffootnote - {\usebibmacro{footcite}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{footcite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{footcite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \iffootnote - {\usebibmacro{footcite}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite\footcite] - {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}} - {\multinamedelim} - {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{% - [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}} - -\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite}[2]{% - \def\cbx@savedcites{#1}#2\cbx@savedcites} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}[\cbx@textcite\footcites]{\textcite}{\multinamedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-note.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-note.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 347f291..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-note.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,214 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-note.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-note.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: verbose-note.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\DeclareFieldFormat{bibhyperlink}{% - \bibhyperlink{\thefield{entrykey}:\csuse{cbx@\iffootnote{f}{t}@\thefield{entrykey}}}{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{bibhypertarget}{% - \bibhypertarget{\thefield{entrykey}:\the\value{instcount}}{#1}} -\newtoggle{cbx:pageref} -\newbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\newbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{pageref}[true]{% - \settoggle{cbx:pageref}{#1}% - \iftoggle{cbx:pageref} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{pagetracker}} - {}} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{citepages}[permit]{% - \ifcsdef{cbx@opt@citepages@#1} - {\csuse{cbx@opt@citepages@#1}} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Invalid option 'citepages=#1'} - {Valid values are 'permit', 'suppress', 'omit', 'separate'.}}} - -\providebibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@permit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@suppress{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@omit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - } - {\clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}} - {}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@separate{% - \providetoggle{cbx:fullcite}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - togl {cbx:fullcite} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - and - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - ( - not test {\iffieldundef{pages}} - or - not test {\iffieldundef{pagetotal}} - ) - } - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:pages}} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - \providebibmacro*{cite:postnote:pages}{% - \setunit{\postnotedelim}% - \bibstring{thiscite}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield{postnote}}} - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{citetracker=context,singletitle,autocite=footnote,citepages=permit} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}% - \ifciteseen - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:short}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:full}% - \usebibmacro{cite:save}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:save}{% - \csxdef{cbx@t@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}% - \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% - \usedriver - {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}}% - \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{% - \printnames{labelname}% - \setunit*{\nametitledelim}% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}% - \ifciteseen - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{footcite:note}} - {\usebibmacro{footcite:shorthand}}} - {\usebibmacro{footcite:full}% - \usebibmacro{footcite:save}}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite:save}{% - \csxdef{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}% - \label{cbx@\the\value{instcount}}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite:full}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}% - \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% - \usedriver - {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}}% - \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite:note}{% - \ifnameundef{labelname} - {\printfield{label}} - {\printnames{labelname}}% - \ifsingletitle - {} - {\setunit*{\nametitledelim}% - \printfield[title]{labeltitle}}% - \setunit*{\addcomma\space}% - \printtext{% - \bibstring{seenote}\addnbspace - \ref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}% - \iftoggle{cbx:pageref} - {\ifsamepage{\the\value{instcount}} - {\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}} - {} - {\addcomma\space\bibstring{page}\addnbspace - \pageref{cbx@\csuse{cbx@f@\thefield{entrykey}}}}} - {}}} - -\newbibmacro*{footcite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \iffootnote - {\usebibmacro{footcite}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \iffootnote - {\usebibmacro{footcite}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{footcite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{footcite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \iffootnote - {\usebibmacro{footcite}} - {\usebibmacro{cite}}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite\footcite] - {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}} - {\multinamedelim} - {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{% - [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}} - -\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite}[2]{% - \def\cbx@savedcites{#1}#2\cbx@savedcites} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}[\cbx@textcite\footcites]{\textcite}{\multinamedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-trad1.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-trad1.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 3f53294..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-trad1.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,213 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-trad1.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-trad1.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: verbose-trad1.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} -\newtoggle{cbx:ibidpage} -\newtoggle{cbx:loccit} -\newbool{cbx:noidem} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{ibidpage}[true]{% - \settoggle{cbx:ibidpage}{#1}} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{strict}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{ibidtracker=constrict,idemtracker=constrict}} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{ibidtracker=context,idemtracker=context}}} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{citepages}[permit]{% - \ifcsdef{cbx@opt@citepages@#1} - {\csuse{cbx@opt@citepages@#1}} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Invalid option 'citepages=#1'} - {Valid values are 'permit', 'suppress', 'omit', 'separate'.}}} - -\providebibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@permit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@suppress{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@omit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - } - {\clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}} - {}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@separate{% - \providetoggle{cbx:fullcite}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - togl {cbx:fullcite} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - and - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - ( - not test {\iffieldundef{pages}} - or - not test {\iffieldundef{pagetotal}} - ) - } - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:pages}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - \providebibmacro*{cite:postnote:pages}{% - \setunit{\postnotedelim}% - \bibstring{thiscite}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield{postnote}}} - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{citetracker=context,ibidtracker=constrict, - idemtracker=constrict,opcittracker=context, - loccittracker=context,autocite=footnote, - citepages=permit} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:save}{% - \csxdef{cbx@lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}% - \global\boolfalse{cbx:noidem}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}% - \bibhypertarget{cite\the\value{instcount}}{% - \ifciteseen - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifciteibid - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteidem\AND\NOT\boolean{cbx:noidem}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:idem}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}} - {\ifnameundef{labelname} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:name}% - \ifopcit - {\ifloccit - {\usebibmacro{cite:loccit}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:opcit}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:title}}}}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:save}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:full}% - \usebibmacro{cite:save}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}% - \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% - \usedriver - {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}}% - \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:name}{% - \printnames{labelname}% - \setunit*{\nametitledelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:idem}{% - \bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}% - \setunit{\nametitledelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:title}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:opcit}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{opcit}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:loccit}{% - \printtext{% - \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx@lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{% - \bibstring[\mkibid]{loccit}}}% - \global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% - \printtext{% - \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx@lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{% - \bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}% - \ifboolexpr{ test {\ifloccit} and togl {cbx:ibidpage} } - {\global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}} - {}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\printfield{shorthand}}% - \global\booltrue{cbx:noidem}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote:ibidpage}{% - \iftoggle{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite\footcite] - {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}} - {\multinamedelim} - {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{% - [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}} - -\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite}[2]{% - \def\cbx@savedcites{#1}#2\cbx@savedcites} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}[\cbx@textcite\footcites]{\textcite}{\multinamedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-trad2.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-trad2.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index 7227d0e..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-trad2.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,205 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-trad2.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-trad2.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: verbose-trad2.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} -\newtoggle{cbx:fullcite} -\newtoggle{cbx:loccit} -\newbool{cbx:noidem} -\newbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\newbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{ibidpage}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=constrict}} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{loccittracker=false}}} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{strict}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{ibidtracker=constrict,idemtracker=constrict}} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{ibidtracker=context,idemtracker=context}}} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{citepages}[permit]{% - \ifcsdef{cbx@opt@citepages@#1} - {\csuse{cbx@opt@citepages@#1}} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Invalid option 'citepages=#1'} - {Valid values are 'permit', 'suppress', 'omit', 'separate'.}}} - -\providebibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@permit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@suppress{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@omit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - } - {\clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}} - {}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@separate{% - \providetoggle{cbx:fullcite}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - togl {cbx:fullcite} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - and - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - ( - not test {\iffieldundef{pages}} - or - not test {\iffieldundef{pagetotal}} - ) - } - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:pages}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - \providebibmacro*{cite:postnote:pages}{% - \setunit{\postnotedelim}% - \bibstring{thiscite}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield{postnote}}} - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{citetracker=context,ibidtracker=constrict, - idemtracker=constrict,autocite=footnote, - citepages=permit} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:save}{% - \csxdef{cbx@lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}{\the\value{instcount}}% - \global\boolfalse{cbx:noidem}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}% - \bibhypertarget{cite\the\value{instcount}}{% - \ifciteseen - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\ifciteibid - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\ifthenelse{\ifciteidem\AND\NOT\boolean{cbx:noidem}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:idem}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:name}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:title}}% - \usebibmacro{cite:save}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:full}% - \usebibmacro{cite:save}}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}% - \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}% - \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% - \usedriver - {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}}% - \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:name}{% - \printnames{labelname}% - \setunit*{\nametitledelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:idem}{% - \bibstring[\mkibid]{idem\thefield{gender}}% - \setunit{\nametitledelim}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:title}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}% - \setunit{\nametitledelim}% - \bibstring[\mkibid]{opcit}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% - \printtext{% - \bibhyperlink{cite\csuse{cbx@lastcite@\thefield{entrykey}}}{% - \bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}}% - \ifloccit - {\global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}} - {}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\printfield{shorthand}}% - \global\booltrue{cbx:noidem}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote:ibidpage}{% - \iftoggle{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite\footcite] - {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}} - {\multinamedelim} - {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{% - [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}} - -\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite}[2]{% - \def\cbx@savedcites{#1}#2\cbx@savedcites} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}[\cbx@textcite\footcites]{\textcite}{\multinamedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-trad3.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-trad3.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index e451e82..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose-trad3.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose-trad3.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose-trad3.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: verbose-trad3.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\providecommand*{\mkibid}[1]{#1} -\newtoggle{cbx:loccit} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{strict}[true]{% - \ifstrequal{#1}{true} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{ibidtracker=constrict,loccittracker=constrict}} - {\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{ibidtracker=context,loccittracker=context}}} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{citepages}[permit]{% - \ifcsdef{cbx@opt@citepages@#1} - {\csuse{cbx@opt@citepages@#1}} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Invalid option 'citepages=#1'} - {Valid values are 'permit', 'suppress', 'omit', 'separate'.}}} - -\providebibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@permit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@suppress{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@omit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - } - {\clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}} - {}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@separate{% - \providetoggle{cbx:fullcite}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - togl {cbx:fullcite} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - and - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - ( - not test {\iffieldundef{pages}} - or - not test {\iffieldundef{pagetotal}} - ) - } - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:pages}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:ibidpage}}} - \providebibmacro*{cite:postnote:pages}{% - \setunit{\postnotedelim}% - \bibstring{thiscite}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield{postnote}}} - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{citetracker=context,ibidtracker=constrict, - loccittracker=constrict,autocite=footnote, - citepages=permit} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:loccit}% - \ifciteseen - {\ifciteibid - {\ifloccit - {\usebibmacro{cite:ibid}} - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:opcit}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}} - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:short}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:full}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}% - \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% - \usedriver - {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}}% - \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{% - \printnames{labelname}% - \setunit*{\nametitledelim}% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:opcit}{% - \printnames{labelname}% - \setunit*{\nametitledelim}% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \bibstring[\mkibid]{opcit}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:ibid}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\bibstring[\mkibid]{ibidem}}% - \global\toggletrue{cbx:loccit}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote:ibidpage}{% - \iftoggle{cbx:loccit} - {} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite\footcite] - {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}} - {\multinamedelim} - {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{% - [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}} - -\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite}[2]{% - \def\cbx@savedcites{#1}#2\cbx@savedcites} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}[\cbx@textcite\footcites]{\textcite}{\multinamedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose.cbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose.cbx deleted file mode 100644 index eecfc6a..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/cbx/verbose.cbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,155 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: verbose.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{verbose.cbx} -[\abx@cbxid $Id: verbose.cbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InitializeCitationStyle{\numgdef{\cbx@resetcount}{\cbx@resetcount+1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{bibhyperlink}{% - \bibhyperlink{\iffootnote{f}{t}:\cbx@resetcount:\thefield{entrykey}}{#1}} -\DeclareFieldFormat{bibhypertarget}{% - \bibhypertarget{\iffootnote{f}{t}:\cbx@resetcount:\thefield{entrykey}}{#1}} -\newcommand*{\cbx@resetcount}{0} -\newbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\newbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\newbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\DeclareBibliographyOption{citepages}[permit]{% - \ifcsdef{cbx@opt@citepages@#1} - {\csuse{cbx@opt@citepages@#1}} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Invalid option 'citepages=#1'} - {Valid values are 'permit', 'suppress', 'omit', 'separate'.}}} - -\providebibmacro*{cite:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{} -\providebibmacro*{cite:postnote}{} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@permit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@suppress{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@omit{% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - } - {\clearfield{pages}% - \clearfield{pagetotal}} - {}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - -\def\cbx@opt@citepages@separate{% - \providetoggle{cbx:fullcite}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:citepages}{% - \global\togglefalse{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:full:citepages}{% - \global\toggletrue{cbx:fullcite}}% - \renewbibmacro*{cite:postnote}{% - \ifboolexpr{ - togl {cbx:fullcite} - and - test {\iffieldpages{postnote}} - and - test {\ifnumequal{\value{citecount}}{\value{citetotal}}} - and - ( - not test {\iffieldundef{pages}} - or - not test {\iffieldundef{pagetotal}} - ) - } - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote:pages}} - {\usebibmacro{postnote}}} - \providebibmacro*{cite:postnote:pages}{% - \setunit{\postnotedelim}% - \bibstring{thiscite}% - \setunit{\addspace}% - \printfield{postnote}}} - -\ExecuteBibliographyOptions{citetracker=context,autocite=footnote,citepages=permit} - -\newbibmacro*{cite}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:citepages}% - \ifciteseen - {\iffieldundef{shorthand} - {\usebibmacro{cite:short}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:shorthand}}} - {\usebibmacro{cite:full}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:full}{% - \usebibmacro{cite:full:citepages}% - \printtext[bibhypertarget]{% - \usedriver - {\DeclareNameAlias{sortname}{default}} - {\thefield{entrytype}}}% - \usebibmacro{shorthandintro}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:short}{% - \printnames{labelname}% - \setunit*{\nametitledelim}% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{% - \printfield[citetitle]{labeltitle}}} - -\newbibmacro*{cite:shorthand}{% - \printtext[bibhyperlink]{\printfield{shorthand}}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\cite} - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\parencite}[\mkbibparens] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcite}[\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\footcitetext}[\mkbibfootnotetext] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\smartcite}[\iffootnote\mkbibparens\mkbibfootnote] - {\usebibmacro{prenote}} - {\usebibmacro{citeindex}% - \usebibmacro{cite}} - {\multicitedelim} - {\usebibmacro{cite:postnote}} - -\DeclareCiteCommand{\textcite}[\cbx@textcite\footcite] - {\gdef\cbx@savedkeys{}} - {\printnames{labelname}% - \xappto\cbx@savedkeys{\thefield{entrykey},}} - {\multinamedelim} - {\protected@xappto\cbx@savedcites{% - [\thefield{prenote}][\thefield{postnote}]{\cbx@savedkeys}}} - -\newrobustcmd{\cbx@textcite}[2]{% - \def\cbx@savedcites{#1}#2\cbx@savedcites} - -\DeclareMultiCiteCommand{\textcites}[\cbx@textcite\footcites]{\textcite}{\multinamedelim} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/UKenglish.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/UKenglish.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 2b1e0b5..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/UKenglish.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: UKenglish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{UKenglish.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: UKenglish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{british} -\InheritBibliographyStrings{british} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/USenglish.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/USenglish.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index dd1ab54..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/USenglish.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: USenglish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{USenglish.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: USenglish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{american} -\InheritBibliographyStrings{american} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/american.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/american.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 28a8bfc..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/american.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: american.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{american.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: american.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{english} -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{\uspunctuation} -\InheritBibliographyStrings{english} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/australian.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/australian.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 0b9176e..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/australian.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: australian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{australian.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: australian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{british} -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% -} - -\InheritBibliographyStrings{english} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/austrian.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/austrian.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index cce2792..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/austrian.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: austrian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{austrian.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: austrian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{german} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - inherit = {german}, - january = {{J\"anner}{J\"an\adddot}}, -} - -\DeclareHyphenationExceptions{% - Pa-tent-an-mel-dung - Pa-tent-an-meld -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/brazil.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/brazil.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index bed339c..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/brazil.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: brazil.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{brazil.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: brazil.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{brazilian} -\InheritBibliographyStrings{brazilian} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/brazilian.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/brazilian.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 6fb1a37..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/brazilian.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,438 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: brazilian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{brazilian.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: brazilian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{brazilian}{brazil,portuges} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \def\mkbibordinal{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord#1{% - \stripzeros{#1}\textordmasculine}% \textordmasculine -> textcomp.sty - \protected\def\mkbibfemord#1{% - \stripzeros{#1}\textordfeminine}% \textordfeminine -> textcomp.sty - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace de\space}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\nobreakspace de\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{/}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{/}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \savecommand\mkbibordedition - \savecommand\mkbibordseries - \def\mkbibordedition{\mkbibfemord}% - \def\mkbibordseries{\mkbibfemord}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\mkbibordedition - \restorecommand\mkbibordseries -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Bibliografia}{Bibliografia}}, - references = {{Refer\^encias}{Refer\^encias}}, - shorthands = {{Lista de Abrevia\c{c}\~oes}{Abrevia\c{c}\~oes}}, - editor = {{editor}{ed\adddot}}, - editors = {{editores}{eds\adddot}}, - compiler = {{compilador}{comp\adddot}}, - compilers = {{compiladores}{comp\adddot}}, - redactor = {{redator}{red\adddot}}, - redactors = {{redatores}{red\adddot}}, -% reviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% revisers = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - founder = {{fundador}{fund\adddot}}, - founders = {{fundadores}{fund\adddot}}, - continuator = {{continuador}{cont\adddot}}, - continuators = {{continuadores}{cont\adddot}}, - collaborator = {{colaborador}{col\adddot}}, - collaborators = {{colaboradores}{cols\adddot}}, - translator = {{tradutor}{trad\adddot}}, - translators = {{tradutores}{trads\adddot}}, - commentator = {{comentador}{coment\adddot}}, - commentators = {{comentadores}{coments\adddot}}, - annotator = {{anotador}{anot\adddot}}, - annotators = {{anotadores}{anots\adddot}}, - commentary = {{coment\'ario}{coment\adddot}}, - annotations = {{notas}{notas}}, - introduction = {{introdu\c{c}\~ao}{introd\adddot}}, - foreword = {{pref\'acio}{pref\adddot}}, - afterword = {{posf\'acio}{posf\adddot}}, - editortr = {{editor e tradutor}% - {ed\adddotspace e trad\adddot}}, - editorstr = {{editores e tradutores}% - {eds\adddotspace e trads\adddot}}, - editorco = {{editor e comentador}% - {ed\adddotspace e coment\adddot}}, - editorsco = {{editores e comentadores}% - {eds\adddotspace e coments\adddot}}, - editoran = {{editor e anotador}% - {ed\adddotspace e anot\adddot}}, - editorsan = {{editores e anotadores}% - {eds\adddotspace e anots\adddot}}, - editorin = {{editor e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed\adddotspace e introd\adddot}}, - editorsin = {{editores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds\adddotspace e introd\adddot}}, - editorfo = {{editor e pref\'acio}% - {ed\adddotspace e pref\adddot}}, - editorsfo = {{editores e pref\'acio}% - {eds\adddotspace e pref\adddot}}, - editoraf = {{editor e posf\'acio}% - {ed\adddotspace e posf\adddot}}, - editorsaf = {{editores e posf\'acio}% - {eds\adddotspace e posf\adddot}}, - editortrco = {{editor, tradutor e comentador}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, - editorstrco = {{editores, tradutores e comentadores}% - {eds., trads\adddot\ e coments\adddot}}, - editortran = {{editor, tradutor e anotador}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, - editorstran = {{editores, tradutores e anotadores}% - {eds., trads\adddot\ e anots\adddot}}, - editortrin = {{editor, tradutor e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorstrin = {{editores, tradutores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds., trads\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editortrfo = {{editor, tradutor e pref\'acio}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorstrfo = {{editores, tradutores e pref\'acio}% - {eds., trads\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editortraf = {{editor, tradutor e posf\'acio}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorstraf = {{editores, tradutores e posf\'acio}% - {eds., trads\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorcoin = {{editor, comentador e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorscoin = {{editores, comentadores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds., coments\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorcofo = {{editor, comentador e pref\'acio}% - {ed., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorscofo = {{editores, comentadores e pref\'acio}% - {eds., coments\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorcoaf = {{editor, comentador e posf\'acio}% - {ed., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorscoaf = {{editores, comentadores e posf\'acio}% - {eds., coments\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editoranin = {{editor, anotador e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorsanin = {{editores, anotadores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds., anots\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editoranfo = {{editor, anotador e pref\'acio}% - {ed., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorsanfo = {{editores, anotadores e pref\'acio}% - {eds., anots\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editoranaf = {{editor, anotador e posf\'acio}% - {ed., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorsanaf = {{editores, anotadores e posf\'acio}% - {eds., anots\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editortrcoin = {{editor, tradutor, comentador e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed., trad., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorstrcoin = {{editores, tradutores, comentadores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds., trads., coments\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editortrcofo = {{editor, tradutor, comentador e pref\'acio}% - {ed., trad., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorstrcofo = {{editores, tradutores, comentadores e pref\'acio}% - {eds., trads., coments\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editortrcoaf = {{editor, tradutor, comentador e posf\'acio}% - {ed., trad., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorstrcoaf = {{editores, tradutores, comentadores e posf\'acio}% - {eds., trads., coments\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editortranin = {{editor, tradutor, anotador e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed., trad., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorstranin = {{editores, tradutores, anotadores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds., trads., anots\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editortranfo = {{editor, tradutor, anotador e pref\'acio}% - {ed., trad., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorstranfo = {{editores, tradutores, anotadores e pref\'acio}% - {eds., trads., anots\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editortranaf = {{editor, tradutor, anotador e posf\'acio}% - {ed., trad., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorstranaf = {{editores, tradutores, anotadores e posf\'acio}% - {eds., trads., anots\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - translatorco = {{tradutor e comentador}% - {trad\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, - translatorsco = {{tradutores e comentadores}% - {trads\adddot\ e coments\adddot}}, - translatoran = {{tradutor e anotador}% - {trad\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, - translatorsan = {{tradutores e anotadores}% - {trads\adddot\ e anots\adddot}}, - translatorin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - translatorsin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - translatorfo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e pref\'acio}% - {trad\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - translatorsfo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e pref\'acio}% - {trad\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - translatoraf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e posf\'acio}% - {trad\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - translatorsaf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e posf\'acio}% - {trad\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - translatorcoin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - translatorscoin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - translatorcofo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e pref\'acio}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - translatorscofo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e pref\'acio}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - translatorcoaf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e posf\'acio}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - translatorscoaf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e posf\'acio}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - translatoranin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad., notas e introd\adddot}}, - translatorsanin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad., notas e introd\adddot}}, - translatoranfo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e pref\'acio}% - {trad., notas e pref\adddot}}, - translatorsanfo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e pref\'acio}% - {trad., notas e pref\adddot}}, - translatoranaf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e posf\'acio}% - {trad., notas e posf\adddot}}, - translatorsanaf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e posf\'acio}% - {trad., notas e posf\adddot}}, - byauthor = {{por}{por}}, - byeditor = {{editado por}{ed\adddotspace por}}, - bycompiler = {{compilado por}{comp\adddotspace por}}, - byredactor = {{redigido por}{red\adddotspace por}}, -% byreviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - byfounder = {{fundado por}{fund\adddotspace por}}, - bycontinuator = {{continuado por}{cont\adddotspace por}}, - bycollaborator = {{em colabora\c{a}\~o com}{em col\adddotspace com}}, - bytranslator = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ por}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ por}}, - bycommentator = {{comentado por}{com\adddot\ por}}, - byannotator = {{anotado por}{anot\adddot\ por}}, - withcommentator = {{com coment\'ario de}{com coment\adddot\ de}}, - withannotator = {{com notas de}{com notas de}}, - withintroduction = {{com introdu\c{c}\~ao de}{com introd\adddot\ de}}, - withforeword = {{com pref\'acio de}{com pref\adddot\ de}}, - withafterword = {{com posf\'acio de}{com posf\adddot\ de}}, - byeditortr = {{editado e traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ por}% - {ed\adddotspace e trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ por}}, - byeditorco = {{editado e comentado por}% - {ed\adddotspace e com\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoran = {{editado e anotado por}% - {ed\adddotspace e anot\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorin = {{editado e introduzido por}% - {ed\adddotspace e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorfo = {{editado e prefaciado por}% - {ed\adddotspace e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoraf = {{editado e posfaciado por}% - {ed\adddotspace e posf\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrco = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e comentado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e com\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortran = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e anotado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e anot\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e introduzido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad. \lbx@sfromlang\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrfo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e prefaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad. \lbx@sfromlang\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortraf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e posfaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad. \lbx@sfromlang\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorcoin = {{editado, comentado e introduzido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace com\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorcofo = {{editado, comentado e prefaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace com\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{editado, comentado e posfaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace com\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoranin = {{editado, anotado e introduzido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoranfo = {{editado, anotado e prefaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoranaf = {{editado, anotado e posfaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e introduzido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e prefaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e posfaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortranin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e introduzido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortranfo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e prefaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortranaf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e posfaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorco = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e comentado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e com\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoran = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e anotado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e anot\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorin = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e introduzido por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e prefaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e posfaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e introduzido por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e prefaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e posfaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e introduzido por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e prefaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e posfaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - and = {{e}{e}}, - andothers = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - andmore = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - volume = {{volume}{vol\adddot}}, - volumes = {{volumes}{vols\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{volume}{vol\adddot}}, - jourser = {{s\'erie}{s\'er\adddot}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - newseries = {{nova s\'erie}{nova s\'er\adddot}}, - oldseries = {{s\'erie antiga}{s\'er\adddot\ antiga}}, - edition = {{edi\c{c}\~ao}{ed\adddot}}, - reprint = {{reimpress\~ao}{reimpr\adddot}}, - reprintof = {{reimpress\~ao de}{reimpr\adddotspace de}}, - reprintas = {{reimpresso como}{reimpr\adddotspace como}}, - page = {{p\'agina}{p\adddot}}, - pages = {{p\'aginas}{pp\adddot}}, - column = {{coluna}{col\adddot}}, - columns = {{colunas}{cols\adddot}}, - line = {{linha}{l\adddot}}, - lines = {{linhas}{ll\adddot}}, - verse = {{verso}{v\adddot}}, - verses = {{versos}{vv\adddot}}, - section = {{se\c{c}\~ao}{\S}}, - sections = {{se\c{c}\~oes}{\S\S}}, - paragraph = {{par\'agrafo}{par\adddot}}, - paragraphs = {{par\'agrafo}{pars\adddot}}, - in = {{em}{em}}, - inseries = {{em}{em}}, - ofseries = {{de}{de}}, - number = {{n\'umero}{n\textordmasculine}}, - chapter = {{cap\'\i tulo}{cap\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{disserta\c{c}\~ao de mestrado}{diss\adddot\ de mestrado}}, - phdthesis = {{tese de doutorado}{tese de doutorado}}, - resreport = {{relat\'orio de pesquisa}{rel\adddotspace de pesquisa}}, - techreport = {{relat\'orio t\'ecnico}{rel\adddotspace t\'ec\adddot}}, - software = {{software}{software}}, - datacd = {{CD-ROM}{CD-ROM}}, - audiocd = {{CD de \'audio}{CD de \'audio}}, - version = {{vers\~ao}{vers\~ao}}, - url = {{endere\c{c}o eletr\^onico}{endere\c{c}o}}, - urlseen = {{acesso em}{acesso em}}, -% inpreparation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - submitted = {{submetido}{subm\adddot}}, -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - inpress = {{na prensa}{na prensa}}, - citedas = {{doravante citado como}{doravante citado como}}, - seenote = {{ver nota}{ver nota}}, - quotedin = {{apud}{apud}}, - idem = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsm = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsf = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idemsn = {{idem}{idem}}, - idempm = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - idempf = {{eaedem}{eaedem}}, - idempn = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idempp = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - ibidem = {{ibidem}{ibid\adddot}}, - opcit = {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - loccit = {{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{cf\adddot}{cf\adddot}}, - sequens = {{sq\adddot}{sq\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{sqq\adddot}{sqq\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{ver}{ver}}, - seealso = {{ver tamb\'em}{ver tamb\'em}}, - backrefpage = {{ver p\'agina}{ver p\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{ver p\'aginas}{ver pp\adddot}}, - january = {{janeiro}{jan\adddot}}, - february = {{fevereiro}{fev\adddot}}, - march = {{mar\c{c}o}{mar\adddot}}, - april = {{abril}{abr\adddot}}, - may = {{maio}{maio}}, - june = {{junho}{jun\adddot}}, - july = {{julho}{jul\adddot}}, - august = {{agosto}{ago\adddot}}, - september = {{setembro}{set\adddot}}, - october = {{outubro}{out\adddot}}, - november = {{novembro}{nov\adddot}}, - december = {{dezembro}{dez\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{ingl\^es}{ingl\^es}}, - langbrazilian = {{portugu{\^e}s}{portugu{\^e}s}}, -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langdanish = {{dinamarqu\^es}{dinamarqu\^es}}, - langdutch = {{holand{\^e}s}{holand{\^e}s}}, - langenglish = {{ingl\^es}{ingl\^es}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{franc\^es}{franc\^es}}, - langgerman = {{alem\~ao}{alem\~ao}}, - langgreek = {{grego}{grego}}, - langitalian = {{italiano}{italiano}}, - langlatin = {{latim}{latim}}, - langnorwegian = {{noruegu\^es}{noruegu\^es}}, - langportuguese = {{portugu{\^e}s}{portugu{\^e}s}}, -% langrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langspanish = {{espanhol}{espanhol}}, - langswedish = {{sueco}{sueco}}, - fromamerican = {{do ingl\^es}{do ingl\^es}}, - frombrazilian = {{do portugu{\^e}s}{do portugu{\^e}s}}, -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromdanish = {{do dinamarqu\^es}{do dinamarqu\^es}}, - fromdutch = {{do holand{\^e}s}{do holand{\^e}s}}, - fromenglish = {{do ingl\^es}{do ingl\^es}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{do franc\^es}{do franc\^es}}, - fromgerman = {{do alem\~ao}{do alem\~ao}}, - fromgreek = {{do grego}{do grego}}, - fromitalian = {{do italiano}{do italiano}}, - fromlatin = {{do latim}{do latim}}, - fromnorwegian = {{do noruegu\^es}{do noruegu\^es}}, - fromportuguese = {{do portugu{\^e}s}{do portugu{\^e}s}}, -% fromrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromspanish = {{do espanhol}{do espanhol}}, - fromswedish = {{do sueco}{do sueco}}, - countryde = {{Alemanha}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{Uni\~ao Europ\'eia}{EU}}, - countryep = {{Uni\~ao Europ\'eia}{EP}}, - countryfr = {{Fran\c{c}a}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Reino Unido}{GB}}, - countryus = {{Estados Unidos da Am\'erica}{US}}, - patent = {{patente}{pat\adddot}}, - patentde = {{patente alem\~a}{pat\adddot\ alem\~a}}, - patenteu = {{patente europ\'eia}{pat\adddot\ europ\'eia}}, - patentfr = {{patente francesa}{pat\adddot francesa}}, - patentuk = {{patente brit\^anica}{pat\adddot\ brit\^anica}}, - patentus = {{patente americana}{pat\adddot\ americana}}, - patreq = {{pedido de patente}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{pedido de patente alem\~a}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot\ alem\~a}}, - patreqeu = {{pedido de patente europ\'eia}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot\ europ\'eia}}, - patreqfr = {{pedido de patente francesa}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot\ francesa}}, - patrequk = {{pedido de patente brit\^anica}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot\ brit\^anica}}, - patrequs = {{pedido de patente americana}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot\ americana}}, - file = {{arquivo}{arquivo}}, - library = {{biblioteca}{biblioteca}}, - abstract = {{resumo}{resumo}}, - annotation = {{notas}{notas}}, -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/british.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/british.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 4213e31..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/british.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: british.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{british.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: british.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{% - \begingroup - \@tempcnta0#1\relax\number\@tempcnta - \@whilenum\@tempcnta>100\do{\advance\@tempcnta-100\relax}% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>20 - \@whilenum\@tempcnta>9\do{\advance\@tempcnta-10\relax}% - \fi - \ifcase\@tempcnta th\or st\or nd\or rd\else th\fi - \endgroup}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkbibordinal{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{/}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{/}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% -} - -\InheritBibliographyStrings{english} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/canadian.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/canadian.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 992f72b..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/canadian.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: canadian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{canadian.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: canadian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{english}% correct? these are the US standards -\InheritBibliographyStrings{english} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/danish.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/danish.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 9fb9c61..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/danish.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,391 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: danish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{danish.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: danish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{danish}{danish} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{\stripzeros{#1}\adddot}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkbibordinal{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}\adddot}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\adddot}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Bibliografi}{Bibliografi}}, - references = {{Referencer}{Referencer}}, - shorthands = {{Fortegnelse over forkortelser}{Forkortelsesfortegnelse}}, - editor = {{redakt\o r}{red\adddot}}, - editors = {{redakt\o rer}{red\adddot}}, - compiler = {{redakt\o r}{red\adddot}}, - compilers = {{redakt\o rer}{red\adddot}}, -% alternative translation: -% compiler = {{kompilator}{kompilator}}, -% compilers = {{kompilatorer}{kompilatorer}}, -% FIXME: redactor and editor are the same string; -% need to find a noun corresponding to "bearbejdet af" - redactor = {{redakt\o r}{red\adddot}}, - redactors = {{redakt\o rer}{red\adddot}}, -% reviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% revisers = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founders = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% collaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% collaborators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - translator = {{overs\ae tter}{overs\adddot}}, - translators = {{overs\ae ttere}{overs\adddot}}, - commentator = {{kommentator}{komm\adddot}}, - commentators = {{kommentatorer}{komm\adddot}}, - annotator = {{fortolker}{fortolker}}, - annotators = {{fortolkere}{fortolkere}}, -% alternative translation: -% annotator = {{kommentator}{kommentator}}, -% annotators = {{kommentatorer}{kommentatorer}}, - commentary = {{kommentar}{komm\adddot}}, - annotations = {{forklaring}{forkl\adddot}}, -% alternative translation: -% annotations = {{fortolkning}{fortolkning}}, - introduction = {{indledning}{indl\adddot}}, - foreword = {{forord}{forord}}, - afterword = {{efterord}{efterord}}, -% editortr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - byauthor = {{af}{af}}, - byeditor = {{udgivet af}{udg\adddotspace af}}, - bycompiler = {{kompileret af}{komp\adddotspace af}}, - byredactor = {{bearbejdet af}{bearb\adddotspace af}}, -% byreviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byfounder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycontinuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycollaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - bytranslator = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ af}{oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ af}}, - bycommentator = {{kommenteret af}{komm\adddot\ af}}, - byannotator = {{forklaret af}{forkl\adddot\ af}}, -% byannotator = {{fortolket af}{fortolket af}}, % alternative translation - withcommentator = {{med en kommentar af}{med en komm\adddot\ af}}, - withannotator = {{med en forklaring af}{med en forkl\adddot\ af}}, - withintroduction = {{med en indledning af}{med en indl\adddot\ af}}, - withforeword = {{med et forord af}{med et forord af}}, - withafterword = {{med et efterord af}{med et efterord af}}, - byeditortr = {{udgivet og oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ af}% - {udg\adddotspace og oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ af}}, - byeditorco = {{udgivet og kommenteret af}% - {udg\adddotspace og komm\adddot\ af}}, - byeditoran = {{udgivet og forklaret af}% - {udg\adddotspace og forkl\adddot\ af}}, - byeditorin = {{udgivet og med en indledning skrevet af}% - {udg\adddotspace og med en indledning skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditorfo = {{udgivet og med et forord skrevet af}% - {udg\adddotspace og med et forord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditoraf = {{udgivet og med et efterord skrevet af}% - {udg\adddotspace og med et efterord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortrco = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ og kommenteret af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ og komm\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortran = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ og forklaret af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ og forkl\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortrin = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ og med en indledning skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ og med en indl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortrfo = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ og med et forord skrevet af}% - {wnoversat \lbx@sfromlang\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortraf = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ og med et efterord skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ og med et efterord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditorcoin = {{udgivet, kommenteret og med en indledning skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ og med en indl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditorcofo = {{udgivet, kommenteret og med et forord skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{udgivet, kommenteret og med et efterord skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ og med et efterord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditoranin = {{udgivet, forklaret og med en indledning skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace forkl\adddot\ og med en indl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditoranfo = {{udgivet, forklaret og med et forord skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace forkl\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditoranaf = {{udgivet, forklaret og med et efterord skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace forkl\adddot\ og med et efterord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang, kommenteret og med en indledning skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace oversat \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med en indl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang, kommenteret og med et forord skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace oversat \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang, kommenteret og med et efterord skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace oversat \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med et efterord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortranin = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang, forklaret og med en indledning skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace oversat \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med en indl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortranfo = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang, forklaret og med et forord skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace oversat \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - byeditortranaf = {{udgivet, oversat \lbx@lfromlang, forklaret og med et efterord skrevet af}% - {udg.,\addabbrvspace oversat \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med et efterord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatorco = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ og kommenteret af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ og komm\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatoran = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ og forklaret af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ og forkl\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatorin = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ og med en indledning skrevet af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ og med en indl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ og med et forord skrevet af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang\ og med et efterord skrevet af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang\ og med et efterord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang, kommenteret og med en indledning skrevet af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med en indl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang, kommenteret og med et forord skrevet af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang, kommenteret og med et efterord skrevet af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med et efterord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang, forklaret og med en indledning skrevet af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med en indl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang, forklaret og med et forord skrevet af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{oversat \lbx@lfromlang, forklaret og med et efterord skrevet af}% - {oversat \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med et efterord skrev\adddot\ af}}, - and = {{og}{og}}, -% FIXME: spacing after abbreviation dot? - andothers = {{med flere}{m.fl\adddot}}, -% FIXME: spacing after abbreviation dot? - andmore = {{med flere}{m.fl\adddot}}, - volume = {{bind}{bd\adddot}}, - volumes = {{bind}{bd\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{\aa rgang}{\aa g\adddot}}, - jourser = {{serie}{ser\adddot}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% FIXME: spacing after abbreviation dot? - newseries = {{ny serie}{n.s\adddot}}, -% FIXME: spacing after abbreviation dot? - oldseries = {{gammel serie}{g.s\adddot}}, - edition = {{udgave}{udg\adddot}}, - reprint = {{eftertryk}{eftertryk}}, -% alternative translation: -% reprint = {{genoptryk}{genoptryk}}, - reprintof = {{eftertryk af}{eftertryk af}}, -% alternative translation: -% reprintof = {{genoptryk af}{genoptryk af}}, - reprintas = {{eftertryk i}{eftertryk i}}, -% alternative translation: -% reprintas = {{genoptrykt i}{genoptrykt i}}, -% reprintas = {{genoptrykt som}{genoptrykt som}}, - page = {{side}{s\adddot}}, - pages = {{sider}{s\adddot}}, - column = {{spalte}{sp\adddot}}, - columns = {{spalter}{sp\adddot}}, - line = {{linje}{l\adddot}}, - lines = {{linjer}{l\adddot}}, - verse = {{vers}{v\adddot}}, - verses = {{vers}{v\adddot}}, - section = {{afsnit}{\S}}, % FIXME: check - sections = {{afsnit}{\S\S}}, % FIXME: check -% alternative translation: -% section = {{paragraf}{\S}}, -% sections = {{paragrafer}{\S\S}}, -% paragraph = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% paragraphs = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - in = {{i}{i}}, - inseries = {{r\ae kken}{r\ae kken}}, - ofseries = {{af r\ae kken}{af r\ae kken}}, - number = {{nummer}{nr\adddot}}, - chapter = {{kapitel}{kap\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{kandidatafhandling}{kandidatafh\adddot}}, -% alternative translation: -% mathesis = {{speciale}{speciale}}, - phdthesis = {{ph.d.-afhandling}{ph.d.-afh\adddot}}, - resreport = {{forskningsrapport}{forskningsrap\adddot}}, - techreport = {{teknisk rapport}{tek\adddot\ rap\adddot}}, - software = {{software}{software}}, - datacd = {{data-cd}{data-cd}}, - audiocd = {{lyd-cd}{lyd-cd}}, - version = {{version}{vers\adddot}}, - url = {{side}{side}}, - urlseen = {{sidst set}{sidst set}}, -% inpreparation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% submitted = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% inpress = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - citedas = {{herefter citeret som}{herefter cit\adddot\ som}}, -% thiscite = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - seenote = {{se note}{se note}}, -% alternative translation: -% seenote = {{se anm\ae rkning}{se anm\adddot}}, - quotedin = {{citeret efter}{citeret efter}}, - idem = {{den samme}{den~s\adddot}}, - idemsf = {{den samme}{den~s\adddot}}, - idemsm = {{den samme}{den~s\adddot}}, - idemsn = {{det samme}{det~s\adddot}}, - idempf = {{de samme}{de~s\adddot}}, - idempm = {{de samme}{de~s\adddot}}, - idempn = {{de samme}{de~s\adddot}}, - idempp = {{de samme}{de~s\adddot}}, - ibidem = {{ibidem}{ibid\adddot}}, -% FIXME: spacing after abbreviation dot? - opcit = {{op.\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op.\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, -% FIXME: spacing after abbreviation dot? - loccit = {{loc.\adddotspace cit\adddot}{loc.\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{sammenlign}{smlg\adddot}}, - sequens = {{sq\adddot}{sq\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{sqq\adddot}{sqq\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{se}{s\adddot}}, -% FIXME: spacing after abbreviation dot? - seealso = {{se ogs\aa}{s.\aa\adddot}}, - backrefpage = {{se side}{se s\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{se sider}{se s\adddot}}, - january = {{januar}{jan\adddot}}, - february = {{februar}{feb\adddot}}, - march = {{marts}{mar\adddot}}, - april = {{april}{apr\adddot}}, - may = {{maj}{maj}}, - june = {{juni}{jun\adddot}}, - july = {{juli}{jul\adddot}}, - august = {{august}{aug\adddot}}, - september = {{september}{sep\adddot}}, - october = {{oktober}{okt\adddot}}, - november = {{november}{nov\adddot}}, - december = {{december}{dec\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{amerikansk}{amerikansk}}, -% langbrazilian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% langdanish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% langdutch = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langenglish = {{engelsk}{engelsk}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{fransk}{fransk}}, - langgerman = {{tysk}{tysk}}, - langgreek = {{gr\ae sk}{gr\ae sk}}, - langitalian = {{italiensk}{italiensk}}, - langlatin = {{latin}{latin}}, - langnorwegian = {{norsk}{norsk}}, -% langportuguese = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% langrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langspanish = {{spansk}{spansk}}, -% langswedish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromamerican = {{fra amerikansk}{fra amerikansk}}, -% frombrazilian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% fromdanish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% fromdutch = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromenglish = {{fra engelsk}{fra engelsk}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{fra fransk}{fra fransk}}, - fromgerman = {{fra tysk}{fra tysk}}, - fromgreek = {{fra gr\ae sk}{fra gr\ae sk}}, - fromitalian = {{fra italiensk}{fra italiensk}}, - fromlatin = {{fra latin}{fra latin}}, - fromnorwegian = {{fra norsk}{fra norsk}}, -% fromportuguese = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% fromrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromspanish = {{fra spansk}{fra spansk}}, -% fromswedish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - countryde = {{Tyskland}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{Europ\ae iske Union}{EU}}, - countryep = {{Europ\ae iske Union}{EP}}, - countryfr = {{Frankrig}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Storbritanien}{GB}}, - countryus = {{USA}{US}}, - patent = {{patent}{patent}}, - patentde = {{tysk patent}{tys\adddot\ pat\adddot}}, - patenteu = {{europ\ae isk patent}{eur\adddot\ pat\adddot}}, - patentfr = {{fransk patent}{fra\adddot\ pat\adddot}}, - patentuk = {{britisk patent}{brit\adddot pat\adddot}}, - patentus = {{amerikansk patent}{amerikansk pat\adddot}}, - patreq = {{ans\o gning om patent}{pat\adddot\ ans\o gn\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{ans\o gning om tysk patent}{tys\adddot\ pat\adddot\ ans\o gn\adddot}}, - patreqeu = {{ans\o gning om europ\ae isk patent}{eur\adddot\ pat\adddot\ ans\o gn\adddot}}, - patreqfr = {{ans\o gning om fransk patent}{fra\adddot\ pat\adddot\ ans\o gn\adddot}}, - patrequk = {{ans\o gning om britisk patent}{britisk pat\adddot\ ans\o gn\adddot}}, - patrequs = {{ans\o gning om amerikansk patent}{am\adddot pat\adddot\ ans\o gn\adddot}}, -% file = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% library = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% abstract = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% annotation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/dutch.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/dutch.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 08833c3..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/dutch.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,448 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: dutch.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{dutch.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: dutch.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -% Changes: -% 2010-10-31 Update by Alexander van Loon -% 2011-08-27 Update by Pieter Belmans - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{dutch}{dutch} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - % both ordinal numbers are valid, the first is the most basic: 1e, 2e, 19e - % whereas the second is capable of typesetting 1ste, 2de, 21ste, 102de - % \protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{\stripzeros{#1}e}% - \protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{% - \begingroup - \@tempcnta0#1\relax\number\@tempcnta - \@whilenum\@tempcnta>100\do{\advance\@tempcnta-100\relax}% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>19 - ste% - \else - \ifnum\@tempcnta=1 - ste% - \else - \ifnum\@tempcnta=8 ste\else de\fi - \fi - \fi - \endgroup}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\mbox{-}}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\mbox{-}}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Bibliografie}{Bibliografie}}, - references = {{Referenties}{Referenties}}, - shorthands = {{Lijst van afkortingen}{Afkortingen}}, - editor = {{redacteur}{red\adddot}}, - editors = {{redacteurs}{red\adddot}}, - compiler = {{samensteller}{samenst\adddot}}, - compilers = {{samenstellers}{samenst\adddot}}, - founder = {{oprichter}{opr\adddot}}, - founders = {{oprichters}{opr\adddot}}, - continuator = {{opvolger}{opv\adddot}}, - continuators = {{opvolgers}{opv\adddot}}, - redactor = {{redacteur}{red\adddot}}, - redactors = {{redacteuren}{red\adddot}}, - reviser = {{revisor}{rev\adddot}}, - revisers = {{revisors}{rev\adddot}}, - collaborator = {{medewerker}{med\adddot}}, - collaborators = {{medewerkers}{med\adddot}}, - translator = {{vertaler}{vert\adddot}}, - translators = {{vertalers}{vert\adddot}}, - commentator = {{commentator}{comm\adddot}}, - commentators = {{commentatoren}{comm\adddot}}, - annotator = {{annotator}{annot\adddot}}, - annotators = {{annotatoren}{annot\adddot}}, - editortr = {{redacteur en vertaler}% - {red\adddotspace en vert\adddot}}, - editorstr = {{redacteuren en vertalers}% - {red\adddotspace en vert\adddot}}, - editorco = {{redacteur en commentator}% - {red\adddotspace en comm\adddot}}, - editorsco = {{redacteuren en commentatoren}% - {red\adddotspace en comm\adddot}}, - editoran = {{redacteur en annotator}% - {red\adddotspace en annot\adddot}}, - editorsan = {{redacteuren en annotatoren}% - {red\adddotspace en annot\adddot}}, - editorin = {{redactie en inleiding}% - {red\adddotspace en inl\adddot}}, - editorsin = {{redacteuren en inleiding}% - {red\adddotspace en inl\adddot}}, - editorfo = {{redacteur en voorwoord}% - {red\adddotspace en voorw\adddot}}, - editorsfo = {{redacteuren en voorwoord}% - {red\adddotspace en voorw\adddot}}, - editoraf = {{redacteur en nawoord}% - {red\adddotspace en naw\adddot}}, - editorsaf = {{redacteuren en nawoord}% - {red\adddotspace en naw\adddot}}, - editortrco = {{redacteur, vertaler en commentator}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert\adddot\ en comm\adddot}}, - editorstrco = {{redacteuren, vertalers en commentatoren}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert\adddot\ en comm\adddot}}, - editortran = {{redacteur, vertaler en annotator}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert\adddot\ en annot\adddot}}, - editorstran = {{redacteur, vertalers en annotatoren}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert\adddot\ en annot\adddot}}, - editortrin = {{redacteur, vertaler en inleiding}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - editorstrin = {{redacteuren, vertalers en inleiding}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - editortrfo = {{redacteur, vertaler en voorwoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - editorstrfo = {{redacteuren, vertalers en voorwoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - editortraf = {{redacteur, vertaler en nawoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - editorstraf = {{redacteuren, vertalers en nawoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - editorcoin = {{redacteur, commentator en inleiding}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - editorscoin = {{redacteuren, commentatoren en inleiding}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - editorcofo = {{redacteur, commentator en voorwoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - editorscofo = {{redacteuren, commentatoren en voorwoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - editorcoaf = {{redacteur, commentator en nawoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - editorscoaf = {{redacteuren, commentatoren en nawoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - editoranin = {{redacteur, annotator en inleiding}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - editorsanin = {{redacteuren, annotatoren en inleiding}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - editoranfo = {{redacteur, annotator en voorwoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - editorsanfo = {{redacteuren, annotatoren en voorwoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - editoranaf = {{redacteur, annotator en nawoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\ en nawoord\adddot}}, - editorsanaf = {{redacteuren, annotatoren en nawoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - editortrcoin = {{redacteur, vertaler, commentator en inleiding}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., comm\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - editorstrcoin = {{redacteuren, vertalers, commentatoren en inleiding}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., comm\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - editortrcofo = {{redacteur, vertaling, commentator en voorwoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., comm\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - editorstrcofo = {{redacteuren, vertalers, commentatoren en voorwoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., comm\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - editortrcoaf = {{redacteur, vertaler, commentator en nawoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., comm\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - editorstrcoaf = {{redacteuren, vertalers, commentators en nawoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., comm\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - editortranin = {{redacteur, vertaler, annotator en inleiding}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., annot\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - editorstranin = {{redacteuren, vertalers, annotatoren en inleiding}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., annot\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - editortranfo = {{redacteur, vertaler, annotator en voorwoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., annot\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - editorstranfo = {{redacteuren, vertalers, annotatoren en voorwoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., annot\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - editortranaf = {{redacteur, vertaler, annotator en nawoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., annot\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - editorstranaf = {{redacteuren, vertalers, annotatoren en nawoord}% - {red.,\addabbrvspace vert., annot\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - translatorco = {{vertaler en commentator}% - {vert\adddot\ en comm\adddot}}, - translatorsco = {{vertalers en commentatoren}% - {vert\adddot\ en comm\adddot}}, - translatoran = {{vertaler en annotator}% - {vert\adddot\ en annot\adddot}}, - translatorsan = {{vertalers en annotatoren}% - {vert\adddot\ en annot\adddot}}, - translatorin = {{vertaling en inleiding}% - {vert\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - translatorsin = {{vertaling en inleiding}% - {vert\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - translatorfo = {{vertaling en voorwoord}% - {vert\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - translatorsfo = {{vertaling en voorwoord}% - {vert\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - translatoraf = {{vertaling en nawoord}% - {vert\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - translatorsaf = {{vertaling en nawoord}% - {vert\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - translatorcoin = {{vertaling, commentaar en inleiding}% - {vert., comm\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - translatorscoin = {{vertaling, commentaar en inleiding}% - {vert., comm\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - translatorcofo = {{vertaling, commentaar en voorwoord}% - {vert., comm\adddot\ en voorwoord\adddot}}, - translatorscofo = {{vertaling, commentaar en voorwoord}% - {vert., comm\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - translatorcoaf = {{vertaling, commentaar en nawoord}% - {vert., comm\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - translatorscoaf = {{vertaling, commentaar en nawoord}% - {vert., comm\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - translatoranin = {{vertaling, annotaties en inleiding}% - {vert., annot\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - translatorsanin = {{vertaling, annotaties en inleiding}% - {vert., annot\adddot\ en inl\adddot}}, - translatoranfo = {{vertaling, annotaties en voorwoord}% - {vert., annot\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - translatorsanfo = {{vertaling, annotaties en voorwoord}% - {vert., annot\adddot\ en voorw\adddot}}, - translatoranaf = {{vertaling, annotaties en nawoord}% - {vert., annot\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - translatorsanaf = {{vertaling, annotaties en nawoord}% - {vert., annot\adddot\ en naw\adddot}}, - byauthor = {{door}{door}}, - byeditor = {{geredigeerd door}{red\adddot\addabbrvspace door}}, - bycompiler = {{samengesteld door}{sam\adddot\addabbrvspace door}}, - byfounder = {{opgericht door}{opger\adddot\addabbrvspace door}}, - bycontinuator = {{opgevolgd door}{opgev\adddot\addabbrvspace door}}, - byredactor = {{geredigeerd door}{red\adddot\ door}}, - byreviser = {{nagekeken door}{nagek\adddot\addabbrvspace door}}, - bycollaborator = {{met medewerking van}{m\adddot m\adddot v}}, - bytranslator = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ door}{vert\adddot\ \lbx@lfromlang\ door}}, - bycommentator = {{becommentarieerd door}{comm\adddot\ door}}, - byannotator = {{geannoteerd door}{annot\adddot\ door}}, - byeditortr = {{geredigeerd en vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ door}% - {red\adddotspace en vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ door}}, - byeditorco = {{geredigeerd en becommentarieerd door}% - {red\adddotspace en comm\adddot\ door}}, - byeditoran = {{geredigeerd en geannoteerd door}% - {red\adddotspace en annot\adddot\ door}}, - byeditorin = {{geredigeerd, met een inleiding, van}% - {red., met een inl., van}}, - byeditorfo = {{geredigeerd, met een voorwoord, van}% - {red., met een voorw., van}}, - byeditoraf = {{geredigeerd, met een nawoord, van}% - {red., met een naw., van}}, - byeditortrco = {{geredigeerd, vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en becommentarieerd door}% - {red., vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en comm\adddot\ door}}, - byeditortran = {{geredigeerd, vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en geannoteerd door}% - {red., vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en annot\adddot\ door}}, - byeditortrin = {{geredigeerd en vertaald \lbx@lfromlang, met een inleiding, door}% - {red\adddotspace en vert. \lbx@sfromlang, met een inl., door}}, - byeditortrfo = {{geredigeerd en vertaald \lbx@lfromlang, met een voorwoord, door}% - {red\adddotspace en vert. \lbx@sfromlang, met een voorw., door}}, - byeditortraf = {{geredigeerd en vertaald \lbx@lfromlang, met een nawoord, door}% - {red\adddotspace en vert. \lbx@sfromlang, met een naw., door}}, - byeditorcoin = {{geredigeerd en becommentarieerd, met een inleiding, door}% - {red\adddotspace en comm., met een inl., door}}, - byeditorcofo = {{geredigeerd en becommentarieerd, met een voorwoord, door}% - {red\adddotspace en comm., met een voorw., door}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{geredigeerd en becommentarieerd, met een nawoord, door}% - {red\adddotspace en comm., met een naw., door}}, - byeditoranin = {{geredigeerd en geannoteerd, met een inleiding, door}% - {red\adddotspace en annot., met een inl., door}}, - byeditoranfo = {{geredigeerd en geannoteerd, met een voorwoord, door}% - {red\adddotspace en annot., met een voorw., door}}, - byeditoranaf = {{geredigeerd en geannoteerd, met een nawoord, door}% - {red\adddotspace en annot., met een naw., door}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{geredigeerd, vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en becommentarieerd, met een inleiding, door}% - {red., vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en comm., met een inl., door}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{geredigeerd, vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en becommentarieerd, met een voorwoord, door}% - {red., vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en comm., met een voorw., door}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{geredigeerd, vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en becommentarieerd, met een nawoord, door}% - {red., vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en comm., met een naw., door}}, - byeditortranin = {{geredigeerd, vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en geannoteerd, met een inleiding, door}% - {red., vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en annot., met een inl., door}}, - byeditortranfo = {{geredigeerd, vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en geannoteerd, met een voorwoord, door}% - {red., vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en annot., met een voorw., door}}, - byeditortranaf = {{geredigeerd, vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en geannoteerd, met een nawoord, door}% - {red., vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en annot., met een naw., door}}, - bytranslatorco = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en becommentarieerd door}% - {vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en comm\adddot\ door}}, - bytranslatoran = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en geannoteerd door}% - {vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en annot.\adddot\ door}}, - bytranslatorin = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang, met een inleiding, door}% - {vert. \lbx@sfromlang, met een inl., door}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang, met een voorwoord, door}% - {vert. \lbx@sfromlang, met een voorw., door}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang, met een nawoord, door}% - {vert. \lbx@sfromlang, met een naw., door}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en becommentarieerd, met een inleiding., door}% - {vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en comm., met een inl., door}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en becommentarieerd, met een voorwoord, door}% - {vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en comm., met een voorw., door}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en becommentarieerd, met een nawoord, door}% - {vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en comm., met een naw., door}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en geannoteerd, met een inleiding., door}% - {vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en annot., met een inl., door}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en geannoteerd, met een voorwoord, door}% - {vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en annot., met een voorw., door}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{vertaald \lbx@lfromlang\ en geannoteerd, met een nawoord, door}% - {vert\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ en annot., met een naw., door}}, - withcommentator = {{met een commentaar van}{met een comm\adddot\ van}}, - withannotator = {{met annotaties door}{met annot\adddot\ door}}, - withintroduction = {{met een inleiding van}{met een inl\adddot\ van}}, - withforeword = {{met een voorwoord van}{met een voorw\adddot\ van}}, - withafterword = {{met een nawoord van}{met een naw\adddot\ van}}, - commentary = {{commentaar}{comm\adddot}}, - annotations = {{annotaties}{annot\adddot}}, - introduction = {{inleiding}{inl\adddot}}, - foreword = {{voorwoord}{voorw\adddot}}, - afterword = {{nawoord}{naw\adddot}}, - volume = {{deel}{deel}}, - volumes = {{delen}{delen}}, - jourvol = {{jaargang}{jrg\adddot}}, - jourser = {{reeks}{reeks}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - newseries = {{nieuwe reeks}{nieuwe reeks}}, - oldseries = {{oude reeks}{oude reeks}}, - edition = {{editie}{ed\adddot}}, - in = {{in}{in}}, - inseries = {{in}{in}}, - ofseries = {{van}{van}}, - number = {{nummer}{nr\adddot}}, - chapter = {{hoofdstuk}{hfdstk\adddot}}, - version = {{versie}{versie}}, - reprint = {{herdruk}{herdr\adddot}}, - reprintof = {{herdruk van}{herdr\adddotspace van}}, - reprintas = {{herdrukt als}{herdr\adddotspace als}}, - inpreparation = {{in voorbereiding}{in voorbereiding}}, - submitted = {{ingediend}{ingedied}}, -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - inpress = {{in druk}{in druk}}, - page = {{pagina}{p\adddot}}, - pages = {{pagina's}{p\adddot}}, - column = {{kolom}{kol\adddot}}, - columns = {{kolommen}{kol\adddot}}, - section = {{sectie}{\S}}, - sections = {{secties}{\S}}, - paragraph = {{paragraaf}{par\adddot}}, - paragraphs = {{paragrafen}{par\adddot}}, - verse = {{vers}{v\adddot}}, - verses = {{verzen}{v\adddot}}, - line = {{regel}{r\adddot}}, - lines = {{regels}{r\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{masterscriptie}{masterscriptie}}, - phdthesis = {{proefschrift}{proefschrift}}, - resreport = {{onderzoeksrapport}{onderzoeksrap\adddot}}, - techreport = {{technisch rapport}{tech\adddotspace rap\adddot}}, - software = {{computersoftware}{computersoft\adddot}}, - datacd = {{cd-rom}{cd-rom}}, - audiocd = {{audio-cd}{audio-cd}}, - and = {{en}{en}}, - andothers = {{en andere}{e\adddot a\adddot}}, - andmore = {{en andere}{e\adddot a\adddot}}, - url = {{addres}{addres}}, - urlseen = {{bezocht op}{bezocht op}}, - file = {{bestand}{bestand}}, - library = {{bibliotheek}{bibliotheek}}, - abstract = {{samenvatting}{samenvatting}}, - annotation = {{annotaties}{annotaties}}, - idem = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsm = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsf = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idemsn = {{idem}{idem}}, - idempm = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - idempf = {{eaedem}{eaedem}}, - idempn = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idempp = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - ibidem = {{ibidem}{ibid\adddot}}, - opcit = {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - loccit = {{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{cf\adddot}{cf\adddot}}, - sequens = {{sq\adddot}{sq\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{sqq\adddot}{sqq\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{zie}{zie}}, - seealso = {{zie ook}{zie ook}}, - seenote = {{zie voetnoot}{zie v\adddot}}, - backrefpage = {{zie pagina}{zie pag\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{zie pagina's}{zie pag\adddot}}, - quotedin = {{geciteerd in}{cit\adddotspace in}}, - citedas = {{verder geciteerd als}{verder geciteerd als}}, - thiscite = {{met name}{m.n\adddot}}, - january = {{januari}{jan}}, - february = {{februari}{feb}}, - march = {{maart}{mrt}}, - april = {{april}{apr}}, - may = {{mei}{mei}}, - june = {{juni}{jun}}, - july = {{juli}{jul}}, - august = {{augustus}{aug}}, - september = {{september}{sep}}, - october = {{oktober}{okt}}, - november = {{november}{nov}}, - december = {{december}{dec}}, - langamerican = {{Amerikaans Engels}{Amerikaans Engels}}, - langbrazilian = {{Braziliaans Portugeens}{Braziliaans Portugees}}, -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langdanish = {{Deens}{Deens}}, - langdutch = {{Nederlands}{Nederlands}}, - langenglish = {{Engels}{Engels}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{Frans}{Frans}}, - langgerman = {{Duits}{Duits}}, - langgreek = {{Grieks}{Grieks}}, - langitalian = {{Italiaans}{Italiaans}}, - langlatin = {{Latijn}{Latijn}}, - langnorwegian = {{Noors}{Noors}}, - langportuguese = {{Portugees}{Portugees}}, -% langrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langspanish = {{Spaans}{Spaans}}, - langswedish = {{Zweeds}{Zweeds}}, - fromamerican = {{uit het Amerikaans Engels}{uit het Amerikaans Engels}}, - frombrazilian = {{uit het Braziliaans Portugees}{uit het Braziliaans Portugees}}, -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromdanish = {{uit het Deens}{uit het Deens}}, - fromdutch = {{uit het Nederlands}{uit het Nederlands}}, - fromenglish = {{uit het Engels}{uit het Engels}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{uit het Frans}{uit het Frans}}, - fromgerman = {{uit het Duits}{uit het Duits}}, - fromgreek = {{uit het Grieks}{uit het Grieks}}, - fromitalian = {{uit het Italiaans}{uit het Italiaans}}, - fromlatin = {{uit het Latijn}{uit het Latijn}}, - fromnorwegian = {{uit het Noors}{uit het Noors}}, - fromportuguese = {{uit het Portugees}{uit het Portugees}}, -% fromrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromspanish = {{uit het Spaans}{uit het Spaans}}, - fromswedish = {{uit het Zweeds}{uit het Zweeds}}, - countryde = {{Duitsland}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{Europese Unie}{EU}}, - countryep = {{Europese Unie}{EP}}, - countryfr = {{Frankrijk}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Verenigd Koninkrijk}{VK}}, - countryus = {{Verenigde Staten van Amerika}{VS}}, - patent = {{patent}{pat\adddot}}, - patentde = {{Duits patent}{Duits pat\adddot}}, - patenteu = {{Europees patent}{Europees pat\adddot}}, - patentfr = {{Frans patent}{Frans pat\adddot}}, - patentuk = {{Brits patent}{Brits pat\adddot}}, - patentus = {{Amerikaans patent}{Amerikaans pat\adddot}}, - patreq = {{patentaanvraag}{patentaanvr\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{Duitse patentaanvraag}{Duitse patentaanvr\adddot}}, - patreqeu = {{Europese patentaanvraag}{Europese patentaanvr\adddot}}, - patreqfr = {{Franse patentaanvraag}{Franse patentaanvr\adddot}}, - patrequk = {{Britse patentaanvraag}{Britse patentaanvr\adddot}}, - patrequs = {{Amerikaanse patentaanvraag}{Amerikaanse patentaanvr\adddot}}, -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/english.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/english.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 26a9105..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/english.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,528 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: english.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{english.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: english.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{english,american}{english,american,british, -canadian,australian,newzealand,USenglish,UKenglish} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \def\finalandcomma{\addcomma}% - \protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{% - \begingroup - \@tempcnta0#1\relax\number\@tempcnta - \@whilenum\@tempcnta>100\do{\advance\@tempcnta-100\relax}% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>20 - \@whilenum\@tempcnta>9\do{\advance\@tempcnta-10\relax}% - \fi - \ifcase\@tempcnta th\or st\or nd\or rd\else th\fi - \endgroup}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {\iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}} - {\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{,\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {\iffieldundef{#1}{}{/}} - {/}}% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{/}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \savecommand\mkbibrangecomp - \savecommand\mkbibrangecompextra - \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse - \savecommand\mkbibrangeterseextra - \protected\def\mkbibrangecomp{% - \lbx@us@mkbibrangetrunc@long{long}}% - \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% - \lbx@us@mkbibrangetrunc@short{short}}% - \protected\def\mkbibrangecompextra{% - \lbx@us@mkbibrangetruncextra@long{long}}% - \protected\def\mkbibrangeterseextra{% - \lbx@us@mkbibrangetruncextra@short{short}}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\mkbibrangecomp - \restorecommand\mkbibrangecompextra - \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse - \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterseextra -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Bibliography}{Bibliography}}, - references = {{References}{References}}, - shorthands = {{List of Abbreviations}{Abbreviations}}, - editor = {{editor}{ed\adddot}}, - editors = {{editors}{eds\adddot}}, - compiler = {{compiler}{comp\adddot}}, - compilers = {{compilers}{comp\adddot}}, - redactor = {{redactor}{red\adddot}}, - redactors = {{redactors}{red\adddot}}, - reviser = {{reviser}{rev\adddot}}, - revisers = {{revisers}{rev\adddot}}, - founder = {{founder}{found\adddot}}, - founders = {{founders}{found\adddot}}, - continuator = {{continued}{cont\adddot}}, % FIXME: unsure - continuators = {{continued}{cont\adddot}}, % FIXME: unsure - collaborator = {{collaborator}{collab\adddot}}, % FIXME: unsure - collaborators = {{collaborators}{collab\adddot}}, % FIXME: unsure - translator = {{translator}{trans\adddot}}, - translators = {{translators}{trans\adddot}}, - commentator = {{commentator}{comm\adddot}}, - commentators = {{commentators}{comm\adddot}}, - annotator = {{annotator}{annot\adddot}}, - annotators = {{annotators}{annot\adddot}}, - commentary = {{commentary}{comm\adddot}}, - annotations = {{annotations}{annot\adddot}}, - introduction = {{introduction}{intro\adddot}}, - foreword = {{foreword}{forew\adddot}}, - afterword = {{afterword}{afterw\adddot}}, - editortr = {{editor and translator}% - {ed\adddotspace and trans\adddot}}, - editorstr = {{editors and translators}% - {eds\adddotspace and trans\adddot}}, - editorco = {{editor and commentator}% - {ed\adddotspace and comm\adddot}}, - editorsco = {{editors and commentators}% - {eds\adddotspace and comm\adddot}}, - editoran = {{editor and annotator}% - {ed\adddotspace and annot\adddot}}, - editorsan = {{editors and annotators}% - {eds\adddotspace and annot\adddot}}, - editorin = {{editor and introduction}% - {ed\adddotspace and introd\adddot}}, - editorsin = {{editors and introduction}% - {eds\adddotspace and introd\adddot}}, - editorfo = {{editor and foreword}% - {ed\adddotspace and forew\adddot}}, - editorsfo = {{editors and foreword}% - {eds\adddotspace and forew\adddot}}, - editoraf = {{editor and afterword}% - {ed\adddotspace and afterw\adddot}}, - editorsaf = {{editors and afterword}% - {eds\adddotspace and afterw\adddot}}, - editortrco = {{editor, translator\finalandcomma\ and commentator}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\finalandcomma\ and comm\adddot}}, - editorstrco = {{editors, translators\finalandcomma\ and commentators}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\finalandcomma\ and comm\adddot}}, - editortran = {{editor, translator\finalandcomma\ and annotator}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\finalandcomma\ and annot\adddot}}, - editorstran = {{editors, translators\finalandcomma\ and annotators}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\finalandcomma\ and annot\adddot}}, - editortrin = {{editor, translator\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - editorstrin = {{editors, translators\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - editortrfo = {{editor, translator\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - editorstrfo = {{editors, translators\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - editortraf = {{editor, translator\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - editorstraf = {{editors, translators\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - editorcoin = {{editor, commentator\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - editorscoin = {{editors, commentators\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - editorcofo = {{editor, commentator\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - editorscofo = {{editors, commentators\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - editorcoaf = {{editor, commentator\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - editorscoaf = {{editors, commentators\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - editoranin = {{editor, annotator\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - editorsanin = {{editors, annotators\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - editoranfo = {{editor, annotator\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - editorsanfo = {{editors, annotators\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - editoranaf = {{editor, annotator\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - editorsanaf = {{editors, annotators\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - editortrcoin = {{editor, translator, commentator\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - editorstrcoin = {{editors, translators, commentators\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - editortrcofo = {{editor, translator, commentator\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - editorstrcofo = {{editors, translators, commentators\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - editortrcoaf = {{editor, translator, commentator\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - editorstrcoaf = {{editors, translators, commentators\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - editortranin = {{editor, translator, annotator\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - editorstranin = {{editors, translators, annotators\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - editortranfo = {{editor, translator, annotator\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - editorstranfo = {{editors, translators, annotators\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - editortranaf = {{editor, translator, annotator\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - editorstranaf = {{editors, translators, annotators\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {eds.,\addabbrvspace trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - translatorco = {{translator and commentator}% - {trans\adddot\ and comm\adddot}}, - translatorsco = {{translators and commentators}% - {trans\adddot\ and comm\adddot}}, - translatoran = {{translator and annotator}% - {trans\adddot\ and annot\adddot}}, - translatorsan = {{translators and annotators}% - {trans\adddot\ and annot\adddot}}, - translatorin = {{translation and introduction}% - {trans\adddot\ and introd\adddot}}, - translatorsin = {{translation and introduction}% - {trans\adddot\ and introd\adddot}}, - translatorfo = {{translation and foreword}% - {trans\adddot\ and forew\adddot}}, - translatorsfo = {{translation and foreword}% - {trans\adddot\ and forew\adddot}}, - translatoraf = {{translation and afterword}% - {trans\adddot\ and afterw\adddot}}, - translatorsaf = {{translation and afterword}% - {trans\adddot\ and afterw\adddot}}, - translatorcoin = {{translation, commentary\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - translatorscoin = {{translation, commentary\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - translatorcofo = {{translation, commentary\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - translatorscofo = {{translation, commentary\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - translatorcoaf = {{translation, commentary\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - translatorscoaf = {{translation, commentary\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {trans., comm\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - translatoranin = {{translation, annotations\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - translatorsanin = {{translation, annotations\finalandcomma\ and introduction}% - {trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and introd\adddot}}, - translatoranfo = {{translation, annotations\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - translatorsanfo = {{translation, annotations\finalandcomma\ and foreword}% - {trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and forew\adddot}}, - translatoranaf = {{translation, annotations\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - translatorsanaf = {{translation, annotations\finalandcomma\ and afterword}% - {trans., annot\adddot\finalandcomma\ and afterw\adddot}}, - byauthor = {{by}{by}}, - byeditor = {{edited by}{ed\adddotspace by}}, - bycompiler = {{compiled by}{comp\adddotspace by}}, - byredactor = {{redacted by}{red\adddotspace by}}, - byreviser = {{revised by}{rev\adddotspace by}}, - byfounder = {{founded by}{found\adddotspace by}}, - bycontinuator = {{continued by}{cont\adddotspace by}}, - bycollaborator = {{in collaboration with}{in collab\adddotspace with}}, % FIXME: unsure - bytranslator = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\ by}{trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ by}}, - bycommentator = {{commented by}{comm\adddot\ by}}, - byannotator = {{annotated by}{annot\adddot\ by}}, - withcommentator = {{with a commentary by}{with a comment\adddot\ by}}, - withannotator = {{with annotations by}{with annots\adddot\ by}}, - withintroduction = {{with an introduction by}{with an intro\adddot\ by}}, - withforeword = {{with a foreword by}{with a forew\adddot\ by}}, - withafterword = {{with an afterword by}{with an afterw\adddot\ by}}, - byeditortr = {{edited and translated \lbx@lfromlang\ by}% - {ed\adddotspace and trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ by}}, - byeditorco = {{edited and commented by}% - {ed\adddotspace and comm\adddot\ by}}, - byeditoran = {{edited and annotated by}% - {ed\adddotspace and annot\adddot\ by}}, - byeditorin = {{edited, with an introduction, by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace with an introd., by}}, - byeditorfo = {{edited, with a foreword, by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace with a forew., by}}, - byeditoraf = {{edited, with an afterword, by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace with an afterw., by}}, - byeditortrco = {{edited, translated \lbx@lfromlang\finalandcomma\ and commented by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\finalandcomma\ and comm\adddot\ by}}, - byeditortran = {{edited, translated \lbx@lfromlang\finalandcomma\ and annotated by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\finalandcomma\ and annot\adddot\ by}}, - byeditortrin = {{edited and translated \lbx@lfromlang, with an introduction, by}% - {ed\adddotspace and trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, with an introd., by}}, - byeditortrfo = {{edited and translated \lbx@lfromlang, with a foreword, by}% - {ed\adddotspace and trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, with a forew., by}}, - byeditortraf = {{edited and translated \lbx@lfromlang, with an afterword, by}% - {ed\adddotspace and trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, with an afterw., by}}, - byeditorcoin = {{edited and commented, with an introduction, by}% - {ed\adddotspace and comm., with an introd., by}}, - byeditorcofo = {{edited and commented, with a foreword, by}% - {ed\adddotspace and comm., with a forew., by}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{edited and commented, with an afterword, by}% - {ed\adddotspace and comm., with an afterw., by}}, - byeditoranin = {{edited and annotated, with an introduction, by}% - {ed\adddotspace and annot., with an introd., by}}, - byeditoranfo = {{edited and annotated, with a foreword, by}% - {ed\adddotspace and annot., with a forew., by}}, - byeditoranaf = {{edited and annotated, with an afterword, by}% - {ed\adddotspace and annot., with an afterw., by}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{edited, translated \lbx@lfromlang\finalandcomma\ and commented, with an introduction, by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\finalandcomma\ and comm., with an introd., by}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{edited, translated \lbx@lfromlang\finalandcomma\ and commented, with a foreword, by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\finalandcomma\ and comm., with a forew., by}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@lfromlang\finalandcomma\ and commented, with an afterword, by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\finalandcomma\ and comm., with an afterw., by}}, - byeditortranin = {{edited, translated \lbx@lfromlang\finalandcomma\ and annotated, with an introduction, by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\finalandcomma\ and annot, with an introd., by}}, - byeditortranfo = {{edited, translated \lbx@lfromlang\finalandcomma\ and annotated, with a foreword, by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\finalandcomma\ and annot, with a forew., by}}, - byeditortranaf = {{edited, translated \lbx@lfromlang\finalandcomma\ and annotated, with an afterword, by}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\finalandcomma\ and annot, with an afterw., by}}, - bytranslatorco = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\ and commented by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ and comm\adddot\ by}}, - bytranslatoran = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\ and annotated by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ and annot\adddot\ by}}, - bytranslatorin = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang, with an introduction, by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, with an introd., by}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang, with a foreword, by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, with a forew., by}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang, with an afterword, by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, with an afterw., by}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\ and commented, with an introduction, by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ and comm., with an introd., by}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\ and commented, with a foreword, by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ and comm., with a forew., by}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\ and commented, with an afterword, by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ and comm., with an afterw., by}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\ and annotated, with an introduction, by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ and annot., with an introd., by}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\ and annotated, with a foreword, by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ and annot., with a forew., by}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{translated \lbx@lfromlang\ and annotated, with an afterword, by}% - {trans\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ and annot., with an afterw., by}}, - and = {{and}{and}}, - andothers = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - andmore = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - volume = {{volume}{vol\adddot}}, - volumes = {{volumes}{vols\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{volume}{vol\adddot}}, - jourser = {{series}{ser\adddot}}, - book = {{book}{book}}, - part = {{part}{part}}, - issue = {{issue}{issue}}, - newseries = {{new series}{new ser\adddot}}, - oldseries = {{old series}{old ser\adddot}}, - edition = {{edition}{ed\adddot}}, - reprint = {{reprint}{repr\adddot}}, - reprintof = {{reprint of}{repr\adddotspace of}}, - reprintas = {{reprinted as}{rpt\adddotspace as}}, - page = {{page}{p\adddot}}, - pages = {{pages}{pp\adddot}}, - column = {{column}{col\adddot}}, - columns = {{columns}{cols\adddot}}, - line = {{line}{l\adddot}}, - lines = {{lines}{ll\adddot}}, - verse = {{verse}{v\adddot}}, - verses = {{verses}{vv\adddot}}, - section = {{section}{\S}}, - sections = {{sections}{\S\S}}, - paragraph = {{paragraph}{par\adddot}}, - paragraphs = {{paragraphs}{par\adddot}}, - in = {{in}{in}}, - inseries = {{in}{in}}, - ofseries = {{of}{of}}, - number = {{number}{no\adddot}}, - chapter = {{chapter}{chap\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{Master's thesis}{MA\addabbrvspace thesis}}, - phdthesis = {{PhD\addabbrvspace thesis}{PhD\addabbrvspace thesis}}, - resreport = {{research report}{research rep\adddot}}, - techreport = {{technical report}{tech\adddotspace rep\adddot}}, - software = {{computer software}{comp\adddotspace software}}, - datacd = {{CD-ROM}{CD-ROM}}, - audiocd = {{audio CD}{audio CD}}, - version = {{version}{version}}, - url = {{address}{address}}, - urlseen = {{visited on}{visited on}}, - inpreparation = {{in preparation}{in preparation}}, - submitted = {{submitted}{submitted}}, - forthcoming = {{forthcoming}{forthcoming}}, - inpress = {{in press}{in press}}, - citedas = {{henceforth cited as}{henceforth cited as}}, - thiscite = {{especially}{esp\adddot}}, - seenote = {{see note}{see n\adddot}}, - quotedin = {{quoted in}{qtd\adddotspace in}}, - idem = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsm = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsf = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idemsn = {{idem}{idem}}, - idempm = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - idempf = {{eaedem}{eaedem}}, - idempn = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idempp = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - ibidem = {{ibidem}{ibid\adddot}}, - opcit = {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - loccit = {{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{cf\adddot}{cf\adddot}}, - sequens = {{sq\adddot}{sq\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{sqq\adddot}{sqq\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{see}{see}}, - seealso = {{see also}{see also}}, - backrefpage = {{cited on page}{cit\adddotspace on p\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{cited on pages}{cit\adddotspace on pp\adddot}}, - january = {{January}{Jan\adddot}}, - february = {{February}{Feb\adddot}}, - march = {{March}{Mar\adddot}}, - april = {{April}{Apr\adddot}}, - may = {{May}{May}}, - june = {{June}{June}}, - july = {{July}{July}}, - august = {{August}{Aug\adddot}}, - september = {{September}{Sept\adddot}}, - october = {{October}{Oct\adddot}}, - november = {{November}{Nov\adddot}}, - december = {{December}{Dec\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{American}{American}}, - langbrazilian = {{Brazilian}{Brazilian}}, - langcroatian = {{Croatian}{Croatian}}, - langdanish = {{Danish}{Danish}}, - langdutch = {{Dutch}{Dutch}}, - langenglish = {{English}{English}}, - langfinnish = {{Finnish}{Finnish}}, - langfrench = {{French}{French}}, - langgerman = {{German}{German}}, - langgreek = {{Greek}{Greek}}, - langitalian = {{Italian}{Italian}}, - langlatin = {{Latin}{Latin}}, - langnorwegian = {{Norwegian}{Norwegian}}, - langportuguese = {{Portuguese}{Portuguese}}, - langrussian = {{Russian}{Russian}}, - langspanish = {{Spanish}{Spanish}}, - langswedish = {{Swedish}{Swedish}}, - fromamerican = {{from the American}{from the American}}, - frombrazilian = {{from the Brazilian}{from the Brazilian}}, - fromcroatian = {{from the Croatian}{from the Croatian}}, - fromdanish = {{from the Danish}{from the Danish}}, - fromdutch = {{from the Dutch}{from the Dutch}}, - fromenglish = {{from the English}{from the English}}, - fromfinnish = {{from the Finnish}{from the Finnish}}, - fromfrench = {{from the French}{from the French}}, - fromgerman = {{from the German}{from the German}}, - fromgreek = {{from the Greek}{from the Greek}}, - fromitalian = {{from the Italian}{from the Italian}}, - fromlatin = {{from the Latin}{from the Latin}}, - fromnorwegian = {{from the Norwegian}{from the Norwegian}}, - fromportuguese = {{from the Portuguese}{from the Portuguese}}, - fromrussian = {{from the Russian}{from the Russian}}, - fromspanish = {{from the Spanish}{from the Spanish}}, - fromswedish = {{from the Swedish}{from the Swedish}}, - countryde = {{Germany}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{European Union}{EU}}, - countryep = {{European Union}{EP}}, - countryfr = {{France}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{United Kingdom}{GB}}, - countryus = {{United States of America}{US}}, - patent = {{patent}{pat\adddot}}, - patentde = {{German patent}{German pat\adddot}}, - patenteu = {{European patent}{European pat\adddot}}, - patentfr = {{French patent}{French pat\adddot}}, - patentuk = {{British patent}{British pat\adddot}}, - patentus = {{U.S\adddotspace patent}{U.S\adddotspace pat\adddot}}, - patreq = {{patent request}{pat\adddot\ req\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{German patent request}{German pat\adddot\ req\adddot}}, - patreqeu = {{European patent request}{European pat\adddot\ req\adddot}}, - patreqfr = {{French patent request}{French pat\adddot\ req\adddot}}, - patrequk = {{British patent request}{British pat\adddot\ req\adddot}}, - patrequs = {{U.S\adddotspace patent request}{U.S\adddotspace pat\adddot\ req\adddot}}, - file = {{file}{file}}, - library = {{library}{library}}, - abstract = {{abstract}{abstract}}, - annotation = {{annotations}{annotations}}, -} - -\protected\gdef\lbx@us@mkbibrangetrunc@long#1#2{% - \iffieldundef{#2year} - {} - {\printtext{% - \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% - \iffieldundef{#2endyear} - {} - {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{} - {\mbox{\bibdatedash}} - {\bibdatedash - \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear} - {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{}{#2endday}} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}}} - -\protected\gdef\lbx@us@mkbibrangetrunc@short#1#2{% - \iffieldundef{#2year} - {} - {\printtext{% - \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% - \iffieldundef{#2endyear} - {} - {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{} - {\mbox{\bibdatedash}} - {\bibdatedash - \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}}}}} - -\protected\gdef\lbx@us@mkbibrangetruncextra@long#1#2{% - \iffieldundef{#2year} - {} - {\printtext{% - \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% - \iffieldundef{#2endyear} - {\printfield{extrayear}} - {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{} - {\printfield{extrayear}% - \mbox{\bibdatedash}} - {\bibdatedash - \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear} - {\iffieldsequal{#2month}{#2endmonth} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{}{#2endday}} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}}% - \printfield{extrayear}}}}}} - -\protected\gdef\lbx@us@mkbibrangetruncextra@short#1#2{% - \iffieldundef{#2year} - {} - {\printtext{% - \iffieldsequal{#2year}{#2endyear} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{}{#2month}{#2day}} - {\csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2year}{#2month}{#2day}}% - \iffieldundef{#2endyear} - {\printfield{extrayear}} - {\iffieldequalstr{#2endyear}{} - {\printfield{extrayear}% - \mbox{\bibdatedash}} - {\bibdatedash - \csuse{mkbibdate#1}{#2endyear}{#2endmonth}{#2endday}% - \printfield{extrayear}}}}}} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/finnish.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/finnish.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 5b9c83a..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/finnish.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,459 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: finnish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{finnish.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: finnish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -% Translator's notes: -% -% Some translations look akward but they are made in such a way -% that they look as good as possible in running text. -% Source for some items in translations: Kielikello 3/1998. -% and Liisa Junno: Kirjastosanasto 1. BTJ Kirjastopalvelu 2006. - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{finnish}{finnish} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - % dashes: may be either \textendash or \textemdash - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{\stripzeros{#1}\adddot}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkbibordinal{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}\adddot - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\thinspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1} - {} - {\iffieldundef{#3}{/}{\adddot\thinspace}}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \savecommand\lbx@lfromlang - \savecommand\lbx@sfromlang - \def\lbx@lfromlang{% - \iffieldundef{origlanguage} - {} - {\biblstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}\space}}% - \def\lbx@sfromlang{% - \iffieldundef{origlanguage} - {} - {\bibsstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}\space}}% - \savebibmacro{in:}% - \renewbibmacro{in:}{% - \iffieldequalstr{entrytype}{article} - {} - {\bibstring{in}\setunit{\intitlepunct}}}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\lbx@lfromlang - \restorecommand\lbx@sfromlang - \restorebibmacro{in:}% -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Kirjallisuusluettelo}{Kirjallisuus}}, - references = {{Viitteet}{Viitteet}}, - shorthands = {{Lyhenteet}{Lyhenteet}}, - editor = {{toimittanut}{toim\adddot}}, % Abbreviation is the same - editors = {{toimittaneet}{toim\adddot}}, % in singular and plural. - compiler = {{koontanut}{koontanut}}, % FIXME: unsure. - compilers = {{koontaneet}{koontaneet}}, % FIXME: unsure. - redactor = {{toimittanut}{toim\adddot}}, % FIXME: unsure. - redactors = {{toimittaneet}{toim\adddot}}, % FIXME: unsure. -% reviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% revisers = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing. -% founders = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing. -% continuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing. -% continuators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing. -% collaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing. -% collaborators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing. - translator = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt}{k\"a\"ant\adddot}}, - translators = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt}{k\"a\"ant\adddot}}, - commentator = {{kommentaarin kirjoittanut}{kommentaarin kirjoittanut}}, - commentators = {{kommentaarin kirjoittaneet}{kommentaarin kirjoittaneet}}, - annotator = {{selityksin varustanut}{selityksin varustanut}}, % FIXME: unsure. - annotators = {{selityksin varustaneet}{selityksin varustaneet}}, % FIXME: unsure. - commentary = {{kommentaari}{kommentaari}}, - annotations = {{selitykset}{selitykset}}, % FIXME: unsure. - introduction = {{johdanto}{johdanto}}, - foreword = {{esipuhe}{esipuhe}}, % Is "alkusanat" better? - afterword = {{j\"alkisanat}{j\"alkisanat}}, - editortr = {{toimittanut ja k\"a\"ant\"anyt}% - {toim\adddotspace ja k\"a\"ant\adddot}}, - editorstr = {{toimittaneet ja k\"a\"ant\"aneet}% - {toim\adddotspace ja k\"a\"ant\adddot}}, - editorco = {{toimittanut ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut ja kommentaarin kirjottanut}}, - editorsco = {{toimittaneet ja kommentaarin kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet ja kommentaarin kirjoittaneet}}, - editoran = {{toimittanut ja selityksin varustanut}% % FIXME: unsure. - {toimittanut ja selityksin varustanut}}, - editorsan = {{toimittaneet ja selityksin varustaneet}% % FIXME: unsure. - {toimittaneet ja selityksin varustaneet}}, - editorin = {{toimittanut ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - editorsin = {{toimittaneet ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}}, - editorfo = {{toimittanut ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - editorsfo = {{toimittaneet ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}}, - editoraf = {{toimittanut ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - editorsaf = {{toimittaneet ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}}, - editortrco = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}}, - editorstrco = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja kommentaarin kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja kommentaarin kirjoittaneet}}, - editortran = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja selityksin varustanut}% % FIXME: unsure. - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja selityksin varustanut}}, - editorstran = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja selityksin varustaneet}% % FIXME: unsure. - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja selityksin varustaneet}}, - editortrin = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - editorstrin = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}}, - editortrfo = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - editorstrfo = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}}, - editortraf = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - editorstraf = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}}, - editorcoin = {{toimittanut, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - editorscoin = {{toimittaneet, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}}, - editorcofo = {{toimittanut, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - editorscofo = {{toimittaneet, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}}, - editorcoaf = {{toimittanut, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - editorscoaf = {{toimittaneet, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}}, - editoranin = {{toimittanut, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - editorsanin = {{toimittaneet, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}}, - editoranfo = {{toimittanut, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - editorsanfo = {{toimittaneet, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}}, - editoranaf = {{toimittanut, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - editorsanaf = {{toimittaneet, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}}, - editortrcoin = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - editorstrcoin = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}}, - editortrcofo = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - editorstrcofo = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}}, - editortrcoaf = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - editorstrcoaf = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}}, - editortranin = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - editorstranin = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}}, - editortranfo = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - editorstranfo = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}}, - editortranaf = {{toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - editorstranaf = {{toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}% - {toimittaneet, k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}}, - translatorco = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}}, - translatorsco = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja kommentaarin kirjoittaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja kommentaarin kirjoittaneet}}, - translatoran = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja selityksin varustanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja selityksin varustanut}}, - translatorsan = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja selityksin varustaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja selityksin varustaneet}}, - translatorin = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - translatorsin = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}}, - translatorfo = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - translatorsfo = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}}, - translatoraf = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - translatorsaf = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}}, - translatorcoin = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - translatorscoin = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}}, - translatorcofo = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - translatorscofo = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}}, - translatorcoaf = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - translatorscoaf = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}}, - translatoranin = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - translatorsanin = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittaneet}}, - translatoranfo = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - translatorsanfo = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittaneet}}, - translatoranaf = {{k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - translatorsanaf = {{k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}% - {k\"a\"ant\"aneet, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittaneet}}, - byauthor = {{kirjoittanut}{kirj\adddot}}, - byeditor = {{toimittanut}{toim\adddot}}, - bycompiler = {{koontanut}{koontanut}}, - byredactor = {{toimittanut}{toim\adddot}}, % FIXME: unsure. -% byreviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byfounder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycontinuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycollaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - bytranslator = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt}{\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\adddot}}, - bycommentator = {{kommentaarin kirjoittanut}{kommentaarin kirjoittanut}}, % FIXME: unsure. - byannotator = {{selityksin varustanut}{selityksin varustanut}}, % FIXME: unsure. - withcommentator = {{kommentaarin kirjoittanut}{kommentaarin kirjoittanut}}, % FIXME: unsure. - withannotator = {{selityksin varustanut}{selityksin varustanut}}, % FIXME: unsure. - withintroduction = {{johdannon kirjottanut}{johdannon kirjottanut}}, - withforeword = {{esipuheen kirjoittanut}{esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - withafterword = {{j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}{j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortr = {{toimittanut ja \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt}% - {toim\adddotspace ja \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\adddot}}, - byeditorco = {{toimittanut ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}}, - byeditoran = {{toimittanut ja selityksin varustanut}% - {toimittanut ja selityksin varustanut}}, - byeditorin = {{toimittanut ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - byeditorfo = {{toimittanut ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - byeditoraf = {{toimittanut ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortrco = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortran = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja selityksin varustanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja selityksin varustanut}}, - byeditortrin = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortrfo = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortraf = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - byeditorcoin = {{toimittanut, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - byeditorcofo = {{toimittanut, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{toimittanut, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - byeditoranin = {{toimittanut, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - byeditoranfo = {{toimittanut, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - byeditoranaf = {{toimittanut, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortranin = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortranfo = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - byeditortranaf = {{toimittanut, \lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {toimittanut, \lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selitykset ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - bytranslatorco = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja kommentaarin kirjoittanut}}, - bytranslatoran = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja selityksin varustanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja selityksin varustanut}}, - bytranslatorin = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, kommentaarin ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selityksin varustanut ja johdannon kirjoittanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selityksin varustanut ja johdannon kirjoittanut}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selityksin varustanut ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selityksin varustanut ja esipuheen kirjoittanut}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{\lbx@lfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selityksin varustanut ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}% - {\lbx@sfromlang k\"a\"ant\"anyt, selityksin varustanut ja j\"alkisanat kirjoittanut}}, - and = {{ja}{ja}}, - andothers = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - andmore = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - volume = {{volyymi}{vol\adddot}}, - volumes = {{volyymit}{vol\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{volyymi}{vol\adddot}}, - jourser = {{sarja}{sarja}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - newseries = {{uusi sarja}{uusi sarja}}, - oldseries = {{vanha sarja}{vanha sarja}}, - edition = {{painos}{painos}}, - reprint = {{j\"alkipainos}{j\"alkipainos}}, - reprintof = {{julkaistu aiemmin nimell\"a}{julkaistu aiemmin nimell\"a}}, - reprintas = {{julkaistu uudelleen nimell\"a}{julkaistu uudelleen nimell\"a}}, - page = {{sivu}{s\adddot}}, - pages = {{sivut}{s\adddot}}, - column = {{palsta}{palsta}}, % Here "sarake" is wrong! - columns = {{palstat}{palstat}}, % Here "sarakkeet" is wrong! - line = {{rivi}{rivi}}, - lines = {{rivit}{rivit}}, - verse = {{s\"ae}{s\"ae}}, - verses = {{s\"akeet}{s\"akeet}}, - section = {{kohta}{kohta}}, % Bad translation, but "pyk\"al\"a" is no better. - sections = {{kohdat}{kohdat}}, % Bad translation, but "pyk\"al\"at" is no better. - paragraph = {{kappale}{kappale}}, - paragraphs = {{kappaleet}{kappaleet}}, - in = {{teoksessa}{teoksessa}}, - inseries = {{sarjassa}{sarjassa}}, - ofseries = {{sarjassa}{sarjassa}}, - number = {{numero}{nro}}, - chapter = {{luku}{luku}}, - mathesis = {{tutkielma}{tutkielma}}, % FIXME: unsure. - phdthesis = {{tohtorinv\"ait\"oskirja}{tohtorinv\"ait\"oskirja}}, - resreport = {{tutkimusraportti}{tutkimusraportti}}, - techreport = {{tekninen raportti}{tekninen raportti}}, - software = {{ohjelmisto}{ohjelmisto}}, - datacd = {{data-CD}{data-CD}}, % Is {CD-ROM}{CD-ROM}} better? - audiocd = {{\"a\"ani-CD}{\"a\"ani-CD}}, - version = {{versio}{versio}}, - url = {{url}{url}}, - urlseen = {{viitattu}{viitattu}}, -% inpreparation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% submitted = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% inpress = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - citedas = {{jatkossa}{jatkossa}}, -% thiscite = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - seenote = {{katso viite}{katso viite}}, - quotedin = {{lainattu teoksessa}{lainattu teoksessa}}, - idem = {{idem}{id\adddot}}, % It its not necessary to translate Latin phrases. - idemsf = {{idem}{id\adddot}}, - idemsm = {{idem}{id\adddot}}, - idemsn = {{idem}{id\adddot}}, - idempf = {{idem}{id\adddot}}, - idempm = {{idem}{id\adddot}}, - idempn = {{idem}{id\adddot}}, - idempp = {{idem}{id\adddot}}, - ibidem = {{ibidem}{ibid\adddot}}, - opcit = {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - loccit = {{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{cf\adddot}{cf\adddot}}, - sequens = {{sq\adddot}{sq\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{sqq\adddot}{sqq\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{katso}{ks\adddot}}, - seealso = {{katso my\"os}{katso my\"os}}, - backrefpage = {{katso sivu}{ks\adddotspace s\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{katso sivut}{ks\adddotspace s\adddot}}, - january = {{tammikuuta}{tammikuuta}}, - february = {{helmikuuta}{helmikuuta}}, - march = {{maaliskuuta}{maaliskuuta}}, - april = {{huhtikuuta}{huhtikuuta}}, - may = {{toukokuuta}{toukokuuta}}, - june = {{kes\"akuuta}{kes\"akuuta}}, - july = {{hein\"akuuta}{hein\"akuuta}}, - august = {{elokuuta}{elokuuta}}, - september = {{syyskuuta}{syyskuuta}}, - october = {{lokakuuta}{lokakuuta}}, - november = {{marraskuuta}{marraskuuta}}, - december = {{joulukuuta}{joulukuuta}}, - langamerican = {{amerikanenglanti}{amerikanenglanti}}, - langbrazilian = {{brasilianportugali}{brasilianportugali}}, -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langdanish = {{tanska}{tanska}}, - langdutch = {{hollanti}{hollanti}}, - langenglish = {{englanti}{englanti}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{ranska}{ranska}}, - langgerman = {{saksa}{saksa}}, - langgreek = {{kreikka}{kreikka}}, - langitalian = {{italia}{italia}}, - langlatin = {{latina}{latina}}, - langnorwegian = {{norja}{norja}}, - langportuguese = {{portugali}{portugali}}, -% langrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langspanish = {{espanja}{espanja}}, - langswedish = {{ruotsi}{ruotsi}}, - fromamerican = {{englannin kielest\"a}{englannin kielest\"a}}, - frombrazilian = {{portugalin kielest\"a}{portugalin kielest\"a}}, -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromdanish = {{tanskan kielest\"a}{tanskan kielest\"a}}, - fromdutch = {{hollannin kielest\"a}{hollannin kielest\"a}}, - fromenglish = {{englannin kielest\"a}{englannin kielest\"a}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{ranskan kielest\"a}{ranskan kielest\"a}}, - fromgerman = {{saksan kielest\"a}{saksan kielest\"a}}, - fromgreek = {{kreikan kielest\"a}{kreikan kielest\"a}}, - fromitalian = {{italian kielest\"a}{italian kielest\"a}}, - fromlatin = {{latinan kielest\"a}{latinan kielest\"a}}, - fromnorwegian = {{norjan kielest\"a}{norjan kielest\"a}}, - fromportuguese = {{portugalin kielest\"a}{portugalin kielest\"a}}, -% fromrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromspanish = {{espanjan kielest\"a}{espanjan kielest\"a}}, - fromswedish = {{ruotsin kielest\"a}{ruotsin kielest\"a}}, - countryde = {{Saksa}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{Euroopan Unioni}{EU}}, - countryep = {{Euroopan Unioni}{EP}}, - countryfr = {{Ranska}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Iso-Britannia}{GB}}, - countryus = {{Yhdysvallat}{US}}, - patent = {{patentti}{pat\adddot}}, - patentde = {{saksalainen patentti}{saksalainen pat\adddot}}, - patenteu = {{Euroopan Unionin patentti}{Euroopan Unionin pat\adddot}}, - patentfr = {{ranskalainen patentti}{ranskalainen pat\adddot}}, - patentuk = {{englantilainen patentti}{englantilainen pat\adddot}}, - patentus = {{yhdysvaltalainen patentti}{yhdysvaltalainen pat\adddot}}, - patreq = {{patenttihakemus}{pat\adddot\ hak\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{saksalainen patenttihakemus}{saksalainen pat\adddot\ hak\adddot}}, - patreqeu = {{Euroopan Unionin patenttihakemus}{Euroopan Unionin pat\adddot\ hak\adddot}}, - patreqfr = {{ranskalainen patenttihakemus}{ranskalainen pat\adddot\ hak\adddot}}, - patrequk = {{englantilainen patenttihakemus}{englantilainen pat\adddot\ hak\adddot}}, - patrequs = {{yhdysvaltalainen patenttihakemus}{yhdysvaltalainen pat\adddot\ hak\adddot}}, - file = {{tiedosto}{tiedosto}}, - library = {{kirjasto}{kirjasto}}, - abstract = {{tiivistelm\"a}{tiivistelm\"a}}, - annotation = {{selitykset}{selitykset}}, % FIXME: unsure. -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/french.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/french.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 2d71cfd..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/french.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,472 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: french.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{french.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: french.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -% Translations by non-native speaker: this file needs an overhaul! - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{french}{french} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \def\mkbibordinal{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord{\lbx@fr@ordinal{er}}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord{\lbx@fr@ordinal{re}}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \ifnumequal{\thefield{#3}}{1} - {\textsuperscript{er}} - {}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{/}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{/}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \providecommand*{\FDP@thinspace}{\addnbthinspace}% FDP@* -> frenchb.ldf (babel) - \providecommand*{\FDP@colonspace}{\addnbspace}% - \def\abx@semicolon{% - \ifdim\lastkern>\z@\unkern\fi - \FDP@thinspace\abx@puncthook{;}}% - \def\abx@colon{% - \ifdim\lastkern>\z@\unkern\fi - \FDP@colonspace\abx@puncthook{:}}% - \def\abx@exclam{% - \ifdim\lastkern>\z@\unkern\fi - \FDP@thinspace\abx@puncthook{!}}% - \def\abx@question{% - \ifdim\lastkern>\z@\unkern\fi - \FDP@thinspace\abx@puncthook{?}}% - \savecommand\lbx@initnamehook - \savecommand\mkbibnamelast - \savecommand\mkbibordedition - \savecommand\mkbibordseries - \let\lbx@initnamehook=\lbx@fr@smartof - \protected\def\mkbibnamelast#1{% - \textsc{\textnohyphenation{#1}}}% - \def\mkbibordedition{\mkbibfemord}% - \def\mkbibordseries{\mkbibfemord}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\lbx@initnamehook - \restorecommand\mkbibnamelast - \restorecommand\mkbibordedition - \restorecommand\mkbibordseries -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Bibliographie}{Bibliographie}}, - references = {{R\'ef\'erences}{R\'ef\'erences}}, - shorthands = {{Liste des sigles}{Sigles}}, - editor = {{\'editeur}{\'ed\adddot}}, - editors = {{\'editeurs}{\'eds\adddot}}, - compiler = {{compilateur}{comp\adddot}}, - compilers = {{compilateurs}{comp\adddot}}, - redactor = {{r\'edacteur}{r\'ed\adddot}}, - redactors = {{r\'edacteurs}{r\'ed\adddot}}, -% reviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% revisers = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founders = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% collaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% collaborators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - translator = {{traducteur}{trad\adddot}}, - translators = {{traducteurs}{trad\adddot}}, - commentator = {{commentateur}{comm\adddot}}, - commentators = {{commentateurs}{comm\adddot}}, - annotator = {{annotateur}{annot\adddot}}, - annotators = {{annotateurs}{annot\adddot}}, - commentary = {{commentaires}{comment\adddot}}, - annotations = {{annotations}{annot\adddot}}, - introduction = {{introduction}{introd\adddot}}, - foreword = {{pr\'eface}{pr\'ef\adddot}}, - afterword = {{postface}{postf\adddot}}, -% editortr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - byauthor = {{par}{par}}, - byeditor = {{sous la direction \smartof}{sous la dir\adddot\ \smartof}}, - bycompiler = {{compil\'e par}{comp\adddotspace par}}, - byredactor = {{r\'edig\'e par}{r\'ed\adddotspace par}}, -% byreviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byfounder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycontinuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycollaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - bytranslator = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang\ par}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ par}}, - bycommentator = {{comment\'e par}{comm\adddot\ par}}, - byannotator = {{annot\'e par}{annot\adddot\ par}}, - withcommentator = {{avec des commentaires par}{avec des comment\adddot\ par}}, - withannotator = {{avec des annotations par}{avec des annot\adddot\ par}}, - withintroduction = {{avec une introduction par}{avec une introd\adddot\ par}}, - withforeword = {{avec une pr\'eface par}{avec une pr\'ef\adddot\ par}}, - withafterword = {{avec un postface par}{avec un postf\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortr = {{\'edition \'etablie et traduite \lbx@lfromlang\ par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ par}}, - byeditorco = {{\'edition \'etablie et comment\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et comm\adddot\ par}}, - byeditoran = {{\'edition \'etablie et annot\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et annot\adddot\ par}}, - byeditorin = {{\'edition \'etablie et introduite par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et introd\adddot\ par}}, - byeditorfo = {{\'edition \'etablie et pr\'efac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et pr\'ef\adddot\ par}}, - byeditoraf = {{\'edition \'etablie et postfac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie et postf\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortrco = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang\ et comment\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ et comm\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortran = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang\ et annot\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ et annot\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortrin = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang\ et introduite par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ et introd\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortrfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang\ et pr\'efac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ et pr\'ef\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortraf = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang\ et postfac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ et postf\adddot\ par}}, - byeditorcoin = {{\'edition \'etablie, comment\'ee et introduite par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot\ par}}, - byeditorcofo = {{\'edition \'etablie, comment\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot\ par}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, comment\'ee et postfac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot\ par}}, - byeditoranin = {{\'edition \'etablie, annot\'ee et introduite par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot\ par}}, - byeditoranfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, annot\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot\ par}}, - byeditoranaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, annot\'ee et postfac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang, comment\'ee et introduite par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang, comment\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang, comment\'ee et postfac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortranin = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang, annot\'ee et introduite par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortranfo = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang, annot\'ee et pr\'efac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot\ par}}, - byeditortranaf = {{\'edition \'etablie, traduite \lbx@lfromlang, annot\'ee et postfac\'ee par}% - {\'ed\adddotspace \'etablie, trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatorco = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang\ et comment\'e par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ et comm\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatoran = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang\ et annot\'e par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ et annot\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatorin = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang\ et introduit par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ et introd\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang\ et pr\'efac\'e par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ et pr\'ef\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang\ et postfac\'e par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ et postf\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang, comment\'e et introduit par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ et introd\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang, comment\'e et pr\'efac\'e par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang, comment\'e et postfac\'e par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ et postf\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang, annot\'e et introduit par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ et introd\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang, annot\'e et pr\'efac\'e par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ et pr\'ef\adddot\ par}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{traduit \lbx@lfromlang, annot\'e et postfac\'e par}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ et postf\adddot\ par}}, - and = {{et}{et}}, - andothers = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - andmore = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - volume = {{tome}{t\adddot}}, - volumes = {{tomes}{t\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{tome}{t\adddot}}, - jourser = {{s\'erie}{s\'er\adddot}}, - book = {{livre}{livre}}, -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - newseries = {{nouvelle s\'erie}{nouv\adddot\ s\'er\adddot}}, - oldseries = {{ancienne s\'erie}{anc\adddot\ s\'er\adddot}}, - edition = {{\'edition}{\'ed\adddot}}, - reprint = {{r\'eimpression}{r\'eimpr\adddot}}, - reprintof = {{r\'eimpression de}{r\'eimpr\adddot de}}, - reprintas = {{r\'eimpression sous le titre}{r\'eimpr\adddot sous le titre}}, - page = {{page}{p\adddot}}, - pages = {{pages}{p\adddot}}, - column = {{colonne}{col\adddot}}, - columns = {{colonnes}{col\adddot}}, - line = {{ligne}{l\adddot}}, - lines = {{lignes}{l\adddot}}, - verse = {{vers}{v\adddot}}, - verses = {{vers}{v\adddot}}, - section = {{article}{\S}}, - sections = {{articles}{\S\S}}, - paragraph = {{paragraphe}{par\adddot}}, - paragraphs = {{paragraphes}{par\adddot}}, - in = {{dans}{dans}}, - inseries = {{dans}{dans}}, - ofseries = {{de}{de}}, - number = {{num\'ero}{n\textsuperscript{o}}}, - chapter = {{chapitre}{chap\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{m\'emoire de ma\^{\i}trise}{m\'em\adddot de ma\^{\i}tr\adddot}}, - phdthesis = {{th\`ese de doctorat}{th\`ese de doct\adddot}}, - resreport = {{rapport scientifique}{rap\adddot\ scient\adddot}}, - techreport = {{rapport technique}{rap\adddot\ tech\adddot}}, - software = {{logiciel}{logiciel}}, - datacd = {{c\'ed\'erom}{c\'ed\'erom}}, - audiocd = {{disque compact audio}{CD}}, - version = {{version}{version}}, - url = {{adresse}{adresse}}, - urlseen = {{visit\'e le}{visit\'e le}}, -% inpreparation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% submitted = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% inpress = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - citedas = {{d\'esign\'e ci-apr\`es par}{ci-apr\`es}}, -% thiscite = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - seenote = {{voir note}{cf\adddotspace note}}, - quotedin = {{cit\'e dans}{cit\'e dans}}, - idem = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsm = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsf = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idemsn = {{idem}{idem}}, - idempm = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - idempf = {{eaedem}{eaedem}}, - idempn = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idempp = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - ibidem = {{ibidem}{ibid\adddot}}, - opcit = {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - loccit = {{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{cf\adddot}{cf\adddot}}, - sequens = {{sq\adddot}{sq\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{sqq\adddot}{sqq\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{cf\adddot}{cf\adddot}}, - seealso = {{cf\adddot\ aussi}{cf\adddot\ aussi}}, - backrefpage = {{cf\adddotspace page}{cf\adddotspace p\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{cf\adddotspace pages}{cf\adddotspace p\adddot}}, - january = {{janvier}{jan\adddot}}, - february = {{f\'evrier}{f\'ev\adddot}}, - march = {{mars}{mar\adddot}}, - april = {{avril}{avr\adddot}}, - may = {{mai}{mai}}, - june = {{juin}{juin}}, - july = {{juillet}{juil\adddot}}, - august = {{ao\^ut}{ao\^ut}}, - september = {{septembre}{sept\adddot}}, - october = {{octobre}{oct\adddot}}, - november = {{novembre}{nov\adddot}}, - december = {{d\'ecembre}{d\'ec\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{am\'ericain}{am\'ericain}}, - langbrazilian = {{br\'esilien}{br\'esilien}}, - langcroatian = {{croate}{croate}}, - langdanish = {{danois}{danois}}, - langdutch = {{n\'eerlandais}{n\'eerlandais}}, - langenglish = {{anglais}{anglais}}, - langfinnish = {{finnois}{finnois}}, - langfrench = {{fran\c{c}ais}{fran\c{c}ais}}, - langgerman = {{allemand}{allemand}}, - langgreek = {{grec}{grec}}, - langitalian = {{italien}{italien}}, - langlatin = {{latin}{latin}}, - langnorwegian = {{norv\'egien}{norv\'egien}}, - langportuguese = {{portugais}{portugais}}, - langrussian = {{russe}{russe}}, - langspanish = {{espagnol}{espagnol}}, - langswedish = {{su\'edois}{su\'edois}}, - fromamerican = {{de l'am\'ericain}{de l'am\'ericain}}, - frombrazilian = {{du br\'esilien}{du br\'esilien}}, - fromcroatian = {{du croate}{du croate}}, - fromdanish = {{du danois}{du danois}}, - fromdutch = {{du n\'eerlandais}{du n\'eerlandais}}, - fromenglish = {{de l'anglais}{de l'anglais}}, - fromfinnish = {{du finnois}{du finnois}}, - fromfrench = {{du fran\c{c}ais}{du fran\c{c}ais}}, - fromgerman = {{de l'allemand}{de l'allemand}}, - fromgreek = {{du grec}{du grec}}, - fromitalian = {{de l'italien}{de l'italien}}, - fromlatin = {{du latin}{du latin}}, - fromnorwegian = {{du norv\'egien}{du norv\'egien}}, - fromportuguese = {{du portugais}{du portugais}}, - fromrussian = {{du russe}{du russe}}, - fromspanish = {{de l'espagnol}{de l'espagnol}}, - fromswedish = {{du su\'edois}{du su\'edois}}, - countryde = {{Allemagne}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{Union europ\'eenne}{EU}}, - countryep = {{Union europ\'eenne}{EP}}, - countryfr = {{France}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Royaume-Uni}{GB}}, - countryus = {{\'Etats-Unis}{US}}, - patent = {{brevet}{brev\adddot}}, - patentde = {{brevet allemand}{brev\adddot\ allemand}}, - patenteu = {{brevet europ\'een}{brev\adddot\ europ\'een}}, - patentfr = {{brevet fran\c{c}ais}{brev\adddot\ fran\c{c}ais}}, - patentuk = {{brevet britannique}{brev\adddot\ britannique}}, - patentus = {{brevet am\'ericain}{brev\adddot\ am\'ericain}}, - patreq = {{demande de brevet}{demande de brev\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{demande de brevet allemande}{demande de brev\adddot\ allemande}}, - patreqeu = {{demande de brevet europ\'eenne}{demande de brev\adddot\ europ\'eenne}}, - patreqfr = {{demande de brevet fran\c{c}aise}{demande de brev\adddot\ fran\c{c}aise}}, - patrequk = {{demande de brevet britannique}{demande de brev\adddot\ britannique}}, - patrequs = {{demande de brevet am\'ericaine}{demande de brev\adddot\ am\'ericaine}}, - file = {{fichier}{fichier}}, -% library = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% abstract = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% annotation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -} - -\gdef\lbx@fr@ordinal#1#2{% - \begingroup - \@tempcnta0#2\relax\number\@tempcnta - \@whilenum\@tempcnta>100\do{\advance\@tempcnta-100}% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>20 - \@whilenum\@tempcnta>9\do{\advance\@tempcnta-10}% - \fi - \ifnum\@tempcnta=\@ne - \textsuperscript{#1}% - \else - \textsuperscript{e}% - \fi - \endgroup} - -\begingroup -\catcode`\&=3 - -\gdef\lbx@fr@smartof{% - \iftoggle{smartof}{\lbx@fr@smartof@i}{\@gobble}} - -\protected\long\gdef\lbx@fr@smartof@i#1{% - \global\togglefalse{smartof}% - \begingroup - \def\forceD##1{a\relax}% - \def\forceDE##1{x\relax}% - \def\do##1{\let##1\@empty}% - \abx@dosingleaccents - \abx@dodoubleaccents - \def\i{i}\def\j{j}% - \def\AE{a}\def\ae{a}% - \def\OE{o}\def\oe{o}% - \def\O{o}\def\o{o}% - \let\IeC\@firstofone - \let\@tabacckludge\@gobble - \ifnum\catcode`\"=\active - \uccode`\~=`\" - \uppercase{\let~\@empty}% - \fi - \ifnum\catcode`\~=\active - \let~\@empty - \fi - \let\protect\noexpand - \lowercase{\edef\lbx@tempa{#1}}% - \expandafter\futurelet - \expandafter\lbx@tempa - \expandafter\lbx@fr@smartof@ii - \lbx@tempa&} - -\gdef\lbx@fr@smartof@ii{% - \ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@fr@smartof@ii##1}% - \else\ifcat\noexpand~\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@fr@smartof@ii}% - \else\if a\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@fr@smartof@d - \else\if e\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@fr@smartof@d - \else\if i\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@fr@smartof@d - \else\if o\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@fr@smartof@d - \else\if u\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@fr@smartof@d - \else\if y\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@fr@smartof@d - \else\if h\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@fr@smartof@ii}% - \else - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@fr@smartof@de - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \lbx@tempa} - -\gdef\lbx@fr@smartof@d#1&{\endgroup d'} -\gdef\lbx@fr@smartof@de#1&{\endgroup de\space} - -\endgroup - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/german.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/german.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 5dec012..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/german.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,451 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: german.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{german.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: german.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{german}{german,ngerman,austrian,naustrian} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \DeclareCapitalPunctuation{.:!?}% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{\stripzeros{#1}\adddot}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkbibordinal{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}\adddot - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\thinspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1} - {} - {\iffieldundef{#3}{/}{\adddot\thinspace}}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \savecommand\lbx@lfromlang - \savecommand\lbx@sfromlang - \def\lbx@lfromlang{% - \iffieldundef{origlanguage} - {} - {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}\space}}% - \def\lbx@sfromlang{% - \iffieldundef{origlanguage} - {} - {\bibstring{from\thefield{origlanguage}}\space}}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\lbx@lfromlang - \restorecommand\lbx@sfromlang -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Literaturverzeichnis}{Literatur}}, - references = {{Literaturverzeichnis}{Literatur}}, - shorthands = {{Sigelverzeichnis}{Sigel}}, - editor = {{Herausgeber}{Hrsg\adddot}}, - editors = {{Herausgeber}{Hrsg\adddot}}, - compiler = {{Herausgeber}{Hrsg\adddot}}, - compilers = {{Herausgeber}{Hrsg\adddot}}, - redactor = {{Bearbeiter}{Bearb\adddot}}, - redactors = {{Bearbeiter}{Bearb\adddot}}, - reviser = {{\"Uberarbeiter}{\"Uberarb\adddot}}, - revisers = {{\"Uberarbeiter}{\"Uberarb\adddot}}, - founder = {{Begr\"under}{Begr\adddot}}, - founders = {{Begr\"under}{Begr\adddot}}, - continuator = {{Fortf\"urung}{Fortf\adddot}}, - continuators = {{Fortf\"urung}{Fortf\adddot}}, - collaborator = {{Mitarbeit}{Mitarb\adddot}}, - collaborators = {{Mitarbeit}{Mitarb\adddot}}, - translator = {{\"Ubersetzer}{\"Ubers\adddot}}, - translators = {{\"Ubersetzer}{\"Ubers\adddot}}, - commentator = {{Kommentar}{Komm\adddot}}, - commentators = {{Kommentar}{Komm\adddot}}, - annotator = {{Erl\"auterungen}{Erl\"aut\adddot}}, - annotators = {{Erl\"auterungen}{Erl\"aut\adddot}}, - commentary = {{Kommentar}{Komm\adddot}}, - annotations = {{Erl\"auterungen}{Erl\"aut\adddot}}, - introduction = {{Einleitung}{Einl\adddot}}, - foreword = {{Vorwort}{Vorw\adddot}}, - afterword = {{Nachwort}{Nachw\adddot}}, - editortr = {{Herausgeber und \"Ubersetzer}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und \"Ubers\adddot}}, - editorstr = {{Herausgeber und \"Ubersetzer}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und \"Ubers\adddot}}, - editorco = {{Herausgeber und Kommentar}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und Komm\adddot}}, - editorsco = {{Herausgeber und Kommentar}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und Komm\adddot}}, - editoran = {{Herausgeber und Erl\"auterungen}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und Erl\"aut\adddot}}, - editorsan = {{Herausgeber und Erl\"auterungen}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und Erl\"aut\adddot}}, - editorin = {{Herausgeber und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editorsin = {{Herausgeber und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editorfo = {{Herausgeber und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editorsfo = {{Herausgeber und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editoraf = {{Herausgeber und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editorsaf = {{Herausgeber und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editortrco = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer und Kommentar}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers\adddot\ und Komm\adddot}}, - editorstrco = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer und Kommentar}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers\adddot\ und Komm\adddot}}, - editortran = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer und Erl\"auterungen}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers\adddot\ und Erl\"aut\adddot}}, - editorstran = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer und Erl\"auterungen}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers\adddot\ und Erl\"aut\adddot}}, - editortrin = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editorstrin = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editortrfo = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editorstrfo = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editortraf = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editorstraf = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editorcoin = {{Herausgeber, Kommentar und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg., Komm\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editorscoin = {{Herausgeber, Kommentar und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg., Komm\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editorcofo = {{Herausgeber, Kommentar und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg., Komm\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editorscofo = {{Herausgeber, Kommentar und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg., Komm\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editorcoaf = {{Herausgeber, Kommentar und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg., Komm\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editorscoaf = {{Herausgeber, Kommentar und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg., Komm\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editoranin = {{Herausgeber, Erl\"auterungen und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editorsanin = {{Herausgeber, Erl\"auterungen und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editoranfo = {{Herausgeber, Erl\"auterungen und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editorsanfo = {{Herausgeber, Erl\"auterungen und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editoranaf = {{Herausgeber, Erl\"auterungen und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editorsanaf = {{Herausgeber, Erl\"auterungen und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editortrcoin = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Kommentar und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editorstrcoin = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Kommentar und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editortrcofo = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Kommentar und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editorstrcofo = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Kommentar und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editortrcoaf = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Kommentar und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editorstrcoaf = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Kommentar und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editortranin = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Erl\"auterungen und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editorstranin = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Erl\"auterungen und Einleitung}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - editortranfo = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Erl\"auterungen und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editorstranfo = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Erl\"auterungen und Vorwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - editortranaf = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Erl\"auterungen und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - editorstranaf = {{Herausgeber, \"Ubersetzer, Erl\"auterungen und Nachwort}% - {Hrsg., \"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - translatorco = {{\"Ubersetzung und Kommentar}% - {\"Ubers\adddot\ und Komm\adddot}}, - translatorsco = {{\"Ubersetzung und Kommentar}% - {\"Ubers\adddot\ und Komm\adddot}}, - translatoran = {{\"Ubersetzung und Erl\"auterungen}% - {\"Ubers\adddot\ und Erl\"aut\adddot}}, - translatorsan = {{\"Ubersetzung und Erl\"auterungen}% - {\"Ubers\adddot\ und Erl\"aut\adddot}}, - translatorin = {{\"Ubersetzung und Einleitung}% - {\"Ubers\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - translatorsin = {{\"Ubersetzung und Einleitung}% - {\"Ubers\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - translatorfo = {{\"Ubersetzung und Vorwort}% - {\"Ubers\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - translatorsfo = {{\"Ubersetzung und Vorwort}% - {\"Ubers\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - translatoraf = {{\"Ubersetzung und Nachwort}% - {\"Ubers\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - translatorsaf = {{\"Ubersetzung und Nachwort}% - {\"Ubers\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - translatorcoin = {{\"Ubersetzung, Kommentar und Einleitung}% - {\"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - translatorscoin = {{\"Ubersetzung, Kommentar und Einleitung}% - {\"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - translatorcofo = {{\"Ubersetzung, Kommentar und Vorwort}% - {\"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - translatorscofo = {{\"Ubersetzung, Kommentar und Vorwort}% - {\"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - translatorcoaf = {{\"Ubersetzung, Kommentar und Nachwort}% - {\"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - translatorscoaf = {{\"Ubersetzung, Kommentar und Nachwort}% - {\"Ubers., Komm\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - translatoranin = {{\"Ubersetzung, Erl\"auterungen und Einleitung}% - {\"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - translatorsanin = {{\"Ubersetzung, Erl\"auterungen und Einleitung}% - {\"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Einl\adddot}}, - translatoranfo = {{\"Ubersetzung, Erl\"auterungen und Vorwort}% - {\"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - translatorsanfo = {{\"Ubersetzung, Erl\"auterungen und Vorwort}% - {\"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Vorw\adddot}}, - translatoranaf = {{\"Ubersetzung, Erl\"auterungen und Nachwort}% - {\"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - translatorsanaf = {{\"Ubersetzung, Erl\"auterungen und Nachwort}% - {\"Ubers., Erl\"aut\adddot\ und Nachw\adddot}}, - byauthor = {{von}{von}}, - byeditor = {{herausgegeben von}{hrsg\adddotspace von}}, - bycompiler = {{kompiliert von}{komp\adddotspace von}}, - byredactor = {{bearbeitet von}{bearb\adddotspace von}}, - byreviser = {{\"uberarbeitet von}{\"uberarb\adddotspace von}}, - byfounder = {{begr\"undet von}{begr\adddotspace von}}, - bycontinuator = {{fortgef\"urt von}{fortgef\adddotspace von}}, - bycollaborator = {{unter Mitarbeit von}{unter Mitarb\adddotspace von}}, - bytranslator = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt von}{\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ von}}, - bycommentator = {{kommentiert von}{komm\adddot\ von}}, - byannotator = {{erl\"autert von}{erl\"aut\adddot\ von}}, - withcommentator = {{mit einem Kommentar von}{mit einem Komm\adddot\ von}}, - withannotator = {{mit Erl\"auterungen von}{mit Erl\"aut\adddot\ von}}, - withintroduction = {{mit einer Einleitung von}{mit einer Einl\adddot\ von}}, - withforeword = {{mit einem Vorwort von}{mit einem Vorw\adddot\ von}}, - withafterword = {{mit einem Nachwort von}{mit einem Nachw\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortr = {{herausgegeben und \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt von}% - {hrsg\adddotspace und \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditorco = {{herausgegeben und kommentiert von}% - {hrsg\adddotspace und komm\adddot\ von}}, - byeditoran = {{herausgegeben und erl\"autert von}% - {hrsg\adddotspace und erl\"aut\adddot\ von}}, - byeditorin = {{herausgegeben und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% - {hrsg\adddotspace und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditorfo = {{herausgegeben und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% - {hrsg\adddotspace und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditoraf = {{herausgegeben und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% - {hrsg\adddotspace und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortrco = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt und kommentiert von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortran = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt und erl\"autert von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortrin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortrfo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortraf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditorcoin = {{herausgegeben, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% - {hrsg., komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditorcofo = {{herausgegeben, kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% - {hrsg., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{herausgegeben, kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% - {hrsg., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditoranin = {{herausgegeben, erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% - {hrsg., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditoranfo = {{herausgegeben, erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% - {hrsg., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditoranaf = {{herausgegeben, erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% - {hrsg., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortranin = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortranfo = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - byeditortranaf = {{herausgegeben, \lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% - {hrsg., \lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatorco = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt und kommentiert von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und komm\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatoran = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt und erl\"autert von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und erl\"aut\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatorin = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, kommentiert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, kommentiert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, kommentiert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., komm\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, erl\"autert und mit einer Einleitung versehen von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einer Einl\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, erl\"autert und mit einem Vorwort versehen von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Vorw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{\lbx@lfromlang \"ubersetzt, erl\"autert und mit einem Nachwort versehen von}% - {\lbx@sfromlang \"ubers., erl\"aut\adddot\ und mit einem Nachw\adddot\ vers\adddot\ von}}, - and = {{und}{und}}, - andothers = {{u.\,a\adddot}{u.\,a\adddot}}, - andmore = {{u.\,a\adddot}{u.\,a\adddot}}, - volume = {{Band}{Bd\adddot}}, - volumes = {{B\"ande}{Bde\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{Jahrgang}{Jg\adddot}}, - jourser = {{Serie}{Ser\adddot}}, - book = {{Buch}{Buch}}, - part = {{Teil}{T.\adddot}}, - issue = {{Ausgabe}{Ausg\adddot}}, - newseries = {{neue Folge}{n.\,F\adddot}}, - oldseries = {{alte Folge}{a.\,F\adddot}}, - edition = {{Auf\noligature lage}{Aufl\adddot}}, - reprint = {{Nachdruck}{Nachdr\adddot}}, - reprintof = {{Nachdruck von}{Nachdr\adddotspace von}}, - reprintas = {{Nachdruck unter dem Titel}{Nachdr\adddotspace unter dem Titel}}, - page = {{Seite}{S\adddot}}, - pages = {{Seiten}{S\adddot}}, - column = {{Spalte}{Sp\adddot}}, - columns = {{Spalten}{Sp\adddot}}, - line = {{Zeile}{Z\adddot}}, - lines = {{Zeilen}{Z\adddot}}, - verse = {{Vers}{V\adddot}}, - verses = {{Verse}{V\adddot}}, - section = {{Paragraph}{\S}}, - sections = {{Paragraphen}{\S\S}}, - paragraph = {{Absatz}{Abs\adddot}}, - paragraphs = {{Abs\"atze}{Abs\adddot}}, - in = {{in}{in}}, - inseries = {{der Reihe}{der Reihe}}, - ofseries = {{der Reihe}{der Reihe}}, - number = {{Nummer}{Nr\adddot}}, - chapter = {{Kapitel}{Kap\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{Magisterarbeit}{Magisterarb\adddot}}, - phdthesis = {{Dissertation}{Diss\adddot}}, - resreport = {{Forschungsbericht}{Forschungsber\adddot}}, - techreport = {{Technischer Bericht}{Techn\adddotspace Ber\adddot}}, - software = {{Com\-pu\-ter-Soft\-ware}{Soft\-ware}}, - datacd = {{CD-ROM}{CD-ROM}}, - audiocd = {{Audio-CD}{Audio-CD}}, - version = {{Version}{Version}}, - url = {{Adresse}{Adresse}}, - urlseen = {{besucht am}{besucht am}}, - inpreparation = {{in Vorbereitung}{in Vorbereitung}}, - submitted = {{eingereicht}{eingereicht}}, - forthcoming = {{im Erscheinen}{im Erscheinen}}, - inpress = {{im Druck}{im Druck}}, - citedas = {{im folgenden zitiert als}{im folgenden zit\adddotspace als}}, - thiscite = {{hier}{hier}}, - seenote = {{siehe Anmerkung}{s\adddotspace Anm\adddot}}, - quotedin = {{zitiert nach}{zit\adddotspace nach}}, - idem = {{derselbe}{ders\adddot}}, - idemsf = {{dieselbe}{dies\adddot}}, - idemsm = {{derselbe}{ders\adddot}}, - idemsn = {{dasselbe}{dass\adddot}}, - idempf = {{dieselben}{dies\adddot}}, - idempm = {{dieselben}{dies\adddot}}, - idempn = {{dieselben}{dies\adddot}}, - idempp = {{dieselben}{dies\adddot}}, - ibidem = {{ebenda}{ebd\adddot}}, - opcit = {{a.\,a.\,O\adddot}{a.\,a.\,O\adddot}}, - loccit = {{a.\,a.\,O\adddot}{a.\,a.\,O\adddot}}, - confer = {{vgl\adddot}{vgl\adddot}}, - sequens = {{f\adddot}{f\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{ff\adddot}{ff\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{siehe}{siehe}}, - seealso = {{siehe auch}{s.\,auch}}, - backrefpage = {{siehe Seite}{siehe S\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{siehe Seiten}{siehe S\adddot}}, - january = {{Januar}{Jan\adddot}}, - february = {{Februar}{Feb\adddot}}, - march = {{M\"arz}{M\"arz}}, - april = {{April}{Apr\adddot}}, - may = {{Mai}{Mai}}, - june = {{Juni}{Juni}}, - july = {{Juli}{Juli}}, - august = {{August}{Aug\adddot}}, - september = {{September}{Sep\adddot}}, - october = {{Oktober}{Okt\adddot}}, - november = {{November}{Nov\adddot}}, - december = {{Dezember}{Dez\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{Amerikanisch}{Amerikanisch}}, - langbrazilian = {{Brasilianisch}{Brasilianisch}}, - langcroatian = {{Kroatisch}{Kroatisch}}, - langdanish = {{D\"anisch}{D\"anisch}}, - langdutch = {{Niederl\"andisch}{Niederl\"andisch}}, - langenglish = {{Englisch}{Englisch}}, - langfinnish = {{Finnisch}{Finnisch}}, - langfrench = {{Franz\"osisch}{Franz\"osisch}}, - langgerman = {{Deutsch}{Deutsch}}, - langgreek = {{Griechisch}{Griechisch}}, - langitalian = {{Italienisch}{Italienisch}}, - langlatin = {{Lateinisch}{Lateinisch}}, - langnorwegian = {{Norwegisch}{Norwegisch}}, - langportuguese = {{Portugiesisch}{Portugiesisch}}, - langrussian = {{Russisch}{Russisch}}, - langspanish = {{Spanisch}{Spanisch}}, - langswedish = {{Schwedisch}{Schwedisch}}, - fromamerican = {{aus dem Amerikanischen}{aus dem Amerikanischen}}, - frombrazilian = {{aus dem Brasilianischen}{aus dem Brasilianischen}}, - fromcroatian = {{aus dem Kroatischen}{aus dem Kroatischen}}, - fromdanish = {{aus dem D\"anischen}{aus dem D\"anischen}}, - fromdutch = {{aus dem Niederl\"andischen}{aus dem Niederl\"andischen}}, - fromenglish = {{aus dem Englischen}{aus dem Englischen}}, - fromfinnish = {{aus dem Finnischen}{aus dem Finnischen}}, - fromfrench = {{aus dem Franz\"osischen}{aus dem Franz\"osischen}}, - fromgerman = {{aus dem Deutschen}{aus dem Deutschen}}, - fromgreek = {{aus dem Griechischen}{aus dem Griechischen}}, - fromitalian = {{aus dem Italienischen}{aus dem Italienischen}}, - fromlatin = {{aus dem Lateinischen}{aus dem Lateinischen}}, - fromnorwegian = {{aus dem Norwegischen}{aus dem Norwegischen}}, - fromportuguese = {{aus dem Portugiesischen}{aus dem Portugiesischen}}, - fromrussian = {{aus dem Russischen}{aus dem Russischen}}, - fromspanish = {{aus dem Spanischen}{aus dem Spanischen}}, - fromswedish = {{aus dem Schwedischen}{aus dem Schwedischen}}, - countryde = {{Deutschland}{DE}}, - countryep = {{Europ\"aische Union}{EP}}, - countryeu = {{Europ\"aische Union}{EU}}, - countryfr = {{Frankreich}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Gro\ss britannien}{GB}}, - countryus = {{USA}{US}}, - patent = {{Patent}{Pat\adddot}}, - patentde = {{deutsches Patent}{dt\adddotspace Pat\adddot}}, - patenteu = {{europ\"aisches Patent}{europ\adddot\ Pat\adddot}}, - patentfr = {{franz\"osisches Patent}{frz\adddot\ Pat\adddot}}, - patentuk = {{britisches Patent}{brit\adddot\ Pat\adddot}}, - patentus = {{US-Patent}{US-Pat\adddot}}, - patreq = {{Patentanmeldung}{Patentanmeld\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{deutsche Patentanmeldung}{dt\adddotspace Patentanmeld\adddot}}, - patreqeu = {{europ\"aische Patentanmeldung}{europ\adddot\ Patentanmeld\adddot}}, - patreqfr = {{franz\"osische Patentanmeldung}{frz\adddot\ Patentanmeld\adddot}}, - patrequk = {{britische Patentanmeldung}{brit\adddot\ Patentanmeld\adddot}}, - patrequs = {{US-Patentanmeldung}{US-Patentanmeld\adddot}}, - file = {{Datei}{Datei}}, - library = {{Bibliothek}{Bibliothek}}, - abstract = {{Zusammenfassung}{Zusammenfassung}}, - annotation = {{Anmerkungen}{Anmerkungen}}, -} - -\DeclareHyphenationExceptions{% - Pa-tent-an-mel-dung - Pa-tent-an-meld -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/greek.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/greek.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index b2682df..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/greek.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,499 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: greek.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{greek.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: greek.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -% Translator's notes: -% -% The translations should be OK but should also be tested against -% enough real data. Especially: -% -% a) Abbreviations should be checked -% b) Issues concerning grammatical gender have not been studied - -% This file requires UTF-8 support! - -\lbx@ifutfinput - {} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Greek requires UTF-8 support} - {The 'greek.lbx' file requires UTF-8 encoding but you - seem\MessageBreak to be using a different encoding. - This is a fatal error. I will\MessageBreak abort loading - greek.lbx now.}% - \endinput} - -\NewBibliographyString{% - datejanuary, - datefebruary, - datemarch, - dateapril, - datemay, - datejune, - datejuly, - dateaugust, - dateseptember, - dateoctober, - datenovember, - datedecember% -} - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{greek}{greek} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \DeclareCapitalPunctuation{.!;?}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textemdash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \protected\def\mkbibordinal{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord#1{\stripzeros{#1}ΞΏΟ‚}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord#1{\stripzeros{#1}Ξ·}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibmascord}% - \savecommand\mkbibmonth - \let\mkbibmonth\lbx@gr@mkbibmonth - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{/}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{/}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \savecommand\mkbibordedition - \savecommand\mkbibordseries - \def\mkbibordedition{\mkbibfemord}% - \def\mkbibordseries{\mkbibfemord}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\mkbibmonth - \restorecommand\mkbibordedition - \restorecommand\mkbibordseries -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Βιβλιογραφία}{Βιβλιογραφία}}, - references = {{Αναφορές}{Αναφορές}}, - shorthands = {{ΞšΞ±Ο„Ξ¬Ξ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚ συντμΞσΡων}{ΣυντμΞσΡις}}, - editor = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞΟ‚}{ΡπιμΡλητΞΟ‚}}, - editors = {{ΡπιμΡλητές}{ΡπιμΡλητές}}, - compiler = {{συντάκτης}{συντάκτης}}, - compilers = {{συντάκτΡς}{συντάκτΡς}}, - redactor = {{συντάκτης}{συντάκτης}}, - redactors = {{συντάκτΡς}{συντάκτΡς}}, -% reviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% revisers = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - founder = {{Ξ±ΟΟ‡ΞΉΞΊΟŒΟ‚ Ξ΄Ξ·ΞΌΞΉΞΏΟ…ΟΞ³ΟŒΟ‚}{Ξ±ΟΟ‡ΞΉΞΊΟŒΟ‚ Ξ΄Ξ·ΞΌΞΉΞΏΟ…ΟΞ³ΟŒΟ‚}}, - founders = {{αρχικοί δημιουργοί}{αρχικοί δημιουργοί}}, - continuator = {{συνΡχιστΞΟ‚}{συνΡχιστΞΟ‚}}, - continuators = {{συνΡχιστές}{συνΡχιστές}}, - collaborator = {{συνΡργάτης}{συνΡργάτης}}, - collaborators = {{συνΡργάτΡς}{συνΡργάτΡς}}, - translator = {{μΡταφραστΞΟ‚}{μΡταφραστΞΟ‚}}, - translators = {{μΡταφραστές}{μΡταφραστές}}, - commentator = {{υπομνηματιστΞΟ‚}{υπομνηματιστΞΟ‚}}, % FIXME: unsure! - commentators = {{υπομνηματιστές}{υπομνηματιστές}}, % FIXME: unsure! - annotator = {{υπομνηματιστΞΟ‚}{υπομνηματιστΞΟ‚}}, - annotators = {{υπομνηματιστές}{υπομνηματιστές}}, - commentary = {{ΡρμηνΡυτικές ΟƒΞ·ΞΌΞ΅ΞΉΟŽΟƒΞ΅ΞΉΟ‚}{ΡρμηνΡυτικές ΟƒΞ·ΞΌΞ΅ΞΉΟŽΟƒΞ΅ΞΉΟ‚}}, - annotations = {{ΡπισημΡίωση}{ΡπισημΡίωση}}, - introduction = {{ΡισαγωγΞ}{ΡισαγωγΞ}}, - foreword = {{Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚}{Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - afterword = {{Ρπίλογος}{Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editortr = {{ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι μΡταφραστΞΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι μτφρ\adddot}}, - editorstr = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ μΡταφραστές} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ μτφρ\adddot}}, - editorco = {{ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι υπομνηματιστΞΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι υπομν\adddot}}, - editorsco = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομνηματιστΞΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομν\adddot}}, - editoran = {{ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι υπομνηματιστΞΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι υπομν\adddot}}, - editorsan = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομνηματιστές} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομν\adddot}}, - editorin = {{ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editorsin = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editorfo = {{ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editorsfo = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editoraf = {{ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠκαι Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editorsaf = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editortrco = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΠκαι υπομνηματιστΞΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομν\adddot}}, - editorstrco = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομνηματιστές} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομν\adddot}}, - editortran = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΠκαι ΡπισημΡιωτΞΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπισημ\adddot}}, - editorstran = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡπισημΡιωτές} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπισημ\adddot}}, - editortrin = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΠκαι ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editorstrin = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editortrfo = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΠκαι Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editorstrfo = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editortraf = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΠκαι Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editorstraf = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editorcoin = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, υπομνηματιστΠκαι ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠυπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editorscoin = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, υπομνηματιστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editorcofo = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, υπομνηματιστΠκαι Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠυπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editorscofo = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, υπομνηματιστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editorcoaf = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, υπομνηματιστΠκαι Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠυπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editorscoaf = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, υπομνηματιστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editoranin = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, ΡπισημΡιωτΠκαι ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠΡπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editorsanin = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, ΡπισημΡιωτέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editoranfo = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, ΡπισημΡιωτΠκαι Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠΡπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editorsanfo = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, ΡπισημΡιωτέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editoranaf = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, ΡπισημΡιωτΠκαι Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠΡπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editorsanaf = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, ΡπισημΡιωτέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editortrcoin = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΞΟ‚, υπομνηματιστΠκαι ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editorstrcoin = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστές, υπομνηματιστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editortrcofo = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΞΟ‚, υπομνηματιστΠκαι Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editorstrcofo = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστές, υπομνηματιστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editortrcoaf = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΞΟ‚, υπομνηματιστΠκαι Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editorstrcoaf = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστές, υπομνηματιστέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editortranin = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΞΟ‚, ΡπισημΡιωτΠκαι ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editorstranin = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστές, ΡπισημΡιωτέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - editortranfo = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΞΟ‚, ΡπισημΡιωτΠκαι Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editorstranfo = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστές, ΡπισημΡιωτέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - editortranaf = {{ΡπιμΡλητΞ, μΡταφραστΞΟ‚, ΡπισημΡιωτΠκαι Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητΠμτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - editorstranaf = {{ΡπιμΡλητέ, μΡταφραστές, ΡπισημΡιωτέ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {ΡπιμΡλητέ, μτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - translatorco = {{μΡταφραστΞΟ‚ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομνηματιστΞΟ‚} - {μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομν\adddot}}, - translatorsco = {{μΡταφραστές ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομνηματιστές} - {μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ υπομν\adddot}}, - translatoran = {{μΡταφραστΞΟ‚ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡπισημΡιωτΞΟ‚} - {μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπισημ\adddot}}, - translatorsan = {{μΡταφραστές ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡπισημΡιωτές} - {μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπισημ\adddot}}, - translatorin = {{μΡτάφραση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - translatorsin = {{μΡτάφραση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - translatorfo = {{μΡτάφραση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - translatorsfo = {{μΡτάφραση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - translatoraf = {{μΡτάφραση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - translatorsaf = {{μΡτάφραση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {μτφρ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - translatorcoin = {{μΡτάφραση, Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {μτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - translatorscoin = {{μΡτάφραση, Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {μτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - translatorcofo = {{μΡτάφραση, Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {μτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - translatorscofo = {{μΡτάφραση, Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {μτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - translatorcoaf = {{μΡτάφραση, Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {μτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - translatorscoaf = {{μΡτάφραση, Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {μτφρ., υπομν\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - translatoranin = {{μΡτάφραση, ΡπισημΡίωση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {μτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - translatorsanin = {{μΡτάφραση, ΡπισημΡίωση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ ΡισαγωγΞ} - {μτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρισαγ\adddot}}, - translatoranfo = {{μΡτάφραση, ΡπισημΡίωση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {μτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - translatorsanfo = {{μΡτάφραση, ΡπισημΡίωση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚} - {μτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»\adddot}}, - translatoranaf = {{μΡτάφραση, ΡπισημΡίωση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {μτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - translatorsanaf = {{μΡτάφραση, ΡπισημΡίωση ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλογος} - {μτφρ., Ρπισημ\adddot\ ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ Ρπίλ\adddot}}, - byauthor = {{Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}}, - byeditor = {{ΡπιμέλΡια Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{ΡπιμέλΡια Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}}, - bycompiler = {{σύνταξη Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{σύνταξη Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}} - byredactor = {{σύνταξη Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{σύναταξη Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}}, -% byreviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - byfounder = {{αρχικΠδημιουργία Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ}{αρχικΠδημιουργία Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ}} - bycontinuator = {{συνέχΡια Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ}{συνέχΡια Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ}} - bycollaborator = {{συνΡργασία Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ}{συνΡργασία Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ}} - bytranslator = {{μΡτάφραση \lbx@lfromlang\ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{μΡτάφραση \lbx@sfromlang\ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}}, - bycommentator = {{Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒΟ‚ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒΟ‚ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}}, - byannotator = {{Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒΟ‚ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒΟ‚ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}}, - withcommentator = {{Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒΟ‚ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒΟ‚ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}} - withannotator = {{Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒΟ‚ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{Ο…Ο€ΞΏΞΌΞ½Ξ·ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΟƒΞΌΟŒΟ‚ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}}, - withintroduction = {{Ξ΅ΞΉΟƒΞ±Ξ³Ο‰Ξ³Ξ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{Ξ΅ΞΉΟƒΞ±Ξ³Ο‰Ξ³Ξ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}}, - withforeword = {{Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{Ο€ΟΟŒΞ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΏΟ‚ Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}}, - withafterword = {{Ρπίλογος Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}{Ρπίλογος Ο…Ο€ΟŒ}}, -% byeditortr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byeditortranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bytranslatoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - and = {{ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ}{ΞΊΞ±ΞΉ}}, - andothers = {{ΞΊ.Ξ¬\adddot}{ΞΊ.Ξ¬\adddot}}, - andmore = {{ΞΊ.Ξ¬\adddot}{ΞΊ.Ξ¬\adddot}}, - volume = {{Ο„ΟŒΞΌΞΏΟ‚}{Ο„ΟŒΞΌ\adddot}}, - volumes = {{Ο„ΟŒΞΌΞΏΞΉ}{Ο„ΟŒΞΌΞΏΞΉ}}, - jourvol = {{Ο„ΟŒΞΌΞΏΟ‚}{Ο„ΟŒΞΌ\adddot}}, - jourser = {{σΡιρά}{σΡιρά}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - newseries = {{Ξ½Ξ­Ξ± σΡιρά}{Ξ½Ξ­Ξ± σΡιρά}}, - oldseries = {{παλαιά σΡιρά}{παλαιά σΡιρά}}, - edition = {{έκδοση}{έκδοση}}, - reprint = {{ανατύπωση}{ανατύπωση}}, - reprintof = {{ανατύπωση του}{ανατύπωση του}}, - reprintas = {{ανατύπωση ως}{ανατύπωση ως}}, - page = {{σΡλίδα}{Οƒ\adddot}}, - pages = {{σΡλίδΡς}{σσ\adddot}}, - column = {{στΞλη}{στ\adddot}}, - columns = {{στΞλΡς}{στΞλΡς}}, - line = {{γραμμΞ}{γραμ\adddot}}, - lines = {{γραμμές}{γραμμές}}, - verse = {{στίχος}{στίχ\adddot}}, - verses = {{στίχοι}{στίχοι}}, - section = {{Ξ΅Ξ½ΟŒΟ„Ξ·Ο„Ξ±}{Ξ΅Ξ½Ο„ΟŒΟ„Ξ·Ο„Ξ±}}, - sections = {{Ξ΅Ξ½ΟŒΟ„Ξ·Ο„Ξ΅Ο‚}{Ξ΅Ξ½ΟŒΟ„Ξ·Ο„Ξ΅Ο‚}}, - paragraph = {{παράγραφος}{Β§}}, - paragraphs = {{παράγραφοι}{§§}}, - in = {{στο}{στο}}, - inseries = {{στη}{στη}}, - ofseries = {{της}{της}}, - number = {{Ξ±ΟΞΉΞΈΞΌΟŒΟ‚}{αρθμ\adddot}}, - chapter = {{κΡφάλαιο}{κΡφ\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{ΞœΞ΅Ο„Ξ±Ο€Ο„Ο…Ο‡ΞΉΞ±ΞΊΞ Ξ΄ΞΉΟ€Ξ»Ο‰ΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΉΞΊΞ Ξ΅ΟΞ³Ξ±ΟƒΞ―Ξ±} - {ΞœΞ΅Ο„Ξ±Ο€Ο„/κΠδιπλ\adddot\ Ρργασ\adddot}}, - phdthesis = {{ΔιδακτορικΠδιατριβΞ} - {ΔιδακτορικΠδιατρ\adddot}}, - resreport = {{αδημοσίΡυτη ΡρΡυνητικΠΡργασία} - {αδημοσίΡυτη ΡρΡυνητικΠΡργασία}}, - techreport = {{αδημοσίΡυτη ΡρΡυνητικΠΡργασία} - {αδημοσίΡυτη ΡρΡυνητικΠΡργασία}}, - software = {{Ξ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΉΟƒΞΌΞΉΞΊΟŒ Ξ—/Ξ₯}{Ξ»ΞΏΞ³ΞΉΟƒΞΌΞΉΞΊΟŒ Ξ—/Ξ₯}}, - datacd = {{CD-ROM}{CD-ROM}}, - audiocd = {{Ξ±ΞΊΞΏΟ…ΟƒΟ„ΞΉΞΊΟŒ CD}{Ξ±ΞΊΞΏΟ…ΟƒΟ„ΞΉΞΊΟŒ CD}}, - version = {{έκδοση}{Ξ­ΞΊΞ΄\adddot}}, - url = {{διΡύθυνση}{διΡύθν\adddot}}, - urlseen = {{Ξ΅Ο€Ξ―ΟƒΞΊΞ΅ΟˆΞ·}{Ξ΅Ο€Ξ―ΟƒΞΊΞ΅ΟˆΞ·}}, -% inpreparation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - submitted = {{υποβληθέν}{υποβληθέν}}, % FIXME: gender? -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - inpress = {{Ο…Ο€ΟŒ έκδοση}{Ο…Ο€ΟŒ Ξ­ΞΊΞ΄.}}, - citedas = {{ΡφΡξΞΟ‚ ΞΈΞ± αναφέρΡται ως}{ΡφΡξΞΟ‚ ΞΈΞ± αναφέρΡται ως}}, - thiscite = {{αυτΠη αναφορά}{αυτΠη αναφορά}}, - seenote = {{βλέπΡ σημΡίωση}{Ξ²Ξ»\adddot\ σημ\adddot}}, - quotedin = {{αναφέρΡται στο}{αναφέρΡται στο}}, - idem = {{του ίδιου}{του ίδιου}}, - % FIXME: adapt gender - % - % sf=singular feminine - % sm=singular masculine - % sn=singular neuter - % pf=plural feminine - % pm=plural masculine - % pn=plural neuter - % pp=plural (group of mixed gender) - idemsf = {{του ίδιου}{του ίδιου}}, % FIXME: gender? - idemsm = {{του ίδιου}{του ίδιου}}, % FIXME: gender? - idemsn = {{του ίδιου}{του ίδιου}}, % FIXME: gender? - idempf = {{του ίδιου}{του ίδιου}}, % FIXME: gender? - idempm = {{του ίδιου}{του ίδιου}}, % FIXME: gender? - idempn = {{του ίδιου}{του ίδιου}}, % FIXME: gender? - idempp = {{του ίδιου}{του ίδιου}}, % FIXME: gender? - ibidem = {{στο ίδιο}{στο ίδιο}}, - opcit = {{ΟŒΟ€ΞΏΟ… παραπάνω}{ό.Ο€\adddot}}, - loccit = {{ΟŒΟ€ΞΏΟ… παραπάνω}{ό.Ο€\adddot}}, - confer = {{πρβλ\adddot}{πρβλ\adddot}}, - sequens = {{ΞΊ.Ξ΅}{ΞΊ.Ξ΅\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{ΞΊ.Ρξ\adddot}{ΞΊ.Ρξ\adddot}}, - passim = {{σποράδην}{σποράδην}}, - see = {{βλέπΡ}{Ξ²Ξ»\adddot}}, - seealso = {{βλέπΡ Ρπίσης}{Ξ²Ξ»\adddot\ Ρπίσης}}, -% backrefpage = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% backrefpages = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - january = {{Ιανουάριος}{Ιαν\adddot}}, - february = {{ΦΡβρουάριος}{ΦΡβ\adddot}}, - march = {{ΞœΞ¬ΟΟ„ΞΉΞΏΟ‚}{Μαρ\adddot}}, - april = {{Αρίλιος}{Απρ\adddot}}, - may = {{ΞœΞ¬ΞΉΞΏΟ‚}{Μάι\adddot}}, - june = {{Ιούνιος}{Ιούν\adddot}}, - july = {{Ιούλιος}{Ιούλ\adddot}}, - august = {{Αύγουστος}{Αύγ\adddot}}, - september = {{ΣΡπτέμβριος}{ΣΡπτ\adddot}}, - october = {{ΞŸΞΊΟ„ΟŽΞ²ΟΞΉΞΏΟ‚}{ΞŸΞΊΟ„\adddot}}, - november = {{Νοέμβριος}{Νοέ\adddot}}, - december = {{ΔΡκέμβριος}{ΔΡκ\adddot}}, - datejanuary = {{Ιανουαρίου}{Ιαν\adddot}}, - datefebruary = {{ΦΡβρουαρίου}{ΦΡβ\adddot}}, - datemarch = {{ΞœΞ±ΟΟ„Ξ―ΞΏΟ…}{Μαρ\adddot}}, - dateapril = {{Απριλίου}{Απρ\adddot}}, - datemay = {{ΞœΞ±ΞΞΏΟ…}{Μάι\adddot}}, - datejune = {{Ιουνίου}{Ιούν\adddot}}, - datejuly = {{Ιουλίου}{Ιούλ\adddot}}, - dateaugust = {{Αυγούστου}{Αύγ\adddot}}, - dateseptember = {{ΣΡπτΡμβρίου}{ΣΡπτ\adddot}}, - dateoctober = {{ΞŸΞΊΟ„Ο‰Ξ²ΟΞ―ΞΏΟ…}{ΞŸΞΊΟ„\adddot}}, - datenovember = {{ΝοΡμβρίου}{Νοέ\adddot}}, - datedecember = {{ΔΡκΡμβρίου}{ΔΡκ\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{Αγγλικά}{Αγγλικά}} - langbrazilian = {{Βρα΢ιλιάνικα}{Βρα΢ιλιάνικα}}, -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langdanish = {{Δανέ΢ικα}{Δανέ΢ικα}}, - langdutch = {{Ολλανδικά}{Ολλανδικά}}, - langenglish = {{Αγγλικά}{Αγγλικά}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{Γαλλικά}{Γαλλικά}}, - langgerman = {{ΓΡρμανικά}{ΓΡρμανικά}}, - langgreek = {{Ελληνικά}{Ελληνικά}}, - langitalian = {{Ιταλικά}{Ιταλικά}}, - langlatin = {{Λατινικά}{Λατινικά}}, - langnorwegian = {{Νορβηγικά}{Νορβηγικά}}, - langportuguese = {{Πορτογαλικά}{Πορτογαλικά}}, -% langrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langspanish = {{Ισπανικά}{Ισπανικά}}, - langswedish = {{Σουηδικά}{Σουηδικά}}, - fromamerican = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Αγγλικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Αγγλικά}}, - frombrazilian = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Βρα΢ιλιάνικα}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Βρα΢ιλιάνικα}}, -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromdanish = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Δανέ΢ικα}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Δανέ΢ικα}}, - fromdutch = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Ολλανδικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Ολλανδικά}}, - fromenglish = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Αγγλικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Αγγλικά}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Γαλλικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Γαλλικά}}, - fromgerman = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα ΓΡρμανικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα ΓΡρμανικά}}, - fromgreek = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Ελληνικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Ελληνικά}}, - fromitalian = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Ιταλικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Ιταλικά}}, - fromlatin = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Λατινικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Λατινικά}}, - fromnorwegian = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Νορβηγικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Νορβηγικά}}, - fromportuguese = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Πορτογαλικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Πορτογαλικά}}, -% fromrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromspanish = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Ισπανικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Ισπανικά}}, - fromswedish = {{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Σουηδικά}{Ξ±Ο€ΟŒ τα Σουηδικά}}, - countryde = {{ΓΡρμανία}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{Ξ•Ο…ΟΟ‰Ο€Ξ±ΟŠΞΊΞ ΞˆΞ½Ο‰ΟƒΞ·}{ΕΕ}}, - countryep = {{Ξ•Ο…ΟΟ‰Ο€Ξ±ΟŠΞΊΞ ΞˆΞ½Ο‰ΟƒΞ·}{ΕΕ}}, - countryfr = {{Γαλλία}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{ΜΡγάλη ΒρΡτανία}{GB}}, - countryus = {{ΗνωμένΡς ΠολιτΡίΡς της ΑμΡρικΞΟ‚}{Ξ—Ξ Ξ‘}}, - patent = {{δίπλωμα ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patentde = {{γΡρμανικό δίπλωμα ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {γΡρμ\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patenteu = {{Ξ΅Ο…ΟΟ‰Ο€Ξ±ΟŠΞΊΟŒ δίπλωμα ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {Ρυρωπ\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patentfr = {{γαλλικό δίπλωμα ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {γαλλ\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patentuk = {{Ξ²ΟΞ΅Ο„Ξ±Ξ½ΞΉΞΊΟŒ δίπλωμα ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {βρΡτ\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patentus = {{αμΡρικανικό δίπλωμα ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {αμΡρ\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patreq = {{αίτηση Ξ΄ΞΉΟ€Ξ»ΟŽΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΏΟ‚ ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {Ξ±ΞΉΟ„\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{αίτηση γΡρμανικού Ξ΄ΞΉΟ€Ξ»ΟŽΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΏΟ‚ ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {Ξ±ΞΉΟ„\adddot\ γΡρμ\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patreqeu = {{αίτηση Ξ΅Ο…ΟΟ‰Ο€Ξ±ΟŠΞΊΞΏΟ Ξ΄ΞΉΟ€Ξ»ΟŽΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΏΟ‚ ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {Ξ±ΞΉΟ„\adddot\ Ρυρωπ\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patreqfr = {{αίτηση γαλλικού Ξ΄ΞΉΟ€Ξ»ΟŽΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΏΟ‚ ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {Ξ±ΞΉΟ„\adddot\ γαλλ\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patrequk = {{αίτηση βρΡτανικού Ξ΄ΞΉΟ€Ξ»ΟŽΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΏΟ‚ ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {Ξ±ΞΉΟ„\adddot\ βρΡτ\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - patrequs = {{αίτηση αμΡρικανικού Ξ΄ΞΉΟ€Ξ»ΟŽΞΌΞ±Ο„ΞΏΟ‚ ΡυρΡσιτΡχνίας} - {Ξ±ΞΉΟ„\adddot\ αμΡρ\adddot\ διπλ\adddot\ ΡυρΡσ\adddot}}, - file = {{αρχΡίο}{αρχΡίο}}, - library = {{βιβλιοθΞΞΊΞ·}{βιβλιοθΞΞΊΞ·}}, - abstract = {{Ο€Ξ΅ΟΞ―Ξ»Ξ·ΟˆΞ·}{Ο€Ξ΅ΟΞ―Ξ»Ξ·ΟˆΞ·}}, - annotation = {{σχολιασμοί}{σχολιασμοί}}, -} - -\protected\gdef\lbx@gr@mkbibmonth#1{% - \ifcase0#1\relax - #1\BibliographyWarning{Month out of range}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datejanuary}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datefebruary}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datemarch}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{dateapril}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datemay}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datejune}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datejuly}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{dateaugust}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{dateseptember}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{dateoctober}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datenovember}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datedecember}% - \else - #1\BibliographyWarning{Month out of range}% - \fi}% - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/italian.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/italian.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 8c29319..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/italian.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,374 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: italian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{italian.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: italian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -% Changes: -% 2010-11-10 Update by Andrea Marchitelli - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{italian}{italian} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \def\mkbibordinal{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord#1{\stripzeros{#1}\textsuperscript{o}}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord#1{\stripzeros{#1}\textsuperscript{a}}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\@bsphack % ignore day when auto-capitalizing month name - \stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \@esphack % ignore day when auto-capitalizing month name - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{/}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{/}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \savecommand\mkbibordedition - \savecommand\mkbibordseries - \def\mkbibordedition{\mkbibfemord}% - \def\mkbibordseries{\mkbibfemord}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\mkbibordedition - \restorecommand\mkbibordseries -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Bibliografia}{Bibliografia}}, - references = {{Riferimenti bibliografici}{Riferimenti bibliografici}}, - shorthands = {{Elenco delle sigle}{Sigle}}, - editor = {{curatore}{cur\adddot}}, - editors = {{curatori}{cur\adddot}}, - compiler = {{compilatore}{comp\adddot}}, - compilers = {{compilatori}{comp\adddot}}, - redactor = {{redattore}{red\adddot}}, - redactors = {{redattori}{red\adddot}}, -% reviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% revisers = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founders = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - collaborator = {{collaboratore}{con la collab\adddotspace di}}, - collaborators = {{collaboratore}{con la collab\adddotspace di}}, - translator = {{traduttore}{trad\adddot}}, - translators = {{traduttori}{trad\adddot}}, - commentator = {{commentatore}{comment\adddot}}, - commentators = {{commentatori}{comment\adddot}}, - annotator = {{annotatore}{annot\adddot}}, - annotators = {{annotatore}{annot\adddot}}, - commentary = {{commenti}{comm\adddot}}, - annotations = {{annotazioni}{annot\adddot}}, - introduction = {{introduzione}{introd\adddot}}, - foreword = {{prefazione}{pref\adddot}}, - afterword = {{postfazione}{postf\adddot}}, -% editortr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - byauthor = {{di}{di}}, - byeditor = {{a cura di}{a cura di}}, - bycompiler = {{compilato da}{comp\adddotspace da}}, - byredactor = {{redatto da}{red\adddotspace da}}, -% byreviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byfounder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycontinuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycollaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - bytranslator = {{tradotto \lbx@lfromlang\ da}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ da}}, - bycommentator = {{commentato da}{comm\adddot\ da}}, - byannotator = {{annotato da}{annot\adddot\ da}}, - withcommentator = {{con commenti di}{con comm\adddot\ di}}, - withannotator = {{con annotazioni di}{con annot\adddot\ di}}, - withintroduction = {{con introduzione di}{con introd\adddot\ di}}, - withforeword = {{con prefazione di}{con pref\adddot\ di}}, - withafterword = {{con postfazione di}{con postf\adddot\ di}}, - byeditortr = {{curato e tradotto \lbx@lfromlang\ da}% - {cur\adddotspace e trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ da}}, - byeditorco = {{curato e commentato da}% - {cur\adddotspace e comm\adddot\ da}}, - byeditoran = {{curato e annotato da}% - {cur\adddotspace e annot\adddot\ da}}, - byeditorin = {{a cura e con introduzione di}% - {a cura e con introd\adddot\ di}}, - byeditorfo = {{a cura e con prefazione di}% - {a cura e con pref\adddot\ di}}, - byeditoraf = {{a cura e con postfazione di}% - {a cura e con postf\adddot\ di}}, - byeditortrco = {{curato, tradotto \lbx@lfromlang\ e commentato da}% - {cur.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e comm\adddot\ da}}, - byeditortran = {{curato, tradotto \lbx@lfromlang\ e annotato da}% - {cur.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e annot\adddot\ da}}, - byeditortrin = {{edizione, traduzione \lbx@lfromlang\ e introduzione di}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e introd\adddot\ di}}, - byeditortrfo = {{edizione, traduzione \lbx@lfromlang\ e prefazione di}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e pref\adddot\ di}}, - byeditortraf = {{edizione, traduzione \lbx@lfromlang\ e postfazione di}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e postf\adddot\ di}}, - byeditorcoin = {{edizione, commenti e introduzione di}% - {ed., comm\adddot\ e introduzione di}}, - byeditorcofo = {{edizione, commenti e prefazione di}% - {ed., comm\adddot\ e prefazione di}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{edizione, commenti e postfazione di}% - {ed., comm\adddot\ e postfazione di}}, - byeditoranin = {{edizione, annotazioni e introduzione di}% - {ed., annot\adddot\ e introduzione di}}, - byeditoranfo = {{edizione, annotazioni e prefazione di}% - {ed., annot\adddot\ e prefazione di}}, - byeditoranaf = {{edizione, annotazioni e postfazione di}% - {ed., annot\adddot\ e postfazione di}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{edizione, traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, commenti e introduzione di}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ di}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{edizione, traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, commenti e prefazione di}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ di}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{edizione, traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, commenti e postfazione di}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ e postf\adddot\ di}}, - byeditortranin = {{edizione, traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, annotazioni e introduzione di}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ di}}, - byeditortranfo = {{edizione, traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, annotazioni e prefazione di}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ di}}, - byeditortranaf = {{edizione, traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, annotazioni e postfazione di}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ e postf\adddot\ di}}, - bytranslatorco = {{tradotto \lbx@lfromlang\ e commentato da}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e comm\adddot\ da}}, - bytranslatoran = {{tradotto \lbx@lfromlang\ e annotato da}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e annot\adddot\ da}}, - bytranslatorin = {{traduzione \lbx@lfromlang\ e introduzione di}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e introd\adddot\ di}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{traduzione \lbx@lfromlang\ e prefazione di}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e pref\adddot\ di}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{traduzione \lbx@lfromlang\ e postfazione di}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e postf\adddot\ di}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, commenti e introduzione di}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ di}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, commenti e prefazione di}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ di}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, commenti e postfazione di}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, comm\adddot\ e postf\adddot\ di}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, annotazioni e introduzione di}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ di}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, annotazioni e prefazione di}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ di}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{traduzione \lbx@lfromlang, annotazioni e postfazione di}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, annot\adddot\ e postf\adddot\ di}}, - and = {{e}{e}}, - andothers = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - andmore = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - volume = {{volume}{vol\adddot}}, - volumes = {{volumi}{voll\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{volume}{vol\adddot}}, - jourser = {{serie}{ser\adddot}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - newseries = {{nuova serie}{nuova ser\adddot}}, - oldseries = {{vecchia serie}{vecchia ser\adddot}}, - edition = {{edizione}{ed\adddot}}, - reprint = {{ristampa}{rist\adddotspace}}, - reprintof = {{ristampa di}{rist\adddotspace di}}, -% reprintas = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - page = {{pagina}{p\adddot}}, - pages = {{pagine}{pp\adddot}}, - column = {{colonna}{col\adddot}}, - columns = {{colonne}{coll\adddot}}, - line = {{riga}{r\adddot}}, - lines = {{righe}{rr\adddot}}, - verse = {{verso}{v\adddot}}, - verses = {{versi}{vv\adddot}}, -% section = {{}{\S}}, % FIXME: missing -% sections = {{}{\S\S}}, % FIXME: missing - paragraph = {{paragrafo}{par\adddot}}, - paragraphs = {{paragrafi}{par\adddot}}, - in = {{in}{in}}, - inseries = {{in}{in}}, - ofseries = {{di}{di}}, - number = {{numero}{n\adddot}}, - chapter = {{capitolo}{cap\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{tesi di laurea magistrale}{tesi di laurea mag\adddot}}, - phdthesis = {{tesi di dottorato}{tesi di dott\adddot}}, - resreport = {{rapporto di ricerca}{rapporto di ricerca}}, - techreport = {{rapporto tecnico}{rapp\adddotspace tecn\adddot}}, -% software = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% datacd = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% audiocd = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - version = {{versione}{ver\adddot}}, - url = {{indirizzo}{indirizzo}}, - urlseen = {{visitato il}{visitato il}}, -% inpreparation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% submitted = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - inpress = {{in stampa}{in stampa}}, - citedas = {{citato come}{cit\adddotspace come}}, -% thiscite = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - seenote = {{vedi nota}{v\adddotspace nota}}, - quotedin = {{citato da}{cit\adddotspace da}}, - idem = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsm = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsf = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idemsn = {{idem}{idem}}, - idempm = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - idempf = {{eaedem}{eaedem}}, - idempn = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idempp = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - ibidem = {{ibidem}{ibid\adddot}}, - opcit = {{cit\adddot}{cit\adddot}}, - loccit = {{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{cf\adddot}{cf\adddot}}, - sequens = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{ss\adddot}{ss\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{vedi\adddot}{v\adddot}}, - seealso = {{vedi anche}{v\adddot~anche}}, - backrefpage = {{citato a pagina}{cit\adddotspace a p\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{citato alle pagine}{cit\adddotspace alle pp\adddot}}, - january = {{gennaio}{gen\adddot}}, - february = {{febbraio}{feb\adddot}}, - march = {{marzo}{mar\adddot}}, - april = {{aprile}{apr\adddot}}, - may = {{maggio}{mag\adddot}}, - june = {{giugno}{giu\adddot}}, - july = {{luglio}{lug\adddot}}, - august = {{agosto}{ago\adddot}}, - september = {{settembre}{set\adddot}}, - october = {{ottobre}{ott\adddot}}, - november = {{novembre}{nov\adddot}}, - december = {{dicembre}{dic\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{americano}{americano}}, - langbrazilian = {{brasiliano}{brasiliano}}, -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langdanish = {{danese}{danese}}, - langdutch = {{olandese}{olandese}}, - langenglish = {{inglese}{inglese}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{francese}{francese}}, - langgerman = {{tedesco}{tedesco}}, - langgreek = {{greco}{greco}}, - langitalian = {{italiano}{italiano}}, - langlatin = {{latino}{latino}}, - langnorwegian = {{norvegese}{norvegese}}, - langportuguese = {{portoghese}{portoghese}}, -% langrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langspanish = {{spagnolo}{spagnolo}}, - langswedish = {{svedese}{svedese}}, - fromamerican = {{dall'americano}{dall'americano}}, - frombrazilian = {{dall brasiliano}{dall brasiliano}}, -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromdanish = {{dal danese}{dal danese}}, - fromdutch = {{dall'olandese}{dall'olandese}}, - fromenglish = {{dall'inglese}{dall'inglese}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{dal francese}{dal francese}}, - fromgerman = {{dal tedesco}{dal tedesco}}, - fromgreek = {{dal greco}{dal greco}}, - fromitalian = {{dall'italiano}{dall'italiano}}, - fromlatin = {{dal latino}{dal latino}}, - fromnorwegian = {{dal norvegese}{dal norvegese}}, - fromportuguese = {{dall portoghese}{dall portoghese}}, -% fromrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromspanish = {{dallo spagnolo}{dallo spagnolo}}, - fromswedish = {{dal svedese}{dal svedese}}, - countryde = {{Germania}{DE}}, - countryep = {{Unione Europea}{EP}}, - countryeu = {{Unione Europea}{EU}}, - countryfr = {{Francia}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Regno Unito}{GB}}, - countryus = {{Stati Uniti d'America}{US}}, - patent = {{brevetto}{brev\adddot}}, - patentde = {{brevetto tedesco}{brev\adddot\ tedesco}}, - patenteu = {{brevetto europeo}{brev\adddot\ europeo}}, - patentfr = {{brevetto francese}{brev\adddot\ francese}}, - patentuk = {{brevetto britannico}{brev\adddot\ britannico}}, - patentus = {{brevetto americano}{brev\adddot\ americano}}, - patreq = {{brevetto richiesto}{brev\adddot\ rich\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{brevetto tedesco richiesto}{brev\adddot\ tedesco rich\adddot}}, - patreqeu = {{brevetto europeo richiesto}{brev\adddot\ europeo rich\adddot}}, - patreqfr = {{brevetto francese richiesto}{brev\adddot\ francese rich\adddot}}, - patrequk = {{brevetto britannico richiesto}{brev\adddot\ britannico rich\adddot}}, - patrequs = {{brevetto U.S.A\adddot\ richiesto}{brev\adddot\ U.S.A\adddot\ rich\adddot}}, - file = {{file}{file}}, - library = {{biblioteca}{biblioteca}}, - abstract = {{abstract}{abstract}}, - annotation = {{annotazione}{annotazione}}, -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/naustrian.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/naustrian.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 11710a3..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/naustrian.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: naustrian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{naustrian.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: naustrian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{german} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - inherit = {german}, - citedas = {{im Folgenden zitiert als}{im Folgenden zit\adddotspace als}}, - january = {{J\"anner}{J\"an\adddot}}, -% alternative spelling, uncomment to enable: -% section = {{Paragraf}{\S}}, -% sections = {{Paragrafen}{\S\S}}, -} - -\DeclareHyphenationExceptions{% - Pa-tent-an-mel-dung - Pa-tent-an-meld -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/newzealand.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/newzealand.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index c07f950..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/newzealand.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: newzealand.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{newzealand.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: newzealand.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{british} -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% -} - -\InheritBibliographyStrings{english} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/ngerman.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/ngerman.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 9c13c6b..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/ngerman.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: ngerman.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{ngerman.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: ngerman.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{german} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - inherit = {german}, - citedas = {{im Folgenden zitiert als}{im Folgenden zit\adddotspace als}}, -% alternative spelling, uncomment to enable: -% section = {{Paragraf}{\S}}, -% sections = {{Paragrafen}{\S\S}}, -} - -\DeclareHyphenationExceptions{% - Pa-tent-an-mel-dung - Pa-tent-an-meld -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/norsk.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/norsk.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index e1da25c..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/norsk.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: norsk.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{norsk.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: norsk.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -% Status: -% - 'norsk' and 'nynorsk' use the same translations, correct? - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{norwegian} -\InheritBibliographyStrings{norwegian} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/norwegian.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/norwegian.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 0e9f8b4..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/norwegian.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,359 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: norwegian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{norwegian.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: norwegian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{norwegian}{norsk,nynorsk} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{\stripzeros{#1}\adddot}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkbibordinal{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}\adddot}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\adddot}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Bibliografi}{Bibliografi}}, - references = {{Referanser}{Referanser}}, - shorthands = {{Forkortelsesliste}{Liste over forkortelser}}, - editor = {{editor}{ed\adddot}}, - editors = {{editorere}{ed\adddot}}, - compiler = {{sammenstiller}{sammenst\adddot}}, - compilers = {{sammenstillere}{sammenst\adddot}}, - redactor = {{redakt\o r}{red\adddot}}, - redactors = {{redakt\o rer}{red\adddot}}, -% reviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% revisers = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founders = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% collaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% collaborators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - translator = {{oversetter}{overs\adddot}}, - translators = {{oversettere}{overs\adddot}}, - commentator = {{kommentator}{kom\adddot}}, - commentators = {{kommentatorer}{kom\adddot}}, - annotator = {{forklaring}{forkl\adddot}}, - annotators = {{forklaringer}{forkl\adddot}}, - commentary = {{kommentar}{komm\adddot}}, - annotations = {{forklaring}{forkl\adddot}}, - introduction = {{innledning}{innl\adddot}}, - foreword = {{forord}{forord}}, - afterword = {{etterord}{etterord}}, -% editortr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - byauthor = {{av}{av}}, - byeditor = {{utgitt av}{utg\adddotspace av}}, - bycompiler = {{sammenstillet av}{sammenst\adddotspace av}}, - byredactor = {{bearbeidet av}{bearb\adddotspace av}}, -% byreviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byfounder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycontinuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycollaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - bytranslator = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ av}{oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ av}}, - bycommentator = {{kommentert av}{komm\adddot\ av}}, - byannotator = {{forklart av}{forkl\adddot\ av}}, - withcommentator = {{med en kommentar av}{med en komm\adddot\ av}}, - withannotator = {{med forklaring av}{med forkl\adddot\ av}}, - withintroduction = {{med en innledning av}{med en innl\adddot\ av}}, - withforeword = {{med et forord av}{med et forord av}}, - withafterword = {{med et etterord av}{med et etterord av}}, - byeditortr = {{utgitt og oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ av}% - {utg\adddotspace og oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ av}}, - byeditorco = {{utgitt og kommentert av}% - {utg\adddotspace og komm\adddot\ av}}, - byeditoran = {{utgitt og forklart av}% - {utg\adddotspace og forkl\adddot\ av}}, - byeditorin = {{utgitt og med en innledning skrevet av}% - {utg\adddotspace og med en innledning skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditorfo = {{utgitt og med et forord skrevet av}% - {utg\adddotspace og med et forord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditoraf = {{utgitt og med et etterord skrevet av}% - {utg\adddotspace og med et etterord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortrco = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ og kommentert av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ og komm\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortran = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ og forklart av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ og forkl\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortrin = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ og med en innledning skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ og med en innl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortrfo = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ og med et forord skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortraf = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ og med et etterord skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ og med et etterord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditorcoin = {{utgitt, kommentert og med en innledning skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ og med en innl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditorcofo = {{utgitt, kommentert og med et forord skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{utgitt, kommentert og med et etterord skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace komm\adddot\ og med et etterord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditoranin = {{utgitt, forklart og med en innledning skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace forkl\adddot\ og med en innl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditoranfo = {{utgitt, forklart og med et forord skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace forkl\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditoranaf = {{utgitt, forklart og med et etterord skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace forkl\adddot\ og med et etterord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommentert og med en innledning skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med en innl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommentert og med et forord skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommentert og med et etterord skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med et etterord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortranin = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, forklart og med en innledning skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med en innl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortranfo = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, forklart og med et forord skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortranaf = {{utgitt, oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, forklart og med et etterord skrevet av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med et etterord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatorco = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ og kommentert av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ og komm\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatoran = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ og forklart av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ og forkl\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatorin = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ og med en innledning skrevet av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ og med en innl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ og med et forord skrevet av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ og med et etterord skrevet av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang\ og med et etterord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommentert og med en innledning skrevet av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med en innl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommentert og med et forord skrevet av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommentert og med et etterord skrevet av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, komm\adddot\ og med et etterord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, forklart og med en innledning skrevet av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med en innl\adddot\ skrev\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, forklart og med et forord skrevet av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med et forord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, forklart og med et etterord skrevet av}% - {oversatt \lbx@sfromlang, forkl\adddot\ og med et etterord skrev\adddot\ av}}, - and = {{og}{og}}, - andothers = {{bl.\,a\adddot}{bl.\,a\adddot}}, - andmore = {{og mer}{og mer}}, - volume = {{bind}{bd\adddot}}, - volumes = {{bind}{bd\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{\aa rgang}{\aa g\adddot}}, - jourser = {{serie}{ser\adddot}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - newseries = {{ny serie}{n.\,s\adddot}}, - oldseries = {{gammel serie}{g.\,s\adddot}}, - edition = {{utgave}{utg\adddot}}, - reprint = {{gjenopptrykk}{gjenopptrykk}}, - reprintof = {{gjenopptrykk av}{gjenopptrykk av}}, - reprintas = {{gjenopptrykk som}{gjenopptrykk som}}, - page = {{side}{s\adddot}}, - pages = {{sider}{s\adddot}}, - column = {{spalte}{sp\adddot}}, - columns = {{spalter}{sp\adddot}}, - line = {{linje}{l\adddot}}, - lines = {{linjer}{l\adddot}}, - verse = {{vers}{v\adddot}}, - verses = {{vers}{v\adddot}}, -% section = {{}{\S}}, % FIXME: missing -% sections = {{}{\S\S}}, % FIXME: missing -% paragraph = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% paragraphs = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - in = {{i}{i}}, - inseries = {{rekken}{rekken}}, - ofseries = {{av rekken}{av rekken}}, - number = {{nummer}{nr\adddot}}, - chapter = {{kapittel}{kap\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{masteroppgave}{masteropp\adddot}}, - phdthesis = {{PhD avhandling}{PhD avh\adddot}}, - resreport = {{forskningsrapport}{forskningsrapport}}, - techreport = {{teknisk rapport}{tek\adddot\ rap\adddot}}, - software = {{programvare}{programvare}}, - datacd = {{data CD}{data CD}}, - audiocd = {{lyd CD}{lyd CD}}, - version = {{versjon}{versjon}}, - url = {{side}{side}}, - urlseen = {{sjekket}{sjekket}}, -% inpreparation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% submitted = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% inpress = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - citedas = {{fremover sitert som}{fremover sit\adddot\ som}}, -% thiscite = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - seenote = {{se notat}{se notat}}, - quotedin = {{sitert i}{sitert i}}, - idem = {{den samme}{den~s\adddot}}, - idemsf = {{den samme}{den~s\adddot}}, - idemsm = {{den samme}{den~s\adddot}}, - idemsn = {{det samme}{det~s\adddot}}, - idempf = {{de samme}{de~s\adddot}}, - idempm = {{de samme}{de~s\adddot}}, - idempn = {{de samme}{de~s\adddot}}, - idempp = {{de samme}{de~s\adddot}}, - ibidem = {{ibidem}{ibid\adddot}}, - opcit = {{op.\,cit\adddot}{op.\,cit\adddot}}, - loccit = {{loc.\,cit\adddot}{loc.\,cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{sammenlikn}{smlk\adddot}}, - sequens = {{sq\adddot}{sq\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{sqq\adddot}{sqq\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{se}{s\adddot}}, - seealso = {{se ogs\aa}{s.\,\aa\adddot}}, - backrefpage = {{se side}{se s\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{se sider}{se s\adddot}}, - january = {{januar}{jan\adddot}}, - february = {{februar}{feb\adddot}}, - march = {{marts}{mar\adddot}}, - april = {{april}{apr\adddot}}, - may = {{mai}{mai}}, - june = {{juni}{jun\adddot}}, - july = {{juli}{jul\adddot}}, - august = {{august}{aug\adddot}}, - september = {{september}{sep\adddot}}, - october = {{oktober}{okt\adddot}}, - november = {{november}{nov\adddot}}, - december = {{desember}{des\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{amerikansk}{amerikansk}}, -% langbrazilian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% langdanish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% langdutch = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langenglish = {{engelsk}{engelsk}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{fransk}{fransk}}, - langgerman = {{tysk}{tysk}}, - langgreek = {{gresk}{gresk}}, - langitalian = {{italiensk}{italiensk}}, - langlatin = {{latin}{latin}}, - langnorwegian = {{norsk}{norsk}}, -% langportuguese = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% langrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langspanish = {{spansk}{spansk}}, -% langswedish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromamerican = {{fra amerikansk}{fra amerikansk}}, -% frombrazilian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% fromdanish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% fromdutch = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromenglish = {{fra engelsk}{fra engelsk}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{fra fransk}{fra fransk}}, - fromgerman = {{fra tysk}{fra tysk}}, - fromgreek = {{fra gresk}{fra gresk}}, - fromitalian = {{fra italiensk}{fra italiensk}}, - fromlatin = {{fra latin}{fra latin}}, - fromnorwegian = {{fra norsk}{fra norsk}}, -% fromportuguese = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% fromrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromspanish = {{fra spansk}{fra spansk}}, -% fromswedish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - countryde = {{Tyskland}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{Europeiske Union}{EU}}, - countryep = {{Europeiske Union}{EP}}, - countryfr = {{Frankrike}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Storbritania}{GB}}, - countryus = {{USA}{US}}, - patent = {{patent}{patent}}, - patentde = {{tysk patent}{tys\adddot\ pat\adddot}}, - patenteu = {{europeisk patent}{eur\adddot\ pat\adddot}}, - patentfr = {{fransk patent}{fra\adddot\ pat\adddot}}, - patentuk = {{storbritansk patent}{UK pat\adddot}}, - patentus = {{US amerikansk patent}{US pat\adddot}}, - patreq = {{s\o knad om patent}{pat\adddot\ s\o k\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{s\o knad om tysk patent}{tys\adddot\ pat\adddot\ s\o k\adddot}}, - patreqeu = {{s\o knad om europeisk patent}{eur\adddot\ pat\adddot\ s\o k\adddot}}, - patreqfr = {{s\o knad om fransk patent}{fra\adddot\ pat\adddot\ s\o k\adddot}}, - patrequk = {{s\o knad om storbritansk patent}{UK pat\adddot\ s\o k\adddot}}, - patrequs = {{s\o knad om US amerikansk patent}{US pat\adddot\ s\o k\adddot}}, -% file = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% library = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% abstract = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% annotation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/nynorsk.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/nynorsk.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index d24ae38..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/nynorsk.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: nynorsk.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{nynorsk.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: nynorsk.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -% Status: -% - 'norsk' and 'nynorsk' use the same translations, correct? - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{norwegian} -\InheritBibliographyStrings{norwegian} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/portuges.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/portuges.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index d0cb720..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/portuges.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: portuges.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{portuges.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: portuges.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\InheritBibliographyExtras{portuguese} -\InheritBibliographyStrings{portuguese} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/portuguese.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/portuguese.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index e0a9ad8..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/portuguese.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,460 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: portuguese.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{portuguese.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: portuguese.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -% Changes: -% 2010-11-21 Update by Jos\'e Carlos Santos - -% Translator's notes: -% -% Recently (since January 2010) a change was introduced in the -% way Portuguese is written and according to the new rules month -% names should not be capitalized. These new rules are optional -% at present, but they will become mandatory after 2015. - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{portuguese}{portuges,brazil} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \def\mkbibordinal{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord#1{% - \stripzeros{#1}\textordmasculine}% \textordmasculine -> textcomp.sty - \protected\def\mkbibfemord#1{% - \stripzeros{#1}\textordfeminine}% \textordfeminine -> textcomp.sty - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace de\space}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\nobreakspace de\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{/}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{/}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \savecommand\mkbibordedition - \savecommand\mkbibordseries - \def\mkbibordedition{\mkbibfemord}% - \def\mkbibordseries{\mkbibfemord}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\mkbibordedition - \restorecommand\mkbibordseries -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Bibliografia}{Bibliografia}}, - references = {{Refer\^encias}{Refer\^encias}}, - shorthands = {{Lista de Abreviaturas}{Abreviaturas}}, - editor = {{editor}{ed\adddot}}, - editors = {{editores}{eds\adddot}}, - compiler = {{compilador}{comp\adddot}}, - compilers = {{compiladores}{comp\adddot}}, - redactor = {{redator}{red\adddot}}, - redactors = {{redatores}{red\adddot}}, -% reviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% revisers = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - founder = {{fundador}{fund\adddot}}, - founders = {{fundadores}{fund\adddot}}, - continuator = {{continuador}{cont\adddot}}, - continuators = {{continuadores}{cont\adddot}}, - collaborator = {{colaborador}{col\adddot}}, - collaborators = {{colaboradores}{cols\adddot}}, - translator = {{tradutor}{trad\adddot}}, - translators = {{tradutores}{trads\adddot}}, - commentator = {{comentador}{coment\adddot}}, - commentators = {{comentadores}{coments\adddot}}, - annotator = {{anotador}{anot\adddot}}, - annotators = {{anotadores}{anots\adddot}}, - commentary = {{coment\'ario}{coment\adddot}}, - annotations = {{notas}{notas}}, - introduction = {{introdu\c{c}\~ao}{introd\adddot}}, - foreword = {{pref\'acio}{pref\adddot}}, - afterword = {{posf\'acio}{posf\adddot}}, - editortr = {{editor e tradutor}% - {ed\adddotspace e trad\adddot}}, - editorstr = {{editores e tradutores}% - {eds\adddotspace e trads\adddot}}, - editorco = {{editor e comentador}% - {ed\adddotspace e coment\adddot}}, - editorsco = {{editores e comentadores}% - {eds\adddotspace e coments\adddot}}, - editoran = {{editor e anotador}% - {ed\adddotspace e anot\adddot}}, - editorsan = {{editores e anotadores}% - {eds\adddotspace e anots\adddot}}, - editorin = {{editor e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed\adddotspace e introd\adddot}}, - editorsin = {{editores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds\adddotspace e introd\adddot}}, - editorfo = {{editor e pref\'acio}% - {ed\adddotspace e pref\adddot}}, - editorsfo = {{editores e pref\'acio}% - {eds\adddotspace e pref\adddot}}, - editoraf = {{editor e posf\'acio}% - {ed\adddotspace e posf\adddot}}, - editorsaf = {{editores e posf\'acio}% - {eds\adddotspace e posf\adddot}}, - editortrco = {{editor, tradutor e comentador}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, - editorstrco = {{editores, tradutores e comentadores}% - {eds., trads\adddot\ e coments\adddot}}, - editortran = {{editor, tradutor e anotador}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, - editorstran = {{editores, tradutores e anotadores}% - {eds., trads\adddot\ e anots\adddot}}, - editortrin = {{editor, tradutor e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorstrin = {{editores, tradutores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds., trads\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editortrfo = {{editor, tradutor e pref\'acio}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorstrfo = {{editores, tradutores e pref\'acio}% - {eds., trads\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editortraf = {{editor, tradutor e posf\'acio}% - {ed., trad\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorstraf = {{editores, tradutores e posf\'acio}% - {eds., trads\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorcoin = {{editor, comentador e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorscoin = {{editores, comentadores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds., coments\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorcofo = {{editor, comentador e pref\'acio}% - {ed., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorscofo = {{editores, comentadores e pref\'acio}% - {eds., coments\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorcoaf = {{editor, comentador e posf\'acio}% - {ed., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorscoaf = {{editores, comentadores e posf\'acio}% - {eds., coments\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editoranin = {{editor, anotador e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorsanin = {{editores, anotadores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds., anots\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editoranfo = {{editor, anotador e pref\'acio}% - {ed., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorsanfo = {{editores, anotadores e pref\'acio}% - {eds., anots\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editoranaf = {{editor, anotador e posf\'acio}% - {ed., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorsanaf = {{editores, anotadores e posf\'acio}% - {eds., anots\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editortrcoin = {{editor, tradutor, comentador e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed., trad., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorstrcoin = {{editores, tradutores, comentadores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds., trads., coments\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editortrcofo = {{editor, tradutor, comentador e pref\'acio}% - {ed., trad., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorstrcofo = {{editores, tradutores, comentadores e pref\'acio}% - {eds., trads., coments\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editortrcoaf = {{editor, tradutor, comentador e posf\'acio}% - {ed., trad., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorstrcoaf = {{editores, tradutores, comentadores e posf\'acio}% - {eds., trads., coments\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editortranin = {{editor, tradutor, anotador e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {ed., trad., anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editorstranin = {{editores, tradutores, anotadores e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {eds., trads., anots\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - editortranfo = {{editor, tradutor, anotador e pref\'acio}% - {ed., trad., anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editorstranfo = {{editores, tradutores, anotadores e pref\'acio}% - {eds., trads., anots\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - editortranaf = {{editor, tradutor, anotador e posf\'acio}% - {ed., trad., anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - editorstranaf = {{editores, tradutores, anotadores e posf\'acio}% - {eds., trads., anots\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - translatorco = {{tradutor e comentador}% - {trad\adddot\ e coment\adddot}}, - translatorsco = {{tradutores e comentadores}% - {trads\adddot\ e coments\adddot}}, - translatoran = {{tradutor e anotador}% - {trad\adddot\ e anot\adddot}}, - translatorsan = {{tradutores e anotadores}% - {trads\adddot\ e anots\adddot}}, - translatorin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - translatorsin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - translatorfo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e pref\'acio}% - {trad\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - translatorsfo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e pref\'acio}% - {trad\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - translatoraf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e posf\'acio}% - {trad\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - translatorsaf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao e posf\'acio}% - {trad\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - translatorcoin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - translatorscoin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e introd\adddot}}, - translatorcofo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e pref\'acio}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - translatorscofo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e pref\'acio}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e pref\adddot}}, - translatorcoaf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e posf\'acio}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - translatorscoaf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, coment\'ario e posf\'acio}% - {trad., coment\adddot\ e posf\adddot}}, - translatoranin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad., notas e introd\adddot}}, - translatorsanin = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e introdu\c{c}\~ao}% - {trad., notas e introd\adddot}}, - translatoranfo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e pref\'acio}% - {trad., notas e pref\adddot}}, - translatorsanfo = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e pref\'acio}% - {trad., notas e pref\adddot}}, - translatoranaf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e posf\'acio}% - {trad., notas e posf\adddot}}, - translatorsanaf = {{tradu\c{c}\~ao, notas e posf\'acio}% - {trad., notas e posf\adddot}}, - byauthor = {{por}{por}}, - byeditor = {{editado por}{ed\adddotspace por}}, - bycompiler = {{compilado por}{comp\adddotspace por}}, - byredactor = {{redigido por}{red\adddotspace por}}, -% byreviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - byfounder = {{fundado por}{fund\adddotspace por}}, - bycontinuator = {{continuado por}{cont\adddotspace por}}, - bycollaborator = {{em colabora\c{a}\~o com}{em col\adddotspace com}}, - bytranslator = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ por}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ por}}, - bycommentator = {{comentado por}{com\adddot\ por}}, - byannotator = {{notas de}{not\adddot\ de}}, - withcommentator = {{com coment\'arios de}{com coment\adddot\ de}}, - withannotator = {{com notas de}{com notas de}}, - withintroduction = {{com introdu\c{c}\~ao de}{com introd\adddot\ de}}, - withforeword = {{com pref\'acio de}{com pref\adddot\ de}}, - withafterword = {{com posf\'acio de}{com posf\adddot\ de}}, - byeditortr = {{editado e traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ por}% - {ed\adddotspace e trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ por}}, - byeditorco = {{editado e comentado por}% - {ed\adddotspace e com\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoran = {{editado e anotado por}% - {ed\adddotspace e anot\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorin = {{editado e introduzido por}% - {ed\adddotspace e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorfo = {{editado e prefaciado por}% - {ed\adddotspace e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoraf = {{editado e posfaciado por}% - {ed\adddotspace e posf\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrco = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e comentado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e com\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortran = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e anotado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e anot\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e introduzido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad. \lbx@sfromlang\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrfo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e prefaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad. \lbx@sfromlang\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortraf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e posfaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad. \lbx@sfromlang\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorcoin = {{editado, comentado e introduzido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace com\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorcofo = {{editado, comentado e prefaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace com\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{editado, comentado e posfaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace com\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoranin = {{editado, anotado e introduzido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoranfo = {{editado, anotado e prefaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoranaf = {{editado, anotado e posfaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e introduzido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e prefaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e posfaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortranin = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e introduzido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortranfo = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e prefaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortranaf = {{editado, traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e posfaciado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorco = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e comentado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e com\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoran = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e anotado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e anot\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorin = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e introduzido por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e prefaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang\ e posfaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e introduzido por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e prefaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e posfaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e introduzido por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e prefaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e pref\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{traduzido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e posfaciado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e posf\adddot\ por}}, - and = {{e}{e}}, - andothers = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - andmore = {{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}{et\addabbrvspace al\adddot}}, - volume = {{volume}{vol\adddot}}, - volumes = {{volumes}{vols\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{volume}{vol\adddot}}, - jourser = {{s\'erie}{s\'er\adddot}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - newseries = {{nova s\'erie}{nova s\'er\adddot}}, - oldseries = {{s\'erie antiga}{s\'er\adddot\ antiga}}, - edition = {{edi\c{c}\~ao}{ed\adddot}}, - reprint = {{reimpress\~ao}{reimpr\adddot}}, - reprintof = {{reimpress\~ao de}{reimpr\adddotspace de}}, - reprintas = {{reimpresso como}{reimpr\adddotspace como}}, - page = {{p\'agina}{p\adddot}}, - pages = {{p\'aginas}{pp\adddot}}, - column = {{coluna}{col\adddot}}, - columns = {{colunas}{cols\adddot}}, - line = {{linha}{l\adddot}}, - lines = {{linhas}{ll\adddot}}, - verse = {{verso}{v\adddot}}, - verses = {{versos}{vv\adddot}}, - section = {{se\c{c}\~ao}{\S}}, - sections = {{se\c{c}\~oes}{\S\S}}, - paragraph = {{par\'agrafo}{par\adddot}}, - paragraphs = {{par\'agrafo}{pars\adddot}}, - in = {{em}{em}}, - inseries = {{em}{em}}, - ofseries = {{de}{de}}, - number = {{n\'umero}{n\textordmasculine}}, - chapter = {{cap\'\i tulo}{cap\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{tese de mestrado}{tese de mestrado}}, - phdthesis = {{tese de doutoramento}{tese de doutoramento}}, - resreport = {{relat\'orio de pesquisa}{rel\adddotspace de pesquisa}}, - techreport = {{relat\'orio t\'ecnico}{rel\adddotspace t\'ec\adddot}}, - software = {{software}{software}}, - datacd = {{CD-ROM}{CD-ROM}}, - audiocd = {{CD \'audio}{CD \'audio}}, - version = {{vers\~ao}{vers\~ao}}, - url = {{endere\c{c}o eletr\^onico}{endere\c{c}o}}, - urlseen = {{acedido em}{acedido em}}, -% inpreparation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - submitted = {{submetido}{subm\adddot}}, -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - inpress = {{na imprensa}{na imp\addot}}, - citedas = {{doravante citado como}{doravante citado como}}, - seenote = {{ver nota}{ver nota}}, - quotedin = {{apud}{apud}}, - idem = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsm = {{idem}{idem}}, - idemsf = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idemsn = {{idem}{idem}}, - idempm = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - idempf = {{eaedem}{eaedem}}, - idempn = {{eadem}{eadem}}, - idempp = {{eidem}{eidem}}, - ibidem = {{ibidem}{ibid\adddot}}, - opcit = {{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{op\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - loccit = {{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{cf\adddot}{cf\adddot}}, - sequens = {{sq\adddot}{sq\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{sqq\adddot}{sqq\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{ver}{ver}}, - seealso = {{ver tamb\'em}{ver tamb\'em}}, - backrefpage = {{ver p\'agina}{ver p\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{ver p\'aginas}{ver pp\adddot}}, -% january = {{Janeiro}{Jan\adddot}}, -% february = {{Fevereiro}{Fev\adddot}}, -% march = {{Mar\c{c}o}{Mar\adddot}}, -% april = {{Abril}{Abr\adddot}}, -% may = {{Maio}{Mai\adddot}}, -% june = {{Junho}{Jun\adddot}}, -% july = {{Julho}{Jul\adddot}}, -% august = {{Agosto}{Ago\adddot}}, -% september = {{Setembro}{Set\adddot}}, -% october = {{Outubro}{Out\adddot}}, -% november = {{Novembro}{Nov\adddot}}, -% december = {{Dezembro}{Dez\adddot}}, - january = {{janeiro}{jan\adddot}}, - february = {{fevereiro}{fev\adddot}}, - march = {{mar\c{c}o}{mar\adddot}}, - april = {{abril}{abr\adddot}}, - may = {{maio}{mai\adddot}}, - june = {{junho}{jun\adddot}}, - july = {{julho}{jul\adddot}}, - august = {{agosto}{ago\adddot}}, - september = {{setembro}{set\adddot}}, - october = {{outubro}{out\adddot}}, - november = {{novembro}{nov\adddot}}, - december = {{dezembro}{dez\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{ingl\^es}{ingl\^es}}, - langbrazilian = {{portugu{\^e}s}{portugu{\^e}s}}, -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langdanish = {{dinamarqu\^es}{dinamarqu\^es}}, - langdutch = {{holand{\^e}s}{holand{\^e}s}}, - langenglish = {{ingl\^es}{ingl\^es}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{franc\^es}{franc\^es}}, - langgerman = {{alem\~ao}{alem\~ao}}, - langgreek = {{grego}{grego}}, - langitalian = {{italiano}{italiano}}, - langlatin = {{latim}{latim}}, - langnorwegian = {{noruegu\^es}{noruegu\^es}}, - langportuguese = {{portugu{\^e}s}{portugu{\^e}s}}, -% langrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langspanish = {{espanhol}{espanhol}}, - langswedish = {{sueco}{sueco}}, - fromamerican = {{do ingl\^es}{do ingl\^es}}, - frombrazilian = {{do portugu{\^e}s}{do portugu{\^e}s}}, -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromdanish = {{do dinamarqu\^es}{do dinamarqu\^es}}, - fromdutch = {{do holand{\^e}s}{do holand{\^e}s}}, - fromenglish = {{do ingl\^es}{do ingl\^es}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{do franc\^es}{do franc\^es}}, - fromgerman = {{do alem\~ao}{do alem\~ao}}, - fromgreek = {{do grego}{do grego}}, - fromitalian = {{do italiano}{do italiano}}, - fromlatin = {{do latim}{do latim}}, - fromnorwegian = {{do noruegu\^es}{do noruegu\^es}}, - fromportuguese = {{do portugu{\^e}s}{do portugu{\^e}s}}, -% fromrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromspanish = {{do espanhol}{do espanhol}}, - fromswedish = {{do sueco}{do sueco}}, - countryde = {{Alemanha}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{Uni\~ao Europeia}{EU}}, - countryep = {{Uni\~ao Europeia}{EP}}, - countryfr = {{Fran\c{c}a}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Reino Unido}{GB}}, - countryus = {{Estados Unidos da Am\'erica}{US}}, - patent = {{patente}{pat\adddot}}, - patentde = {{patente alem\~a}{pat\adddot\ alem\~a}}, - patenteu = {{patente europ\'eia}{pat\adddot\ europ\'eia}}, - patentfr = {{patente francesa}{pat\adddot francesa}}, - patentuk = {{patente brit\^anica}{pat\adddot\ brit\^anica}}, - patentus = {{patente americana}{pat\adddot\ americana}}, - patreq = {{pedido de patente}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{pedido de patente alem\~a}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot\ alem\~a}}, - patreqeu = {{pedido de patente europ\'eia}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot\ europ\'eia}}, - patreqfr = {{pedido de patente francesa}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot\ francesa}}, - patrequk = {{pedido de patente brit\^anica}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot\ brit\^anica}}, - patrequs = {{pedido de patente americana}{ped\adddot\ de pat\adddot\ americana}}, - file = {{arquivo}{arquivo}}, - library = {{biblioteca}{biblioteca}}, - abstract = {{resumo}{resumo}}, - annotation = {{notas}{notas}}, -} - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/russian.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/russian.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index bf85e0b..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/russian.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,506 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: russian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{russian.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: russian.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{russian}{russian} - -% This file requires UTF-8 support! - -\lbx@ifutfinput - {} - {\PackageError{biblatex} - {Russian requires UTF-8 support} - {The 'russian.lbx' file requires UTF-8 encoding but you - seem\MessageBreak to be using a different encoding. - This is a fatal error. I will\MessageBreak abort loading - russian.lbx now.}% - \endinput} - -\NewBibliographyString{% - involumes, - candthesis, - datejanuary, - datefebruary, - datemarch, - dateapril, - datemay, - datejune, - datejuly, - dateaugust, - dateseptember, - dateoctober, - datenovember, - datedecember% -} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{% - \addnbthinspace\textendash\addthinspace - \penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord#1{#1-ΠΉ}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord#1{#1-я}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord#1{#1-Π΅}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\iffieldundef{#3} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}} - {\lbx@ru@mkbibdatemonth{\thefield{#2}}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\adddot}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\adddot}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \savecommand\mkbibordedition - \savecommand\mkbibordseries - \def\mkbibordedition{\mkbibneutord}% - \def\mkbibordseries{\mkbibfemord}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\mkbibordedition - \restorecommand\mkbibordseries -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Бписок Π»ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Ρ€Π°Ρ‚ΡƒΡ€Ρ‹}{Бписок Π»ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Ρ€Π°Ρ‚ΡƒΡ€Ρ‹}},%book-like (chapter) - references = {{Бписок Π»ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Ρ€Π°Ρ‚ΡƒΡ€Ρ‹}{Бписок Π»ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Ρ€Π°Ρ‚ΡƒΡ€Ρ‹}},%article-like (section) - shorthands = {{Бписок сокращСний}{БокращСния}}, - editor = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€}{Ρ€Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editors = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹}{Ρ€Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - compiler = {{ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ}{сост\adddot}}, - compilers = {{составитСли}{сост\adddot}}, - redactor = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€}{Ρ€Π΅Π΄\adddot}},% FIXME: unsure - redactors = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹}{Ρ€Π΅Π΄\adddot}},% FIXME: unsure - reviser = {{Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΈΠ·ΠΈΠΎΠ½Π½Ρ‹ΠΉ ΠΊΠΎΡ€Ρ€Π΅ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€}{Ρ€Π΅Π². ΠΊΠΎΡ€Ρ€\adddot}}, - revisers = {{Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΈΠ·ΠΈΠΎΠ½Π½Ρ‹Π΅ ΠΊΠΎΡ€Ρ€Π΅ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹}{Ρ€Π΅Π². ΠΊΠΎΡ€Ρ€\adddot}}, - founder = {{ΡƒΡ‡Ρ€Π΅Π΄ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ}{ΡƒΡ‡Ρ€\adddot}}, - founders = {{ΡƒΡ‡Ρ€Π΅Π΄ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΠΈ}{ΡƒΡ‡Ρ€\adddot}}, - continuator = {{ΠΏΡ€ΠΎΠ΄ΠΎΠ»ΠΆΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ}{ΠΏΡ€ΠΎΠ΄\adddot}}, - continuators = {{ΠΏΡ€ΠΎΠ΄ΠΎΠ»ΠΆΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π»ΠΈ}{ΠΏΡ€ΠΎΠ΄\adddot}}, - collaborator = {{участник}{участ\adddot}},% FIXME: unsure - collaborators = {{участники}{участ\adddot}},% FIXME: unsure - translator = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ}{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€\adddot}}, - translators = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ}{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€\adddot}}, - commentator = {{ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€}{ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - commentators = {{ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹}{ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - annotator = {{ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ}{сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - annotators = {{ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ}{сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - commentary = {{ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΉ}{ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - annotations = {{примСчания}{ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - introduction = {{Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}{Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - foreword = {{прСдисловиС}{прСдисл\adddot}}, - afterword = {{послСсловиС}{послСсл\adddot}}, - editortr = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€\adddot}}, - editorstr = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€\adddot}}, - editorco = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - editorsco = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - editoran = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - editorsan = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ составитСли ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - editorin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ввСдСния}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editorsin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editorfo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editorsfo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editoraf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - editorsaf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - editortrco = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - editorstrco = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - editortran = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ ΠΈ ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - editorstran = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ ΠΈ составитСли ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - editortrin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ввСдСния}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editorstrin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ввСдСния}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editortrfo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editorstrfo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editortraf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсловия\adddot}}, - editorstraf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - editorcoin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ввСдСния}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editorscoin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ввСдСния}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editorcofo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editorscofo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editorcoaf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - editorscoaf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - editoranin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ввСдСния}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editorsanin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, составитСли ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ввСдСния}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editoranfo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editorsanfo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, составитСли ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editoranaf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - editorsanaf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, составитСли ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - editortrcoin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ввСдСния}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editorstrcoin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editortrcofo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editorstrcofo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editortrcoaf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - editorstrcoaf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - editortranin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ввСдСния}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editorstranin = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, составитСли ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - editortranfo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editorstranfo = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, составитСли ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ прСдисловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - editortranaf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - editorstranaf = {{Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, составитСли ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ послСсловия}% - {Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - translatorco = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - translatorsco = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - translatoran = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - translatorsan = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ ΠΈ составитСли ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Π½ΠΈΠΉ}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ сост. ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - translatorin = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ввСдСния}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - translatorsin = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ввСдСния}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - translatorfo = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ прСдисловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - translatorsfo = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ прСдисловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - translatoraf = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ послСсловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - translatorsaf = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ послСсловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - translatorcoin = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ввСдСния}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - translatorscoin = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, составитСли ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - translatorcofo = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ прСдисловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - translatorscofo = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, составитСли ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ прСдисловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - translatorcoaf = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ послСсловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - translatorscoaf = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, составитСли ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ послСсловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - translatoranin = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ ввСдСния}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - translatorsanin = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, составитСли ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ ввСдСния}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - translatoranfo = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ прСдисловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - translatorsanfo = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, составитСли ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ прСдисловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. прСдисл\adddot}}, - translatoranaf = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊ, ΡΠΎΡΡ‚Π°Π²ΠΈΡ‚Π΅Π»ΡŒ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€ послСсловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - translatorsanaf = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄Ρ‡ΠΈΠΊΠΈ, составитСли ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠ΅Π² ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚ΠΎΡ€Ρ‹ послСсловия}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€., сост. ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π°Π²Ρ‚. послСсл\adddot}}, - byauthor = {{}{}}, - byeditor = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ}{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄\addabbrvspace Ρ€Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - bycompiler = {{составлСно}{сост\adddot}}, - byredactor = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ}{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄\addabbrvspace Ρ€Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - byreviser = {{исправлСно}{испр\adddot}}, - byfounder = {{ΡƒΡ‡Ρ€Π΅ΠΆΠ΄Π΅Π½ΠΎ}{ΡƒΡ‡Ρ€\adddot}},% FIXME: unsure - bycontinuator = {{ΠΏΡ€ΠΎΠ΄ΠΎΠ»ΠΆΠ΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}{ΠΏΡ€ΠΎΠ΄ΠΎΠ»ΠΆ\adddot}},% FIXME: unsure - bycollaborator = {{ΠΏΡ€ΠΈ участии}{ΠΏΡ€ΠΈ\addabbrvspace ΡƒΡ‡\adddot}}, - bytranslator = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang}{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang}}, - bycommentator = {{ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ}{ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - byannotator = {{примСчания}{ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - withcommentator = {{с коммСнтариями}{с\addabbrvspace ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - withannotator = {{с примСчаниями}{с\addabbrvspace ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - withintroduction = {{с Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅ΠΌ}{с\addabbrvspace Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - withforeword = {{с прСдисловиСм}{с\addabbrvspace прСдисл\adddot}}, - withafterword = {{с послСсловиСм}{с\addabbrvspace послСсл\adddot}}, - byeditortr = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΏΠΎΠ΄\addabbrvspace Ρ€Π΅Π΄\adddotspace}}, - byeditorco = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ ΠΈ с коммСнтариями}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ с\addabbrvspace ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - byeditoran = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ ΠΈ с примСчаниями}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ с\addabbrvspace ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - byeditorin = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, с Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅ΠΌ}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., с\addabbrvspace Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - byeditorfo = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, с прСдисловиСм}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., с\addabbrvspace прСдисл\adddot}}, - byeditoraf = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, с послСсловиСм}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., с\addabbrvspace послСсл\adddot}}, - byeditortrco = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - byeditortran = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang ΠΈ примСчания}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang ΠΈ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ\adddot}}, - byeditortrin = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - byeditortrfo = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, прСдисловиС}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, прСдисл\adddot}}, - byeditortraf = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, послСсловиС}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄. ΠΈ ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, послСсл\adddot}}, - byeditorcoin = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - byeditorcofo = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ ΠΈ прСдисловиС}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ прСдисл\adddot}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ ΠΈ послСсловиС}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ послСсл\adddot}}, - byeditoranin = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, примСчания ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - byeditoranfo = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, примСчания ΠΈ прСдисловиС}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ прСдисл\adddot}}, - byeditoranaf = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, примСчания ΠΈ послСсловиС}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌ. ΠΈ послСсл\adddot}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ ΠΈ прСдисловиС}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ прСдисл\adddot}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ ΠΈ послСсловиС}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ послСсл\adddot}}, - byeditortranin = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, примСчания ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡. ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - byeditortranfo = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, примСчания ΠΈ прСдисловиС}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡. ΠΈ прСдисл\adddot}}, - byeditortranaf = {{ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄Π°ΠΊΡ†ΠΈΠ΅ΠΉ, ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, примСчания ΠΈ послСсловиС}% - {ΠΏΠΎΠ΄ Ρ€Π΅Π΄., ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡. ΠΈ послСсл\adddot}}, - bytranslatorco = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang\ ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang\ ΠΈ ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ\adddot}}, - bytranslatoran = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang\ ΠΈ примСчания}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang\ ΠΈ ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡\adddot}}, - bytranslatorin = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang\ ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang\ ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang\ ΠΈ прСдисловиС}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang\ ΠΈ прСдисл\adddot}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang\ ΠΈ послСсловиС}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang\ ΠΈ ΠΈ послСсл\adddot}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ ΠΈ прСдисловиС}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ прСдисл\adddot}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌΠ΅Π½Ρ‚Π°Ρ€ΠΈΠΈ ΠΈ послСсловиС}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΊΠΎΠΌΠΌ. ΠΈ послСсл\adddot}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, примСчания ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄Π΅Π½ΠΈΠ΅}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡. ΠΈ Π²Π²Π΅Π΄\adddot}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, примСчания ΠΈ прСдисловиС}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡. ΠΈ прСдисл\adddot}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅Π²ΠΎΠ΄ \lbx@lfromlang, примСчания ΠΈ послСсловиС}% - {ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€. \lbx@sfromlang, ΠΏΡ€ΠΈΠΌΠ΅Ρ‡. ΠΈ послСсл\adddot}}, - and = {{ΠΈ}{ΠΈ}}, - andothers = {{ΠΈ\addabbrvspace Π΄Ρ€\adddot}{ΠΈ\addabbrvspace Π΄Ρ€\adddot}}, - andmore = {{ΠΈ\addabbrvspace Π΄Ρ€\adddot}{ΠΈ\addabbrvspace Π΄Ρ€\adddot}}, - volume = {{Ρ‚ΠΎΠΌ}{Ρ‚\adddot}}, - volumes = {{Ρ‚ΠΎΠΌΠ°Ρ…}{Ρ‚\adddot}}, - involumes = {{Π²}{Π²}}, - book = {{ΠΊΠ½ΠΈΠ³Π°}{ΠΊΠ½\adddot}}, - part = {{Ρ‡Π°ΡΡ‚ΡŒ}{Ρ‡\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{Ρ‚ΠΎΠΌ}{Ρ‚\adddot}}, - jourser = {{сСрия}{сСр\adddot}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - newseries = {{новая сСрия}{Π½ΠΎΠ²\addabbrvspace сСр\adddot}}, - oldseries = {{старая сСрия}{стар\addabbrvspace сСр\adddot}}, - edition = {{ΠΈΠ·Π΄Π°Π½ΠΈΠ΅}{ΠΈΠ·Π΄\adddot}}, - reprint = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅ΠΈΠ·Π΄Π°Π½ΠΈΠ΅}{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅ΠΈΠ·Π΄\adddot}}, - reprintof = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅ΠΈΠ·Π΄Π°Π½ΠΈΠ΅}{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅ΠΈΠ·Π΄\adddot}}, - reprintas = {{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅ΠΈΠ·Π΄Π°Π½ΠΎ ΠΊΠ°ΠΊ}{ΠΏΠ΅Ρ€Π΅ΠΈΠ·Π΄. ΠΊΠ°ΠΊ}}, - page = {{страница}{с\adddot}}, - pages = {{страницы}{с\adddot}}, - column = {{ΠΊΠΎΠ»ΠΎΠ½ΠΊΠ°}{ΠΊΠΎΠ»\adddot}}, - columns = {{ΠΊΠΎΠ»ΠΎΠ½ΠΊΠΈ}{ΠΊΠΎΠ»\adddot}}, - line = {{строка}{с\adddot}}, - lines = {{строки}{с\adddot}}, - verse = {{стих}{ст\adddot}}, - verses = {{стихи}{ст\adddot}}, - section = {{ΠΏΠ°Ρ€Π°Π³Ρ€Π°Ρ„}{\S}}, - sections = {{ΠΏΠ°Ρ€Π°Π³Ρ€Π°Ρ„Ρ‹}{\S\S}}, - paragraph = {{Π°Π±Π·Π°Ρ†}{Π°Π±Π·\adddot}}, - paragraphs = {{Π°Π±Π·Π°Ρ†Ρ‹}{Π°Π±Π·\adddot}}, - in = {{Π²}{Π²}}, - inseries = {{Π²}{Π²}}, - ofseries = {{ΠΈΠ·}{ΠΈΠ·}}, - number = {{Π½ΠΎΠΌΠ΅Ρ€}{β„–}}, - issue = {{выпуск}{Π²Ρ‹ΠΏ\adddot}}, - chapter = {{Π³Π»Π°Π²Π°}{Π³Π»\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{магистСрская диссСртация}{ΠΌΠ°Π³\adddotspace дисс\adddot}}, - phdthesis = {{докторская диссСртация}{Π΄ΠΎΠΊΡ‚\adddotspace дисс\adddot}}, - candthesis = {{кандидатская диссСртация}{ΠΊΠ°Π½Π΄\adddotspace дисс\adddot}}, - resreport = {{Π½Π°ΡƒΡ‡Π½Ρ‹ΠΉ ΠΎΡ‚Ρ‡Ρ‘Ρ‚}{Π½Π°ΡƒΡ‡\adddotspace ΠΎΡ‚Ρ‡\adddot}}, - techreport = {{тСхничСский ΠΎΡ‚Ρ‡Ρ‘Ρ‚}{Ρ‚Π΅Ρ…\adddotspace ΠΎΡ‚Ρ‡\adddot}}, - software = {{ΠΏΡ€ΠΎΠ³Ρ€Π°ΠΌΠΌΠ½ΠΎΠ΅ обСспСчСниС}{ΠΏΡ€ΠΎΠ³Ρ€\adddotspace обСсп\adddot}}, - datacd = {{CD-ROM}{CD-ROM}}, - audiocd = {{audio CD}{audio CD}}, - version = {{вСрсия}{Π²Π΅Ρ€\adddot}}, - url = {{адрСс}{Π°Π΄Ρ€\adddot}}, - urlseen = {{Π΄Π°Ρ‚Π° обращСния}{Π΄Π°Ρ‚Π°\addabbrvspace ΠΎΠ±Ρ€\adddot}}, - inpreparation = {{Π²\addabbrvspace ΠΏΠΎΠ΄Π³ΠΎΡ‚ΠΎΠ²ΠΊΠ΅}{Π² ΠΏΠΎΠ΄Π³\adddot}}, - submitted = {{прСдставлСно}{прСдст\adddot}}, -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - inpress = {{Π²\addabbrvspace ΠΏΠ΅Ρ‡Π°Ρ‚ΠΈ}{Π² ΠΏΠ΅Ρ‡\adddot}}, - citedas = {{Π΄Π°Π»Π΅Π΅ цитируСтся ΠΊΠ°ΠΊ}{Π΄Π°Π»Π΅Π΅ Ρ†ΠΈΡ‚\adddot}}, - thiscite = {{здСсь}{здСсь}}, - seenote = {{смотри сноску}{см\adddotspace сн\adddot}}, - quotedin = {{цитируСтся ΠΏΠΎ}{Ρ†ΠΈΡ‚\adddotspace ΠΏΠΎ}}, - idem = {{ΠΎΠ½\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}{ΠΎΠ½\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}}, - idemsm = {{ΠΎΠ½\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}{ΠΎΠ½\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}}, - idemsf = {{ΠΎΠ½Π°\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}{ΠΎΠ½Π°\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}}, - idemsn = {{ΠΎΠ½\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}{ΠΎΠ½\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}}, - idempm = {{ΠΎΠ½ΠΈ\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}{ΠΎΠ½ΠΈ\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}}, - idempf = {{ΠΎΠ½ΠΈ\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}{ΠΎΠ½ΠΈ\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}}, - idempn = {{ΠΎΠ½ΠΈ\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}{ΠΎΠ½ΠΈ\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}}, - idempp = {{ΠΎΠ½ΠΈ\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}{ΠΎΠ½ΠΈ\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}}, - ibidem = {{Ρ‚Π°ΠΌ\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}{Ρ‚Π°ΠΌ\addabbrvspace ΠΆΠ΅}}, - opcit = {{Ρ†ΠΈΡ‚\adddotspace соч\adddot}{Ρ†ΠΈΡ‚\adddotspace соч\adddot}}, - loccit = {{Ρ†ΠΈΡ‚\adddotspace мСст\adddot}{Ρ†ΠΈΡ‚\adddotspace мСст\adddot}}, - confer = {{сравни}{ср\adddot}}, - sequens = {{ΠΈ ΡΠ»Π΅Π΄ΡƒΡŽΡ‰Π°Ρ}{ΠΈ\addabbrvspace сл\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{ΠΈ ΡΠ»Π΅Π΄ΡƒΡŽΡ‰ΠΈΠ΅}{ΠΈ\addabbrvspace сл\adddot}}, - passim = {{Π²ΡΡŽΠ΄Ρƒ}{Π²ΡΡŽΠ΄Ρƒ}}, - see = {{смотри}{см\adddot}}, - seealso = {{смотри Ρ‚Π°ΠΊΠΆΠ΅}{см. Ρ‚Π°ΠΊΠΆΠ΅}}, - backrefpage = {{цитируСтся Π½Π° страницС}{Ρ†ΠΈΡ‚\adddotspace Π½Π°\addabbrvspace с\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{цитируСтся Π½Π° страницах}{Ρ†ΠΈΡ‚\adddotspace Π½Π°\addabbrvspace с\adddot}}, - january = {{ΡΠ½Π²Π°Ρ€ΡŒ}{янв\adddot}}, - february = {{Ρ„Π΅Π²Ρ€Π°Π»ΡŒ}{Ρ„Π΅Π²\adddot}}, - march = {{ΠΌΠ°Ρ€Ρ‚}{ΠΌΠ°Ρ€\adddot}}, - april = {{Π°ΠΏΡ€Π΅Π»ΡŒ}{Π°ΠΏΡ€\adddot}}, - may = {{ΠΌΠ°ΠΉ}{ΠΌΠ°ΠΉ}}, - june = {{июнь}{июн\adddot}}, - july = {{июль}{июл\adddot}}, - august = {{август}{Π°Π²Π³\adddot}}, - september = {{ΡΠ΅Π½Ρ‚ΡΠ±Ρ€ΡŒ}{сСнт\adddot}}, - october = {{ΠΎΠΊΡ‚ΡΠ±Ρ€ΡŒ}{ΠΎΠΊΡ‚\adddot}}, - november = {{Π½ΠΎΡΠ±Ρ€ΡŒ}{ноя\adddot}}, - december = {{Π΄Π΅ΠΊΠ°Π±Ρ€ΡŒ}{Π΄Π΅ΠΊ\adddot}}, - datejanuary = {{января}{янв\adddot}}, - datefebruary = {{фСвраля}{Ρ„Π΅Π²\adddot}}, - datemarch = {{ΠΌΠ°Ρ€Ρ‚Π°}{ΠΌΠ°Ρ€\adddot}}, - dateapril = {{апрСля}{Π°ΠΏΡ€\adddot}}, - datemay = {{мая}{мая}}, - datejune = {{июня}{июн\adddot}}, - datejuly = {{июля}{июл\adddot}}, - dateaugust = {{августа}{Π°Π²Π³\adddot}}, - dateseptember = {{сСнтября}{сСнт\adddot}}, - dateoctober = {{октября}{ΠΎΠΊΡ‚\adddot}}, - datenovember = {{ноября}{ноя\adddot}}, - datedecember = {{дСкабря}{Π΄Π΅ΠΊ\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{амСриканский}{амСриканский}}, - langbrazilian = {{Π±Ρ€Π°Π·ΠΈΠ»ΡŒΡΠΊΠΈΠΉ}{Π±Ρ€Π°Π·ΠΈΠ»ΡŒΡΠΊΠΈΠΉ}}, -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langdanish = {{датский}{датский}}, - langdutch = {{голландский}{голландский}}, - langenglish = {{английский}{английский}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{французский}{французский}}, - langgerman = {{Π½Π΅ΠΌΠ΅Ρ†ΠΊΠΈΠΉ}{Π½Π΅ΠΌΠ΅Ρ†ΠΊΠΈΠΉ}}, - langgreek = {{грСчСский}{грСчСский}}, - langitalian = {{ΠΈΡ‚Π°Π»ΡŒΡΠ½ΡΠΊΠΈΠΉ}{ΠΈΡ‚Π°Π»ΡŒΡΠ½ΡΠΊΠΈΠΉ}}, - langlatin = {{латинский}{латинский}}, - langnorwegian = {{норвСТский}{норвСТский}}, - langportuguese = {{ΠΏΠΎΡ€Ρ‚ΡƒΠ³Π°Π»ΡŒΡΠΊΠΈΠΉ}{ΠΏΠΎΡ€Ρ‚ΡƒΠ³Π°Π»ΡŒΡΠΊΠΈΠΉ}}, - langrussian = {{русский}{русский}}, - langspanish = {{испанский}{испанский}}, - langswedish = {{швСдский}{швСдский}}, - fromamerican = {{с амСриканского}{с\addabbrvspace Π°ΠΌΠ΅Ρ€\adddot}}, - frombrazilian = {{с Π±Ρ€Π°Π·ΠΈΠ»ΡŒΡΠΊΠΎΠ³ΠΎ}{с\addabbrvspace Π±Ρ€Π°Π·\adddot}}, -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromdanish = {{с датского}{с\addabbrvspace Π΄Π°Ρ‚\adddot}}, - fromdutch = {{с нидСрландского}{с\addabbrvspace Π½ΠΈΠ΄Π΅Ρ€Π»\adddot}}, - fromenglish = {{с английского}{с\addabbrvspace Π°Π½Π³Π»\adddot}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{с французского}{с\addabbrvspace Ρ„Ρ€\adddot}}, - fromgerman = {{с Π½Π΅ΠΌΠ΅Ρ†ΠΊΠΎΠ³ΠΎ}{с\addabbrvspace Π½Π΅ΠΌ\adddot}}, - fromgreek = {{с грСчСского}{с\addabbrvspace Π³Ρ€Π΅Ρ‡\adddot}}, - fromitalian = {{с ΠΈΡ‚Π°Π»ΡŒΡΠ½ΡΠΊΠΎΠ³ΠΎ}{с\addabbrvspace ΠΈΡ‚\adddot}}, - fromlatin = {{с латинского}{с\addabbrvspace Π»Π°Ρ‚\adddot}}, - fromnorwegian = {{с норвСТского}{с\addabbrvspace Π½ΠΎΡ€Π²\adddot}}, - fromportuguese = {{с ΠΏΠΎΡ€Ρ‚ΡƒΠ³Π°Π»ΡŒΡΠΊΠΎΠ³ΠΎ}{с\addabbrvspace ΠΏΠΎΡ€Ρ‚\adddot}}, - fromrussian = {{с русского}{с\addabbrvspace русс\adddot}}, - fromspanish = {{с испанского}{с\addabbrvspace исп\adddot}}, - fromswedish = {{со швСдского}{со\addabbrvspace швСд\adddot}}, - countryde = {{ГСрмания}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{ЕвропСйский Боюз}{EU}}, - countryep = {{ЕвропСйский Боюз}{EP}}, - countryfr = {{Ѐранция}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{ВСликобритания}{GB}}, - countryus = {{Π‘ΠΎΠ΅Π΄ΠΈΠ½Ρ‘Π½Π½Ρ‹Π΅ Π¨Ρ‚Π°Ρ‚Ρ‹ АмСрики}{US}}, - patent = {{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚}{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddot}}, - patentde = {{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚ Π“Π΅Ρ€ΠΌΠ°Π½ΠΈΠΈ}{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddotspace Π“Π΅Ρ€ΠΌΠ°Π½ΠΈΠΈ}}, - patenteu = {{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚ Π•Π²Ρ€ΠΎΠΏΡ‹}{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddotspace Π•Π²Ρ€ΠΎΠΏΡ‹}}, - patentfr = {{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚ Π€Ρ€Π°Π½Ρ†ΠΈΠΈ}{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddotspace Π€Ρ€Π°Π½Ρ†ΠΈΠΈ}}, - patentuk = {{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚ Π’Π΅Π»ΠΈΠΊΠΎΠ±Ρ€ΠΈΡ‚Π°Π½ΠΈΠΈ}{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddotspace Π’Π΅Π»ΠΈΠΊΠΎΠ±Ρ€ΠΈΡ‚Π°Π½ΠΈΠΈ}}, - patentus = {{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚ БША}{ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddotspace БША}}, - patreq = {{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚}{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚ Π“Π΅Ρ€ΠΌΠ°Π½ΠΈΠΈ}{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddotspace Π“Π΅Ρ€ΠΌΠ°Π½ΠΈΠΈ}}, - patreqeu = {{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚ Π•Π²Ρ€ΠΎΠΏΡ‹}{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddotspace Π•Π²Ρ€ΠΎΠΏΡ‹}}, - patreqfr = {{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚ Π€Ρ€Π°Π½Ρ†ΠΈΠΈ}{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddotspace Π€Ρ€Π°Π½Ρ†ΠΈΠΈ}}, - patrequk = {{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚ Π’Π΅Π»ΠΈΠΊΠΎΠ±Ρ€ΠΈΡ‚Π°Π½ΠΈΠΈ}{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddotspace Π’Π΅Π»ΠΈΠΊΠΎΠ±Ρ€ΠΈΡ‚Π°Π½ΠΈΠΈ}}, - patrequs = {{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚Π΅Π½Ρ‚ БША}{заявка Π½Π° ΠΏΠ°Ρ‚\adddotspace БША}}, - file = {{Ρ„Π°ΠΉΠ»}{Ρ„Π°ΠΉΠ»}}, - library = {{Π±ΠΈΠ±Π»ΠΈΠΎΡ‚Π΅ΠΊΠ°}{Π±ΠΈΠ±Π»\adddot}}, - abstract = {{Ρ€Π΅Π·ΡŽΠΌΠ΅}{Ρ€Π΅Π·\adddot}}, - annotation = {{аннотация}{Π°Π½Π½\adddot}}, -} - -\protected\gdef\lbx@ru@mkbibdatemonth#1{% - \ifcase0#1\relax - #1\BibliographyWarning{Month out of range}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datejanuary}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datefebruary}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datemarch}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{dateapril}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datemay}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datejune}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datejuly}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{dateaugust}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{dateseptember}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{dateoctober}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datenovember}% - \or\abx@bibmonth{datedecember}% - \else - #1\BibliographyWarning{Month out of range}% - \fi}% - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/spanish.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/spanish.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 4da6961..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/spanish.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,483 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: spanish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{spanish.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: spanish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{spanish}{spanish} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{\mbox{-}}% non-breaking hyphen - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% FIXME: unsure - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \def\mkbibordinal{\mkbibmascord}% - \providecommand*{\sptext}{\textsuperscript}% \sptext -> spanish.ldf (babel) - \protected\def\mkbibmascord#1{\stripzeros{#1}\sptext{o}}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord#1{\stripzeros{#1}\sptext{a}}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibmascord}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace de\space}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\nobreakspace de\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\mbox{-}}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\mbox{-}}}% - \mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse - \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% - \BibliographyWarning{% - Date format 'terse' not applicable to\MessageBreak - Spanish dates. Using format 'short' instead}% - \mkbibrangefull{short}}% - \savecommand\lbx@finalnamedelim - \savecommand\lbx@finallistdelim - \ifnumgreater{\value{smartand}}{0} - {\let\lbx@finalnamedelim=\lbx@es@smartand - \let\lbx@finallistdelim=\lbx@es@smartand} - {}% - \savecommand\mkbibordedition - \savecommand\mkbibordseries - \def\mkbibordedition{\mkbibfemord}% - \def\mkbibordseries{\mkbibfemord}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse - \restorecommand\lbx@finalnamedelim - \restorecommand\lbx@finallistdelim - \restorecommand\mkbibordedition - \restorecommand\mkbibordseries -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Bibliograf\'{\i}a}{Bibliograf\'{\i}a}}, - references = {{Referencias}{Referencias}}, - shorthands = {{Lista de abreviaturas}{Abreviaturas}}, - editor = {{editor}{ed\adddot}}, - editors = {{editores}{eds\adddot}}, -% compiler = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% compilers = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - redactor = {{revisor}{rev\adddot}}, - redactors = {{revisores}{revs\adddot}}, - reviser = {{revisor}{rev\adddot}}, - revisers = {{revisores}{revs\adddot}}, -% founder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founders = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% collaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% collaborators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - translator = {{traductor}{trad\adddot}}, - translators = {{traductores}{trads\adddot}}, -% commentator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% commentators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% annotator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% annotators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - commentary = {{comentario}{com\adddot}}, - annotations = {{notas}{notas}}, - introduction = {{introduci\'on}{introd\adddot}}, - foreword = {{pr\'ologo}{pr\'ol\adddot}}, - afterword = {{ep\'{\i}logo}{ep\'{\i}l\adddot}}, -% editortr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - byauthor = {{de}{de}}, - byeditor = {{editado por}{ed\adddotspace por}}, -% bycompiler = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - byredactor = {{revisado por}{rev\adddotspace por}}, - byreviser = {{revisado por}{rev\adddotspace por}}, -% byfounder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycontinuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycollaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - bytranslator = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ por}{trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ por}}, - bycommentator = {{comentado por}{com\adddot\ por}}, - byannotator = {{anotado por}{anot\adddot\ por}}, - withcommentator = {{con comentario de}{con com\adddot\ de}}, - withannotator = {{con notas de}{con notas de}}, - withintroduction = {{con introduci\'on de}{con introd\adddot\ de}}, - withforeword = {{con pr\'ologo de}{con pr\'ol\adddot\ de}}, - withafterword = {{con ep\'{\i}logo de}{con ep\'{\i}l\adddot\ de}}, - byeditortr = {{editado y traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ por}% - {ed\adddotspace y trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ por}}, - byeditorco = {{editado y comentado por}% - {ed\adddotspace y com\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoran = {{editado y anotado por}% - {ed\adddotspace y anot\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorin = {{editado e introducido por}% - {ed\adddotspace e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorfo = {{editado y prologado por}% - {ed\adddotspace y pr\'ol\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoraf = {{editado y epilogado por}% - {ed\adddotspace y epil\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrco = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ y comentado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ y com\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortran = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ y anotado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ y anot\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrin = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ e introducido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrfo = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ y prologado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ y pr\'ol\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortraf = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ y epilogado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ y epil\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorcoin = {{editado, comentado e introducido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace com\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorcofo = {{editado, comentado y prologado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace com\adddot\ y pr\'ol\adddot\ por}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{editado, comentado y epilogado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace com\adddot\ y epil\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoranin = {{editado, anotado e introducido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoranfo = {{editado, anotado y prologado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ y pr\'ol\adddot\ por}}, - byeditoranaf = {{editado, anotado y epilogado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace anot\adddot\ y epil\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e introducido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado y prologado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ y pr\'ol\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado y epilogado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ y epil\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortranin = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e introducido por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortranfo = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado y prologado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ y pr\'ol\adddot\ por}}, - byeditortranaf = {{editado, traducido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado y epilogado por}% - {ed.,\addabbrvspace trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ y epil\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorco = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ y comentado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ y com\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoran = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ y anotado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ y anot\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorin = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ e introducido por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ y prologado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ y pr\'ol\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang\ y epilogado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ y epil\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado e introducido por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado y prologado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ y pr\'ol\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang, comentado y epilogado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, com\adddot\ y epil\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado e introducido por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ e introd\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado y prologado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ y pr\'ol\adddot\ por}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{traducido \lbx@lfromlang, anotado y epilogado por}% - {trad\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, anot\adddot\ y epil\adddot\ por}}, - and = {{y}{y}}, - andothers = {{y~col\adddot}{y~col\adddot}}, -% andmore = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - volume = {{volumen}{vol\adddot}}, - volumes = {{vol\'umenes}{vols\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{volumen}{vol\adddot}}, - jourser = {{\'epoca}{\'ep\adddot}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - newseries = {{nueva \'epoca}{n\adddotspace\'ep\adddot}}, - oldseries = {{antigua \'epoca}{ant\adddotspace\'ep\adddot}}, - edition = {{edici\'on}{ed\adddot}}, -% reprint = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% reprintof = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% reprintas = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - page = {{p\'agina}{p\'ag\adddot}}, - pages = {{p\'aginas}{p\'ags\adddot}}, - column = {{columna}{col\adddot}}, - columns = {{columnas}{cols\adddot}}, - line = {{l\'inea}{lin\adddot}}, % FIXME: abbrev. unsure - lines = {{l\'ineas}{lins\adddot}}, % FIXME: abbrev. unsure - verse = {{verso}{ver\adddot}}, % FIXME: abbrev. unsure - verses = {{versos}{vers\adddot}}, % FIXME: abbrev. unsure -% section = {{}{\S}}, % FIXME: missing -% sections = {{}{\S\S}}, % FIXME: missing -% paragraph = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% paragraphs = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - in = {{en}{en}}, - inseries = {{en}{en}}, - ofseries = {{de}{de}}, - number = {{n\'umero}{n\sptext{o}}}, - chapter = {{cap\'itulo}{cap\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{Tesis de licenciatura}{Tesis de lic\adddot}}, - phdthesis = {{Tesis doctoral}{Tesis doct\adddot}}, -% resreport = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - techreport = {{informe t\'ecnico}{inf\adddotspace t\'ec\adddot}}, -% software = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% datacd = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% audiocd = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - version = {{versi\'on}{versi\'on}}, - url = {{direcci\'on}{direcci\'on}}, - urlseen = {{visitado}{visitado}}, -% inpreparation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% submitted = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% inpress = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - citedas = {{citado en adelante como}{cit\adddotspace en adelante como}}, -% thiscite = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% seenote = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% quotedin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - idem = {{\'{\i}dem}{\'{\i}d\adddot}}, - idemsf = {{\'{\i}dem}{\'{\i}d\adddot}}, - idemsm = {{\'{\i}dem}{\'{\i}d\adddot}}, - idemsn = {{\'{\i}dem}{\'{\i}d\adddot}}, - idempf = {{\'{\i}dem}{\'{\i}d\adddot}}, - idempm = {{\'{\i}dem}{\'{\i}d\adddot}}, - idempn = {{\'{\i}dem}{\'{\i}d\adddot}}, - idempp = {{\'{\i}dem}{\'{\i}d\adddot}}, - ibidem = {{ib\'{\i}dem}{ib\'{\i}d\adddot}}, - opcit = {{\'op\adddotspace cit\adddot}{\'op\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - loccit = {{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{cf\adddot}{cf\adddot}}, - sequens = {{s\adddot}{s\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{ss\adddot}{ss\adddot}}, - passim = {{p\'assim}{p\'assim}}, - see = {{v\'ease}{vid\adddot}}, - seealso = {{v\'ease tambi\'en}{vid\adddotspace tambi\'en}}, - backrefpage = {{v\'ease p\'agina}{vid\adddotspace p\'ag\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{v\'ease p\'aginas}{vid\adddotspace p\'ags\adddot}}, - january = {{enero}{ene\adddot}}, - february = {{febrero}{feb\adddot}}, - march = {{marzo}{mar\adddot}}, - april = {{abril}{abr\adddot}}, - may = {{mayo}{mayo}}, - june = {{junio}{jun\adddot}}, - july = {{julio}{jul\adddot}}, - august = {{agosto}{ago\adddot}}, - september = {{septiembre}{sep\adddot}}, - october = {{octubre}{oct\adddot}}, - november = {{noviembre}{nov\adddot}}, - december = {{diciembre}{dic\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{americano}{americano}}, - langbrazilian = {{brasile\~no}{brasile\~no}}, -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langdanish = {{dan\'es}{dan\'es}}, - langdutch = {{neerland\'es}{neerland\'es}}, - langenglish = {{ingl\'es}{ingl\'es}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{franc\'es}{franc\'es}}, - langgerman = {{alem\'an}{alem\'an}}, - langgreek = {{griego}{griego}}, - langitalian = {{italiano}{italiano}}, - langlatin = {{lat\'{\i}n}{lat\'{\i}n}}, - langnorwegian = {{noruego}{noruego}}, - langportuguese = {{portugu\'es}{portugu\'es}}, -% langrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langspanish = {{espa\~nol}{espa\~nol}}, - langswedish = {{sueco}{sueco}}, - fromamerican = {{del americano}{del americano}}, - frombrazilian = {{del brasile\~no}{del brasile\~no}}, -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromdanish = {{del dan\'es}{del dan\'es}}, - fromdutch = {{del neerland\'es}{del neerland\'es}}, - fromenglish = {{del ingl\'es}{del ingl\'es}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{del franc\'es}{del franc\'es}}, - fromgerman = {{del alem\'an}{del alem\'an}}, - fromgreek = {{del griego}{del griego}}, - fromitalian = {{del italiano}{del italiano}}, - fromlatin = {{del lat\'{\i}n}{del lat\'{\i}n}}, - fromnorwegian = {{del noruego}{del noruego}}, - fromportuguese = {{del portugu\'es}{del portugu\'es}}, -% fromrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromspanish = {{del espa\~nol}{del espa\~nol}}, - fromswedish = {{del sueco}{del sueco}}, - countryde = {{Alemania}{DE}}, - countryeu = {{Uni\'on Europea}{EU}}, - countryep = {{Uni\'on Europea}{EP}}, - countryfr = {{Francia}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Reino Unido}{GB}}, % FIXME: "Reino Unido" or "Gran Breta\~na"? - countryus = {{Estados Unidos de Am\'erica}{US}}, % FIXME: "Estados Unidos" only? - patent = {{patente}{pat\adddot}}, - patentde = {{patente alemana}{pat\adddot\ alemana}}, - patenteu = {{patente europea}{pat\adddot\ europea}}, - patentfr = {{patente francesa}{pat\adddot\ francesa}}, - patentuk = {{patente brit\'anica}{pat\adddot\ brit\'anica}}, - patentus = {{patente americana}{pat\adddot\ americana}}, - patreq = {{solicitud de patente}{solicitud de pat\adddot}}, - patreqde = {{solicitud de patente alemana}{solicitud de pat\adddot\ alemana}}, - patreqeu = {{solicitud de patente europea}{solicitud de pat\adddot\ europea}}, - patreqfr = {{solicitud de patente francesa}{solicitud de pat\adddot\ francesa}}, - patrequk = {{solicitud de patente brit\'anica}{solicitud de pat\adddot\ brit\'anica}}, - patrequs = {{solicitud de patente americana}{solicitud de pat\adddot\ americana}}, -% file = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% library = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% abstract = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% annotation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -} - -\protected\gdef\lbx@es@smartand{% - \ifcase\value{smartand}% - \or - \addspace - \expandafter\lbx@es@smartand@i - \or - \addspace y\nobreakspace - \expandafter\@gobble - \or - \addspace e\nobreakspace - \expandafter\@gobble - \else - \addspace\bibstring{and}\space - \expandafter\@gobble - \fi} - -\begingroup -\catcode`\&=3 - -\gdef\lbx@es@smartand@i#1{% - \begingroup - \def\forceY##1{\relax}% - \def\forceE##1{i\relax}% - \def\do##1{\let##1\@empty}% - \abx@dosingleaccents - \abx@dodoubleaccents - \def\'{'}\def\i{i}\def\j{j}% - \let\IeC\@firstofone - \def\@tabacckludge##1{\if\noexpand##1''\fi}% - \ifnum\catcode`\'=\active - \uccode`\~=`\' - \uppercase{\def~{'}}% - \fi - \ifnum\catcode`\"=\active - \uccode`\~=`\" - \uppercase{\let~\@empty}% - \fi - \ifnum\catcode`\~=\active - \let~\@empty - \fi - \let\protect\noexpand - \lowercase{\edef\lbx@tempa{#1}}% - \expandafter\futurelet - \expandafter\lbx@tempa - \expandafter\lbx@es@smartand@ii - \lbx@tempa&} - -\gdef\lbx@es@smartand@ii{% - \ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@ii##1}% - \else\ifcat\noexpand~\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@ii}% - \else\if h\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@ii}% - \else\if i\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@iii}% - \else\if y\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@iii}% - \else\if '\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@iv}% - \else - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@y - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \lbx@tempa} - -\gdef\lbx@es@smartand@iii{% - \ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@iii##1}% - \else\ifcat\noexpand~\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@e - \else\if '\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \def\lbx@tempa##1{\futurelet\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@iii}% - \else\if a\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@y - \else\if e\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@y - \else\if i\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@y - \else\if o\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@y - \else\if u\noexpand\lbx@tempa - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@y - \else - \let\lbx@tempa\lbx@es@smartand@e - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \lbx@tempa} - -\gdef\lbx@es@smartand@iv{% - \if i\lbx@tempa - \expandafter\lbx@es@smartand@e - \else - \expandafter\lbx@es@smartand@y - \fi} - -\gdef\lbx@es@smartand@e#1&{\endgroup e\nobreakspace} -\gdef\lbx@es@smartand@y#1&{\endgroup y\nobreakspace} - -\endgroup - -\endinput diff --git a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/swedish.lbx b/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/swedish.lbx deleted file mode 100644 index 142add7..0000000 --- a/tex/latex/biblatex/lbx/swedish.lbx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,418 +0,0 @@ -% $Id: swedish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $ - -\ProvidesFile{swedish.lbx} -[\abx@lbxid $Id: swedish.lbx,v 1.7 2011/11/13 19:09:07 lehman stable $] - -% Changes: -% 2009-03-02 Update by Per Starb\"ack -% -% Notes by Per Starb\"ack: -% -% One of the sources used is: -% -% Hedberg, Sten. Bibliografiska referenser. SIS-STG Handbok 165. -% Stockholm: Standardiseringskommissionen i Sverige (SIS), 1991. ISBN -% 91-7162-323-X. -% -% which incorporates Swedish standard SS 03 82 07 which is a -% translation of ISO 690, Documentation -- Bibliographic references -- -% Content, form and structure, 2. ed., 1987. -% -% In that standard lots of things aren't translated, but left as in -% the original works. So in the same bibliography will be a work that -% is "2. ed." and another that is "2. Aufl.". -% -% I've almost only used abbrevations found in the appendix -% "Bibliografiska f\"orkortningar" there (though not a part of the -% standard). - -\DeclareRedundantLanguages{swedish}{swedish} - -\DeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \protected\def\bibrangedash{% - \textendash\penalty\hyphenpenalty}% breakable dash - \protected\def\bibdatedash{\bibrangedash}% - \let\finalandcomma=\empty - \protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{\stripzeros{#1}\adddot}% - % The following is for ordinals like "2:a" and "12:e". - % (Hedberg uses just "2." and "12." as above; - % others use "2" and "12".) - %\protected\def\mkbibordinal#1{% - % \begingroup - % \@tempcnta0#1\relax\number\@tempcnta\addcolon - % \@whilenum\@tempcnta>100\do{\advance\@tempcnta-100\relax}% - % \ifnum\@tempcnta>20 - % \@whilenum\@tempcnta>9\do{\advance\@tempcnta-10\relax}% - % \fi - % \ifcase\@tempcnta e\or a\or a\else e\fi - % \endgroup}% - \protected\def\mkbibmascord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibfemord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibneutord{\mkbibordinal}% - \protected\def\mkbibdatelong#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\stripzeros{\thefield{#3}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\nobreakspace}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkbibmonth{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#1}{}{\space}}% - \stripzeros{\thefield{#1}}}% - \protected\def\mkbibdateshort#1#2#3{% - \iffieldundef{#1} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#1}}% - \iffieldundef{#2}{}{\mbox{-}}}% - \iffieldundef{#2} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#2}}% - \iffieldundef{#3}{}{\mbox{-}}}% - \iffieldundef{#3} - {} - {\mkdatezeros{\thefield{#3}}}}% - \savecommand\mkbibrangeterse - \protected\def\mkbibrangeterse{% - \BibliographyWarning{% - Date format 'terse' not applicable to\MessageBreak - Swedish dates. Using format 'short' instead}% - \mkbibrangefull{short}}% -} - -\UndeclareBibliographyExtras{% - \restorecommand\mkbibrangeterse -} - -\DeclareBibliographyStrings{% - bibliography = {{Litteraturf\"orteckning}{Litteratur}}, - references = {{Referenser}{Referenser}}, - shorthands = {{F\"orkortningar}{F\"orkortningar}}, - % editor may be "utgivare (utg.)" or "redakt\"or (red.)" - editor = {{utgivare}{utg\adddot}}, - editors = {{utgivare}{utg\adddot}}, - compiler = {{sammanst\"allare}{sammanst\adddot}}, - compilers = {{sammanst\"allare}{sammanst\adddot}}, - redactor = {{redakt\"or}{red\adddot}}, - redactors = {{redakt\"orer}{red\adddot}}, -% reviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% revisers = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% founders = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% continuators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% collaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% collaborators = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - translator = {{\"overs\"attare}{\"overs\adddot}}, - translators = {{\"overs\"attare}{\"overs\adddot}}, - commentator = {{kommentar}{komm\adddot}}, % "commentator" awkward, we use "commentary" - commentators = {{kommentar}{komm\adddot}}, % "commentator" awkward, we use "commentary" - annotator = {{f\"orklaringar}{f\"orkl\adddot}}, % "annotator" awkward, we use "annotations" - annotators = {{f\"orklaringar}{f\"orkl\adddot}}, % "annotator" awkward, we use "annotations" - commentary = {{kommentar}{komm\adddot}}, - annotations = {{f\"orklaringar}{f\"orkl\adddot}}, - introduction = {{inledning}{inl\adddot}}, - foreword = {{f\"orord}{f\"orord}}, - afterword = {{efterord}{efterord}}, -% editortr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstr = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstrcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editortranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% editorstranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsco = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoran = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsan = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoraf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscofo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorcoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorscoaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanin = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanfo = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatoranaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% translatorsanaf = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - byauthor = {{av}{av}}, - byeditor = {{utgiven av}{utg\adddotspace av}}, - bycompiler = {{sammanst\"alld av}{sammanst\adddotspace av}}, - byredactor = {{bearbetad av}{bearb\adddotspace av}}, -% byreviser = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% byfounder = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycontinuator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% bycollaborator = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - bytranslator = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ av}{\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ av}}, - bycommentator = {{kommenterad av}{kommenterad av}}, - byannotator = {{f\"orklarad av}{f\"orklarad av}}, - withcommentator = {{med kommentarer av}{med kommentarer av}}, - withannotator = {{med f\"orklaringar av}{med f\"orklaringar av}}, - withintroduction = {{med inledning av}{med inl\adddot\ av}}, - withforeword = {{med f\"orord av}{med f\"orord av}}, - withafterword = {{med efterord av}{med efterord av}}, - byeditortr = {{utgiven och \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ av}% - {utg\adddotspace och \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ av}}, - byeditorco = {{utgiven och kommenterad av}% - {utg\adddotspace och kommenterad av}}, - byeditoran = {{utgiven och f\"orklarad av}% - {utg\adddotspace och f\"orklarad av}}, - byeditorin = {{utgiven och f\"orsedd med inledning av}% - {utg\adddotspace och med inl\adddot\ av}}, - byeditorfo = {{utgiven och f\"orsedd med f\"orord av}% - {utg\adddotspace och med f\"orord av}}, - byeditoraf = {{utgiven och f\"orsedd med efterord av}% - {utg\adddotspace och med efterord av}}, - byeditortrco = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ och kommenterad av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ och kommenterad av}}, - byeditortran = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ och f\"orklarad av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ och f\"orklarad av}}, - byeditortrin = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ och f\"orsedd med inledning av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ och med inl\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortrfo = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ och f\"orsedd med f\"orord av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ och med f\"orord av}}, - byeditortraf = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ och f\"orsedd med efterord av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ och med efterord av}}, - byeditorcoin = {{utgiven, kommenterad och f\"orsedd med inledning av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace kommenterad och med inl\adddot\ av}}, - byeditorcofo = {{utgiven, kommenterad och f\"orsedd med f\"orord av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace kommenterad och med f\"orord av}}, - byeditorcoaf = {{utgiven, kommenterad och f\"orsedd med efterord av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace kommenterad och med efterord av}}, - byeditoranin = {{utgiven, f\"orklarad och f\"orsedd med inledning av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace f\"orklarad och med inl\adddot\ av}}, - byeditoranfo = {{utgiven, f\"orklarad och f\"orsedd med f\"orord av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace f\"orklarad och med f\"orord av}}, - byeditoranaf = {{utgiven, f\"orklarad och f\"orsedd med efterord av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace f\"orklarad och med efterord av}}, - byeditortrcoin = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommenterad och f\"orsedd med inledning av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, kommenterad och med inl\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortrcofo = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommenterad och f\"orsedd med f\"orord av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, kommenterad och med f\"orord av}}, - byeditortrcoaf = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommenterad och f\"orsedd med efterord av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, kommenterad och med efterord av}}, - byeditortranin = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, f\"orklarad och f\"orsedd med inledning av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, f\"orklarad och med inl\adddot\ av}}, - byeditortranfo = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, f\"orklarad och f\"orsedd med f\"orord av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, f\"orklarad och med f\"orord av}}, - byeditortranaf = {{utgiven, \"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, f\"orklarad och f\"orsedd med efterord av}% - {utg.,\addabbrvspace \"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, f\"orklarad och med efterord av}}, - bytranslatorco = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ och kommenterad av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ och kommenterad av}}, - bytranslatoran = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ och f\"orklarad av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ och f\"orklarad av}}, - bytranslatorin = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ och f\"orsedd med inledning av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ och med inl\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatorfo = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ och f\"orsedd med f\"orord av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ och med f\"orord av}}, - bytranslatoraf = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang\ och f\"orsedd med efterord av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang\ och med efterord av}}, - bytranslatorcoin = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommenterad och f\"orsedd med inledning av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, kommenterad och med inl\adddot\ av}}, - bytranslatorcofo = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommenterad och f\"orsedd med f\"ordord av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, kommenterad och med f\"ordord av}}, - bytranslatorcoaf = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, kommenterad och f\"orsedd med efterord av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, kommenterad och med efterord av}}, - bytranslatoranin = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, f\"orklarad och f\"orsedd med inledning av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, f\"orklarad med inledning\ av}}, - bytranslatoranfo = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, f\"orklarad och f\"orsedd med f\"orord av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, f\"orklarad med f\"orord av}}, - bytranslatoranaf = {{\"oversatt \lbx@lfromlang, f\"orklarad och f\"orsedd med efterord av}% - {\"overs\adddot\ \lbx@sfromlang, f\"orklarad med efterord av}}, - and = {{och}{och}}, - % Hedberg uses "et al.", but in an all-Swedish lists "m.fl." may be used - andothers = {{m.\,fl\adddot}{m.\,fl\adddot}}, - andmore = {{m.\,fl\adddot}{m.\,fl\adddot}}, - volume = {{volym}{vol\adddot}}, - volumes = {{volymer}{vol\adddot}}, - jourvol = {{\aa rg\aa ng}{\aa rg\adddot}}, - jourser = {{serie}{ser\adddot}}, -% book = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% part = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% issue = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - % Both "ny serie (N.S.)" and "ny f\"oljd (N.F.)" are common - newseries = {{ny f\"oljd}{N.\,F\adddot}}, - oldseries = {{gammal f\"oljd}{gammal f\"oljd}}, - % In Swedish books both "upplaga" and "utg\aa va" are common. - % Hedberg (p. 82f.) uses the later in the terminology section - % (but uses whatever is given in a particular book otherwise). -% edition = {{upplaga}{uppl\adddot}}, - edition = {{utg\aa van}{utg\adddot}}, - reprint = {{nytryck}{nytr\adddot}}, - reprintof = {{nytryck av}{nytr\adddotspace av}}, - reprintas = {{nytryckt som}{nytr\adddotspace som}}, - page = {{sidan}{s\adddot}}, - pages = {{sidorna}{s\adddot}}, - column = {{spalt}{sp\adddot}}, - columns = {{spalterna}{sp\adddot}}, - line = {{rad}{r\adddot}}, - lines = {{raderna}{r\adddot}}, - verse = {{vers}{v\adddot}}, - verses = {{verserna}{v\adddot}}, - section = {{paragraf}{\S}}, - sections = {{paragraferna}{\S}}, - % "paragraph" is "stycke" in Swedish, but this is probably - % more suitable for works referenced by paragraphs - paragraph = {{paragraf}{\S}}, - paragraphs = {{paragraferna}{\S}}, - in = {{i}{i}}, - inseries = {{i}{i}}, - ofseries = {{i}{i}}, - number = {{nummer}{nr}}, - chapter = {{kapitel}{kap\adddot}}, - mathesis = {{examensarbete}{examensarb\adddot}}, - phdthesis = {{doktorsavhandling}{diss\adddot}}, - resreport = {{forskningsrapport}{forskn.rapport}}, - techreport = {{teknisk rapport}{tekn\adddotspace rapport}}, - % Hedberg (p. 57) uses "Datafil" and adds that it's possible to - % render more precisely "[Programfil] resp [Textfil] e. dyl." - software = {{datorprogram}{datorprogram}}, - datacd = {{data-cd}{data-cd}}, - audiocd = {{ljud-cd}{ljud-cd}}, - version = {{version}{version}}, - url = {{webbadress}{URL}}, - urlseen = {{senast h\"amtad}{h\"amtad}}, -% inpreparation = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% submitted = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% forthcoming = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% inpress = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - citedas = {{h\"adanefter citerad som}{h\"adanefter cit\adddotspace som}}, -% thiscite = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - seenote = {{se not}{se not}}, - quotedin = {{citerad i}{cit\adddotspace i}}, - idem = {{densamma}{dens\adddot}}, % or Latin: idem - idemsf = {{densamma}{dens\adddot}}, - idemsm = {{densamme}{dens\adddot}}, - idemsn = {{densamma}{dens\adddot}}, - idempf = {{desamma}{desamma}}, - idempm = {{desamma}{desamma}}, - idempn = {{desamma}{desamma}}, - idempp = {{desamma}{desamma}}, - ibidem = {{ibidem}{ibid\adddot}}, - opcit = {{a.\,a\adddot}{a.\,a\adddot}}, % or Latin: op. cit. - loccit = {{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}{loc\adddotspace cit\adddot}}, - confer = {{j\"amf\"or}{jfr}}, - sequens = {{f\adddot}{f\adddot}}, - sequentes = {{ff\adddot}{ff\adddot}}, - passim = {{passim}{pass\adddot}}, - see = {{se}{se}}, - seealso = {{se \"aven}{se \"aven}}, - backrefpage = {{se sidan}{se s\adddot}}, - backrefpages = {{se sidorna}{se s\adddot}}, - january = {{januari}{jan\adddot}}, - february = {{februari}{febr\adddot}}, - march = {{mars}{mars}}, - april = {{april}{april}}, - may = {{maj}{maj}}, - june = {{juni}{juni}}, - july = {{juli}{juli}}, - august = {{augusti}{aug\adddot}}, - september = {{september}{sept\adddot}}, - october = {{oktober}{okt\adddot}}, - november = {{november}{nov\adddot}}, - december = {{december}{dec\adddot}}, - langamerican = {{amerikanska}{amerikanska}}, -% langbrazilian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% langcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langdanish = {{danska}{danska}}, -% langdutch = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langenglish = {{engelska}{engelska}}, -% langfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langfrench = {{franska}{franska}}, - langgerman = {{tyska}{tyska}}, - langgreek = {{grekiska}{grekiska}}, - langitalian = {{italienska}{italienska}}, - langlatin = {{latin}{latin}}, - langnorwegian = {{norska}{norska}}, -% langportuguese = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% langrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - langspanish = {{spanska}{spanska}}, - langswedish = {{svenska}{svenska}}, - fromamerican = {{fr\aa n amerikanska}{fr\aa n amerikanska}}, -% frombrazilian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% fromcroatian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromdanish = {{fr\aa n danska}{fr\aa n danska}}, -% fromdutch = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromenglish = {{fr\aa n engelska}{fr\aa n engelska}}, -% fromfinnish = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromfrench = {{fr\aa n franska}{fr\aa n franska}}, - fromgerman = {{fr\aa n tyska}{fr\aa n tyska}}, - fromgreek = {{fr\aa n grekiska}{fr\aa n grekiska}}, - fromitalian = {{fr\aa n italienska}{fr\aa n italienska}}, - fromlatin = {{fr\aa n latin}{fr\aa n latin}}, - fromnorwegian = {{fr\aa n norska}{fr\aa n norska}}, -% fromportuguese = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing -% fromrussian = {{}{}}, % FIXME: missing - fromspanish = {{fr\aa n spanska}{fr\aa n spanska}}, - fromswedish = {{fr\aa n svenska}{fr\aa n svenska}}, - countryde = {{Tyskland}{DE}}, - countryep = {{Europeiska unionen}{EP}}, - countryeu = {{Europeiska unionen}{EU}}, - countryfr = {{Frankrike}{FR}}, - countryuk = {{Storbritannien}{GB}}, - countryus = {{USA}{US}}, - patent = {{patent}{patent}}, - patentde = {{tyskt patent}{tyskt patent}}, - patenteu = {{europeiskt patent}{europeiskt patent}}, - patentfr = {{franskt patent}{franskt patent}}, - patentuk = {{brittiskt patent}{brittiskt patent}}, - patentus = {{amerikanskt patent}{amerikanskt patent}}, - patreq = {{patentans\"okan}{patentans\"okan}}, - patreqde = {{ans\"okan om tyskt patent}{ans\"okan om tyskt patent}}, - patreqeu = {{ans\"okan om europeiskt patent}{ans\"okan om europeiskt patent}}, - patreqfr = {{ans\"okan om franskt patent}{ans\"okan om franskt patent}}, - patrequk = {{ans\"okan om brittiskt patent}{ans\"okan om brittiskt patent}}, - patrequs = {{ans\"okan om amerikanskt patent}{ans\"okan om amerikanskt patent}}, - file = {{fil}{fil}}, - library = {{bibliotek}{bibliotek}}, - abstract = {{sammandrag}{sammandrag}}, - annotation = {{anm\"arkning}{anm\adddot}}, -} - -\endinput